Documentacao Tecnica Compressed
Uploaded by
mausarpa02Documentacao Tecnica Compressed
Uploaded by
mausarpa0280 PLUS Verification and Testing Report
TYPICAL EFFICIENCY (50% Load): 92.02%
AVERAGE EFFICIENCY : 90.73%
80 PLUS COMPLIANT: YES
ID Number 6533
Input Current and Voltage Waveforms
Manufacturer Dell
Model Number D300EPS-00 200 3.0
Serial Number N/A 2.0
Year 2021 100
Type SFX 1.0
Current (A)
Voltage (V)
Test Date 4/12/21 0 0.0
-0.001 0.003 0.008 0.013
-1.0
-100
Rated Specifications Value Units -2.0
Input Voltage 100-240 Volts -200 -3.0
Time (s)
Input Current 4.2 Amps
Input Frequency 50-60 Hz Voltage Current
Rated Output Power 300 Watts
Note: All measurements were taken with input voltage at 115 V nominal at 60 Hz. Input AC Current Waveform (ITHD = 17.06%, 50% Load)
Input DC Terminal Voltage (V)/ DC Load Current (A) Output
IRMS PF ITHD Load Efficiency
Watts 12VA1 & A2 12VB Watts
0.33 0.93 19.63% 10% 35.06 12.1/1.26 12.09/1.26 30.46 86.88%
0.61 0.96 19.17% 20% 66.95 12.08/2.51 12.07/2.51 60.61 90.53%
1.46 0.98 17.06% 50% 164.30 12.04/6.29 12.02/6.28 151.20 92.02%
2.92 1.00 7.22% 100% 334.30 11.96/12.56 11.91/12.55 299.66 89.64%
Input and Output Power Efficiency of the Power Supply
400 100%
350 90%
80%
300
70%
Efficiency (%)
Power (Watts)
250 Input Watts 60%
200 50%
150 40%
30%
100 Output Watts
20%
50 10% Efficiency
0 0%
20% 50% 100% 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 125%
Loading (% of Rated Output Power) Loading (% of Rated Output Power)
These tests were conducted by a third party independent testing firm on behalf of the 80 PLUS Program.
80 PLUS is a certification program to promote highly-efficient power supplies (greater than 80% efficiency
in the active mode) in technology applications. http://www.80plus.org/
80 PLUS Verification and Testing Report
TYPICAL EFFICIENCY (50% Load): 93.52%
AVERAGE EFFICIENCY : 91.19%
80 PLUS COMPLIANT: Platinum
ID Number 7522
Manufacturer Dell
Input Voltage and Current Waveforms
Model Number D500ES240-00 200 6
Serial Number N/A
Type SFX
100 3
Test Date 8/29/24
Current (A)
Voltage (V)
0 0
0.000
0.002
0.003
0.005
0.006
0.008
0.009
0.011
0.012
0.014
0.016
0.017
0.019
0.020
0.022
0.023
0.025
0.026
0.028
0.030
0.031
0.033
0.034
0.036
0.037
0.039
0.040
0.042
0.043
0.045
0.047
0.048
0.050
-100 -3
Rated Specifications Value Units
Input Voltage 100-240 Volts
-200 -6
Input Current 7.0 Amps Time (s)
Input Frequency 50-60 Hz
500 Voltage Current
Rated Output Power Watts
Note: All measurements were taken with input voltage at 115 V nominal at 60 Hz. Input AC Current Waveform (ITHD = 5.43%, 50% Load)
Input DC Terminal Voltage (V)/ DC Load Current (A) Output
IRMS (A) PF ITHD (%) Load Efficiency
Watts 12VA1 12VA2 12VB 12VC Watts
0.089 0.0354 0.85 0% 0.64 No-Load
0.297 0.8562 9.04 5% 29.26 12.31/0.35 12.32/0.35 12.31/0.69 12.31/0.69 25.66 87.69%
0.525 0.9402 6.13 10% 56.78 12.31/0.69 12.31/0.69 12.31/1.39 12.31/1.39 51.30 90.36%
0.986 0.9727 4.43 20% 110.32 12.3/1.39 12.31/1.39 12.3/2.78 12.3/2.78 102.53 92.94%
2.390 0.9944 5.43 50% 273.44 12.28/3.47 12.28/3.47 12.26/6.95 12.28/6.94 255.71 93.52%
4.855 0.9976 4.31 100% 557.09 12.23/6.95 12.24/6.95 12.21/13.89 12.23/13.89 509.36 91.43%
Input and Output Power Efficiency of the Power Supply
300 Titanium Platinum Gold Silver
Bronze 80 PLUS Efficiency
100%
250
95% 93.52%
200 92.94%
91.43%
Efficiency (%)
Input Power
Power (Watts)
90.36%
150 87.69%
90%
100
85%
50
Output Power
0 80%
5% 10% 20% 50% 5% 10% 20% 50% 100%
Loading (% of Rated Output Power) Loading (% of Rated Output Power)
These tests were conducted by a third party independent testing firm on behalf of the 80 PLUS Program. 80 PLUS is a certification
program to promote highly-efficient power supplies (greater than 80% efficiency in the active mode) in technology applications.
http://www.80plus.org/
EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Name and Address of the manufacturer: Name and address of the authorised representative:
Dell Inc. Dell Products Europe
One Dell Way Raheen Business Park
MS: PS4-30 Limerick, Ireland
Round Rock, Texas USA 78682 Contact: https://support.dellproductcompliance.com
This declaration of conformity is issued under the sole responsibility of Dell, Inc.
OBJECT OF THE DECLARATION
Type of Object……………..: Portable Computer
Regulatory Model………....: P169G
Regulatory Type1………....: P169G002 P169G003
Trade/Manufacturer name.: Dell
The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with the following Directives:
• DIRECTIVE 2014/53/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 16 April 2014 on the
harmonisation of the laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market of radio equipment
and repealing Directive 1999/5/EC
• DIRECTIVE 2011/65/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 8 June 2011 on the
restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.
• DIRECTIVE 2009/125/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 21 October 2009
establishing a framework for the setting of eco design requirements for energy related products.
The object of the declaration described above has been assessed by the Notified Body TÜV Rheinland LGA
Products GmbH with identification number 0197 against the essential requirements in Clause 3.2 of 2014/53/EU
and the Type Examination Certificate Number RT 60168485 0001 was issued.
The object of the declaration is in compliance with the following European standards, regulations, and technical
references:
SAFETY EN IEC 62368-1:2020 +A11:2020
EN IEC 62311:2020
EMC EN 55032:2015 +A11:2020
EN 55035:2017 +A11:2020
EN 61000-3-2:2014
EN 61000-3-3:2013
EN 301 489-1 V2.2.3
EN 301 489-17 V3.2.4
RoHS EN IEC 63000:2018
ENERGY EN 50564:2011
EN 50563:2011/A1:2013
EN 62623:2013
Commission Regulation (EU) No. 617/2013
Commission Regulation (EU) No. 801/2013
Commission Regulation (EC) No. 1275/2008
Commission Regulation (EU) No. 2019/1782
1
Regulatory Type uniquely identifies the product Tracking Number, radio, apparatus and EEE which is the object of this DoC.
DELL™, the Dell logo and names of Dell products and services are registered trademarks and trademarks of Dell Inc. Page 1 of 2
RADIO EN 300 328 V2.2.2
EN 301 893 V2.1.1
EN 300 440 V2.2.1
EN 303 687 V1.1.1
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The object of this declaration has been tested and found to comply with the
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to the listed directives, regulations
and standards. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the
equipment is operated in a residential or business environment. Optional devices, such as radios, conform to the
noted standard when the Dell Inc. provided devices are installed in the product. The equipment was tested in a
typical configuration.
Round Rock, Texas, USA Hsiao, Greg
Place of Issue Full Printed Name
03/05/2024 Regulatory Principal Engineer
Date Issue Position/Title
CDP169G002-3_2402
Dell Document Control
Signed for and on behalf of Dell Inc.
DELL™, the Dell logo and names of Dell products and services are registered trademarks and trademarks of Dell Inc. Page 2 of 2
EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Name and Address of the manufacturer: Name and address of the authorised representative:
Dell Inc. Dell Products Europe
One Dell Way Raheen Business Park
MS: PS4-30 Limerick, Ireland
Round Rock, Texas USA 78682 Contact: https://support.dellproductcompliance.com
This declaration of conformity is issued under the sole responsibility of Dell, Inc.
OBJECT OF THE DECLARATION
Type of Object……………..: Desktop Computer
Regulatory Model………....: D17S
Regulatory Type1………....: D17S007
Trade/Manufacturer name.: Dell
The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with the following Directives:
• DIRECTIVE 2014/53/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 16 April 2014 on the
harmonisation of the laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market of radio equipment
and repealing Directive 1999/5/EC
• DIRECTIVE 2011/65/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 8 June 2011 on the
restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.
• DIRECTIVE 2009/125/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 21 October 2009
establishing a framework for the setting of eco design requirements for energy related products.
The object of the declaration described above has been assessed by the Notified Body TUV Rheinland LGA
Products GmbH with identification number 0197 against the essential requirements in Clause 3.2 of 2014/53/EU
and the Type Examination Certificate Number RT 6016755 0001 was issued.
The object of the declaration is in compliance with the following European standards, regulations, and technical
references:
SAFETY EN IEC 62368-1:2020 +A11:2020
EN IEC 62311:2020
EMC EN 55032:2015 +A11:2020
EN 55035:2017 +A11:2020
EN 61000-3-2:2014
EN 61000-3-3:2013
EN 301 489-1 V2.2.3
EN 301 489-17 V3.2.4
RoHS EN IEC 63000:2018
ENERGY EN 62623:2013
EN 50564:2011
Commission Regulation (EU) No. 617/2013
1
Regulatory Type uniquely identifies the product Tracking Number, radio, apparatus and EEE which is the object of this DoC.
DELL™, the Dell logo and names of Dell products and services are registered trademarks and trademarks of Dell Inc. Page 1 of 2
RADIO EN 300 328 V2.2.2
EN 301 893 V2.1.1
EN 300 440 V2.1.1
DRAFT EN 303 687
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The object of this declaration has been tested and found to comply with the
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to the listed directives, regulations
and standards. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the
equipment is operated in a residential or business environment. Optional devices, such as radios, conform to the
noted standard when the Dell Inc. provided devices are installed in the product. The equipment was tested in a
typical configuration.
Round Rock, Texas, USA Tai, Ken
Place of Issue Full Printed Name
12/24/2023 Regulatory Principal Engineer
Date Issue Position/Title
CDD17S007
Dell Document Control
Signed for and on behalf of Dell Inc.
DELL™, the Dell logo and names of Dell products and services are registered trademarks and trademarks of Dell Inc. Page 2 of 2
EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Name and Address of the manufacturer: Name and address of the authorised representative:
Dell Inc. Dell Products Europe
One Dell Way Raheen Business Park
MS: PS4-30 Limerick, Ireland
Round Rock, Texas USA 78682 Contact: https://support.dellproductcompliance.com
This declaration of conformity is issued under the sole responsibility of Dell, Inc.
OBJECT OF THE DECLARATION
Type of Object……………..: Desktop Computer
Regulatory Model………....: D17S
Regulatory Type1………....: D17S005
Trade/Manufacturer name.: Dell
The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with the following Directives:
• DIRECTIVE 2014/53/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 16 April 2014 on the
harmonisation of the laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market of radio equipment
and repealing Directive 1999/5/EC
• DIRECTIVE 2011/65/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 8 June 2011 on the
restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.
• DIRECTIVE 2009/125/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 21 October 2009
establishing a framework for the setting of eco design requirements for energy related products.
The object of the declaration described above has been assessed by the Notified Body TUV Rheinland LGA
Products GmbH with identification number 0197 against the essential requirements in Clause 3.2 of 2014/53/EU
and the Type Examination Certificate Number RT 6016755 001 was issued.
The object of the declaration is in compliance with the following European standards, regulations, and technical
references:
SAFETY EN IEC 62368-1:2020 +A11:2020
EN IEC 62311:2020
EMC EN 55032:2015 +A11:2020
EN 55035:2017 +A11:2020
EN 61000-3-2:2014
EN 61000-3-3:2013
EN 301 489-1 V2.2.3
EN 301 489-17 V3.2.4
RoHS EN IEC 63000:2018
ENERGY EN 50564:2011
EN 62623:2013
Commission Regulation (EU) No. 617/2013
1
Regulatory Type uniquely identifies the product Tracking Number, radio, apparatus and EEE which is the object of this DoC.
DELL™, the Dell logo and names of Dell products and services are registered trademarks and trademarks of Dell Inc. Page 1 of 2
RADIO EN 300 328 V2.2.2
EN 301 893 V2.1.1
EN 300 440 V2.1.1
DRAFT EN 303 687
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The object of this declaration has been tested and found to comply with the
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to the listed directives, regulations
and standards. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the
equipment is operated in a residential or business environment. Optional devices, such as radios, conform to the
noted standard when the Dell Inc. provided devices are installed in the product. The equipment was tested in a
typical configuration.
Round Rock, Texas, USA Tai, Ken
Place of Issue Full Printed Name
12/24/2023 Regulatory Principal Engineer
Date Issue Position/Title
CDD17S005
Dell Document Control
Signed for and on behalf of Dell Inc.
DELL™, the Dell logo and names of Dell products and services are registered trademarks and trademarks of Dell Inc. Page 2 of 2
Global Product Compliance Engineering and Environmental Affairs
EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Name and Address of the manufacturer: Name and address of the authorised representative:
Dell Inc. Dell Products Europe
One Dell Way Raheen Business Park
MS: PS4-30 Limerick, Ireland
Round Rock, Texas USA 78682
This declaration of conformity is issued under the sole responsibility of Dell, Inc.
OBJECT OF THE DECLARATION
Type of Object…………….: Flat Panel Monitor
Regulatory Model………....: P2425Hb
Regulatory Type1………....: N/A
Trade/Brand name.: DELL
The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with the following Directives:
• DIRECTIVE 2014/30/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 26 February 2014 on the harmonisation of the
laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility (recast)
• DIRECTIVE 2014/35/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 26 February 2014 on the harmonisation of the
laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market of electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
• Directive 2011/65/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 8 June 2011 on the restriction of the use of certain
hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment
• Directive 2009/125/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 21 October 2009 establishing a framework for the
setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products
The object of the declaration described above has been assessed and found in compliance with the following harmonised standards, regulations and
technical references:
SAFETY: EN IEC 62368-1:2020 + A11:2020
EN IEC 62311:2020
EN 62479:2010
EMC: EN 55032:2015 + A11:2020
EN 55035:2017 + A11:2020
EN 61000-3-2:2014 (Class D)
EN 61000-3-3:2013
ENERGY: Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/2021
EN 62087-1:2016, EN 62087-2: 2016, IEC 62087-7: 2018
EN 50564:2011
RoHS: EN IEC 63000:2018
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The object of this declaration has been tested and found to comply with the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) limits
for a Class B digital device pursuant to the listed directives, regulations and standards. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference when the equipment is operated in a residential or business environment. The equipment was tested in a typical configuration.
Round Rock, Texas, USA
Place of Issue Signed for and on behalf of Dell Inc.
March 11, 2024 Jessie Goh
Date of Issue Full Printed Name
Regulatory Senior Principal Engineer, Dell Global Product Compliance
Engineering and Environmental Affairs
Position/Title
1
Regulatory Type uniquely identifies the product, radio, apparatus and EEE which is the object of this DoC.
RQF0345 DELL™, the Dell logo and names of Dell products and services are registered trademarks and trademarks of Dell Inc. Page 1 of 1
Global Product Compliance Engineering and Environmental Affairs
EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Name and Address of the manufacturer: Name and address of the authorised representative:
Dell Inc. Dell Products Europe BV
One Dell Way Raheen Business Park
MS: PS4-30 Limerick, Ireland
Round Rock, Texas USA 78682
This declaration of conformity is issued under the sole responsibility of Dell, Inc.
OBJECT OF THE DECLARATION
Type of Object…………….: Flat Panel Monitor
Regulatory Model………....: P2222Hb, P2222Ht
Regulatory Type1………....: N/A
Trade/Brand name.: DELL
The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with the following Directives:
• DIRECTIVE 2014/30/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 26 February 2014 on the harmonisation of the
laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility (recast)
• DIRECTIVE 2014/35/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 26 February 2014 on the harmonisation of the
laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market of electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
• Directive 2011/65/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 8 June 2011 on the restriction of the use of certain
hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment
• Directive 2009/125/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 21 October 2009 establishing a framework for the
setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products
The object of the declaration described above has been assessed and found in compliance with the following harmonised standards, regulations and
technical references:
SAFETY: EN IEC 62368-1:2020 + A11:2020
EN IEC 62311:2020
EN 62479:2010
EMC: EN 55032:2015 + A11:2020
EN 55035:2017 + A11:2020
EN IEC 61000-3-2:2019
EN 61000-3-3:2013 + A1:2019
ENERGY: Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/2021
EN 62087-1:2016, EN 62087-2: 2016, IEC 62087-7: 2018
EN 50564:2011
RoHS: EN IEC 63000:2018
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The object of this declaration has been tested and found to comply with the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) limits
for a Class B digital device pursuant to the listed directives, regulations and standards. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference when the equipment is operated in a residential or business environment. The equipment was tested in a typical configuration.
Round Rock, Texas, USA
Place of Issue Signed for and on behalf of Dell Inc.
October 26, 2022 CY Chang
Date of Issue Full Printed Name
Director, Dell Global Product Compliance Engineering and Environmental Affairs
Position/Title
1
Regulatory Type uniquely identifies the product, radio, apparatus and EEE which is the object of this DoC.
RQF0345 DELL™, the Dell logo and names of Dell products and services are registered trademarks and trademarks of Dell Inc. Page 1 of 1
EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Name and Address of the manufacturer: Name and address of the authorised representative:
Dell Inc. Dell Products Europe
One Dell Way Raheen Business Park
MS: PS4-30 Limerick, Ireland
Round Rock, Texas USA 78682 Contact: https://support.dellproductcompliance.com
This declaration of conformity is issued under the sole responsibility of Dell, Inc.
OBJECT OF THE DECLARATION
Type of Object……………..: Desktop Computer
Regulatory Model………....: D30M
Regulatory Type1………....: D30M001
Trade/Manufacturer name.: Dell
The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with the following Directives:
• DIRECTIVE 2014/53/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 16 April 2014 on the
harmonisation of the laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market of radio equipment
and repealing Directive 1999/5/EC
• DIRECTIVE 2011/65/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 8 June 2011 on the
restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.
• DIRECTIVE 2009/125/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 21 October 2009
establishing a framework for the setting of eco design requirements for energy related products.
The object of the declaration described above has been assessed by the Notified Body TUV Rheinland LGA
Products GmbH with identification number 0197 against the essential requirements in Clause 3.2 of 2014/53/EU
and the Type Examination Certificate Number RT 60167796 001 was issued.
The object of the declaration is in compliance with the following European standards, regulations, and technical
references:
SAFETY EN IEC 62368-1:2020 +A11:2020
EN IEC 62311:2020
EN 62479:2010
EMC EN 55032:2015 +A11:2020
EN 55035:2017 +A11:2020
EN 61000-3-2:2014
EN 61000-3-3:2013
EN 301 489-1 V2.2.3
EN 301 489-17 V3.2.4
EN 301 489-3 V2.1.1
RoHS EN IEC 63000:2018
ENERGY EN 50564:2011
EN 62623:2013
Commission Regulation (EU) No. 617/2013
1
Regulatory Type uniquely identifies the product Tracking Number, radio, apparatus and EEE which is the object of this DoC.
DELL™, the Dell logo and names of Dell products and services are registered trademarks and trademarks of Dell Inc. Page 1 of 2
RADIO EN 300 328 V2.2.2
EN 301 893 V2.1.1
EN 300 440 V2.2.1
DRAFT EN 303 687
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The object of this declaration has been tested and found to comply with the
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to the listed directives, regulations
and standards. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the
equipment is operated in a residential or business environment. Optional devices, such as radios, conform to the
noted standard when the Dell Inc. provided devices are installed in the product. The equipment was tested in a
typical configuration.
Round Rock, Texas, USA Tai, Ken
Place of Issue Full Printed Name
12/23/2023 Regulatory Principal Engineer
Date Issue Position/Title
CDD30M001
Dell Document Control
Signed for and on behalf of Dell Inc.
DELL™, the Dell logo and names of Dell products and services are registered trademarks and trademarks of Dell Inc. Page 2 of 2
Product Compliance Datasheet
MARKETING NAME/MODEL NO…………: Latitude 3450
REGULATORY MODEL….….: P169G
REGULATORY TYPE…….…: P169G002, P169G003
EMC EMISSIONS CLASS…...: B
EFFECTIVE DATE1……….…...: March 5, 2024
REVISED DATE2……….…...: N/A
Table of contents
I. Statement of Compliance ........................................................................................................................... 2
II. Global Environmental Information .............................................................................................................. 2
III. NFPA 99 Conformity .................................................................................................................................. 3
IV. Declaration of Similarity .............................................................................................................................. 3
V. Power Cords and User Documentation ...................................................................................................... 4
VI. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data .................................................................................................... 4
VII. Product Dimensions and Weight ................................................................................................................ 5
VIII. Product Energy Performance Data ............................................................................................................ 5
IX. Product Materials Information .................................................................................................................... 6
X. Packaging ................................................................................................................................................... 7
XI. Batteries ..................................................................................................................................................... 8
XII. Design for Environment .............................................................................................................................. 8
XIII. France Reparability Index .......................................................................................................................... 8
XIV. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information ............................................................................................... 8
XV. Helpful Links ............................................................................................................................................... 9
Appendix A: ErP Lot 3 Product Energy Consumption Information ........................................................................ 10
Appendix B: ErP Lot 26 Network Standby Energy Consumption Information ...................................................... 13
Appendix C: California Energy Commission Appliance Efficiency Standards MAEDbS Registration Numbers .. 14
1 Effective Date refer to product that is available to market (RTS/Launch)
2 Revision Date refer to the Datasheet has been updated to capture the latest information
I. Statement of Compliance
This product has been determined to be compliant with the applicable standards, regulations, and
directives for the countries where the product is marketed. The product is affixed with regulatory
marking and text as necessary for the country/agency. Dell manufacturers and markets Multimedia
Equipment (MME), Information Technology Equipment (ITE), Audio Visual Equipment (A/V),
Industrial, Scientific, Medical Equipment (ISM) or combinations of these. Generally, products
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and Product Safety compliance is based on International IEC
and CISPR standards and their national equivalent along with national standards for Radio (wireless),
Telecommunications (Modem) and Energy. Dell products have been verified to comply with the
Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and
the Council. Dell product does not contain any of the restricted substances in concentrations and
applications not permitted by the RoHS Directive.
EMC Emissions Class refers to one of the following use environments:
• EMC Class B product is intended for use in residential/domestic environments but may also
be used in nonresidential/non-domestic environments.
• EMC Class A product is intended for use in non-residential/non-domestic environments.
Class A product may also be utilized in residential/domestic environments but may cause
interference and require the user to take adequate corrective measures.
For Product Safety and EMC compliance, this product has been assigned a unique regulatory model
and regulatory type that is imprinted on the product regulatory labeling to provide traceability to the
regulatory approvals noted on this datasheet. This datasheet applies to any product that utilizes the
assigned regulatory model and type including marketing names other than those listed on this
datasheet. Dell products with the CE marking have been verified to comply with Energy Related
Products (ErP) Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.
https://www.dell.com/ErP User Information. REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and
Restriction of Chemicals), Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council
is the European Union’s (EU) chemical substances regulatory framework. Dell complies with the
REACH regulation. For information on SVHC (Substances of Very High Concern), see
www.dell.com/REACH. This products compliance documentation, such as this datasheet and the
European Union Declaration of Conformity are available on the product support page, manuals tab
http://www.dell.com/support. Additional compliance documentation for the product is available upon
submitting a request at https://support.dellproductcompliance.com Please include product identifiers
such as marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information
is needed in the email request.
II. Global Environmental Information
Environmental (Voluntary Marks)
Country Approval Compliance
Global ENERGY STAR (Configuration Dependent) Version 8.0
Global TCO Certified Version 9.0
China CECP Yes
China CEC Yes
Taiwan Greenmark Yes
Varies by Country EPEAT (Configuration Dependent) Refer to EPEAT.net for
See EPEAT.net specific registration levels and
countries
* ENERGY STAR 4.0 Compliance is applicable to PowerEdge Servers only.
Adapter Certification and Declarations
Country Authority/Mark
Australia/New Zealand Australia/NZ MEPS
Canada NRCan
US – California Energy Commission Adapter & Battery Charger
European Union Regulation EU 2019/1782
South Korea South Korea MEPS
III. NFPA 99 Conformity
Select Dell systems have been tested and found to comply with the touch current requirements as
defined in 10.3.5 of National Fire Protection Association standard NFPA 99:2021. The touch current
does not exceed 100 µA with ground wire intact (if a ground wire is provided) and 500 µA with ground
disconnected at 127 V AC, 60 Hz when tested in accordance with 10.3.5 of NFPA 99: 2021. To
determine if this product complies with the above requirements, send a request to
https://support.dellproductcompliance.com. Please include product identifiers such as marketing
name, regulatory type and country for which compliance information is needed.
IV. Declaration of Similarity
Object of the Declaration
Product Type Notebook
Regulatory Model Number P169G
Regulatory Type Number P169G002,P169G003
Trade Name/ Trademark DELL
Marketing Name(s) Latitude 3450
Dell Inc. herby declares that the products identified by the product designations listed in this
declaration are strictly identical in design (shape, opening, etc.) components, materials,
manufacturing process, and markings except for product designation – Trade Name and/or Trade
Mark as specified in this declaration.
The products may have very minor differences which do not impact the level of conformity. All
products identified by the product designations in this declaration have the same level of conformity
according to the certificate(s) provided.
The Trade Name / Trademark and/or Marketing Name(s) are the property of Dell Inc.
Any differences in the product designation are for marketing purposes only.
Dell Inc. herby declares that the platforms or appliances designated by the Regulatory Model listed in
this declaration are strictly identical in design (shape, opening, etc.) components, materials,
manufacturing process, and markings except for product designation – Trade Name and/or Trade
Mark as specified in this declaration.
The platforms or appliances may have very minor differences which do not impact the level of
conformity. All platforms or appliances identified by the Regulatory Model designations in this
declaration have the same level of conformity according to the certificate(s) provided.
The Trade Name / Trademark and/or Marketing Name(s) are the property of Dell Inc. Any differences
in the product designation are for marketing purposes only
Dell Inc. herby declares that the platforms or appliances identified by the Regulatory Model listed in
this declaration are strictly identical in design (shape, opening, etc.) components, materials,
manufacturing process, and markings except for product designation – Trade Name and/or
Trademark as specified in this declaration.
The platforms or appliances may have very minor differences which do not impact the level of
conformity. All platforms or appliances identified by the Regulatory Model designations in this
declaration have the same level of conformity according to the certificate(s) provided.
The Trade Name / Trademark and/or Marketing Name(s) are the property of Dell Inc.
Any differences in the product designation are for marketing purposes only.
Date of Issue March 5, 2024 Dell Inc.
Signature on behalf Dell Global Product
Dell Global Product
of Dell Inc. Compliance and
Title Compliance and
Environmental Affairs
Environmental Affairs
V. Power Cords and User Documentation
Dell products are provided with the power cord and user documentation suitable for the intended
country of delivery. Products that are relocated to other countries should use nationally certified
power cords and plugs to ensure safe operation of the product. Contact Dell to determine if alternate
power cords or user documentation in other languages is available for your market.
VI. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data
For any questions related to importing & exporting classification of Dell products, please obtain
information from the following link: http://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/import-export or send
email request to [email protected]. Please include product identifiers such as
marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information is
needed in the email request.
VII. Product Dimensions and Weight
Depth, Width, Height,
Weight, kg
mm/cm mm/cm mm/cm
1.50 Kg Lightest Weight
219.43 mm 322.17 mm 17.68 mm
(depending upon installed options)
For Display & Peripheral products please refer to the product edoc/user manual /spec on Dell.com for
weight and dimension information.
VIII. Product Energy Performance Data
ErP Lot 3, Lot 26 and ErP Lot 9 information is in Appendices A, B and C respectively.
For additional information on how Dell’s commitment to energy efficiency benefits you go to:
Reducing your Footprint
For additional information on ENERGY STAR models refer to the following database: ENERGY
STAR Product Finder
The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves.
Computer:
Energy
BTU
Service Level Consumption Description of Service Level
Calculation
(Wattage)
The system is running programs to
maximize the CPU utilization and/or
CPU stressed 96.82 331.12
running programs to maximize the power
consumption
Short Idle 6.06 20.73 As specified per EPA ENERGY STAR
Long Idle 1.24 4.24 As specified EPA ENERGY STAR
S3 “Sleep” or
S3=Suspend-to-RAM, or
Modern 1.24 4.24
Modern Standby
Standby
System is turned off but still connected to
Off/Standby 0.50 1.71
its AC power source.
Energy Consumption3
3
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.
For more details visit https://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/dell-environment
Energy efficiency benefits the environment and lowers the total cost of equipment ownership by
reducing power consumption. Click here for Dell’s Energy efficient products.
*Energy Consumption results are based solely upon the laboratory testing of the System Configuration
and in accordance to the described service level. Energy consumption is tested at 230 Volts / 50 Hz.
Declared noise emission values in accordance with ISO 9296. Testing performed in compliance with
ISO 7779 with operating modes defined by ECMA-74.
IX. Product Materials Information
Information on Dell’s material use is available here.
Dell’s Restricted Material for Use guidance document is available here.
Mechanical plastic parts are BFR/PVC free Yes No NA
Marking of plastics parts is in accordance with ISO Yes No NA
11469 (see below)
Printed circuit boards (without components) >0.5g Yes No NA
are BFR PVC free
Insulation materials of external electrical cables are Yes No
PVC free
Product is BFR/PVC Free (Accessories & Options Yes No
may not be BFR/PVC-Free
Postconsumer recycled Plastics material content4 is Yes No NA
used in the product
If yes, indicate the percentage of the postconsumer
recycled material per total plastic weight of the 18% PCR (Post Consumer Recycled)
material in total plastic of product
product
Biobased Plastic material5 content is used in the Yes No NA
product.
If yes, either indicate the percentage of the 0 % biobased plastic material in total
biobased plastic material per total plastic weight of plastic of product
the product
Flame Retardants Used in Motherboard
Part List the Flame Retardants
PCB6 DOPO
4
This product contains x% post-consumer recycled plastic including closed loop recycled plastics (ITE-derived)* % Declaration
to be the same in ENV0025 for Display & CP
5
Bio-based plastics are fully or partially made from biological resources, rather than fossil raw materials. They are not
necessarily compostable or biodegradable. It is important to examine the full life cycle of bio-based plastics, to ensure that they
are beneficial to the environment beyond the reduction in use of fossil resources. This includes littering and changes in land
use
6
PCB (Printed Circuit Board) is a blank circuit board with no electronic components attached
Flame Retardants Used in Mechanical Plastic Parts7
The external case material is >PC< ,>PC+ABS<
List
Flame
applicable R-
Retardant List the
Phrase(s) or
Marking Flame
Hazard
Resin Material Plastic Part Marking per per ISO Retardants
Statement(s)
Name ISO 11469:2016 1043-4 used on
per EU
(i.e. FR(16), (i.e. BPA,
Directive
FR(40), etc)
67/548/EEG
etc.)
or 1272/2008
PC+ABS+15%Talc+30%PC
LG
(PC+ABS- FR40 BPADP NA
YER5151RFL/E5511 TD15FR(40)(REC30))
Halogen-free
PC+ABS+15%Talc+30%PC
Covestro organic
(PC+ABS- FR40 phosphorus
NA
FR3021GR/700637 TD15FR(40)(REC30))
compounds
PC+ABS+15%Talc+50%PCR
LG
(PC+ABS- FR40 BPADP NA
ER5151RFN/E5511 TD15FR(40)(REC50))
Halogen-free
PC+ABS+15%Talc+50%PCR
Covestro organic
(PC+ABS- FR40 phosphorus
NA
FR3021R50GCN TD15FR(40)(REC50))
compounds
Mercury Information
Number of bulbs Average per bulb
0 N/A
Additional information:
• Refer to Dell Technologies’ Chemical Use Policy for more information on RoHS and REACH.
• Products MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets):
o Batteries: Battery MSDS Documentation and Declaration
o Printer Toner and Ink: MSDS Documentation
X. Packaging
Information on Dell’s sustainable packaging effort available here. Additional materials restricted in
Packaging as per Dell’s Material Restricted for Use Standard document can be found at
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist.
7
According to ISO 11469 Marking of plastics products weighing 25 grams or more must be marked. Plastic Parts weighing less
than 25 grams and having adequate surface area for coding should be marked.
XI. Batteries
Below is a listing of batteries that could be present in the product:
Battery
Battery Description – Batteries Battery Type Rating
Weight (kg)
CR-2032 coin cell Lithium Metal 0.00358
Rechargeable Battery 3 cell Lithium Ion 0.189 42Wh
Rechargeable Battery 3 cell Lithium Ion 0.227 54Wh
XII. Design for Environment
Dell systems are, when applicable, designed for easy assembly, disassembly, and servicing.
For more information on Dell’s Environmental product attributes click here.
XIII. France Reparability Index
On January 1, 2021, France introduced a new Repairability Index for five categories of electronic
devices, including laptops. The aim of this new Repairability Index is to inform customers about
available repair options for a product prior to purchase.
The Repairability Index is a score ranging from 0 to 10/10, calculated based on five criteria:
1. Documentation: A score determined by the manufacturer’s commitment to make technical
documents available free of charge, in number of years, to repairers and consumers.
2. Disassembly, tools, and fasteners: A score determined by how easy it is to disassemble the
product, the type of tools needed, and the characteristics of the fasteners.
3. Availability of spare parts: A score determined by the length of time the manufacturer commits
to makes spare parts available for the product and the time it takes to deliver them.
4. Price of spare parts: A score determined by the ratio of the sale price of spare parts to the price
of the product.
5. Product specific: A score determined by sub-criteria specific to the product category concerned,
which may include availability of remote support, software updates, and resets.
The Repairability Index for this product and the parameters used to calculate the Repairability Index,
are available on the product page.
XIV. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information
Take back and recycling services are offered for this product in certain +countries. If you want to
dispose of system components, please visit How to Recycle | Dell Technologies US and select the
relevant country.
XV. Helpful Links
• Environmental Policy
https://i.dell.com/sites/csdocuments/Corporate_corp-Comm_Documents/en/dell-global-
environmental-policy.pdf
• Social Impact - Progress Made Real
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-id/social-impact.htm
• Advancing Sustainability
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability.htm
• ISO 14001 Certification
ISO Certification Certificate Environmental 14001 (delltechnologies.com)
• Materials Restricted for Use
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist
• Chemical Use Policy
http://i.dell.com/sites/doccontent/corporate/environment/en/Documents/chemical-use-policy.pdf
• Product Carbon Footprint
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/sustainable-
products-and-services/product-carbon-footprints.htm
• RoHS Compliance
• https://dellproductcompliance.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/6/topic/4ef197b3-28bb-
4ff8-96ce-0fcb642ecf8f/article/10289411
• REACH Compliance
www.dell.com/REACH
• Recycling Information
http://www.dell.com/recycling
• Supplier Responsibility – Champion the Many People
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/champion-
the-many-people.htm
Appendix A: ErP Lot 3 Product Energy Consumption
Information
European Union (EU) ErP Lot 3 (Commission Regulation (EC) No. 617/2013)
The ErP Lot 3 regulation includes requirements for certain product specific information to be provided
by the manufacturer. This is applicable to Desktops, Integrated Desktops (All-in-One), Notebooks,
Tablets, Slates, Notebook Thin Clients, Desktop Thin Clients, Workstations, Mobile Workstations, and
Small-Scale Servers.
ErP Lot 3 provides certain exclusions based upon product type, screen size, and/or the amount of
power consumed in idle mode. Product energy and acoustic information might be reported for products
that are out of scope of ErP Lot 3 for informational purposes only.
Category Category A Category C
Processor Speed in GHz 1.7 1.7
Number of Cores 12 10
Total Installed System Memory in GB 64 64
Graphics Integrated G4
WOL enabled in "Sleep" Mode No No
WOL enabled in "Off" Mode No No
As Tested: Lowest Power State 0.49 0.49
As Tested: Poff(W) WOL Disabled 0.49 0.49
As Tested: Poff(W) WOL Enabled
As Tested: Psleep(W) WOL Disabled 1.28 1.42
As Tested: Psleep(W) WOL Enabled
As Tested: Pidle(W) 4.04 4.66
Base TEC Limit (kWh) 27 60.50
TEC Adders Limit (kWh) 24.00 44.00
Base + Adders TEC Limit (kWh) 51.00 104.50
Results TEC 14.31 16.07
Power Supply Internal or
Link to efficiency report
Model # External
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
LA65NS2-01 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=5485275&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
HA65NM190 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=26886270&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
HA65NS5-00 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=5470487&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
HA65NM190 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=26886270&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
HA65NM192 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=38852152&appliance=EPS&nr=1
HKA65NM200 External https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=35902432&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
HKA65NM201 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=36174127&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
DA65NM190 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=24854598&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
DA65NM191 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=34247978&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
LA65NM190 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=25946862&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
HA100PM220 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=40564780&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
DA100PM220 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=40660280&appliance=EPS&nr=1
https://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-
LA100PM220 External lmp/index.cfm?action=app.formHandler&operation=details-
details&ref=40728787&appliance=EPS&nr=1
* Energy Consumption results are based solely upon the laboratory testing of the System
Configuration listed above. Energy consumption is tested at 230 Volts / 50 Hz.
Energy Consumption8
Energy efficiency benefits the environment and lowers the total cost of equipment ownership by
reducing power consumption. Click here for Dell’s Energy efficient products
Internal Power Supplies (not tested by ECOVA)
Declared Noise Emissions in accordance with ISO 9296. Testing performed in accordance with ISO
7779 at operating modes defined by ECMA 74. Your product may perform differently, depending on
the software, components, and peripherals you ordered. No warranty as to accuracy or
completeness is expressed or implied.
P169G002
Computers Category A:
Sound Power Sound Pressure
Statistical adder
Declared mean A- Declared mean A-
Service Level for verification
weighted level weighted emission level
LWA,m (B) KV (B) LpA,m (dB)
HDD Accessing 2.7 0.4 14.2
ODD Accessing - - -
Idle 2.6 0.4 14.0
8
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.
P169G003
Computers Category A:
Sound Power Sound Pressure
Statistical adder
Declared mean A- Declared mean A-
Service Level for verification
weighted level weighted emission level
LWA,m (B) KV (B) LpA,m (dB)
HDD Accessing 2.6 0.4 14.8
ODD Accessing - - -
Idle 2.6 0.4 14.6
Computers Category C:
Sound Power Sound Pressure
Statistical adder
Declared mean A- Declared mean A-
Service Level for verification
weighted level weighted emission level
LWA,m (B) KV (B) LpA,m (dB)
HDD Accessing 2.6 0.4 14.1
ODD Accessing - - -
Idle 2.7 0.4 14.0
Appendix B: ErP Lot 26 Network Standby Energy Consumption
Information
European Union (EU) ErP Lot 26 (Commission Regulation (EC) No 801/2013)
The ErP Lot 26 regulation includes Network Standby power requirements to be provided by the
manufacturer. This is applicable to multiple product categories. If no information is reported, it’s
assumed it is out of scope of ErP Lot 26.
Network Standby Classification LoNA
Off/Standby - Watts 0.49
Network Standby - Watts 1.2
Number of Network Ports 1
Location of 'Physical' Network Ports Side
Network Port Type PCIE / RJ45
Network Port(s) Activated or Deactivated Network Port(s) "Activated"
Network Port Maximum Performance in GB/s Wireless: 0.3 / LAN RJ45: 1
Communication protocol used by equipment Ethernet - TCPIP
Description of how to assert Network Standby Mode
Sequence of events to trigger automatic assertion of Network Standby
Mode
Notes regarding operation of the equipment EX: how the user switches the Information available @
equipment into network standby www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance
and/or
Default time for PM function to switch equipment into this mode
www.dell.com/support
Inactivity time required to enter Network Standby
Re-activation trigger
Measurement Method
Appendix C: California Energy Commission Appliance
Efficiency Standards MAEDbS Registration Numbers
MAEDbS Model Numbers * Computer Type Power Supply Wattage
Latitude 3450_65W Notebook 65W
Latitude 3450_100W Notebook 100W
Product Compliance Datasheet
MARKETING NAME/MODEL NO…………: OptiPlex SFF 7020
REGULATORY MODEL….….: D17S
REGULATORY TYPE…….…: D17S007
EMC EMISSIONS CLASS…...: B
EFFECTIVE DATE1……….…...: February 23, 2024
Table of contents
I. Statement of Compliance ........................................................................................................................... 2
II. Global Environmental Information .............................................................................................................. 3
III. NFPA 99 Conformity .................................................................................................................................. 3
IV. Declaration of Similarity .............................................................................................................................. 3
V. Power Cords and User Documentation ...................................................................................................... 4
VI. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data .................................................................................................... 4
VII. Product Dimensions and Weight ................................................................................................................ 4
VIII. Product Energy Performance Data ............................................................................................................ 4
IX. Product Materials Information .................................................................................................................... 6
X. Packaging ................................................................................................................................................... 8
XI. Batteries ..................................................................................................................................................... 8
XII. Design for Environment .............................................................................................................................. 8
XIII. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information ............................................................................................... 9
XIV. Helpful Links ............................................................................................................................................... 9
Appendix A: ErP Lot 3 Product Energy Consumption Information ........................................................................ 10
Appendix B: ErP Lot 26 Network Standby Energy Consumption Information....................................................... 12
1 Effective Date refer to product that is available to market (RTS/Launch)
I. Statement of Compliance
This product has been determined to be compliant with the applicable standards, regulations, and
directives for the countries where the product is marketed. The product is affixed with regulatory
marking and text as necessary for the country/agency. Dell manufacturers and markets Multimedia
Equipment (MME), Information Technology Equipment (ITE), Audio Visual Equipment (A/V),
Industrial, Scientific, Medical Equipment (ISM) or combinations of these. Generally, products
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and Product Safety compliance is based on International IEC
and CISPR standards and their national equivalent along with national standards for Radio (wireless),
Telecommunications (Modem) and Energy. Dell products have been verified to comply with the
Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and
the Council. Dell product does not contain any of the restricted substances in concentrations and
applications not permitted by the RoHS Directive.
EMC Emissions Class refers to one of the following use environments:
• EMC Class B product is intended for use in residential/domestic environments but may also
be used in nonresidential/non-domestic environments.
• EMC Class A product is intended for use in non-residential/non-domestic environments.
Class A product may also be utilized in residential/domestic environments but may cause
interference and require the user to take adequate corrective measures.
For Product Safety and EMC compliance, this product has been assigned a unique regulatory model
and regulatory type that is imprinted on the product regulatory labeling to provide traceability to the
regulatory approvals noted on this datasheet. This datasheet applies to any product that utilizes the
assigned regulatory model and type including marketing names other than those listed on this
datasheet. Dell products with the CE marking have been verified to comply with Energy Related
Products (ErP) Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.
https://www.dell.com/ErP User Information. REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and
Restriction of Chemicals), Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council
is the European Union’s (EU) chemical substances regulatory framework. Dell complies with the
REACH regulation. For information on SVHC (Substances of Very High Concern), see
www.dell.com/REACH. This products compliance documentation, such as this datasheet and the
European Union Declaration of Conformity are available on the product support page, manuals tab
http://www.dell.com/support. Additional compliance documentation for the product is available upon
submitting a request at https://support.dellproductcompliance.com Please include product identifiers
such as marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information
is needed in the email request.
II. Global Environmental Information
Environmental (Voluntary Marks)
Country Approval Compliance
Global ENERGY STAR (Configuration Dependent) Computer version 8.0
Global TCO Certified Generation 9
China CECP Yes
China CEC Yes
Japan Green PC Label Yes
Taiwan Greenmark Yes
Varies by Country EPEAT (Configuration Dependent) Refer to EPEAT.net for
See EPEAT.net specific registration levels and
countries
III. NFPA 99 Conformity
Select Dell systems have been tested and found to comply with the touch current requirements as
defined in 10.3.5 of National Fire Protection Association standard NFPA 99:2021. The touch current
does not exceed 100 µA with ground wire intact (if a ground wire is provided) and 500 µA with ground
disconnected at 127 V AC, 60 Hz when tested in accordance with 10.3.5 of NFPA 99: 2021. To
determine if this product complies with the above requirements, send a request to
https://support.dellproductcompliance.com. Please include product identifiers such as marketing
name, regulatory type and country for which compliance information is needed.
IV. Declaration of Similarity
Object of the Declaration
Product Type Desktop Computer
Regulatory Model Number D17S
Regulatory Type Number D17S007
Trade Name/ Trademark DELL
Marketing Name(s) OptiPlex SFF 7020
Dell Inc. herby declares that the products identified by the product designations listed in this
declaration are strictly identical in design (shape, opening, etc.) components, materials,
manufacturing process, and markings except for product designation – Trade Name and/or Trade
Mark as specified in this declaration.
The products may have very minor differences which do not impact the level of conformity. All
products identified by the product designations in this declaration have the same level of conformity
according to the certificate(s) provided.
The Trade Name / Trademark and/or Marketing Name(s) are the property of Dell Inc.
Any differences in the product designation are for marketing purposes only.
Date of Issue February 23,2024 Dell Inc.
Signature on behalf Dell Global Product
Dell Global Product
of Dell Inc. Compliance and
Title Compliance and
Environmental Affairs
Environmental Affairs
V. Power Cords and User Documentation
Dell products are provided with the power cord and user documentation suitable for the intended
country of delivery. Products that are relocated to other countries should use nationally certified
power cords and plugs to ensure safe operation of the product. Contact Dell to determine if alternate
power cords or user documentation in other languages is available for your market.
VI. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data
For any questions related to importing & exporting classification of Dell products, please obtain
information from the following link: http://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/import-export or send
email request to [email protected]. Please include product identifiers such as
marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information is
needed in the email request.
VII. Product Dimensions and Weight
Depth, Width, Height,
Weight, kg
mm/cm mm/cm mm/cm
292.8/29.28 92.6/9.26 290.0/29.0 4.084 - 5.394 (depending upon installed options)
VIII. Product Energy Performance Data
ErP Lot 3, Lot 26 and ErP Lot 9 information is in Appendices A, B and C respectively.
For additional information on how Dell’s commitment to energy efficiency benefits you go to:
Reducing your Footprint
For additional information on ENERGY STAR models refer to the following database: ENERGY
STAR Product Finder
Computer:
Energy
BTU
Service Level Consumption Description of Service Level
Calculation
(Wattage)
The system is running programs to
maximize the CPU utilization and/or
CPU stressed 196.73 672.82
running programs to maximize the power
consumption
Short Idle 19.085 65.27 As specified per EPA ENERGY STAR
Long Idle 2.165 7.40 As specified EPA ENERGY STAR
S3 “Sleep” or
S3=Suspend-to-RAM, or
Modern 2.165 7.40
Modern Standby
Standby
System is turned off but still connected to
Off/Standby 0.375 1.28
its AC power source.
Energy Consumption2
Energy efficiency benefits the environment and lowers the total cost of equipment ownership by
reducing power consumption. Click here for Dell’s Energy efficient products.
*Energy Consumption results are based solely upon the laboratory testing of the System Configuration
and in accordance to the described service level. Energy consumption is tested at 230 Volts / 50 Hz.
OptiPlex Desktop:
Declared noise emission values in accordance with ISO 9296. Testing performed in compliance with
ISO 7779 with operating modes defined by ECMA-74.
SSD/Integrated Graphics Configuration
Component Configuration
I5-14600 RAPTOR LAKE REFRESH DT LGA B-0
CPU 65W 2.7GHz 6+8 MS2 vPro 24MB 32EU Q3J9 QS
MS2
Memory DIMM,32GB,5600,2RX8,16,DDR5,NU
HDD/SSD (#, capacity) SSDR,1TB,G44,80S3,SSSTC,CA6
RMSD (Removable Media Storage Device) DVD+/-RW,8X,9.5T,PLDS
Graphic Adapter /
Power Supply Output Wattage & Efficiency 300W 92.22%
2
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.
For more details visit https://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/dell-environment
Sound Pressure
Sound Power Sound Power
Declared mean A-weighted
Declared mean A- Statistical adder
emission level
weighted level for verification
LpA,m (dB)
Operating Mode LWA,m (bels) KV , (bels) Operator Bystander
Idle 2.7 0.4 17.7 16.5
HDD Operating 2.6 0.4 18.4 16.4
CPU Stressed 3.1 0.4 22.0 19.9
ODD Operating 4.5 0.4 41.0 35.0
OptiPlex Desktop: SSD/Integrated Graphics Configuration3
Energy
Service BTU
Consumption Description of Service Level
Level Calculation
(Wattage)
CPU System is running programs to maximize CPU
156.39 534.85
stressed utilization.
Short Idle 6.877 23.52
As specified EPA Energy Star Computers
Long Idle 1.575 5.39
Suspend-to-RAM (low-power/sleep mode) or
Sleep 1.575 5.39
Modern Standby
System is turned off but still connected to its AC
Off 0.382 1.31
power source.
Calculated annual energy consumption in kWh
E-TEC 25.35 86.70
using conventional duty cycle
IX. Product Materials Information
Information on Dell’s material use is available here.
Dell’s Restricted Material for Use guidance document is available here.
Mechanical plastic parts are BFR/PVC free Yes No NA
Marking of plastics parts is in accordance with ISO Yes No NA
11469 (see below)
Printed circuit boards (without components) >0.5g Yes No NA
are BFR PVC free
Insulation materials of external electrical cables are Yes No
PVC free
Product is BFR/PVC Free (Accessories & Options Yes No
may not be BFR/PVC-Free
3
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied. For more details visit
https://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/dell-environment
Postconsumer recycled Plastics material content4 is Yes No NA
used in the product
If yes, indicate the percentage of the postconsumer
recycled material per total plastic weight of the 38.9 % PCR (Post Consumer Recycled)
material in total plastic of product
product
Biobased Plastic material5 content is used in the Yes No NA
product.
If yes, either indicate the percentage of the 0 % biobased plastic material in total
biobased plastic material per total plastic weight of plastic of product
the product
Flame Retardants Used in Motherboard
Part List the Flame Retardants
PCB6 BFR(TBBP-A)
Flame Retardants Used in Mechanical Plastic Parts7
The external case material is Steel(SGCC),>ABS<,>ABS(REC)<
List applicable R-
Flame
Phrase(s) or
Retardant List the Flame
Plastic Part Hazard
Resin Material Marking per ISO Retardants used
Marking per ISO Statement(s) per
Name 1043-4 on (i.e. BPA,
11469:2016 EU Directive
(i.e. FR(16), etc)
67/548/EEG or
FR(40), etc.)
1272/2008
ABS >ABS< N/A N/A N/A
Halogen Free
PC+ABS- >PC+ABS- Organic
FR(40) R43
FR(40) FR(40)< Phosphorus
compounds
ABS(REC) >ABS(REC)< N/A N/A N/A
Mercury Information
Number of bulbs Average per bulb
If none, enter 0 0 mg
4
This product contains x% post-consumer recycled plastic including closed loop recycled plastics (ITE-derived)* % Declaration
to be the same in ENV0025 for Display & CP
5
Bio-based plastics are fully or partially made from biological resources, rather than fossil raw materials. They are not
necessarily compostable or biodegradable. It is important to examine the full life cycle of bio-based plastics, to ensure that they
are beneficial to the environment beyond the reduction in use of fossil resources. This includes littering and changes in land
use
6
PCB (Printed Circuit Board) is a blank circuit board with no electronic components attached
7
According to ISO 11469 Marking of plastics products weighing 25 grams or more must be marked. Plastic Parts weighing less
than 25 grams and having adequate surface area for coding should be marked.
Additional information:
• Refer to Dell Technologies’ Chemical Use Policy for more information on RoHS and REACH.
• Products MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets):
o Batteries: Battery MSDS Documentation and Declaration
o Printer Toner and Ink: MSDS Documentation
X. Packaging
Information on Dell’s sustainable packaging effort available here. Additional materials restricted in
Packaging as per Dell’s Material Restricted for Use Standard document can be found at
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist.
Sustainable Material % Sustainable Material
Content[1] (e.g Recycled
Total Weight,
Packaging Materials content *,bio-based,
(g)
Sustainable Forested APJ DAO EMEA
materials) region region region
Corrugated
910 Recycled Content Min 35% Min 35% Min 35%
Fiberboard
LDPE (Including EPE
0 Recycled Content 0-80% 0-80% 0%
Foam)
Molded paper pulp 360 Recycled content 100% 100% 100%
HDPE (including
0 Recycled Content 0-80% 0-80% 0%
thermoformed) *
Molded Bamboo 0 Non-wood, biobased material 100% 100% 100%
Wheat Straw 0 Non-wood, biobased material 100% 100% 100%
Mushroom 0 Non-wood, biobased material 100% 100% 100%
LDPE Bags 24 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
EPS 0 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
PET 0 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
Polypropylene 0 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
Other, please specify 0
XI. Batteries
Below is a listing of batteries that could be present in the product:
Battery
Battery Description – Batteries Battery Type Rating
Weight (kg)
CR-2032 coin cell Lithium Metal 0.0032 10mA
XII. Design for Environment
Dell systems are, when applicable, designed for easy assembly, disassembly, and servicing.
For more information on Dell’s Environmental product attributes click here.
XIII. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information
Take back and recycling services are offered for this product in certain countries. If you want to
dispose of system components, please visit How to Recycle | Dell Technologies US and select the
relevant country.
XIV. Helpful Links
• Environmental Policy
https://i.dell.com/sites/csdocuments/Corporate_corp-Comm_Documents/en/dell-global-
environmental-policy.pdf
• Social Impact - Progress Made Real
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-id/social-impact.htm
• Advancing Sustainability
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability.htm
• ISO 14001 Certification
ISO Certification Certificate Environmental 14001 (delltechnologies.com)
• Materials Restricted for Use
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist
• Chemical Use Policy
http://i.dell.com/sites/doccontent/corporate/environment/en/Documents/chemical-use-policy.pdf
• Product Carbon Footprint
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/sustainable-
products-and-services/product-carbon-footprints.htm
• RoHS Compliance
• https://dellproductcompliance.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/6/topic/4ef197b3-28bb-
4ff8-96ce-0fcb642ecf8f/article/10289411
• REACH Compliance
www.dell.com/REACH
• Recycling Information
http://www.dell.com/recycling
• Supplier Responsibility – Champion the Many People
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/champion-
the-many-people.htm
Appendix A: ErP Lot 3 Product Energy Consumption
Information
European Union (EU) ErP Lot 3 (Commission Regulation (EC) No. 617/2013)
The ErP Lot 3 regulation includes requirements for certain product specific information to be provided
by the manufacturer. This is applicable to Desktops, Integrated Desktops (All-in-One), Notebooks,
Tablets, Slates, Notebook Thin Clients, Desktop Thin Clients, Workstations, Mobile Workstations, and
Small-Scale Servers.
ErP Lot 3 provides certain exclusions based upon product type, screen size, and/or the amount of
power consumed in idle mode. Product energy and acoustic information might be reported for products
that are out of scope of ErP Lot 3 for informational purposes only.
Additional information on ErP Lot 3, Lot 7 & Lot 26 available here.
Power Supply Internal or
Link to efficiency report
Model # External
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
L180EBS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-l180ebs00-160.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
H180EBS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-h180ebs00-207.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
D180EBS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-d180ebs00-189.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
AC180EBS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-ac180ebs00-144.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
AC180EBS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-ac180ebs00-144.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
L300EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-l300eps01-218.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
H300EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-h300eps01-314.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
D300EPS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-d300eps00-301.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
AC300EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-ac300eps01-298.pdf
* Energy Consumption results are based solely upon the laboratory testing of the System
Configuration listed above. Energy consumption is tested at 230 Volts / 50 Hz.
Energy Consumption8
Energy efficiency benefits the environment and lowers the total cost of equipment ownership by
reducing power consumption. Click here for Dell’s Energy efficient products
Declared Noise Emissions in accordance with ISO 9296. Testing performed in accordance with ISO
7779 at operating modes defined by ECMA 74. Your product may perform differently, depending on
the software, components, and peripherals you ordered. No warranty as to accuracy or
completeness is expressed or implied.
Computers Category B:
Sound Power Sound Pressure
Statistical adder
Declared mean A- Declared mean A-
Service Level for verification
weighted level weighted emission level
LWA,m (B) KV (B) LpA,m (dB)
HDD Accessing 3.1 0.4 28.4
ODD Accessing 4.5 0.4 41.2
Idle 3.1 0.4 25.5
Computers Category D:
Sound Power Sound Pressure
Statistical adder
Declared mean A- Declared mean A-
Service Level for verification
weighted level weighted emission level
LWA,m (B) KV (B) LpA,m (dB)
HDD Accessing 3.5 0.4 25.7
ODD Accessing 4.5 0.4 40.7
Idle 2.8 0.4 21.7
8
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.
Appendix B: ErP Lot 26 Network Standby Energy Consumption
Information
European Union (EU) ErP Lot 26 (Commission Regulation (EC) No 801/2013)
The ErP Lot 26 regulation includes Network Standby power requirements to be provided by the
manufacturer. This is applicable to multiple product categories. If no information is reported, it’s
assumed it is out of scope of ErP Lot 26.
Product Compliance Datasheet
MARKETING NAME/MODEL NO…………: OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020
REGULATORY MODEL….….: D17S
REGULATORY TYPE…….…: D17S005
EMC EMISSIONS CLASS…...: B
EFFECTIVE DATE1……….…...: February 23, 2024
REVISED DATE2……….…...: NA
Table of contents
I. Statement of Compliance ..................................................................................................................... 3
II. Global Environmental Information......................................................................................................... 3
III. NFPA 99 Conformity ............................................................................................................................ 4
IV. Declaration of Similarity........................................................................................................................ 4
V. Power Cords and User Documentation................................................................................................. 5
VI. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data ............................................................................................... 5
VII. Product Dimensions and Weight........................................................................................................... 5
VIII. Product Energy Performance Data ....................................................................................................... 5
IX. Product Materials Information ............................................................................................................... 7
X. Packaging ............................................................................................................................................ 9
XI. Batteries .............................................................................................................................................. 9
XII. Design for Environment ........................................................................................................................ 9
XIII. France Reparability Index................................................................................................................... 10
XIV. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information ........................................................................................ 10
XV. Helpful Links ...................................................................................................................................... 11
Appendix A: ErP Lot 3 Product Energy Consumption Information .................................................................... 12
Appendix B: ErP Lot 26 Network Standby Energy Consumption Information ................................................... 14
Appendix C: California Energy Commission Appliance Efficiency Standards MAEDbS Registration Numbers . 15
1
Effective Date refer to product that is available to market (RTS/Launch)
2
Revision Date refer to the Datasheet has been updated to capture the latest information
1 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
2 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
I. Statement of Compliance
This product has been determined to be compliant with the applicable standards, regulations, and
directives for the countries where the product is marketed. The product is affixed with regulatory
marking and text as necessary for the country/agency. Dell manufacturers and markets Multimedia
Equipment (MME), Information Technology Equipment (ITE), Audio Visual Equipment (A/V),
Industrial, Scientific, Medical Equipment (ISM) or combinations of these. Generally, products
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and Product Safety compliance is based on International IEC
and CISPR standards and their national equivalent along with national standards for Radio (wireless),
Telecommunications (Modem) and Energy. Dell products have been verified to comply with the
Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and
the Council. Dell product does not contain any of the restricted substances in concentrations and
applications not permitted by the RoHS Directive.
EMC Emissions Class refers to one of the following use environments:
• EMC Class B product is intended for use in residential/domestic environments but may also
be used in nonresidential/non-domestic environments.
• EMC Class A product is intended for use in non-residential/non-domestic environments.
Class A product may also be utilized in residential/domestic environments but may cause
interference and require the user to take adequate corrective measures.
For Product Safety and EMC compliance, this product has been assigned a unique regulatory model
and regulatory type that is imprinted on the product regulatory labeling to provide traceability to the
regulatory approvals noted on this datasheet. This datasheet applies to any product that utilizes the
assigned regulatory model and type including marketing names other than those listed on this
datasheet. Dell products with the CE marking have been verified to comply with Energy Related
Products (ErP) Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.
https://www.dell.com/ErP User Information. REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and
Restriction of Chemicals), Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council
is the European Union’s (EU) chemical substances regulatory framework. Dell complies with the
REACH regulation. For information on SVHC (Substances of Very High Concern), see
www.dell.com/REACH. This products compliance documentation, such as this datasheet and the
European Union Declaration of Conformity are available on the product support page, manuals tab
http://www.dell.com/support. Additional compliance documentation for the product is available upon
submitting a request at https://support.dellproductcompliance.com Please include product identifiers
such as marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information
is needed in the email request.
II. Global Environmental Information
Environmental (Voluntary Marks)
Country Approval Compliance
Global ENERGY STAR (Configuration Dependent) Computer version 8.0
Global TCO Certified Generation 9
China CECP Yes
3 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
China CEC Yes
Japan Green PC Label Yes
Taiwan Greenmark Yes
Varies by Country EPEAT (Configuration Dependent) Refer to EPEAT.net for
See EPEAT.net specific registration levels and
countries
III. NFPA 99 Conformity
Select Dell systems have been tested and found to comply with the touch current requirements as
defined in 10.3.5 of National Fire Protection Association standard NFPA 99:2021. The touch current
does not exceed 100 µA with ground wire intact (if a ground wire is provided) and 500 µA with ground
disconnected at 127 V AC, 60 Hz when tested in accordance with 10.3.5 of NFPA 99: 2021. To
determine if this product complies with the above requirements, send a request to
https://support.dellproductcompliance.com. Please include product identifiers such as marketing
name, regulatory type and country for which compliance information is needed.
IV. Declaration of Similarity
Object of the Declaration
Product Type Desktop Computer
Regulatory Model Number D17S
Regulatory Type Number D17S005
Trade Name/ Trademark DELL
Marketing Name(s) OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020
Dell Inc. herby declares that the products identified by the product designations listed in this
declaration are strictly identical in design (shape, opening, etc.) components, materials,
manufacturing process, and markings except for product designation – Trade Name and/or Trade
Mark as specified in this declaration.
The products may have very minor differences which do not impact the level of conformity. All
products identified by the product designations in this declaration have the same level of conformity
according to the certificate(s) provided.
The Trade Name / Trademark and/or Marketing Name(s) are the property of Dell Inc.
Any differences in the product designation are for marketing purposes only.
Date of Issue February 23,2024 Dell Inc.
Signature on behalf Dell Global Product
Dell Global Product
of Dell Inc. Compliance and
Title Compliance and
Environmental Affairs
Environmental Affairs
4 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
V. Power Cords and User Documentation
Dell products are provided with the power cord and user documentation suitable for the intended
country of delivery. Products that are relocated to other countries should use nationally certified
power cords and plugs to ensure safe operation of the product. Contact Dell to determine if alternate
power cords or user documentation in other languages is available for your market.
VI. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data
For any questions related to importing & exporting classification of Dell products, please obtain
information from the following link: http://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/import-export or send
email request to [email protected]. Please include product identifiers such as
marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information is
needed in the email request.
VII. Product Dimensions and Weight
Depth, Width, Height,
Weight, kg
mm/cm mm/cm mm/cm
292.8/29.28 92.6/9.26 290.0/29.0 4.286-5.622 (depending upon installed options)
VIII. Product Energy Performance Data
ErP Lot 3, Lot 26 and ErP Lot 9 information is in Appendices A, B and C respectively.
For additional information on how Dell’s commitment to energy efficiency benefits you go to:
Reducing your Footprint
For additional information on ENERGY STAR models refer to the following database: ENERGY
STAR Product Finder
Computer:
Energy
BTU
Service Level Consumption Description of Service Level
Calculation
(Wattage)
The system is running programs to
maximize the CPU utilization and/or
CPU stressed 217.61 744.23
running programs to maximize the power
consumption
Short Idle 19.568 66.92 As specified per EPA ENERGY STAR
Long Idle 2.453 8.39 As specified EPA ENERGY STAR
S3 “Sleep” or
S3=Suspend-to-RAM, or
Modern 2.453 8.39
Modern Standby
Standby
5 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
System is turned off but still connected to
Off/Standby 0.388 1.33
its AC power source.
Energy Consumption3
Energy efficiency benefits the environment and lowers the total cost of equipment ownership by
reducing power consumption. Click here for Dell’s Energy efficient products.
*Energy Consumption results are based solely upon the laboratory testing of the System Configuration
and in accordance to the described service level. Energy consumption is tested at 230 Volts / 50 Hz.
OptiPlex Desktop:
Declared noise emission values in accordance with ISO 9296. Testing performed in compliance with
ISO 7779 with operating modes defined by ECMA-74.
SSD/Integrated Graphics Configuration
Component Configuration
I9-14900 RAPTOR LAKE REFRESH DT LGA B-0
CPU
65W 2.0GHz 8+16 P2 vPro 36MB 32EU Q37Q QS
Memory DIMM,32GB,5600,2RX8,16,DDR5,NU
HDD/SSD (#, capacity) SSDR,1TB,P34,30S3,SMSNG,PM991a
RMSD (Removable Media Storage Device) DVD+/-RW,8X,9.5T,PLDS
Graphic Adapter /
Power Supply Output Wattage & Efficiency 300W 300W
Sound Pressure
Sound Power Sound Power
Declared mean A-weighted
Declared mean A- Statistical adder
emission level
weighted level for verification
LpA,m (dB)
Operating Mode LWA,m (bels) KV , (bels) Operator Bystander
Idle 2.8 0.4 19.7 17.2
HDD Operating 3.4 0.4 28.9 25.0
CPU Stressed 3.4 0.4 28.9 26.2
ODD Operating 4.9 0.4 40.3 37.4
3
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.
For more details visit https://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/dell-environment
6 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
OptiPlex Desktop: SSD/Integrated Graphics Configuration4
Energy
Service BTU
Consumption Description of Service Level
Level Calculation
(Wattage)
CPU System is running programs to maximize CPU
187.83 642.38
stressed utilization.
Short Idle 8.874 30.35
As specified EPA Energy Star Computers
Long Idle 1.878 6.42
Suspend-to-RAM (low-power/sleep mode) or
Sleep 1.878 6.42
Modern Standby
System is turned off but still connected to its AC
Off 0.392 1.34
power source.
Calculated annual energy consumption in kWh
E-TEC 32.04 109.59
using conventional duty cycle
IX. Product Materials Information
Information on Dell’s material use is available here.
Dell’s Restricted Material for Use guidance document is available here.
Mechanical plastic parts are BFR/PVC free Yes No NA
Marking of plastics parts is in accordance with ISO Yes No NA
11469 (see below)
Printed circuit boards (without components) >0.5g Yes No NA
are BFR PVC free
Insulation materials of external electrical cables are Yes No
PVC free
Product is BFR/PVC Free (Accessories & Options Yes No
may not be BFR/PVC-Free
Postconsumer recycled Plastics material content5 is Yes No NA
used in the product
If yes, indicate the percentage of the postconsumer
recycled material per total plastic weight of the 39.2 % PCR (Post Consumer Recycled)
material in total plastic of product
product
4
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied. For more details visit
https://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/dell-environment
5
This product contains x% post-consumer recycled plastic including closed loop recycled plastics (ITE-derived)* % Declaration
to be the same in ENV0025 for Display & CP
7 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
Biobased Plastic material6 content is used in the Yes No NA
product.
If yes, either indicate the percentage of the _____% biobased plastic material in
biobased plastic material per total plastic weight of total plastic of product
the product
Flame Retardants Used in Motherboard
Part List the Flame Retardants
PCB7 BFR(TBBP-A)
Flame Retardants Used in Mechanical Plastic Parts8
The external case material is Steel(SGCC),>ABS<,>ABS(REC)<
List applicable R-
Flame
Phrase(s) or
Retardant List the Flame
Plastic Part Hazard
Resin Material Marking per ISO Retardants used
Marking per ISO Statement(s) per
Name 1043-4 on (i.e. BPA,
11469:2016 EU Directive
(i.e. FR(16), etc)
67/548/EEG or
FR(40), etc.)
1272/2008
ABS >ABS< N/A N/A N/A
Halogen Free
PC+ABS- >PC+ABS- Organic
FR(40) R43
FR(40) FR(40)< Phosphorus
compounds
ABS(REC) >ABS(REC)< N/A N/A N/A
Halogen Free
PC+ABS(REC)- >PC+ABS(REC)- Organic
FR(40) R43
FR(40) FR(40)< Phosphorus
compounds
Mercury Information
Number of bulbs Average per bulb
If none, enter 0 0 mg
Additional information:
• Refer to Dell Technologies’ Chemical Use Policy for more information on RoHS and REACH.
6
Bio-based plastics are fully or partially made from biological resources, rather than fossil raw materials. They are not
necessarily compostable or biodegradable. It is important to examine the full life cycle of bio-based plastics, to ensure that they
are beneficial to the environment beyond the reduction in use of fossil resources. This includes littering and changes in land
use
7
PCB (Printed Circuit Board) is a blank circuit board with no electronic components attached
8
According to ISO 11469 Marking of plastics products weighing 25 grams or more must be marked. Plastic Parts weighing less
than 25 grams and having adequate surface area for coding should be marked.
8 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
• Products MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets):
o Batteries: Battery MSDS Documentation and Declaration
o Printer Toner and Ink: MSDS Documentation
X. Packaging
Information on Dell’s sustainable packaging effort available here. Additional materials restricted in
Packaging as per Dell’s Material Restricted for Use Standard document can be found at
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist.
Sustainable
Material Content[1] % Sustainable Material
(e.g Recycled
Total Weight,
Packaging Materials content *,bio-
(g)
based, Sustainable EMEA
Forested APJ region DAO region
region
materials)
Corrugated
910 Recycled Content Min 35% Min 35% Min 35%
Fiberboard
LDPE (Including EPE
0 Recycled Content 0-80% 0-80% 0%
Foam)
Molded paper pulp 360 Recycled content 100% 100% 100%
HDPE (including
0 Recycled Content 0-80% 0-80% 0%
thermoformed) *
Non-wood,
Molded Bamboo 0 100% 100% 100%
biobased material
Non-wood,
Wheat Straw 0 100% 100% 100%
biobased material
Non-wood,
Mushroom 0 100% 100% 100%
biobased material
LDPE Bags 24 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
EPS 0 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
PET 0 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
Polypropylene 0 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
Other, please specify 0
XI. Batteries
Below is a listing of batteries that could be present in the product:
Battery
Battery Description – Batteries Battery Type Rating
Weight (kg)
CR-2032 coin cell Lithium Metal 0.0032 10mA
XII. Design for Environment
Dell systems are, when applicable, designed for easy assembly, disassembly, and servicing.
9 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
For more information on Dell’s Environmental product attributes click here.
XIII. France Reparability Index
On January 1, 2021, France introduced a new Repairability Index for five categories of electronic
devices, including laptops. The aim of this new Repairability Index is to inform customers about
available repair options for a product prior to purchase.
The Repairability Index is a score ranging from 0 to 10/10, calculated based on five criteria:
1. Documentation: A score determined by the manufacturer’s commitment to make technical
documents available free of charge, in number of years, to repairers and consumers.
2. Disassembly, tools, and fasteners: A score determined by how easy it is to disassemble the
product, the type of tools needed, and the characteristics of the fasteners.
3. Availability of spare parts: A score determined by the length of time the manufacturer commits
to makes spare parts available for the product and the time it takes to deliver them.
4. Price of spare parts: A score determined by the ratio of the sale price of spare parts to the price
of the product.
5. Product specific: A score determined by sub-criteria specific to the product category concerned,
which may include availability of remote support, software updates, and resets.
The Repairability Index for this product and the parameters used to calculate the Repairability Index,
are available on the product page.
XIV. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information
Take back and recycling services are offered for this product in certain +countries. If you want to
dispose of system components, please visit How to Recycle | Dell Technologies US and select the
relevant country.
10 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
XV. Helpful Links
• Environmental Policy
https://i.dell.com/sites/csdocuments/Corporate_corp-Comm_Documents/en/dell-global-
environmental-policy.pdf
• Social Impact - Progress Made Real
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-id/social-impact.htm
• Advancing Sustainability
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability.htm
• ISO 14001 Certification
ISO Certification Certificate Environmental 14001 (delltechnologies.com)
• Materials Restricted for Use
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist
• Chemical Use Policy
http://i.dell.com/sites/doccontent/corporate/environment/en/Documents/chemical-use-policy.pdf
• Product Carbon Footprint
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/sustainable-
products-and-services/product-carbon-footprints.htm
• RoHS Compliance
• https://dellproductcompliance.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/6/topic/4ef197b3-28bb-
4ff8-96ce-0fcb642ecf8f/article/10289411
• REACH Compliance
www.dell.com/REACH
• Recycling Information
http://www.dell.com/recycling
• Supplier Responsibility – Champion the Many People
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/champion-
the-many-people.htm
11 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
Appendix A: ErP Lot 3 Product Energy Consumption
Information
European Union (EU) ErP Lot 3 (Commission Regulation (EC) No. 617/2013)
The ErP Lot 3 regulation includes requirements for certain product specific information to be provided
by the manufacturer. This is applicable to Desktops, Integrated Desktops (All-in-One), Notebooks,
Tablets, Slates, Notebook Thin Clients, Desktop Thin Clients, Workstations, Mobile Workstations, and
Small-Scale Servers.
ErP Lot 3 provides certain exclusions based upon product type, screen size, and/or the amount of
power consumed in idle mode. Product energy and acoustic information might be reported for products
that are out of scope of ErP Lot 3 for informational purposes only.
Additional information on ErP Lot 3, Lot 7 & Lot 26 available here.
Power Supply Internal or
Link to efficiency report
Model # External
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
L260EBS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-l260ebs00-159.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
H260EBS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-h260ebs00-204.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
D260EBS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-d260ebs00-212.pdf
12 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
AC260EBS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-ac260ebs00-215.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
L300EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-l300eps01-218.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
H300EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-h300eps01-314.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
D300EPS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-d300eps00-301.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
AC300EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-ac300eps01-298.pdf
* Energy Consumption results are based solely upon the laboratory testing of the System
Configuration listed above. Energy consumption is tested at 230 Volts / 50 Hz.
Energy Consumption9
Energy efficiency benefits the environment and lowers the total cost of equipment ownership by
reducing power consumption. Click here for Dell’s Energy efficient products
Declared Noise Emissions in accordance with ISO 9296. Testing performed in accordance with ISO
7779 at operating modes defined by ECMA 74. Your product may perform differently, depending on
the software, components, and peripherals you ordered. No warranty as to accuracy or
completeness is expressed or implied.
Computers Category D:
Sound Power Sound Pressure
Statistical adder
Declared mean A- Declared mean A-
Service Level for verification
weighted level weighted emission level
LWA,m (B) KV (B) LpA,m (dB)
HDD Accessing 3.2 0.4 25.0
ODD Accessing 4.6 0.4 40.3
Idle 2.8 0.4 21.5
9
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.
13 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
Appendix B: ErP Lot 26 Network Standby Energy Consumption
Information
European Union (EU) ErP Lot 26 (Commission Regulation (EC) No 801/2013)
The ErP Lot 26 regulation includes Network Standby power requirements to be provided by the
manufacturer. This is applicable to multiple product categories. If no information is reported, it’s
assumed it is out of scope of ErP Lot 26.
14 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
Appendix C: California Energy Commission Appliance
Efficiency Standards MAEDbS Registration Numbers
MAEDbS Model Numbers * Computer Type Power Supply Wattage
OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020_260W Desktop 260W
OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020_300W Desktop 300W
15 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A27
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
Product Compliance Datasheet
MARKETING NAME …………: P2222H
REGULATORY MODEL….….: P2222Ht
REGULATORY TYPE……..…: NA
EMC EMISSIONS CLASS…...: B
EFFECTIVE DATE……….…...: May 27, 2021
Table of contents
I. Statement of Compliance ........................................................................................................................... 2
II. Global Environmental Information .............................................................................................................. 3
III. NFPA 99 Conformity .................................................................................................................................. 3
IV. Power Cords and User Documentation ...................................................................................................... 3
V. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data .................................................................................................... 4
VI. Product Dimensions and Weight ................................................................................................................ 4
VII. Product Energy Performance Data ............................................................................................................ 4
VIII. Product Materials Information .................................................................................................................... 6
IX. Packaging ................................................................................................................................................... 7
X. Batteries ..................................................................................................................................................... 8
XI. Design for Environment .............................................................................................................................. 8
XII. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information ............................................................................................... 8
XIII. Helpful Links ............................................................................................................................................... 9
Appendix A: ErP Lot 5 Network Standby Energy Consumption Information ........................................................ 10
1 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A24
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
I. Statement of Compliance
This product has been determined to be compliant with the applicable standards, regulations, and
directives for the countries where the product is marketed. The product is affixed with regulatory
marking and text as necessary for the country/agency. Dell manufacturers and markets Multimedia
Equipment (MME), Information Technology Equipment (ITE), Audio Visual Equipment (A/V),
Industrial, Scientific, Medical Equipment (ISM) or combinations of these. Generally, products
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and Product Safety compliance is based on International IEC
and CISPR standards and their national equivalent along with national standards for Radio (wireless),
Telecommunications (Modem) and Energy. Dell products have been verified to comply with the
Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and
the Council. Dell product does not contain any of the restricted substances in concentrations and
applications not permitted by the RoHS Directive.
EMC Emissions Class refers to one of the following use environments:
• EMC Class B product is intended for use in residential/domestic environments but may also
be used in nonresidential/non-domestic environments.
• EMC Class A product is intended for use in non-residential/non-domestic environments.
Class A product may also be utilized in residential/domestic environments but may cause
interference and require the user to take adequate corrective measures.
For Product Safety and EMC compliance, this product has been assigned a unique regulatory model
and regulatory type that is imprinted on the product regulatory labeling to provide traceability to the
regulatory approvals noted on this datasheet. This datasheet applies to any product that utilizes the
assigned regulatory model and type including marketing names other than those listed on this
datasheet. Dell products with the CE marking have been verified to comply with Energy Related
Products (ErP) Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.
https://www.dell.com/ErP User Information. REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and
Restriction of Chemicals), Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council
is the European Union’s (EU) chemical substances regulatory framework. Dell complies with the
REACH regulation. For information on SVHC (Substances of Very High Concern), see
www.dell.com/REACH. This products compliance documentation, such as this datasheet and the
European Union Declaration of Conformity are available on the product support page, manuals tab
http://www.dell.com/support. Additional compliance documentation for the product is available upon
submitting a request at https://support.dellproductcompliance.com Please include product identifiers
such as marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information
is needed in the email request.
2 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A24
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
II. Global Environmental Information
Environmental (Voluntary Marks)
Country Approval Compliance
Global ENERGY STAR Certified
Global TCO Certified Certified
China CECP Certified
China CEC Certified
Varies by Country EPEAT Refer to EPEAT.net for specific
See EPEAT.net registration levels and countries
Adapter Certification and Declaration (Applicable only if product uses an external adapter)
Adapter Certification and Declarations
Country Authority/Mark
Australia/New Zealand Australia/NZ MEPS
Canada NRCan
US – California Energy Commission Adapter & Battery Charger
European Union Commission Regulation (EU) No. 2019/1782
South Korea South Korea MEPS
III. NFPA 99 Conformity
Select Dell systems have been tested and found to comply with the touch current requirements as
defined in 10.3.5 of National Fire Protection Association standard NFPA 99:2012. The touch current
does not exceed 100 µA with ground wire intact (if a ground wire is provided) and 500 µA with ground
disconnected at 127 V AC, 60 Hz when tested in accordance with 10.3.5 of NFPA 99: 2012. To
determine if this product complies with the above requirements, send a request to
[email protected]. Please include product identifiers such as marketing name,
regulatory type and country for which compliance information is needed.
IV. Power Cords and User Documentation
Dell products are provided with the power cord and user documentation suitable for the intended
country of delivery. Products that are relocated to other countries should use nationally certified
power cords and plugs to ensure safe operation of the product. Contact Dell to determine if alternate
power cords or user documentation in other languages is available for your market.
3 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A24
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
V. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data
For any questions related to importing & exporting classification of Dell products, please obtain
information from the following link: http://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/import-export or send
email request to [email protected]. Please include product identifiers such as
marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information is
needed in the email request.
VI. Product Dimensions and Weight
For Display & Client Peripherals products please refer to the edoc/user manual/spec on Dell.com
support for weight and dimension information.
VII. Product Energy Performance Data
For additional information on how Dell’s commitment to energy efficiency benefits you go to:
Reducing your Footprint
For additional information on ENERGY STAR models refer to the following database: ENERGY
STAR Product Finder
4 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A24
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
Items Energy Value BTU Calculation Defintions
As defined in EU 2019/2021 and EU 2019/2013
‘off mode’ means a condition in which the electronic display is
connected to the mains power source and is not providing any
function: the following shall also be considered as off mode:
Off Mode (W) 0.2 0.68
(1) conditions providing only an indication of off mode condition;
(2) conditions providing only functionalities intended to ensure
electromagnetic compatibility pursuant to Directive 2014/30/EU of
the European Parliament and of the Council (1);
As defined in EU 2019/2021 and EU 2019/2013
‘standby mode’ means a condition where the electronic display is
connected to the mains or DC power source, depends on energy
input from that source to work as intended and provides only the
Standby Mode (W) 0.3 1.03
following functions, which may persist for an indefinite time:
— reactivation function, or reactivation function and only an
indication of enabled reactivation function; and/or
— information or status display;
As defined in EU 2019/2021 and EU 2019/2013
on mode’ or ‘active mode’ means a condition in which the electronic
On Mode (W) 11.8 40.36
display is connected to a power source, has been activated and is
providing one or more of its display functions;
As defined in EU 2019/2021 and EU 2019/2013
Networked Standby ‘networked standby mode’ means a condition in which the electronic
NA NA
mode (W) display is able to resume a function by way of a remotely initiated
trigger from a network interface;
According to Userguide. Max brightness and contrast setting with
Max (W) 46 157.32 maximum power loading on all USB ports.The system is running
programs to maximize the power consumption.
Pon (W) 11.34 38.78 Reference to Energy Star Version 8 Test Method
TEC (KWH) 36.14 123.60 Reference to Energy Star Version 8 Test Method
Ext Power Supply NA NA Portables only! AC adapter is tested with no load attached
Ext Power Supply NA NA Portables only! AC adapter is tested with active load attached
Items Rating/Value/Links Defintions
EEI Grade D As defined in EU 2019/2021 and EU 2019/2013
EU EPREL URL https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/549695 EU EPREL Registration Website link
Energy Consumption1
Energy efficiency benefits the environment and lowers the total cost of equipment ownership by
reducing power consumption. Click here for Dell’s Energy efficient products.
*Energy Consumption results are based solely upon the laboratory testing of the System Configuration
and in accordance to the described service level. Energy consumption is tested at 230 Volts / 50 Hz.
1
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.
For more details visit https://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/dell-environment
5 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A24
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
VIII. Product Materials Information
Information on Dell’s material use is available here.
Dell’s Restricted Material for Use guidance document is available here.
Mechanical plastic parts1 are BFR/PVC free Yes No NA
Marking of plastics parts is in accordance with ISO Yes No NA
11469 (see below)
Printed circuit boards (without components) >0.5g Yes No NA
are BFR PVC free1
Insulation materials of external electrical cables are Yes No NA
PVC free
Product is BFR/PVC Free (Accessories & Options Yes No
may not be BFR/PVC-Free
Postconsumer recycled Plastics (ITE-Derived)1 Yes No NA
material content is used in the product
If yes, indicate the percentage of the postconsumer
recycled material per total plastic weight of the _ 84.4__% PCR (Post Consumer
Recycled) material in total plastic of
product2
product
Biobased Plastic material3 content is used in the Yes No NA
product.
If yes, indicate the percentage of the biobased __0___% biobased plastic material in
plastic material per total plastic weight of the total plastic of product
product
Flame Retardants Used in Motherboard
Part List the Flame Retardants
PCB4 Halogen-free Organic Phosphates Compounds
PCBA5 Halogen-free (BR/CL-free) Flame retardant
1 This product contains x% post-consumer recycled plastic and/or closed loop recycled plastics (ITE-derived)*
*(Measured as a percentage of total amount of plastic (by weight) in the product as per guidance in TCO
standard as applies to plastic parts.)
2 % May be the same as declared in ENV0025 for Display
3 Bio-based plastics are fully or partially made from biological resources, rather than fossil raw materials. They
are not necessarily compostable or biodegradable. It is important to examine the full life cycle of bio-based
plastics, to ensure that they are beneficial to the environment beyond the reduction in use of fossil resources.
This includes littering and changes in land use
4 A PCB is a blank circuit board with no electronic components attached
5 PCBA is a completed assembly that contains all of the components required for the board to function as
needed for the desired application
6 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A24
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
Flame Retardants Used in Mechanical Plastic Parts
The case material is ABS-HB , PC+ABS_
List applicable R-
Flame
Phrase(s) or
Retardant
Resin Plastic Part List the Flame Hazard
Marking per
Material Marking per ISO Retardants used on Statement(s) per
ISO 1043-4
Name 11469:2016 (i.e. BPA, etc) EU Directive
(i.e. FR(16),
67/548/EEG or
FR(40), etc.)
1272/2008
ABS-HB >ABS(REC85)< NA NA None
Halogen-free
>PC+ABS-
PC+ABS FR(40) Organic Phosphates None
FR(40)(REC85)<
Compounds
Mercury Information
Number of bulbs Average per bulb
0 0 mg
Additional information:
• Refer to Dell Technologies’ Chemical Use Policy for more information on RoHS and REACH.
• Products MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets):
o Batteries: Battery MSDS Documentation and Declaration
o Printer Toner and Ink: MSDS Documentation
IX. Packaging
Information on Dell’s sustainable packaging effort available here. Additional materials restricted in
Packaging as per Dell’s Material Restricted for Use Standard document can be found at
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist.
Total Weight of % Post Consumer % Pre-Consumer
Packaging Materials each Packaging Recycled Material6 Material7 used
Material (kg) used
Carton box
1.08 92 0
(Corrugated Fibred Board)
Cushion – Molded paper pulp 0.5 100 0
Plastic bags – Others
0.02 0 0
(Mixture LDPE & HDPE)
6 Post-consumer recycled materials are derived from used consumer products
7 Pre-consumer Material”: Material or by-products generated during the manufacturing of a product but before the product
reaches the end-use consumer
7 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A24
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
X. Batteries
Below is a listing of batteries that could be present in the product:
Battery
Battery Description – Batteries Battery Type Rating (Wh)
Weight (kg)
AA or AAA Remote Control Battery NA NA NA
XI. Design for Environment
Dell systems are, when applicable, designed for easy assembly, disassembly, and servicing.
For more information on Dell’s Environmental product attributes click here.
XII. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information
Take back and recycling services are offered for this product in certain countries. If you want to
dispose of system components, please visit How to Recycle | Dell Technologies US and select the
relevant country.
8 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A24
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
XIII. Helpful Links
• Environmental Policy
https://i.dell.com/sites/csdocuments/Corporate_corp-Comm_Documents/en/dell-global-
environmental-policy.pdf
• Social Impact - Progress Made Real
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-id/social-impact.htm
• Advancing Sustainability
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability.htm
• ISO 14001 Certification
ISO Certification Certificate Environmental 14001 (delltechnologies.com)
• Materials Restricted for Use
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist
• Chemical Use Policy
http://i.dell.com/sites/doccontent/corporate/environment/en/Documents/chemical-use-policy.pdf
• Product Carbon Footprint
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/sustainable-
products-and-services/product-carbon-footprints.htm
• RoHS Compliance
• https://dellproductcompliance.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/6/topic/4ef197b3-28bb-
4ff8-96ce-0fcb642ecf8f/article/10289411
• REACH Compliance
www.dell.com/REACH
• Recycling Information
http://www.dell.com/recycling
• Supplier Responsibility – Champion the Many People
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/champion-
the-many-people.htm
9 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A24
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
Appendix A: ErP Lot 5 Network Standby Energy Consumption
Information
For Display, please refer to European Union (EU) ErP Lot 5 (Commission Regulation (EC)
No 2019/2021). Data information in EPREL to be provided by the supplier. Refer to Section Product
Energy Information Data.
10 Product Compliance Datasheet | ENV0023 | A24
Dell, Inc. www.dell.com
Product Compliance Datasheet
MARKETING NAME…………: P2425H
REGULATORY MODEL….….: P2425Hb
REGULATORY TYPE…….…: NA
EMC EMISSIONS CLASS…...: B
EFFECTIVE DATE1………. ...: March 26, 2024
REVISED DATE2….……....: March 26, 2024
Table of contents
I. Statement of Compliance ........................................................................................................................... 2
II. Global Environmental Information .............................................................................................................. 3
III. NFPA 99 Conformity .................................................................................................................................. 3
IV. Power Cords and User Documentation ...................................................................................................... 3
V. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data .................................................................................................... 4
VI. Product Dimensions and Weight ................................................................................................................ 4
VII. Product Energy Performance Data ............................................................................................................ 5
VIII. Product Materials Information .................................................................................................................... 6
IX. Packaging ................................................................................................................................................... 8
X. Batteries ..................................................................................................................................................... 8
XI. Design for Environment .............................................................................................................................. 8
XII. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information ............................................................................................... 8
XIII. Helpful Links ............................................................................................................................................... 9
Appendix A: ErP Lot 5 Network Standby Energy Consumption Information ........................................................ 10
1 Effective Date refer to product that is available to market (RTS/Launch)
2 Revision Date refer to the Datasheet has been updated to capture the latest information
I. Statement of Compliance
This product has been determined to be compliant with the applicable standards, regulations, and
directives for the countries where the product is marketed. The product is affixed with regulatory
marking and text as necessary for the country/agency. Dell manufacturers and markets Multimedia
Equipment (MME), Information Technology Equipment (ITE), Audio Visual Equipment (A/V),
Industrial, Scientific, Medical Equipment (ISM) or combinations of these. Generally, products
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and Product Safety compliance is based on International IEC
and CISPR standards and their national equivalent along with national standards for Radio (wireless),
Telecommunications (Modem) and Energy. Dell products have been verified to comply with the
Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and
the Council. Dell product does not contain any of the restricted substances in concentrations and
applications not permitted by the RoHS Directive.
EMC Emissions Class refers to one of the following use environments:
• EMC Class B product is intended for use in residential/domestic environments but may also
be used in nonresidential/non-domestic environments.
• EMC Class A product is intended for use in non-residential/non-domestic environments.
Class A product may also be utilized in residential/domestic environments but may cause
interference and require the user to take adequate corrective measures.
For Product Safety and EMC compliance, this product has been assigned a unique regulatory model
and regulatory type that is imprinted on the product regulatory labeling to provide traceability to the
regulatory approvals noted on this datasheet. This datasheet applies to any product that utilizes the
assigned regulatory model and type including marketing names other than those listed on this
datasheet. Dell products with the CE marking have been verified to comply with Energy Related
Products (ErP) Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.
https://www.dell.com/ErP User Information. REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and
Restriction of Chemicals), Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council
is the European Union’s (EU) chemical substances regulatory framework. Dell complies with the
REACH regulation. For information on SVHC (Substances of Very High Concern), see
www.dell.com/REACH. This products compliance documentation, such as this datasheet and the
European Union Declaration of Conformity are available on the product support page, manuals tab
http://www.dell.com/support. Additional compliance documentation for the product is available upon
submitting a request at https://support.dellproductcompliance.com Please include product identifiers
such as marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information
is needed in the email request.
II. Global Environmental Information
Environmental (Voluntary Marks)
Country Approval Compliance
Global ENERGY STAR Certified
Global TCO Certified Certified
China CECP Certified
China CEC Certified
Taiwan Greenmark Certified
Varies by Country EPEAT (Configuration Dependent) Refer to EPEAT.net for
See EPEAT.net specific registration levels and
countries
Adapter Certification and Declaration (Applicable only if product uses an external adapter)
Adapter Certification and Declarations
Country Authority/Mark
Australia/New Zealand Australia/NZ MEPS
Canada NRCan
US – California Energy Commission Adapter & Battery Charger
European Union Regulation EC No 2019/1782
South Korea South Korea MEPS
III. NFPA 99 Conformity
Select Dell systems have been tested and found to comply with the touch current requirements as
defined in 10.3.5 of National Fire Protection Association standard NFPA 99:2021. The touch current
does not exceed 100 µA with ground wire intact (if a ground wire is provided) and 500 µA with ground
disconnected at 127 V AC, 60 Hz when tested in accordance with 10.3.5 of NFPA 99: 2021. To
determine if this product complies with the above requirements, send a request to
https://support.dellproductcompliance.com. Please include product identifiers such as marketing
name, regulatory type and country for which compliance information is needed.
IV. Power Cords and User Documentation
Dell products are provided with the power cord and user documentation suitable for the intended
country of delivery. Products that are relocated to other countries should use nationally certified
power cords and plugs to ensure safe operation of the product. Contact Dell to determine if alternate
power cords or user documentation in other languages is available for your market.
V. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data
For any questions related to importing & exporting classification of Dell products, please obtain
information from the following link: http://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/import-export or send
email request to [email protected]. Please include product identifiers such as
marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information is
needed in the email request.
VI. Product Dimensions and Weight
For Display & Peripheral products, please refer to the product edoc/user manual /spec on Dell.com
for weight and dimension information.
VII. Product Energy Performance Data
For additional information on how Dell’s commitment to energy efficiency benefits you go to:
Reducing your Footprint
For additional information on ENERGY STAR models refer to the following database: ENERGY
STAR Product Finder
Items Energy Value Defintions
As defined in EU 2019/2021 and EU 2019/2013
‘off mode’ means a condition in which the electronic display is
connected to the mains power source and is not providing any
function: the following shall also be considered as off mode:
Off Mode (W) 0.3
(1) conditions providing only an indication of off mode condition;
(2) conditions providing only functionalities intended to ensure
electromagnetic compatibility pursuant to Directive 2014/30/EU of
the European Parliament and of the Council (1);
As defined in EU 2019/2021 and EU 2019/2013
‘standby mode’ means a condition where the electronic display is
connected to the mains or DC power source, depends on energy
input from that source to work as intended and provides only the
Standby Mode (W) 0.3
following functions, which may persist for an indefinite time:
— reactivation function, or reactivation function and only an
indication of enabled reactivation function; and/or
— information or status display;
As defined in EU 2019/2021 and EU 2019/2013
on mode’ or ‘active mode’ means a condition in which the
On Mode (W) 11.7
electronic display is connected to a power source, has been
activated and is providing one or more of its display functions;
As defined in EU 2019/2021 and EU 2019/2013
Networked ‘networked standby mode’ means a condition in which the
NA
Standby mode (W) electronic display is able to resume a function by way of a
remotely initiated trigger from a network interface;
According to Userguide. Max brightness and contrast setting with
Max (W) 65 maximum power loading on all USB ports.The system is running
programs to maximize the power consumption.
Pon (W) 12 Reference to Energy Star Version 8 Test Method
TEC (KWH) 38.4 Reference to Energy Star Version 8 Test Method
Ext Power Supply NA Portables only! AC adapter is tested with no load attached
Ext Power Supply NA Portables only! AC adapter is tested with active load attached
Items Defintions
EU EPREL URL https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/1865623
EU EPREL Registration Website link
Energy Consumption3
Energy efficiency benefits the environment and lowers the total cost of equipment ownership by
reducing power consumption. Click here for Dell’s Energy efficient products.
*Energy Consumption results are based solely upon the laboratory testing of the System Configuration
and in accordance to the described service level. Energy consumption is tested at 230 Volts / 50 Hz.
3
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.
For more details visit https://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/dell-environment
VIII. Product Materials Information
Information on Dell’s material use is available here.
Dell’s Restricted Material for Use guidance document is available here.
Mechanical plastic parts are BFR/PVC free Yes No NA
Marking of plastics parts is in accordance with ISO Yes No NA
11469 (see below)
Printed circuit boards (without components) >0.5g Yes No NA
are BFR PVC free
Insulation materials of external electrical cables are Yes No
PVC free
Product is BFR/PVC Free (Accessories & Options Yes No
may not be BFR/PVC-Free
Postconsumer recycled Plastics material content4 is Yes No NA
used in the product
If yes, indicate the percentage of the postconsumer
recycled material per total plastic weight of the __85___% PCR (Post Consumer
Recycled) material in total plastic of
product
product
Biobased Plastic material5 content is used in the Yes No NA
product.
If yes, either indicate the percentage of the __0___% biobased plastic material in
biobased plastic material per total plastic weight of total plastic of product
the product
Flame Retardants Used in Motherboard
Part List the Flame Retardants
PCB6 Halogen-free Organic Phosphates Compounds
PCBA7 Halogen-free Organic Phosphates Compounds
4
This product contains x% post-consumer recycled plastic including closed loop recycled plastics (ITE-derived)* % Declaration
to be the same in ENV0025 for Display & CP
5
Bio-based plastics are fully or partially made from biological resources, rather than fossil raw materials. They are not
necessarily compostable or biodegradable. It is important to examine the full life cycle of bio-based plastics, to ensure that they
are beneficial to the environment beyond the reduction in use of fossil resources. This includes littering and changes in land
use
6
PCB (Printed Circuit Board) is a blank circuit board with no electronic components attached
7
PCBA (Printed Circuit Board Assembly) is a completed assembly that contains all of the components required for the board to
function as needed for the desired application
Flame Retardants Used in Mechanical Plastic Parts8
The external case material is > _____ABS,_PC+ABS,_HIPS_______ <
List applicable R-
Flame
Phrase(s) or
Retardant List the Flame
Resin Plastic Part Hazard
Marking per Retardants used
Material Marking per ISO Statement(s) per
ISO 1043-4 on (i.e. BPA,
Name 11469:2016 EU Directive
(i.e. FR(16), etc)
67/548/EEG or
FR(40), etc.)
1272/2008
ABS >ABS(REC85)< NA N/A None
PC+ABS >PC+ABS(REC95)< NA N/A None
HIPS >PS-HI(REC85)< NA N/A None
Mercury Information
Number of bulbs Average per bulb
0 < 0 mg
Additional information:
• Refer to Dell Technologies’ Chemical Use Policy for more information on RoHS and REACH.
• Products MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets):
o Batteries: Battery MSDS Documentation and Declaration
o Printer Toner and Ink: MSDS Documentation
8
According to ISO 11469 Marking of plastics products weighing 25 grams or more must be marked. Plastic Parts weighing less
than 25 grams and having adequate surface area for coding should be marked.
IX. Packaging
Information on Dell’s sustainable packaging effort available here. Additional materials restricted in
Packaging as per Dell’s Material Restricted for Use Standard document can be found at
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist.
% Post Consumer % Pre-Consumer
Total Weight of each
Packaging Materials Recycled Material9 Material 10used
Packaging Material (kg)
used
Carton box (Corrugated 0.785 92 0
Fibred Board)
Cushion - Molded paper 0.41 100 0
pulp
Cushion - Paperboard 0.492 92 0
Plastic bags - Others 0.045 0 0
(Mixture LDPE & HDPE)
Plastic bags - LDPE 0.008 0 0
X. Batteries
Below is a listing of batteries that could be present in the product:
Battery
Battery Description – Batteries Battery Type Rating
Weight (kg)
AA or AAA Remote Control Battery Alkaline NA NA
XI. Design for Environment
Dell systems are, when applicable, designed for easy assembly, disassembly, and servicing.
For more information on Dell’s Environmental product attributes click here.
XII. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information
Take back and recycling services are offered for this product in certain countries. If you want to
dispose of system components, please visit How to Recycle | Dell Technologies US and select the
relevant country.
9
Post-consumer recycled materials are derived from used consumer products
10
Pre-consumer Material”: Material or by-products generated during the manufacturing of a product but before the product reaches the end-
use consumer
XIII. Helpful Links
• Environmental Policy
https://i.dell.com/sites/csdocuments/Corporate_corp-Comm_Documents/en/dell-global-
environmental-policy.pdf
• Social Impact - Progress Made Real
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-id/social-impact.htm
• Advancing Sustainability
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability.htm
• ISO 14001 Certification
ISO Certification Certificate Environmental 14001 (delltechnologies.com)
• Materials Restricted for Use
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist
• Chemical Use Policy
http://i.dell.com/sites/doccontent/corporate/environment/en/Documents/chemical-use-policy.pdf
• Product Carbon Footprint
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/sustainable-
products-and-services/product-carbon-footprints.htm
• RoHS Compliance
• https://dellproductcompliance.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/6/topic/4ef197b3-28bb-
4ff8-96ce-0fcb642ecf8f/article/10289411
• REACH Compliance
www.dell.com/REACH
• Recycling Information
http://www.dell.com/recycling
• Supplier Responsibility – Champion the Many People
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/champion-
the-many-people.htm
Appendix A: ErP Lot 5 Network Standby Energy Consumption
Information
For Display, please refer to European Union (EU) ErP Lot 5 (Commission Regulation (EC)
No 2019/2021). Data information in EPREL to be provided by the supplier.
Refer to Section Product Energy Information Data
Product Compliance Datasheet
MARKETING NAME/MODEL NO…………: Precision 3680 Tower
REGULATORY MODEL….….: D30M
REGULATORY TYPE…….…: D30M001
EMC EMISSIONS CLASS…...: B
EFFECTIVE DATE1……….…...: February 23, 2024
REVISED DATE2……….…...: January 29, 2024
Table of contents
I. Statement of Compliance ........................................................................................................................... 2
II. Global Environmental Information.............................................................................................................. 2
III. NFPA 99 Conformity .................................................................................................................................. 3
IV. Declaration of Similarity ............................................................................................................................. 3
V. Power Cords and User Documentation ..................................................................................................... 3
VI. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data .................................................................................................... 4
VII. Product Dimensions and Weight ................................................................................................................ 4
VIII. Product Energy Performance Data ............................................................................................................ 4
IX. Product Materials Information .................................................................................................................... 5
X. Packaging................................................................................................................................................... 6
XI. Batteries ..................................................................................................................................................... 7
XII. Design for Environment.............................................................................................................................. 7
XIII. France Reparability Index .......................................................................................................................... 7
XIV. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information ............................................................................................... 8
XV. Helpful Links ............................................................................................................................................... 9
Appendix A: ErP Lot 3 Product Energy Consumption Information ....................................................................... 10
Appendix B: ErP Lot 26 Network Standby Energy Consumption Information ...................................................... 12
Appendix C: California Energy Commission Appliance Efficiency Standards MAEDbS Registration Numbers .. 13
1 Effective Date refer to product that is available to market (RTS/Launch)
2 Revision Date refer to the Datasheet has been updated to capture the latest information
I. Statement of Compliance
This product has been determined to be compliant with the applicable standards, regulations, and
directives for the countries where the product is marketed. The product is affixed with regulatory
marking and text as necessary for the country/agency. Dell manufacturers and markets Multimedia
Equipment (MME), Information Technology Equipment (ITE), Audio Visual Equipment (A/V),
Industrial, Scientific, Medical Equipment (ISM) or combinations of these. Generally, products
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and Product Safety compliance is based on International IEC
and CISPR standards and their national equivalent along with national standards for Radio (wireless),
Telecommunications (Modem) and Energy. Dell products have been verified to comply with the
Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and
the Council. Dell product does not contain any of the restricted substances in concentrations and
applications not permitted by the RoHS Directive.
EMC Emissions Class refers to one of the following use environments:
• EMC Class B product is intended for use in residential/domestic environments but may also
be used in nonresidential/non-domestic environments.
• EMC Class A product is intended for use in non-residential/non-domestic environments.
Class A product may also be utilized in residential/domestic environments but may cause
interference and require the user to take adequate corrective measures.
For Product Safety and EMC compliance, this product has been assigned a unique regulatory model
and regulatory type that is imprinted on the product regulatory labeling to provide traceability to the
regulatory approvals noted on this datasheet. This datasheet applies to any product that utilizes the
assigned regulatory model and type including marketing names other than those listed on this
datasheet. Dell products with the CE marking have been verified to comply with Energy Related
Products (ErP) Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.
https://www.dell.com/ErP User Information. REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and
Restriction of Chemicals), Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council
is the European Union’s (EU) chemical substances regulatory framework. Dell complies with the
REACH regulation. For information on SVHC (Substances of Very High Concern), see
www.dell.com/REACH. This products compliance documentation, such as this datasheet and the
European Union Declaration of Conformity are available on the product support page, manuals tab
http://www.dell.com/support. Additional compliance documentation for the product is available upon
submitting a request at https://support.dellproductcompliance.com Please include product identifiers
such as marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information
is needed in the email request.
II. Global Environmental Information
Environmental (Voluntary Marks)
Country Approval Compliance
Global ENERGY STAR (Configuration Dependent) Computer Version8.0
Global TCO Certified Generation 9
China CECP Yes
China CEC Yes
Japan Green PC Label Yes
Taiwan Greenmark Yes
Varies by Country EPEAT (Configuration Dependent) Refer to EPEAT.net for
See EPEAT.net specific registration levels and
countries
III. NFPA 99 Conformity
Select Dell systems have been tested and found to comply with the touch current requirements as
defined in 10.3.5 of National Fire Protection Association standard NFPA 99:2021. The touch current
does not exceed 100 µA with ground wire intact (if a ground wire is provided) and 500 µA with ground
disconnected at 127 V AC, 60 Hz when tested in accordance with 10.3.5 of NFPA 99: 2021. To
determine if this product complies with the above requirements, send a request to
https://support.dellproductcompliance.com. Please include product identifiers such as marketing
name, regulatory type and country for which compliance information is needed.
IV. Declaration of Similarity
Object of the Declaration
Product Type Workstation
Regulatory Model Number D30M
Regulatory Type Number D30M001
Trade Name/ Trademark DELL
Marketing Name(s) Precision 3680 Tower
Dell Inc. herby declares that the products identified by the product designations listed in this
declaration are strictly identical in design (shape, opening, etc.) components, materials,
manufacturing process, and markings except for product designation – Trade Name and/or Trade
Mark as specified in this declaration.
The products may have very minor differences which do not impact the level of conformity. All
products identified by the product designations in this declaration have the same level of conformity
according to the certificate(s) provided.
The Trade Name / Trademark and/or Marketing Name(s) are the property of Dell Inc.
Any differences in the product designation are for marketing purposes only.
Date of Issue February 23, 2024 Dell Inc.
Signature on behalf Dell Global Product
Dell Global Product
of Dell Inc. Compliance and
Title Compliance and
Environmental Affairs
Environmental Affairs
V. Power Cords and User Documentation
Dell products are provided with the power cord and user documentation suitable for the intended
country of delivery. Products that are relocated to other countries should use nationally certified
power cords and plugs to ensure safe operation of the product. Contact Dell to determine if alternate
power cords or user documentation in other languages is available for your market.
VI. Trade (Import/Export) Compliance Data
For any questions related to importing & exporting classification of Dell products, please obtain
information from the following link: http://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/import-export or send
email request to [email protected]. Please include product identifiers such as
marketing name, regulatory model, regulatory type, and country that compliance information is
needed in the email request.
VII. Product Dimensions and Weight
Depth, Width, Height,
Weight, kg
mm/cm mm/cm mm/cm
7.58~16.05Kg (depending upon installed options)
420.2/42.02 173/17.3 372.9/37.29
VIII. Product Energy Performance Data
ErP Lot 3, Lot 26 and ErP Lot 9 information is in Appendices A, B and C respectively.
For additional information on how Dell’s commitment to energy efficiency benefits you go to:
Reducing your Footprint
For additional information on ENERGY STAR models refer to the following database: ENERGY
STAR Product Finder
Computer:
Energy
BTU
Service Level Consumption Description of Service Level
Calculation
(Wattage)
The system is running programs to
maximize the CPU utilization and/or
CPU stressed 235.86 806.64
running programs to maximize the power
consumption
Short Idle 42.60 145.69 As specified per EPA ENERGY STAR
Long Idle 3.20 10.94 As specified EPA ENERGY STAR
S3 “Sleep” or
S3=Suspend-to-RAM, or
Modern 3.20 10.94
Modern Standby
Standby
System is turned off but still connected to
Off/Standby 0.40 1.37
its AC power source.
Energy Consumption3
Energy efficiency benefits the environment and lowers the total cost of equipment ownership by
reducing power consumption. Click here for Dell’s Energy efficient products.
*Energy Consumption results are based solely upon the laboratory testing of the System Configuration
and in accordance to the described service level. Energy consumption is tested at 230 Volts / 50 Hz.
IX. Product Materials Information
Information on Dell’s material use is available here.
Dell’s Restricted Material for Use guidance document is available here.
Mechanical plastic parts are BFR/PVC free Yes No NA
Marking of plastics parts is in accordance with ISO Yes No NA
11469 (see below)
Printed circuit boards (without components) >0.5g Yes No NA
are BFR PVC free
Insulation materials of external electrical cables are Yes No
PVC free
Product is BFR/PVC Free (Accessories & Options Yes No
may not be BFR/PVC-Free
Postconsumer recycled Plastics material content4 is Yes No NA
used in the product
If yes, indicate the percentage of the postconsumer
recycled material per total plastic weight of the 36.0 % PCR (Post Consumer Recycled)
material in total plastic of product
product
Biobased Plastic material 5 content is used in the Yes No NA
product.
If yes, either indicate the percentage of the 0 % biobased plastic material in total
biobased plastic material per total plastic weight of plastic of product
the product
3
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.
For more details visit https://www.dell.com/learn/us/en/uscorp1/dell-environment
4
This product contains x% post-consumer recycled plastic including closed loop recycled plastics (ITE-derived)* % Declaration
to be the same in ENV0025 for Display & CP
5
Bio-based plastics are fully or partially made from biological resources, rather than fossil raw materials. They are not
necessarily compostable or biodegradable. It is important to examine the full life cycle of bio-based plastics, to ensure that they
are beneficial to the environment beyond the reduction in use of fossil resources. This includes littering and changes in land
use
Flame Retardants Used in Motherboard
Part List the Flame Retardants
PCB6 TBBA, Brominated Epoxy Resin
Flame Retardants Used in Mechanical Plastic Parts 7
The external case material is Steel(SGCC),>ABS<,>PC+ABS<
List applicable R-
Flame
Phrase(s) or
Retardant List the Flame
Plastic Part Hazard
Resin Material Marking per ISO Retardants used
Marking per Statement(s) per
Name 1043-4 on (i.e. BPA,
ISO 11469:2016 EU Directive
(i.e. FR(16), etc)
67/548/EEG or
FR(40), etc.)
1272/2008
Halogen Free
PC+ABS- >PC+ABS- Organic
FR(40) R43
FR(40) FR(40)< Phosphorus
compounds
ABS(REC85) >ABS(REC85)< N/A N/A N/A
Halogen Free
PC+ABS- >PC+ABS- Organic
FR(40) R43
FR(40)(REC65) FR(40)(REC65)< Phosphorus
compounds
ABS >ABS< N/A N/A N/A
Mercury Information
Number of bulbs Average per bulb
If none, enter 0 0 mg
Additional information:
• Refer to Dell Technologies’ Chemical Use Policy for more information on RoHS and REACH.
• Products MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets):
o Batteries: Battery MSDS Documentation and Declaration
o Printer Toner and Ink: MSDS Documentation
X. Packaging
Information on Dell’s sustainable packaging effort available here. Additional materials restricted in
Packaging as per Dell’s Material Restricted for Use Standard document can be found at
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist.
6 PCB (Printed Circuit Board) is a blank circuit board with no electronic components attached
7 According to ISO 11469 Marking of plastics products weighing 25 grams or more must be marked. Plastic Parts weighing less
than 25 grams and having adequate surface area for coding should be marked.
Total Sustainable Material Content[1] (e.g % Sustainable Material
Packaging
Weight, Recycled content *,bio-based,
Materials APJ DAO EMEA
(g) Sustainable Forested materials)
region region region
Corrugated
1650 Recycled Content Min 35% Min 35% Min 35%
Fiberboard
LDPE (Including
200 Recycled Content 0-80% 0-80% 0%
EPE Foam)
Molded paper
0 Recycled content 100% 100% 100%
pulp
HDPE (including
0 Recycled Content 0-80% 0-80% 0%
thermoformed) *
Molded Bamboo 0 Non-wood, biobased material 100% 100% 100%
Wheat Straw 0 Non-wood, biobased material 100% 100% 100%
Mushroom 0 Non-wood, biobased material 100% 100% 100%
LDPE Bags 0 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
EPS 0 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
PET 0 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
Polypropylene 0 Recycled content 0% 0% 0%
Other, please
0
specify
XI. Batteries
Below is a listing of batteries that could be present in the product:
Battery
Battery Description – Batteries Battery Type Rating
Weight (kg)
CR-2032 coin cell Lithium Metal 0.0032 10mA
XII. Design for Environment
Dell systems are, when applicable, designed for easy assembly, disassembly, and servicing.
For more information on Dell’s Environmental product attributes click here.
XIII. France Reparability Index
On January 1, 2021, France introduced a new Repairability Index for five categories of electronic
devices, including laptops. The aim of this new Repairability Index is to inform customers about
available repair options for a product prior to purchase.
The Repairability Index is a score ranging from 0 to 10/10, calculated based on five criteria:
1. Documentation: A score determined by the manufacturer’s commitment to make technical
documents available free of charge, in number of years, to repairers and consumers.
2. Disassembly, tools, and fasteners: A score determined by how easy it is to disassemble the
product, the type of tools needed, and the characteristics of the fasteners.
3. Availability of spare parts: A score determined by the length of time the manufacturer commits
to makes spare parts available for the product and the time it takes to deliver them.
4. Price of spare parts: A score determined by the ratio of the sale price of spare parts to the price
of the product.
5. Product specific: A score determined by sub-criteria specific to the product category concerned,
which may include availability of remote support, software updates, and resets.
The Repairability Index for this product and the parameters used to calculate the Repairability Index,
are available on the product page.
XIV. Recycling / End-of-Life Service Information
Take back and recycling services are offered for this product in certain +countries. If you want to
dispose of system components, please visit How to Recycle | Dell Technologies US and select the
relevant country.
XV. Helpful Links
• Environmental Policy
https://i.dell.com/sites/csdocuments/Corporate_corp-Comm_Documents/en/dell-global-
environmental-policy.pdf
• Social Impact - Progress Made Real
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-id/social-impact.htm
• Advancing Sustainability
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability.htm
• ISO 14001 Certification
ISO Certification Certificate Environmental 14001 (delltechnologies.com)
• Materials Restricted for Use
www.dell.com/restrictedsubstanceslist
• Chemical Use Policy
http://i.dell.com/sites/doccontent/corporate/environment/en/Documents/chemical-use-policy.pdf
• Product Carbon Footprint
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/sustainable-
products-and-services/product-carbon-footprints.htm
• RoHS Compliance
• https://dellproductcompliance.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/6/topic/4ef197b3-28bb-
4ff8-96ce-0fcb642ecf8f/article/10289411
• REACH Compliance
www.dell.com/REACH
• Recycling Information
http://www.dell.com/recycling
• Supplier Responsibility – Champion the Many People
https://corporate.delltechnologies.com/en-us/social-impact/advancing-sustainability/champion-
the-many-people.htm
Appendix A: ErP Lot 3 Product Energy Consumption
Information
European Union (EU) ErP Lot 3 (Commission Regulation (EC) No. 617/2013)
The ErP Lot 3 regulation includes requirements for certain product specific information to be provided
by the manufacturer. This is applicable to Desktops, Integrated Desktops (All-in-One), Notebooks,
Tablets, Slates, Notebook Thin Clients, Desktop Thin Clients, Workstations, Mobile Workstations, and
Small-Scale Servers.
ErP Lot 3 provides certain exclusions based upon product type, screen size, and/or the amount of
power consumed in idle mode. Product energy and acoustic information might be reported for products
that are out of scope of ErP Lot 3 for informational purposes only.
Additional information on ErP Lot 3, Lot 7 & Lot 26 available here.
Power Supply Internal or
Link to efficiency report
Model # External
AC1000EPS- https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
Internal
00 certificate/dell-ac1000eps00-11574.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
D1000EPS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-d1000eps00-11573.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
L1000EPS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-l1000eps00-11578.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
L500EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-l500eps01-217.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
D500EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-d500eps01-300.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
HU500EPS-00 Internal certificate/DELL_HU500EPS-
00_500W_SOCE%206496_Report.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
AC300EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-ac300eps01-298.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
D300EPS-00 Internal
certificate/dell-d300eps00-301.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
H300EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-h300eps01-314.pdf
https://www.clearesult.com/80plus/sites/80plus/files/manufacturer-
L300EPS-01 Internal
certificate/dell-l300eps01-218.pdf
* Energy Consumption results are based solely upon the laboratory testing of the System
Configuration listed above. Energy consumption is tested at 230 Volts / 50 Hz.
Energy Consumption8
Energy efficiency benefits the environment and lowers the total cost of equipment ownership by
reducing power consumption. Click here for Dell’s Energy efficient products
Declared Noise Emissions in accordance with ISO 9296. Testing performed in accordance with ISO
7779 at operating modes defined by ECMA 74. Your product may perform differently, depending on
the software, components, and peripherals you ordered. No warranty as to accuracy or
completeness is expressed or implied.
Computers Category D:
Sound Power Sound Pressure
Statistical adder
Declared mean A- Declared mean A-
Service Level for verification
weighted level weighted emission level
LWA,m (B) KV (B) LpA,m (dB)
HDD Accessing 3.7 0.4 28.9
ODD Accessing 4.3 0.4 38.5
Idle 3.1 0.4 23.7
8
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software,
components, and peripherals you ordered. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical
tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.
Appendix B: ErP Lot 26 Network Standby Energy Consumption
Information
European Union (EU) ErP Lot 26 (Commission Regulation (EC) No 801/2013)
The ErP Lot 26 regulation includes Network Standby power requirements to be provided by the
manufacturer. This is applicable to multiple product categories. If no information is reported, it’s
assumed it is out of scope of ErP Lot 26.
Appendix C: California Energy Commission Appliance
Efficiency Standards MAEDbS Registration Numbers
MAEDbS Model Numbers * Computer Type Power Supply Wattage
Precision 3680 Tower_1000W Workstation 1000W
Precision 3680 Tower_500W Workstation 500W
Precision 3680 Tower_300W Workstation 300W
*L = Liquid Cooling
Eldorado do Sul, 12 de novembro de 2024.
À
Prefeitura Municipal de Mogi Mirim
Ref.: PREGÃO ELETRÔNICO Nº 104/2024
DECLARAÇÃO
A Dell Computadores do Brasil Ltda. (“Dell”) inscrita no CNPJ sob o n. 72.381.189.0001-10 e com sede na
Av. Industrial Belgraf n. 400, Eldorado do Sul, RS, vem, por meio de seu representante legal, declarar que a
empresa Microware Engenharia de Sistemas LTDA, com sede na Rua Alexandre Dumas, 2100, Andar 11
Conj 112 - Chacara Santo Antonio (Zona Sul) – São Paulo/SP, CEP 04.717-913, inscrita no CNPJ sob o nº
08.615.859/0001-17, faz parte do Programa de Parceria DELL TECHNOLOGIES e é atualmente parceira da
Dell, estando autorizada a comercializar os produtos Dell em todo o território brasileiro.
DELL COMPUTADORES Digitally signed by DELL
COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL
DO BRASIL LTDA:72381189000110
____________________________________________
LTDA:72381189000110 Date: 2024.11.12 14:05:30 -03'00'
Dell Computadores do Brasil Ltda.
Juliane Casagrande Rodrigues – Gerente de Vendas
Esta declaração tem validade de 90 dias, a partir da data da sua emissão.
DELL Computadores do Brasil Ltda.
Av. Industrial Belgraf , 400 . Eldorado do Sul / RS . Geral : 51 3481 5500 Fax : 51 3481 5458
Eldorado do Sul, 12 de novembro de 2024
À
Microware Engenharia de Sistemas LTDA
A/C Sr. Marcos Bracco
Ref: Prefeitura Municipal de Mogi Mirim, PE Nº 104/2024
DECLARAÇÃO TÉCNICA
DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA. (“Dell”), inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o n°
72.381.189/0001-10, com sede na Av. Industrial Belgraf, 400 – Medianeira – CEP 92990-000, Eldorado do
Sul/RS, com o objetivo de complementar as informações que não constam no Catálogo Técnico Oficial do(s)
produto(s) abaixo ofertado(s), vem, através da presente, declarar o que segue:
Objeto: Optiplex 7020 SFF, Optiplex 7020 SFF Plus, Latitude 3450, Precision T3680
- Os equipamentos ofertados possui banco de dados disponibilizado na Internet que permita obter a
configuração de hardware e software ofertado, periféricos internos e drivers de instalação atualizados e
disponíveis para download a partir do n.º de série dos mesmos;
- Os produtos ofertados são novos, pertencem a linha corporativa, estão em linha de produção, que não
foram submetidos a uso, nem recondicionamento, com exceção de testes de fábrica.
- Possuem BIOS do próprio fabricante e placa mãe fabricada para uso exclusivo dos equipamentos.
- A BIOS esta em conformidade com a normativa NIST SP800-147 ou ISSO/IEC19678, baseado
nos padrões de mercado, de maneira a usar métodos de criptografia robusta para verificar a
integridade do BIOS antes de pássaro o controle de execução a mesma.
A BIOS dispoem de ferramenta gráfica para diagnóstico do Hardware, sendo acessado através
das teclas de função, com execução de testes independente do estado/versão do Sistema
Operacional, podendo ser executado em modo “Rápido e Avançado”.
A BIOS possui uma cópia de segurança no próprio Hardware, capaz de se recuperar
automaticamente caso de falha ou desligamento do equipamento durante a utilização. Permite
salvar as configurações da BIOS em um arquivo e carregar em todos os outros equipamentos do
mesmo modelo.
- fabricante disponibiliza à contratante presente no BIOS do equipamento, software capaz de
realizar testes de diagnóstico de hardware. Este software desenvolvido especificamente para os
modelos dos equipamentos e funciona de forma independente do sistema operacional. A
mensagem de erro fornecida pelo software é suficiente para abertura de chamado de reparo. Este
software é capaz de realizar teste de inicialização do sistema operacional, teste de memória,
disco rígido, funcionalidade de porta USB, interface gráfica.
- Possui no site do fabricante, página do modelo do equipamento na qual é disponibilizado
atualizações de drivers, softwares e BIOS.
- Equipamentos compatível com softwares de gerenciamento compatível com o padrão DMI
(Desktop Management Interface). O fabricante do produto é membro do conselho (Board
Member http://www.dmtf.org/about/list) do consórcio DMTF (Desktop Management Task
Force) desenvolvedor do protocolo DMI.;
DELL Computadores do Brasil Ltda.
Av. Industrial Belgraf , 400 . Eldorado do Sul / RS . Geral : 51 3481 5500 Fax : 51 3481 5458
Atenciosamente, DELL COMPUTADORES Digitally signed by DELL
COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL
DO BRASIL LTDA:72381189000110
____________________________________________
LTDA:72381189000110 Date: 2024.11.12 14:05:43 -03'00'
Dell Computadores do Brasil Ltda
Juliane Casagrande Rodrigues – Gerente de Vendas
DELL Computadores do Brasil Ltda.
Av. Industrial Belgraf , 400 . Eldorado do Sul / RS . Geral : 51 3481 5500 Fax : 51 3481 5458
14/05/2020 Green Eletron
E
Eles estão cada
Você sabe o que
Veja com
O QUE É LIXO ELETRÔNICO?
ONDE DESCARTAR?
Lixo Eletrônico: mitos e…
e…
Termo utilizado para se referir a
qualquer equipamento elétrico ou
eletrônico, pilhas e baterias que não
têm mais utilidade. Quando é
alcançada a fim da vida útil destes
produtos, eles são considerados lixo
eletrônico.
Saiba mais
O QUE PODE SER DESCARTADO?
Os pontos de entrega voluntaria recebem
notebooks, impressoras, eletrônicos de
escritório, eletrônicos de pequeno porte, tablets
https://www.greeneletron.org.br 1/3
14/05/2020 Green Eletron
e celulares, acessórios de informática, câmeras,
cabos e carregadores, eletroportáteis,
ferramentas Elétricas e muitos outros
Acesse a lista completa
CICLO DA LOGÍSTICA REVERSA
Engajamento de todos para promover
o uso eficiente dos recursos
ONDE DESCARTAR?
Localize o Ponto de Entrega
Voluntária do programa Descarte
Green mais perto de você!
Pontos de entrega
ASSOCIADAS ELETRÔNICOS
https://www.greeneletron.org.br 2/3
14/05/2020 Green Eletron
Confira quem garante o descarte sustentável de seus equipamentos eletroeletrônicos
ASSOCIADAS PILHAS
Confira quem garante o descarte sustentável de suas pilhas e baterias portáteis
GREEN ELETRON COMO SE ASSOCIAR CONTATO ACESSO RESTRITO
PILHAS/ELETRÔNICOS GREEN SOLUTION
Sobre Nós Envie sua mensagem
Adesão Fabricante/Importador
FAQ E-mail:
Contato
Blog IMPRENSA Senha:
COMO SER UM PONTO DE
ENTREGA VOLUNTÁRIA
ENTRAR
PILHAS/ELETRÔNICOS
SIGA A GREEN NAS
NOSSOS PROGRAMAS Pilhas/Eletrônicos REDES SOCIAIS
Eletrônicos
Pilhas
CADASTRE SEU E-MAIL E
RECEBA NOSSA
NEWSLETTER ONDE DESCARTAR?
E-mail:
CADASTRAR
© 2019 |Green Eletron - Todos os Rireitos Reservados |Rapina |Care
https://www.greeneletron.org.br 3/3
Ficha de resultados www.ecovadis.com
DELL TECHNOLOGIES INC (GROUP) 2022
99º
Aliso Viejo - EUA | Fabricação de computadores e equipamentos periféricos percentil
Data de publicação: 26 de out de 2022
Pontuação média nesta indústria
Insuficiente Parcial Bom Avançado Excepcional
PONTUAÇÃO GERAL
MEIO AMBIENTE PRÁTICAS ÉTICA COMPRAS
TRABALHISTAS E SUSTENTÁVEIS
DIREITOS
81
HUMANOS
/ 100
90 / 100 70 / 100 80 / 100
80 / 100
Peso Peso
99º Peso
percentil Peso
Distribuição da pontuação geral Comparação da pontuação por tema
PRÁTICAS
DELL TECHNOLOGIES INC (GROUP) TRABALHISTAS
MEIO E DIREITOS
100% AMBIENTE
100 HUMANOS
80
60
75% 40
20
50%
25%
COMPRAS
0% SUSTENTÁVEIS ÉTICA
0 25 45 65 85 100
Pontuação do(a) DELL TECHNOLOGIES INC (GROUP)
Todas as empresas avaliadas pela EcoVadis nesta indústria
Todas as empresas avaliadas pela EcoVadis nesta indústria
Pontos fortes e áreas de melhoria
Meio ambiente Peso
Pontos fortes (63)
Políticas
Pontos fortes
Objetivos quantitativos definidos para fim de vida do produto
Objetivos quantitativos definidos para materiais, produtos químicos e resíduos
Objetivos quantitativos definidos para consumo de energia e GEE
Política ambiental sobre fim de vida do produto
Política ambiental sobre uso do produto
Política ambiental sobre materiais, produtos químicos e resíduos
Política ambiental sobre consumo de energia e GEE
Iniciativa Science Based Targets - Metas estabelecidas
Política excepcional sobre importantes questões ambientais
Participante do Pacto Global (Global Compact)
Membro da Aliança Empresarial Responsável (RBA, antiga EICC)
Ações
Pontos fortes
Uso de substâncias alternativas ou menos perigosas em operações
Uso de insumos recuperados
Uso de insumos ecológicos ou de base biológica
Redução de consumo de material através de otimização de processos
Recondicionamento e remanufatura de hardware de TI (ex: laptop)
Separação e descarte interno de resíduos de acordo com o fluxo
Ações ou treinamento para conscientizar o funcionário sobre separação e redução de resíduos
Redução de resíduos internos por meio da reutilização, recuperação ou reaproveitamento de materiais
Redução da utilização ou das emissões de gases fluorados de efeito de estufa (ex.: HFCs, PFCs, SF6)
Compra ou geração de energia renovável
Redução do consumo de energia da infraestrutura de TI
Auditoria para energia ou carbono
A empresa participa em um esquema de conformidade de produtores ou tem um plano individual de gestão de resíduos
aprovado
Fornecimento de informações específicas aos clientes sobre o fim da vida útil dos produtos
Produtos planejados para fácil desmontagem e fácil reciclabilidade
Integração de características de concepção ecológica (ecodesign) no design de produtos
Declara que todos os produtos relevantes atendem aos requerimentos do RoHS 2
Auditoria de terceira parte no local em questões ambientais (há menos de 24 meses), nenhuma não-conformidade encontrada
[Dell Brasil, auditoria RBA]
Certificado ISO 50001
A empresa obteve um selo ecológico/ eco-certificação
Exemplo de produtos com impactos ambientais reduzidos, ou seja, ecoprodutos
Medidas para reduzir o consumo de energia
Utilização do(s) sistema(s) de recuperação do calor residual ou da(s) unidade(s) de calor e energia combinados
Análise formal do ciclo de vida realizada nos principais produtos
Fornecimento de produtos com um rótulo ecológico
Medidas de eco-design para reduzir o peso dos produtos
Produtos planejados para reciclagem fácil
Certificação ambiental específica [EPEAT]
Mudanças em eco-design implementadas para permitir a redução do consumo de energia
Embalagem planejada para fácil desmontagem e reciclabilidade
Medidas para facilitar a reciclagem para os clientes
Programas de recolhimento da empresa
Medidas para manusear substâncias perigosas
Infraestrutura de reciclagem da empresa ou parceria formal estabelecida
Foi realizado um estudo da pegada de carbono dos produtos principais
Certificada pela ISO 14001 em mais de 81% das unidades operacionais
Resultados
Pontos fortes
Relatório sobre o total de emissões brutas de GEE do escopo 3 downstream
Relatório conforme a SASB
Relatório conforme os padrões universais da GRI
Relatórios sobre o peso total de resíduos recuperados
Relatórios sobre o peso total de resíduos não perigosos
Relatórios sobre o total de emissões brutas de GEE do escopo 3
Análise de materialidade nos relatórios de sustentabilidade
Garantia externa de relatórios de sustentabilidade
Empresa comunica o progresso em direção aos Objetivos de Desenvolvimento Sustentável (ODS)
Relatório do peso dos REEE coletados
Relatório sobre emissões de GEE do escopo 2
Relatório sobre emissões de GEE do escopo 1
A empresa reporta ao CDP
O 360° Watch identificou as melhores práticas inovadoras e/ou reconhecimento externo em relação a questões ambientais
(consulte a seção 360° Watch).
Relatório sobre consumo total de energia
Relatórios abrangentes sobre questões ambientais
Áreas de melhoria (3)
Resultados
Prioridade Áreas de melhoria
Baixa Não há informações de relatórios sobre o peso total de resíduos perigosos
Baixa Nenhuma informação referente a relatórios sobre o consumo total de energia renovável
Baixa Nenhuma informação referente a locais/operações em áreas sensíveis de biodiversidade ou próximo a elas
Práticas trabalhistas e direitos humanos Peso
Pontos fortes (53)
Políticas
Pontos fortes
Objetivos quantitativos definidos para diversidade, equidade e inclusão
Política de práticas trabalhistas e direitos humanos sobre diversidade, equidade e inclusão
Política de práticas trabalhistas e direitos humanos sobre trabalho infantil, trabalho forçado e tráfico de pessoas
Política de práticas trabalhistas e direitos humanos sobre gestão de carreira e treinamento
Política de práticas trabalhistas e direitos humanos sobre diálogo social
Política de práticas trabalhistas e direitos humanos sobre condições de trabalho
Política de práticas trabalhistas e direitos humanos sobre saúde e segurança do trabalhador
Política abrangente sobre a maioria das questões trabalhistas e de direitos humanos
Política de saúde e segurança também cobre funcionários terceirizados que trabalham nas instalações
Participante do Pacto Global (Global Compact)
Membro da Aliança Empresarial Responsável (RBA, antiga EICC)
Ações
Pontos fortes
Implementação de Programas voltados à Família (FFPs) (ex., licenças parentais ou de assistência, serviços de assistência à
infância ou subsídios)
Ações para promover a inclusão de gênero no local de trabalho
Ações para promover a inclusão de minorias/grupos vulneráveis no local de trabalho
Ações para impedir a discriminação no desenvolvimento professional e no processo de promoção
Certificada pela ISO 45001 em mais de 81% das instalações operacionais
Plano de participação acionária dos funcionários (não restrito ao nível executivo)
Pesquisa de satisfação dos funcionários
Flexibilidade quanto à organização do trabalho (ex. trabalho remoto, horário flexível)
Cobertura de assistência médica (plano de saúde) para empregados em vigor
Treinamento de conscientização sobre trabalho infantil, trabalho forçado e tráfico humano
Avaliações de risco realizadas para identificar operações expostas a potenciais problemas relacionados ao trabalho infantil,
trabalho forçado e tráfico humano
Procedimento de denúncias de irregularidades sobre questões de discriminação e/ou assédio
Treinamento de conscientização relacionado a diversidade, discriminação e/ou assédio
Auditoria de controles internos para prevenir trabalho infantil, trabalho forçado e tráfico de pessoas
Auditoria de terceira parte no local em questões trabalhistas e de direitos humanos (há menos de 24 meses), apenas poucas
não-conformidades encontradas [Dell Brasil, auditoria RBA]
Certificação específica do sistema de gestão de saúde e segurança dos funcionários [ISO 39001]
Fornecimento de equipamentos de proteção para todos os empregados envolvidos
Processo de recrutamento transparente comunicado com clareza e formalidade para todos os candidatos
Ações para prevenir a discriminação durante a fase de recrutamento
Procedimento de denúncia relativo à prevenção do trabalho infantil, trabalho forçado e tráfico de pessoas
Avaliação periódica (pelo menos uma vez por ano) do desempenho individual
Sistema de comunicação aberta disponível para facilitar que o funcionário se expresse sobre as condições de trabalho
Medidas oficiais para promover a mobilidade profissional
Fornecimento de treinamento sobre o desenvolvimento de habilidades
Comissão de saúde e segurança mista (constituída de representantes da gerência e empregados) em operação
Ações para promover a inclusão de funcionários com deficiência
Estabelecimento de planos de carreira individuais para todos os funcionários
Conselho de Empresa Europeu em vigor
Treinamento de funcionários relevantes sobre riscos para a saúde e a segurança e melhores práticas de trabalho
Resultados
Pontos fortes
Relatório sobre a porcentagem de trabalhadores de grupos minoritários e/ou trabalhadores vulneráveis empregados em relação
ao número total de funcionários da empresa
Relatório sobre a porcentagem de mulheres empregadas em relação aos funcionários de toda a empresa
Relatório conforme a SASB
Relatório conforme os padrões universais da GRI
Relatório da média de horas de treinamento por funcionário
Relatórios sobre a percentagem de trabalhadores de grupos minoritários e/ou trabalhadores vulneráveis em altos cargos
executivos
Análise de materialidade nos relatórios de sustentabilidade
Garantia externa de relatórios de sustentabilidade
Empresa comunica o progresso em direção aos Objetivos de Desenvolvimento Sustentável (ODS)
Relatório sobre a percentagem de mulheres em altos cargos executivos
Relatórios abrangentes sobre questões trabalhistas e de direitos humanos
Relatório sobre a taxa de gravidade de acidentes
Relatório sobre a taxa de frequência de acidentes
Áreas de melhoria (3)
Ações
Prioridade Áreas de melhoria
Declara que os direitos dos trabalhadores de se afiliar a sindicatos, conselhos de trabalhadores ou outras
Baixa
organizações de acordo coletivo são concedidos, mas restritos em conformidade com as leis aplicáveis
Resultados
Prioridade Áreas de melhoria
A 360° Watch identificou pelo menos uma controvérsia, multa ou penalidade significativa relacionada a questões
Média trabalhistas e de direitos humanos nos últimos cinco anos (veja notícias com seta vermelha para baixo na seção
360° Watch).
O 360° Watch identificou pelo menos um relatório adverso significativo em relação à diversidade, equidade e
Média
inclusão.
Ética Peso
Pontos fortes (30)
Políticas
Pontos fortes
Política sobre fraudes
Política lavagem de dinheiro
Política sobre conflitos de interesse
Sanções disciplinares para lidar com violações de políticas
Política de segurança da informação
Políticas sobre corrupção
Responsabilidade dedicada a questões éticas
Políticas abrangentes em relação a questões éticas
Participante do Pacto Global (Global Compact)
Membro da Aliança Empresarial Responsável (RBA, antiga EICC)
Ações
Pontos fortes
Procedimento de denúncia para que as partes interessadas possam relatar problemas relativos à segurança da informação
Procedimento de denúncia para que as partes interessadas possam relatar corrupção e suborno
Procedimento de resposta a incidentes (IRP em inglês) para gerenciar violações de informações confidenciais
Implementação de um cronograma de retenção de registros
Avaliações de risco de segurança da informação realizadas
Auditorias de procedimentos de controle para evitar violações da segurança da informação
Avaliações de risco de corrupção realizadas
A documentação de apoio demonstra um alto nível de cobertura das ações em questões de ética em todas as operações da
empresa
Medidas de proteção contra acesso ou divulgação não autorizada de dados de terceiros
Auditoria de terceira parte no local em questões de ética (há menos de 24 meses), nenhuma não-conformidade encontrada [Dell
Brasil, auditoria RBA]
Treinamento de conscientização para evitar corrupção
Programa de diligência prévia no combate à corrupção de terceiros em vigor
Procedimento de aprovação específica para transações sensíveis (por exemplo, presentes, viagens)
Certificado ISO 27001 (certificação de sistema de gestão de segurança da informação)
Resultados
Pontos fortes
Relatório conforme a SASB
Relatório conforme os padrões universais da GRI
Análise de materialidade nos relatórios de sustentabilidade
Garantia externa de relatórios de sustentabilidade
Empresa comunica o progresso em direção aos Objetivos de Desenvolvimento Sustentável (ODS)
Relatório-padrão sobre questões de ética
Áreas de melhoria (4)
Ações
Prioridade Áreas de melhoria
Nenhuma documentação conclusiva relacionada a auditorias dos procedimentos de controle para combate à
Baixa
corrupção
Resultados
Prioridade Áreas de melhoria
A 360° Watch identificou pelo menos uma controvérsia, multa ou penalidade significativa relacionada a questões
Média
éticas nos últimos dez anos (veja as notícias com a seta vermelha para baixo na seção 360° Watch).
Média O 360° Watch identificou pelo menos um relatório adverso significativo em relação à corrupção.
O 360° Watch identificou pelo menos um relatório adverso significativo em relação à gestão responsável da
Média
informação.
Compras sustentáveis Peso
Pontos fortes (33)
Políticas
Pontos fortes
Objetivos quantitativos estabelecidos sobre uma política de compras sustentáveis
Membro da Iniciativa de Minerais Responsáveis (RMI, em inglês, anteriormente CFSI)
Aliança Público-Privada para o Comércio Responsável de Minerais (PPA)
Política em questões de minerais de conflito
Política excepcional sobre questões de compras sustentáveis
Membro da Aliança Empresarial Responsável (RBA, antiga EICC)
Ações
Pontos fortes
Programa global de diversidade de fornecedores em vigor
Ações para promover a diversidade, equidade e inclusão no local de trabalho dos fornecedores
Ações para trabalhar com empresários que pertençam aos grupos minoritários/vulneráveis na cadeia de abastecimento
Ações para trabalhar com mulheres empresárias na cadeia de abastecimento
50-100% dos fornecedores para os quais as informações sobre minerais de conflito estão disponíveis (ex. CMRT)
Pesquisas de expressão do trabalhador ou outras práticas avançadas de monitoramento de fornecedores (por exemplo,
auditorias de segundo nível)
A documentação de apoio demonstra um alto nível de cobertura das ações em questões de compras sustentáveis em todas as
operações e base de fornecedores da empresa
Código de conduta de sustentabilidade para fornecedores em vigor
Compromisso com ONGs ou projetos (ex. Projeto Enough, Pact, Global Witness) relacionados a minerais de conflito
Procedimento para se desvincular de um fornecedor que não responde (após várias tentativas) a questões de minerais de
conflito (ou seja, etapas de escalonamento)
Fornecedores selecionados são obrigados a preencher o modelo de relatório sobre minerais de conflito (CMRT, em inglês)/outro
questionário relacionado a minerais de conflito personalizado
Análise detalhada do risco de minerais de conflito (por produto ou categoria de compras) pela cadeia de suprimentos (ex.
manufaturas)
Auditoria de terceira parte no local em questões de compras sustentáveis (há menos de 24 meses), nenhuma não-conformidade
encontrada [Dell Brasil, auditoria RBA]
Capacitação de fornecedores em questões ambientais ou sociais (por exemplo, ações corretivas, treinamento)
Auditorias no local de fornecedores sobre questões ambientais ou sociais
Avaliação regular de fornecedores (por exemplo, questionário) sobre práticas ambientais ou sociais
Treinamento de compradores em questões sociais e ambientais dentro da cadeia de abastecimento
Integração de cláusulas sociais ou ambientais nos contratos com fornecedores
Análise de risco de sustentabilidade (ou seja, antes de avaliações ou auditorias de fornecedores)
Resultados
Pontos fortes
Relatórios sobre o total de emissões brutas de GEE do escopo 3 upstream
Relatório conforme a SASB
Relatório conforme os padrões universais da GRI
Análise de materialidade nos relatórios de sustentabilidade
Garantia externa de relatórios de sustentabilidade
Empresa comunica o progresso em direção aos Objetivos de Desenvolvimento Sustentável (ODS)
Publicação de relatórios relacionados a minerais de conflito
Relatórios abrangentes sobre questões de compras sustentáveis
Áreas de melhoria (3)
Ações
Prioridade Áreas de melhoria
Declara a condução de uma avaliação formal do progresso de fornecedores em relação aos requerimentos
Baixa
REACH, mas não há documentação de apoio disponível
Declara que fornecedores que atuam em questões ambientais e sociais têm acesso a incentivos exclusivos (por
Baixa exemplo, prêmios de fornecedores, programa de fornecedor preferencial, acesso a RFPs), mas não há
documentação de apoio
Resultados
Prioridade Áreas de melhoria
O 360° Watch identificou pelo menos uma controvérsia, multa ou penalidade significativa sobre compras
Média sustentáveis nos últimos cinco anos (veja as notícias com seta vermelha para baixo na seção 360° Watch). [ou
seja, fornecedor da Dell acusado de abusos de direitos humanos]
Resultados do 360° Watch
6 de out de 2022 5 de out de 2022 30 de ago de 2022
Newsweek America's Most Responsible Dell launches zero trust-aligned security Some Dell XPS 13 Plus screens have a glue
Companies services problem
newsweek.com crn.com.au theverge.com
Dell Technologies was ranked 19 for America's Dell Technologies promises to “make it easy” for Some early adopters of the new, beautiful, and
Most Responsible Companies 2022 with a score its customers to create networks built on a zero undoubtedly polarizing Dell XPS 13 Plus have
of 81.2. The company scored 93.5 in trust framework, while letting its channel reported issues with its screen. Dell has
environment, 70.8 in social and 79.5 in corporate partners resell Dell’s expertise in this security confirmed to The Verge that it is aware of a
governance. environment to their own customers. screen issue on some OLED models of the device.
The company is reaching out to impacted
customers and appears to be recalling some
Impacta a pontuação Sem impacto na pontuação products.
Sem impacto na pontuação
Comentários específicos
Nenhum registro encontrado no banco de dados de conformidade e riscos de terceiros.
A empresa demonstra um sistema avançado de gestão de sustentabilidade que abrange todos os quatro temas em análise.
A empresa publicou relatórios avançados sobre questões de sustentabilidade.
Desde a última avaliação, a pontuação geral aumentou graças ao fornecimento de novas certificações de RSE.
Nenhuma parte deste documento pode ser reproduzida, modificada ou distribuída de qualquer forma ou maneira sem a autorização prévia por escrito da EcoVadis. Fornecido
mediante contrato para uso exclusivo do assinante:
© Copyright EcoVadis 2018 - All rights reserved
6/6/2018 Members
Member SharePoint (http://eicc.labj.com/) RBA Online (https://www.eicc-on.info/) eLearning Academy
(https://rbaacademy.litmos.com) Search (search/)
Selecione o idioma ▼
The RBA is the world's largest industry coalition dedicated
to electronics supply chain responsibility.
Members
Beginning with eight members in 2004, today the RBA is comprised of more than 110 electronics,
retail, auto and toy companies with combined annual revenue greater than $4.75 trillion, directly
employing over 6 million people. In addition to RBA members, thousands of companies that are Tier
1 suppliers to those members are required to implement the RBA Code of Conduct. More than 3.5
million people from over 120 countries contribute to the manufacture of RBA members’ products.
A
AcBel Polytech Inc. Apple Inc.
Acer Applied Materials
Advanced Micro Devices Arista Networks
Advanced Semiconductor Engineering ARRIS Group
Allegro MicroSystems, LLC ASML Holding
Amazon.com, Inc. ASUSTeK Computer Inc.
Amkor Technology, Inc. Atea ASA
Amphenol Corporation Avaya
Analog Devices, Inc.
B
BCE Inc. Bose Corporation
Best Buy BT plc
http://www.responsiblebusiness.org/about/members/ 1/5
6/6/2018
C Members
Celestica Citrix
Chicony Electronics Co., Ltd Compal Electronics
Ciara Cypress Semiconductor Corp.
Ciena Cirrus Logic, Inc.
Cisco
D
Dell Inc.
E
Edwards Ltd
F
Fabrinet Ford Motor Company
Fingerprint Cards AB Foxconn
Fitbit, Inc. Fujitsu Limited
Flex
G
General Electric GlobalFoundries
H
Hasbro, Inc. HTC Corp.
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
HP Inc.
I
IBM Corporation Intel Corporation
In neon Technologies Americas Corp. Inventec Corporation
Insight Enterprises, Inc.
J
Jabil
Juniper Networks
http://www.responsiblebusiness.org/about/members/ 2/5
6/6/2018
K Members
Kingston Technology Konica Minolta
KLA-Tencor Keurig Green Mountain, Inc.
L
Lenovo Logitech Inc.
Lexmark Longwell Company
LG Electronics
M
Marvell ModusLink
Micron Technology, Inc. Molex
Microsoft Motorola Solutions, Inc.
N
NetApp Nielsen
NETGEAR Nu Mark
New Kinpo Group Nvidia Corporation
Nexperia NXP Semiconductors
O
ON Semiconductor Orbotech Ltd.
Oracle America, Inc.
P
Pegatron Plexus
Philips Polycom
Philips Lighting Powertech Technology Inc.
Q
Qorvo, Inc. Quanta Computer Inc.
Qualcomm
S
Samsung Electronics Sky CP Ltd
Sanmina Skyworks Solutions, Inc.
Schneider Electric
http://www.responsiblebusiness.org/about/members/ SMART Modular Technologies 3/5
6/6/2018 Seagate Technology Snap Inc.
Members
Semtech Corporation Sony Corporation
Senju Metal STMicroelectronics
Sierra Wireless, Inc. Symantec
SK hynix Inc. Syncreon
T
Taiwan Chinsan Electronics 3M Electronics and Energy Business Group
Industrial Co., Ltd. Tokyo Electron Limited
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing TomTom International BV
Company, Ltd. Toshiba Corp.
Technicolor SA TT Electronics Plc
Tesla, Inc.
Texas Instruments
V
Veritas
Vishay Intertechnology, Inc.
W
Walmart Wistron Corp.
Western Digital
X
Xerox XP Power
Z
Zebra Technologies Corporation
History (about/history/)
Board and Advisers (about/board-advisers/)
Members (about/members/)
Contact Us (about/contact-us/)
Sta (about/sta /)
Vendor Partner Program (about/vendor-partner-program/)
http://www.responsiblebusiness.org/about/members/ 4/5
6/6/2018 Members
Get our latest updates!
Learn about our news and events.
Enter your work email address here:
name@email... Subscribe
Responsible Business
@RBAllianceOrg
Next month @RBAllianceOrg is holding trainings on its Supplemental VAP for #ForcedLabor
in Taipei (July 2-3) bit.ly/2rsYpYe, & Penang (July 25-26) bit.ly/2wqHCK4 Space is limited,
early registration encouraged.
Jun 1, 2018
Responsible Business
@RBAllianceOrg
Join us for the @OECD - @RBAllianceOrg Workshop on #DueDiligence at the OECD Global
Forum on Responsible Business Conduct, June 21: bit.ly/2oLiO7b #OECDrbc
Jun 1, 2018
© 2018 Responsible Business Alliance. All Rights Reserved.
http://www.responsiblebusiness.org/about/members/ 5/5
11/11/2024, 11:34 DELL P2222H | EPEAT Registry
Login
RETURN TO SEARCH
DELL P2222H
Product Summary:
Product Type: Monitors
Registered In: Brazil
Manufacturer: DELL
EPEAT Tier: Gold
COMPUTERS & Registration Date: 2021-05-25
DISPLAYS
Product Status: Active
EPEAT Climate+: Achieved 2023-
09-29
All unique product identifiers existing for this product
may not be listed here. If the unique product identifier
you are looking for is not listed, please contact EPEAT at
[email protected].
EXPORT PRODUCT SUMMARY
EPEAT Tier Score Detail
For a product to be listed on the EPEAT Registry, it must, at
a minimum, meet the applicable “required” criteria. Click
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/24ff121f31914fd8bab957e5d34917f3?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-1… 1/4
11/11/2024, 11:34 DELL P2222H | EPEAT Registry
here to see a list of the required criteria for this product
category.
This product has met the necessary required criteria.
Along with required criteria, products can also meet
optional criteria and score optional points. It is not
required for a product to achieve any optional points.
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve less
than 50% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Bronze
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 50 -
74% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Silver
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 75 -
100% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Gold
The optional criteria for this product category and
optional points achieved by this product are listed below.
Optional Criteria Scores
4.1 Substance 14 / 16
Management
4.2 Materials 3/3
Selection
4.4 Product 1/2
longevity/life-
cycle extension
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/24ff121f31914fd8bab957e5d34917f3?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-1… 2/4
11/11/2024, 11:34 DELL P2222H | EPEAT Registry
4.5 Energy 1/2
Conservation
4.7 Packaging 1/2
4.8 Life cycle 6/6
assessment
and carbon
footprint
4.9 Corporate 6/9
Environmental
Performance
4.10 Corporate 6/6
social
responsibility
TOTAL 38 /
OPTIONAL 46
CRITERIA
SCORE:
Please note that Some optional criteria may not be
it is not required applicable to a product. Optional
for a product to criteria that are not applicable (N/A)
achieve any to the product are not included in
optional points. the Total Optional Criteria Score,
and are not reflected above.
For any questions, comments, or feedback regarding the
EPEAT Registry, please contact us.
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/24ff121f31914fd8bab957e5d34917f3?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-1… 3/4
11/11/2024, 11:34 DELL P2222H | EPEAT Registry
Contact Us
+1.503.279.9383
PO Box 12149 Portland, OR 97212-0149 USA
Stay connected with regular updates from EPEAT
Sign up
© 2024 Green Electronics Council dba Global Electronics Council. All rights reserved.
EPEAT Registry Privacy Policy
EPEAT Registry Terms of Use
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/24ff121f31914fd8bab957e5d34917f3?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-1… 4/4
11/11/2024, 15:03 DELL P2425H | EPEAT Registry
Login
RETURN TO SEARCH
DELL P2425H
Product Summary:
Product Type: Monitors
Registered In: Brazil
Manufacturer: DELL
EPEAT Tier: Gold
COMPUTERS & Registration Date: 2024-03-24
DISPLAYS
Product Status: Active
EPEAT Climate+: Achieved 2024-
03-24
All unique product identifiers existing for this product
may not be listed here. If the unique product identifier
you are looking for is not listed, please contact EPEAT at
[email protected].
EXPORT PRODUCT SUMMARY
EPEAT Tier Score Detail
For a product to be listed on the EPEAT Registry, it must, at
a minimum, meet the applicable “required” criteria. Click
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/4eb4282400084ac3a5f7d50f5fcbb709?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-1… 1/4
11/11/2024, 15:03 DELL P2425H | EPEAT Registry
here to see a list of the required criteria for this product
category.
This product has met the necessary required criteria.
Along with required criteria, products can also meet
optional criteria and score optional points. It is not
required for a product to achieve any optional points.
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve less
than 50% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Bronze
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 50 -
74% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Silver
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 75 -
100% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Gold
The optional criteria for this product category and
optional points achieved by this product are listed below.
Optional Criteria Scores
4.1 Substance 12 / 16
Management
4.2 Materials 3/3
Selection
4.4 Product 1/2
longevity/life-
cycle extension
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/4eb4282400084ac3a5f7d50f5fcbb709?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-1… 2/4
11/11/2024, 15:03 DELL P2425H | EPEAT Registry
4.5 Energy 1/2
Conservation
4.7 Packaging 1/2
4.8 Life cycle 6/6
assessment
and carbon
footprint
4.9 Corporate 6/9
Environmental
Performance
4.10 Corporate 6/6
social
responsibility
TOTAL 36 /
OPTIONAL 46
CRITERIA
SCORE:
Please note that Some optional criteria may not be
it is not required applicable to a product. Optional
for a product to criteria that are not applicable (N/A)
achieve any to the product are not included in
optional points. the Total Optional Criteria Score,
and are not reflected above.
For any questions, comments, or feedback regarding the
EPEAT Registry, please contact us.
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/4eb4282400084ac3a5f7d50f5fcbb709?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-1… 3/4
11/11/2024, 15:03 DELL P2425H | EPEAT Registry
Contact Us
+1.503.279.9383
PO Box 12149 Portland, OR 97212-0149 USA
Stay connected with regular updates from EPEAT
Sign up
© 2024 Green Electronics Council dba Global Electronics Council. All rights reserved.
EPEAT Registry Privacy Policy
EPEAT Registry Terms of Use
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/4eb4282400084ac3a5f7d50f5fcbb709?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-1… 4/4
11/11/2024, 11:35 Latitude 3450 | EPEAT Registry
Login
RETURN TO SEARCH
Latitude 3450
Product Summary:
Product Type: Notebook
Registered In: Brazil
Manufacturer: DELL
EPEAT Tier: Gold
COMPUTERS & Registration Date: 2024-03-05
DISPLAYS
Product Status: Active
EPEAT Climate+: Achieved 2024-
04-18
Exceptions: ENERGY STAR
compliant power
management features
and power supply.
Computers without
such features may not
conform to 4.5.1.1
ENERGY STAR and
would not be in
conformance with
EPEAT.
All unique product identifiers existing for this product
may not be listed here. If the unique product identifier
you are looking for is not listed, please contact EPEAT at
[email protected].
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/6c7481d818574f26a8218c529e12d641?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-… 1/4
11/11/2024, 11:35 Latitude 3450 | EPEAT Registry
EXPORT PRODUCT SUMMARY
EPEAT Tier Score Detail
For a product to be listed on the EPEAT Registry, it must, at
a minimum, meet the applicable “required” criteria. Click
here to see a list of the required criteria for this product
category.
This product has met the necessary required criteria.
Along with required criteria, products can also meet
optional criteria and score optional points. It is not
required for a product to achieve any optional points.
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve less
than 50% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Bronze
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 50 -
74% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Silver
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 75 -
100% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Gold
The optional criteria for this product category and
optional points achieved by this product are listed below.
Optional Criteria Scores
4.1 Substance 12 / 16
Management
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/6c7481d818574f26a8218c529e12d641?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-… 2/4
11/11/2024, 11:35 Latitude 3450 | EPEAT Registry
4.2 Materials 2/3
Selection
4.4 Product 4/4
longevity/life-
cycle extension
4.5 Energy 1/3
Conservation
4.7 Packaging 1/2
4.8 Life cycle 6/6
assessment
and carbon
footprint
4.9 Corporate 6/9
Environmental
Performance
4.10 Corporate 6/6
social
responsibility
TOTAL 38 /
OPTIONAL 49
CRITERIA
SCORE:
Please note that Some optional criteria may not be
it is not required applicable to a product. Optional
for a product to criteria that are not applicable (N/A)
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/6c7481d818574f26a8218c529e12d641?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-… 3/4
11/11/2024, 11:35 Latitude 3450 | EPEAT Registry
achieve any to the product are not included in
optional points. the Total Optional Criteria Score,
and are not reflected above.
For any questions, comments, or feedback regarding the
EPEAT Registry, please contact us.
Contact Us
+1.503.279.9383
PO Box 12149 Portland, OR 97212-0149 USA
Stay connected with regular updates from EPEAT
Sign up
© 2024 Green Electronics Council dba Global Electronics Council. All rights reserved.
EPEAT Registry Privacy Policy
EPEAT Registry Terms of Use
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/6c7481d818574f26a8218c529e12d641?backUrl=%252Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%252Fpage-… 4/4
11/11/2024, 11:33 OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020 | EPEAT Registry
Login
RETURN TO SEARCH
OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020
Product Summary:
Product Type: Desktop
Registered In: Brazil
Manufacturer: DELL
EPEAT Tier: Gold
COMPUTERS & Registration Date: 2024-03-19
DISPLAYS
Product Status: Active
EPEAT Climate+: Achieved 2024-
03-19
Exceptions: ENERGY STAR
compliant power
management features
and power supply.
Computers without
such features may not
conform to 4.5.1.1
ENERGY STAR and
would not be in
conformance with
EPEAT.
All unique product identifiers existing for this product
may not be listed here. If the unique product identifier
you are looking for is not listed, please contact EPEAT at
[email protected].
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/8251db89303748fab356b1dd0d63d546?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2… 1/4
11/11/2024, 11:33 OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020 | EPEAT Registry
EXPORT PRODUCT SUMMARY
EPEAT Tier Score Detail
For a product to be listed on the EPEAT Registry, it must, at
a minimum, meet the applicable “required” criteria. Click
here to see a list of the required criteria for this product
category.
This product has met the necessary required criteria.
Along with required criteria, products can also meet
optional criteria and score optional points. It is not
required for a product to achieve any optional points.
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve less
than 50% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Bronze
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 50 -
74% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Silver
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 75 -
100% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Gold
The optional criteria for this product category and
optional points achieved by this product are listed below.
Optional Criteria Scores
4.1 Substance 10 / 16
Management
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/8251db89303748fab356b1dd0d63d546?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2… 2/4
11/11/2024, 11:33 OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020 | EPEAT Registry
4.2 Materials 3/3
Selection
4.4 Product 2/2
longevity/life-
cycle extension
4.5 Energy 2/4
Conservation
4.7 Packaging 1/2
4.8 Life cycle 6/6
assessment
and carbon
footprint
4.9 Corporate 6/9
Environmental
Performance
4.10 Corporate 6/6
social
responsibility
TOTAL 36 /
OPTIONAL 48
CRITERIA
SCORE:
Please note that Some optional criteria may not be
it is not required applicable to a product. Optional
for a product to criteria that are not applicable (N/A)
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/8251db89303748fab356b1dd0d63d546?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2… 3/4
11/11/2024, 11:33 OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020 | EPEAT Registry
achieve any to the product are not included in
optional points. the Total Optional Criteria Score,
and are not reflected above.
For any questions, comments, or feedback regarding the
EPEAT Registry, please contact us.
Contact Us
+1.503.279.9383
PO Box 12149 Portland, OR 97212-0149 USA
Stay connected with regular updates from EPEAT
Sign up
© 2024 Green Electronics Council dba Global Electronics Council. All rights reserved.
EPEAT Registry Privacy Policy
EPEAT Registry Terms of Use
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/8251db89303748fab356b1dd0d63d546?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2… 4/4
11/11/2024, 11:32 OptiPlex SFF 7020 | EPEAT Registry
Login
RETURN TO SEARCH
OptiPlex SFF 7020
Product Summary:
Product Type: Desktop
Registered In: Brazil
Manufacturer: DELL
EPEAT Tier: Gold
COMPUTERS & Registration Date: 2024-03-19
DISPLAYS
Product Status: Active
EPEAT Climate+: Achieved 2024-
03-19
Exceptions: ENERGY STAR
compliant power
management features
and power supply.
Computers without
such features may not
conform to 4.5.1.1
ENERGY STAR and
would not be in
conformance with
EPEAT.
All unique product identifiers existing for this product
may not be listed here. If the unique product identifier
you are looking for is not listed, please contact EPEAT at
[email protected].
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/d215d5d0d75e4eb5bc2aabf71d8f20b1?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2F… 1/4
11/11/2024, 11:32 OptiPlex SFF 7020 | EPEAT Registry
EXPORT PRODUCT SUMMARY
EPEAT Tier Score Detail
For a product to be listed on the EPEAT Registry, it must, at
a minimum, meet the applicable “required” criteria. Click
here to see a list of the required criteria for this product
category.
This product has met the necessary required criteria.
Along with required criteria, products can also meet
optional criteria and score optional points. It is not
required for a product to achieve any optional points.
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve less
than 50% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Bronze
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 50 -
74% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Silver
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 75 -
100% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Gold
The optional criteria for this product category and
optional points achieved by this product are listed below.
Optional Criteria Scores
4.1 Substance 10 / 16
Management
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/d215d5d0d75e4eb5bc2aabf71d8f20b1?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2F… 2/4
11/11/2024, 11:32 OptiPlex SFF 7020 | EPEAT Registry
4.2 Materials 3/3
Selection
4.4 Product 2/2
longevity/life-
cycle extension
4.5 Energy 2/4
Conservation
4.7 Packaging 1/2
4.8 Life cycle 6/6
assessment
and carbon
footprint
4.9 Corporate 6/9
Environmental
Performance
4.10 Corporate 6/6
social
responsibility
TOTAL 36 /
OPTIONAL 48
CRITERIA
SCORE:
Please note that Some optional criteria may not be
it is not required applicable to a product. Optional
for a product to criteria that are not applicable (N/A)
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/d215d5d0d75e4eb5bc2aabf71d8f20b1?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2F… 3/4
11/11/2024, 11:32 OptiPlex SFF 7020 | EPEAT Registry
achieve any to the product are not included in
optional points. the Total Optional Criteria Score,
and are not reflected above.
For any questions, comments, or feedback regarding the
EPEAT Registry, please contact us.
Contact Us
+1.503.279.9383
PO Box 12149 Portland, OR 97212-0149 USA
Stay connected with regular updates from EPEAT
Sign up
© 2024 Green Electronics Council dba Global Electronics Council. All rights reserved.
EPEAT Registry Privacy Policy
EPEAT Registry Terms of Use
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/d215d5d0d75e4eb5bc2aabf71d8f20b1?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2F… 4/4
11/11/2024, 15:02 Precision 3680 Tower | EPEAT Registry
Login
RETURN TO SEARCH
Precision 3680 Tower
Product Summary:
Product Type: Workstation
Registered In: Brazil
Manufacturer: DELL
EPEAT Tier: Gold
COMPUTERS & Registration Date: 2024-03-19
DISPLAYS
Product Status: Active
EPEAT Climate+: Achieved 2024-
03-19
Exceptions: ENERGY STAR
compliant power
management features
and power supply.
Computers without
such features may not
conform to 4.5.1.1
ENERGY STAR and
would not be in
conformance with
EPEAT.
All unique product identifiers existing for this product
may not be listed here. If the unique product identifier
you are looking for is not listed, please contact EPEAT at
[email protected].
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/48ad22066a1a46aa93c10d4d08325370?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2… 1/4
11/11/2024, 15:02 Precision 3680 Tower | EPEAT Registry
EXPORT PRODUCT SUMMARY
EPEAT Tier Score Detail
For a product to be listed on the EPEAT Registry, it must, at
a minimum, meet the applicable “required” criteria. Click
here to see a list of the required criteria for this product
category.
This product has met the necessary required criteria.
Along with required criteria, products can also meet
optional criteria and score optional points. It is not
required for a product to achieve any optional points.
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve less
than 50% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Bronze
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 50 -
74% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Silver
Products that meet all required criteria and achieve 75 -
100% of the optional points are rated at
EPEAT Gold
The optional criteria for this product category and
optional points achieved by this product are listed below.
Optional Criteria Scores
4.1 Substance 10 / 16
Management
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/48ad22066a1a46aa93c10d4d08325370?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2… 2/4
11/11/2024, 15:02 Precision 3680 Tower | EPEAT Registry
4.2 Materials 3/3
Selection
4.4 Product 2/2
longevity/life-
cycle extension
4.5 Energy 1/2
Conservation
4.7 Packaging 1/2
4.8 Life cycle 6/6
assessment
and carbon
footprint
4.9 Corporate 6/9
Environmental
Performance
4.10 Corporate 6/6
social
responsibility
TOTAL 35 /
OPTIONAL 46
CRITERIA
SCORE:
Please note that Some optional criteria may not be
it is not required applicable to a product. Optional
for a product to criteria that are not applicable (N/A)
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/48ad22066a1a46aa93c10d4d08325370?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2… 3/4
11/11/2024, 15:02 Precision 3680 Tower | EPEAT Registry
achieve any to the product are not included in
optional points. the Total Optional Criteria Score,
and are not reflected above.
For any questions, comments, or feedback regarding the
EPEAT Registry, please contact us.
Contact Us
+1.503.279.9383
PO Box 12149 Portland, OR 97212-0149 USA
Stay connected with regular updates from EPEAT
Sign up
© 2024 Green Electronics Council dba Global Electronics Council. All rights reserved.
EPEAT Registry Privacy Policy
EPEAT Registry Terms of Use
https://www.epeat.net/product-details/48ad22066a1a46aa93c10d4d08325370?backUrl=%2Fcomputers-and-displays-search-result%2Fpage-1%2… 4/4
11/11/2024, 11:29 Hardware Certification Report - 1152921505697067622
Hardware certification report Approved
Private product ID: 13891245205831134
Shared product ID: 401570197
Submission ID: 1152921505697067622
Submission date: 11/24/2023
Completion date: 11/28/2023
Company: Dell Inc
Product name: OptiPlex SFF 7020
Category: System
Product type: Desktop
Qualification level: Certified for Microsoft Windows 11 Client family version 22H2, x64
Marketing name: OptiPlex SFF 7020
file:///C:/Users/bracco/Downloads/HWCertReport_1152921505697067622.html 1/1
11/11/2024, 11:27 Hardware Certification Report - 1152921505697067743
Hardware certification report Approved
Private product ID: 13833327731793147
Shared product ID: 401570559
Submission ID: 1152921505697067743
Submission date: 11/24/2023
Completion date: 11/28/2023
Company: Dell Inc
Product name: OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020
Category: System
Product type: Desktop
Qualification level: Certified for Microsoft Windows 11 Client family version 22H2, x64
Marketing name: OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020
file:///C:/Users/bracco/Downloads/HWCertReport_1152921505697067743 (1).html 1/1
31/07/2022 19:26 Hardware Certification Report - 1152921505694612659
Hardware certification report Approved
Private product ID: 13775044472639883
Shared product ID: 400889065
Submission ID: 1152921505694612659
Submission date: 3/12/2022
Completion date: 3/14/2022
Company: Dell Inc
Product name: Dell P2222H
Category: Device
Product type: Monitor
Qualification level: Certified for Microsoft Windows Hardware Compatibility Program –
Client family version 21H2, x64
Certified for Microsoft Windows 10 Client family version 2004, x64
Certified for Microsoft Windows 10 Client family version 2004, x86
Certified for Microsoft Windows 8 Client family, x64
Certified for Microsoft Windows 8 Client family, x86
Certified for Microsoft Windows 8.1 Client family, x64
Certified for Microsoft Windows 8.1 Client family, x86
Certified as Declarative INF
Marketing name: N/A
file:///C:/Users/bracco/Downloads/HWCertReport_1152921505694612659.html 1/1
11/11/2024, 15:06 Hardware Certification Report - 1152921505698161938
Hardware certification report Approved
Private product ID: 13552157544258118
Shared product ID: 401908878
Submission ID: 1152921505698161938
Submission date: 8/20/2024
Completion date: 8/20/2024
Company: Dell Inc
Product name: Dell P2425H
Category: Device
Product type: Monitor
Qualification level: Certified for Microsoft Windows 10 Client family version 2004, x86
Certified for Microsoft Windows 10 Client family version 2004, x64
Certified for Microsoft Windows 11 Client family version 22H2, x64
Signature Only - Microsoft Windows Vista family, x86
Signature Only - Microsoft Windows Vista family, x64
Signature Only - Microsoft Windows XP family, x86
Signature Only - Microsoft Windows XP family, x64
Signature Only - Microsoft Windows 2000 family
Certified as Declarative INF
Marketing name: N/A
file:///C:/Users/bracco/Downloads/HWCertReport_1152921505698161938.html 1/1
11/11/2024, 15:05 Hardware Certification Report - 1152921505697085001
Hardware certification report Approved
Private product ID: 13816863012365859
Shared product ID: 401576166
Submission ID: 1152921505697085001
Submission date: 11/29/2023
Completion date: 12/1/2023
Company: Dell Inc
Product name: Precision 3680
Category: System
Product type: Desktop
Qualification level: Certified for Microsoft Windows 11 Client family version 22H2, x64
Marketing name: Precision 3680
file:///C:/Users/bracco/Downloads/HWCertReport_1152921505697085001.html 1/1
11/11/2024, 12:35 Dell Latitude 3450 Quake-L MLK 14 certified with Ubuntu | Ubuntu
Your submission was sent successfully! Close
Thank you for contacting us. A member of our team will be in touch shortly. Close
You have successfully unsubscribed! Close
Thank you for signing up for our newsletter!
In these regular emails you will find the latest updates about Ubuntu and upcoming
events where you can meet our team.Close
laptops › Latitude 3450 Quake-L MLK 14
Dell Latitude 3450 Quake-L MLK 14
Notebook system certified with Ubuntu
Visit vendor website <https://www.dell.com/en-us/shop/dell-computer-
laptops/scr/laptops/appref=ubuntu-linux-os>
Ubuntu 22.04 LTS
Pre-installed in some regions with a custom Ubuntu image that takes advantage of the
system’s hardware features and may include additional software. Standard images of
Ubuntu may not work well, or at all.
This system requires all available updates to be applied in order to work properly.
Kernel 6.5.0-1013-oem
BIOS Dell Inc.: 1.0.2 (UEFI)
https://ubuntu.com/certified/202312-33223 1/2
11/11/2024, 12:35 Dell Latitude 3450 Quake-L MLK 14 certified with Ubuntu | Ubuntu
Hardware
Processor Intel Corp. Intel(R) CoreTM Ultra 5 135U
Realtek Semiconductor Co., Ltd. RTL8111/8168/8411 PCI Express
Network
Gigabit Ethernet Controller pci (10ec:8168 1028:0c99 )
Video Intel Corp. Meteor Lake-P [Intel Graphics] pci (8086:7d45 1028:0c99 )
Wireless Intel Corp. Meteor Lake PCH CNVi WiFi pci (8086:7e40 8086:4090 )
All hardware details ›
Issues? Let us know
If there is an issue with the information for this system, please let us know
<https://answers.launchpad.net/ubuntu-certification/+addquestion?
field.title=Feedback on the Dell Latitude 3450 Quake-L MLK 14 (202312-33223)> .
https://ubuntu.com/certified/202312-33223 2/2
11/11/2024, 12:01 Dell OptiPlex SFF 7020 (Core i5-14500) certified with Ubuntu | Ubuntu
Your submission was sent successfully! Close
Thank you for contacting us. A member of our team will be in touch shortly. Close
You have successfully unsubscribed! Close
Thank you for signing up for our newsletter!
In these regular emails you will find the latest updates about Ubuntu and upcoming
events where you can meet our team.Close
desktops › OptiPlex SFF 7020 (Core i5-14500)
Dell OptiPlex SFF 7020 (Core i5-14500)
Desktop system certified with Ubuntu
Visit vendor website <https://www.dell.com/en-us/shop/dell-computer-
laptops/scr/laptops/appref=ubuntu-linux-os>
Ubuntu 22.04 LTS
Pre-installed in some regions with a custom Ubuntu image that takes advantage of the
system’s hardware features and may include additional software. Standard images of
Ubuntu may not work well, or at all.
Kernel 6.5.0-1006-oem
BIOS Dell Inc.: 0.5.25 (UEFI)
https://ubuntu.com/certified/202309-32100 1/2
11/11/2024, 12:01 Dell OptiPlex SFF 7020 (Core i5-14500) certified with Ubuntu | Ubuntu
Hardware
Processor Intel Corp. Intel(R) Core(TM) i5-14500
Intel Corp. Ethernet Controller I225-LM Ethernet Network Adapter
I225-T1 pci (8086:15f2 8086:0001 )
Network
Intel Corp. Ethernet Connection (17) I219-LM pci (8086:1a1c 1028:0c71
)
Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. [AMD/ATI] Navi 24 [Radeon RX 6300] pci
Video
(1002:7424 1028:0040 )
Intel Corp. Wi-Fi 6 AX210/AX211/AX411 160MHz pci (8086:2725
Wireless
8086:4020 )
All hardware details ›
Issues? Let us know
If there is an issue with the information for this system, please let us know
<https://answers.launchpad.net/ubuntu-certification/+addquestion?
field.title=Feedback on the Dell OptiPlex SFF 7020 (Core i5-14500) (202309-
32100)> .
https://ubuntu.com/certified/202309-32100 2/2
11/11/2024, 12:01 Dell OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020 (Core i7-14700) certified with Ubuntu | Ubuntu
Your submission was sent successfully! Close
Thank you for contacting us. A member of our team will be in touch shortly. Close
You have successfully unsubscribed! Close
Thank you for signing up for our newsletter!
In these regular emails you will find the latest updates about Ubuntu and upcoming
events where you can meet our team.Close
desktops › OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020 (Core i7-14700)
Dell OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020 (Core i7-14700)
Desktop system certified with Ubuntu
Visit vendor website <https://www.dell.com/en-us/shop/dell-computer-
laptops/scr/laptops/appref=ubuntu-linux-os>
Ubuntu 22.04 LTS
Pre-installed in some regions with a custom Ubuntu image that takes advantage of the
system’s hardware features and may include additional software. Standard images of
Ubuntu may not work well, or at all.
Kernel 6.5.0-1006-oem
BIOS Dell Inc.: 0.5.25 (UEFI)
Hardware
Processor Intel Corp. Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-14700
Network Intel Corp. Ethernet Connection (17) I219-LM pci (8086:1a1c 1028:0c6f )
Video
Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. [AMD/ATI] Navi 24 [Radeon RX 6400 /
6500 XT] pci (1002:743f 1028:0041 )
https://ubuntu.com/certified/202309-32099 1/2
11/11/2024, 12:01 Dell OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020 (Core i7-14700) certified with Ubuntu | Ubuntu
Intel Corp. Raptor Lake-S GT1 [UHD Graphics 770] pci (8086:a780
1028:0c6f )
Realtek Semiconductor Co., Ltd. RTL8852BE PCIe 802.11ax Wireless
Wireless
Network Controller pci (10ec:b852 10ec:b887 )
All hardware details ›
Issues? Let us know
If there is an issue with the information for this system, please let us know
<https://answers.launchpad.net/ubuntu-certification/+addquestion?
field.title=Feedback on the Dell OptiPlex SFF Plus 7020 (Core i7-14700) (202309-
32099)> .
https://ubuntu.com/certified/202309-32099 2/2
11/11/2024, 15:08 Dell Precision 3680 certified with Ubuntu | Ubuntu
Your submission was sent successfully! Close
Thank you for contacting us. A member of our team will be in touch shortly. Close
You have successfully unsubscribed! Close
Thank you for signing up for our newsletter!
In these regular emails you will find the latest updates about Ubuntu and upcoming
events where you can meet our team.Close
desktops › Precision 3680
Dell Precision 3680
Desktop system certified with Ubuntu
Visit vendor website <https://www.dell.com/en-us/shop/dell-computer-
laptops/scr/laptops/appref=ubuntu-linux-os>
Ubuntu 22.04 LTS
Pre-installed in some regions with a custom Ubuntu image that takes advantage of the
system’s hardware features and may include additional software. Standard images of
Ubuntu may not work well, or at all.
Kernel 6.5.0-1006-oem
BIOS Dell Inc.: 0.5.24 (UEFI)
Hardware
Processor Intel Corp. Intel(R) Core(TM) i5-14500
Intel Corp. Ethernet Connection (17) I219-LM pci (8086:1a1c 1028:0c8c
Network
)
Wireless Intel Corp. Alder Lake-S PCH CNVi WiFi pci (8086:7af0 8086:4090 )
https://ubuntu.com/certified/202309-32084 1/2
11/11/2024, 15:08 Dell Precision 3680 certified with Ubuntu | Ubuntu
All hardware details ›
1 more certified configuration in the Precision 3680 platform ›
Issues? Let us know
If there is an issue with the information for this system, please let us know
<https://answers.launchpad.net/ubuntu-certification/+addquestion?
field.title=Feedback on the Dell Precision 3680 (202309-32084)> .
https://ubuntu.com/certified/202309-32084 2/2
11/11/2024, 12:06 IBAMA - Serviços On-Line - Certificado de Regularidade
Ministério do Meio Ambiente
Instituto Brasileiro do Meio Ambiente e dos Recursos Naturais Renováveis
CADASTROS TÉCNICOS FEDERAIS
CONSULTA PÚBLICA A CERTIFICADO DE REGULARIDADE - CR
Registro n.º: 2121710 Data da consulta: 11/11/2024 CR emitido em: 09/10/2024 CR válido até: 09/01/2025
Dados básicos
CNPJ: 72.381.189/0006-25
Razão social: DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
Nome fantasia: DELL
Data de abertura: 22/06/2006
Endereço
Logradouro: AVENIDA DA EMANCIPAÇÃO, 5000 Complemento:
N.º: 5000 Municipio: HORTOLANDIA
Bairro: PARQUE DOS PINHEIROS UF: SP
CEP: 13184-654
Cadastro Técnico Federal de Atividades Potencialmente Poluidoras e Utilizadoras de Recursos Ambientais – CTF/APP
Categoria Detalhe
5 - Indústria de material Elétrico, Eletrônico e Comunicações 2 - Fabricação de material elétrico, eletrônico e equipamentos para telecomunicação e informática
Conforme dados disponíveis na presente data, a pessoa jurídica acima possui Certificado de Regularidade em conformidade com as obrigações cadastrais e de prestação de informações
ambientais sobre as atividades desenvolvidas sob controle e fiscalização do Ibama, por meio do CTF/APP.
O certificado de regularidade emitido pelo CTF/APP não desobriga a pessoa inscrita de obter licenças, autorizações, permissões, concessões, alvarás e demais documentos exigíveis por
instituições federais, estaduais, distritais ou municipais para o exercício de suas atividades.
O Certificado de Regularidade do CTF/APP não habilita o transporte e produtos e subprodutos florestais e faunísticos.
Fechar
Este site é protegido por hCaptcha e sua Política de Privacidade e Termos de Serviço se aplicam.
https://servicos.ibama.gov.br/ctf/publico/certificado_regularidade_consulta.php 1/1
Ref. Certif. No.
NO91059
IEC SYSTEM FOR MUTUAL RECOGNITION OF TEST CERTIFICATES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEME CEI DACCEPTATION MUTUELLE DE CERTIFICATS DESSAIS DES
EQUIPMENT (IECEE) CB SCHEME EQUIPEMENTS ELECTRIQUES (IECEE) METHODE OC
CB TEST CERTIFICATE CERTIFICAT D'ESSAI OC
Product Desktop Computer
Produit
Name and address of the applicant Dell Inc.
Nom et adresse du demandeur One Dell Way
Round Rock, TX 78682
USA
Name and address of the manufacturer Dell Inc.
Nom et adresse du fabricant One Dell Way
Round Rock, TX 78682
USA
Name and address of the factory
Nom et adresse de l'usine
Note: When more than one factory, please report on page 2 Additional information on page 2
Note: Lorsque il y plus d'une usine, veuillez utiliser la deuxième page
Ratings and principal characteristics 4.4A 100-240V~ 50/60Hz
Valeurs nominales et caractéristiques principales
Cl. I
Trademark (if any) DELL
Marque de fabrique (si elle existe)
Type of Manufacturer’s Testing Laboratories used
Type de programme du laboratoire d’essais constructeur
Model / Type Ref. D07S; D07S…; Dell Precision T1700s; OptiPlex 9020 SFF; OptiPlex XE2
Ref. De type
SFF; Dell Precision T1700 SFF; OptiPlex 7020 SFF
Additional information (if necessary may also be The dots "." in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z or blank, for marketing
reported on page 2)
purpose only.
Les informations complémentaires (si nécessaire,
Additional information on page 2
peuvent être indiqués sur la deuxième page
A sample of the product was tested and found IEC 60950-1(ed.2);am1;am2
to be in conformity with
Un échantillon de ce produit a été essayé et a été
considéré conforme à la
As shown in the Test Report Ref. No. which forms part 304003
of this Certificate
Comme indiqué dans le Rapport dessais numéro de
référence qui constitue partie de ce Certificat
This CB Test Certificate is issued by the National Certification Body
Ce Certificat dessai OC est établi par l'Organisme National de Certification
Gaustadalléen 30
NO-0373 Oslo, Norway
Date: 09-03-2016 Signature: Okhyun Jeon
Certification Department
Issued 2007-04 1/2
Ref. Certif. No.
NO91059
Dell Global Business Center Sdn. Bhd. Dell Computadores do Brasil Ltda.
Plot 76, Mukim 11, Bukit Tengah Industrial Park, 14000 Av. Emancipação, 5000 13184-654–Hortolândia–SP
Bukit Mertajam, Penang Brazil
Malaysia
Dell Products (Poland) Sp. z o.o.
Dell International Services India Private Limited. ul. Informatyczna 1, 92-410 Lodz
Sriperumbudur Hi-Tech SEZ, SIPCOT Industrial Park, Poland
Sriperumbudur Phase-II Sunguvarchatram Post
Dell (China) Company Limited
Sirumangadu Village, Sriperumbudur Taluk,
No. 2388 Jinshang Road, Information Photo-Electronic
Kancheepuram, Tamil Nadu 602106
Park, Xiamen Torch Hi-tech Zone, 361000
India
China
PCE TECHNOLOGY DE JUAREZ S.A. DE C.V.
Dell (Chengdu) Company Limited
Blvd. Internacional #888, San Jeronimo CD Juarez
No. 800 of Tianqin Road western Hi-tech Zone
Chihuahua C.P. 32505
Chengdu, 611731
Mexico
China
Dell (Xiamen) Company Limited
No. 2366 Jinshang Road, Information Photo-Electronic
Park, Xiamen Torch Hi-tech Zone, 361000
China
Gaustadalléen 30
NO-0373 Oslo, Norway
Date: 09-03-2016 Signature: Okhyun Jeon
Certification Department
Issued 2007-04 2/2
Ref. Certif. No.
NO119113/M1
IEC SYSTEM FOR MUTUAL RECOGNITION OF TEST CERTIFICATES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEME CEI DACCEPTATION MUTUELLE DE CERTIFICATS DESSAIS DES
EQUIPMENT (IECEE) CB SCHEME EQUIPEMENTS ELECTRIQUES (IECEE) METHODE OC
CB TEST CERTIFICATE CERTIFICAT D'ESSAI OC
Product Desktop Computer
Produit
Name and address of the applicant Dell Inc.
Nom et adresse du demandeur One Dell Way, Round Rock
TX 78682
USA
Name and address of the manufacturer Dell Inc.
Nom et adresse du fabricant One Dell Way, Round Rock
TX 78682
USA
Name and address of the factory
Nom et adresse de l'usine
Note: When more than one factory, please report on page 2 Additional information on page 2
Note: Lorsque il y plus d'une usine, veuillez utiliser la deuxième page
Ratings and principal characteristics I/P: 4.2A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz or 7.0A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz or 10.0A
Valeurs nominales et caractéristiques principales
100-240V~ 50-60Hz or 12.0-6.0A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, Cl. I
Trademark (if any) DELL
Marque de fabrique (si elle existe)
Type of Manufacturer’s Testing Laboratories used
Type de programme du laboratoire d’essais constructeur
Model / Type Ref. D30M; D30M...; Alienware Aurora R13...........; XPS 8950...........; Alienware
Ref. De type
Aurora Ryzen Edition R14...........; Precision 3660 Tower...........; Precision
3660 Tower TCO Certified
Additional information (if necessary may also be The dots ’.’ in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, ‘-‘, ‘/’ or blank, for
reported on page 2)
marketing purpose only.
Les informations complémentaires (si nécessaire,
Additional information on page 2
peuvent être indiqués sur la deuxième page
A sample of the product was tested and found IEC 60950-1:2005, IEC 60950-1:2005/AMD1:2009, IEC 60950-1:2005/
to be in conformity with
AMD2:2013
Un échantillon de ce produit a été essayé et a été
considéré conforme à la
As shown in the Test Report Ref. No. which forms part 455452
of this Certificate
This certificate replaces the certificate NO119113, due to the technical
Comme indiqué dans le Rapport dessais numéro de
référence qui constitue partie de ce Certificat modification
This CB Test Certificate is issued by the National Certification Body
Ce Certificat dessai OC est établi par l'Organisme National de Certification
Philip Pedersens vei 11,
NO-1366 Lysaker, Norway
Date: 13-01-2022 Signature: Juan Z. Saussey
Certification Department
Issued 2007-04 1/2
Ref. Certif. No.
NO119113/M1
Dell Global Business Center Sdn. Bhd. Dell Computadores do Brasil Ltda.
Plot 76, Mukim 11, Bukit Tengah Industrial Park, 14000 Av. Emancipação, 5000 13184-654–Hortolândia–SP
Bukit Mertajam, Penang Brazil
Malaysia
Dell Products (Poland) Sp. z o.o.
Dell International Services India Private Limited. ul. Informatyczna 1
Sriperumbudur Hi-Tech SEZ, SIPCOT Industrial 92-410 Lodz
Park, Sriperumbudur Phase-II Sunguvarchatram Poland
Post, Sirumangadu Village, Sriperumbudur Taluk,
Dell (China) Company Limited
Kancheepuram, Tamil Nadu 602106
No. 2388 Jinshang Road, Information Photo-Electronic
India
Park, Xiamen Torch Hi-tech Zone 361000
PCE TECHNOLOGY DE JUAREZ S.A. DE C.V. China
Blvd. Internacional #888, San Jeronimo CD Juarez
Dell (Chengdu) Company Limited
Chihuahua C.P. 32505
No. 800 of Tianqin Road western Hi-tech Zone, Chengdu
Mexico
611731
Dell (Xiamen) Company Limited China
No. 2366 Jinshang Road, Information Photo-Electronic
Park, Xiamen Torch Hi-tech Zone 361000
China
Philip Pedersens vei 11,
NO-1366 Lysaker, Norway
Date: 13-01-2022 Signature: Juan Z. Saussey
Certification Department
Issued 2007-04 2/2
Certificado de
Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Reconhecer que o Solicitante / Acknowledge that the Certificate Holder
DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
Certificado/Certificate
avaliou o produto / has had
UL-BR 23.1132
Revisão / Review COMPUTADOR PORTÁTIL / PORTABLE COMPUTER
05
Emissão / Issue ao qual atende aos requisitos do Programa de Certificação ou Portaria
7 de julho de 2023 / evaluated and meets the requirements of the Certification Program or
July 7, 2023 Decree
REQUISITOS DE AVALIAÇÃO DA CONFORMIDADE
Validade / Expiration ANEXOS À PORTARIA INMETRO Nº 304 DE 06 DE
6 de julho de 2026 NOVEMBRO DE 2023 /
July 6, 2026 CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT REQUIREMENTS ATTACHED
TO INMETRO ORDINANCE Nº 304 AS OF NOV 06, 2023
e pode ostentar o Selo de Identificação da Conformidade do Sistema
Brasileiro de Avaliação da Conformidade (SBAC) sobre o(s) produto(s)
relacionado(s) neste certificado.
and can display the Conformity Identification Seal of the Brazilian Conformity
Assessment System (SBAC) on the product(s) listed in this certificate.
Rafael Parada
Program Owner
UL do Brasil Certificações, organismo acreditado pela Coordenação Geral de
Acreditação do INMETRO – CGCRE, segundo o registro Nº OCP-0029. /
UL do Brasil Certificações, Certification Body accredited by Coordenação
Geral de Acreditação do INMETRO - CGCRE according to the register Nr
OCP-0029.
Página / Page: 1 / 163
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 163 © 2023 UL LLC. All rights reserved.
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 163 Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Solicitante / Certificate Holder DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
(100120-728) Av. Emancipação, 5000
13184-654 – Hortolândia – SP – Brasil
CNPJ: 72.381.189/0006-25
Fabricante / Manufacturer DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
(100120-728) Av. Emancipação, 5000
13184-654 – Hortolândia – SP – Brasil
CNPJ: 72.381.189/0006-25
Modelo de Certificação / 5
Certification Model
Norma(s) Aplicável(is) / see appendix for details
Applicable standards
Identificação UL / BR2263 ; Vol. 1, Sec. 98, 99, 107, 130, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 162,
UL Identification 163,167, 171, 172, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 190
Quantidade Importada / N/A
Quantity Imported
Unidade de medida / N/A
Measurement Unit
Lote ou No. de Série / N/A
Lot or Serial Number
Número e Data da Licença de N/A
Importação / Number and Import
License Date
Identificação da Família/Modelo/Lote de Produto(s) Certificado(s):
Identification of the Family/Model/Lot of Certified Product(s):
Marca / Modelo / Descrição / Código de Barras /
Brand Name Model Description Bar Code Number
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P63G, P63G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P117G, P117G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P138G, P138G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P139G, P139G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P133G, P133G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P134G, P134G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P135G, P135G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P136G, P136G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P137G, P137G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P110F, P110F… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 2 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P144G, P144G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P104F, P104F N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P108F, P108F… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P165G, P165G N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P126F, P126F… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P174G, P174G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P117F, P117F… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P175G, P175G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P176G, P176G… N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P181G, P181G..... N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P182G, P182G..... N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P169G, P169G..... N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P170G, P170G..... N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
(The dots “.” in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to
DELL P127F, P127F..... N/A
z, “/”, “-“ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
Identificação da(s) Versão(ões) do(s) Modelo(s) de Produto(s) Certificado(s):
Identification of Version(s) of Certified Product(s) Model(s):
Código do Modelo / Descrição do Modelo / Versão / Código de Barras /
Model Code Model Description Version Bar Code Number
N/A N/A N/A N/A
Informações de Ensaios / Test Information:
Modelo/Model: P63G, P63G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 284288 2015-04-27
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-15LE155CE 2015-05-05
International Standards Laboratory, Lung-Tan LAB
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-15LE155FB 2015-05-05
International Standards Laboratory, Lung-Tan LAB
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-15LS006OS 2015-06-01
International Standards Laboratory, Lung-Tan LAB
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 290138 2015-07-15
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 288936 2015-06-24
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 278974 2015-03-11
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 276647 2015-01-21
Nemko Taiwan
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 3 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 1501CE45-02 2015-08-25
A Test Lab Techno Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 1506CE48-01 2015-08-25
A Test Lab Techno Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 1506FE17 2015-06-22
A Test Lab Techno Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 1502FE21 2015-02-26
A Test Lab Techno Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 4787095366 2015-10-06
Underwriters Laboratories Taiwan Co., Ltd.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 307773 2017-04-21
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-15LE156CE-R1 2017-05-25
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-15LE155CE-R1 2017-05-25
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-15LE156FB-R1 2017-06-19
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-15LE155FB-R1 2017-06-19
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-17LS009OS 2017-05-26
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-17LS010OS 2017-05-26
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by R230491 2023-05-30
IBEC
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by R230492 2023-06-28
IBEC
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by V23-009-SERV-02 Rev. B 2023-03-02
FIT
Modelo/Model: P117G, P117G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 381830 2019-10-17
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued EM-E190542 2019-10-09
byAudix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-F190381 2019-10-09
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL19091216 2019-09-26
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
Modelo/Model: P138G, P138G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 405321 2020-09-28
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 418634 2021-01-21
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 432335 2021-03-30
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 452075 2021-10-21
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 460401 2022-03-09
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE735CE 2020-09-21
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 4 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE735FB 2020-09-21
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LS090OS 2020-10-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE879CE 2021-11-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE879FCCIC 2021-11-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LS017OS 2022-01-20
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Modelo/Model: P139G, P139G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 405404 2020-09-28
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 418639 2021-01-21
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE740CE 2020-09-21
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 432339 2021-03-30
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 452074 2021-10-21
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 460404 2022-03-09
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE740FB 2020-09-21
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LS090OS 2020-10-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE883CE 2021-11-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE883FCCIC 2021-11-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LS017OS 2022-01-20
International Standards Laboratory Corp
Modelo/Model: P133G, P133G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 405497 2020-09-18
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 449105 2021-09-13
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 460296 2022-02-24
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 463438 2022-04-12
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200547 2020-09-17
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200547A 2021-09-16
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL20110307 2020-11-13
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 5 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Modelo/Model: P134G, P134G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 405499 2020-09-18
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 449109 2021-09-13
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 460372 2022-02-24
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200543 2020-09-18
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200543A 2021-09-15
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL20110308 2020-11-13
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
Modelo/Model: P135G, P135G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 405307 2020-09-15
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 412001 2020-12-16
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 448949 2021-09-15
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 460375 2022-02-24
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 463437 2022-04-12
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200545 2020-09-18
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200545A 2020-12-31
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200545B 2021-09-16
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL20110309 2020-11-13
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
Modelo/Model: P136G, P136G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 449017 2021-09-15
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 405309 2020-09-15
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 460388 2022-02-24
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200541 2020-09-18
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200541A 2021-09-23
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL20110310 2020-11-13
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 6 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Modelo/Model: P137G, P137G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 405494 2020-09-24
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 411469 2020-12-10
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 417385 2021-02-05
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 442230 2021-06-08
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 448495 2021-09-15
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 454017 2021-11-25
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 461397 2022-03-23
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200521 2020-09-11
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200521A 2020-12-16
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200521B 2021-02-23
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200521C 2021-06-24
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200521D 2021-09-24
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL20111724 2020-11-23
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
Modelo/Model: P110F, P110F…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 405311 2020-09-18
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 448824 2021-09-17
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 460281 2022-02-24
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200537 2020-09-18
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E200537A 2021-09-15
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL20110311 2020-11-12
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
Modelo/Model: P144G, P144G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 417874 2021-02-01
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 432310 2021-03-30
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 443020 2021-06-16
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 445981 2021-07-15
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 448588 2021-08-23
Nemko Taiwan
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 7 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 462274 2022-05-11
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE984CE 2020-12-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE984FB 2020-12-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE988CE 2020-12-30
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE988FB 2020-12-30
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LS006OS 2021-01-26
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0286CE35 2022-04-27
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0286FCCIC 2022-04-27
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Modelo/Model: P104F, P104F…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
405399 2020-10-08
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
417100 2021-02-04
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
432346 2021-03-31
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
451414 2021-11-02
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
460393 2022-03-11
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-20LE665CE 2020-08-31
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-20LE665FB 2020-08-31
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-20LE657CE 2020-08-28
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-20LE657FB 2020-08-28
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE013CE 2021-01-07
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE013FB 2021-01-07
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE014CE 2021-01-07
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE014FB 2021-01-07
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE886CE 2021-11-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE886FCCIC 2021-11-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE875CE 2021-11-16
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE875FCCIC 2021-11-16
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE887CE 2021-11-19
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE887FCCIC 2021-11-19
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE893CE 2021-11-19
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 8 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE893FCCIC 2021-11-19
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-20LS088OS 2020-10-27
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LS031OS 2021-04-14
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LS007OS 2022-01-14
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LS013OS 2022-01-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Modelo/Model: P108F, P108F…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0293CE 2022-04-28
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 2022-04-28
ISL-22LE0293FCCIC
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 2021-01-11
ISL-21LE030CE
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 2021-01-11
ISL-21LE030FB
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 2021-01-11
ISL-21LE027CE
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 2021-01-11
ISL-21LE027FB
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LS068OS
2022-05-26
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Modelo/Model: P165G, P165G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP000572 2022-11-17
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by BTL-EMC-1-2210T006 2022-11-02
BTL Inc.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL22120814 2022-12-23
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL22120815 2022-12-23
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
Modelo/Model: P126F, P126F…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP000589 2022-11-25
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E220642 2022-12-01
Audix Technology Corporation.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL22122925 2023-01-07
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
Modelo/Model: P174G, P174G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP000546 2022-12-09
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E220635 2022-12-02
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 9 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Audix Technology Corporation.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ASL22122924 2023-01-07
Universal Standard Service, Inc.
Modelo/Model: P117F, P117F…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 451338
2021-10-27
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 457368
2022-02-21
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 463216
2022-05-26
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP001360
2022-11-08
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0060CE35
2022-01-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0060FCCIC
2022-01-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0054CE35
2022-01-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0054FCCIC
2022-01-18
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0820CE35 2022-10-20
International Standards Laboratory Corp.LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0820FCCIC 2022-10-20
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LS050OS
2022-03-16
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Modelo/Model: P175G, P175G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP000551 2022-12-09
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E220654 2022-12-02
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by CN236JKZ 001 2023-02-08
TÜV Rheinland Taiwan Ltd. Taoyuan Testing Laboratories
Modelo/Model: P176G, P176G…
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
REP000560 2022-12-09
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
EM-E220667 2022-12-02
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
CN23UKDK 001 2023-01-03
TÜV Rheinland Taiwan Ltd. Taoyuan Testing Laboratories
Modelo/Model: P181G, P181G.....
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP001047 2022-11-25
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP011338 2023-06-09
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP001034 2022-12-01
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 10 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP011357 2023-06-09
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP018420 2023-12-01
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0929CE 2022-11-28
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0929CE35 2022-11-28
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0929CE35-R1 2023-05-16
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E230548 2023-12-06
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0929FCCIC 2022-11-28
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0929FCCIC-R1 2023-05-16
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-F230608 2023-12-05
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LS0104OS 2023-01-13
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-23LS0037OS 2023-12-27
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Modelo/Model: P182G, P182G.....
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP001049 2022-11-25
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP011361 2023-06-09
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP001051 2022-12-02
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP011366 2023-06-09
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP017869 2023-12-05
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0931CE 2022-11-28
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0931CE35 2022-11-28
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0931CE35-R1 2023-05-16
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E230548 2023-12-06
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0931FCCIC 2022-11-28
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LE0931FCCIC-R1 2023-05-16
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-F230606 2023-12-06
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-22LS0104OS 2023-01-13
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by SL-23LS0037OS 2023-12-27
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 11 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Modelo/Model: P169G, P169G.....
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
REP002729 2022-12-16
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
REP018865 2023-11-30
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0987CE35 2022-12-22
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-23LE0708CE35-1 2024-01-08
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-23LE0710CE35-1 2024-01-08
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0987FCCIC 2022-12-22
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-23LE0708FCCIC 2023-12-07
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-23LE0710FCCIC 2023-12-07
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-23LS0002OS 2023-01-16
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-24LS0004OS 2024-01-05
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Modelo/Model: P170G, P170G.....
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
REP002731 2022-12-20
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
REP018934 2023-11-30
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0967CE35 2022-12-13
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-23LE0704CE35-1 2024-01-08
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-23LE0712CE35-1 2024-01-08
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0967FCCIC 2022-12-13
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-23LE0704FCCIC 2023-12-06
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-23LE0712FCCIC 2023-12-07
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-23LS0001OS 2023-01-16
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-24LS0005OS 2024-01-05
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Modelo/Model: P127F,P127F.....
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
REP000580 2022-12-01
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
REP005533 2023-02-17
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
REP000668 2023-12-07
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
REP005538 2023-02-17
Nemko Taiwan
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 12 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
REP019122 2023-12-11
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0867CE 2022-11-08
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0867CE35 2022-11-08
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0869CE 2022-11-08
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0869CE35 2022-11-08
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0867CE35-R1 2023-05-30
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
EM-E230551 2023-12-12
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
EM-E230572 2023-12-12
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0867FCCIC 2022-11-08
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0869FCCIC 2022-11-08
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
EM-F230627 2023-12-12
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
EM-F230607 2023-12-12
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LE0867FCCIC-R1 2023-05-30
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-22LS0105OS 2023-01-11
International Standards Laboratory Corp.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by
ISL-24LS0001OS 2024-01-11
International Standards Laboratory Corp. (LT Lab)
Informações de Auditoria / Audit Information:
Local da Auditoria / Audit Location Data de Realização / Perform Date
Tratamento de Reclamações/ Complaint Handling 2023-03-08
DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
Fabricante/ Manufacturer 2023-03-08
DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
Informações Adicionais / Additional Information:
N/A
Observações / Observations:
1. A validade deste Certificado de Conformidade está atrelada à realização das avaliações de manutenção e tratamento
de possíveis não conformidades de acordo com as orientações da UL do Brasil Certificações previstas no RAC
específico. Para verificação da condição atualizada de regularidade deste Certificado de Conformidade deve ser
consultado o banco de dados de produtos e serviços certificados do Inmetro.
The validity of this Certificate of Conformity is linked to the performance of maintenance assessments and treatment of possible non-
conformities in accordance with the guidelines of UL do Brasil Certifications provided for in the specific Conformity Assessment
Regulation. To check the updated condition of regularity of this Certificate of Conformity, the Inmetro database of certified products
and services must be consulted.
2. Este certificado aplica-se aos equipamentos (produtos) idênticos ao protótipo avaliado e certificado, manufaturados
na(s) unidade(s) fabril(is) mencionada (s) acima.
This certificate applies to the products that are identical to the prototype investigated, certified and manufactured at the production
site mentioned in this certificate.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 13 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
3. Qualquer alteração no produto, incluindo a marcação, invalidará o presente certificado, salvo se o solicitante informar
por escrito à UL do Brasil Certificações sobre esta modificação, a qual procederá à avaliação e decidirá quanto à
continuidade da validade do certificado.
Any non-authorized changes performed in the product, including marking, will invalidate this certificate. UL do Brasil Certificações
must be notified about any desired change. This notification will be analyzed by UL do Brasil Certificações that will decide about
certificate force.
4. Esta autorização está vinculada a um contrato e para o escopo acima citado.
This license is related to a commercial proposal and to the scope above cited.
Histórico de Revisões / Revisions History:
Revisão / Data / Descrição da Revisão /
Review Date Revision Description
Modelo P181G, P181G.....atualização
- Adicionado padrão IEC 62368-1.
- Revisar o nome do modelo de “P181G...” para “P181G.....”
- Adicione uma placa-mãe alternativa (chamada Mainboard B; a original
chamada Mainboard A), a Mainboard B é idêntica à Mainboard A,
exceto pelo circuito secundário ligeiramente diferente.
- Adicione uma fábrica de "Wistron InfoComm (Vietnam) Co Ltd".
Model P181G, P181G.....update
- Added standard of IEC 62368-1.
- Revise the model name from “P181G...” to“P181G.....”
- Add one alternative mainboard (called Mainboard B; the original called
Mainboard A), the Mainboard B is identical to Mainboard A except for
secondary circuit different slightly.
-Add a factory of "Wistron InfoComm (Vietnam) Co Ltd".
Modelo P182G, P182G.....atualização
- Adicionado padrão IEC 62368-1.
- Altere o nome do modelo de “P182G…” para “P182G.....”.
- Adicione uma placa-mãe alternativa (chamada MB B, a original é MB
A).
- Adicione uma fábrica de "Wistron InfoComm (Vietnam) Co Ltd".
01 de fevereiro de 2024 / Model P182G, P182G.....update
05
February 01, 2024 - Added standard of IEC 62368-1.
- Change model name from “P182G…” to “P182G.....”.
- Add one alternate mainboard (called MB B, original is MB A).
-Add a factory of "Wistron InfoComm (Vietnam) Co Ltd".
Modelo P127F, P127F.....atualização
- Adicionado padrão IEC 62368-1.
- Alterar a forma do nome do modelo “P127F...” para “P127F.....”.
- Adicione placas principais alternativas (chame G, H, I, J).
- Atualizar informações do componente (apoio para as mãos, tampa da
dobradiça, ventilador DC).
Model P127F, P127F.....update
- Added standard of IEC 62368-1.
- Revise model name form “P127F...” to “P127F.....”.
- Add alternative main boards (call G, H, I, J).
- Update component (Palmrest, Hinge Cap, DC fan) information.
Modelo P169G, P169G.....atualização
- Altere o nome do modelo de “P169G…” para “P169G.....”.
- Adicionada nova classificação de sistema apenas para MBC e MBD
usados.
- Adicionadas novas fontes de adaptador AC/DC.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 14 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
- Adicionadas duas placas-mãe (Call MBC e MBD).
- Atualizar informações do adaptador AC/DC e do termistor PTC -
Limitação de corrente.
- Adicionada fonte de material alternativa para LCB Bezel, PALMREST e
Base.
- Atualizado o número de certificação CB e o número do relatório de
teste para baterias dos tipos JTG7N e R73TC do SIMPLO.
Model P169G, P169G.....update
- Change model name from “P169G…” to “P169G.....”.
- Added new system rating for MBC and MBD used only.
- Added new AC/DC adapter sources.
- Added two mainboards (Call MBC and MBD).
- Update AC/DC Adapter and PTC Thermistor- Current Limiting information.
- Added alternative material source for LCB Bezel, PALMREST and Base.
- Updated the CB certification number and test report number for battery
pack types JTG7N and R73TC of SIMPLO.
Modelo P170G, P170G.....atualização
- Altere o nome do modelo de “P170G…” para “P170G.....”.
- Adicionada nova classificação de sistema apenas para MBC e MBD
usados.
- Adicionadas novas fontes de adaptador AC/DC.
- Adicionadas duas placas-mãe (Call MBC e MBD).
- Atualize o adaptador AC/DC e o termistor PTC - Limitação de corrente
Informação.
- Adicionada fonte de material alternativa para LCB Bezel, PALMREST
Tampa e base da dobradiça.
- Atualizado o número de certificação CB e o número do relatório de
teste
para baterias dos tipos JTG7N e R73TC da SIMPLO.
Model P170G, P170G.....update
- Change model name from “P170G…” to “P170G.....”.
- Added new system rating for MBC and MBD used only.
- Added new AC/DC adapter sources.
- Added two mainboards (Call MBC and MBD).
- Update AC/DC Adapter and PTC Thermistor- Current Limiting
information.
- Added alternative material source for LCB Bezel, PALMREST
Hinge Cap and Base.
- Updated the CB certification number and test report number
for battery pack types JTG7N and R73TC of SIMPLO.
29 de Dezembro de 2023 / Cancelamento de modelos P63G, P65G, P76G, P73G, P28S, P72G, P27S,
04
December 29, 2023 P79G, P50F, P88G, P160G / Models cancellations
For model P133G,P133G...; P134G,P134G... ; P136G,P136G... ; P110F,P110F...:
28 de Setembro de 2023 /
03 - Adicionadas fontes alternativas de adaptador AC/DC e bateria RTC.
September 28, 2023
- Added alternative sources of AC/DC adapter and RTC battery.
22 de agosto de 2023 / Cancelamento de modelos P98G, P98G...; P131G, P131G...
02
August 22, 2023 Models cancellations P98G, P98G...; P131G, P131G...
Modelo P181G, P181G... e P182G, P182G... atualizado
Adicione uma fonte alternativa de adaptador de energia CA/CC (65 W).
Corrigir erro de digitação para a fonte alternativa de Fabricante/modelo do
painel LCD.
Model P181G, P181G... and P182G, P182G... update
- Add one alternative source of AC/DC power adapter (65W).
28 de julho de 2023 /
01 - Correct typing error for the alternative source of LCD Bezel manufacturer/model.
July 28, 2023
Modelo P127F, P127F…atualizado
Adicionar fontes alternativas de adaptador AC/DC
Adicione mainboard F(P127F001)
Model P127F, P127F… update
- Add alternative sources of AC/DC Adapter.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 15 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
- Add mainboard F(P127F001)
07 de julho de 2023 /
00 Emissão Inicial com recertificação do certificado ULBR 20.1091 / Initial issue
July 07, 2023
A última revisão substitui e cancela as anteriores /
The last review replaces and cancels the previous ones
Anexo I / Attachment I:
Appendix A Modelo/Model: P63G, P63G…
(The dots '.' in model name can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z, '-' or blank, for marketing purpose.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS:
19.5 Vdc, 2.31A, 3.34 A or 4.62 A; Class III; IP20; I/P: 20 Vdc, 2.25 A; Class III; IP20; I/P: 3.34A or 4.62A, 19.5Vdc, Class III
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade
/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC Adapter Chicony Power HA65NS5-00, I/P: 1.7A, 100-240V, 50 IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by
Technology Co., Ltd. HA45NM14Z 60Hz, Cl. I, am1, Nemko,
(DELL) HA65NM13Z O/P: 3.34A, 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1 UL
(The Z in model name can
be 0 to 9, for marketing
purpose.)
Lite-On Technology LA65NS2-.. I/P: 1.6A, 100-240V, 50- IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by
Corporation (DELL) (The dots “.” In model 60Hz, Cl. I am1, Nemko,
name can be any O/P: 3.34A, 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1 UL
alphanumeric character or
blank, for marketing use
only)
Delta Electronics DA65NM111-00, I/P: 1.6A, 1.3A, 100-240V, IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by UL,
Inc (DELL) DA45NM14ZZ=0-9 for 50-60Hz am1, UL
marking purpose and no O/P: 2.31A, 3.34A, 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1
(Z=0-9 for marking purpose EN 60950-
and no impact safety 1:2006+A11+A1+A12+
related critical components A2,
and construction)
Acbel Polytech Inc. AA65NM121, I/P: 1.7A, 100-240V, 50- IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by N, N,
(DELL) AA45NM150 60Hz, Cl. I with Class II am1, UL Nemko,
construction throughout UL 60950-1 UL
O/P: 3.34A, 19.5Vdc
Lite-On Technology LA65NM13Z, I/P: 1.7A, 100-240V, 50- IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by
Corporation (DELL) LA45NM14Z 60Hz, Cl. I O/P: 2.31A, am1, Nemko,
(The “Z” in model name 3.34A, 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1 UL
can be 0 to 9, for
marketing purpose only.)
Lite-On Technology LA65NS2-.. I/P: 1.6A, 100-240Vac, 50- IEC 60950-1 CB by N, N,
Corporation (DELL) (The dots "." in model name 60Hz, (ed.2); am1; am2, UL
can be any alphanumeric Cl. I O/P: 3.34A, EN 60950-1:
character including blank or 19.5Vdc (altitude: 5000m) 2006+A11+A1+
"-", for marketing use only.) A12+A2,
UL 60950-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 16 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Delta Electronics DA90PM111 I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V, 50- IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by UL,
Inc (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I am1, UL
O/P: 4.62A, 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1
Acbel Polytech Inc. AA90PM111 I/P: 1.5A or 1.6A, 100-240V, IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by TUV,
(DELL) 50-60Hz, Cl. I am1, UL
O/P: 4.62A, 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1
Lite-On Technology LA90PM111 I/P: 1.5A or 2.5A, 100-240V, IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by
Corporation (DELL) 50-60Hz, Cl. I am1, Nemko,
O/P: 4.62A, 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1 UL
Lite-On Technology LA90PM13Z I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by
Corporation (The “Z” in model name Cl. I am1, Nemko,
can be 0 to 9, for O/P: 4.62A, 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1 UL
marketing purpose only.)
Shenzhen Huntkey HK45NM14Z I/P: 1.3A, 100-240Vac, 50- IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by N, UL
Electric Co., Ltd. (The “Z” meaning various 60Hz, Cl. I am1;am2,
(DELL) number which maybe 0-9, O/P: 2.31A, 19.5Vdc EN 60950-
for market only.) (altitude: 5000m) 1:2006+A11+A1+A12+
A2,
UL 60950-1
LCD Cover Mitsubishi TMB1615+ V-0, min. 1.0mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
Engineering-plastics + - Suffix optional,
Corp. exceptions: The following
cannot be used as optional
suffixes: "T" for grade 2030,
"A" for 1501, 1502, 1511,
1521 & 2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-(v)(u),
"S1" for F20-54.
Sabic Japan L L C C7230P (X) V-0, min. 1.2mm, 85°C UL 94 UL
(X) - All colors except
natural.
Sabic Japan L L C BM5225X V-0, min. 1.2mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Bayer FR3021 + (z) V-0, min. 1.5mm, 85°C UL 94 UL
Materialscience Ag (z) - Material designation
and color code may be
followed by up to three
letters and/or three
numbers (does not include
grades which are
separately recognized with
above material
designation and suffix)
+ - Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
LCD Bezel Mitsubishi MB1700+ V-0, min. 0.75mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
Engineering-plastics + - Suffix optional,
Corp. exceptions: The following
cannot be used as optional
suffixes: "T" for grade 2030,
"A" for 1501, 1502, 1511,
1521 & 2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-(v)(u),
"S1" for F20-54.
Sabic Japan L L C / CM6140(X) V-0, min. 0.8mm, 85°C UL 94 UL
Sabic Innovative (X) - All colors except
Plastics B V natural.
Upper Case / Mitsubishi TMB1615+ V-0, min. 1.0mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
Palm-rest / L Engineering-plastics + - Suffix optional,
Case / Base Corp. exceptions: The following
Case / Bottom cannot be used as optional
Door suffixes: "T" for grade 2030,
14” LCD Panel "A" for 1501, 1502, 1511,
1521 & 2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 17 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
NXG5501, & CGF-(v)(u),
"S1" for F20-54.
Sabic Japan L L C C7230P (X) V-0, min. 1.2mm, 85°C UL 94 UL
(X) - All colors except
natural.
SAMSUNG LTx14srz 14.0”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1: CB by TUV
ELECTRONICS CO., (x may be from A to Z, backlight 2005+A1, SUD, UL
LTD. denoting for final application UL 60950-1
type. s may be from 0 to 1,
denots for panel size. r may
be from A to Z, denoting for
the pixel number of TFT
LCD product. z denotes for
minor difference of interface
method, revision number or
customer spec with/without
hyphen and may comprise
of 0 to 9 or A to Z or blank
and it can be made up by a
maximum length of four
alphanumeric characters)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 14.0”, Glass type, LED -- Test within
backlight equipment
Li-ion Battery LG CHEM, LTD M5Y1K 14.8Vdc, 40Wh EN 60950-1: 2006+ TUV/RH,
Pack (trade mark: DELL) A11+A1+A12, CB by UL
IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); (DK-41451-
am1, UL), UL
UL 60950-1
Simplo Technology M5Y1K 14.8Vdc or 14.88Vdc or EN 60950-1: 2006+ TUV/RH,
Co., Ltd. (trade P63NY 15Vdc, 40 Wh A11+A1+A12, IEC CB by UL
mark: DELL) 60950-1 (ed.2); am1, (DK-41394-
UL 60950-1 UL), UL
SAMSUNG SDI M5Y1K 14.8Vdc, 40Wh EN 60950-1: 2006+ TUV/RH,
Co.,LTD. (trade mark: A11+A1+A12, IEC CB by DEKRA
DELL) 60950-1 (NL-32924), UL
(ed2);am1;am2,
UL 60950-1
Sanyo Energy M5Y1K 14.8Vdc, 40Wh EN 60950-1: 2006+ TUV/RH,
(Taiwan) Co., Ltd. A11+A1+ A12+A2; CB by UL
(trade mark: DELL) IEC 62133 (ed.2); (DK-41306-
UL 60950-1 UL),
UL
SAMSUNG SDI 1KFH3 11.1Vdc, 66Wh EN 60950-1: 2006+ TUV/RH,
Co., LTD. (trade A11+A1+A12+A2; CB by
mark: DELL) IEC 60950-1 DEKRA (NL-
(ed2);am1;am2; 35383),
UL 60950-1 UL
SAMSUNG SDI VVKCY 11.1Vdc, 66Wh EN 60950-1: 2006+ TUV/RH,
Co., LTD. (trade A11+A1+A12+A2; CB by
mark: DELL) IEC 60950-1 DEKRA (NL-
(ed2);am1;am2; 35485),
UL 60950-1 UL
Sanyo Energy 1KFH3, VVKCY 11.1Vdc, 66Wh EN 60950-1: 2006+ TUV Bauart,
(Taiwan) Co., Ltd. A11+A1+A12+A2, CB by UL
(trade mark: DELL) IEC 62133(ed.2), (DK-44402-
UL 60950-1 UL),
UL
CPU DC Fan Asia Vital BAZA0707R5H(V) 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 4.32 CFM EN 60950-1:2006+ TUV, UL
Components Co Ltd (where (V) may be XXXX, min. A11+A1+A12+A2
where X may be A UL 507
through Z, 0 through 9 or
"-".)
Delta Electronics NS85A00(Y11) 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 4.33 CFM EN 60950-1:2006+ TUV, UL
Inc. (the number after Y min. A11+A1+A12+A2
represents digit, each digit UL 507
may be A through Z, 0
through 9, "-" or blank.)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 18 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
NS85A00-14K17XXXXX 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.85CFM EN 60950-1: 2006+ TUV/RH, UL
(X stands for A-Z, 0-9, - or (sys.) A11+A1+A12+A2,
blank) UL 507
Sunon EF50060S1-C38Z, 5Vdc, 0.4A max., EN 60950-1: 2006+ TUV/RH, UL
EF50060S1-C37Z min. 0.8CFM (sys.) A11+A1+A12,
(Z stands for 30 characters. UL 507
Each character stands for
one of the following signs:
0-9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, - or blank)
Forcecon Tech Co DF(B)541105(D)C0T 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 5.2 CFM EN 60950-1:2006+ TUV, UL
Ltd (where (B) may be B, C or min. A11+A1+A12+A2
S, (D) may be F or V) UL 507
DFX1541105X2C0T (X1 5Vdc, 0.5A max., EN 60950-1:2006+ TUV/RH, UL
stands for min. 1.4CFM (sys.) A11+A1+A12,
B, C or S) (X2 stands for F UL 507
or V)
Or equivalent Or equivalent 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. EN 60950 1:2006+ Verified by
4.32 CFM A11+A1+A12 Nemko or
0.8CFM UL 507 other cert.
Body, UL
RTC battery Jhih Hong CR2032 3Vdc, min. Abnormal UL 1642 UL
Technology Co Ltd charging current 10mA. (MH45591)
Protected by one diode and
one 1kΩ resistor
Double best CR2032 3Vdc, min. Abnormal UL 1642 UL
charging current 10mA. (MH46388)
Protected by one diode and
one 1kΩ resistor
Vic-Dawn CR2032 3Vdc, no min. Abnormal UL 1642 UL
charging current. Protected (MH20550)
by one diode and one 1kΩ
resistor
Panasonic CR2032 3Vdc, min. Abnormal UL 1642 UL
Corporation, charging current 10mA. (MH12210)
Panasonic Protected by one diode and
Corporation of North one 1kΩ resistor.
America
Hitachi Maxell Ltd. CR2032 3Vdc, min. Abnormal UL 1642 UL
charging current 5mA or (MH47406)
10mA. Protected by one
diode and one 1kΩ resistor
Mitsubishi Electric CR2032 3Vdc, min. Abnormal UL 1642 UL
Corp. charging current 5mA or (MH15370)
10mA. Protected by one
diode and one 1kΩ resistor
Mitsubishi Electric CR2032 3Vdc, min. Abnormal UL 1642 UL
Home Appliance Co charging current 5mA or (MH21249)
Ltd. 10mA. Protected by one
diode and one 1kΩ resistor
FDK Corp CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
charging
current 10mA
Varta Microbattery CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
Gmbh charging
current 10mA
TOSHIBA HOME CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
APPLIANCES charging
CORP current 10mA
EVE ENERGY CO CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
LTD charging
current 10mA
GUANGDONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
TIANQIU charging (MH48705)
ELECTRONICS current 10mA
TECHNOLOGY CO
LTD
Alt. Li-ion LG CHEM, LTD. K185W 14.8Vdc, 47Wh IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by
battery pack (DELL) am1,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 19 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
UL 60950-1, UL 2054 UL/Demko,
UL
SANYO ENERGY K185W 14.8Vdc, 47Wh EN 60950-1: 2006+ TUV/RH, CB
(TAIWAN) CO LTD A11+A1+A12+A2, by
(DELL) IEC 62133 (ed.2), UL/Demko,
UL 60950-1, UL
UL 2054
SIMPLO K185W 14.8Vdc or 15Vdc, 47Wh IEC 60950-1 (ed.2); CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO am1, UL/Demko,
LTD (DELL) UL 60950-1, UL
UL 2054
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C min. UL 796 UL
HDD (optional) Seagate Technology ST9 or 2.5 Series or ST 1.5A max., 5Vdc IEC 60950-1 (2ed.) CB by UL,
Inc. with additional suffixes UL 60950-1 UL
Toshiba HDD1Fxxx 5Vdc or 3.3Vdc, 0.5A max. TUV RH, UL
or equivalent or equivalent 5Vdc max., 1.5A max. or Verified by
5Vdc or 3.3Vdc, 0.5A max. Nemko or
other
certificate
body, UL
Alt. HDD Interchangeable Interchangeable 1.5A max., 5Vdc IEC/EN 60950-1 Verified by
(optional) (ed.2) Nemko or
UL 60950-1 other cert.
Body, UL
Speaker set Interchangeable Interchangeable 9.2Ω max., 2.5W max. for -- Test within
(one provided) each channel equipment
Cord set Interchangeable Interchangeable ----- NBR 14136, NBR NM INMETRO
60884-1
Enclosure BAYER FR3021 + (z) V-0, min. 1.2mm thick UL 94 UL
(for all parts) MATERIALSCI
ENCE AG
BAYER FR3002 + (z) V-0, min. 1.0 mm thick UL 94 UL
MATERIALSCI
ENCE AG
SABIC CM6140(X) V-0, min. 0.8mm thick UL 94 UL
INNOVATIVE (X)-All colors except NC
PLASTICS B V
BAYER FR3020 + (z) V-0 min. 0.75mm thick UL 94 UL
MATERIALSCI
ENCE AG
SAMSUNG SDI CO NH-1150(+) V-0, min. 1.2mm thick UL 94 UL
LTD (+) - May be replaced by
one, two, or three
numbers and/or letter(s)
SAMSUNG SDI CO NH-1021(+) V-0, min. 1.0mm thick UL 94 UL
LTD (+) - May be replaced by
one, two, or three
numbers and/or letter(s)
SSD (optional) INTEL CORP SSDMA*, SSDMC*, 3.3Vdc; 5Vdc; and/ IEC 60950-1(ed.2) CB by UL,
SSDPE*, SSDPED*, or 12 Vdc (For reference ;am1, UL
SSDSA1*, SDSA2*, Only) UL 60950-1
SSDSC1*, SSDSC2*,
SSDSCI*, SSDSCJ*,
SSDSCK*, SSDSCMMW*
where * can be optional
letters or numbers used to
identify features such as
memory type, size
(thickness, width) and
identify details not critical to
the compliance of the drive.
or equivalent or equivalent 3.3Vdc; 5Vdc; and/ or 12 IEC 60950-1, Verified by
Vdc EN 60950-1, Nemko or
UL 60950-1 other
certificate
body, UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 20 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
ODD (optional) Philips & Lite-On DU-xx5SHxxxxx, DU- Generic, 5Vdc, 2.8A max.; IEC 60950-1: 2005 CB by
Digital Solutions xx5Lxxxxxx V-1 min. for bezel; Laser +A1, TUV/Rh,
Corporation (x is any alphanumeric Class I product IEC 60825-1, UL
character or blank) UL 60950-1
Alt. ODD Hitachi-LG Data GU9**, DU9**, GUB**, Generic, 5Vdc, 1.8A max.; IEC 60950-1: 2005 CB by
(optional) Storage, Inc. DUB** (Where first symbol V-1 min. for bezel; Laser +A1, Intertek
"**" can be any number Class I Product IEC 60825-1, Semko AB,
from 0-9 and the second UL 60950-1 UL
symbol "*" can be any
alphanumeric character,
denoting non safety related
differences)
or equivalent or equivalent Generic, 5Vdc, 2.8A max. IEC 60950-1: 2005 Verified by
Laser +A1, Nemko or
Class I product IEC 60825-1, other
UL 60950-1 certificate
body, UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 21 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix J (Modelo/Model: P117G, P117G…)
(The dots '.' in model name can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z, '-' or blank, for marketing purpose.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 20Vdc, 2.25A; Class Ⅲ; IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2015, CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010
+A1:2015, IEC 61000-3-2: 2014, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2010, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5:
2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade
/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA45NM18Z I/P: 1.3A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Technology Co., (The Z in model name 60Hz; A1+A2, Nemko
Ltd. / DELL can be 0 to 9, for DC-output: 2.25A 20Vdc or EN 60950-1: 2006+A11 (NO98541/A
marketing purpose.) 3A 15Vdc or 3A 9Vdc or 3A +A1+A12+A2, 1/M2), UL
5Vdc (altitude: 5000m) UL 60950-1
Delta Electronics, DA45NM180 Input: 100-240V~,1.3A, 50- IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
Inc. / DELL 60Hz; A1+A2, (Demko)(DK-
DC Output: 20V/15V/9V/5V, EN 60950-1: 65006-A2-
2.25/3/3/3A (altitude: 5000m) 2006+A11+A1+A12+A2, UL), UL
UL 60950-1
Astec International ATA45NM180 I/P:100-240Vac 1.3A 50- IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Ltd. / DELL 60Hz Cl. I., A1+A2, Nemko
Output: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, EN 60950-1: 2006+A11 (NO99813),
3A/3A/3A/2.25A 45W +A1+A12+A2, UL
(altitude: 5000m) UL 60950-1
Metal enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable Aluminum, min. 0.7mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
(except for LCD thickness equipment
front bezel and
Around
keyboard)
Plastic Shenzhen Teesun FR60Y V-0 min., 0.25 mm thickness UL 94 UL
Enclosure (LCD Technology Co., min.
front bezel) Ltd.
(optional)
Plastic Catcher Technology PCCGCFV0-1, V-0 min., 0.7 mm thickness UL 94 UL
Enclosure Co., Ltd. PCCGCFV0 min.
(around Catcher Technology PCWGFV0 V-0 min., 0.8 mm thickness UL 94 UL
keyboard) Co., Ltd. min.
Sabic Japan L L C DF00A8P, EXTC8140, V-0 min., 0.8 mm thickness UL 94 UL
D551 min.
Lanxess AG 410fr-C221(2)- V-0 min., 0.7 mm thickness UL 94 UL
FG200(2)/51%+ min.
Complam Material D2 CGC010816FR V-0 min., 0.8 mm thickness UL 94 UL
Co., Ltd. min.
Complam Material D2 C-COVER V-0 min., 0.8 mm thickness UL 94 UL
Co., Ltd. WGFPC0810 min.
Mesh (Attached Chengdu KLX FRPC-1860, KLX VTM-0 min., 0.125 mm UL 94 UL
on bottom Kanglongxin FRPC-1860B, thickness min.
openings) Plastics Co., Ltd. KLX FRPC-1860-83, KLX
FRPC-1860-83B,
KLX FRPC-1860-1, KLX
FRPC-1860-NTC,
KLX FRPC-1860B-NTC,
KLX FRPC-1860B-3,
KLX FRPC-1870B-K, KLX
FRPC-1860B-HY,
KLX FRPC-1860-HY, KLX
FRPC-1860B-K,
KLX FRPC-1860-K, KLX
FRPC-1860W
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 22 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Chengdu H KLX FRPC-1860, H KLX VTM-0 min., 0.05 mm UL 94 UL
Kanglongxin FRPC-1860B, thickness min.
Plastics Co., Ltd. H KLX FRPC-1860-83, H
KLX FRPC-1860-83B,
H KLX FRPC-1860-1, H
KLX FRPC-1860B-1,
H KLX FEPC-1860-NTC,
H KLX FRPC-1860B-NTC,
H KLX FRPC-1860B-3, H
KLX FRPC-1860-3,
H KLX FRPC-1870B-K,
H KLX FRPC-1860B-HY,
H KLX FRPC-1860-HY, H
KLX FRPC-1860B-K,
H KLX FRPC-1860-K, H
KLX FRPC-1860W
LCD panel Sharp Corporation LQ134R1JX42 13.4“TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
0.34 mm thick (with LED equipment
back-light module)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 13.4“TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
0.34 mm thick (with LED equipment
back-light module)
DC Fan (two Delta Electronics, ND55C43XXXXXXXXXXX, Each rated: 5 Vdc, 0.5 A, 0.3 IEC 60950-1:2005 TUV, UL
provide) Inc. ND55C44XXXXXXXXXXX CFM min. +A1+A2,
(X stands for A-Z, 0-9, "-" EN 60950-1:2006+A11
or blank for marketing +A1+A12+A2,
purpose only) UL 507
Sunonwealth EG50040S1-CI3Z, Each rated: 5 Vdc, 0.27 A, EN 60950-1:2006 TUV, UL
Electric Machine EG50040S1-CI4Z 0.3 CFM min. +A11+A1+A12+A2,
Industry Co., Ltd (Z stands for 30 EN 62368-1:2014,
characters. Each character UL 507
stands for one of the
following signs: 0-9, A-Z,
"(", ")", ".", "/", "-" or blank
for marketing purposeonly)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, IEC 60950-1:2005 Verify by
min.0.3CFM +A1+A2, Nemko or
EN 60950- other cert.
1:2006+A11+A1+A12+ body, UL
A2,
EN 62368-1,
UL 507
Li-ion battery Simplo Technology 722KK 7.6 Vdc, 52 Wh or 6500 mAh IEC 60950-1 (ed2); am CB by
pack (Optional) Co., Ltd. / DELL 1; am2, UL/Demko,
IEC 62133 (ed.2), UL
UL 60950-1; 2nd,
UL 2054
LG Chem, Ltd. / 722KK 7.6 Vdc, 52 Wh IEC 60950-1 (ed2); am CB by
DELL 1;am2, UL/Demko,
IEC 62133 (ed.2), UL
UL 60950-1; 2nd,
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD 722KK 7.6 V, 6500 mAh, 52 Wh IEC 60950-1 (ed2); am CB by TUV,
Lithium Battery 1; am2, UL
Company Limited IEC 62133 (ed.2),
UL 60950-1; 2nd,
UL 2054
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C min. UL 796 UL
Speakers (Two Interchangeable Interchangeable 4.0 Ω min., max. 3.0W IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
provided) equip.
(Optional)
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 23 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix K (Modelo/Model: P138G, P138G…)
(The dots ‘.’ can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z or blank for marketing purposes only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3A or 3.25A or 4.5A or 3A/3.25A/4.5A, 20Vdc; Class Ⅲ, IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2012, CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010
+A1:2015, IEC 61000-3-2: 2018, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2006+A1:2007+A2:2010, IEC 61000-
4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of
INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
/Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
External Lite-On LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV (JPTUV-
power Technology 1.7A; Class I O/P: 5Vdc, 3A \ EN 62368-1:2014+ 113717), UL
adapter Corporation / DELL 9Vdc, 3A \ 15Vdc, 3A \ A11:2017
20Vdc, 3A; UL 62368-1
Max. Power 60W.
Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV (JPTUV-
Technology Co., 1.7A; Class I O/P: DC 5.0V; EN 62368-1:2014+ 113913), UL CB by
Ltd. / DELL 3.0A; 15.0W, 9.0V; 3.0A; A11:2017 TUV (JPTUV-
27.0W, UL 62368-1, 113912), UL
DC 15.0V; 3.0A; 45.0W, IEC 60950-1:2005+
20.0V; 3.0A; 60.0W A1+A2
Delta Electronics DA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV (JPTUV-
Inc / DELL 60Hz, Cl. I O/P: DC EN 62368-1:2014+ 113741), UL
5.0V/3.0A/15.0W or DC A11:2017
9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or DC UL 62368-1
15.0V/3.0A/45.0W or DC
20.0V/3.0A/60.0W
Alt. External Chicony Power HA65NM19Z (The Z in I/P: 1.7A, 100-240V~, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005/ CB by Nemko
power Technology Co., model name can be 0 60Hz, Cl. I DC-output: 3A AMD1/AMD2 (NO103538), UL
adapter Ltd. / DELL to 9, for marketing 5Vdc or 3A 9Vdc or 3A UL 60950-1
purpose) 15Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc.
Chicony Power HA65NM190 I/P: 1.7A, 100-240V~, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV(JPTUV-
Technology Co., 60Hz, Cl. I EN 62368-1:2014+ 103370), UL
Ltd. / DELL DC-output: 3A 5Vdc or 3A A11:2017
9Vdc or 3A 15Vdc or 3.25A UL 62368-1
20Vdc.
Chicony Power HA65NM17Z (The Z in I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by Nemko
Technology Co., model name can be 0 1.7A am1; am2, (NO93853), CB by
Ltd. to 9, for marketing DC-output: 3A 5V or 3A 9V IEC 62368-1:2014 TUV (JPTUV-
purpose.) or 3A 15V or 3.25A 20V EN 62368-1:2014 103926), TUV, UL
+A11:2017,
UL 60950-1
Delta Electronics DA65NM170 I/P: 1.7A, AC 100-240V, 50- IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by UL(DK-
Inc 60Hz, Cl. I O/P: am1; am2, 57259-UL), TUV, UL
20V/15V/9V/5Vdc, IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV (JPTUV-
3.25/3/3/3A EN 62368-1:2014+ 107794), TUV, UL
A11:2017,
UL 60950-1
Delta Electronics DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV,
Inc / DELL 60Hz; Class II O/P: +A1+A2 (JPTUV-090615),
20Vdc/3.25A or 15Vdc/3A or IEC 62368-1:2014 UL CB by
9Vdc/3A or 5Vdc/3A EN 62368-1:2014+ TUV(JPTUV-
A11:2017 105170), UL
UL 62368-1
Lite-On LA65NM170 I/P: 1.7A, AC 100-240V, 50- IEC 60950-1(ed.2) CB by Nemko
Technology 60Hz, Cl. I DC-output: 3.25A ;am1; am2, (NO93632,
Corporation 20Vdc or 3A 15Vdc or 3A IEC 62368-1:2014 NO109814), TUV,
9Vdc or 3A 5Vdc EN 62368-1:2014+ UL
A11:2017,
UL 60950-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 24 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Alt. External Lite-On LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005/ CB by
power Technology 60Hz O/P: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, AMD1/AMD2 UL(Demko)(DK-
adapter Corporation / DELL 3A/3A/3A/3.25A IEC 62368-1:2014 76559-A1-UL), UL
EN 62368-1:2014+ CB by
A11:2017 UL(Demko)(DK-
UL 62368-1 76758-M1-UL), UL
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. / 60Hz O/P: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, EN 62368-1:2014+ (NO114658), UL
DELL 3A/3A/3A/3.25A A11:2017
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics DA90PM17Z (Z=0-9, I/P: 100-240V~, 1.5A, 50- IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by UL(Demko)
Inc / DELL A-Z, or blank) 60Hz O/P: 20V/15V/9V/5Vdc, am1; am2, (DK-57143-A1-UL),
4.5/3/3/3 A IEC 62368-1:2014 UL CB by
EN 62368-1:2014+ TUV(JPTUV-
A11:2017 106273), UL
UL 62368-1
Lite-On LA90PM170 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV(JPTUV-
Technology 1.5A; Cl. II O/P: DC 5V; 3A or A1+A2 075882), UL CB by
Corporation / DELL 9V; 3A or 15V; 3A or 20V; IEC 62368-1:2014 TUV(JPTUV-
4.5A EN 62368-1:2014+ 103928), UL
A11:2017
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA90PM210, I/P: : AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by Nemko, TUV
Technology HA90PM211 1.5A; Class I UL62368-1 or UL
Co.,Ltd.(DELL) O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A, 15.0W;
DC 9.0V, 3.0A, 27.0W; DC
15.0V, 3.0A, 45.0W; DC
20.0V, 4.5A, 90.0W
Chicony Power HA60NM210 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL(Demko)
Technology 60Hz, Cl. II (DK-123336-UL)
Co.,Ltd.(DELL) O/P: 5.0V 3.0A/15.0W, 9.0V
3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V
3.0A/45.0W, 20.0V
3.0A/60.0W
Delta Electronics, DA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) 1.7A; Class II (JPTUV-128933)
O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or DC
9.0V, 3.0A or DC 15.0V, 3.0A
or DC 20.0V, 3.0A
Lite-On LA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Technology 1.7A; Class II (JPTUV-131377)
Corporation O/P: 5Vdc, 3A /15W; 9Vdc,
(DELL) 3A /27W; 15Vdc, 3A /45W;
20Vdc, 3A /60W
LCD panel Innolux Corp N133HSE-EXX; 13.3" TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1:2005/ CB by UL, UL
N133KSE-EXX; 0.34 mm thick (with LED AMD2:2013, UL
N133HCE-GXX; back-light module) 60950-1
N133HCE-EXX
(X=0-9, A-Z or Blank, X
for marketing purpose
only, and no impact
safety related
constructions and
critical components.)
HEFEI BOE **13****-*** (where "*" 13.3" TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by UL, UL
OPTOELECTR could be any letter of 0.34 mm thick (with LED am1,
ONIC "A" to "Z " or "0" to "9" back- light module) UL 60950-1
TECHNOLOG Y or blank, and no impact
CO LTD (BOE) any critical safety
components and
constructions.)
AU Optronics B133HAK, B133HAN, 13.3" TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1(ed.2) CB by TUV, UL
Corporation B133XTN 0.34 mm thick (with LED ;am1,
back-light module) UL 60950-1
Interchangeable Interchangeable 13.3" TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
0.34 mm thick (with LED
back-light module)
Enclosure Sabic Japan L L C DC0041PR (rc8) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 25 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
rc8 - Contains a
maximum of 30% PC
post- consumer recycle
material. NOTE -
Material designation
may be followed by a
color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Alt. Enclosure Sabic Japan L L C D551RC(rc1), V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
EXTC8389(rc1)
(rc1) - Grade with 30%
of post- consumer
recycle content by
weight. NOTE -
Material designation
may be followed by a
color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Sabic Japan L L C ER010460, DC0041PE V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Mitsubishi TMB1615+ V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 85°C UL 94 UL
Engineering- + - Suffix optional,
plastics Corp exceptions: The
following cannot be
used as optional
suffixes: "A" for 1501,
1502, 1511, 1521 &
2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-
(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54,
"R" for grade MB2211,
"V" for grades S-
3000+(f1), S-
3001+(f1), S-3003+(f1)
& S-2000+(f1), S-
2001+(f1), S-
2003+(f1).
Alt. Enclosure LG CHEM LTD/LG LUPOY GN- 5151RF V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
Chem (#)
(Guangzhou) (#) - May be followed
Engineering by optional suffix letter
Plastics Co Ltd/LG from A-Z incl., except
CHEM (TIANJIN) F, and except Grades
ENGINEERIN G HT700B, XR401B,
PLASTICS CO LI912A, AF302G,
LTD/LG CHEM AF303G, AF303S,
POLAND SP Z XR404T, XR407D,
OO/NINGBO LG XR407E, HF380X.
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO
LTD
Mitsubishi MB1700+ V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
Engineering- + - Suffix optional,
plastics Corp exceptions: The
following cannot be
used as optional
suffixes: "A" for 1501,
1502, 1511, 1521 &
2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-
(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 26 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
"R" for grade MB2211,
"V" for grades S-
3000+(f1), S-
3001+(f1), S-3003+(f1)
& S-2000+(f1), S-
2001+(f1), S-
2003+(f1).
LG CHEM LTD/ (LUPOY) GN- V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
LG CHEM 5001RFD
(TIANJIN)
ENGINEERIN G
PLASTICS CO
LTD/LG CHEM
POLAND SP Z
OO/NINGBO LG
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO
LTD
Alt. Enclosure LG CHEM LTD/LG (LUPOY) GN- V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
Chem 5101RF(#)
(Guangzhou) (#) - May be followed
Engineering by optional suffix letter
Plastics Co Ltd/LG from A-Z incl., except
CHEM (TIANJIN) F, and except Grades
ENGINEERIN G HT700B, XR401B,
PLASTICS CO LI912A, AF302G,
LTD/NINGBO LG AF303G, AF303S,
YONGXING XR404T, XR407D,
CHEMICAL CO XR407E, HF380X.
LTD
Sabic Japan L L C RCM6224(rc9) V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
rc9 - Contains a
maximum of 35% PC
post- consumer recycle
material. NOTE -
Material designation
may be followed by a
color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Covestro FR3025 R(y) + V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG (y) - Replaced by two
[PG Resins] digits 01 to 35
representing recycled
PC content
Sabic Japan L L C DF00A8P, EXTC8140, V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
D551
NOTE - Material
designation may be
followed by a color
nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Alt. Enclosure Sabic Japan L L C DC0041PR (rc8) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
rc8 - Contains a
maximum of 30% PC
post- consumer recycle
material. NOTE -
Material designation
may be followed by a
color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 27 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
numeric/alpha
combination.
Sabic Japan L L C ER010459, DC0041PD V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Sabic Innovative DC0041PQ V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
plastics US L L C
Daicel Polymer Ltd DE777 V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Mitsubishi TMB1615+ V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 85°C UL 94 UL
Engineering- + - Suffix optional,
plastics Corp exceptions: The
following cannot be
used as optional
suffixes: "A" for 1501,
1502, 1511, 1521 &
2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-
(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54,
"R" for grade MB2211,
"V" for grades S-
3000+(f1), S-
3001+(f1), S-3003+(f1)
& S-2000+(f1), S-
2001+(f1), S-
2003+(f1).
Alt. Enclosure LG CHEM LTD/LG LUPOY GN- V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60 C UL 94 UL
Chem 5151RF(#)
(Guangzhou) (#) - May be followed
Engineering by optional suffix letter
Plastics Co Ltd/LG from A-Z incl., except
CHEM (TIANJIN) F, and except Grades
ENGINEERIN G HT700B, XR401B,
PLASTICS CO LI912A, AF302G,
LTD/LG CHEM AF303G, AF303S,
POLAND SP Z XR404T, XR407D,
OO/NINGBO LG XR407E, HF380X.
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO
LTD
COVESTRO CF9920 R30 + (z) V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80 C UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLA ND (z) - Material
AG [PC RESINS] designation and color
code may be followed
by up to three letters
and/or three numbers
(does not include
grades which are
separately recognized
with above material
designation and suffix)
+ - Material
designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code
denoting color.
COVESTRO FR3021 + V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 85 C UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLA ND + - Material
AG [PC RESINS] designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code
denoting color.
COVESTRO FR3020 + V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80 C UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLA ND + - Material
AG [PC RESINS] designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code
denoting color.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 28 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Alt. Enclosure COVESTRO CF9920 R30 + (z), V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND CF9920 R30 + RE (z) -
AG [PC RESINS] Material designation
and color code may be
followed by up to three
letters and/or three
numbers (does not
include grades which
are recognized with
above material
designation and suffix)
+ - Material
designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code
denoting color.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
ER5254FW,
ER5254FW
Sabic Japan LLC DC0041(B5) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
(B5) –Represents color
code 7M1D145 NOTE
– Material designation
may be followed by a
color
Nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Speakers Interchangeable Interchangeable 4Ω, max. 2.0W IEC 60950-1 Test with equipment
Wireless Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3Vdc, PCB V-1 or better, IEC 60950-1 Test within
LAN/WAN 105℃ min. equipment
Module
(Optional)
Bluetooth Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3Vdc, PCB V-1 or better, IEC 60950-1 Test within
Module 105℃ min. equipment
(Optional)
SSD Seagate ST9 or 2.5 Series or 1.5A max., 5Vdc IEC 60950-1 (2005) CB by UL
(optional) Technology Inc. ST with additional Second Edition, (US/14823/UL), UL
suffixes UL 60950-1
HP HP SSD EX900 Plus 3.3Vdc (Supplied by terminal IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV(JPTUV-
M.2 2TB, HP SSD of motherboard of PC), Class UL 62368-1 119436), UL
EX900 Plus M.2 1TB, , III
HP SSD EX900 Plus
M.2 960GB, HP SSD
EX900 Plus M.2
512GB, , HP SSD
EX900 Plus M.2
500GB, HP SSD
EX900 Plus M.2
256GB,
Interchangeable Interchangeable 1.5A max., 5Vdc or 3.3Vdc IEC/EN 60950-1 Verified by Nemko,
(ed.2), UL, TUV
UL 60950-1
Only for MBA
DC Fan unit Asia Vital BAPB0705Z5HV 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 3.61CFM EN 62368-1, TUV SUD (B
(One Components Co., Z can be A, B, C, G, R, min. UL 507 025730 0894
provided) Ltd. S or T Rev.09), UL
V can be ABCD where
A, B, C, D may be A-Z,
0-9, “-” or blank
Delta Electronics ND75C63XXXXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 3.3CFM IEC/EN 62368-1, TUV (R 5414487),
Inc. XXX min. UL 507 UL
(X can be A-Z, 0- 9, -
or blank)
Forcecon Tech. DFS5K122141612 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 3.6CFM EN 62368-1, TUV (R 50372733),
Co., Ltd. min. UL 507 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 29 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Sunonwealth EG50040S1-CM3Z (Z 5Vdc, 0.39A max., 3.67CFM EN 62368-1, TUV (R 50275749),
Electric Machine stands for 30 min. UL 507 UL
Industry Co., Ltd. characters. Each
character stands for
one of the following
signs: 0-9, A-Z, (,), ., /,
- or blank.)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 3.3CFM IEC/EN 60950- Verified by Nemko,
min. 1(ed.2), UL, or TUV
UL 507
Battery pack Shenzhen BYD 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL(Demko),
(Li-ion) Lithium Battery IEC 60950- 1:2005+ CB by TUV, UL
Company Limited A1+A2,
(DELL) IEC 62133:2012,
UL 2054
Sunwoda 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1/am1 CB by TUV, CB by
Electronic Co., /am2, UL(Demko), UL
Ltd(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018
IEC 62133:2012,
UL 2054
LG CHEM, LTD / 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh IEC 60950-1/AMD1 CB by UL(Demko),
DELL /AMD2 UL
IEC 62368-1:2014
IEC 62133:2012,
UL 2054
SIMPLO 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh or 3500mAh IEC 60950-1/AMD1/ CB by UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOGY AMD2 UL
CO LTD / DELL IEC 62368-1:2014
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1/AMD1 CB by UL(Demko),
Lithium Battery /AMD2 CB by TUV, UL
Company Limited / IEC 62368-1:2018
DELL IEC 62133:2012,
UL 2054
Sunwoda 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950- CB by TUV CB by
Electronic Co., 1/am1/am2, UL(Demko), UL
Ltd(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018
IEC 62133:2012,
UL 2054
Alt. Battery Simplo Technology 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 63Wh or 3941mAh IEC 60950- 1/AMD1 CB by UL(Demko),
pack (Li-ion) Co., Ltd. (DELL) /AMD2 UL
IEC 62368-1:2014
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 2054
Only for MBB
RTC Battery JHIH HONG CR2032 3 Vdc, max.abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
(Lithium) TECHNOLOG Y charging current 10 mA
CO LTD
Interchangeable CR2032 3Vdc, max.abnormal UL 1642 UL UL
charging current 5 or 10mA.
Protected by one diode and
one 1k ohm resistor.
Li-ion battery LG ENERGY 293F1 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL
pack SOLUTION, LTD. +A1+A2,
IEC 62368-1:2018,
IEC 62133-2: 2017
Zhuhai CosMX 293F1 11.25Vdc, Rated: 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Battery Co. Ltd. A1+A2,
IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017
Zhuhai CosMX FK0VR 15.2Vdc, Rated:3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh
Battery Co., Ltd. +A1+A2,
IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017
SUNWODA 293F1 11.25Vdc,3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh, CB
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2, by
UL/Demko
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 30 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
IEC 62368-1:2018,
IEC 62133-2:2017
SUNWODA FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh, CB
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2, by
IEC 62368-1:2018, UL/Demko
IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO 293F1 11.25Vdc,3467mAh/41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOG Y A1+A2,
CO LTD IEC 62368-1:2014
,IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO M69D0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOG Y 3467mAh A1+A2,
CO LTD IEC 62368-1:2014
IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or 58Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOG Y A1+A2,
CO LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or 58Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOG Y A1+A2,
CO LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017
SHENZHEN BYD 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
BATTERY IEC 62368-1:2014,
COMPANY IEC 62133-2:2017
LIMITED
SHENZHEN BYD M69D0 11.25Vdc,3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
BATTERY IEC 62368-1:2014,
COMPANY IEC 62133-2:2017
LIMITED
SHENZHEN BYD FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950- CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM 1:2005+A1+A2, IEC CB by TUV/Rh
BATTERY 62368-1:2014, IEC
COMPANY 62133-2:2017
LIMITED
Alt. Li-ion SHENZHEN BYD 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
battery pack LITHIUM A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
BATTERY IEC 62368-1:2014,
COMPANY IEC 62133-2:2017
LIMITED
DC Fan unit Asia Vital BAPA0705R5HY027 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 2.9CFM EN 62368-1, TUV SUD (B025730
(One Components Co., min. UL 507 0894 Rev.09), UL
provided) Ltd.
Delta Electronics ND75C90XXXXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.5A max.3.0 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV (R 50414487),
Inc. XXX min. UL 507 UL
X stand for A-Z,0-9, -
or blank
Forcecon Tech. DFS5K12114464(Y) 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 3.15CFM EN 62368-1, TUV (R 50372733),
Co., Ltd. (Y) stand for 0-9, A-Z, min. UL 507 UL
“-”, or blank
Sunonwealth EG50040S1-CS3Z 5Vdc, 0.43A max., 3.2CFM EN 62368-1, TUV (R 50275749),
Electric Machine Z stand for 30 min. UL 507 UL
Industry Co., Ltd. characters. Each
character stands for
one of the following
signs: 0-9, A-Z, (, ), ., /,
-or blank
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max.,2.9 CFM IEC 60950-1(ed.2 Verified by Nemko,
min. UL 507 UL, or TUV
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 130°C UL 796 UL
Ranging STMicroelectronics VL53L1, VL53L3 Class III, Laser class I IEC 60825-1: 2014 CB by TUV/Rh (US-
Sensor product TUVR-10598)
module
(optional)
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 31 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix L (Modelo/Model: P139G, P139G…)
(The dots ‘.’ can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z or blank for marketing purposes only)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3A or 3.25A or 4.5A or 3A/3.25A/4.5A, 20Vdc; Class Ⅲ; IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010 +A1:2015, IEC 61000-
3-2: 2018, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2006+A1:2007+A2:2010, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-
4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no.
170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
External power Lite-On LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V;50-60Hz; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV
adapter Technology Class I EN 62368-1:2014+ (JPTUV-
Corporation / O/P: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, 3A \ 15Vdc, A11:2017 113717), UL
DELL 3A \ 20Vdc, 3A; Max. Power 60W. UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V;50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV
Technology 1.7A; Class I EN 62368-1:2014+ (JPTUV-
Co., Ltd. / DELL O/P: DC 5.0V; 3.0A; 15.0W, A11:2017 113913), UL
9.0V; 3.0A; 27.0W, DC 15.0V; UL 62368-1, CB by TUV
3.0A; 45.0W, 20.0V; 3.0A; IEC 60950- (JPTUV-
60.0W 1:2005+A1+A2 113912), UL
Delta Electronics DA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V,1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV
Inc / DELL 60Hz, Cl. I EN 62368-1:2014+ (JPTUV-
O/P: DC 5.0V/3.0A/15.0W or DC A11:2017 113741), UL
9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or DC UL 62368-1
15.0V/3.0A/45.0W or DC
20.0V/3.0A/60.0W
Alt. External Chicony Power HA65NM19Z I/P: 1.7A,100-240V~,50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by Nemko
power adapter Technology Co., (The Z in model name Cl. I AMD1; AMD2, (NO103538),
Ltd. can be 0 to 9, for DC-output: 3A 5Vdc or 3A 9Vdc EN 60950-1:2006+ UL
marketing purpose.) or 3A 15Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc. A11+A1+A12+A2,
UL 60950-1
Chicony Power HA65NM190 I/P: 1.7A, 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by
Technology Co., Cl. I EN 62368-1:2014+ TUV(JPTUV-
Ltd. / DELL DC-output: 3A 5Vdc or 3A 9Vdc A11:2017 103370), UL
or 3A 15Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc. UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA65NM17Z I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, 1.7A IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by Nemko
Technology Co., (The Z in model name DC-output: 3A 5V or 3A 9V or am1; am2, (NO93853),
Ltd. can be 0 to 9, for 3A 15V or 3.25A 20V IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV
marketing purpose.) UL 60950-1 (JPTUV-
EN 62368-1:2014+ 103926), TUV,
A11:2017, UL
Delta Electronics DA65NM170 I/P: 1.7A, AC 100-240V, 50- IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by UL(DK-
Inc 60Hz, Cl. I am1; am2, 57259-UL),
O/P:20V/15V/9V/5Vdc, IEC 62368-1:2014 TUV, UL
3.25/3/3/3A EN 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV
+A11:2017, (JPTUV-
UL 60950-1 107794), TUV,
UL
Delta Electronics DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V;1.7A; 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV,
Inc / DELL 60Hz; Class II A1+A2 (JPTUV-
O/P: 20Vdc/3.25A or 15Vdc/3A IEC 62368-1:2014 090615), UL
or 9Vdc/3A or 5Vdc/3A EN 62368-1:2014+ CB by
A11:2017 TUV(JPTUV-
UL 62368-1 105170), UL
Lite-On LA65NM170 I/P: 1.7A, AC 100-240V, 50- IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by Nemko
Technology 60Hz, Cl. I am1; am2, (NO93
Corporation DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc or 3A IEC 62368-1:2014, 632,
15Vdc or 3A 9Vdc or 3A 5Vdc UL 60950-1 NO109814),
EN 62368-1:2014+ TUV, UL
A11:2017
Alt. External Lite-On LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005/ CB by
power adapter Technology AMD1/AMD2 UL(Demko)(D
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 32 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Corporation / O/P:5V/9V/15V/20Vdc,3A/3A/3A IEC 62368-1:2014 K-76559-A1-
DELL /3.25A EN 62368-1:2014+ UL), UL
A11:2017 CB by
UL 62368-1 UL(Demko)(D
K-76758-M1-
UL), UL
Shenzhen HKA65NM200 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50-60Hz IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by Nemko
Huntkey Electric O/P: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, EN 62368-1:2014+ (NO114658),
Co., Ltd. / DELL 3A/3A/3A/3.25A A11:2017 UL
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics DA90PM17Z I/P: 100-240V~,1.5A, 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by
Inc / DELL (Z=0-9, A-Z, or blank) O/P:20V/15V/9V/5Vdc,4.5/3/3/3 am1; am2, UL(Demko)(D
A IEC 62368-1:2014 K-57143-A1-
EN 62368-1:2014+ UL), UL
A11:2017 CB by
UL 62368-1 TUV(JPTUV-
106273), UL
Lite-On LA90PM170 I/P: AC 100-240V;50-60Hz; IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by
Technology 1.5A; Cl. II +A1+A2 TUV(JPTUV-
Corporation / O/P: DC 5V; 3A or 9V; 3A or IEC 62368-1:2014 075882), UL
DELL 15V; 3A or 20V; 4.5A EN 62368-1:2014+ CB by
A11:2017 TUV(JPTUV-
UL 62368-1 103928), UL
Chicony Power HA90PM210, I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
Technology Co., HA90PM211 1.5A; Class I UL62368-1 TUV(JPTUV-
Ltd. /DELL O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A, 15.0W; DC 125081-M1) or
9.0V, 3.0A, 27.0W; DC 15.0V, UL
3.0A, 45.0W; DC 20.0V, 4.5A,
90.0W
Chicony Power HA60NM210 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz, IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by
Technology Co., Cl. II UL(Demko)
Ltd. (DELL) O/P: 5.0V, 3.0A/15.0W, 9.0V, (DK-123336-
3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V, 3.0A/45.0W, UL)
20.0V, 3.0A/60.0W
Delta Electronics, DA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V;50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) 1.7A; Class II (JPTUV-
O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or DC 9.0V, 128933)
3.0A or DC 15.0V, 3.0A or DC
20.0V, 3.0A
Lite-On LA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V;50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Technology 1.7A; Class II (JPTUV-
Corporation O/P: 5Vdc, 3A /15W; 9Vdc, 3A 131377)
(DELL) /27W; 15Vdc, 3A /45W; 20Vdc,
3A /60W
Hinge Cap Interchangeable Interchangeable Al, min. 0.8mm thickness IEC 60950-1 Test within
(Optional) equipment
LCD panel Innolux Corp N133HSE-EXX; 13.3" TFT, glass type, min. 0.34 IEC 60950- 1: CB by UL, UL
N133KSE-EXX; mm thick (with LED back- light 2005/AMD2:2013,
N133HCE-GXX; module)
N133HCE-EXX (X=0-9,
A-Z or Blank, X for
marketing purpose only,
and no impact safety
related constructions and
critical components.)
HEFEI BOE **13****-*** (where "*" 13.3" TFT, glass type, min. 0.34 IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by UL, UL
OPTOELECTR could be any letter of "A" mm thick (with LED back- light am1,
ONIC to "Z " or "0" to "9" or module) UL 60950-1
TECHNOLOG Y blank, and no impact any
CO LTD (BOE) critical safety
components and
constructions.)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 13.3" TFT, glass type, min. 0.34 IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
mm thick (with LED back-light equip.
module)
Enclosure Sabic Japan L L DC0041PR (rc8) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
C rc8 - Contains a
maximum of 30% PC
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 33 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
post- consumer recycle
material. NOTE - Material
designation may be
followed by a color
nomenclature consisting
of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Alt. Enclosure Sabic Japan L L D551RC (rc1), V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
C EXTC8389(rc1)
(rc1) - Grade with 30% of
post- consumer recycle
content by weight. NOTE
- Material designation
may be followed by a
color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Sabic Japan L L ER010460, DC0041PE V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
C
Mitsubishi TMB1615+ V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 85°C UL 94 UL
Engineering- + - Suffix optional,
plastics Corp exceptions: The following
cannot be used as
optional suffixes: "A" for
1501, 1502, 1511, 1521
& 2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-
(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54,
"R" for grade MB2211,
"V" for grades S-
3000+(f1), S-3001+(f1),
S-3003+(f1) & S-
2000+(f1), S-2001+(f1),
S-2003+(f1).
Alt. Enclosure LG CHEM LUPOY GN- 5151RF(#) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
LTD/LG Chem (#) - May be followed by
(Guangzhou) optional suffix letter from
Engineering A-Z incl., except F, and
Plastics Co except Grades HT700B,
Ltd/LG CHEM XR401B, LI912A,
(TIANJIN) AF302G, AF303G,
ENGINEERIN G AF303S, XR404T,
PLASTICS CO XR407D, XR407E,
LTD/LG CHEM HF380X.
POLAND SP Z
OO/NINGBO LG
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO
LTD
Mitsubishi MB1700+ V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
Engineering- + - Suffix optional,
plastics Corp exceptions: The following
cannot be used as
optional suffixes: "A" for
1501, 1502, 1511, 1521
& 2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-
(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54,
"R" for grade MB2211,
"V" for grades S-
3000+(f1), S-3001+(f1),
S-3003+(f1) & S-
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 34 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
2000+(f1), S-2001+(f1),
S-2003+(f1).
LG CHEM LTD/ (LUPOY) GN- 5001RFD V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
LG CHEM
(TIANJIN)
ENGINEERIN G
PLASTICS CO
LTD/LG CHEM
POLAND SP Z
OO/NINGBO LG
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO
LTD
Alt. Enclosure LG CHEM (LUPOY) GN- 5101RF(#) V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
LTD/LG Chem (#) - May be followed by
(Guangzhou) optional suffix letter from
Engineering A-Z incl., except F, and
Plastics Co except Grades HT700B,
Ltd/LG CHEM XR401B, LI912A,
(TIANJIN) AF302G, AF303G,
ENGINEERIN G AF303S, XR404T,
PLASTICS CO XR407D, XR407E,
LTD/NINGBO LG HF380X.
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO
LTD
Sabic Japan L L RCM6224(rc9) V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
C rc9 - Contains a
maximum of 35% PC
post- consumer recycle
material. NOTE - Material
designation may be
followed by a color
nomenclature consisting
of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Covestro FR3025 R(y) + V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG (y) - Replaced by two
[PG Resins] digits 01 to 35
representing recycled PC
content
Sabic Japan L L DF00A8P, EXTC8140, V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
C D551
NOTE - Material
designation may be
followed by a color
nomenclature consisting
of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Alt. Enclosure Sabic Japan L L DC0041PR (rc8) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
C rc8 - Contains a
maximum of 30% PC
post- consumer recycle
material. NOTE - Material
designation may be
followed by a color
nomenclature consisting
of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Sabic Japan L L ER010459, DC0041PD V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
C
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 35 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Sabic Innovative DC0041PQ V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
plastics US L L C
Daicel Polymer DE777 V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Ltd
Mitsubishi TMB1615+ V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 85°C UL 94 UL
Engineering- + - Suffix optional,
plastics Corp exceptions: The following
cannot be used as
optional suffixes: "A" for
1501, 1502, 1511, 1521
& 2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-
(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54,
"R" for grade MB2211,
"V" for grades S-
3000+(f1), S-3001+(f1),
S-3003+(f1) & S-
2000+(f1), S-2001+(f1),
S-2003+(f1).
Alt. Enclosure LG CHEM LUPOY GN- 5151RF (#) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
LTD/LG Chem (#) - May be followed by
(Guangzhou) optional suffix letter from
Engineering A-Z incl., except F, and
Plastics Co except Grades HT700B,
Ltd/LG CHEM XR401B, LI912A,
(TIANJIN) AF302G, AF303G,
ENGINEERIN G AF303S, XR404T,
PLASTICS CO XR407D, XR407E,
LTD/LG CHEM HF380X.
POLAND SP Z
OO/NINGBO LG
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO
LTD
COVESTRO CF9920 R30 + (z) V-0, min. 0.75 mm, UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLA ND (z) - Material designation 80°C
AG [PC RESINS] and color code may be
followed by up to three
letters and/or three
numbers (does not
include grades which are
separately recognized
with above material
designation and suffix)
+ - Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
COVESTRO FR3021 + V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 85°C UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLA ND + - Material designations
AG [PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
COVESTRO FR3020 + V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLA ND + - Material designations
AG [PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
Alt. Enclosure COVESTRO CF9920 R30 + RE V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND + - Material designations
AG [PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
ER5254FW, ER5254FW
Sabic Japan LLC DC0041(B5) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 36 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(B5) –Represents color
code 7M1D145
NOTE – Material
designation may be
followed by a color
nomenclature consisting
of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
Speakers Inter- changeable Interchangeable 4Ω, max. 2.0W IEC 60950-1 Test with
equipment
Wireless Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3Vdc, PCB V-1 or better, 105 IEC 60950-1 Test within
LAN/WAN ℃ min. equipment
Module
(Optional)
Bluetooth Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3Vdc, PCB V-1 or better, 105 IEC 60950-1 Test within
Module ℃ min. equipment
(Optional)
SSD (optional) Seagate ST9 or 2.5 Series or ST 1.5A max., 5Vdc IEC 60950-1(2005) CB by UL
Technology Inc. with additional suffixes Second Edition, UL (US/14823/UL)
60950-1 , UL
HP HP SSD EX900 Plus M.2 3.3Vdc (Supplied by terminal of IEC 62368-1: CB by
2TB, HP SSD EX900 motherboard of PC), Class III 2014, TUV(JPTUV-
Plus M.2 1TB, , HP SSD UL 62368-1 119436), UL
EX900 Plus M.2 960GB,
HP SSD EX900 Plus M.2
512GB, , HP SSD EX900
Plus M.2 500GB, HP
SSD EX900 Plus M.2
256GB,
Interchangeable Interchangeable 1.5A max., 5Vdc IEC/EN 60950-1 Verified by
(ed.2), Nemko, UL,
UL 60950-1 TUV
Only For MBA
DC Fan unit Asia Vital BAPB0705Z5HV 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 3.61CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV SUD (B
(One provided) Components Co., (Z can be A, B, C, G, R, UL 507 025730 0894
Ltd. S or T Rev.09), UL
V can be ABCD where A,
B, C, D may be A-Z, 0-9,
“-” or blank)
Delta Electronics ND75C63XXXXXXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 3.3CFM min. IEC/EN 62368-1, UL TUV (R
Inc. X 507 5414487), UL
(X can be A-Z, 0- 9, - or
blank)
Forcecon Tech. DFS5K122141612 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 3.6CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV (R
Co., Ltd. UL 507 50372733), UL
Sunonwealth EG50040S1- 5Vdc, 0.39A max., 3.67CFM EN 62368-1, TUV (R
Electric Machine CM3Z (Z stands for 30 min. UL 507 50275749), UL
Industry Co., Ltd. characters. Each
character stands for one
of the following signs: 0-
9, A-Z, (,), ., /, - or blank.)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 3.3 CFM min. IEC/EN 60950- Verified by
1(ed.2), UL 507 Nemko, UL, or
TUV
Battery pack Shenzhen BYD 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62368-1: CB by
(Li-ion) Lithium Battery 2018, UL(Demko),
Company Limited IEC 60950- 1: CB by TUV,
(DELL) 2005+A1+A2, UL
IEC 62133:2012, UL
2054
Sunwoda 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1/ CB by TUV,
Electronic Co., am1/am2, CB by
Ltd (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 UL(Demko),
IEC 62133:2012, UL UL
2054
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 37 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
LG CHEM, LTD / 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh IEC 60950-1/ CB by
DELL AMD1/AMD2 UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014 UL
IEC 62133:2012,
UL 2054
SIMPLO 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh or 3500mAh IEC 60950-1/ CB by
TECHNOLOGY AMD1/AMD2 UL(Demko),
CO LTD / DELL IEC 62368-1:2014 UL
IEC 62133-2:
2017,
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1/ CB
Lithium Battery AMD1/AMD2 byUL(Demko),
Company Limited IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV,
/ DELL IEC 62133:2012, UL
UL 2054
Sunwoda 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1/ CB by TUV
Electronic Co., am1/am2, CB by
Ltd (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 UL(Demko),
IEC 62133:2012, UL UL
2054
Alt. Battery Simplo 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 63Wh or 3941mAh IEC 60950- 1/ CB by
pack (Li-ion) Technology Co., AMD1/AMD2 UL(Demko),
Ltd. (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
IEC 62133-2:
2017,
UL 2054
Only For MBB
RTC JHIH HONG CR2032 3 Vdc, max. abnormal charging UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
Battery(Lithium TECHNOLOGY current 10mA
) CO LTD
Interchangeable CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging UL 1642 UL
current 5 or 10mA. Protected by
one diode and one 1k ohm
resistor.
Li-ion battery LG ENERGY 293F1 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 60950- CB by UL
pack SOLUTION, LTD. 1:2005+A1+A2,
IEC 62368-1:2018,
IEC 62133-2:2017
Zhuhai CosMX 293F1 11.25Vdc, Rated: 3467mAh IEC 60950- CB by TUV/Rh
Battery Co., Ltd. 1:2005+A1+A2, IEC
62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017
Zhuhai CosMX FK0VR 15.2Vdc, Rated: 3625mAh IEC 60950- CB by TUV/Rh
Battery Co.,Ltd. 1:2005+A1+A2,
IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017
SUNWODA 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mA IEC 60950- CB by
Electronic Co., Lt 1:2005+A1+A2, TUV/Rh, CB
IEC 62368-1:2018, by UL/Demko
IEC 62133-2:2017
SUNWODA FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950- CB by
Electronic Co., Lt 1:2005+A1+A2, TUV/Rh,CB by
IEC 62368-1:2018, UL/Demko
IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO 293F1 11.25Vdc,3467mAh/41Wh IEC 60950- CB by
TECHNOLOGY 1:2005+A1+A2, UL/Demko
CO LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO M69D0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh or 3467mAh IEC 60950- CB by
TECHNOLOGY 1:2005+A1+A2, UL/Demko
CO LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or 58Wh IEC 60950- CB by
TECHNOLOGY 1:2005+A1+A2, UL/Demko
CO LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 38 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
SIMPLO 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or 58Wh IEC 60950- CB by
TECHNOLOGY 1:2005+A1+A2, UL/Demko
CO LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017
SHENZHEN BYD 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950- CB by
LITHIUM 1:2005+A1+A2, UL/Demko, CB
BATTERY IEC 62368-1:2014, by
COMPANY IEC 62133-2:2017 TUV/Rh
LIMITED
SHENZHEN BYD M69D0 11.25Vdc,3467mAh IEC 60950- CB by
LITHIUM 1:2005+A1+A2, UL/Demko,CB
BATTERY IEC 62368-1:2014, by
COMPANY IEC 62133-2:2017 TUV/Rh
LIMITED
SHENZHEN BYD FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950- CB by
LITHIUM 1:2005+A1+A2, UL/Demko,CB
BATTERY IEC 62368-1:2014, by
COMPANY IEC 62133-2:2017 TUV/Rh
LIMITED
SHENZHEN BYD 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950- CB by
LITHIUM 1:2005+A1+A2, UL/Demko,CB
BATTERY IEC 62368-1:2014, by
COMPANY IEC 62133-2:2017 TUV/Rh
LIMITED
DC Fan unit Asia Vital BAPA0705R5HY027 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 2.9CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV SUD
(One provided) Components Co., UL 507 (B025730
Ltd. 0894 Rev.09),
UL
Alt. DC Fan Delta Electronics ND75C90XXXXXXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.5A max. 3.6 CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV (R
unit (One Inc. X, X stand for A-Z, 0-9, - UL 507 50414487), UL
provided) or blank
Forcecon Tech. DFS5K12114464(Y), (Y) 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 3.15CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV (R
Co., Ltd. stand for 0-9, UL 507 50372733), UL
A-Z, “-”, or blank
Sunonwealth EG50040S1-CS3Z, Z 5Vdc, 0.43A max., 3.2CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV (R
Electric Machine stand for 30 characters. UL 507 50275749), UL
Industry Co., Ltd. Each character stands
for one of the following
signs: 0-9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, -
or blank
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 2.9 CFM min. IEC 60950-1(ed.2), Verified by
IEC/EN 62368-1, UL Nemko, UL, or
507 TUV
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 130°C UL 796 UL
Ranging STMicroelectroni VL53L1, VL53L3 Class III, Laser class I product IEC 60825-1: 2014 CB by TUV/Rh
Sensor module cs (US-TUVR-
(optional) 10598)
Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 39 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix M (Modelo/Model: P133G, P133G…)
(The dots ‘.’ in the model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, - or blank for marketing use.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.25A 20Vdc or 4.5A 20Vdc; 3.0A 20Vdc Class Ш, IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2012, CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010
+A1:2015, IEC 61000-3-2: 2018, IEC 61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020 IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC
61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA65NM17Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
(65W) Technology Co., Ltd. (The “Z” in model name 60Hz, Cl. L A1+A2, (NO93853), UL,
(DELL) can be 0 to 9, for DC-output: 3.25A 20V. EN 60950-1:2006 CB by TUVRh
marketing purpose) (altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, (JPTUV-103926),
UL60950-1, UL
IEC 62368-1,
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, DA65NM170 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
Inc. (DELL) 60Hz; Class II with A1+A2, UL/Demko, (DK-
Functional Earthing; EN 60950-1:2006 57259-A1-UL),
Output: 20V, 3.25A +A11+A1+A12+A2, UL,
(altitude: 5000m) UL60950-1, CB by TUVRh
IEC 62368-1, (JPTUV-107794),
EN 62368-1, UL
UL 62368-1
Lite-On Technology LA65NM170 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I, A1+A2, (NO93632), UL,
DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc EN 60950-1:2006 CB by Nemko
(altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, (NO109814), UL
UL60950-1,
IEC 62368-1,
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA65NM19Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can 60Hz, Cl. l A1+A2, (NO103538), UL
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for Marketing DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc. EN 60950-1:2006
purpose) (altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2,
UL60950-1,
Chicony Power HA65NM190 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 62368-1, CB by TUVRh
Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz, Cl. l EN 62368-1, (JPTUV-101730),
(DELL) DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc. UL 62368-1 UL
(altitude: 5000m)
Alt. AC/DC Lite-On Technology LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
adapter (65W) Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Class II with A1+A2, UL(Demko)
functional earthing; Output:
EN 60950-1:2006 (DK-76559-A1-
20Vdc, 3.25A (altitude: +A11+A1+A12+A2, UL), UL CB by
5000m) UL60950-1, UL(Demko)
IEC 62368-1, (DK-76758-M1-
EN 62368-1, UL), UL
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/RH
Inc. (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class II; A1+A2, (JPTUV-090615-
Output: 20Vdc/3.25A EN 60950-1:2006 A1), UL CB by
(altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, TUV/RH
UL60950-1, (JPTUV-105170-
IEC 62368-1, A1), UL
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 I/P: 100-240V~ 1.7A 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. 60Hz; Class I EN 62368-1: 2014+A11: (NO114658), UL
Output: 5.0V DC 3A/15.0W 2017,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 40 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(DELL) or 9.0V DC 3A/27.0W or UL 62368-1
15V DC 3A/45W or 20.0V
DC
3.25A/65.0W.
(altitude:5000m)
AC/DC adapter Lite-On Technology LA90PM170 I/P: 1.5A, AC100-240V, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/RH
(90W) Corporation (DELL) 50-60Hz, Class I; A1+A2, (JPTUV-075882),
O/P: DC 20V, 4.5A EN 60950-1:2006 UL,
(altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, CB by TUV/RH
UL60950-1, (JPTUV-103928),
IEC 62368-1, UL
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, DA90PM17Z I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V~, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
Inc. (DELL) (Z=0-9, A-Z or blank) 60Hz, Cl. I A1+A2, UL(Demko) (DK-
Output: 20VVdc, 4.5A EN 60950-1:2006 57143-A1-UL),
(altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, UL,
UL60950-1, CB by TUV/RH
IEC 62368-1, (JPTUV-106273),
EN 62368-1, UL
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA90PM210, I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.5A; IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology HA90PM211 50-60Hz, Class II IEC 60950-1:2005+ (JPTUV-125081-
Co., Ltd. (DELL) with functional earth A1+A2, M1), CB by
Output: DC 5.0V, 3.0A, UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
15.0W; DC 9.0V, 3.0A, 124975-M1), UL
27.0W; DC 15.0V, 3.0A,
45.0W; DC 20.0V, 4.5A,
90.0W (altitude:5000m)
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P: 1.7A; AC 100-240V; IEC 60950- CB by TUV/Rh
(60W) 1) Technology 50-60Hz; Class I 1:2005+A1+A2, (JPTUV-113912),
Co., Ltd. (DELL) Output: DC 5.0V; UL 60950-1, UL CB by
3.0A;15.0W, 9.0V;3.0A; IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
27.0W, DC 15.0V; EN 62368-1:2014+A11, 113913), UL
3.0A;45.0W, 20.0V;3.0A; UL 62368-1
60.0W(altitude:5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; EC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I A1+A2, (JPTUV-113544),
Output:DC 5.0V/3.0A/ UL 60950-1, UL, CB by
15.0W or DC IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or EN 62368-1:2014+A11, 113741), UL
DC15.0V/ 3.0A/45.0W or UL 62368-1
DC 20.0V/3.0A /60.0W
(altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology 60Hz;1.7A; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-113717),
Corporation Output:5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc,3A UL
(DELL) \ 15Vdc, 3A \20Vdc, 3A;
Max. Power 60W.
(altitude:5000m)
Chicony Power HA60NM210 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018 CB by
Technology 60Hz Cl. II UL(Demko)
Co., Ltd. (DELL) O/P: 5.0V 3.0A/15.0W, (DK-123336-UL)
9.0V 3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V
3.0A/45.0W, 20.0V,
3.0A/60.0W
Lite-On LA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Technology 60Hz; 1.7A; Cl. II (JPTUV-131377)
Corporation O/P: 5Vdc, 3A / 15W;
(DELL) 9Vdc, 3A / 27W; 15Vdc,
3A / 45W; 20Vdc,3A / 60W
Delta Electronics, DA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014 CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Cl. II (JPTUV-128933)
O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or DC
9.0V, 3.0A or DC 15.0V,
3.0A or DC 20.0V, 3.0A
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
pack Lithium Battery IEC 62133: 2012, (Demko), CB by
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 41 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Company Limited / UL 2054 TUVRh, UL
DELL
LG CHEM, LTD. / 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
DELL IEC 62133: 2012, UL(Demko), UL
UL 2054
Alt. Li-ion battery SIMPLO 9JM71 11.4Vdc; 42Wh or IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
pack TECHNOLOGY CO 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, UL(Demko), UL
LTD / DELL UL 2054
SUNWODA 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUVRh,
Electronic Co., Ltd / A1+A2, CB by
DELL IEC 62133: 2012, UL(Demko), UL
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
Lithium Battery IEC 62133: 2012, (Demko), CB by
Company Limited / UL 2054 TUVRh, UL
DELL
SIMPLO 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 63Wh or IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO 3941mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, UL/Demko, UL
LTD / DELL UL 2054
SUNWODA 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUVRh,
Electronic Co., Ltd / A1+A2, CB by
DELL IEC 62133: 2012, UL(Demko), UL
UL 2054
LG ENERGY 293F1 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by (Demko),
SOLUTION, LTD. / A1+A2, UL
DELL IEC 62368-1:2018,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
Zhuhai CosMX 293F1 11.25V, Rated:3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Battery Co., Ltd. / A1+A2, CB by UL
DELL IEC 62368-1:2014, (Demko), CB by
IEC 62133-2:2017, TUV/Rh, UL
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
Zhuhai CosMX FK0VR DC 15.2V, Rated: IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Battery Co., Ltd. / 3625mAh A1+A2, CB by
DELL IEC 62368-1:2014, UL(Demko), CB
IEC 62133-2:2017, by TUV/Rh, UL
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SUNWODA 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd / A1+A2, CB by UL
DELL IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko), UL
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SUNWODA FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2, CB by
IEC 62368-1:2018, UL(Demko), UL
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh/41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CO A1+A2, (Demko), UL
LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO M69D0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CO 3467mAh A1+A2, (Demko), UL
LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh A1+A2, (Demko), UL
LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 42 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
TECHNOLOGY 58Wh A1+A2, UL(Demko), UL
CO LTD / DELL IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, (Demko), CB by
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
/ DELL IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD M69D0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, UL(Demko), CB
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, by TUV/Rh, UL
/DELL IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, UL(Demko), CB
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, by TUV/Rh, UL
/DELL IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, UL(Demko), CB
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, by TUV/Rh, UL
/ DELL IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
Plastic SABIC JAPAN L L C DF00A8P, EXTC8140, V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
Enclosure D551
COMPLAM D21904 CFNW0102 FR V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
MATERIAL CO LTD
PMC Performance F501006 V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
Materials
Guangzhou Ltd
CATCHER CTCRCFV0 V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
TECHNOLOGY CO
LTD
ADVANCED CNWCPC011012 V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
INTERNATIONAL
MULTITECH CO.,
LTD.
SABIC JAPAN L L C EXTC8273, D251 V-0, min 0.6mm thickness UL 94 UL
COVESTRO FR3040 + V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG + - Material designations thickness
[PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
Plastic SABIC JAPAN L L C EXCY0296 (rc4), V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
Enclosure RCM6134 (rc4)
(rc4) - Grade with 35% of
PC post-consumer recycle
material by weight.
SABIC JAPAN L L C RCM6224(rc9) (rc9) - V-0, min. 1.2mm thickness UL 94 UL
Contains a maximum of
35% PC post-consumer
recycle material.
TORAY A305M(kk) V-0, min. 0.35mm UL 94 UL
INDUSTRIES INC thickness
SABIC JAPAN L L C ML7681 V-0, min.1.2mm thickness UL 94 UL
Alt. Plastic COVESTRO FR3040 W + V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL
Enclosure 1) DEUTSCHLAN D + - Material designations thickness
AG [PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 43 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
digit numerical code
denoting color.
Metal enclosure Waffer AZ91D AI-Mg alloy, min. 0.8 mm IEC 60950-1, Annex A.2 Tested in the
Catcher thickness equipment
Foxconn
JuRong
Huaye (JY)
Mitac
CPM
Chang Yun
QunLi
Shanxi Regal
Advanced Material
Co., Ltd (Shanghai
Regal Metal
Materials Co. ,Ltd) ,
Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, minimum 0.8 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness equipment
LCD panel AUO B133HAN05.K 13.3” LED TFT, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness of glass is equipment
0.34mm
Interchangeable Interchangeable 13.3” LED TFT, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness of glass is equipment
0.34mm
Ranging Sensor STMicroelectronics VL53L1, VL53L3 2.6 to 3.5 Vdc, Class 1 IEC/EN 60825-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
module Laser product (Third Edition) (US-TUVR-
(optional) 10598)
DC Fan DELTA ND75C60-20E01 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
ELECTRONICS INC 0.15CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
UL 507
Sunonwealth Electric EG50040S1-CL90-S9A 5Vdc, max.0.37A, min. IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Machine Industry 0.15CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
Co., Ltd. UL 507
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K22305283D 5Vdc, 0.5A max., min EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. 0.15CFM UL 507
Forcecon Tech.Co., DFS5K22305283H 5Vdc, 0.5A max., min EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. 0.15CFM UL 507
Delta Electronics, ND75C81-21E01 5Vdc, 0.5A max., min IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Inc. 0.15CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
UL 507
Sunonwealth Electric EG50040S1-CR10-S9A 5Vdc, 0.41A, min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Machine Industry 0.15 CFM UL 507
Co., Ltd.
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max., min IEC/EN 60950-1, Verified by
0.15CFM IEC/EN 62368-1 Nemko or other
UL 60950-1, UL 507 certificate body,
UL
RTC battery FDK ML1220* 3Vdc Max. charging UL 1642 UL
(Lithium type) CORPORATION * - These cells may have current 300mA
for MB B only various insulating tube,
ring or tape.
DOUBLE BEST CO ML1220 3Vdc Max. charging UL 1642 UL
LTD current 100mA
VIC-DAWN ML1220 Cells may be 5 Vdc, Max. Charging UL 1642 UL
ENTERPRISE CO provided with Current 100mA.
LTD alphanumeric suffix (j) or
(k), (j) may come with an
optional single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix
denoting various insulating
tube, ring, or tape. (k) may
come with an optional
single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix
denoting various pin, tab,
cap or wire termination
types.
JHIH HONG JHT ML1220 Max. charging voltage UL 1642 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 44 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
TECHNOLOGY 5Vdc, Max. Charging
CO LTD Current 100mA
Speakers (two Interchangeable Interchangeable 4Ω, 2.5W max. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
provided) equip.
(optional)
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105℃ min. UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 45 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix N (Modelo/Model: P134G, P134G…)
(The dots ‘.’ in the model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, - or blank for marketing use.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.25A 20Vdc or 4.5A 20Vdc or 3A 20Vdc; Class Ш, IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2012, CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010
+A1:2015, IEC 61000-3-2: 2018, IEC 61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC
61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no.
170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA65NM17Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
(65W)1) Technology Co., Ltd. (The “Z” in model name 60Hz, Cl. L A1+A2, (NO93853), UL,
(DELL) can be 0 to 9, for marketing DC-output: 3.25A 20V. EN 60950-1:2006 CB by TUVRh
purpose) (altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, (JPTUV-103926),
UL60950-1, UL
IEC 62368-1,
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM170 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
(DELL) 60Hz; Class II with A1+A2, (DK-57259-A1-
Functional Earthing; EN 60950-1:2006 UL), UL,
Output: 20V, 3.25A +A11+A1+A12+A2, CB by TUVRh
(altitude: 5000m) UL60950-1, (JPTUV-107794),
IEC 62368-1, UL
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Lite-On Technology LA65NM170 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I, A1+A2, (NO93632), UL,
DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc EN 60950-1:2006 CB by Nemko
(altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, (NO109814), UL
UL 60950-1,
IEC 62368-1,
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA65NM19Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can 60Hz, Cl. l A1+A2, (NO103538), UL
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for Marketing DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc. EN 60950-1:2006
purpose) (altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2,
UL60950-1,
Chicony Power HA65NM190 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 62368-1, CB by TUVRh
Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz, Cl. l EN 62368-1, (JPTUV-101730),
(DELL) DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc. UL 62368-1 UL
(altitude: 5000m)
Alt. AC/DC Lite-On Technology LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL(Demko)
adapter (65W)1) Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Class II with A1+A2, (DK-76559-A1-
functional earthing; Output:EN 60950-1:2006 UL), UL CB by
20Vdc, 3.25A (altitude: +A11+A1+A12+A2, UL(Demko)
5000m) UL60950-1, (DK-76758-M1-
IEC 62368-1, UL), UL
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/RH
(DELL) 60Hz; Class II; A1+A2, (JPTUV-090615-
Output: 20Vdc/3.25A EN 60950-1:2006 A1), UL CB by
(altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, TUV/RH
UL60950-1, (JPTUV-105170-
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 46 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
IEC 62368-1, A1), UL
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 I/P: 100-240V~ 1.7A 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. 60Hz; Class I EN 62368-1: 2014+A11: (NO114658), UL
(DELL) Output: 5.0V DC 3A/15.0W 2017,
or 9.0V DC 3A/27.0W or UL 62368-1
15V DC 3A/45W or 20.0V
DC 3.25A/65.0W.
(altitude:5000m)
AC/DC adapter Lite-On Technology LA90PM170 I/P: 1.5A, AC100-240V, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/RH
(90W)1) Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Class I; A1+A2, (JPTUV-075882),
O/P: DC 20V, 4.5A (altitude: EN 60950-1:2006 UL,
5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, CB by TUV/RH
UL60950-1, (JPTUV-103928),
IEC 62368-1, UL
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA90PM17Z I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V~, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL(Demko)
(DELL) (Z=0-9, A-Z or blank) 60Hz, Cl. I A1+A2, (DK-57143-A1-
Output: 20VVdc, 4.5A EN 60950-1:2006 UL), UL,
(altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, CB by TUV/RH
UL60950-1, (JPTUV-106273),
IEC 62368-1, UL
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA90PM210, HA90PM211 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.5A; 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz, Class II with IEC 60950- (JPTUV-125081-
(DELL) functional earth 1:2005+A1+A2, M1), CB by
Output: DC 5.0V, 3.0A, UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
15.0W; DC 9.0V, 3.0A, 124975-M1), UL
27.0W; DC 15.0V, 3.0A,
45.0W; DC 20.0V, 4.5A,
90.0W (altitude:5000m)
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P: 1.7A; AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(60W) 1) Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz; Class I Output: DC A1+A2, (JPTUV-113912),
(DELL) 5.0V; 3.0A; 15.0W, 9.0V; UL 60950-1, UL, CB by
3.0A; 27.0W, DC 15.0V; IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
3.0A; 45.0W, 20.0V; 3.0A; EN 62368-1:2014+A11, 113913), UL
60.0W (altitude:5000m) UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 60Hz; Class I A1+A2, (JPTUV-113544),
Output: DC UL 60950-1, UL, CB by
5.0V/3.0A/15.0W or DC IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or EN 62368-1:2014+A11, 113741), UL
DC15.0V/ 3.0A/45.0W or UL 62368-1
DC 20.0V/3.0A
/60.0W(altitude:5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 1.7A; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-113717),
Output: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, 3A UL
\ 15Vdc, 3A \20Vdc, 3A;
Max. Power 60W. (altitude:
5000m)
Chicony Power HA60NM210 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018 CB by UL(Demko)
Technology 60Hz Cl. II (DK-123336-UL)
Co., Ltd. (DELL) O/P: 5.0V 3.0A/15.0W, 9.0V
3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V
3.0A/45.0W, 20.0V,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 47 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
3.0A/60.0W
Lite-On LA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Technology 1.7A; Cl. II (JPTUV-131377)
Corporation O/P: 5Vdc, 3A / 15W; 9Vdc,
(DELL) 3A / 27W; 15Vdc, 3A / 45W;
20Vdc,3A / 60W
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1: 2014 CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 1.7A; Cl. II (JPTUV-128933)
O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or DC
9.0V, 3.0A or DC 15.0V,
3.0A or DC 20.0V, 3.0A
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
pack Lithium Battery IEC 62133: 2012, (Demko), CB by
Company Limited / UL 2054 TUVRh, UL
DELL
LG CHEM, LTD. / 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
DELL IEC 62133: 2012, UL(Demko), UL
UL 2054
Alt. Li-ion battery SIMPLO 9JM71 11.4Vdc; 42Wh or IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
pack TECHNOLOGY CO 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, UL(Demko), UL
LTD / DELL UL 2054
SUNWODA 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh IEC 60950- CB by TUVRh,
Electronic Co., Ltd / 1:2005+A1+A2, CB by
DELL IEC 62133: 2012, UL(Demko), UL
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
Lithium Battery IEC 62133: 2012, (Demko), CB by
Company Limited / UL 2054 TUVRh, UL
DELL
SIMPLO 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 63Wh or IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL/Demko,
TECHNOLOGY CO 3941mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
LTD / DELL UL 2054
SUNWODA 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941Wh IEC 60950- CB by TUVRh,
Electronic Co., Ltd / 1:2005+A1+A2, CB by
DELL IEC 62133: 2012, UL(Demko), UL
UL 2054
LG ENERGY 293F1 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL
SOLUTION, LTD. / A1+A2, (Demko), UL
DELL IEC 62368-1:2018,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
Zhuhai CosMX 293F1 11.25V, Rated: 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Battery Co., Ltd. / A1+A2, CB by UL
DELL IEC 62368-1:2014, (Demko), CB by
IEC 62133-2:2017, TUV/Rh, UL
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
Zhuhai CosMX FK0VR DC 15.2V, Rated: 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Battery Co., Ltd. / A1+A2, CB by
DELL IEC 62368-1:2014, UL(Demko), CB
IEC 62133-2:2017, by TUV/Rh, UL
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SUNWODA 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd / A1+A2, CB by
DELL IEC 62368-1:2018, UL(Demko), UL
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 48 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
UL 2054
SUNWODA FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2, CB by
IEC 62368-1:2018, UL(Demko), UL
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh/41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO A1+A2, UL(Demko), UL
LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO M69D0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO 3467mAh A1+A2, UL(Demko), UL
LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh A1+A2, UL(Demko), UL
LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh A1+A2, UL(Demko), UL
LTD / DELL IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, UL(Demko), CB
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, by TUV/Rh, UL
/ DELL IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD M69D0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, UL(Demko), CB
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, by TUV/Rh, UL
/ DELL IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, UL(Demko), CB
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, by TUV/Rh, UL
/ DELL IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, (Demko), CB by
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
/ DELL IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
Plastic Enclosure SABIC JAPAN L L C DF00A8P, EXTC8140, V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
(LCD bezel) D551
COMPLAM D21904 CFNW0102 FR V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
MATERIAL CO LTD
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 49 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
PMC Performance F501006 V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
Materials Guangzhou
Ltd
CATCHER CTCRCFV0 V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
TECHNOLOGY CO
LTD
ADVANCED CNWCPC011012 V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
INTERNATIONAL
MULTITECH CO.,
LTD.
SABIC JAPAN L L C EXTC8273, D251 V-0, min 0.6mm thickness UL 94 UL
COVESTRO FR3040 + V-0, min. 0.75mm thickness UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG + - Material designations
[PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
Alt. Plastic SABIC JAPAN L L C EXCY0296 (rc4), V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
Enclosure (LCD RCM6134 (rc4)
bezel) (rc4) - Grade with 35% of
PC post-consumer recycle
material by weight.
SABIC JAPAN L L C RCM6224(rc9) (rc9) - V-0, min. 1.2mm thickness UL 94 UL
Contains a maximum of
35% PC post-consumer
recycle material.
TORAY A305M(kk) V-0, min. 0.35mm thickness UL 94 UL
INDUSTRIES INC (kk) – denotes a two digit
number, 31-69 inclusive
SABIC JAPAN L L C ML7681 V-0, min.1.2mm thickness UL 94 UL
COVESTRO FR3040 W +, + - Material V-0, min. 0.75mm thickness UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAN D AG designations may be
[PC RESINS] followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
Metal enclosure Waffer AZ91D AI-Mg alloy, min. 0.8 mm IEC 60950-1, Annex A.2 Tested in the
(All parts except Catcher thickness equipment
for LCD bezel) Foxconn
JuRong
Huaye (JY)
Mitac
CPM
Chang Yun
QunLi
Shanxi Regal
Advanced Material
Co., Ltd (Shanghai
Regal Metal Materials
Co., Ltd) ,
Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, minimum 0.8 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness equipment
LCD panel AUO B133HAN7.0 13.3” LED TFT, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness of glass is equipment
0.34mm
Interchangeable Interchangeable 13.3” LED TFT, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness of glass is equipment
0.34mm
Laser Positioning STMicroelectronics VL53L1, VL53L3 2.6 to 3.5 Vdc, Class 1 IEC/EN 60825-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
Device (optional) Laser product (Third Edition) (US-TUVR-
10598)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 50 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
DC Fan DELTA ND75C60-20E01 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
ELECTRONICS INC 0.15CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
UL 507
Sunonwealth Electric EG50040S1-CL90-S9A 5Vdc, max.0.37A, min. IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Machine Industry Co., 0.15CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
Ltd. UL 507
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K22305283D 5Vdc, 0.5A max., min EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. 0.15CFM UL 507
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K22305283H 5Vdc, 0.5A max., min EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. 0.15CFM UL 507
Delta Electronics, Inc. ND75C81-21E01 5Vdc, 0.5A max., min IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
0.15CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
UL 507
Sunonwealth EG50040S1- 5Vdc, 0.41A, EN 62368- 1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Electric CR10-S9A min. 0.15 CFM UL 507
Machine
Industry Co.,
Ltd.
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max., min IEC/EN 60950-1, IEC/EN Verified by Nemko
0.15CFM 62368-1 or other certificate
UL 60950-1, body, UL
UL 507
RTC battery FDK CORPORATIO ML1220* 3Vdc Max. charging current UL 1642 UL
(Lithium type) for N * - These cells may have 300mA
MB B only various insulating tube, ring
or tape.
DOUBLE BEST CO ML1220 3Vdc Max. charging current UL 1642 UL
LTD 100mA
VIC-DAWN ML1220 Cells may be 5 Vdc, Max. Charging UL 1642 UL
ENTERPRISE CO provided with Current 100mA.
LTD alphanumeric suffix (j) or
(k),
(j) may come with an
optional single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix
denoting various insulating
tube, ring, or tape. (k) may
come with an optional
single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix
denoting various pin, tab,
cap or wire termination
types.
JHIH HONG JHT ML1220 Max. charging voltage UL 1642 UL
TECHNOLOGY 5Vdc, Max. Charging
CO LTD Current 100mA
Speakers (two Interchangeable Interchangeable 4Ω, 2.5W max. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
provided) equip.
(optional)
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105℃ min. UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 51 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix O (Modelo/Model: P135G, P135G…)
(The dots ‘.’ in the model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, - or blank for marketing use.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.0A or 3.25A or 4.5A 20Vdc; Class Ш, IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2012, CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010
+A1:2015, IEC 61000-3-2: 2018, IEC 61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC
61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model técnicas/ Standard conformidade/
Technical data Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P: 1.7A; AC 100-240V; IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(60W) **) Technology Co., Ltd. 50-60Hz; Class I Output: A1+A2, (JPTUV- 113912),
(DELL) DC 5.0V; 3.0A; 15.0W, UL 60950-1 UL
9.0V;3.0A; 27.0W, 15.0V;
3.0A; 45.0W, 20.0V; 3.0A;
60.0W (altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I Output: A1+A2, (JPTUV- 113544),
DC 5.0V/3.0A/ 15.0W or UL 60950-1 UL
DC 9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or
DC 15.0V/ 3.0A/45.0W or
DC 20.0V/3.0A/ 60.0W
(altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV- 113717),
Output: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, UL
3A \ 15Vdc, 3A \ 20Vdc,
3A; Max. Power 60W
(altitude: 5000m)
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA65NM17Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by Nemko
(65W) **) Technology Co., Ltd. (The “Z” in model name can 60Hz, EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ (NO93853), UL
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for marketing Cl. l DC-output: 3A 5V or A1+A12+A2,
purpose) 3A 9V or 3A 15V or 3.25A UL60950-1
20V.(altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA65NM170 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+ CB by UL/Demko,
Inc. (DELL) 60Hz; Class II with A2, (DK-57259-A1-
Functional Earthing; UL60950-1 UL), UL,
Output:
20V/15V/9V/5Vdc,
3.25/3/3/3A (altitude:
5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA65NM170 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I, A1+A2, (NO93632), UL
DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc EN 60950-1:2006+A11
or 3A 15Vdc or 3A 9Vdc +A1+A12+A2,
or 3A 5Vdc (altitude: UL60950-1
5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NM19Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can 60Hz, EN 60950- (NO103538), UL
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for Marketing Cl. l DC-output: 3A 5Vdc 1:2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
purpose) or 3A 9Vdc or 3A 15Vdc UL60950-1
or 3.25A 20Vdc. (altitude:
5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+A1 CB by
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Class II with +A2, UL(Demko)(DK-
functional earthing; EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ 76559-A1-UL), UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 52 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Output: A1+A12+A2,
5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, UL60950-1
3A/3A/3A/3.25A (altitude:
5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/RH
Inc. (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class II with EN 60950-1:2006+A11 (JPTUV-090615-
functional earth; +A1+A12+A2, A1), UL
Output: 20Vdc/3.25A or UL60950-1
15Vdc/3A or 9Vdc/3A or
5Vdc/3A (altitude: 5000m)
AC/DC adapter Lite-On Technology LA90PM170 I/P: 1.5A, AC100-240V, IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/RH
(90W)**) Corporation (DELL) 50-60Hz, Class I; EN 60950-1:2006+A11 (JPTUV-075882),
O/P: DC 20V, 4.5A; 15V, +A1+A12+A2, UL
3A; 9V, 3A; 5V, 3A UL60950-1
(altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA90PM17Z I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V~, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL(Demko)
Inc. (DELL) (Z=0-9, A-Z or blank) 60Hz, Cl. I EN 60950-1:2006+A11 (DK-57143-A1-
Output: +A1+A12+A2, UL), UL
20V/15V/9V/5Vdc, UL60950-1
4.5A/3/3/3 A (altitude:
5000m)
Chicony Power HA90PM210, HA90PM211 I/P: 1.5A; AC 100- 240V; IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. 50-60Hz, Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-124975-
(DELL) Output: DC 5.0V, 3.0A, M1), UL
15.0W; DC 9.0V, 3.0A,
27.0W; DC 15.0V, 3.0A,
45.0W; DC 20.0V, 4.5A,
90.0W (altitude: 5000m)
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko
pack(for MB A Lithium Battery IEC 62133:2012
used) Company Limited
(DELL)
Simplo Technology 9JM71 11.4Vdc; 42Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
Co., Ltd. 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
(DELL) UL 2054,
UL 60950-1
LG CHEM, LTD. 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
(DELL) IEC 62133:2012 UL
SUNWODA 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133:2012 UL
(DELL)
Shenzhen BYD 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
Lithium Battery IEC 62133:2012 UL
Company Limited
(DELL)
Simplo Technology 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 63Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
Co., Ltd. (DELL) 3941mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
UL 2054,
UL 60950-1
SUNWODA 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133:2012 UL
(DELL)
Li-ion battery LG ENERGY 293F1 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL
pack (for MB B, SOLUTION, LTD. IEC 62133-2: 2017
MB C used) Zhuhai CosMX 293F1 11.25V, Rated: 3467mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+A1 CB by TUV/Rh
Battery Co., Ltd. +A2,
IEC 62133-2:2017
Zhuhai CosMX FK0VR DC 15.2V, IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
Battery Co., Ltd. Rated:3625mAh IEC 62133-2:2017
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 53 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
SUNWODA 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by UL/Demko
SUNWODA FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by UL/Demko
SIMPLO 293F1 11.25Vdc, IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 3467mAh/41Wh IEC 62133-2:2017
LTD
SIMPLO M69D0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+A1 CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 3467mAh +A2,
LTD IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+A1 CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh +A2,
LTD IEC 62133-2: 2017
SIMPLO 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh IEC 62133-2:2017
LTD
SHENZHEN BYD 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY
LIMITED
SHENZHEN BYD M69D0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY
LIMITED
SHENZHEN BYD FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY IEC 62133-2: 2017 CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY
LIMITED
SHENZHEN BYD 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+A1 CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY +A2, CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY IEC 62133-2:2017
LIMITED
Plastic SABIC JAPAN L L C DF00A8P, EXTC8140, V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
Enclosure D551 thickness
COMPLAM D21904 CFNW0102 FR V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E494214)
MATERIAL CO LTD thickness
PMC Performance F501006 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E481742)
Materials thickness
Guangzhou Ltd
CATCHER CTCRCFV0 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E515895)
TECHNOLOGY CO thickness
LTD
ADVANCED CNWCPC011012 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E511399)
INTERNATIONAL thickness
MULTITECH CO.,
LTD.
SABIC JAPAN L L C EXTC8273, D251 V-0, min 0.6mm thickness UL 94 UL (E207780)
TORAY A305M(kk) V-0, min. 0.35mm UL 94 UL (E41797)
INDUSTRIES INC (kk) - denotes a two digit thickness
number, 31-69 inclusive
SABIC JAPAN L L C ML7681 V-0, min.1.2mm thickness UL 94 UL (E207780)
COVESTRO FR3040 + V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL (E41613)
DEUTSCHLAND + - Material designations thickness
AG [PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
SABIC JAPAN L L C EXCY0296 (rc4), RCM6134 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
(rc4) thickness
(rc4) - Grade with 35% of
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 54 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
PC post-consumer recycle
material by weight.
SABIC JAPAN L L C RCM6224(rc9) (rc9) - V-0, min. 1.2mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
Contains a maximum of thickness
35% PC post-consumer
recycle material.
Covestro FR3040 W + V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL (E41613)
Deutschland AG [PC + - Material designations thickness
Resins] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color
InnoPeak Advanced IPAM-3KNWPC1012(&) V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL
Materials Co Ltd (&) – The naturalcolor is thickness
Black
Metal enclosure Waffer Catcher AZ91D AI-Mg alloy, min. 0.8 mm IEC 60950-1, Annex A.2 Tested in the
(All parts except Foxconn JuRong thickness equipment
for LCD bezel) Huaye (JY) Mitac
CPM Chang Yun
QunLi Shanxi Regal
Advanced Material
Co., Ltd (Shanghai
Regal Metal
Materials Co. ,Ltd) ,
Chunqiu
Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, minimum 0.8 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness equipment
LCD panel LGD LP140WFBSPF2 14.0“ FHD TFT LCD, IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
glass type, min. 0.34 mm equipment
thick (with LED back-light
module)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 14.0“ FHD TFT LCD, IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
glass type, min. 0.34 mm equipment
thick (with LED back-light
module)
DC Fan (for MB Asia Vital BAPA0805R5HY002 5Vdc, 0.5A max.,min EN 62368-1:2014/A11 TUV/Rh, UL
A) Components 0.15CFM :2017,
Co.,Ltd. UL 507
Delta Electronics, ND75C61XXXXXXXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.5A max.,min IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Inc (X stand for A-Z, 0-9, - or 0.15CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
blank for marketing purpose UL 507
only)
Sunonwealth EG50040S1-CM6Z 5Vdc, 0.41A max.,min EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ TUV/Rh, UL
Electric Machine (Z stand for 30 characters. 0.15CFM A1+A12+A2,
Industry Co., Ltd. Each character stands for EN 62368-1:2014,
one of the following signs: 0- UL 507
9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max.,min IEC 62368-1:2014, Verified by Nemko
0.15CFM,12000r/min EN 62368-1:2014, or other certificate
max. UL 507 body, UL
DC fan (for MB Sunonwealth EG50040S1- CSZ 5Vdc, 0.53A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
B) Electric Machine (Z stand for 30 characters. CFM UL 507
Industry Co., Ltd. Each character stands for
one of the following signs: 0-
9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only)
Delta Electronics, ND75C83XXXX XXXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
Inc. (X stands for A- Z, 0-9, “-“ or CFM UL 507
blank, for marketing purpose
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 55 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
only)
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K223052837 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. CFM UL 507
Asia Vital BAPA0806R5HY005 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1: TUV/SUD, UL
Components CFM 2014/A11:2017;
Co.,Ltd. UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.53A max., min IEC 62368-1:2014, Verified by Nemko
0.15CFM, 12000r/min EN 62368-1:2014, or other certificate
max. UL 507 body, UL
DC fan (for MB Sunonwealth EG50050S1-CJ5Z 5Vdc, 0.4A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
C) Electric Machine (Z stand for 30 characters. CFM UL 507
Industry Co., Ltd. Each character stands for
one of the following signs: 0-
9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, -or blank for
marketing purpose only)
Delta Electronics, ND75C82XXXX XXXXXXX, 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
Inc. where X stands for A CFM UL 507
through Z, 0 through 9, “- “
or blank. (for marketing
purpose only)
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5L32G06486H 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. CFM UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. IEC 62368-1:2014, Verified by Nemko
0.15 CFM EN 62368-1: 2014, or other certificate
UL 507 body, UL
RTC Battery FDK ML1220 * Max Charging Voltage UL 1642 UL (MH13421)
(Lithium) CORPORATION * - These cells may have 5Vdc, Max Charging
(for MB B, MB various insulating tube, ring Current 300mA
C used) or tape.
DOUBLE BEST CO ML1220 Max Charging Voltage UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
LTD 5Vdc, Max Charging
Current 100mA
VIC-DAWN ML1220 Max Charging Voltage UL 1642 UL (MH20550)
ENTERPRISE CO 5Vdc, Max Charging
LTD Current 100mA
JHIH HONG JHT ML1220 Max Charging Voltage UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
TECHNOLOGY CO 5Vdc, Max Charging
LTD Current 100mA
Speakers (two Interchangeable Interchangeable Each 4Ω, 2.5W max. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
provided) equip.
(optional)
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105℃ min. UL 796 UL
Ranging STMicroelectronics VL53L1, VL53L3 Class III, Laser class I IEC 60825-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
Sensor module product (US-TUVR-10598)
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 56 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix P (Modelo/Model: P136G, P136G…)
(The dots ‘.’ in the model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, - or blank for marketing use.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.0A, 3.25A or 4.5A 20Vdc; Class Ш, IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2012, CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010
+A1:2015, IEC 61000-3-2: 2018, IEC 61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC
61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P: 1.7A; AC 100-240V; IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(60W) **) Technology Co., Ltd. 50-60Hz;Class I A1+A2, (JPTUV- 113912),
(DELL) Output:DC 5.0V; UL 60950-1 UL
3.0A;15.0W, 9.0V; 3.0A;
27.0W, 15.0V; 3.0A;
45.0W, 20.0V; 3.0A;
60.0W (altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) 50-60Hz; A1+A2, (JPTUV- 113544),
Class I Output: UL 60950-1 UL
DC 5.0V/3.0A/ 15.0W or
DC
9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or DC
15.0V/ 3.0A/45.0W or DC
20.0V/3.0A/ 60.0W
(altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV- 113717),
Output:5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, UL
3A \ 15Vdc, 3A \ 20Vdc,
3A; Max. Power 60W
(altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA60NM210 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018 CB by UL(Demko)
Technology 60Hz Cl. II (DK-123336-UL)
Co., Ltd. (DELL) O/P: 5.0V 3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V 3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V
3.0A/45.0W, 20.0V,
3.0A/60.0W
Lite-On LA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Technology 60Hz; 1.7A; Cl. II (JPTUV-131377)
Corporation O/P: 5Vdc, 3A / 15W;
(DELL) 9Vdc, 3A / 27W; 15Vdc,
3A / 45W; 20Vdc,3A /
60W
Delta Electronics, DA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014 CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Cl. II (JPTUV-128933)
O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or DC
9.0V, 3.0A or DC 15.0V,
3.0A or DC 20.0V, 3.0A
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA65NM17Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by Nemko
(65W) **) Technology Co., Ltd. (The “Z” in model name can 60Hz, EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ (NO93853), UL
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for marketing Cl. l DC-output: 3A 5V or A1+A12+A2,
purpose) 3A 9V or 3A 15V or 3.25A UL60950-1
20V. (altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA65NM170 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
Inc. (DELL) 60Hz; Class II with A1+A2, (DK-57259-A1-
Functional Earthing; EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ UL), UL,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 57 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Output: A1+A12+A2,
20V/15V/9V/5Vdc, UL60950-1
3.25/3/3/3A (altitude:
5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA65NM170 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I, A1+A2, (NO93632), UL
DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc EN 60950-1:2006+A11+
or 3A 15Vdc or 3A 9Vdc A1+A12+A2,
or 3A 5Vdc (altitude: UL60950-1
5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NM19Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can 60Hz, EN 60950- (NO103538), UL
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for Marketing Cl. l DC-output: 3A 5Vdc 1:2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
purpose) or 3A 9Vdc or 3A 15Vdc UL60950-1
or 3.25A 20Vdc. (altitude:
5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Class II with A1+A2, UL(Demko)(DK-
functional earthing; EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ 76559-A1-UL), UL
Output: A1+A12+A2,
5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, UL60950-1
3A/3A/3A/3.25A (altitude:
5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/RH
Inc. (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class II with EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ (JPTUV-090615-
functional earth; A1+A12+A2, A1), UL
Output: 20Vdc/3.25A or UL60950-1
15Vdc/3A or 9Vdc/3A or
5Vdc/3A (altitude: 5000m)
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 I/P: 100-240V~1.7A 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. 60Hz; Class I UL 60950-1 (NO114699), UL
Output: 5.0V DC
3A/15.0W or 9.0V
DC3A/27.0W or 15.0V
DC 3A/45W or 20.0V DC
3.25A/65.0W. (altitude:
5000m)
AC/DC adapter Lite-On Technology LA90PM170 I/P: 1.5A, AC100-240V, IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/RH
(90W)**) Corporation (DELL) 50-60Hz, Class I; EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ (JPTUV-075882),
O/P: DC 20V, 4.5A; 15V, A1+A12+A2, UL
3A; 9V, 3A; 5V, 3A UL60950-1
(altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA90PM17Z I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V~, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL(Demko)
Inc. (DELL) (Z=0-9, A-Z or blank) 60Hz, Cl. I EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ (DK-57143-A1-
Output: A1+A12+A2, UL), UL
20V/15V/9V/5Vdc, UL60950-1
4.5A/3/3/3 A (altitude:
5000m)
Chicony Power HA90PM210, HA90PM211 I/P: 1.5A; AC 100-240V; IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by
Technology Co., Ltd. 50-60Hz, Class I UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh(JPTUV-
(DELL) Output:DC 5.0V, 124975-M1), UL
3.0A,15.0W; DC 9.0V,
3.0A, 27.0W; DC 15.0V,
3.0A, 45.0W; DC
20.0V,4.5A, 90.0W
(altitude: 5000m)
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko
pack (for MB A Lithium Battery IEC 62133:2012
used) Company Limited
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 58 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(DELL)
Simplo Technology 9JM71 11.4Vdc; 42Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
Co., Ltd. 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
(DELL) UL 2054,
UL 60950-1
LG CHEM, LTD. 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
(DELL) IEC 62133:2012 UL
SUNWODA 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133:2012 UL
(DELL)
Shenzhen BYD 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
Lithium Battery IEC 62133:2012 UL
Company Limited
(DELL)
Simplo Technology 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 63Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
Co., Ltd. (DELL) 3941mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
UL 2054, UL 60950-1
SUNWODA 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133:2012 UL
(DELL)
Li-ion battery LG ENERGY 293F1 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL
pack (for MB B SOLUTION, LTD. IEC 62133-2: 2017
used) Zhuhai CosMX 293F1 11.25V, Rated: 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
Battery Co., Ltd. IEC 62133-2: 2017
Zhuhai CosMX FK0VR DC 15.2V, IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
Battery Co., Ltd. Rated:3625mAh IEC 62133-2:2017
SUNWODA 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko
IEC 62133-2: 2017
SUNWODA FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133-2: 2017 CB by UL/Demko
SIMPLO 293F1 11.25Vdc, IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 3467mAh/41Wh IEC 62133-2: 2017
LTD
SIMPLO M69D0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 3467mAh A1+A2,
LTD IEC 62133-2:
2017
SIMPLO FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh IEC 62133-2: 2017
LTD
SIMPLO 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh A1+A2,
LTD IEC 62133-2: 2017
SHENZHEN BYD 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY IEC 62133-2: 2017 CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY LIMITED
Alt. Li-ion SHENZHEN BYD M69D0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
battery pack LITHIUM BATTERY IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by TUV/Rh
(for MB B used) COMPANY LIMITED
SHENZHEN BYD FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY LIMITED
SHENZHEN BYD 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133-2: 2017
Plastic SABIC JAPAN L L C DF00A8P, EXTC8140, V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
Enclosure D551 thickness
COMPLAM D21904 CFNW0102 FR V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E494214)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 59 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
MATERIAL CO LTD thickness
PMC Performance F501006 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E481742)
Materials Guangzhou thickness
Ltd
CATCHER CTCRCFV0 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E515895)
TECHNOLOGY CO thickness
LTD
ADVANCED CNWCPC011012 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E511399)
INTERNATIONAL thickness
MULTITECH CO.,
LTD.
SABIC JAPAN L L C EXTC8273, D251 V-0, min 0.6mm thickness UL 94 UL (E207780)
TORAY A305M(kk) V-0, min. 0.35mm UL 94 UL (E41797)
INDUSTRIES INC (kk) - denotes a two digit thickness
number, 31-69 inclusive
SABIC JAPAN L L C ML7681 V-0, min.1.2mm thickness UL 94 UL (E207780)
COVESTRO FR3040 + V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL (E41613)
DEUTSCHLAND AG + - Material designations thickness
[PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
SABIC JAPAN L L C EXCY0296 (rc4), RCM6134 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
(rc4) thickness
(rc4) - Grade with 35% of
PC post-consumer recycle
material by weight.
SABIC JAPAN L L C RCM6224(rc9) (rc9) - V-0, min. 1.2mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
Contains a maximum of thickness
35% PC post-consumer
recycle material.
Covestro FR3040 W + V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL (E41613)
Deutschland AG [PC + - Material designations thickness
Resins] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color
Metal enclosure Waffer Catcher AZ91D AI-Mg alloy, min. 0.8 mm IEC 60950-1, Annex A.2 Tested in the
(All parts Foxconn JuRong thickness equipment
except for LCD Huaye (JY) Mitac
bezel) CPM Chang Yun
QunLi Shanxi Regal
Advanced Material
Co., Ltd (Shanghai
Regal Metal
Materials Co. ,Ltd) ,
Chunqiu
Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, minimum 0.8 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness equipment
LCD panel LGD LP140WFFSPC1 14.0“ FHD TFT LCD, IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
glass type, min. 0.34 mm equipment
thick (with LED back-light
module)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 14.0“ FHD TFT LCD, IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
glass type, min. 0.34 mm equipment
thick (with LED back-light
module)
DC Fan (for MB Asia Vital BAPA0805R5HY002 5Vdc, 0.5A max., min EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV/Rh, UL
A) Components Co.,Ltd. 0.15CFM A11:2017,
UL 507
Delta Electronics, Inc ND75C61XXXXXXXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.5A max., min IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 60 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(X stand for A-Z, 0-9, - or 0.15CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
blank for marketing purpose UL 507
only)
Sunonwealth Electric EG50040S1-CM6Z 5Vdc, 0.41A max., min EN 60950-1:2006+A11 TUV/Rh, UL
Machine Industry (Z stand for 30 characters. 0.15CFM +A1+A12+A2,
Co., Ltd. Each character stands for EN 62368-1:2014,
one of the following signs: 0- UL 507
9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max.,min IEC 62368-1:2014, Verified by Nemko
0.15CFM,12000r/min EN 62368-1:2014, or other certificate
max. UL 507 body, UL
DC fan (for MB Sunonwealth Electric EG50040S1- CSZ 5Vdc, 0.53A, min.0.15 EN 62368-1: 2014; TUV/Rh, UL
B) Machine Industry (Z stand for 30 characters. CFM UL 507
Co., Ltd. Each character stands for
one of the following signs: 0-
9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only)
Delta Electronics, ND75C83XXXX XXXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
Inc. (X stands for A- Z, 0-9, “-“ or CFM UL 507
blank, for marketing purpose
only)
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K223052837 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. CFM UL 507
Asia Vital BAPA0806R5HY005 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1: 2014/ TUV/SUD, UL
Components Co.,Ltd. CFM A11:2017;
UL 507
Interchangeabl e Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.53A max., min IEC 62368-1:2014, Verified by Nemko
0.15CFM, 12000r/min EN 62368-1:2014, or other certificate
max. UL 507 body, UL
Speakers (two Interchangeable Interchangeable Each 4Ω, 2.5W max. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
provided) equip.
(optional)
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105℃ min. UL 796 UL
Ranging STMicroelectronics VL53L1, VL53L3 Class III, Laser class I IEC 60825-1: 2014 CB by TUV/Rh
Sensor module product (US-TUVR-
10598)
RTC Battery FDK CORPORATIO ML1220* 3Vdc Max. charging UL 1642 UL
(Lithium) (for N * - These cells may have current 300mA
MB B used) various insulating tube, ring
or tape.
DOUBLE BEST CO ML1220 3Vdc Max. charging UL 1642 UL
LTD current 100mA
VIC-DAWN ML1220 Cells may be 5 Vdc, Max. Charging UL 1642 UL
ENTERPRISE CO provided with alphanumeric Current 100mA.
LTD suffix (j) or (k),
(j) may come with an
optional single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix
denoting various insulating
tube, ring, or tape. (k) may
come with an optional single
or multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various pin,
tab, cap or wire termination
types.
JHIH HONG JHT ML1220 Max. charging voltage UL 1642 UL
TECHNOLOGY 5Vdc, Max. Charging
CO LTD Current 100mA
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 61 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
Appendix Q (Modelo/Model: P137G, P137G…)
(The dots ’.’ in the model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, - or blank for marketing use.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.25A or 4.5A or 6.5A 20Vdc; Class Ш, IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2012, CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010
+A1:2015, IEC 61000-3-2: 2018, IEC 61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC
61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P: 1.7A; AC 100-240V; IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(60W) Technology Co., Ltd. 50-60Hz; Class I A1+A2, UL60950-1 (JPTUV-113912),
(DELL) Output: DC 20.0V; 3.0A; UL
60.0W (altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I A1+A2, (JPTUV-113544),
Output: DC 20.0V/3.0A; UL 60950-1 UL
60.0W (altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V;50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-113717),
Output:20Vdc/3A UL
(altitude: 5000m)
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA65NM17Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by Nemko
(65W) Technology Co., Ltd. (The “Z” in model name can 60Hz, Cl. l EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ (NO93853), UL
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for marketing DC-output: 3A 5V or 3A A1+A12+A2,
purpose) 9V or 3A 15V or 3.25A UL60950-1
20V. (altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM170 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class II with A1+A2, (DK-57259-A1-UL),
Functional Earthing; EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ UL
Output: A1+A12+A2,
20V/15V/9V/5Vdc, UL60950-1
3.25/3/3/3A (altitude:
5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA65NM170 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I, A1+A2, (NO93632), UL
DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc EN 60950-1:2006+A11+
or 3A 15Vdc or 3A 9Vdc A1+A12+A2,
or 3A 5Vdc (altitude: UL60950-1
5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NM19Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can 60Hz, Cl. l A1+A2, (NO103538), UL
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for Marketing DC-output: 3A 5Vdc or EN 60950-1:2006+A11+A1
purpose) 3A 9Vdc or 3A 15Vdc or +A12+A2,
3.25A 20Vdc. (altitude: UL60950-1
5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
Corporation (DELL) 50-60Hz, Class II with A1+A2, UL(Demko)(DK-
functional earthing; EN 60950-1:2006+A11+A1 76559-A1-UL), UL
Output: +A12+A2,
5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, UL60950-1
3A/3A/3A/3.25A
(altitude: 5000m)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 62 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V;1.7A; IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/RH
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class II with A1+A2, (JPTUV-090615-
functional earth; EN 60950-1:2006+A11+A1 A1), UL
Output: 20Vdc/3.25A or +A12+A2,
15Vdc/3A or 9Vdc/3A or UL60950-1
5Vdc/3A (altitude:
5000m)
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 I/P: 100-240V~ 1.7A 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. 60Hz; Class I A1+A2, (NO114699), UL
Output: 20.0V DC UL 60950-1
3.25A/65.0W. (altitude:
5000m)
AC/DC adapter Lite-On Technology LA90PM170 I/P: 1.5A, AC100- 240V, IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/RH
(90W) Corporation (DELL) 50-60Hz, Class I; A1+A2, (JPTUV- 075882),
O/P: DC 20V, 4.5A; EN 60950-1:2006+A11+A1 UL
15V, 3A; 9V, 3A; 5V, 3A +A12+A2,
(altitude: 5000m) UL60950-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA90PM17Z (Z=0-9, A-Z or I/P: 1.5A, 100- 240V~, IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL(Demko)
(DELL) blank) 50-60Hz, Cl. I A1+A2, (DK-57143-A1-
Output: EN 60950-1:2006+A11+A1 UL), UL
20V/15V/9V/5Vdc, +A12+A2,
4.5A/3/3/3 A (altitude: UL60950-1
5000m)
Chicony Power HA90PM210, HA90PM211 I/P: 1.5A; AC 100-240V; IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. 50-60Hz, Class I A1+A2, (JPTUV-124975-
(DELL) Output: DC 20.0V, 4.5A, UL60950-1 M1), UL
90.0W (altitude: 5000m)
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA130PM17Z I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.8A; IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by
(130W) Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can 50-60Hz; Class II UL60950-1 TUVRh(JPTUV-
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for marketing Output: DC 20V;6.5A 103163)
purpose) (Altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA130PM17Z I/P: 100-240V~,1.8A, IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL(Demko)
(DELL) (Z can be 0 to 9, for 50-60Hz; Class I UL60950-1 (DK-66570-UL), UL
marketing purpose only) DC Output: 20V,
6.5A(Altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA130PM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.8A; IEC 60950-1: 2005+A1+A2 CB by TUVRh
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I (JPTUV- 118414)
Output: 20V, 6.5A
(Altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA130PM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 60950-1: 2005+A1+A2 CB by TUVRh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.8A; Class I (JPTUV- 119250)
Output: DC 20V/ 6.5A
(Altitude: 5000m)
Li-ion battery SUNWODA WY9DX 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
pack Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133:2012 CB by UL
(for MB A and (DELL)
MB B) Simplo Technology WY9DX 11.4Vdc; 42Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
Co., Ltd. (DELL) 3500mAh IEC 62133:2012, UL
UL 60950-1
Shenzhen BYD WY9DX 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko
Lithium Battery IEC 62133:2012
Company Limited
(DELL)
LG CHEM, LTD. WY9DX 11.40Vdc; 42Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko
(DELL) 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh / IEC 62133:2012
42Wh
SUNWODA RJ40G 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133:2012 CB by UL
(DELL)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 63 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Simplo Technology RJ40G 15.2Vdc, 63Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
Co., Ltd. (DELL) 3941mAh IEC 62133:2012, UL
UL 60950-1
Shenzhen BYD RJ40G 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko,
Lithium Battery IEC 62133:2012 CB by TUV/Rh
Company Limited
(DELL)
Li-ion battery LG CHEM, LTD. GRT01 15.2Vdc; 64Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
pack (DELL) A1+A2,
(for MB C, MB IEC 62133-2:2017
D, MB H and Shenzhen BYD GRT01 15.2Vdc, 4000mAh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL, CB by
MB I) Lithium Battery 15.2Vdc, 4000mAh, A1+A2, TUV/Rh
Company Limited 64Wh IEC 62133-2: 2017
(DELL)
Simplo Technology GRT01 15.2Vdc, 64Wh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
Co., Ltd. 4000mAh A1+A2,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017
Li-ion battery LG ENERGY 293F1 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
pack SOLUTION, LTD. A1+A2,
(for MB E, MB IEC 62133-2: 2017
F and MB G) Zhuhai CosMX 293F1 11.25V, Rated: IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Battery Co., Ltd. 3467mAh A1+A2,
IEC 62133-2: 2017
Zhuhai CosMX FK0VR DC 15.2V, Rated: IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Battery Co., Ltd. 3625mAh A1+A2,
IEC 62133-2: 2017
SUNWODA 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh, CB
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2, by UL/Demko
IEC 62133-2: 2017
SUNWODA FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh, CB
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2, by UL/Demko
IEC 62133-2: 2017
SIMPLO 293F1 11.25Vdc, IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 3467mAh/41Wh A1+A2,
LTD IEC 62133-2: 2017
SIMPLO M69D0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 3467mAh A1+A2,
LTD IEC 62133-2: 2017
SIMPLO FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh A1+A2,
LTD IEC 62133-2: 2017
SIMPLO 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+A1+A2, CB by UL/Demko
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh IEC 62133-2: 2017
LTD
SHENZHEN BYD 293F1 11.25Vdc,3467mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+A1 CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY +A2, CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133-2:2017
SHENZHEN BYD M69D0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133-2:2017
SHENZHEN BYD FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133-2:2017
SHENZHEN BYD 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133-2:2017
RTC battery MITSUBISHI CR2032+ 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH15370)
(Lithium type) ELECTRIC CORP charging current 10mA
PANASONIC CR2032* 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12210)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 64 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
CORPORATIO N, charging current 10mA
PANASONIC
CORPORATIO N OF
NORTH AMERICA
DOUBLE BEST CO CR2032 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
LTD(DBV) charging current 10mA
VIC-DAWN CR2032 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH20550)
ENTERPRISE CO charging current 10mA
LTD(KTS)
EVE ENERGY CO CR2032 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH28717)
LTD charging current 10mA
GUANGDONG CR2032 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48705)
TIANQIU charging current 10mA
ELECTRONICS
TECHNOLOGY CO
LTD
MAXELL, LTD CR2032* 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12568)
charging current 10mA
FDK CORPORATION CR2032 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH13421)
charging current 10mA
VARTA CR2032 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH13654)
MICROBATTERY charging current 10mA
GMBH
VARTA CONSUMER CR2032 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH28845)
BATTERIES GMBH charging current 10mA
& CO KGAA
JHIH HONG CR2032 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
TECHNOLOGY CO charging current 10mA
LTD
TOSHIBA CR2032* 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12828)
LIFESTYLE charging current 10mA
PRODUCTS &
SERVICES
CORPORATION
MITSUBISHI CR2032 3V, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH21249)
ELECTRIC charging current 10mA
HOME APPLIANCE
CO LTD
Plastic SABIC JAPAN L L C D551RC(rc1)(B2)(B6), V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
Enclosure EXTC8389(rc1)( B2)(B6) thickness
--(B2) BK code 7A1D347
only
--(B6) BK code 7M1A5068
and 701 only
--(rc1) Grade with 30% of
post consumer recycle
content by weight
--NOTE Material designation
may be followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination
SABIC JAPAN L L C RCM6224(rc9) (GY4) V-0, min. 1.2mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
(GY4) – Represents color thickness
code 7M5A8053 Material
designation may be followed
by a color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 65 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
numeric/alpha combination.
rc9 – Contains a maximum
of 35% PC post- consumer
recycle material.
Covestro Deutschland FR3040 + V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL (E41613)
AG [PC Resins] + - Material designations thickness
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
Alt. Plastic Covestro Deutschland FR3008+ V-0, min. 1.5mm UL 94 UL (E41613)
Enclosure AG [PC Resins] + - Material designations thickness
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
Covestro Deutschland FR3025 R(y) + V-0, min. 1.2mm UL 94 UL (E41613)
AG [PC Resins] (y) - Replaced by two digits thickness
01 to 35 representing
recycled PC content
+ - Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
SABIC JAPAN L L C ML7681 V-0, min. 1.2mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
thickness
SABIC JAPAN L L C DC0041PE(B5)(EC), V-0, min. 0.8mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
ER010460(B5)(EC) Thickness
--(B5) Represents color
code 7M1D145
--(EC) Material is electrically
conductive
--NOTE Material designation
may be followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
SABIC JAPAN L L C DC0041(B5) V-0, min. 0.8mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
(B5) – Represents color Thickness
code 7M1D145
NOTE – Material
designation may be followed
by a color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
Alt. Plastic SABIC JAPAN L L C DC0041PE(BK12) (EC), V-0, min. 0.8mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
Enclosure 2) ER010460(BK12)(EC) Thickness
(BK12) –Represents color
code 7M1D145 and
7M1D145W
(EC) – Material is electrically
conductive
SABIC JAPAN L L C RCM6134 (rc4) V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
Polycarbonate/A crylonitrile thickness
Butadiene Styrene
(PC/ABS), furnished as
pellets
(rc4) – Grade with 35% of
PC post-consumer recycle
material by weight.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 66 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
NOTE – Material
designation may be followed
by a color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
DAICEL POLYMER DE777 V-0, min. 0.8mm UL 94 UL(E47773)
LTD thickness
Covestro Deutschland CF9920 R30 + (z), CF9920 V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL (E41613)
AG [PC Resins] R30 Thickness, 80°C
+ RE (z) -
Material designation and
color code may be followed
by up to three letters and/or
three numbers (does not
include grades which are
separately recognized with
above material designation
and suffix) + - Material
designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
LOTTE CHEMICAL NH-1024(+) V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL (E115797)
CORPORATIO N (+) – May be replaced by Thickness, 60°C
one, two, or three numbers
and/or letters.
SABIC JAPAN L L C DC0041PD(B5), V-0, min. 0.8mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
ER010459(B5)-- Thickness
(B5) Represents color code
7M1D145
--NOTE Material designation
may be followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha
combination.
SABIC JAPAN L L C CX7240(GG) V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
(GG) -Denotes a global Thickness, 90°C
grade formulation previously
in File E161759.
NOTE -Material designation
may be followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
SABIC JAPAN L L C CX7240(GG)(f2) V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL (E207780)
(GG) - Denotes a global thickness, 90°C
grade formulation previously
in File E161759.
(f2) - Subjected to one or
more of the following tests:
Ultraviolet Light, Water
Exposure or Immersion in
accordance with UL 746C,
where the acceptability for
outdoor use is to be
determined by UL.
NOTE -Material designation
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 67 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
may be followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
Covestro Deutschland FR3040 W + V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL (E41613)
AG [PC Resins] + -Material designations thickness, 80°C
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
LCD panel BOE NT140WHM- N45 14.0“ FHD TFT LCD, IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
glass type, min. 0.34 equipment
mm thick (with LED
back-light module)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 14.0“ FHD TFT LCD, IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
glass type, min. 0.34 equipment
mm thick (with LED
back-light module)
DC Fan (for Asia Vital BAPA0606R5HY005 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. EN 62368- TUV, UL
MB A and MB Components Co., Ltd. 0.3 CFM 1:2014/A11:2017,
B) UL 507
DELTA NS75C37XXXXXXXXXXX 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014; TUV, UL
ELECTRONICS INC (X stands for A-Z, 0-9, - or 0.3 CFM IEC 62368-1:2014,
blank for marketing purpose UL 507
only)
Sunonwealth Electric EG50050S1-CHZ 5Vdc, max. 0.35A, min. EN 60950-1:2006+A11 TUV, UL
Machine (Z stands for 30 characters. 0.3 CFM +A1+A12+A2,
Industry Co., Ltd. Each character stands for EN 62368-1:2014,
one of the following signs: 0- UL 507
9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only)
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K12304363T 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. 0.3CFM UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. IEC 62368-1, Verified by Nemko
0.3 CFM,12000r/min EN 62368-1, or other certificate
max.,K factor = 210 IEC 60950-1, body, UL
max. UL 60950-1,
UL 507
DC fan Delta Electronics, Inc. ND85C40XXXX XXXXXXX 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
(for MB C, MB (X stands for A- Z, 0-9, - or 0.5CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
D, MB H and blank UL 507
MB I) for marketing purpose only)
Sunonwealth Electric EG75070S1-C65Z 5Vdc, 420mA, min. EN 62368-1: 2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Machine Industry Co., (Z stands for 30 characters. 0.5CFM UL 507
Ltd. Each character stands for
the following signs: 0-9, A-Z,
(, ), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only)
Sunonwealth EG75070S1-C62Z 5Vdc, 370mA, min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Electric Machine (Z stands for 30 characters. 0.5CFM UL 507
Industry Co., Ltd. Each character stands for
the following signs: 0-9, A-Z,
(, ), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only)
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K223052834 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV, UL
Ltd. 0.5CFM UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. IEC 62368-1, Verified by Nemko
0.5 CFM, EN 62368-1, or other certificate
12000r/min max., IEC 60950-1, body, UL
K factor = 210 max. UL 60950-1, UL 507
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 68 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
DC fan Sunonwealth Electric EG50050S1-CJZ 5Vdc, 0.40A, min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
(for MB E, MB Machine Industry Co., (Z stands for 30 characters. 0.15CFM UL 507
F) Ltd. Each character stands for
one of the following signs: 0-
9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only)
Delta Electronics, Inc. ND85C41XXXXXXXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. EN 62368-1: 2014, TUV/Rh, UL
(X stands for AZ, -9, - or 0.15CFM UL 507
blank for marketing purpose
only)
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K223052836 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. 0.15CFM UL 507
Asia Vital BAPA0606R5HY010 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV SUD, UL
Components 0.15CFM UL 507
Co.,Ltd.
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. IEC 62368-1, Verified by Nemko
0.15CFM, 12000r/min EN 62368-1, or other certificate
max., K factor = 210 IEC 60950-1, body, UL
max. UL 60950-1, UL 507
Speakers (two Interchangeable Interchangeable Each 4Ω, 2.5W max. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
provided)
(optional)
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105℃ min. UL 796 UL
Ranging STMicroelectron ics VL53L1, VL53L3 Class III, Laser class I IEC 60825-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
Sensor module product (US-TUVR- 10598)
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 69 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix R (Modelo/Model: P110F, P110F…)
(The dots ’.’ in the model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, - or blank for marketing use.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.25A 20Vdc or 4.5A 20Vdc or 3A 20Vdc; Class Ш, IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2012, CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010
+A1:2015, IEC 61000-3-2: 2018, IEC 61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC
61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of conformity
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA65NM17Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
(65W) Technology Co., Ltd. (The “Z” in model name can 60Hz, Cl. L A1+A2, (NO93853), UL, CB
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for marketing DC-output: 3.25A 20V. EN 60950-1:2006 by TUVRh (JPTUV-
purpose) (altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, 103926), UL
UL60950-1,
IEC 62368-1,
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM170 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL/Demko,
(DELL) 60Hz; Class II with A1+A2, (DK-57259-A1-UL),
Functional Earthing; EN 60950-1:2006 UL,
Output: 20V, 3.25A +A11+A1+A12+A2, CB by TUVRh
(altitude: 5000m) UL60950-1, (JPTUV-107794), UL
IEC 62368-1,
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Lite-On Technology LA65NM170 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I, A1+A2, (NO93632), UL, CB
DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc EN 60950-1:2006 by Nemko
(altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, (NO109814), UL
UL60950-1,
IEC 62368-1,
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA65NM19Z I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can 60Hz, Cl. l A1+A2, (NO103538), UL
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for Marketing DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc. EN 60950-1:2006
purpose) (altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2,
UL60950-1,
Chicony Power HA65NM190 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 62368-1, CB by TUVRh
Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz, Cl. l EN 62368-1, (JPTUV-101730), UL
(DELL) DC-output: 3.25A 20Vdc. UL 62368-1
(altitude: 5000m)
Alt. AC/DC Lite-On Technology LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL(Demko)
adapter (65W)1) Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Class II with A1+A2, (DK-76559-A1-UL),
functional earthing; EN 60950-1:2006 UL CB by UL(Demko)
Output: 20Vdc, 3.25A +A11+A1+A12+A2, (DK-76758-M1-UL),
(altitude: 5000m) UL60950-1, UL
IEC 62368-1,
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/RH
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class II; A1+A2, (JPTUV-090615-A1),
Output: 20Vdc/3.25A EN 60950-1:2006 UL CB by TUV/RH
(altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, (JPTUV-105170-A1),
UL60950-1, UL
IEC 62368-1,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 70 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 I/P: 100-240V~1.7A 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, EN CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. 60Hz; Class I 62368-1: 2014+ (NO114658), UL
(DELL) Output: 5.0V DC A11: 2017,
3A/15.0W or 9.0V DC UL 62368-1
3A/27.0W or 15V DC
3A/45W or 20.0V DC
3.25A/65.0W. (altitude:
5000m)
AC/DC adapter Lite-On Technology LA90PM170 I/P: 1.5A, AC100-240V,
IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/RH
(90W)1) Corporation (DELL) 50-60Hz, Class I;
A1+A2, (JPTUV-075882), UL,
O/P: DC 20V, 4.5A
EN 60950-1:2006 CB by TUV/RH
(altitude: 5000m)
+A11+A1+A12+A2, (JPTUV-103928), UL
UL60950-1,
IEC 62368-1,
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA90PM17Z I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V~, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL(Demko)
(DELL) (Z=0-9, A-Z or blank) 60Hz, Cl. I A1+A2, (DK-57143-A1-UL),
Output: 20VVdc, 4.5A EN 60950-1:2006 UL,
(altitude: 5000m) +A11+A1+A12+A2, CB by TUV/RH
UL60950-1, (JPTUV-106273), UL
IEC 62368-1,
EN 62368-1,
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA90PM210, HA90PM211 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.5A; IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. 50-60Hz, Class II with IEC 60950-1:2005+ (JPTUV-125081-M1),
(DELL) functional earth A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
Output: DC UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-124975-M1),
20V/15V/9V/5V; UL
4.5/3/3/3A (altitude:
5000m)
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P: 1.7A; AC 100-240V; IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(60W) 1) Technology 50-60Hz; Class I A1+A2, (JPTUV-113912), UL
Co., Ltd. (DELL) Output:DC 5.0V; UL 60950-1, CB by TUV/Rh
3.0A;15.0W, 9.0V;3.0A; IEC 62368-1:2014, EN (JPTUV-113913), UL
27.0W, DC 15.0V; 62368-1:2014+
3.0A;45.0W, 20.0V;3.0A; A11,
60.0W(altitude: 5000m) UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, DA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Inc.(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I A1+A2, (JPTUV-113544), UL,
Output: DC UL 60950-1, CB by TUV/Rh
5.0V/3.0A/15.0W or DC IEC 62368-1:2014, (JPTUV-113741), UL
9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or EN 62368-1:2014+
DC15.0V/ 3.0A/45.0W or A11,
DC 20.0V/3.0A /60.0W UL 62368-1
(altitude:5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014, UL CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I 62368-1 (JPTUV-113717), UL
Output: 5Vdc, 3A \
9Vdc,3A \ 15Vdc, 3A
\20Vdc, 3A; Max. Power
60W. (altitude:5000m)
Chicony Power HA60NM210 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018 CB by UL(Demko)
Technology 60Hz Cl. II (DK-123336-UL)
Co., Ltd. (DELL) O/P: 5.0V 3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V 3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V
3.0A/45.0W, 20.0V,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 71 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
3.0A/60.0W
Lite-On LA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Technology 60Hz; 1.7A; Cl. II (JPTUV-131377)
Corporation O/P: 5Vdc, 3A / 15W;
(DELL) 9Vdc, 3A / 27W; 15Vdc,
3A / 45W; 20Vdc,3A /
60W
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014 CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Cl. II (JPTUV-128933)
O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or DC
9.0V, 3.0A or DC 15.0V,
3.0A or DC 20.0V, 3.0A
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL (Demko),
pack1) Lithium Battery IEC 62133: 2012, CB by TUVRh, UL
Company Limited / UL 2054
DELL
LG CHEM, LTD. 9JM71 11.4Vdc; 42Wh IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL(Demko),
/ DELL IEC 62133: 2012, UL
UL 2054
Alt. Li-ion SIMPLO 9JM71 11.4Vdc; 42Wh or IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL/Demko, UL
battery pack TECHNOLOGY CO 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
LTD / DELL 2054
SUNWODA 9JM71 11.4Vdc, 42Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUVRh CB by
Electronic Co., Ltd / A1+A2, UL(Demko), UL
DELL IEC 62133: 2012,
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL (Demko),
Lithium Battery IEC 62133: 2012, CB by TUVRh, UL
Company Limited / UL 2054
DELL
SIMPLO 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 63Wh or IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL/Demko, UL
TECHNOLOGY CO 3941mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
LTD / DELL 2054
SUNWODA 7FMXV 15.2Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUVRh CB by
Electronic Co., Ltd / A1+A2, UL(Demko), UL
DELL IEC 62133: 2012,
UL 2054
LG ENERGY 293F1 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
SOLUTION, LTD. / A1+A2, UL
DELL IEC 62368-1:2018,
IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
Zhuhai CosMX 293F1 11.25V, Rated: 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh, CB
Battery Co., Ltd. / A1+A2, by (Demko), CB by
DELL IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
Zhuhai CosMX FK0VR DC 15.2V, Rated: IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh, CB
Battery Co., Ltd. / 3625mAh A1+A2, by (Demko), CB by
DELL IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
SUNWODA 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh, CB
Electronic Co., Ltd / A1+A2, by UL (Demko), UL
DELL IEC 62368-1:2018,
IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 72 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
60950-1,
UL 2054
SUNWODA FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2, UL
IEC 62368-1:2018,
IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO 293F1 11.25Vdc, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO 3467mAh/41Wh A1+A2, UL
LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO M69D0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO 3467mAh A1+A2, UL
LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh A1+A2, UL
LTD IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO 58Wh A1+A2, UL
LTD / DELL IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, IEC 62368- CB by TUV/Rh, UL
COMPANY LIMITED 1:2014, IEC 62133-
/ DELL 2:2017, UL 60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD M69D0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950- CB by UL (Demko),
LITHIUM BATTERY 1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh, UL
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014,
/ DELL IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh, UL
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014,
/ DELL IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
SHENZHEN BYD 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh, UL
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014,
/DELL IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1,
UL 2054
Plastic SABIC JAPAN L L C DF00A8P, EXTC8140, V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL
Enclosure D551 thickness
COMPLAM D21904 CFNW0102 FR V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL
MATERIAL CO LTD thickness
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 73 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
PMC Performance F501006 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL
Materials Guangzhou thickness
Ltd
CATCHER CTCRCFV0 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL
TECHNOLOGY CO thickness
LTD
ADVANCED CNWCPC011012 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL
INTERNATIONAL thickness
MULTITECH CO.,
LTD.
SABIC JAPAN L L C EXTC8273, D251 V-0, min 0.6mm thickness UL 94 UL
Alt. Plastic COVESTRO FR3040 + V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL
Enclosure DEUTSCHLAND AG + - Material designations thickness
[PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
SABIC JAPAN L L C EXCY0296 (rc4), RCM6134 V-0, min. 1.0mm UL 94 UL
(rc4) thickness
(rc4) - Grade with 35% of
PC post-consumer recycle
material by weight.
SABIC JAPAN L L C RCM6224(rc9) (rc9) - V-0, min. 1.2mm UL 94 UL
Contains a maximum of thickness
35% PC post-consumer
recycle material.
TORAY INDUSTRIES A305M(kk), (kk) – denotes a V-0, min. 0.35mm UL 94 UL
INC two digit number, 31-69 thickness
SABIC JAPAN L L C ML7681 V-0, min.1.2mm thickness UL 94 UL
COVESTRO FR3040 W + V-0, min. 0.75mm UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAN D AG + - Material designations thickness
[PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
Metal enclosure Waffer Catcher AZ91D AI-Mg alloy, min. 0.8 mm IEC 60950-1, Annex Tested in the
1) Foxconn JuRong thickness A.2 equipment
Huaye (JY) Mitac
CPM Chang Yun
QunLi Shanxi Regal
Advanced Material
Co., Ltd (Shanghai
Regal Metal Materials
Co., Ltd) ,CHUNQIU
Alt. Metal Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, minimum 0.8 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
enclosure thickness equipment
LCD panel LGD B156ZAN03.8 15.6” LED TFT, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness of glass is equipment
0.34mm
Interchangeable Interchangeable 15.6” LED TFT, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness of glass is equipment
0.34mm
Laser STMicroelectronics VL53L1, VL53L3 2.6 to 3.5 Vdc, Class 1 IEC/EN 60825-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh (US-
Positioning Laser product (Third Edition) TUVR-10598)
Device
(optional)
DC Fan for MB Delta Electronics, Inc ND75C62XXXXXXXXXXX 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
A used (X stands for A-Z, 0-9, - or 0.15CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
blank for marketing purpose UL 507
only)
Sunonwealth Electric EG50040S1-CM2Z (Z 5Vdc, max.0.36A, min. IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 74 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Machine Industry Co., stands for 30 characters. 0.15CFM EN 62368-1:2014,
Ltd. Each character stands for UL 507
one of the following signs: 0-
9, A-Z, (,),.,/, -, or blank for
marketing purpose only)
Suzhou Forcecon DFS5K22305283K 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Electric Co., Ltd. 0.15 CFM UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. IEC/EN 60950-1, Verified by Nemko or
0.15CFM IEC/EN 62368-1 other certificate body,
UL 60950-1, UL
UL 507
DC Fan for MB Sunonwealth Electric EG50040S1-CR9Z 5Vdc, max.0.45A, min. EN 62368-1:2014. TUV/Rh, UL
B used Machine Industry Co., (Z stand for 30 characters. 0.15 CFM UL 507
Ltd. Each character stands for
one of the following signs: 0-
9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only)
DELTA ND75C88XXXXX 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
ELECTRONICS INC XXXXXX, where X stands 0.15 CFM UL 507
for A through Z, 0 through 9,
“-“or blank for marketing
purpose only
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5L32G0648 6M 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. 0.15 CFM UL 507
Inter- changeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. IEC/EN 62368-1, Verified by Nemko or
0.15CFM UL 60950-1, UL 507 other certificate body,
UL
DC Fan for MB Sunonwealth Electric EG50050S1-CJ7Z 5Vdc, max.0.4A, min. EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
C used Machine Industry Co., (Z stand for 30 characters. 0.15 CFM UL 507
Ltd. Each character stands for
one of the following signs: 0-
9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only)
DELTA ND75C84XXXXX 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
ELECTRONICS INC XXXXXX, where X stands 0.15 CFM UL 507
for A through Z, 0 through 9,
“-“or blank for marketing
purpose only
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K22B056738 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014; TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. 0.15 CFM UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min. EN 62368-1:2014; TUV, UL
0.15 CFM UL 507
RTC battery FDK CORPORATIO ML1220* Max. charging voltage UL 1642 UL
(Lithium type) N * - These cells may have 5Vdc, Max. charging
for MB B and C various insulating tube, ring current 300mA
only or tape.
Alt. RTC battery DOUBLE BEST CO ML1220 Max. charging voltage UL 1642 UL
(Lithium type) LTD 5Vdc, Max. charging
for MB B and C current 100mA
only VIC-DAWN ML1220 Cells may be Max. charging voltage UL 1642 UL
ENTERPRISE CO provided with alphanumeric 5Vdc, Max. Charging
LTD suffix (j) or (k), (j) may come Current 100mA.
with an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric suffix
denoting various insulating
tube, ring, or tape. (k) may
come with an optional single
or multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various pin,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 75 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
tab, cap or wire termination
types.
JHIH HONG JHT ML1220 Max. charging voltage UL 1642 UL
TECHNOLOGY 5Vdc, Max. Charging
CO LTD Current 100mA
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1 UL 758 UL
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1 UL 796 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-2 UL 94 UL
/Enclosure
Speakers (two Interchangeable Interchangeable 4Ω, 2.5W max. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
provided)
(optional)
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105℃ min. UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 76 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix S (Modelo/Model: P144G, P144G…)
(The dots '.' can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z or blank for marketing purposes only)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.34A 19.5Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc; ClassⅢ, IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2015+COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010 +A1:2015, IEC
61000-3-2: 2014, IEC 61000-3-3:2013, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2006+A1:2007+A2:2010, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-
5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
External power LITE-ON LA65NS2-01 I/P: 100-240V~, 50- 60Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
adapter TECHNOLOGY 1.6A EN 62368- 1:2014 UL(Demko) (DK-
CORP / DELL O/P: 19.5Vdc, 3.34A +A11, 69679- UL),
UL 60950-1, TUVrh, UL
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA65NS5-00 Input: AC 100- 240V;1.7A;50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV
Technology Co.,Ltd / 60Hz EN 62368- 1:2014 (JPTUV-
DELL Output: DC 19.5V;3.34A +A11, 103498), TUVrh,
UL 60950-1, UL
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM191 AC Input: 100-240V~, 1.6A, IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by TUV
/ DELL 50-60Hz am2, (JPTUV- 102356,
DC Output: 19.5Vdc, 3.34A IEC 62368-1:2014, JPTUV- 102420),
UL 60950-1, UL
UL 62368-1
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM201 INPUT: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd / 60Hz am2, (NO115213,
DELL Output: 19.5V DC 3.34A IEC 62368-1:2014, NO115308), UL
65.0W CI. I UL 60950-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta / DELL DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV
60Hz; EN 62368- (JPTUV-
Class II with functional earth 1:2014+A11, 105170), TUV,
O/P: DC 20V/3.25A or DC UL 62368-1 UL
15V/3A or DC 9V/3A or DC
5V/3A
Chicony / DELL HA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV
1.7A; EN 62368- 1:2014 (JPTUV-
O/P: 3A 5Vdc or 3A 9Vdc or +A11, 103370), UL
3A 15Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc UL 62368-1
Lite-On / DELL LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
60Hz; EN 62368- 1:2014 UL(Demko) (DK-
O/P: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, +A11, 76758-A1- UL),
3A/3A/3A/3.25A UL 62368-1 UL
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 INPUT: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. / 60Hz am2, (NO114699,
DELL Output: 5.0V DC 3A/15.0W or IEC 62368-1:2014, NO115308), UL
9.0V DC 3A/27.0W or 15.0V UL 60950-1,
DC, 3A/45.0W or 20.0V DC UL 62368-1
3.25A/65.0W
Plastic Enclosure Covestro FR3002 + V-0 min., 1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(LCD bezel) Deutschland AG [PC + – Material designations min.
Resins] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
MITSUBISHI MB1700+ V-0 min., 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 77 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
ENGINEERIN G- + - Suffix optional, min.
PLASTICS CORP exceptions: The following
cannot be used as optional
suffixes: "T" for grade 1501,
1502, 1511, 1521 & 2502,
"N" for NXG5050,
NXG5030, NXG5501, &
CGF-(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54,
"R" for grade MB2211, "V"
for grades S-3000+(f1), S-
3001+(f1), S-3003+(f1).
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY:GN-5101RF(#), V-0 min., 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(#) - May be followed by min.
optional suffix letter from A-
Z incl., except F, and
except Grades HT700B,
LI912A, AF303G, AF303S,
XR404T, XR407D,
XR407E, HF380X,
XR404E, XR404-G,
XR404-P and LUMILOY
GN2108FI.
Plastic Enclosure COVESTRO FR3021+ V-0 min., 1.2 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(LCD Cover / DEUTSCHLAND AG + – Material designations min.
Palmrest frame / [PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
Base) digit numerical code
denoting color.
Alt. Plastic NINGBO LG LUPOY GN- 5151RF(#) V-0 min.,1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
Enclosure (LCD YONGXING (#) – May or may not be min.
Cover / Palmrest CHEMICAL CO LTD followed by suffix letter from
frame / Base) A- Z inclusive,except F, and
except Grades HT700B,
XR401B, LI912A, AF303G,
AF303S, XR404T,
XR407D, XR407E,
HF380X
LG CHEM (TIANJIN) LUPOY GN- 5151RF(#) V-0 min.,1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
ENGINEERIN G (#) – May be followed by min.
PLASTICS CO LTD optional suffiz letter from A-
Z, except F.
LG Chem LUPOY GN- 5151RF(#) V-0 min.,1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(Guangzhou) (#) – May be followed by min.
Engineering Plastics optional suffix letter from A-
Co Ltd Z incl., except F, and
except Grades AF302G,
HT700B, XR401B, LI912A,
AF303G, AF303S.
LG CHEM POLAND LUPOY GN- 5151RF(#) V-0 min.,1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
SP Z OO (#) – May be followed by min.
optional suffix letter from A-
Z incl., except F, and
except Grades AF302G,
HT700B, XR401B, LI912A,
AF303G, AF303S,
XR404T, XR407D,
XR407E, HF380X.
Alt. Plastic LG CHEM LTD LUPOY GN- 5151RF(#) V-0 min.,1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
Enclosure (LCD (#) – May be followed by min.
Cover / Palmrest optional suffix letter from A-
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 78 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
frame / Base) Z incl., except F, and
except Grades HT700B,
LI912A, AF303G, AF303S,
XR404T, XR407D,
XR407E, HF380X,
XR404E, XR404- G,
XR404-P and LUMILOY
GN2108FI.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5151RF (#) V-0 min., 1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(#) – May be followed by min.
optional suffix letter from A-
Z incl., except F, and
except Grades HT700B,
LI912A, AF303G, AF303S,
XR404T, XR407D,
XR407E, HF380X,
XR404E, XR404- G,
XR404-P and LUMILOY
GN2108FI.
Internal barrier SICHUAN DFR117, DFR117ECOA, V-0 min. 0.05mm thickness UL 94 UL
(near bottom DONGFANG DFR117ECOB, min.
openings of INSULATING DFR117ECOC
speakers) MATERIAL CO LTD
AMBIC CO LTD Non-Halogen Nannen V-0 min. 0.2mm thickness UL 94 UL
Himelon min.
ULA-E4 Series
LCD panel HEFEI BOE **14****-*** (where "*" could 14”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV-Rh,
OPTOELECT be any letter of "0" to "9" or backlight A1+A2 UL
RONICS "A" to "Z" or blank, denotes UL 60950-1
TECHNOLOGY CO only non-safety related
LTD parts or
name difference.)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 14" TFT, glass type, min. 0.34 IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
mm thick (with LED back-light equip.
module)
Battery pack (Li- SHENZHEN BYD G91J0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
ion) (optional) LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, UL(Demko),
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV
(DELL) Zhuhai IEC 62133-2:2017
CosMX Battery
Co.,Ltd (DELL)
Zhuhai CosMX G91J0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV-Rh,
Battery Co.,Ltd A1+A2, CB by
(DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017, UL(Demko)
IEC 62368-1:2014
SIMPLO G91J0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh or 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO A1+A2, UL(Demko), UL
LTD (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1
SUNWODA G91J0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV-Rh
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018,
IEC 62133-2:2017
SHENZHEN BYD V6W33 15Vdc, 3420mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, UL(Demko),
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV-Rh
(DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO V6W33 15Vdc, 54Wh, 3420mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 79 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
TECHNOLOGY CO A1+A2, UL(Demko), UL
LTD (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 60950-1
SUNWODA V6W33 15Vdc, 3420mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018,
IEC 62133-2:2017
LG ENERGY G91J0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 62133-2:2017, IEC CB by
SOLUTION, LTD. 62368-1:2018 UL(Demko), UL
(DELL)
LG ENERGY V6W33 15Vdc, 54Wh IEC 62133-2:2017, IEC CB by
SOLUTION, LTD 62368-1:2018 UL(Demko), UL
(DELL)
ZHUHAI COSMX V6W33 DC 15V, Rated: 3420mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, IEC CB by TUV-Rh,
BATTERY CO., LTD. 62368-1:2014 CB by
(DELL) UL(Demko), UL
RTC Battery JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
(Lithium) TECHNOLOGY CO charging current 10mA.
LTD
MITSUBISHI CR2032+ UL 1642 UL
ELECTRIC CORP + - The cells may have
various insulating tube,
ring, or tape.
Alt. RTC Battery DOUBLE BEST CO CR2032 (j)(k) 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
(Lithium) LTD charging current 10mA.
VIC-DAWN CR2032 UL 1642 UL
ENTERPRISE CO
LTD
GUANGDONG CR2032 UL 1642 UL
TIANQIU
ELECTRONIC S
TECHNOLOGY CO
LTD
PANASONIC CR2032* UL 1642 UL
CORPORATIO N OF * - Cell model numbers may
NORTH AMERICA be followed by an optional
slash (/) and single or
multiple alphanumeric
characters (i.e. letters
and/or numbers), which
denote optional features
such as various mounting
tabs, connecting leads or
plugs, packaging, etc.
MAXELL, LTD CR2032* UL 1642 UL
* - These cells and batteries
may come with an optional
single or multiple
alphanumeric denoting
various pin, tab, cap or wire
termination types.
Interchangeable CR2032 UL 1642 UL
DC Fan unit (One Huaying Electronic BN7005S5H-N02P 5Vdc, 0.4A, 4.6 CFM MIN. EN 62368- 1:2014/ TUV SUD, UL
provided) Material Co., Ltd A11:2017,
UL 507
Sunonwealth Electric EG50050S1-CH8Z 5Vdc, 0.39A, Min. 4.2 CFM EN 62368-1:2014, TUV, UL
Machine Industry Co., (Z stands for 30 characters. UL 507
Ltd. Each character stands for
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 80 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
one of the following signs:
0-9, A-Z, (,), ., /, - or blank
for marketing purpose
only.)
WinMa Electronics EGC-70061S1-0AH 5Vdc, 0.5A, Min. 4.5 CFM EN 62368-1:2014+ TUV,
Technology Co., Ltd. A11, NRTL by TUV
UL 62368-1:2014
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5 Vdc, 0.6 A max., 4.2 CFM EN 62368-1, Verified by
min. UL 507 National
Certification
Body, UL
HDD (optional) Seagate Technology ST9 or 2.5 Series or ST 1.5A max., 5Vdc IEC 60950-1(2005) CB by UL
Inc. with additional Second Edition, (US/14823/UL),
suffixes UL 60950-1 UL
Interchangeable Interchangeable 1.5A max., 5Vdc IEC 60950-1(ed.2), IEC Verified by
62368-1, Nemko, UL, TUV
UL 60950-1,
UL 62368-1
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105℃ UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 81 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix U (Modelo/Model: P104F, P104F…)
(The dots ‘.’ can be 0-9, a-z, A-Z or blank for marketing purposes only)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.25A 20Vdc or 4.5A 20Vdc or 6.5A 20Vdc or 3.25A/4.5A/6.5A 20Vdc or 3A 20Vdc or
3A/3.25A/4.5A 20Vdc or 3A/3.25A/4.5A/6.5A 20Vdc or 4.5A/6.5A 20Vdc; Class Ⅲ; IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2012, CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010
+A1:2015, IEC 61000-3-2: 2014, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2006+A1:2007+A2:2010, IEC 61000-
4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of
INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model técnicas/ Standard conformidade/
Technical data Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA65NM19Z AC Input: 1.7 A 100- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
Technology Co., Ltd./ (The Z in model name can 240 V~50-60 Hz CI. I. A1+A2, Nemko(N103538),
DELL be 0 to 9, for marketing DC-output: 3A 5Vdc or EN 60950- UL
purpose.) 3A 9Vdc or 3A 15Vdc 1:2006+A11+A1 CB by TUV/Rh
or 3.25A 20Vdc +A12+A2, (JPTUV-103370),
(Altitude: 5000m) UL 60950-1, UL
IEC 62368-1:2014,
EN 62368-1:2014+A11,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics Inc / DA65NM190 Input:1.7 A; 100- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
DELL 240V~;50-60 Hz CI. I. A1+A2, (JPTUV-105170),
DC-output: DC EN 60950- CB by TUV/Rh
20V/3.25A or DC 1:2006+A11+A1 (JPTUV-090615),
15V/3A or DC 9V/3A or +A12+A2, UL
DC 5V/3A (Altitude: UL 60950-1,
5000m) IEC 62368-1:2014,
EN 62368-1:2014+A11,
UL 62368-1
LITE-ON LA65NM190 Input:1.7 A, 100- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CORP / 240V~, 50-60Hz, CI. I. A1+A2, (Demko)(DK-
DELL DC-output: EN 60950- 76559-M1-UL),
5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, 1:2006+A11+A1 CB by UL
3A/3A/3A/3.25A +A12+A2, (Demko)(DK-
(Altitude: 5000m) IEC 62368-1:2014, 76758-M1-UL), UL
EN 62368-1:2014+A11,
UL 62368-1
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 Input:1.7 A, 100- IEC 60950- CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. / DELL 240V~, 50-60Hz, CI. I. 1:2005+A1+A2, (NO114699), CB by
DC-output:5.0V DC EN 60950- Nemko (NO
3A/15.0W or 9.0V DC 1:2006+A11+A1 114658)
3A/27.0W or 15.0V DC +A12+A2,
3A/45.0W or IEC 62368-1:2014,
20.0V DC EN 62368-1:2014+A11
3.25A/65.0W (Altitude:
5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc / DA90PM17Z Input:1.5A; 100- IEC 60950- CB by
DELL (Z=0-9, A-Z or blank) 240Vac; 50-60 HzCI. I. 1:2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko)(DK-
DC-output: DC EN 60950- 57143-A1-UL),
20V/15V/9V/5/V; 1:2006+A11+A1 CB by TUV/Rh
4.5/3/3/3A (Altitude: +A12+A2, (JPTUV-106273),
5000m) IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
EN 62368-1:2014+A11,
UL 62368-1
Alt. AC/DC Lite-On Technology LA90PM170 Input:1.5A; AC 100- IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 82 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
adapter Corporation / DELL 240V; 50-60Hz; CI. I. A1+A2, (JPTU V-075882),
DC-output: DC 5V; 3A EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ CB by TUV/Rh
or 9V; 3A or 15V; 3A or A1+A12+A2, (JPTUV- 103928),
20V; 4.5A (Altitude: IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
5000m) EN 62368-1: 2014+A11,
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA130PM17Z Input:1.8 A 100-240 IEC 60950-1: CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. / (The Z in model name can V~50-60 Hz CI. I. 2005+A1+A2, (NO99849), UL
DELL be 0 to 9, for marketing DC-output: 1A 5Vdc or EN 60950-1: 2006+A11+ CB by TUV/Rh
purpose.) 6.5A 20Vdc (Altitude: A1+A12+A2, (JPTUV- 103163),
5000m) UL 60950-1, UL
IEC 62368-1:2014,
EN 62368-1: 2014+A11,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc / DA130PM17Z Input: 1.8A; 100-240V; IEC 60950-1: CB by UL(Demko)
DELL (Z= can be 0-9) 50-60Hz; CI. I. 2005+A1+A2, (DK-66570-M2-
DC-output: DC EN 60950-1: 2006+A11+ UL),
20V/6.5A or DC 5V/1A A1+A12+A2, CB by TUV/Rh
(Altitude: 5000m) UL 60950-1, (JPTUV- 105647),
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
EN 62368-1: 2014+A11,
UL 62368-1
Alt. AC/DC Lite-On Technology LA130PM200 Input: AC 100-240 V; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
adapter Corporation / DELL 50-60Hz; 1.8 A; CI. I. EN 62368-1:2014+A11 (JPTUV-119251)
DC-output: DC 5.0V /
1.0A, 5.0W; DC 20V /
6.5A, 130.0W (Altitude:
5000m)
Delta Electronics Inc / DA130PM200 Input: 1.8 A 100-240 IEC 60950- CB by TUV/Rh
DELL V~, 50-60 Hz CI. I. 1:2005+A1+A2, (JPTUV-118414),
DC-output: DC EN 60950- CB by TUV/Rh
5.0V/1.0A or DC 1:2006+A11+A1 (JPTUV-118857)
20.0V/6.5A (Altitude: +A12+A2,
5000m) IEC 62368-1:2014,
EN 62368-1:2014+A11
Chicony Power HA90PM210, HA90PM211 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by TUV
Technology Co., 60Hz; 1.5A; Class I AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, Rh(JPTUV-124975-
Ltd.(DELL) O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A, IEC 62368-1:2014, M1), CB by TUV Rh
15.0W; DC 9.0V, 3.0A, IEC 62368-1:2018, (JPTUV-124978-
27.0W; DC 15.0V, UL62368-1 M1), CB by TUV
3.0A, 45.0W; DC Rh(JPTUV-125081-
20.0V, 4.5A, 90.0W M1), UL
Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV Rh
Corporation / DELL 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-113717),
O/P: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, UL
3A \ 15Vdc, 3A \
20Vdc, 3A; Max.
Power 60W.
Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P:AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 60950-1:2015+ CB by TUV Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. / 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I A1+A2, (JPTUV-113912
DELL O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A, IEC 62368-1:2014, )CB by TUV
15.0W; 9.0V, 3.0A, UL 62368-1 Rh(JPTUV-
27.0W; DC 15.0V, 113913), UL
3.0A; 45.0W; 20.0V,
3.0A, 60.0W
Delta Electronics Inc / DA60NM200 I/P: 100-240V,1.7A, IEC 60950- CB by TUV
DELL 50-60Hz,Cl. I 1:2015+A1+A2, Rh(JPTUV-
O/P: DC IEC 62368-1:2014, 113544), CB by
5.0V/3.0A/15.0W or UL 62368-1 TUV Rh(JPTUV-
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 83 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
DC 9.0V/3.0A/27.0W 113741), UL
or DC
15.0V/3.0A/45.0W or
DC 20.0V/3.0A/60.0W
CHICONY POWER HA60NM210 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1: 2018 CB by UL(Demko)
TECHNOLOGY CO 50-60Hz Cl. II (DK-123336-UL)
LTD (DELL) O/P: 5.0V 3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V 3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V 3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V, 3.0A/60.0W
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014 CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Cl. II (JPTUV-128933)
O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or
DC 9.0V, 3.0A or DC
15.0V, 3.0A or DC
20.0V, 3.0A
Lite-On Technology LA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Cl. II (JPTUV-131377)
O/P: 5Vdc, 3A / 15W;
9Vdc, 3A / 27W;
15Vdc, 3A / 45W;
20Vdc,3A / 60W
Enclosure Sabic Japan L L C DC0041PR (rc8) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, UL 94 UL
rc8 - Contains a maximum of 80°C
30% PC post- consumer
recycle material. NOTE -
Material designation may be
followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
Alt. Enclosure Sabic Japan L L C D551RC(rc1), V-0, min. 1.0 mm, UL 94 UL
EXTC8389(rc1) 80°C
(rc1) - Grade with 30% of
post consumer recycle
content by weight.
NOTE - Material designation
may be followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
Covestro Deutschland FR3020 + V-0, min. 0.75 mm, UL 94 UL
AG [PC Resins] 80°C
Sabic Japan L L C ER010460, DC0041PE V-0, min. 1.0 mm, UL 94 UL
80°C
Covestro Deutschland FR3020 + V-0, min. 0.75 mm, UL 94 UL
AG [PC Resins] 80°C
Alt. Enclosure Mitsubishi Engineering- TMB1615+ V-0, min. 1.0 mm, UL 94 UL
plastics Corp + - Suffix optional, 85°C
exceptions: The following
cannot be used as optional
suffixes: "A" for 1501, 1502,
1511, 1521 & 2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-
(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54, "R" for
grade MB2211, "V" for
grades S- 3000+(f1), S-
3001+(f1), S-3003+(f1) & S-
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 84 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
2000+(f1), S-2001+(f1), S-
2003+(f1).
Alt. Enclosure LG CHEM LTD/LG LUPOY GN- 5151RF (#) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, UL 94 UL
Chem (Guangzhou) (#) - May be followed by 60°C
Engineering Plastics Co optional suffix letter from A-Z
Ltd/LG CHEM incl., except F, and except
(TIANJIN) Grades HT700B, XR401B,
ENGINEERING LI912A, AF302G, AF303G,
PLASTICS CO LTD/LG AF303S, XR404T, XR407D,
CHEM POLAND SP Z XR407E, HF380X.
OO/NINGBO LG
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO LTD
Mitsubishi Engineering- MB1700+ V-0, min. 0.75 mm, UL 94 UL
plastics Corp + - Suffix optional, 60°C
exceptions: The following
cannot be used as optional
suffixes: "A" for 1501, 1502,
1511, 1521 & 2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-
(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54, "R" for
grade MB2211, "V" for
grades S- 3000+(f1), S-
3001+(f1), S-3003+(f1) & S-
2000+(f1), S-2001+(f1), S-
2003+(f1).
Alt. Enclosure LG CHEM LTD/ LG (LUPOY) GN- 5001RFD V-0, min. 1.0 mm, UL 94 UL
CHEM (TIANJIN) 60°C
ENGINEERING
PLASTICS CO LTD/LG
CHEM POLAND SP Z
OO/NINGBO LG
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO LTD
LG CHEM LTD/LG (LUPOY) GN- 5101RF(#) V-0, min. 0.75 mm, UL 94 UL
Chem (Guangzhou) (#) - May be followed by 60°C
Engineering Plastics Co optional suffix letter from A-Z
Ltd/LG CHEM incl., except F, and except
(TIANJIN) Grades HT700B, XR401B,
ENGINEERING LI912A, AF302G, AF303G,
PLASTICS CO AF303S, XR404T, XR407D,
LTD/NINGBO LG XR407E, HF380X.
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO LTD
Sabic Japan L L C RCM6224(rc9) V-0, min. 1.2 mm, UL 94 UL
rc9 - Contains a maximum of 80°C
35% PC post- consumer
recycle material. NOTE -
Material designation may be
followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
Alt. Enclosure Covestro Deutschland FR3025 R(y) + V-0, min. 1.2 mm, UL 94 UL
AG [PG Resins] (y) - Replaced by two digits 80°C
01 to 35 representing
recycled PC content
Sabic Japan L L C DF00A8P, EXTC8140, D551 V-0, min. 1.0 mm, UL 94 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 85 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
NOTE - Material designation 80°C
may be followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
Sabic Japan L L C DC0041PR (rc8) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, UL 94 UL
rc8 - Contains a maximum of 80°C
30% PC post- consumer
recycle material. NOTE -
Material designation may be
followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
Sabic Japan L L C ER010459, DC0041PD V-0, min. 0.8 mm, UL 94 UL
80°C
Sabic Innovative DC0041PQ V-0, min. 0.8 mm, UL 94 UL
plastics US L L C 80°C
Daicel Polymer Ltd DE777 V-0, min. 0.8 mm, UL 94 UL
80°C
Alt. Enclosure Mitsubishi Engineering- TMB1615+ V-0, min. 1.0 mm, UL 94 UL
plastics Corp + - Suffix optional, 85°C
exceptions: The following
cannot be used as optional
suffixes: "A" for 1501, 1502,
1511, 1521 & 2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-
(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54, "R" for
grade MB2211, "V" for
grades S- 3000+(f1), S-
3001+(f1), S-3003+(f1) & S-
2000+(f1), S-2001+(f1), S-
2003+(f1).
LG CHEM LTD/LG LUPOY GN- 5151RF (#) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, UL 94 UL
Chem (Guangzhou) (#) - May be followed by 60°C
Engineering Plastics Co optional suffix letter from A-Z
Ltd/LG CHEM incl., except F, and except
(TIANJIN) Grades HT700B, XR401B,
ENGINEERING LI912A, AF302G, AF303G,
PLASTICS CO LTD/LG AF303S, XR404T, XR407D,
CHEM POLAND SP Z XR407E, HF380X.
OO/NINGBO LG
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO LTD
Alt. Enclosure COVESTRO CF9920 R30 + V-0, min. 0.75 mm, UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG (z) (z) - Material designation 80°C
[PC RESINS] and color code may be
followed by up to three
letters and/or three numbers
(does not include grades
which are separately
recognized with above
material designation and
suffix)
+ - Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 86 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
COVESTRO CF9920 R30 +RE V-0, min. 0.75 mm, UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG 80°C
[PC RESINS]
COVESTRO FR3021 + V-0, min. 1.5 mm, UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG + – Material designations 85°C
[PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY V-0, min. 1.2 mm, UL 94 UL
ER5254FW, ER5254FW 80°C
Sabic Japan LLC DC0041(B5) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, UL 94 UL
(B5) –Represents color code 80°C
7M1D145
NOTE –Material designation
may be followed by a color
nomenclature consisting of
either an alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
Ranging STMicroelectronics VL53L1, VL53L3 Class III, Laser class I IEC 60825-1: 2014 CB by TUV/Rh (US-
Sensor module product TUVR- 10598)
Hinge Cap LG CHEM LTD/ LG (LUPOY) GN- 5001RFD V-0, min. 1.0 mm, UL 94 UL
(Optional) CHEM (TIANJIN) 60°C
ENGINEERING
PLASTICS CO LTD/LG
CHEM POLAND SP Z
OO/NINGBO LG
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO LTD
RTC Battery Jhih Hong Technology CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by TUV Rh, UL
(Lithium) Co., Ltd. charging current 5 or UL 1642 (MH48406)
Double Best Co Ltd CR2032 (j) (k) (j) - These 10mA UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
cells may have various
insulating tube, ring, or tape
(k) -These cells and batteries
may come with an optional
single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix denoting
various pin, tab, cap or wire
termination types
Vic-Dawn Enterprise CR2032 IEC 60086-4, CB by SGS, UL
Co., Ltd. UL 1642 (MH20550)
Panasonic Corporation CR2032* 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by DEKRA, UL
Of North America * - Cell model numbers may charging current 5 or UL 1642 (MH12210)
be followed by an optional 10mA. Protected by
slash (/) and single or one diode and one 1k
multiple alphanumeric ohm resistor.
characters (i.e. letters and/or
numbers), which denote
optional features such as
various mounting tabs,
connecting leads or plugs,
packaging, etc.
Maxell, Ltd. CR2032* IEC 60086-4, CB by UL(Demko),
* - These cells and batteries UL 1642 UL (MH12568)
may come with an optional
single or multiple
alphanumeric denoting
various pin, tab, cap or wire
termination types.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 87 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Mitsubishi Electric Corp. CR2032+ UL 1642 UL(MH15370)
+ - The cells may have
various insulating tube, ring,
or tape.
Guangdong Tianqiu CR2032 UL 1642 UL (MH48705)
Electronics Technology
Co. Ltd.
Interchangeable CR2032 UL 1642 UL
LCD panel AU Optronics B156XTNZZZZ, 15.6“TFT, glass type, IEC 60950- 1(ed.2), CB by TUV/Rh, UL
Corporation (Z=any alphanumeric min. 0.34 mm thick UL 60950-1
character or blank) (with LED back-light
module)
CHONGQINGBOE **156***-***, where "*" could 15.6“TFT, glass type, IEC 60950-1(ed.2); am1, CB by UL(Demko),
OPTOELECTRONICS be any letter of "0" to "9" or min. 0.34 mm thick UL 60950-1 UL
TECHNOLOGY CO "A" to "Z" or blank, denotes (with LED back-light
LTD only non-safety related parts module)
or name difference.
Innolux Corp N156B6-LXX, N156BGA- 15.6“TFT, glass type, IEC 60950-1(ed.2); am1; CB by UL(Demko),
EXX, N156BGE-EXX, min. 0.34 mm thick am2, UL
N156BGE-LXX, (with LED back-light UL 60950-1
(X=0-9, A-Z or blank, X for module)
marketing purpose and no
impact safety related critical
components and
constructions)
Alt. LCD panel Interchangeable Interchangeable 15.6“TFT, glass type, IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
min. 0.34 mm thick
(with LED back-light
module)
Rubber foot Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
(Optional)
Wireless Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3 Vdc, PCB V-1 or IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
LAN/WAN better, 105°C min.
Module
(Optional)
Bluetooth Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3 Vdc, PCB V-1 or IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
Module better, 105°C min.
(Optional)
DC Fan Sunonwealth Electric EG50050S1-CHZ, 5 Vdc, 0.38 A max., EN 60950- TUV/Rh, UL
1) Machine Industry Co., Z stands for 30 characters, 5.0 CFM min. 1:2006+A11+A1
Ltd each character: 0-9, A-Z, +A12+A2,
(,),., /, EN 62368-1:2014,
- or blank for marketing UL 507
purpose only. No safety
critical related) (TUV/Rh),
EG50050S1- CH(Y), (Y)
stands for 30 variables, each
variable may be A through Z,
0 through 9, “-”, “(”, “)”, “.”, “/”
or blank. (UL)
Delta Electronics Inc. NS75C36XXXXXXXXXX, 5 Vdc, 0.5A max.,.5.1 IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
X stands for A- Z, 0-9, - CFM min. EN 62368-1:2014
order (or) blank for UL 507
marketing purpose only
(TUV/Rh), NS75C36 (Y11)
(UL)
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K22305283(Y), (Y) =0- 5 Vdc, 0.5 A max., 6.2 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. 9, A-Z, - or blank. CFM min. UL 507
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K22305283R 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 9.28 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV Rh, UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 88 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Ltd. CFM min. UL 507
Delta Electronics Inc. NS85C64XXXXXXXXXXX; 5Vdc, Max. 0.50A, 9.1 IEC 62368-1:2014, Tested in the equip.
X stands for AZ, 0-9, - order CFM min. EN 62368-1:2014
(or) blank for marketing
purpose only
Sunon EG75070S1-C590-S9A 5Vdc, 0.36Amax., 7.9 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV Rh, UL
CFM min. UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5 Vdc, 0.5 Amax., 5.0 IEC/EN 60950-1(ed.2); Verified by Nemko
CFM min. am1; am2, or other certificate
UL 507 body, UL
DC Fan Delta Electronics Inc. NS85C69XXXXXXXXXXX; 5Vdc, 0.5A max. 4.76 EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
2) X stand for AZ, 0-9, - or CFM min. UL 507
blank
Forcecon Tech. Co., DF(X)5K22305283(Y); (X) 5Vdc, 0.5A EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Ltd. stand for B, C, S; (Y) stand max.6.25CFM min. UL 507
for 0-9, A-Z, “-”, or blank
Sunonwealth Electric EG50050S1-CI8Z; Z stand 5Vdc, 0.56A EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Machine Industry Co., for 30 characters. Each max.6.4CFM min. UL 507
Ltd. character stands for one of
the following signs: 0-9, A-Z,
(,), ., /, - or blank
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.7A max., 4.76 IEC/EN 60950-1 (ed.2), Verified by Nemko,
CFM min. UL 507 UL, or TUV
Li-ion battery SHENZHEN BYD WY9DX 11.4 Vdc, 3500 mAh IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by TUV/Rh
pack LITHIUM BATTERY am2, CB by UL(Demko)
(For main COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL(Demko)
boards (A, B) (DELL) IEC 62133:2012, UL
use only.) UL 62368-1
LG CHEM, LTD (DELL) WY9DX 11.4 Vdc, 42 Wh IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by UL(Demko)
am2, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
SIMPLO WY9DX 11.4 Vdc, 42Wh or IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO 3500 mAh am2, UL
LTD (DELL) UL 60950-1, CB by UL(Demko)
UL 2054 CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 62368-1
SUNWODA Electronic WY9DX 11.4 Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by TUV/Rh
Co., Ltd. (DELL) am2, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133:2012
SHENZHEN BYD RJ40G 15.2 Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by TUV/Rh
LITHIUM BATTERY am2, CB by UL(Demko)
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL(Demko)
(DELL) IEC 62133:2012, UL
UL 62368-1
Alt. Li-ion SIMPLO RJ40G 15.2 Vdc, 63Wh or IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by UL(Demko),
battery pack TECHNOLOGY CO 3941 mAh am2, UL
(For main LTD (DELL) UL 60950-1, CB by UL(Demko)
boards (A, B) UL 2054 CB by UL(Demko)
use only.) IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
IEC 62133-2:2017,
UL 62368-1
SUNWODA Electronic RJ40G 15.2 Vdc, 3941mAh IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by TUV/Rh
Co., Ltd. (DELL) am2, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL(Demko)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 89 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
IEC 62133:2012
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD Lithium GRT01 15.2Vdc, 4000mAh IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by UL(Demko)
Pack For main Battery Company am2, CB by UL(Demko)
boards (C, D, Limited (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
E, I, J, N, O) IEC 62133-2:2017
use only. LG ENERGY GRT01 15.2Vdc; 64Wh IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by UL(Demko)
SOLUTION, LTD. am2, CB byUL(Demko)
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, CB byUL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO GRT01 15.2Vdc, 64Wh or IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by UL(Demko)
TECHNOLOGY CO 4000mAh am2, CB by UL(Demko)
LTD (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2017
Shenzhen BYD Lithium 9JRV0 11.4Vdc, 8071mAh IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by UL(Demko)
Battery Company am2, CB by UL(Demko)
Limited (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
IEC 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO 9JRV0 11.4Vdc, 97Wh or IEC 60950-1(ed2); am1; CB by UL(Demko)
TECHNOLOGY CO 8071mAh am2, CB by UL(Demko)
LTD (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2017
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD Lithium M69D0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL(Demko),
Pack Battery AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
2) Company Limited IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV Rh
(DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017
Simplo Technology Co., M69D0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh or IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL(Demko),
Ltd. 3467mAh AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2017
Shenzhen BYD Lithium 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL(Demko),
Battery AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
Company Limited IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV Rh
(DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017
Zhuhai CosMX Battery 293F1 11.25Vdc, Rated: IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by TUV Rh,
Co., Ltd. 3467mAh AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV Rh
IEC 62133-2:2017
Simplo Technology Co., 293F1 11.25Vdc, IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL(Demko),
Ltd. (DELL) 3467mAh/41Wh AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2017
SUNWODA Electronic 293F1 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by TUVRh,
Co.,Ltd.(DELL) AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by TUVRh,
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2017
LG Energy Solution, Ltd. 293F1 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL(Demko),
(DELL) AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2017
Shenzhen BYD Lithium 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL(Demko),
Battery Company AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
Limited (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV Rh
IEC 62133-2:2017
Simplo Technology 07KRV 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL(Demko),
Co.,Ltd. (DELL) 58Wh AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2017
Shenzhen BYD Lithium FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL(Demko),
Battery Company AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 90 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Limited (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV Rh
IEC 62133-2:2017
Zhuhai CosMX Battery FK0VR 15.2Vdc, Rated: IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by TUV Rh,
Co., Ltd. (DELL) 3625mAh AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV Rh
IEC 62133-2:2017
Simplo Technology FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL(Demko),
Co.,Ltd. 58Wh AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2017
SUNWODA Electronic FK0VR 15.2Vdc, 3625mAh IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL(Demko),
Co., Ltd. (DELL) AMD1:2009, AMD2:2013, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:2017
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C min. UL 796 UL
Speaker (Two Interchangeable Interchangeable 2 W, 4 Ohm IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
provided)
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 91 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix V (Modelo/Model: P108F, P108F…)
(The dots '.' can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z or blank for marketing purposes only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.34A 19.5Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc, Cl. III, IP 20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32: 2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016, IEC 61000-3-2: 2014,
IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2006+A1:2007+A2:2010, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5:
2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of conformity
External power LITE-ON LA65NS2-01 I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014, EN CB by UL(Demko)
adapter TECHNOLOG Y 1.6A 62368-1:2014 (DK-69679-UL),
CORP O/P: 19.5Vdc, 3.34A +A11, TUVrh, UL
UL 60950-1, UL
62368-1
Chicony Power HA65NS5-00 Input: AC 100- IEC 62368-1:2014, EN CB by TUV(JPTUV-
Technology Co.,Ltd 240V;1.7A;50-60Hz Output: 62368-1:2014 103498), TUVrh, UL
DC 19.5V;3.34A +A11,
UL 60950-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, DA65NM191 AC Input: 100-240V~, 1.6A, IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by TUV (JPTUV-
Inc. 50-60Hz am2, 102356, JPTUV-
DC Output: 19.5Vdc, 3.34A IEC 62368-1:2014, UL 102420), UL
60950-1,
UL 62368-1
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM201 INPUT: 100-240V~,1.7A, IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by
Electric Co., Ltd 50-60Hz am2, Nemko(NO115213,
Output: 19.5V DC 3.34A IEC 62368-1:2014, UL NO115308), UL
65.0W CI. I 60950-1,
UL 62368-1
Delta / DELL DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, EN CB by TUV(JPTUV-
60Hz; Class II with 62368-1:2014+A11, 105170), TUV, UL
functional earth UL 62368-1
O/P: DC 20V/3.25A or DC
15V/3A or DC 9V/3A or DC
5V/3A
Chicony /DELL HA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014, EN CB by TUV(JPTUV-
1.7A; 62368-1:2014 103370), UL
O/P: 3A 5Vdc or 3A 9Vdc or +A11,
3A 15Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc UL 62368-1
Lite-On / DELL LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, EN CB by
60Hz; 62368-1:2014 UL(Demko)(DK-
O/P: +A11, 76758-A1-UL), UL
5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, UL 62368-1
3A/3A/3A/3.25A
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 INPUT: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. 50-60Hz am2, (NO114699,
Output: 5.0V DC 3A/15.0W IEC 62368-1:2014, UL NO115308), UL
or 9.0V DC 3A/27.0W or 60950-1,
15.0V DC 3A/45.0W or UL 62368-1
20.0V DC 3.25A/65.0W
Plastic Enclosure COVESTRO FR3021+ V-0 min., 1.2 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(LCD Cover / DEUTSCHLAN D + – Material designations min.
Palmrest frame / AG [PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
Base) digit numerical code
denoting color.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 92 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
NINGBO LG LUPOY GN-5151RF (#) V-0 min.,1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
YONGXING (#) – May or may not be min.
CHEMICAL CO LTD followed by suffix letter
from A-Z inclusive,except
F, and except Grades
HT700B, XR401B,
LI912A, AF303G,
AF303S, XR404T,
XR407D, XR407E,
HF380X
LG CHEM (TIANJIN) LUPOY GN-5151RF(#) V-0 min.,1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
ENGINEERIN G (#) – May be followed by min.
PLASTICS CO LTD optional suffiz letter from
A-Z, except F.
LG Chem LUPOY GN-5151RF(#) V-0 min.,1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(Guangzhou) (#) – May be followed by min.
Engineering Plastics optional suffix letter from
Co Ltd A-Z incl., except F, and
except Grades AF302G,
HT700B, XR401B,
LI912A, AF303G,
AF303S.
LG CHEM POLAND LUPOY GN-5151RF(#) V-0 min.,1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
SP ZOO (#) – May be followed by min.
optional suffix letter from
A-Z incl., except F, and
except Grades AF302G,
HT700B, XR401B,
LI912A, AF303G,
AF303S, XR404T,
XR407D, XR407E,
HF380X.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY GN-5151RF(#) V-0 min.,1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(#) – May be followed by min.
optional suffix letter from
A-Z incl., except F, and
except Grades HT700B,
LI912A, AF303G,
AF303S, XR404T,
XR407D, XR407E,
HF380X, XR404E,
XR404-G, XR404-P and
LUMILOY GN2108FI.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5151RF(#) V-0 min., 1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(#) – May be followed by min.
optional suffix letter from
A-Z incl., except F, and
except Grades HT700B,
LI912A, AF303G,
AF303S, XR404T,
XR407D, XR407E,
HF380X, XR404E,
XR404-G, XR404-P and
LUMILOY GN2108FI.
Plastic Enclosure MITSUBISHI MB1700+ V-0 min., 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(LCD bezel) ENGINEERIN G- + - Suffix optional, min.
PLASTICS CORP exceptions: The following
cannot be used as
optional suffixes: "T" for
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 93 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
grade 1501, 1502, 1511,
1521 & 2502, "N" for
NXG5050, NXG5030,
NXG5501, & CGF-
(v)(u),"S1" for F20-54, "R"
for grade MB2211, "V" for
grades S-3000+(f1), S-
3001+(f1), S-3003+(f1).
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY:GN-5101RF(#), V-0 min., 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(#) - May be followed by min.
optional suffix letter from
A-Z incl., except F, and
except Grades HT700B,
LI912A, AF303G,
AF303S, XR404T,
XR407D, XR407E,
HF380X, XR404E,
XR404-G, XR404-P and
LUMILOY GN2108FI.
Covestro FR3002 + V-0 min., 1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG [PC (+ – Material designations min.
Resins] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.)
Internal barrier SICHUAN DFR117, DFR117ECOA, V-0 min. 0.05mm thickness UL 94 UL
DONGFANG DFR117ECOB, min.
INSULATING DFR117ECOC
MATERIAL CO LTD
AMBIC CO LTD Non-Halogen Nannen V-0 min. 0.2mm thickness UL 94 UL
Himelon ULA-E4 Series min.
LCD panel AU Optronics B156HANZZZZ, 15.6”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1: CB by TUV-Rh, UL
Corporation B156HTTZZZZ, backlight 2005+A1+A2, UL
B156HTNZZZZ, 60950-1
B156HATZZZZ,
B156HTKZZZZ (Z = any
alphanumeric character
or a dot or blank)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 15.6" TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
0.34 mm thick (with LED
back-light module)
Battery pack (Li- SHENZHEN BYD G91J0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL(Demko),
ion) (optional) LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, CB by TUV
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, IEC
(DELL) 62133-2: 2017
Zhuhai CosMX G91J0 11.25Vdc,3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV-Rh, CB
Battery A1+A2, by UL(Demko)
Co.,Ltd(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017,
IEC 62368-1:2014
SIMPLO G91J0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOG Y CO 41Wh A1+A2, UL
LTD (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, IEC
62133-2: 2017, UL
60950-1
SUNWODA G91J0 11.25Vdc,3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV-Rh
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2,
IEC 62368-1:2018, IEC
62133-2:2017
SHENZHEN BYD V6W33 15Vdc, 3420mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL(Demko),
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, CB by TUV-Rh
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 94 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62368-1:2014, IEC
(DELL) 62133-2:2017
SIMPLO V6W33 15Vdc, 54Wh, 3420mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOG Y CO A1+A2, UL
LTD (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, IEC
62133-2:2017, UL
60950-1
SUNWODA V6W33 15Vdc, 3420mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV
Electronic Co., Ltd A1+A2,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018, IEC
62133-2: 2017
LG ENERGY G91J0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 62133-2:2017, IEC CB by UL(Demko)
SOLUTION, LTD. 62368-1:2018
(DELL)
LG ENERGY V6W33 15Vdc, 54Wh IEC 62133-2:2017, IEC CB by UL(Demko)
SOLUTION, LTD 62368-1:2018
(DELL)
ZHUHAI COSMX V6W33 DC 15V, Rated: IEC 62133-2: 2017, CB by TUV-Rh, CB
BATTERY CO.,LTD. 3420mAh IEC 62368-1:2014 by UL(Demko)
(DELL)
RTC Battery JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
(Lithium) TECHNOLOG Y CO charging current 10mA.
LTD
MITSUBISHI CR2032+ UL 1642 UL
ELECTRIC CORP + - The cells may have
various insulating tube,
ring, or tape.
DOUBLE BEST CO CR2032 (j)(k) UL 1642 UL
LTD
VIC-DAWN CR2032 UL 1642 UL
ENTERPRISE CO
LTD
GUANGDONG CR2032 UL 1642 UL
TIANQIU
ELECTRONICS
TECHNOLOG Y CO
LTD
PANASONIC CR2032* UL 1642 UL
CORPORATIO N OF * - Cell model numbers
NORTH AMERICA may be followed by an
optional slash (/) and
single or multiple
alphanumeric characters
(i.e. letters and/or
numbers), which denote
optional features such as
various mounting tabs,
connecting leads or plugs,
packaging, etc.
MAXELL, LTD CR2032* UL 1642 UL
* - These cells and
batteries may come with
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
denoting various pin, tab,
cap or wire termination
types.
Interchangeable CR2032 UL 1642 UL
HDD (optional) Seagate Technology ST9 or 2.5 Series or ST 1.5A max., 5Vdc IEC 60950-1, CB by UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 95 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Inc. with additional suffixes UL 60950-1 (US/14823/UL), UL
Interchangeable Interchangeable 1.5A max., 5Vdc IEC/EN 60950-1, Verified by Nemko,
UL 60950-1 UL,
TUV
DC Fan unit Huaying Electronic BN7005S5H-N02P 5Vdc, 0.4A, 4.6 CFM MIN. EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV SUD, UL
(One provided) Material Co., Ltd A11:2017,
UL 507
Sunonwealth Electric EG50050S1-CH8Z 5Vdc, 0.39A, Min. 4.2 CFM EN 62368-1:2014, TUV, UL
Machine Industry (Z stands for 30 UL 507
Co., Ltd. characters. Each
character stands for one
of the following signs: 0-9,
A-Z, (,), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only.)
WinMa Electronics EGC-70061S1-0AH 5Vdc, 0.5A, Min. 4.5 CFM EN 62368-1:2014 TUV, NRTL by TUV
Technology Co., Ltd. +A11,
UL 62368-1:2014
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5 Vdc, 0.5A max.4.2 CFM EN 62368-1, Verified by National
min. UL 507, Certification Body, UL
UL 62368-1
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105ﾟC UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 96 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix W (Modelo/Model: P165G, P165G…)
(The dots '.' or 'x' in the model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, ‘- ‘, ‘_’ or blank for marketing use.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 20Vdc, 6.5A or 5A or 3.25A or 3A; ClassⅢ, IP 20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32: 2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016, IEC 61000-3-2:
2018+AMD1:2020, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+AMD1:2017+AMD2:2021+COR1:2022, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-
4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013+COR1:2015, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020, Annex E of
INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P: 1.7A; AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, (JPTUV-113913),
adapter Technology 60Hz;Class I UL 62368-1, UL
(60W) Co., Ltd. (DELL) Output:DC 5.0V; 3.0A;15.0W,
9.0V;3.0A; 27.0W, DC 15.0V;
3.0A;45.0W, 20.0V;3.0A;
60.0W(altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, , CB by TUV/Rh
Inc.(DELL) 60Hz;Class I UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-113741),
Output: DC 5.0V/3.0A/15.0W or DC UL
9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or DC15.0V/
3.0A/45.0W or DC 20.0V/3.0A
/60.0W (altitude:5000m)
Lite-On LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by
Technology Class I UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh(JPTUV-
Corporation Output: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc,3A \ 127353), UL
(DELL) 15Vdc, 3A \20Vdc, 3A;Max. Power
60W. (altitude:5000m)
Chicony Power HA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL(Demko)
Technology Co., Output: (DK-123336-UL)
Ltd. (DELL) 5.0Vdc 3.0A/15.0W,9.0Vdc
3.0A/27.0W,
15.0Vdc 3.0A/45.0W,20.0Vdc
3.0A/60.0W
(altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA60NM210 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz;1.7A; IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) Class II, (JPTUV-140740)
Output: DC 5.0V;3.0A or 9.0V; 3.0A
or 15.0V; 3.0A or,20.0V; 3.0A
(altitude: 5000m)
Alt. AC/DC Lite-On LA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
adapter Technology Class I (JPTUV-131377-
(60W) Corporation DC Output:5Vdc, 3A/15W;9Vdc, M1)
(DELL) 3A/27W;15Vdc, 3A/45W;20Vdc,
3A/60W
(altitude: 5000m)
AC/DC Delta Electronics, DA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V;1.7A; 50-60Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
adapter Inc. (DELL) Class II withfunctional earth UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-105170),
(65W) Output: UL
DC 20V/3.25A or
DC 15V/3A or
DC 9V/3A or
DC 5V/3A
(Altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On LA65NM190 Input: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60 Hz IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL(Demko)
Technology Output: UL 62368-1, (DK-76758-A1-
Corporation 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc,3A/3A/3A/3.25A UL), UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 97 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(DELL) Class II
(Altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V;1.7A; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Class II with functional earthing UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-103370),
Ltd. (DELL) Output: DC 5V; 3A or 9V; 3A or UL
15V; 3A
or 20V; 3.25A
(Altitude: 5000m)
Shenzhen HKA65NM200 I/P: 100-240V~1.7A 50-60Hz; Class IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by Nemko
Huntkey Electric I UL 62368-1, (NO118118),
Co., Ltd. Output: 5.0V DC 3A/15.0W or 9.0V UL
DC 3A/27.0W or 15V DC 3A/45W or
20.0V DC 3.25A/65.0W. (altitude:
5000m)
Alt. AC/DC Chicony Power HA65NM192 Input: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL (DK-
adapter Technology Co., Output: 5.0Vdc 3.0A/15.0W, 9.0Vdc IEC 60950-1:2005/ 125278-A1-UL,
(65W) Ltd. 3.0A/27.0W, 15.0Vdc 3.0A/45.0W, AMD1:2009, DK-125293-UL,
20.0Vdc 3.25A/65.0W CI. I IEC 60950-1:2005/ DK-125297-UL)
(altitude: 5000m) AMD2:2013,
IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62368-1:2018
Alt. AC/DC Delta Electronics, DA100PM220 Input: AC 100-240V;1.7A; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by TUV/Rh
adapter Inc. (DELL) Class I UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-138984),
(100W) DC Output: UL
5.0Vdc, 3.0A or
9.0Vdc, 3.0A or
15.0Vdc, 3.0A or
20.0Vdc, 5.0A or
12.0-20.0Vdc, 5.0A max.
(altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On LA100PM220 Input Rating: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by NEMKO
Technology 60Hz, Cl. I. UL 62368-1, (NO123537),
Corporation DC output Rating: UL
(DELL) 5.0Vdc, 3.0A/15.0W;
9.0Vdc, 3.0A/27.0W;
15.0Vdc,3.0A/45.0W;
20.0Vdc,5.0A/100.0W. or 12.0-
20.0Vdc, 5.0A max./100.0W max.
for AVS mode.
(altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA100PM220 Input: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL(Demko)
Technology Co., Output: IEC 62368-3:2017 (DK-131403-UL),
Ltd. (DELL) 5.0Vdc3.0A/15.0W, 9.0Vdc UL 62368-1 UL
3.0A/27.0W,
15.0Vdc 3.0A/45.0W, 20.0Vdc
5.0A/100.0W or 12.0-20.0Vdc 5.0A
max./100.0W max.
(altitude: 5000m)
Alt. AC/DC Chicony Power HA130PM17Z Input : AC 100-240V; 1.8A; 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by TUV/Rh
adapter Technology Co., (The Z in model name can 60Hz; Class I, UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-124690)
(130W) Ltd. (DELL) be 0 to 9) Output: DC 5V; 1Anor 20V; 6.5A
(Altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA130PM17Z, Input : AC 100-240V; 1.8A; 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) (Z can be 0-9) 60Hz; Class I, UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-125755),
Output: DC 20V/6.5A or DC 5V/1A UL
(Altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA130PM200 Input: AC 100-240V;1.8A; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) Class I UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-118857),
Output: DC 5.0V/1.0A or 20V/6.5A UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 98 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(Altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On LA130PM200 I/P: 100-240V~;1.8A, 50-60Hz;Class IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology I (JPTUV-119251-
Corporation O/P: 5.0Vdc / 1.0A,5.0W; 20Vdc / M1)
(DELL) 6.5A,130W
(Altitude: 5000m)
Plastic SABIC JAPAN DC0041PE V-0 min., 0.8 mm thickness min. UL 94 UL (E207780)
Enclosure LLC
SABIC JAPAN D551RC V-0 min., 1.0 mm thickness min. UL 94 UL (E207780)
LLC
SABIC JAPAN RCM6134 V-0 min., 0.8 mm thickness min. UL 94 UL (E207780)
LLC
SABIC JAPAN ER015544 V-0 min., 1.2 mm thickness min. UL 94 UL (E207780)
LLC
SABIC JAPAN C7410 V-0 min., 0.8 mm thickness min. UL 94 UL (E207780)
LLC
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY V-0, min. 0.75mm thickness UL 94 UL(E67171)
ER5101RFN
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY V-0, min. 1.2 mm thickness UL 94 UL(E67171)
ER5254FN
Covestro CF9920 R30 V-0, min. 0.75mm thickness UL 94 UL (E41613)
Deutschland AG
[PC Resins]
Covestro FR3020 R50 V-0, min. 0.75mm thickness IEC 60950-1 Tested in equip.
Deutschland AG complied with A.2
[PC Resins]
Covestro FR3025 R50 V-0, min. 0.75mm thickness UL 94 UL (E41613)
Deutschland AG
[PC Resins]
Alt. Plastic SABIC DC0041PQ V-0, min. 0.7mm thickness UL 94 UL (E121562)
Enclosure INNOVATIVE
PLASTICS US L L
C
Covestro FR3040 W V-0, min. 0.75mm thickness UL 94 UL (E41613)
Deutschland AG
[PC Resins]
Internal SICHUAN DFR117 VTM-0, min.0.125mm thickness UL 94 UL
barrier DONGFANG
INSULATING
MATERIAL CO
LTD
CHENGDU KLX FRPC-1860B VTM-0, min.0.125mm thickness UL 94 UL
KANGLONGXIN
PLASTICS CO
LTD
LCD panel AUO B140HAN07.1 1 14’’ LED TFT LCD glass type, IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip
min. 0.2 mm thick (with LED back-
light module)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 1 14’’ LED TFT LCD glass type, IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
min. 0.2 mm thick (with LED back- equip.
light module)
Li-ion battery SHENZHEN BYD GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
pack (42Whr) LITHIUM IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by TUV/Rh
BATTERY IEC 62133-2:2017/
COMPANY AMD1:2021
LIMITED / DELL
SIMPLO GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 42Wh or IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOG Y 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by TUV/Rh
CO LTD IEC 62133-2:2017/
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 99 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
AMD1:2021
SUNWODA GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko)
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133-2:2017
IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
ZHUHAI COSMX GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
BATTERY IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by TUV/Rh
CO.,LTD. IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
Ningde Amperex GRWKG DC 11.4V, Rated Capacity: IEC 62368-1:2014; CB by TUV-Rh
Technology 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017
Limited IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
LG ENERGY GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 42Wh Rated Capacity: IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko)
SOLUTION, LTD 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017
Shenzhen BYD JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
Lithium Battery IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by TUV/Rh
Company Limited IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
SIMPLO JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh / 42Wh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOG Y IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by TUV/Rh
CO LTD +A1
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
pack (54Whr) Lithium Battery IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUV/Rh
Company Limited IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
SIMPLO DR02P 11.4Vdc, 54Wh or 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOG Y IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUV/Rh
CO LTD IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
SUNWODA DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133-2:2017,
IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
ZHUHAI COSMX DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
BATTERY IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUV/Rh
CO.,LTD. IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
Ningde Amperex DR02P 11.4Vdc, Rated Capacity: 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV/Rh
Technology IEC 62133-2:2017,
Limited IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
Shenzhen BYD R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
Lithium Battery IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUV/Rh
Company Limited IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
SIMPLO R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh / 54Wh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOG Y IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUV/Rh
CO LTD IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
Alt. Li-ion Ningde Amperex R73TC 11.4Vdc, Rated Capacity: 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV/Rh
battery pack Technology IEC 62133-2:2017,
(54Whr) Limited IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
SUNWODA R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
Electronic Co., Ltd IEC 62133-2:2017,
IEC 62133-2:2017/
AMD1:2021
RTC Battery MITSUBISHI CR2032+ 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging UL 1642 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 100 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(Lithium) ELECTRIC CORP current 10mA.
PANASONIC CR2032* UL 1642 UL
CORPORATIO N
OF NORTH
AMERICA
DOUBLE BEST CR2032 UL 1642 UL
CO LTD
VIC-DAWN CR2032 UL 1642 UL
ENTERPRISE CO
LTD
EVE ENERGY
CO LTD
GUANGDONG CR2032 UL 1642 UL
TIANQIU
ELECTRONICS
TECHNOLOG Y
CO LTD
PANASONIC CR2032 UL 1642 UL
CORPORATIO N
OF NORTH
AMERICA
MAXELL, LTD CR2032* UL 1642 UL
FDK CR2032 UL 1642 UL
CORPORATION
VARTA CR2032 UL 1642 UL
MICROBATTE RY
GMBH
Alt.RTC JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging UL 1642 UL
Battery TECHNOLOGY current 10mA.
(Lithium) CO LTD
TOSHIBA CR2032* 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging UL 1642 UL
LIFESTYLE current 10mA.
PRODUCTS &
SERVICES
CORPORATION
MITSUBISHI CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging UL 1642 UL
ELECTRIC HOME current 10mA.
APPLIANCE CO
LTD
Cooling Fan Sunonwealth EG50060S1-C65Z 5Vdc, 0.35A, Min. 0.4 CFM EN 62368-1:2020 TUV rh
Electric Machine (Z stands for 30 characters. +A11
Industry Co., Ltd. Each character stands for
one of the following signs: 0-
9, A-Z, (,), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only.)
Alt. Cooling Sunonwealth EG75070S1-C88Z 5Vdc, max. 0.37A, min. 0.4 CFM EN 62368-1:2020 TUV rh
Fan Electric Machine (Z stands for 30 characters. +A11
Industry Co., Ltd. Each character stands for
one of the following signs: 0-
9, A-Z, (,), ., /, - or blank for
marketing purpose only.)
Forcecon Tech. DF (X) 5K22B15673 (Y), 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. 0.15 CFM EN 62368-1:2014 TUV rh
Co., Ltd. which (X) standfor S, B or C;
(Y)stand for 0-9, AZ,
”-” or blank
Forcecon Tech. DF (X) 200105(Y) 0T , 5Vdc, max. 0.5A, min. 0.15 CFM EN 62368-1:2014 TUV rh
Co., Ltd. which (X) standfor S, B or C;
(Y)stand for 0-9, AZ,
”-” or blank
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 101 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Delta ND85C51XXXXXXXXXXX, 5Vdc, max. 0.5A,min. 0.6 CFM EN 62368-1:2014 TUV rh
Electronics,Inc. (which X stands for A-Z,0-9,
- or blank)
Delta ND85C52XXXXXXXXXXX, 5Vdc, max. 0.6A,min. 0.7 CFM EN 62368-1:2014 TUV rh
Electronics,Inc. (which X stands for A-Z, 0-9,
- or blank)
Asia Vital BAPA0706Z5HV, 5Vdc, max. 0.5A,min. 0.15 CFM EN IEC 62368- TUV SUD
Components which "Z" can be A, B, C, G, 1:2020/A11:2020
Co.,Ltd. R, S or T;
"V" can be ABCD where A,
B, C,
"V" can be ABCD where A,
B, C, D may be A-Z, 0-9,"-"
or blank.
Asia Vital BAPA0909Z5HV, 5Vdc, max. 0.5A,min. 0.15 CFM EN IEC 62368- TUV SUD
Components which “Z” can be R; “V” can 1:2020/A11:2020
Co.,Ltd. be ABCD where A,B, C, D
may be AZ,0-9, “-“ or blank
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max. 0.5A,min. 0.15 CFM EN 62368-1 TUV or VDE or
equal
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105ﾟC UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 102 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix X (Modelo/Model: P126F, P126F…)
(The dots ‘.’ in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, ‘/’,‘-‘, ‘_’ or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3A 20Vdc, 3.25A 20Vdc or 5A 20Vdc, Cl. III, IP 20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32: 2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016, IEC 61000-3-2: 2020,
IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+AMD1:2017+AMD2:2021+COR1:2022, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-
4-5: 2014 +A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Component Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
e/ Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Component Mark(s) of
conformity
External Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P: 1.7A; AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, (JPTUV-113913),
power Technology Class I UL 62368-1, UL
adapter Co., Ltd. (DELL) Output:DC 5.0V; 3.0A;15.0W,
9.0V;3.0A; 27.0W, DC 15.0V;
3.0A;45.0W, 20.0V;3.0A;
60.0W(altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, , CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) Class I UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-113741),
Output: DC 5.0V/3.0A/15.0W or DC UL
9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or DC15.0V/
3.0A/45.0W or DC 20.0V/3.0A /60.0W
(altitude:5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by
Corporation (DELL) Class I UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh(JPTUV-
Output: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc,3A \ 15Vdc, 127353), UL
3A \20Vdc, 3A;Max. Power 60W.
(altitude:5000m)
Chicony Power HA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by
Technology Co., Ltd. Output: UL(Demko)
(DELL) 5.0Vdc 3.0A/15.0W,9.0Vdc (DK-123336-UL)
3.0A/27.0W,
15.0Vdc 3.0A/45.0W,20.0Vdc
3.0A/60.0W
(altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz;1.7A; IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) Class II, (JPTUV-140740)
Output: DC 5.0V;3.0A or 9.0V; 3.0A or
15.0V; 3.0A or,20.0V; 3.0A
(altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) Class I (JPTUV-131377-
DC Output:5Vdc, 3A/15W;9Vdc, M1)
3A/27W;15Vdc, 3A/45W;20Vdc,
3A/60W
(altitude: 5000m)
Alt. External Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V;1.7A; 50-60Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
power (DELL) Class II withfunctional earth UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-105170),
adapter Output: UL
DC 20V/3.25A or
DC 15V/3A or
DC 9V/3A or
DC 5V/3A
(Altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA65NM190 Input: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60 Hz IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
Corporation (DELL) Output:5V/9V/15V/20Vdc,3A/3A/3A/3. UL 62368-1, UL(Demko)
25A (DK-76758-A1-
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 103 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Class II UL), UL
(Altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V;1.7A; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. Class II with functional earthing UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-103370),
(DELL) Output: DC 5V; 3A or 9V; 3A or 15V; UL
3A
or 20V; 3.25A
(Altitude: 5000m)
Shenzhen Huntkey Electric HKA65NM200 I/P: 100-240V~1.7A 50-60Hz; Class I IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by Nemko
Co., Ltd. Output: 5.0V DC 3A/15.0W or 9.0V DC UL 62368-1, (NO118118),
3A/27.0W or 15V DC 3A/45W or 20.0V UL
DC 3.25A/65.0W. (altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NM192 Input: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005, CB by UL (DK-
Technology Co., Ltd. Output: 5.0Vdc 3.0A/15.0W, 9.0Vdc IEC 60950- 125278-A1-UL,
3.0A/27.0W, 15.0Vdc 3.0A/45.0W, 1:2005/AMD1:2009, DK-125293-UL,
20.0Vdc 3.25A/65.0W CI. I IEC 60950- DK-125297-UL)
(altitude: 5000m) 1:2005/AMD2:
2013,
IEC 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62368-1:2018
Alt. External Delta Electronics, Inc. DA100PM220 Input: AC 100-240V;1.7A; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by TUV/Rh
power (DELL) Class I UL 62368-1, (JPTUV-138984),
adapter DC Output: UL
5.0Vdc, 3.0A or
9.0Vdc, 3.0A or
15.0Vdc, 3.0A or
20.0Vdc, 5.0A or
12.0-20.0Vdc, 5.0A max.
(altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA100PM220 Input Rating: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by NEMKO
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I. UL 62368-1, (NO123537),
DC output Rating: UL
5.0Vdc, 3.0A/15.0W;
9.0Vdc, 3.0A/27.0W;
15.0Vdc,3.0A/45.0W;
20.0Vdc,5.0A/100.0W. or 12.0-
20.0Vdc, 5.0A max./100.0W max. for
AVS mode.
(altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA100PM220 Input: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
Technology Co., Ltd. Output: IEC 62368-3:2017 UL(Demko)
(DELL) 5.0Vdc3.0A/15.0W, 9.0Vdc UL 62368-1 (DK-131403-UL),
3.0A/27.0W, UL
15.0Vdc 3.0A/45.0W, 20.0Vdc
5.0A/100.0W or 12.0-20.0Vdc 5.0A
max./100.0W max.
(altitude: 5000m)
Plastic SABIC JAPAN LLC EXTC8273, D251 V-0, min. 0.6 mm thickness UL 94 UL (E207780)
Enclosure SABIC JAPAN LLC DX11355 V-0, min. 0.6 mm thickness UL 94 UL (E207780)
(except for
LCD cover,
around
keyboard
and bottom
enclosure)
Alt. plastic COVESTRO GF9016 + (z) V-0, min. 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL (E41613)
Enclosure DEUTSCHLAND AG [PC +- Material
(except for RESINS] designations may
LCD cover, be followed by a
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 104 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
around six digit numerical
keyboard code denoting
and bottom color.
enclosure) (z)- Material
designation and
color code may be
followed by up to
three letters and/or
three numbers
(does not include
grades which are
separately
recognized with
above material
design
SABIC JAPAN LLC ML7681 V-0, min. 1.2 mm thickness UL 94 UL (E207780)
SABIC JAPAN LLC RCM6134 V-0, min. 1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL (E207780)
COVESTRO FR3020 R35+, V-0, min. 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL (E41613)
DEUTSCHLAND AG [PC + – Material
RESINS] designations may
be followed by a
six digit numerical
code denoting
color.
COVESTRO FR3040 W V-0, min. 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL (E41613)
DEUTSCHLAND AG [PC +,FR3040 W + RE
RESINS] + – Material
designations may
be followed by a
six digit numerical
code denoting
color.
MITSUBISHI LDS 3750 V-0, min. 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL (E340159)
ENGINEERINGPLASTICS
CORP
MITSUBISHI LDS 3744 Min 1.2 mm thickness IEC 60950- Tested in the
ENGINEERINGPLASTICS 1,complied with equipment
CORP Annex A.2
Metal CPM AZ91D Al-Mg alloy, min. 0.6mm thickness IEC 60950-1, Tested in the
Enclosure Annex A.2 equipment
(For LCD interchangeable AZ91D Al-Mg alloy, min. 0.6 mm thickness IEC 60950-1, Tested in the
cover, equipment
around
keyboard
and bottom
enclosure)
Metal interchangeable interchangeable Metal, minimum 0.6 mm thickness IEC 60950-1, Tested in the
Enclosure equipment
(For LCD
cover,
around
keyboard
and bottom
enclosure)
Internal SABIC JAPAN LLC RCM6134 V-0, min. 1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL (E207780)
barrier COVESTRO FR3020 R35+, V-0, min. 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL (E41613)
(For rear DEUTSCHLAND AG [PC + – Material
openings) RESINS] designations may
be followed by a
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 105 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
six digit numerical
code denoting
color.
Internal CHENGDU KLX FRPC- 1860B VTM-0, min. 0.125 mm UL 94 UL(E315185)
barrier KANGLONGXIN
(For PLASTICS CO LTD
Speaker)
Internal CHENGDU KLX FRPC- 1860B VTM-0, min. 0.125 mm UL 94 UL(E315185)
barrier KANGLONGXIN
(For bottom PLASTICS CO LTD
openings SICHUAN DONGFANG DFR117ECOA VTM-0, min. 0.05 mm UL 94 UL (E199019)
INSULATING MATERIAL
CO LTD
LCD panel AUO LP160WU1-SPD1 16.0”, Glass type, LED backlight;min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
0.34mm thick equipment
Interchangeable Interchangeable 16.0”, Glass type, LED backlight;min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
0.34mm thick equipment
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD Lithium 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
pack Battery Company Limited IEC 62133-2:2017 UL(Demko),
(DELL) +A1, CB byTUVRh, UL
UL 62368-1
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh /57Wh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
CO LTD (DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017 UL(Demko),
+A1, CB byTUVRh,UL
UL 62368-1
Ningde Amperex 66DWX DC 11.4V, Rated Capacity: 4878mAh IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUVRh,
Technology Limited (DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 62368-1
Alt. Li-ion Zhuhai CosMX Battery 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
battery pack Co., Ltd. (DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017 UL(Demko),
+A1, CB byTUVRh, UL
UL 62368-1
Shenzhen BYD Lithium WW8N8 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
Battery Company Limited IEC 62133-2:2017 UL(Demko),
(DELL) +A1, CB byTUVRh,UL
UL 62368-1
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY WW8N8 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh /57Wh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
CO LTD (DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017 UL(Demko),
+A1, CB byTUVRh,UL
UL 62368-1
Shenzhen BYD Lithium FH97R 7.6Vdc, 4882mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
Battery Company Limited IEC 62133-2:2017 UL(Demko),
(DELL) +A1, CB byTUVRh,UL
UL 62368-1
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY FH97R 7.6Vdc, 4882mAh /38Wh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
CO LTD (DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017 UL(Demko),
+A1, CB byTUVRh,UL
UL 62368-1
RTC battery DOUBLE BEST CO LTD ML1220 Max Charging Voltage 5Vdc, Max UL 1642 UL(MH46388)
Charging Current 100mA
VIC-DAWN ENTERPRISE ML1220 Max Charging Voltage 5Vdc, Max UL 1642 UL(MH20550)
CO LTD Charging Current 100mA
JHIH HONG ML1220 Max Charging Voltage 5Vdc, Max UL 1642 UL(MH48406)
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD Charging Current 100mA
System Fan Sunonwealth Electric EG50050S1- 5Vdc, L:0.35A, R:0.33A, min 0.25 CFM EN 62368- TUV/Rh,
Machine Industry Co., Ltd. CL60-S9A (system) 1:2014/A11:2017, UL
UL 507
Alt. Cooling Sunonwealth Electric EG50050S1- 5Vdc, L:0.36A, R:0.34A, min 0.25 CFM EN 62368- TUV/Rh,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 106 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Fan Machine Industry Co., Ltd. CL50-S9A (system) 1:2014/A11:2017, UL
UL 507
Suzhou Forcecon Electric DFS5F22B157611 5Vdc, 1.0A, min 0.25CFM (system) EN 62368- TUV/Rh,
Co., Ltd. 1:2014/A11:2017, UL
UL 507
Delta Electronics,Inc. ND65C39-22F02 DC 5V, 1A, min 0.25CFM (system) EN 62368- TUV/Rh,
1:2014/A11:2017, UL
UL 507
Delta Electronics,Inc. ND65C40-22F09 DC 5V, 1A, min 0.25CFM (system) EN 62368- TUV/Rh,
1:2014/A11:2017, UL
UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 1A max., 0.25 CFM min. EN 62368- Verified by
(system) 12000r/min max. 1:2014/A11:2017, Nemko or other
UL 507 certificate body,
UL
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105ﾟC UL 796 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 107 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix Y (Modelo/Model: P174G, P174G…)
(The dots '.' or 'x' in the model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, -, _ or blank for marketing use.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3A or 3.25A or 5A 20Vdc, Cl. III, IP 20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32: 2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016, IEC 61000-3-2: 2020,
IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+AMD1:2017+AMD2:2021+COR1:2022, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-
4-5:2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6:2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC power Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by
adapter Corporation (DELL) 1.7A; Class I EN 62368-1: 2014 TUV/Rh, UL
(60W) Output: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, 3A \ +A11,
15Vdc, 3A \ 20Vdc, 3A; Max. UL 62368-1
Power 60W.
Chicony Power HA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
Technology Co., 1.7A; Class I EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
Ltd. (DELL) Output: DC 5.0V; 3.0A; +A11,
15.0W, 9.0V; 3.0A; 27.0W, UL 62368-1
15.0V; 3.0A; 45.0W, 20.0V;
3.0A; 60.0W
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) 60Hz; Class I EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
Output: DC 5.0V/3.0A/ 15.0W +A11:2017,
or DC 9.0V/3.0A/ 27.0W or UL 62368-1
DC 15.0V/3.0A/ 45.0W or
DC 20.0V/3.0A/ 60.0W
Lite-On Technology LA60NM210 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 1.7A; Class II EN 62368-1: 2020+
Output: 5Vdc, 3A / 15W; A11
9Vdc, 3A / 27W;
15Vdc, 3A / 45W;
20Vdc, 3A / 60W
CHICONY POWER HA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CO 60Hz, Class II EN IEC 62368-1:2020
LTD (DELL) Output:
5.0V⎓ 3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V⎓ 3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V⎓ 3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓ 3.0A/60.0W
Alt. AC/DC power Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
Adapter (60W) (DELL) 1.7A; Class II EN 62368-1:2014+ TUV/Rh
Output: A11:20
DC 5.0V, 3.0A or 17
DC 9.0V, 3.0A or
DC 15.0V, 3.0A or
DC 20.0V, 3.0A
AC/DC power Chicony Power HA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
Adapter (65W) Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz; Class II with functional EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
(DELL) earthing +A11,
Output: DC 5V; 3A or 9V; 3A UL
or 15V; 3A or 20V; 3.25A
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) 60Hz; Class II with functional EN 62368-1: 2014+ UL
earth A11,
Output: DC 20V/3.25A or DC UL 62368-1
15V/3A or
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 108 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
DC 9V/3A or DC 5V/3A
LITE-ON LA65NM190 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL, UL
TECHNOLOGY 60Hz, Class II with functional EN 62368-1: 2014+
CORP (DELL) earth A11,
Output: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, UL 62368-1
3A/3A/3A/3.25A
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 INPUT: 100-240V~ 1.7A 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by Nemko,
Electric Co., Ltd. 60Hz Class I EN 62368-1:2014+ UL
(DELL) Output: 5.0V DC 3A/15.0W or A11,
9.0V DC 3A/27.0W or 15V DC UL 62368-1
3A/45W or 20.0V DC
3.25A/65.0W.
CHICONY POWER HA65NM192 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL, UL
TECHNOLOGY CO 60Hz, Class I with class II EN IEC 62368-1:
LTD (DELL) construction except for earth 2020+A11,
pin of appliance inlet UL 62368-1
Output:
5.0V⎓3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V⎓3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V⎓3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓3.25A/65.0W
AC/DC power Delta Electronics, Inc. DA100PM220 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV/Rh,
Adapter (100W) (DELL) 60Hz; Class I EN IEC 62368-1: UL
DC Output: 5.0Vdc, 3.0A or 2020+A11:2020,
9.0Vdc, 3.0A or 15.0Vdc, 3.0A UL 62368-1
or 20.0Vdc, 5.0A or 12.0-
20.0Vdc, 5.0A max.
Chicony Power HA100PM220 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL, UL
Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz, Class I with class II EN IEC 62368-
(DELL) construction except for earth 1:2020+A11:
pin of appliance inlet 2020, UL 62368-1
Output: 5.0V⎓3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V⎓3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V⎓3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓5.0A/100.0W
or 12.0-20.0V⎓ 5.0A
max./100.0W max.
Lite-On Technology LA100PM220 Input Rating: 1.7A 100-240V~ IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by Nemko,
Corporation (DELL) 50- EN IEC 62368-1: UL
60Hz, Cl. I. 2020+A11:2020,
DC output Rating: UL 62368-1
5.0Vdc, 3.0A/15.0W;
9.0Vdc, 3.0A/27.0W;
15.0Vdc, 3.0A/45.0W;
20.0Vdc, 5.0A/100.0W. or
12.0-20.0Vdc, 5.0A
max./100.0W max. for AVS
mode.
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
pack Lithium Battery A1+A2, CB by UL,
Company Limited IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017+A1, UL
UL 2054
SIMPLO 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh /57Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
TECHNOLOGY CO A1+A2, CB by UL,
LTD (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2: 2017+A1, UL
UL 2054
Alt. Li-ion battery Zhuhai CosMX 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 109 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
pack Battery Co.,Ltd. A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2: 2017+A1, UL
UL 2054
Ningde Amperex 66DWX DC 11.4V, Rated Capacity: IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Technology Limited 4878mAh A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017+A1, UL
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD WW8N8 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL,
Lithium Battery A1+A2, CB by UL,
Company Limited IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017+A1, UL
UL 2054
SIMPLO WW8N8 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh /57Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
TECHNOLOGY CO A1+A2, CB by UL,
LTD (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017+A1, UL
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD FH97R 7.6Vdc, 4882mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
Lithium Battery A1+A2, CB by UL,
Company Limited IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017+A1, UL
UL 2054
SIMPLO FH97R 7.6Vdc, 4882mAh /38Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
TECHNOLOGY CO A1+A2, CB by UL,
LTD (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017+A1, UL
UL 2054
RTC battery DOUBLE BEST CO ML1220 Max Charging Voltage 5Vdc, UL 1642 UL(MH46388)
(Lithium type) LTD Max Charging Current 100mA
VIC-DAWN ML1220 Max Charging Voltage 5Vdc, UL 1642 UL(MH20550)
ENTERPRISE CO Max Charging Current 100mA
LTD
JHIH HONG ML1220 Max Charging Voltage 5Vdc, UL 1642 UL(MH48406)
TECHNOLOGY CO Max Charging Current 100mA
LTD
Plastic Enclosure SABIC JAPAN LLC D251 V-0, min. 0.6 mm thickness UL 94 UL
COVESTRO GF9016 + (z) + – Material V-0, min. 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG designations may be
[PC followed by a six digit
RESINS] numerical code denoting
color. (z) –Material
designation and color code
may be followed by up to
three letters and/or three
numbers (does not include
grades which are separately
recognized with above
material designation and
suffix).
SABIC JAPAN LLC D20001 V-0, min. 1.5 mm thickness UL 94 UL
SABIC JAPAN LLC DX11355 V-0, min. 0.6 mm thickness UL 94 UL
TORAY A305M(kk) (kk) – denotes a V-0, min. 0.35 mm thickness UL 94 UL
INDUSTRIES INC two digit number, 31-69
inclusive
CELANESE CES 6145 LCG V-0, min. 0.4 mm thickness UL 94 UL
INTERNATIONAL
CORP
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 110 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
SABIC JAPAN LLC ML7681 V-0, min. 1.2 mm thickness UL 94 UL
SABIC JAPAN LLC RCM6134 V-0, min. 1.0 mm thickness UL 94 UL
Alt. Plastic COVESTRO FR3040 W + + – Material V-0, min. 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL
Enclosure DEUTSCHLAND AG designations may be
[PC RESINS] followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
COVESTRO FR3020 R35+ + – Material V-0, min. 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG designations may be
[PC RESINS] followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
MITSUBISHI LDS 3750 V-0, min. 0.75 mm thickness UL 94 UL
ENGINEERINGPLAS
TICS CORP
MITSUBISHI LDS 3744 Min 1.2 mm thickness IEC 60950-1 complied Tested within
ENGINEERINGPLAS with Annex A.2 equipment
TICS CORP
Metal Enclosure Waffer Catcher AZ91D Al-Mg alloy, min. 0.6 mm IEC 60950-1 complied Tested in the
Foxconn JuRong thickness with Annex A.2 equipment
Huaye (JY) Mitac
CPM Chang Yun
QunLi Shanxi Regal
Advanced Material
Co.,Ltd (Shanghai
Regal Metal Materials
Co.,Ltd) Chunqiu
Interchangeable AZ91D Al-Mg alloy, min. 0.6 mm IEC 60950-1 complied Tested in the
thickness with Annex A.2 equipment
Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, minimum 0.6 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness IEC 62368-1 equipment
Internal barrier CHENGDU KLX FRPC-1860B VTM-0, min. 0.125 mm UL 94 UL
(Speaker) KANGLONGXIN
PLASTICS CO LTD
-Glue Jiangsu Sidike New DS-5B Complied with Cl. 4.6.5 IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
Materials Science and equipment
Technology Co., Ltd.
LCD panel LG DISPLAY CO LTD LP140WU2-SPM1 14.0“LED TFT LCD, glass IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
type, min. 0.34 mm thick (with IEC 62368-1 equipment
LED back-light module)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 14.0“LED TFT LCD, glass IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
type, min. 0.34 mm thick (with IEC 62368-1 equipment
LED back-light module)
DC fan Sunonwealth Electric EG50040S1-CV5Z, where Z 5Vdc, 0.36A, min. 0.15 CFM EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Machine Industry Co., stands for 30 charaters, (System) EN IEC 62368-
Ltd. each charaters stands for 1:2020+A11,
one of the following signs, 0- UL 507
9, A-Z, (, ), ., /, - or blank for
Marketing purpose only.
Sunonwealth Electric EG50060S1-C66Z, where Z 5Vdc, 0.42A, min. 0.15 CFM EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Machine Industry Co., stands for 30 charaters, (System) EN IEC 62368-
Ltd each charaters stands for 1:2020+A11,
one of the UL 507
following signs, 0-9, A-Z, (, ),
., /, - or blank for marketing
purpose only.
DELTA ND75C99XXXXXXXXXXX, 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 CFM EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
ELECTRONICS INC where X stands for A-Z, 0-9, (system) IEC 62368-1:2014,
- or blank for marketing UL 507
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 111 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
purpose only
DELTA ND75C39XXXXXXXXXXX, 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 CFM EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
ELECTRONICS INC where X stands for A-Z, 0-9, (System) IEC 62368-1:2014,
- or blank for marketing UL 507
purpose only
Alt. DC fan Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5L22H15B85C 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 CFM EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. (System) UL 507
Asia Vital BAPA0906Z5HV, where” Z” 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 CFM EN IEC 62368- TUV/SUD,
Components Co.,Ltd. can be R; “V” can be (System) 1:2020/A11:2020 UL
ABCD where A, B, C, D UL 507
may be AZ, 0-9, “-“ or blank.
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min 0.15 IEC 62368-1, Verified by
CFM (System) EN 62368-1, Nemko or other
UL 507 certificate
body, UL
Speakers (two Interchangeable Interchangeable Each 4.0Ω, 2.5W max. IEC 60950-1 Tested within
provided) IEC-62368-1 the equipment
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105℃ min. UL 796 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 112 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix Z (Modelo/Model: P117F, P117F…)
(The dots '.' can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z or blank for marketing purposes only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.34A 19.5Vdc or 4.62A/6.7A 19.5Vdc or 6.7A 19.5Vdc or 4.5A/6.5A 20Vdc,, IP20, Cl.
III
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32: 2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016, IEC 61000-3-2: 2018,
IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2006+A1:2007+A2:2010, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5:
2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC adapter LITE-ON TECHNPLOGY LA65NS2-.. AC I/P: 1.6A 100-240V 50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by Nemko
CORP (DELL) The dots '.' in model 60Hz, Cl. I +A1+A2 (NO101136/A1/M1)
name can be any DC O/P: 3.34A 19.5V
alphanumeric (IEC 60950-1)
character including (Altitude: 5000m)
blank or '-', for
marketing use only.
(For 60950-1)
LITE-ON TECHNPLOGY LA65NS2-01 AC I/P: 1.6A 100-240V 50- IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by UL(Demko)
CORP (DELL) (For 62368-1) 60Hz, Cl. II UL 62368-1 (DK-69679-A1-UL)
DC O/P: 3.34A,19.5V
(IEC 62368-1)
(Altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NS5-00 AC I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by Nemko
Technology Co.,Ltd. 60Hz, Cl. II with functional +A1+A2 (NO89677/A1/M1)
(DELL or Dell Inc) earthing IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
DC O/P: 3.34A,19.5V UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-103498)
(Altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA65NM191 AC I/P:1.6A 100-240V,50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh
Inc.(DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I +A1+A2 (JPTUV-102356)
DC O/P: 3.34A,19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
(Altitude: 5000m) (JPTUV-102420)
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM201 AC I/P:1.7A 100-240V~50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I +A1+A2 (NO115213)
DC O/P: 3.34A,19.5V 65.0W IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by Nemko
(Altitude: 5000m) (NO115308)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA90PM17Z (Z=0-9, AC I/P: 100-240V~, .5A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL (Demko)
(DELL) A-Z or blank) 60Hz; +A1+A2, (DK-57143-A2-UL),
DC O/P:20V/15V/9V/5Vdc, IEC 62368-1:2018, UL CB by TUV/Rh
4.5/3/3/3 A (Altitude: 5000m)62368-1 (JPTUV-125201),
UL
Lite-On Technology LA90PM170 AC I/P: 100-240V~, 1.5A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz +A1+A2, (JPTUV-075882),
DC O/P: 20Vdc, 4.5A; 15Vdc, IEC 62368-1:2014, UL CB by TUV/Rh
3A; 9Vdc, 3A; 5Vdc, 3A 62368-1 (JPTUV-103928),
(Altitude: 5000m) ULz
Chicony Power HA90PM210, AC I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. HA90PM211 60Hz; 1.5A; Class I +A1+A2 (JPTUV-124975-
(DELL) DC O/P: DC 5.0V, IEC 62368-1:2018, UL M1), CB by
3.0A,15.0W; DC 9.0V, 3.0A, 62368-1 TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
27.0W; DC 15.0V, 3.0A, 125081-M1), UL
45.0W; DC 20.0V, 4.5A,
90.0W (Altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA90PM19X AC I/P: 100-240V~, 1.5A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, IEC CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) (X= 0-9) 60Hz, Cl. I 62368-1:2018, (JPTUV-
DC O/P: 19.5Vdc, 4.62A UL 62368-1 102289). CB by
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 113 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
124249), UL
Lite-On Technology LA90PM111 AC I/P: 1.5A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by Nemko
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I. +A1+A2, (NO108932), CB
DC O/P:4.62A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014, by Nemko
(Altitude:5000m) UL 62368-1 (NO109984), UL
Chicony Power HA90PM19Z (The Z in AC I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. model name can be 0 1.5A, Class I A1+A2 (JPTUV-098108-
(DELL) to 9) DC O/P: DC19.5V, 4.62A IEC 62368-1:2014, M1), CB by
(Altitude:5000m) UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh(JPTUV-
098126-A1/M2), UL
Chicony Power HA130PM17Z (The Z AC I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. in model name can be 1.8A, Cl. I A1+A2 (NO99849), CB by
(DELL) 0 to 9, for marketing DC O/P: 1A, 5Vdc or 6.5A, IEC 62368-1:2014, UL TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
purpose.) 20Vdc (Altitude:5000m) 62368-1 103163), UL
Lite-On Technology LA130PM200 AC I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.8A; Class I +A1+A2 (JPTUV-119250),
Output: DC 5.0V/1.0A, 5.0W; IEC 62368-1:2014, UL CB by TUV/Rh
DC 20V/6.5A, 130.0W 62368-1 (JPTUV-119251),
(Altitude: 5000m) UL
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA130PM200 AC I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.8A; IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I A1+A2 (JPTUV-118414),
DC O/P: DC 5.0V/1.0A or DC IEC 62368-1:2014, UL CB by
20.0V/6.5A (Altitude:5000m) 62368-1 TUV/Rh(JPTUV-
118857), UL
Lite-On Technology LA130PM19Z (Z=0-9) AC I/P: 100-240V~, 2.5A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz, Class II with functional +A1+A2 (JPTUV-084645-
earth IEC 62368-1:2014, UL M1), CB by
DC O/P:19.5Vdc, 6.7A 62368-1 TUV/Rh(JPTUV-
(Altitude:5000m) 084784-M1), UL
Chicony Power HA130PM19Z (The Z AC I/P: 100-240V~, 1.8A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
Technology Co., Ltd. in model name can be 60Hz A1+A2 TUV/Rh(JPTUV-
(DELL) 0 to 9) DC O/P:19.5Vdc, 6.7A IEC 62368-1:2014, UL 097252-M1), CB by
(Altitude:5000m) 62368-1 TUV/Rh(JPTUV-
097291-M1), UL
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C UL 796 UL
LCD Bezel MITSUBISHI MB1700+ V-0, min. 0.75 mm,60°C UL 94 UL (E41179)
ENGINEERING- + – Suffix optional,
PLASTICS CORP exceptions: The
following cannot be
used as optional
suffixes: "NF" for
grade NXG5050, "N"
for grade NXG5030,
"N" for grade
MB2112+, "S1" for
grade F20-54, "V" for
grades S-2000+(f1),
S-2001+(f1), S-
2003+(f1), the last
letter "L" for grade
CFH2520+, "W" for
ELV2010 included in
Grade ELV20(a5)+.
LG CHEM LTD GN-5101RF(#) V-0, min. 0.75 mm ,60 °C UL 94 UL (E67171)
(#) – May be followed
by optional suffix letter
from A-Z incl., except
F, and except Grades
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 114 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
HT700B, LI912A,
LI912W, AF303G,
AF303S, XR404T,
XR407D, XR407E,
HF380X, XR404E,
XR404-G, XR404-P
and LUMILOY
GN2108FI.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY GN- V-0, min.1.0mm, 80°C UL 94 UL (E67171)
5151RF(#)
(#) - May be followed
by optional suffix letter
from A-Z incl., except
F, and except Grades
HT700B, LI912A,
LI912W, AF303G,
AF303S, XR404T,
XR407D, XR407E,
HF380X, XR404E,
XR404-G, XR404-P
and LUMILOY
GN2108FI.
Covestro Deutschland FR3021 GR + V-0, min.1.5mm, 60°C UL 94 UL (E41613)
AG [PC Resins] + - Material
designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code
denoting color.
MITSUBISHI TMB1615+ V-0, min. 1.0 mm,85 °C UL 94 UL ( E41179 )
ENGINEERING- + – Suffix optional,
PLASTICS CORP exceptions: The
following cannot be
used as optional
suffixes: "NF" for
grade NXG5050, "N"
for grade NXG5030,
"N" for grade
MB2112+, "S1" for
grade F20-54, "V" for
grades S-2000+(f1),
S-2001+(f1), S-
2003+(f1), the last
letter "L" for grade
CFH2520+, "W" for
ELV2010 included in
Grade ELV20(a5)+.
Covestro Deutschland FR3002 + V-0, min. 0.9 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL (E41613)
AG [PC Resins] + – Material
designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code
denoting color.
Covestro Deutschland FR3020 + V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL (E41613)
AG [PC Resins] + – Material
designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code
denoting color.
LCD panel CHONGQING BOE **160***-***(where "*" 16“TFT LCD, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 115 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
OPTOELECTRONICS could be any letter of 0.34 mm thick (with LED
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD "0" to "9" or "A" to "Z" backlight module)
or blank, denotes only
non-safety related
parts or name
difference.)
AU OPTRONICS B160QANZZZZ 16“TFT LCD, glass type, min. IEC 62368-1 :2014 CB by UL(Demko),
CORPORATION (where Z may be any 0.34 mm thick (with LED UL 62368-1 UL
alphanumeric backlight module)
character or a dot or
blank)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 16“TFT LCD, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
0.34 mm thick (with LED
backlight module)
Li-ion Battery SHENZHEN BYD G91J0 11.25Vdc, 3467mAh, 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL(Demko),
Pack LITHIUM BATTERY +A1+A2 CB by TUV/Rh,
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL(Demko),
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
LG ENERGY G91J0 11.25Vdc, 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL(Demko),
SOLUTION, LTD. (DELL) +A1+A2 CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
UL 2054
Ningde Amperex G91J0 11.25Vdc, IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh,
Technology Limited Typical Capacity:3465mAh, +A1+A2 CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) 41Wh; IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUV/Rh,
Rated Capacity:3467mAh, IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
39Wh UL 62368-1
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY G91J0 11.25Vdc,3467mAh or 41Wh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL(Demko),
CO LTD (DELL) +A1+A2 CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
SUNWODA Electronic G91J0 11.25Vdc,3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh,
Co., Ltd (DELL) +A1+A2 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
Zhuhai CosMX Battery G91J0 11.25Vdc,3467mAh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh,
Co., Ltd.(DELL) +A1+A2 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
SHENZHEN BYD V6W33 15Vdc,3420mAh, 54Wh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL(Demko),
LITHIUM BATTERY +A1+A2 CB by TUV/Rh,
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL(Demko),
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
LG ENERGY V6W33 15Vdc, 54Wh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL(Demko),
SOLUTION, LTD. (DELL) +A1+A2 CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
UL 2054
Ningde Amperex V6W33 15Vdc,Typical Capacity: IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh,
Technology Limited 3600mAh, 54Wh; +A1+A2 CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) Rated Capacity: IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUV/Rh,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 116 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
3420mAh,51.3Wh IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY V6W33 15Vdc, 3420mAh, 54Wh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL(Demko),
CO LTD (DELL) +A1+A2 CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
SUNWODA Electronic V6W33 15Vdc, 3420mAh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh,
Co., Ltd (DELL) +A1+A2 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
Zhuhai CosMX Battery V6W33 15Vdc, 3420mAh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh,
Co., Ltd. (DELL) +A1+A2 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
SHENZHEN BYD TN70C 15.2Vdc, 64Wh,4000mAh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL(Demko),
LITHIUM BATTERY +A1+A2 CB by TUV/Rh,
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL(Demko),
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014 UL
UL 62368-1
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY TN70C 15.2Vdc, 64Wh or 4000mAh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL(Demko),
CO LTD (DELL) +A1+A2 CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
SUNWODA Electronic TN70C 15.2Vdc,4000mAh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh,
Co., Ltd (DELL) +A1+A2 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 62368-1
SHENZHEN BYD 69KF2 11.4V, 7167mAh, 86Wh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh,
LITHIUM BATTERY +A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133:2012, CB by TUV/Rh, UL
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
62368-1
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY 69KF2 11.4Vdc, 86Wh or 7167mAh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL(Demko),
CO LTD (DELL) +A1+A2, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017, IEC CB by UL(Demko),
62368-1:2014, UL UL
60950-1
SHENZHEN BYD 8FCTC 11.4V, 4650mAh, 56Wh IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by TUV/Rh,
LITHIUM BATTERY +A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133:2012, IEC CB by TUV/Rh, UL
(DELL) 62368-1:2014, UL
62368-1
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY 8FCTC 11.4Vdc, 4913mAh or IEC 60950-1:2005 CB by UL(Demko),
CO LTD (DELL) 4650mAh or 56Wh +A1+A2, CB by UL(Demko),
IEC 62133:2012, IEC CB by UL(Demko),
62368-1:2014, UL UL
60950-1
DC Fan for CPU Forcecon Tech. Co., Ltd. DFS5K12B159A1R 5Vdc, 0.5A max.,5.9 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh,UL
min. UL 507
Taicang Huaying BNA506S5H-000P 5Vdc, 400mA, 5.8 CFM min. EN 62368- TUV/SUD,UL
Electronic Material 1:2014+A11:2017
Co.,Ltd UL 507
Changzhou WINMA EGC-70061F1-0AH 5Vdc, 0.5A max.,5.56 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh,UL
Electronic Technology Co min UL 507
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 117 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Ltd
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max.,5.56CFM EN 62368- Verified by Nemko,
min. 1:2014+A11:2017 UL, or TUV
UL 507
DC Fan for CPU Suzhou Forcecon Tech. DFS5K221153716 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 6.9 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. min. UL 507
Taicang Huaying BN6509S5H-000P 5Vdc, 0.4A, 7.94 CFM min. EN 62368- TUV/SUD, UL
Electronic Material 1:2014/A11:2017,
Co.,Ltd UL 507
Suzhou Forcecon Tech. DFS5H22404666E 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 4.7 CFM EN 62368-1 TUV/Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. min. UL 507
Taicang Huaying BN7508S5H-004P 5Vdc, 370mA,6.33 CFM min. EN 62368-1: TUV/SUD, UL
Electronic Material 2014/A11:2017,
Co.,Ltd UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 4.7 CFM EN 62368- Verified by Nemko,
min. 1:2014+A11, UL, or TUV
UL 507
DC Fan for GPU Suzhou Forcecon Tech. DFS5L32G064869 5Vdc, 0.5Amax., 8.71 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
(optional) Co., Ltd. min. UL 507
Taicang Huaying BN8508S5H-001P 5Vdc, 400mA, 10.22 CFM EN 62368- TUV/SUD, UL
Electronic Material min. 1:2014/A11:2017, UL
Co.,Ltd 507
Suzhou Forcecon Tech. DFS5K323161A1E 5Vdc, 0.5Amax., 5.2 CFM EN 62368-1 TUV/Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. min. UL 507
Taicang Huaying BN9508S5H-002P 5Vdc, 0.4A, 8.24CFM min. EN 62368- TUV/SUD, UL
Electronic Material 1:2014/A11:2017, UL
Co.,Ltd 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5Amax., 5.2 CFM EN 62368- Verified by Nemko,
min. 1:2014+A11, UL, or TUV
UL 507
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 118 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix AA (Modelo/Model: P175G, P175G…)
(The dots '.' or 'x' in the model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, -, _ or blank for marketing use.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3A or 3.25A or 5A 20Vdc, Cl. III, IP 20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2015 +COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 32:2015 +A1:2019, CISPR
35:2016, IEC 61000-3-2: 2020, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+AMD1:2017+AMD2:2021+COR1:2022, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020,
IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5:2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6:2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020, Annex E of
INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC power Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
adapter Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
(60W) Output: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, +A11,
3A \ 15Vdc, 3A \ 20Vdc, UL 62368-1
3A; Max. Power 60W.
Chicony Power Technology HA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
Co., 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
Ltd. (DELL) Output: DC 5.0V; 3.0A; +A11,
15.0W, 9.0V; 3.0A; 27.0W, UL 62368-1
15.0V; 3.0A; 45.0W,
20.0V; 3.0A; 60.0W
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
Output: +A11:2017,
DC 5.0V/3.0A/ 15.0W or UL 62368-1
DC 9.0V/3.0A/ 27.0W or
DC 15.0V/3.0A/ 45.0W or
DC 20.0V/3.0A/ 60.0W
Lite-On Technology LA60NM210 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class II EN 62368-1: 2020
Output: 5Vdc, 3A / 15W; +A11
9Vdc, 3A / 27W;
15Vdc, 3A / 45W;
20Vdc, 3A / 60W
CHICONY POWER HA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 50-60Hz, Class II EN IEC 62368-1:
(DELL) Output: 2020
5.0V⎓ 3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V⎓ 3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V⎓ 3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓ 3.0A/60.0W
Alt. AC/DC Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
power (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class II EN 62368-1:2014 TUV/Rh
Adapter (60W) Output: +A11:20
DC 5.0V, 3.0A or 17
DC 9.0V, 3.0A or
DC 15.0V, 3.0A or
DC 20.0V, 3.0A
AC/DC power Chicony Power Technology HA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
Adapter (65W) Co., Ltd. (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class II with EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
functional earthing +A11,
Output: DC 5V; 3A or 9V; UL
3A or 15V; 3A or 20V;
3.25A
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class II with EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 119 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
functional earth +A11,
Output: DC 20V/3.25A or UL 62368-1
DC 15V/3A or
DC 9V/3A or DC 5V/3A
LITE-ON TECHNOLOGY LA65NM190 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL, UL
CORP (DELL) 50-60Hz, Class II with EN 62368-1: 2014
functional earth +A11,
Output: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, UL 62368-1
3A/3A/3A/3.25A
Shenzhen Huntkey Electric HKA65NM200 INPUT: 100-240V~ 1.7A IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by Nemko,
Co., Ltd. (DELL) 50-60Hz Class I EN 62368-1:2014 UL
Output: 5.0V DC +A11,
3A/15.0W or 9.0V DC UL 62368-1
3A/27.0W or 15V DC
3A/45W or 20.0V DC
3.25A/65.0W.
CHICONY POWER HA65NM192 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL, UL
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 50-60Hz, Class I with EN IEC 62368-1:
(DELL) class II construction 2020+A11,
except for earth pin of UL 62368-1
appliance inlet
Output:
5.0V⎓3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V⎓3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V⎓3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓3.25A/65.0W
AC/DC power Delta Electronics, Inc. DA100PM220 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV/Rh,
Adapter (100W) (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I EN IEC 62368- UL
DC Output: 5.0Vdc, 3.0A 1:2020+A11:
or 9.0Vdc, 3.0A or 2020,
15.0Vdc, 3.0A or 20.0Vdc, UL 62368-1
5.0A or 12.0-20.0Vdc,
5.0A max.
Chicony Power Technology HA100PM220 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL, UL
Co., Ltd. 50-60Hz, Class I with EN IEC 62368-
(DELL) class II construction 1:2020+A11:
except for earth pin of 2020,
appliance inlet UL 62368-1
Output: 5.0V⎓3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V⎓3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V⎓3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓5.0A/100.0W
or 12.0-20.0V⎓ 5.0A
max./100.0W max.
Lite-On Technology LA100PM220 Input Rating: 1.7A 100- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by Nemko,
Corporation (DELL) 240V~ 50- EN IEC 62368-1 UL
60Hz, Cl. I. :2020+A11:2020,
DC output Rating: UL 62368-1
5.0Vdc, 3.0A/15.0W;
9.0Vdc, 3.0A/27.0W;
15.0Vdc, 3.0A/45.0W;
20.0Vdc, 5.0A/100.0W. or
12.0-
20.0Vdc, 5.0A
max./100.0W max. for
AVS mode.
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD Lithium 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
pack Battery Company Limited A1+A2, CB by UL,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 120 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh /57Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005 CB by UL,
CO LTD (DELL) +A1+A2, CB by UL,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2: 2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
Alt. Li-ion Zhuhai CosMX Battery 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
battery pack Co.,Ltd. (DELL) A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ UL
A1,
UL 2054
Ningde Amperex 66DWX DC 11.4V, Rated IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Technology Limited (DELL) Capacity: 4878mAh A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD Lithium WW8N8 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL,
Battery Company Limited A1+A2, CB by UL,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY WW8N8 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh /57Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
CO LTD (DELL) A1+A2, CB by UL,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD Lithium FH97R 7.6Vdc, 4882mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
Battery Company Limited A1+A2, CB by UL,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY FH97R 7.6Vdc, 4882mAh /38Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
CO LTD (DELL) A1+A2, CB by UL,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
RTC battery DOUBLE BEST CO LTD ML1220 Max Charging Voltage UL 1642 UL(MH46388)
(Lithium type) 5Vdc, Max Charging
Current 100mA
VIC-DAWN ENTERPRISE ML1220 Max Charging Voltage UL 1642 UL(MH20550)
CO LTD 5Vdc, Max Charging
Current 100mA
JHIH HONG ML1220 Max Charging Voltage UL 1642 UL(MH48406)
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 5Vdc, Max Charging
Current 100mA
Plastic SABIC JAPAN LLC D251 V-0, min. 0.6 mm UL 94 UL
Enclosure thickness
COVESTRO GF9016 + (z) + – Material V-0, min. 0.75 mm UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG [PC designations may be thickness
RESINS] followed by a six digit
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 121 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
numerical code denoting
color. (z) –Material
designation and color code
may be followed by up to
three letters and/or three
numbers (does not include
grades which are separately
recognized with above
material designation and
suffix).
SABIC JAPAN LLC D20001 V-0, min. 1.5 mm UL 94 UL
thickness
SABIC JAPAN LLC DX11355 V-0, min. 0.6 mm UL 94 UL
thickness
TORAY INDUSTRIES INC A305M(kk) (kk) – denotes a V-0, min. 0.35 mm UL 94 UL
two digit number, 31-69 thickness
inclusive
CELANESE CES 6145 LCG V-0, min. 0.4 mm UL 94 UL
INTERNATIONAL CORP thickness
SABIC JAPAN LLC ML7681 V-0, min. 1.2 mm UL 94 UL
thickness
SABIC JAPAN LLC RCM6134 V-0, min. 1.0 mm UL 94 UL
thickness
Alt. Plastic COVESTRO FR3040 W + + – Material V-0, min. 0.75 mm UL 94 UL
Enclosure DEUTSCHLAND AG [PC designations may be thickness
RESINS] followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
COVESTRO FR3020 R35+ + – Material V-0, min. 0.75 mm UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG [PC designations may be thickness
RESINS] followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
MITSUBISHI LDS 3750 V-0, min. 0.75 mm UL 94 UL
ENGINEERINGPLASTICS thickness
CORP
MITSUBISHI LDS 3744 Min 1.2 mm thickness IEC 60950-1 Tested within
ENGINEERINGPLASTICS complied with Annex equipment
CORP A.2
Metal Enclosure Waffer Catcher Foxconn AZ91D Al-Mg alloy, min. 0.6 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
JuRong Huaye (JY) Mitac thickness complied with Annex equipment
CPM Chang Yun QunLi A.2
Shanxi Regal Advanced
Material Co.,Ltd (Shanghai
Regal Metal Materials
Co.,Ltd) Chunqiu
Interchangeable AZ91D Al-Mg alloy, min. 0.6 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness complied with Annex equipment
A.2
Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, minimum 0.6 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness IEC 62368-1 equipment
Internal barrier CHENGDU KLX FRPC-1860B VTM-0, min. 0.125 mm UL 94 UL
(Speaker) KANGLONGXIN PLASTICS
-Glue CO LTD
Jiangsu Sidike New DS-5B Complied with Cl. 4.6.5 IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
Materials Science and equipment
Technology Co., Ltd.
LCD panel LG DISPLAY CO LTD LP140WU3-SPA1 14.0“LED TFT LCD, glass IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
type, min. 0.34mm thick IEC 62368-1 equipment
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 122 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(with LED back-light
module)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 14.0“LED TFT LCD, glass IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
type, min. 0.34 mm thick IEC 62368-1 equipment
(with LED back-light
module)
DC fan Sunonwealth Electric EG50040S1-CV5Z, where Z 5Vdc, 0.36A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Machine Industry Co., Ltd. stands for 30 charaters, each CFM (System) EN IEC 62368-
charaters stands for one of 1:2020+A11,
the following signs, 0-9, A-Z, UL 507
(, ), ., /, - or blank for
Marketing purpose only.
Sunonwealth Electric EG50060S1-C66Z, where Z 5Vdc, 0.42A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Machine Industry Co., Ltd stands for 30 charaters, each CFM (System) EN IEC 62368-
charaters stands for one of 1:2020+A11,
the UL 507
following signs, 0-9, A-Z, (, ),
., /, - or blank for marketing
purpose only.
DELTA ELECTRONICS INC ND75C99XXXXXXXXXXX, 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
where X stands for A-Z, 0-9, CFM (system) IEC 62368-1:2014,
- or blank for marketing UL 507
purpose only
DELTA ELECTRONICS INC ND75C39XXXXXXXXXXX, 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
where X stands for A-Z, 0-9, CFM (System) IEC 62368-1:2014,
- or blank for marketing UL 507
purpose only
Alt. DC fan Forcecon Tech. Co., Ltd. DFS5L22H15B85C 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
CFM (System) UL 507
Asia Vital Components BAPA0906Z5HV, where” Z” 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN IEC 62368- TUV/SUD,
Co.,Ltd. can be R; “V” can be CFM (System) 1:2020/A11:2020 UL
ABCD where A, B, C, D may UL 507
be AZ, 0-9, “-“ or blank.
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min 0.15 IEC 62368-1, Verified by
CFM (System) EN 62368-1, Nemko or other
UL 507 certificate body,
UL
Speakers (two Interchangeable Interchangeable Each 4.0Ω, 2.5W max. IEC 60950-1 Tested within
provided) IEC-62368-1 the equipment
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105℃ min. UL 796 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 123 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix AB (Modelo/Model: P176G, P176G…)
(The dots '.' in the model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, -, _ or blank for marketing use.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3A or 3.25A or 5A 20Vdc, Cl. III, IP 20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32:2015 +COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 32:2015 +A1:2019, CISPR
35:2016, IEC 61000-3-2: 2020, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+AMD1:2017+AMD2:2021+COR1:2022, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020,
IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5:2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6:2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020, Annex E of
INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC power Lite-On Technology LA60NM20 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by
adapter Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I EN 62368-1: TUV/Rh, UL
(60W) Output: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, 2014+A11,
3A \ 15Vdc, 3A \ 20Vdc, UL 62368-1
3A; Max. Power 60W.
Chicony Power Technology HA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
Co., 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I EN 62368-1: UL
Ltd. (DELL) Output: DC 5.0V; 3.0A; 2014+A11,
15.0W,9.0V; 3.0A; UL 62368-1
27.0W,15.0V; 3.0A;
45.0W,20.0V; 3.0A; 60.0W
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
Output: +A11:2017,
DC 5.0V/3.0A/ 15.0W or UL 62368-1
DC 9.0V/3.0A/ 27.0W or
DC 15.0V/3.0A/ 45.0W or
DC 20.0V/3.0A/ 60.0W
Lite-On Technology LA60NM210 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class II EN 62368-1: 2020
Output: 5Vdc, 3A / 15W; +A11
9Vdc, 3A / 27W;
15Vdc, 3A / 45W;
20Vdc, 3A / 60W
CHICONY POWER HA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 50-60Hz, Class II EN IEC 62368-1:
(DELL) Output: 2020
5.0V⎓ 3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V⎓ 3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V⎓ 3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓ 3.0A/60.0W
Alt. AC/DC Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
power (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class II EN 62368-1:2014 TUV/Rh
Adapter (60W) Output: +A11:20
DC 5.0V, 3.0A or 17
DC 9.0V, 3.0A or
DC 15.0V, 3.0A or
DC 20.0V, 3.0A
AC/DC power Chicony Power Technology HA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
Adapter (65W) Co., Ltd. (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class II with EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
functional earthing +A11,
Output: DC 5V; 3A or 9V; UL
3A or 15V; 3A or 20V;
3.25A
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class II with EN 62368-1: 2014 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 124 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
functional earth +A11,
Output: DC 20V/3.25A or UL 62368-1
DC 15V/3A or
DC 9V/3A or DC 5V/3A
LITE-ON TECHNOLOGY LA65NM190 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL, UL
CORP (DELL) 50-60Hz, Class II with EN 62368-1: 2014
functional earth +A11,
Output: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, UL 62368-1
3A/3A/3A/3.25A
Shenzhen Huntkey Electric HKA65NM200 INPUT: 100-240V~ 1.7A IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by Nemko,
Co., Ltd. (DELL) 50-60Hz Class I EN 62368-1:2014 UL
Output: 5.0V DC +A11,
3A/15.0W or 9.0V DC UL 62368-1
3A/27.0W or 15V DC
3A/45W or 20.0V DC
3.25A/65.0W.
CHICONY POWER HA65NM192 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL, UL
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 50-60Hz, Class I with EN IEC 62368-
(DELL) class II construction 1:2020+A11,
except for earth pin of UL 62368-1
appliance inlet
Output:
5.0V⎓3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V⎓3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V⎓3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓3.25A/65.0W
AC/DC power Delta Electronics, Inc. DA100PM220 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV/Rh,
Adapter (100W) (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I EN IEC 62368- UL
DC Output: 5.0Vdc, 3.0A 1:2020+A11:
or 9.0Vdc, 3.0A or 2020,
15.0Vdc, 3.0A or 20.0Vdc, UL 62368-1
5.0A or 12.0-20.0Vdc,
5.0A max.
Chicony Power Technology HA100PM220 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL, UL
Co., Ltd. (DELL) 50-60Hz, Class I with EN IEC 62368-1:
class II construction 2020+A11:2020,
except for earth pin of UL 62368-1
appliance inlet
Output: 5.0V⎓3.0A/15.0W,
9.0V⎓3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V⎓3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓5.0A/100.0W
or 12.0-20.0V⎓ 5.0A
max./100.0W max.
Lite-On Technology LA100PM220 Input Rating: 1.7A 100- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by Nemko,
Corporation (DELL) 240V~ 50- EN IEC 62368- UL
60Hz, Cl. I. 1:2020+A11:
DC output Rating: 2020,
5.0Vdc, 3.0A/15.0W; UL 62368-1
9.0Vdc, 3.0A/27.0W;
15.0Vdc, 3.0A/45.0W;
20.0Vdc, 5.0A/100.0W. or
12.0-
20.0Vdc, 5.0A
max./100.0W max. for
AVS mode.
Li-ion battery Shenzhen BYD Lithium 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
pack Battery Company Limited A1+A2, CB by UL,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 125 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh /57Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
CO LTD (DELL) A1+A2, CB by UL,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ UL
A1,
UL 2054
Alt. Li-ion Zhuhai CosMX Battery 66DWX 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
battery pack Co.,Ltd. (DELL) A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ UL
A1,
UL 2054
Ningde Amperex 66DWX DC 11.4V, Rated IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Technology Limited (DELL) Capacity: 4878mAh A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD Lithium WW8N8 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by UL,
Battery Company Limited A1+A2, CB by UL,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY WW8N8 11.4Vdc, 4878mAh /57Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
CO LTD (DELL) A1+A2, CB by UL,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD Lithium FH97R 7.6Vdc, 4882mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005 CB by UL,
Battery Company Limited +A1+A2, CB by UL,
(DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
SIMPLO TECHNOLOGY FH97R 7.6Vdc, 4882mAh /38Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL,
CO LTD (DELL) A1+A2, CB by UL,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2:2017 UL
+A1,
UL 2054
RTC battery DOUBLE BEST CO LTD ML1220 Max Charging Voltage UL 1642 UL(MH46388)
(Lithium type) 5Vdc, Max Charging
Current 100mA
VIC-DAWN ENTERPRISE ML1220 Max Charging Voltage UL 1642 UL(MH20550)
CO LTD 5Vdc, Max Charging
Current 100mA
JHIH HONG ML1220 Max Charging Voltage UL 1642 UL(MH48406)
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 5Vdc, Max Charging
Current 100mA
Plastic SABIC JAPAN LLC D251 V-0, min. 0.6 mm UL 94 UL
Enclosure thickness
COVESTRO GF9016 + (z) + – Material V-0, min. 0.75 mm UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG [PC designations may be thickness
RESINS] followed by a six digit
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 126 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
numerical code denoting
color. (z) –Material
designation and color code
may be followed by up to
three letters and/or three
numbers (does not include
grades which are separately
recognized with above
material designation and
suffix).
SABIC JAPAN LLC D20001 V-0, min. 1.5 mm UL 94 UL
thickness
SABIC JAPAN LLC DX11355 V-0, min. 0.6 mm UL 94 UL
thickness
TORAY INDUSTRIES INC A305M(kk) (kk) – denotes a V-0, min. 0.35 mm UL 94 UL
two digit number, 31-69 thickness
inclusive
CELANESE CES 6145 LCG V-0, min. 0.4 mm UL 94 UL
INTERNATIONAL CORP thickness
SABIC JAPAN LLC ML7681 V-0, min. 1.2 mm UL 94 UL
thickness
SABIC JAPAN LLC RCM6134 V-0, min. 1.0 mm UL 94 UL
thickness
Alt. Plastic COVESTRO FR3040 W + + – Material V-0, min. 0.75 mm UL 94 UL
Enclosure DEUTSCHLAND AG [PC designations may be thickness
RESINS] followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
COVESTRO FR3020 R35+ + – Material V-0, min. 0.75 mm UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG [PC designations may be thickness
RESINS] followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
MITSUBISHI LDS 3750 V-0, min. 0.75 mm UL 94 UL
ENGINEERINGPLASTICS thickness
CORP
MITSUBISHI LDS 3744 Min 1.2 mm thickness IEC 60950-1 Tested within
ENGINEERINGPLASTICS complied with Annex equipment
CORP A.2
Metal Enclosure Waffer Catcher Foxconn AZ91D Al-Mg alloy, min. 0.6 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
JuRong Huaye (JY) Mitac thickness complied with Annex equipment
CPM Chang Yun QunLi A.2
Shanxi Regal Advanced
Material Co.,Ltd (Shanghai
Regal Metal Materials
Co.,Ltd) Chunqiu
Interchangeable AZ91D Al-Mg alloy, min. 0.6 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness complied with Annex equipment
A.2
Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, minimum 0.6 mm IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
thickness IEC 62368-1 equipment
Internal barrier CHENGDU KLX FRPC-1860B VTM-0, min. 0.125 mm UL 94 UL
(Speaker) KANGLONGXIN PLASTICS
-Glue CO LTD
Jiangsu Sidike New DS-5B Complied with Cl. 4.6.5 IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
Materials Science and equipment
Technology Co., Ltd.
LCD panel LG DISPLAY CO LTD LP140WU1-SPH1 14.0“LED TFT LCD, glass IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
type, min. 0.34mm thick equipment
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 127 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(with LED back-light
module)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 14.0“LED TFT LCD, glass IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
type, min. 0.34 mm thick equipment
(with LED back-light
module)
DC fan Sunonwealth Electric EG50040S1-CVZ, where Z 5Vdc, 0.46A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
Machine Industry Co., Ltd. stands for 30 charaters, each CFM (System) EN IEC 62368-
charaters stands for one of 1:2020+A11,
the following signs, 0-9, A-Z, UL 507
(, ), ., /, - or blank for
Marketing purpose only.
DELTA ELECTRONICS INC ND75C0AXXXXXXXXXXX, 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
where X stands for A-Z, 0-9, CFM (system) IEC 62368-1:2014,
- or blank for marketing UL 507
purpose only
Forcecon Tech. Co., Ltd. DFS5K12B15E6AD 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
CFM (system) IEC 62368-1:2014,
UL 507
Elepeak Co.,Ltd. B8906ASHNF2200TN 5Vdc, 0.5A, min. 0.15 EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/SUD,
CFM (system) IEC 62368-1:2014, UL
UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, max.0.5A, min 0.15 IEC 62368-1, Verified by
CFM (System) EN 62368-1, Nemko or other
UL 507 certificate body,
UL
Speakers (two Interchangeable Interchangeable Each 4.0Ω, 2.5W max. IEC 60950-1 Tested within
provided) IEC-62368-1 the equipment
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105℃ min. UL 796 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 128 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix AC (Modelo/Model: P181G, P181G.....)
(The dots '.' can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z or blank for marketing purposes only)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3A 20Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc or 5A 20Vdc or 3A/3.25A/5A 20Vdc, Cl. III
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013, IEC 62368-1:2018, CISPR 32: 2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016,
IEC 61000-3-2:2020, IEC 61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017 +A2:2021 +COR1:2022, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4:
2012, IEC 61000-4-5:2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6:2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11:2020+COR2:2022
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co.,Ltd 1.7A; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-
(DELL) Output: DC 5.0V; 3.0A; 113913), UL
15.0W, 9.0V; 3.0A; 27.0W,
DC 15.0V; 3.0A; 45.0W,
20.0V;3.0A; 60.0W (Altitude:
5000m)
Chicony Power HA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL
Technology Co., 60Hz UL 62368-1 (Demko)
Ltd. (DELL) Output: 5.0V⎓ 3.0A/15.0W, (DK-123336-
9.0V⎓ 3.0A/27.0W, UL),
15.0V⎓ 3.0A/45.0W, UL
20.0V⎓ 3.0A/60.0W
(Altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
Inc. (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh
Output: DC (JPTUV-
5.0V/3.0A/15.0W or DC 113741), UL
9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or
DC 15.0V/3.0A/45.0W or
DC 20.0V/3.0A/60.0W
(Altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA60NM210 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by
Inc. (DELL) 60Hz; TUV/Rh
1.7A; Class II (JPTUV-
Output: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or 128933)
DC 9.0V,
3.0A or DC 15.0V, 3.0A or
DC 20.0V, 3.0A (Altitude:
5000m)
Alt. AC/DC Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
adapter Corporation (DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class I UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh
Output: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, 3A (JPTUV-
\ 15Vdc, 3A \20Vdc, 3A; 113717), UL
Max. Power 60W. (Altitude:
5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz TUV/Rh
Output: 5Vdc, 3A /15W; (JPTUV-
9Vdc, 3A / 131377)
27W; 15Vdc, 3A / 45W;
20Vdc, 3A / 60W (Altitude:
5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
Technology Co., 50-60Hz; Class II with UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh
Ltd. (DELL) functional earthing (JPTUV-
Output: DC 5V; 3A or 9V; 3A 103370), UL
or 15V; 3A or 20V; 3.25A
(Altitude: 5000m)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 129 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Alt. AC/DC Delta Electronics, DA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
adapter Inc. (DELL) 50-60Hz Class II with UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh
functional earth (JPTUV-
Output: DC 20V/3.25A or 105170), UL
DC 15V/3A or DC 9V/3A or
DC 5V/3A
(altitude: 5000m)
LITE-ON LA65NM190 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY 60Hz UL 62368-1 (Demko)
CORP (DELL) Output: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, (DK-76758-
3A/3A/3A/3.25A (Altitude: M1-UL),
5000m) UL
Chicony Power HA65NM192 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
Technology Co.,Ltd 60Hz UL 62368-1 (Demko)
(DELL) Output: 5.0V⎓ 3.0A/15.0W, (DK-125297-
9.0V⎓ 3.0A/27.0W, M1-UL)
15.0V⎓3.0A/45.0W, UL
20.0V⎓3.25A/65.0W
(Altitude 5000m)
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 INPUT: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by
Electric Co., Ltd. 50-60Hz UL 62368-1 Nemko
(DELL) Output: 5.0V DC 3A/15.0W (NO114658),
or 9.0V UL
DC 3A/27.0W or 15.0V DC
3A/45.0W or 20.0V DC
3.25A/65.0W
Acbel Polytech Inc. AA65NM220 Input: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
(DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A Max.; Class I. UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh
Output: DC 5V/3A/15W; DC (JPTUV-
9V/3A/45W; 142550-M2),
DC 20V/3.25A/65W. UL
Total 65W MAX. (Altitude:
5000m)
Delta Electronics, DA100PM220 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by
Inc. (DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh
DC Output: 5.0Vdc, 3.0A or (JPTUV-
9.0Vdc, 3.0A or 15.0Vdc, 138984), UL
3.0A or 20.0Vdc, 5.0A or
12.0-20.0Vdc, 5.0A max.
(Altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA100PM220 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL
Technology Co., 60Hz UL 62368-1 (Demko)(DK-
Ltd. (DELL) Output: 5.0V⎓ 3.0A/15.0W, 131403-UL),
9.0V⎓ 3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V⎓ UL
3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓ 5.0A/ 100.0W or
12.0- 20.0V⎓ 5.0A
max./100.0W max.
(Altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA100PM220 Input Rating: 1.7A IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
Corporation (DELL) 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, UL 62368-1 Nemko
Cl. I. (NO123537),
DC output Rating: UL
5.0Vdc, 3.0A/15.0W;
9.0Vdc, 3.0A/27.0W;
15.0Vdc,
3.0A/45.0W;
20.0Vdc,
5.0A/100.0W. or
12.0-20.0Vdc, 5.0A
max./100.0W max.
for AVS mode.
(Altitude: 5000m)
LCD Cover, SABIC JAPAN LLC DC0041PR (B5) (EC) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
LCD Bezel (B5) – Represents color
code 7M1D145
(EC) - Material is
electrically conductive
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 130 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY GN5001RFD V-0, min. 0.9 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
SABIC JAPAN LLC D551RC(B2) (B6) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
(B2) - BK code 7A1D347
only
(B6) - BK code 7M1A5068
and 701 only
Alt. Covestro CF9920 R30 + (z), V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
LCD Cover, Deutschland AG CF9920 R30 + RE,
LCD Bezel + – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color. (z) –
Material designation and
color code may be
followed by up to three
letters and/or three
numbers (does not include
grades which are
separately recognized with
above material
designation and suffix)
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5101RFN, V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
GN-5101RF (#), (#) - May
be followed by optional
suffix letter from A-Z incl.,
except F, and except
Grades HT700B, LI912A,
LI912W, AF303G,
AF303S, XR404T,
XR407D, XR407E,
HF380X, XR404E,
XR404-G, XR404-P and
LUMILOY GN2108FI.
Covestro FR3025 R50+ + – Material V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG designations may be
[PC Resins] followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
Covestro FR3020 R50+, FR3020 V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG R50+ RE + – Material
[PC Resins] designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
SABIC JAPAN LLC D-FR ECO, D20001 V-0, min. 1.5 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
SABIC JAPAN LLC DC0041PE(BK12) (EC), V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
ER010460(BK12) (EC)
(EC) – Material is
electrically conductive
(BK12) –Represents color
code 7M1D145 and
7M1D145W
Base Covestro CF9920 R30 + (z), V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG CF9920 R30 + RE,
+ – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color. (z) –
Material designation and
color code may be
followed by up to three
letters and/or three
numbers (does not include
grades which are
separately recognized with
above material
designation and suffix)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 131 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
SABIC JAPAN LLC D551RC(B2) (B6) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
(B2) - BK code 7A1D347
only
(B6) - BK code 7M1A5068
and 701 only
Alt. Base SABIC JAPAN LLC DC0041PR (B5) (EC) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
(B5) -Represents color
code 7M1D145
(EC) - Material is
electrically conductive
SABIC JAPAN LLC DC0041PE(BK12) (EC), V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
ER010460(BK12) (EC),
(BK12)- Represents color
code 7M1D145 and
7M1D145W,
(EC) - Material is
electrically conductive
SABIC JAPAN LLC D551 V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Palmrest LG CHEM LTD LUPOY GN5254F (#) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
(#) - May be followed by
optional suffix letter from
A-Z incl., except F, and
except Grades HT700B,
LI912A, LI912W, AF303G,
AF303S, XR404T,
XR407D, XR407E,
HF380X, XR404E,
XR404-G, XR404- P and
LUMILOY GN2108FI.
Covestro FR3025 + V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG + - Material designations
[PC Resins] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting
color.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5254FN V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5101RFN V-0, min. 0.75 mm 60°C UL 94 UL
Alt. Palmrest Covestro FR3025 R50+ V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG + – Material designations
[PC Resins] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
SABIC JAPAN LLC DM0051RC, ER015544 V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
LCD Panel HEFEI BOE **133***-*** (where "*" 13.3”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1 Tested in
OPTOELECTR could be any letter of backlight the equip.
ONIC "A" to "Z " or "0" to "9"
TECHNOLOGY CO or blank, and no impact
LTD (BOE) any critical safety
components and
constructions.)
NANJING CEC Lx133LFxxxx (x could 13.3”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1 Tested in
PANDA FPD be any words from 0-9 backlight the equip.
TECHNOLOGY CO or A-Z, denotes only
LTD non-safety related parts
or name difference)
AU Optronics B133HAKZZZZ, 13.3”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1 Tested in
Corporation B133HANZZZZ, backlight the equip.
B133HTNZZZZ,
B133HABZZZZ
Alt. LCD Panel Innolux Corp N133DCE-GXX, 13.3”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1 Tested in
N133DSE-GXX, backlight the equip.
N133GCA-GXX,
N133HCA-EXX,
N133HCE-EXX,
N133HCE-GXX
N133HSE-EXX;
N133KSE-EXX;
N133HCE-GXX;
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 132 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
N133HCEEXX;
N133DSE-GXX;
N133DCE-GXX;
N133HCG-GXX ;
N133HCN-EXX ;
N133HCR-GXX ;
N133GCA-GXX ;
N133HCA-EXX
(X=0-9, A-Z or blank, X
for marketing purpose
and no impact safety
related critical
components and
constructions)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 13.3”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1 Tested in
backlight the equip.
Battery pack LG Energy Solution, GRWKG 11.4V, 42Wh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL
(Li-ion) LTD. (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko),
(optional) UL 2054 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
Ningde Amperex GRWKG DC 11.4V, IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Technology Limited Rated Capacity: 3500mAh IEC 62368-1:2014, TUVRh,
(DELL) UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
Zhuhai CosMX GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Battery Co.,Ltd. IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
(DELL) UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
Alt. Battery Shenzhen BYD GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
pack (Li-ion) Lithium Battery IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
(optional) Company Limited UL 62368-1 CB by
UL(Demko),
UL
SIMPLO GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 42Wh or 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
LTD (DELL) UL 2054, CB by
UL 62368-1 UL(Demko),
UL
SUNWODA GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL
Electronic Co., Ltd. IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko),
UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
SHENZHEN BYD JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
LITHIUM BATTERY IEC 62368-1:2018, TUVRh,
COMPANY UL 62368-1 CB by UL
LIMITED (DELL) (Demko),
UL
SIMPLO JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh / 42Wh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
LTD (DELL) UL 2054, CB by UL
UL 62368-1 (Demko),
UL
Ningde Amperex R73TC 11.4Vdc, IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Technology Limited Rated Capacity: 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh,
(DELL) UL 62368-1 CB by
TUV/Rh,
UL
Alt. Battery Shenzhen BYD R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
pack (Li-ion) Lithium Battery IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
(optional) Company Limited UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 133 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
SIMPLO R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh / 54Wh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO IEC 62368-1:2018 TUV/Rh,
LTD (DELL) UL 2054, CB by UL
UL 62368-1 (Demko),
UL
SUNWODA R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL
Electronic Co., Ltd. IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko),
UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
Ningde Amperex DR02P DC 11.4V, IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Technology Limited Rated Capacity: 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh,
(DELL) UL 62368-1 CB by
TUV/Rh,
UL
Zhuhai CosMX DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Battery Co.,Ltd. IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
(DELL) UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
Shenzhen BYD DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Lithium Battery IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
Company Limited UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(DELL) (Demko),
UL
SIMPLO DR02P 11.4Vdc, 54Wh or 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
LTD (DELL) UL 2054, CB by UL
UL 62368-1 (Demko),
UL
SUNWODA DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL
Electronic Co., Ltd. IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko),
UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko)
DC Fan Asia Vital BAPA0705R5HY032 5Vdc, 0.5A, 2.9 CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV SUD,
Components UL 507 UL
Co.,Ltd.
SUNONWEALTH EG50040S1- CU70-S9A 5Vdc, 0.4A, 3.4 CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
ELECTRIC UL 507
MACHINE
INDUSTRY CO
LTD
Forcecon Tech. DFS5K12B15E6AH 5Vdc, 0.5A, 3.3 CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max., EN 62368-1, Verified by
2.9 CFM min. UL 507 Nemko, UL,
or TUV
RTC Battery JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by
(Lithium) TECHNOLOGY CO charging current 5mA. UL 1642 TUV/Rh, UL
LTD (MH48406)
VIC-DAWN CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by SGS,
ENTERPRISE CO charging current 5mA. UL 1642 UL
LTD (MH20550)
GUANGDONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
TIANQIU charging current 10mA. (MH48705)
ELECTRONICS
TECHNOLOGY CO
LTD
Maxell, Ltd CR2032* 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by
* - These cells and charging current 10mA. UL 1642 UL(Demko),
batteries may come with UL
an optional single or (MH12568)
multiple alphanumeric
denoting various pin, tab,
cap or wire termination
types.
DOUBLE BEST CO CR2032 (j) (k) (j) - These 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
LTD cells may have various charging current 5mA. (MH46388)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 134 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
insulating tube, ring, or
tape (k) - These cells and
batteries may come with
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various pin,
tab, cap or wire
termination types
Alt. RTC PANASONIC CR2032* 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by
Battery CORPORATION, * - Cell model numbers charging current 10mA. UL 1642 DEKRA,
(Lithium) PANASONIC may be followed by an UL
CORPORATION optional slash (/) and (MH12210)
OF NORTH single or multiple
AMERICA alphanumeric characters
(i.e. letters and/or
numbers), which denote
optional features such as
various mounting tabs,
connecting leads or plugs,
packaging, etc.
MITSUBISHI CR2032+ 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
ELECTRIC CORP + - The cells may have charging current 10mA. (MH15370)
various insulating tube,
ring, or tape.
Interchangeable CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, Verified by
charging current 5mA. UL 1642 Nemko, UL,
or TUV
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C UL 796 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 135 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix AD (Modelo/Model: P182G, P182G.....)
(The dots '.' can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z or blank for marketing purposes only)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3A 20Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc or 5A 20Vdc or 3A/3.25A/5A 20Vdc, Cl. III
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013, IEC 62368-1:2018, CISPR 32: 2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016,
IEC 61000-3-2:2020, IEC 61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017 +A2:2021 +COR1:2022, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4:
2012, IEC 61000-4-5:2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6:2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11:2020+COR2:2022
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC adapter Chicony Power HA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co.,Ltd 1.7A; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-
(DELL) Output: DC 5.0V; 3.0A; 113913), UL
15.0W, 9.0V; 3.0A; 27.0W,
DC 15.0V; 3.0A; 45.0W,
20.0V; 3.0A; 60.0W (Altitude:
5000m)
Chicony Power HA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL
Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz UL 62368-1 (Demko) (DK-
(DELL) Output: 5.0V⎓ 3.0A/15.0W, 123336-UL),
9.0V⎓ 3.0A/27.0W, UL
15.0V⎓ 3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓ 3.0A/60.0W (Altitude:
5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 60Hz; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-
Output: DC 5.0V/3.0A/15.0W 113741), UL
or
DC 9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or
DC 15.0V/3.0A/45.0W or
DC 20.0V/3.0A/60.0W
(Altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 1.7A; Class II (JPTUV-
Output: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or DC 128933)
9.0V, 3.0A or DC 15.0V, 3.0A
or DC 20.0V, 3.0A (Altitude:
5000m)
Alt. AC/DC Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
adapter Corporation (DELL) 1.7A; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-
Output: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, 3A \ 113717), UL
15Vdc, 3A \20Vdc, 3A; Max.
Power 60W. (Altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz (JPTUV-
Output: 5Vdc, 3A /15W; 9Vdc, 131377)
3A / 27W; 15Vdc, 3A / 45W;
20Vdc, 3A / 60W (Altitude:
5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz; Class II with functional UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-
(DELL) earthing 103370), UL
Output: DC 5V; 3A or 9V; 3A
or 15V; 3A or 20V; 3.25A
(Altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 60Hz Class II with functional UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-
earth 105170), UL
Output: DC 20V/3.25A or DC
15V/3A or DC 9V/3A or DC
5V/3A
(altitude: 5000m)
Alt. AC/DC LITE-ON LA65NM190 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 136 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
adapter TECHNOLOGY 60Hz UL 62368-1 (Demko) (DK-
CORP (DELL) Output: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, 76758-M1-UL),
3A/3A/3A/3.25A (Altitude: UL
5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NM192 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
Technology Co.,Ltd 60Hz UL 62368-1 (Demko) (DK-
(DELL) Output: 5.0V⎓ 3.0A/15.0W, 125297-M1-
9.0V⎓ 3.0A/27.0W, UL) UL
15.0V⎓3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓3.25A/65.0W (Altitude
5000m)
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 INPUT: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. 60Hz UL 62368-1 (NO114658),
(DELL) Output: 5.0V DC 3A/15.0W or UL
9.0V
DC 3A/27.0W or 15.0V DC
3A/45.0W or 20.0V DC
3.25A/65.0W
Acbel Polytech Inc. AA65NM220 Input: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 1.7A Max.; Class I. UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-
Output: DC 5V/3A/15W; DC 142550-M2),
9V/3A/45W; DC UL
20V/3.25A/65W.
Total 65W MAX. (Altitude:
5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA100PM220 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 60Hz; Class I UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-
DC Output: 5.0Vdc, 3.0A or 138984), UL
9.0Vdc, 3.0A or 15.0Vdc,
3.0A or 20.0Vdc, 5.0A or
12.0-20.0Vdc, 5.0A max.
(Altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA100PM220 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL
Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz UL 62368-1 (Demko)(DK-
(DELL) Output: 5.0V⎓ 3.0A/15.0W, 131403-UL),
9.0V⎓ 3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V⎓ UL
3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓ 5.0A/ 100.0W or 12.0-
20.0V⎓ 5.0A max./100.0W
max.
(Altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA100PM220 Input Rating: 1.7A IEC 62368-1: CB by Nemko
Corporation (DELL) 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, 2018, (NO123537),
Cl. I. UL 62368-1 UL
DC output Rating:
5.0Vdc, 3.0A/15.0W;
9.0Vdc, 3.0A/27.0W;
15.0Vdc, 3.0A/45.0W;
20.0Vdc, 5.0A/100.0W. or
12.0-20.0Vdc, 5.0A
max./100.0W max.
for AVS mode.
(Altitude: 5000m)
LCD Cover, SABIC JAPAN LLC DC0041PR (B5) (EC) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
LCD Bezel (B5) – Represents color
code 7M1D145
(EC) - Material is electrically
conductive
LG CHEM (TIANJIN) LUPOY GN-5001RFD, V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
ENGINEERING GN-5001RFD
PLASTICS CO LTD
LG CHEM POLAND
SP ZOO
SABIC JAPAN LLC D551RC(B2) (B6) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
(B2) - BK code 7A1D347
only
(B6) - BK code 7M1A5068
and 701 only
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 137 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Alt. Covestro CF9920 R30 + (z), V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
LCD Cover, Deutschland AG CF9920 R30 + RE,
LCD Bezel + – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color. (z) –
Material designation and
color code may be followed
by up to three letters and/or
three numbers (does not
include grades which are
separately recognized with
above material designation
and suffix)
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5101RFN, V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
GN-5101RF (#),
(#) - May be followed by
optional suffix letter from A-
Z incl., except F, and except
Grades HT700B, LI912A,
LI912W, AF303G, AF303S,
XR404T, XR407D,
XR407E, HF380X,
XR404E, XR404-G,
XR404-P and LUMILOY
GN2108FI.
Covestro FR3025 R50+ V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG [PC + – Material designations
Resins] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
Covestro FR3021 +, FR3021 + RE V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 85°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG (+ – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.)
SABIC JAPAN LLC D-FR ECO, D20001 V-0, min. 1.5 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
SABIC JAPAN LLC DC0041PE(BK12) (EC), V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
ER010460(BK12) (EC)
(EC) – Material is
electrically conductive
(BK12) –Represents color
code 7M1D145 and
7M1D145W
Base Covestro CF9920 R30 + (z), V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG CF9920 R30 + RE,
+ – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
(z) – Material designation
and color code may be
followed by up to three
letters and/or three
numbers (does not include
grades which are separately
recognized with above
material designation and
suffix)
SABIC JAPAN LLC D551RC(B2) (B6) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
(B2) - BK code 7A1D347
only
(B6) - BK code 7M1A5068
and 701 only
Alt. Base SABIC JAPAN L L C DC0041PR (B5) (EC) V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
(B5) - Represents color
code 7M1D145
(EC) - Material is electrically
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 138 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
conductive
SABIC JAPAN LLC DC0041PE(BK12) (EC), V-0, min. 0.8 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
ER010460(BK12) (EC)
(EC) – Material is
electrically conductive.
(BK12) –Represents color
code 7M1D145 and
7M1D145W.
SABIC JAPAN LLC D551 V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Palmrest LG CHEM LTD LUPOY GN5254F (#) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
(#) - May be followed by
optional suffix letter from A-
Z incl., except F, and except
Grades HT700B, LI912A,
LI912W, AF303G, AF303S,
XR404T, XR407D,
XR407E, HF380X,
XR404E, XR404-G,
XR404- P and LUMILOY
GN2108FI.
Covestro FR3025 + V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG [PC + - Material designations
Resins] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting
color.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5254FN V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5101RFN V-0, min. 0.75 mm 60°C UL 94 UL
Alt. Palmrest Covestro FR3025 R50+ V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
Deutschland AG [PC + – Material designations
Resins] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
SABIC JAPAN LLC DM0051RC, ER015544 V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
LCD Panel HEFEI BOE **133***-*** 13.3”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
OPTOELECTR ONIC (where "*" could be any backlight equip.
TECHNOLOGY CO letter of "A" to "Z " or "0"
LTD (BOE) to "9" or blank, and no
impact any critical safety
components and
constructions.)
NANJING CEC Lx133LFxxxx (x could be 13.3”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
PANDA FPD any words from 0-9 or A- backlight equip.
TECHNOLOGY CO Z, denotes only nonsafety
LTD related parts or name
difference)
AU Optronics B133HAKZZZZ, 13.3”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
Corporation B133HANZZZZ, backlight equip.
B133HTNZZZZ,
B133HABZZZZ
Alt. LCD Panel Innolux Corp N133DCE-GXX, 13.3”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
N133DSE-GXX, backlight equip.
N133GCA-GXX,
N133HCA-EXX,
N133HCE-EXX,
N133HCE-GXX
N133HSE-EXX;
N133KSE-EXX;
N133HCE-GXX;
N133HCEEXX;
N133DSE-GXX;
N133DCE-GXX;
N133HCG-GXX ;
N133HCN-EXX ;
N133HCR-GXX ;
N133GCA-GXX ;
N133HCA-EXX
(X=0-9, A-Z or blank, X for
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 139 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
marketing purpose and
no impact safety related
critical components and
constructions)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 13.3”, Glass type, LED IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
backlight equip.
Battery pack LG Energy Solution, GRWKG 11.4V, 42Wh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL
(Li-ion) LTD. (DELL) IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko),
(optional) UL 2054 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
Ningde Amperex GRWKG DC 11.4V, IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUVRh,
Technology Limited Rated Capacity: 3500mAh IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by UL
(DELL) UL 62368-1 (Demko),
UL
Zhuhai CosMX GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Battery Co.,Ltd. IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
(DELL) UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
Shenzhen BYD GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Lithium Battery IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
Company Limited UL 62368-1 CB by
UL(Demko),
UL
SIMPLO GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 42Wh or 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
LTD (DELL) UL 2054, CB by
UL 62368-1 UL(Demko),
UL
SUNWODA GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL
Electronic Co., Ltd. IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko),
UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
SHENZHEN BYD JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by TUVRh,
LITHIUM BATTERY IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
COMPANY LIMITED UL 62368-1 (Demko),
(DELL) UL
SIMPLO JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh / 42Wh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
LTD (DELL) UL 2054, CB by UL
UL 62368-1 (Demko),
UL
Ningde Amperex R73TC 11.4Vdc, Rated Capacity: IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Technology Limited 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh,
(DELL) UL 62368-1 CB by
TUV/Rh,
UL
Shenzhen BYD R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Lithium Battery IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
Company Limited UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
SIMPLO R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh / 54Wh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO IEC 62368-1:2018 TUV/Rh,
LTD (DELL) UL 2054, CB by UL
UL 62368-1 (Demko),
UL
SUNWODA R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL
Electronic Co., Ltd. IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko),
UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
Alt. Battery pack Ningde Amperex DR02P DC 11.4V, IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
(Li-ion) (optional) Technology Limited Rated Capacity: 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh,
(DELL) UL 62368-1 CB by
TUV/Rh,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 140 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
UL
Zhuhai CosMX DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Battery Co.,Ltd. IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
(DELL) UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko),
UL
Shenzhen BYD DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
Lithium Battery IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
Company Limited UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(DELL) (Demko),
UL
SIMPLO DR02P 11.4Vdc, 54Wh or 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO IEC 62368-1:2018, TUV/Rh,
LTD (DELL) UL 2054, CB by UL
UL 62368-1 (Demko),
UL
SUNWODA DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL
Electronic Co., Ltd. IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko),
UL 62368-1 CB by UL
(Demko)
DC Fan Asia Vital BAPA0705R5HY032 5Vdc, 0.5A, 2.9 CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV SUD, UL
Components Co.,Ltd. UL 507
SUNONWEALTH EG50040S1- CU70-S9A 5Vdc, 0.4A, 3.4 CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
ELECTRIC UL 507
MACHINE
INDUSTRY CO LTD
Forcecon Tech. Co., DFS5K12B15E6AH 5Vdc, 0.5A, 3.3 CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
Ltd. UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max., EN 62368-1, Verified by
2.9 CFM min. UL 507 Nemko, UL, or
TUV
RTC Battery JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by
(Lithium) TECHNOLOGY CO charging current 5mA. UL 1642 TUV/Rh,
LTD UL (MH48406)
VIC-DAWN CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by SGS,
ENTERPRISE CO charging current 5mA. UL 1642 UL (MH20550)
LTD
GUANGDONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48705)
TIANQIU charging current 10mA.
ELECTRONICS
TECHNOLOGY CO
LTD
Maxell, Ltd CR2032* 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by
* - These cells and batteries charging current 10mA. UL 1642 UL(Demko),
may come with an optional UL (MH12568)
single or multiple
alphanumeric denoting
various pin, tab, cap or
wire termination types.
DOUBLE BEST CO CR2032 (j) (k) (j) - These 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
LTD cells may have various charging current 5mA.
insulating tube, ring, or tape
(k) - These cells and
batteries may come with an
optional single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix
denoting various pin, tab,
cap or wire termination
types
Alt. RTC Battery PANASONIC CR2032* 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by DEKRA,
(Lithium) CORPORATION, * - Cell model numbers may charging current 10mA. UL 1642 UL (MH12210)
PANASONIC be followed by an optional
CORPORATION OF slash (/) and single or
NORTH AMERICA multiple alphanumeric
characters (i.e. letters
and/or numbers), which
denote optional features
such as various mounting
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 141 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
tabs, connecting leads or
plugs, packaging, etc.
MITSUBISHI CR2032+ 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH15370)
ELECTRIC CORP + - The cells may have charging current 10mA.
various insulating tube, ring,
or tape.
Interchangeable CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, Verified by
charging current 5mA. UL 1642 Nemko, UL, or
TUV
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C UL 796 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 142 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix AE (Modelo/Model: P169G, P169G.....)
(The dots ‘.’ can be 0-9, a-z, A-Z or blank for marketing purposes only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS:
I/P: 19.5Vdc / 3.34A or 20Vdc / 3.25A or 20Vdc / 3A or 20Vdc / 5A ;ClassⅢ, IP 20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32: 2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016 modified, IEC 61000-3-2:
2018+A1:2020,IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+A2:2021+COR1:2022,IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-
5:2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6:2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020+COR2:2022, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/ Mark(s)
of conformity
AC/DC adapter LITE-ON TECHNOLOG LA65NS2-01 I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL(Demko),
Y CORP (DELL) 1.6A EN 62368-1: 2020+ TUV Rh, UL
O/P: 19.5Vdc, 3.34A A11,
(Altitude 5000m) UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA65NS5-00 Input: AC 100- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV Rh, TUV
Technology Co.,Ltd 240V;1.7A;50-60Hz EN 62368-1: 2020+ Rh, UL
(DELL or Dell Inc.) Output: DC 19.5V;3.34A A11,
(Altitude 5000m) UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM191 AC Input: 100-240V~, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV Rh, N, UL
(DELL) 1.6A, 50-60Hz EN 62368-1: 2020+
DC Output: 19.5Vdc, A11,
3.34A UL 62368-1
(Altitude 5000m)
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM201 INPUT: 100-240V~,1.7A, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by Nemko, N, UL
Electric Co., Ltd (DELL) 50-60Hz EN 62368-1: 2020+
Output: 19.5V DC 3.34A A11,
65.0W CI.I UL 62368-1
(Altitude 5000m)
LITE-ON LA65NM190 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL (Demko) ,
TECHNOLOGY CORP 50-60Hz EN 62368-1: 2020+ N, UL
(DELL) Output: A11,
5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, UL 62368-1
3A/3A/3A/3.25A (Altitude:
5000m)
Chicony /DELL(DELL) HA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV Rh, TUV
1.7A; EN 62368-1: 2020+ Rh, UL
O/P: 3A 5Vdc or 3A 9Vdc A11,
or 3A 15Vdc or 3.25A UL 62368-1
20Vdc
(Altitude 5000m)
Alt. AC/DC Chicony Power HA65NM192 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL (Demko),
adapter Technology Co.,Ltd 50-60Hz EN IEC 62368-1: TUV Rh, UL
(DELL) Output: 5.0V⎓ 2020+A11,
3.0A/15.0W, 9.0V⎓ UL 62368-1
3.0A/27.0W,
15.0V⎓3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓3.25A/65.0W
(Altitude 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by TUV Rh, N, UL
(DELL) 1.7A; 50-60Hz Class II EN IEC 62368-1:
with functional earth 2020+A11,
Output: DC 20V/3.25A or UL 62368-1
DC 15V/3A or DC 9V/3A
or DC 5V/3A
(altitude: 5000m)
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 INPUT: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by Nemko, N, UL
Electric Co., Ltd. (DELL) 50-60Hz EN IEC 62368-1:
Output: 5.0V DC 2020+A11,
3A/15.0W or 9.0V UL 62368-1
DC 3A/27.0W or 15.0V
DC 3A/45.0W or 20.0V
DC 3.25A/65.0W
Acbel Polytech Inc. AA65NM220 AC I/P: 100-240Vac, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV Rh, TUV
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 143 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
60Hz ,1.7A Max EN IEC 62368- Rh, UL
DC O/P: 5Vdc/3A/15W; 1:2020; A11,
9Vdc/3A/27W; UL 62368-1
15Vdc/3A/45W;
20Vdc/3.25A/65W,
TOTAL 65W MAX.
Lite-On Technology LA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV Rh, TUV
Corporation (DELL) 50-60Hz EN IEC 62368- Rh
Output: 5Vdc, 3A /15W; 1:2020; A11
9Vdc, 3A /
27W; 15Vdc, 3A / 45W;
20Vdc, 3A / 60W
(Altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA60NM210 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL(Demko),
Technology 60Hz, Cl. II EN IEC 62368- TUV Rh, UL
Co.,Ltd.(DELL) O/P: 5.0V 3.0A/15.0W, 1:2020; A11,
9.0V 3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V UL 62368-1
3.0A/45.0W, 20.0V
3.0A/60.0W
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV Rh, TUV
(DELL) 60Hz; 1.7A; Class II EN IEC 62368- Rh
O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or 1:2020; A11
DC 9.0V, 3.0A or DC
15.0V, 3.0A or DC 20.0V,
3.0A
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA100PM220 AC Input: 1.7A 100- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV Rh, N, UL
240V~ 50-60Hz EN IEC 62368-
DC Output: 5.0Vdc, 1:2020; A11,
3.0A or 9.0Vdc, 3.0A or UL 62368-1
15.0Vdc, 3.0A or
20.0Vdc, 5.0A or 12.0 -
20.0Vdc, 5.0A max.
CHICONY POWER HA100PM220 Input: 1.7A 100-240V~ IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL (Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO 50-60Hz EN IEC 62368- N, UL
LTD Output: 5.0Vdc 1:2020; A11,
3.0A/15.0W or 9.0Vdc UL 62368-1
3.0A/27.0W or 15.0Vdc
3.0A/45.0W or 20.0V
5.0A/100.0W or 12.0-
20.0Vdc 5.0A max./
100.0W max.
Lite-On Technology LA100PM220 IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by Nemko, N, UL
Corporation EN IEC 62368-
1:2020; A11,
UL 62368-1
LCD Cover, COVESTRO FR3021 + V-0, min. 1.2 mm thick, UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG + – Material designations 85°C
[PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY GN5151RFA V-0, min. 1.0 mm thick, UL 94 UL
60°C
LCD Bezel LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5101RFN V-0, min. 0.75 mm thick, UL 94 UL
60°C
Covestro Deutschland FR3020 R50+ V-0, min. 0.7 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
AG [PC Resins] + – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
WISTRON ADVANCED NC(N)(a) V-0 min. 1.0mm thick, UL 94 UL
MATERIALS (N) – Denotes two 60°C
(KUNSHAN) CO LTD numbers (00-90).
(a) – Denotes one, two,
three or four numbers
and/or letters to
represent customer
code.
PALMREST Covestro Deutschland FR3021 GR+ V-0, min. 1.6 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 144 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
AG [PC Resins] + – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5151RFL V-0, min. 1.0 mm thick, UL 94 UL
60°C
WISTRON ADVANCED FC30(a) V-0 min. 1.0mm thick, UL 94 UL
MATERIALS (a) – Denotes one, two, 60°C
(KUNSHAN) CO LTD three or four numbers
and/or letters to
represent customer
code.
Base LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5151RFN V-0, min. 1.0 mm thick, UL 94 UL
60°C
Covestro Deutschland FR3021 R50 G + V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
AG [PC Resins] + – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
WISTRON ADVANCED FC30(a) V-0 min. 1.0mm thick, UL 94 UL
MATERIALS (a) – Denotes one, two, 60°C
(KUNSHAN) CO LTD three or four numbers
and/or letters to
represent customer
code.
Internal barrier SICHUAN DONGFANG DFR117, V-0 min. 0.05mm thick UL 94 UL
(near bottom INSULATING DFR117ECOA, min.
openings of MATERIAL CO LTD DFR117ECOB,
speakers) DFR117ECOC
AMBIC CO LTD Non-Halogen Nannen V-0 min. 0.2mm thick UL 94 UL
Himelon min.
ULA-E4 Series
LCD Panel LG Display Co., Ltd. LP140WFB 14.0”, Glass type, min. IEC 60950-1: CB by TUV-Rh, UL
0.34 mm thick LED 2005+A1+A2,
backlight
UL 60950-1
Alt. LCD Panel MIANYANG HKC XX140XXXX-X 14.0”, Glass type, min. IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV-Rh, UL
OPTOELECTRONICS (The first"X" can be M, P, 0.34 mm thick LED A1+A2,
TECHNOLOGY CO., C, L, K, S, F, Q. The backlight UL 60950-1
LTD second "X" can be T, N, R,
B, P, M, V, C, S. The third
"X" can be A to Z. The
fourth"X“ can be T, U, S,
R, W, N. The fifth and sixth
"XX" can be any letter or
number. The seventh"X"
can be any letter, number,
blank or symbol)
AU Optronics B140HATZZZ (where Z 14.0”, Glass type, min. IEC 60950-1: CB by TUV-Rh, UL
Corporation may be any alphanumeric 0.34 mm thick LED 2005+A1+A2,
character or a dot or blank) backlight UL 60950-1
Interchangeable Interchangeable 14.0”, Glass type, min. IEC 62368-1 Test in the equip.
0.34 mm thick LED
backlight
Li-ion Battery Ningde Amperex DR02P DC 11.4V, Rated IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Pack Technology Limited Capacity: 4623mAh A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by TUV/Rh
A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2014
Zhuhai CosMX Battery DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Co.,Ltd. (DELL) A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL (Demko)
A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
Shenzhen BYD Lithium DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
Battery Company A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Limited (DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL (Demko),
A1: 2021, UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 145 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
IEC 62368-1:2018,
UL 62368-1
SIMPLO DR02P 11.4Vdc, 54Wh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 4623mAh A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL (Demko),
A1: 2021, UL
IEC 62368-1:2018,
SUNWODA Electronic DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
Co., Ltd. A1+A2, CB by UL (Demko),
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL (Demko)
A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
Alt. Li-ion LG Energy Solution, GRWKG 11.4V, 42Wh, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
Battery Pack LTD. (DELL) A1+A2, CB by UL (Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL (Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2018 UL
Ningde Amperex GRWKG DC 11.4V, Rated IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUVRh,
Technology Limited Capacity: 3500mAh A1+A2, CB by TUVRh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by TUVRh
A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2014
Zhuhai CosMX Battery GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Co.,Ltd. (DELL) A1+A2, CB by TUVRh,
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by TUVRh
A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
Shenzhen BYD Lithium GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL(Demko),
Battery Company A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Limited IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL(Demko),
A1: 2021, UL
IEC 62368-1:2018,
UL 62368-1
SIMPLO GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 42Wh or IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 3500mAh A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL(Demko),
A1: 2021, UL
IEC 62368-1:2018,
UL 2054,
UL 62368-1
SUNWODA Electronic GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
Co., Ltd. A1+A2, CB by UL (Demko),
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL (Demko)
A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
SHENZHEN BYD JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, CB by TUV Rh,
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL (Demko),
(DELL) A1: 2021, UL
IEC 62368-1:2018,
UL 62368-1
SIMPLO JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh / IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 42Wh A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL (Demko),
A1: 2021, UL
IEC 62368-1:2018,
UL 2054,
UL 62368-1
Ningde Amperex R73TC 11.4Vdc, Rated Capacity: IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh,
Technology Limited 4623mAh A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by TUV/Rh
A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2014
Shenzhen BYD Lithium R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
Battery Company A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
Limited IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL (Demko),
A1: 2021, UL
IEC 62368-1:2018,
UL 62368-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 146 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
SIMPLO R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh / IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 54Wh A1+A2, CB by TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL (Demko),
A1: 2021, UL
IEC 62368-1:2018
SUNWODA Electronic R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL (Demko),
Co., Ltd. A1+A2, CB by UL (Demko),
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL (Demko)
A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
DC Fan Asia Vital Components BAPA0706R5HY013 5Vdc, 0.5A max., EN IEC 62368- TUV/SUD, UL
Co.,Ltd. 4.8 CFM min. 1:2020/A11: 2020,
UL 507
Forcecon Tech. Co., Ltd DFS5K22B15673H 5Vdc, 0.5A max., EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
5.6 CFM min. UL 507
Forcecon Tech. Co., Ltd DFS5K12B15E6AE 5Vdc, 0.5A max., EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
4.2 CFM min. UL 507
Taicang Huaying BN7507S5H-004P 5Vdc, 0.4A max., EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV/SUD, UL
Electronic Material Co., 6.0 CFM min. A11: 2017,
Ltd. UL 507
Taicang Huaying BN7506S5H-002P 5Vdc, 0.4A max., EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV/SUD, UL
Electronic Material Co., 4.7 CFM min. A11: 2017,
Ltd. UL 507
Winma Electronics EGC-70051S1-0AH 5Vdc, 0.5A max., EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV, TUV/CU
Technology Ltd 4.74 CFM min. A11:2017,
UL 62368-1: 2014
Kunshan Yingfan NB700805HHT4B02F52 5Vdc, 0.5A max., EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV/SUD, UL
Precision Hardware Co., 6.15 CFM A11:2017,
LTD UL 507
Kunshan Yingfan NB700805HHT4B03F52 5Vdc, 0.5A max., EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV/SUD, UL
Precision Hardware Co., 4.62 CFM min A11:2017,
LTD UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max., EN 62368-1:2014/ Verified by Nemko,
4.2 CFM min. A11:2017, UL, or TUV
UL 507
RTC Battery JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by TUV/Rh,
(Lithium) TECHNOLOGY CO LTD charging current 10mA. UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
VIC-DAWN CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by SGS,
ENTERPRISE CO LTD charging current 10mA. UL 1642 UL (MH20550)
GUANGDONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48705)
TIANQIU charging current 10mA.
ELECTRONICS
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD
Maxell, Ltd CR2032* - These cells and 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by UL(Demko),
batteries may come with charging current 10mA. UL 1642 UL (MH12568)
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
denoting various pin, tab,
cap or
wire termination types.
Alt. RTC DOUBLE BEST CO LTD CR2032 (j) (k) (j) - These 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
Battery cells may have various charging current 10mA.
(Lithium) insulating tube, ring, or
tape (k) - These cells and
batteries may come with
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various pin,
tab, cap or wire termination
types
PANASONIC CR2032* 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by DEKRA,
CORPORATION, * - Cell model numbers charging current 10mA. UL 1642 UL (MH12210)
PANASONIC may be followed by an
CORPORATION OF optional slash (/) and
NORTH AMERICA single or multiple
alphanumeric characters
(i.e. letters and/or
numbers), which denote
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 147 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
optional features such as
various mounting tabs,
connecting leads or plugs,
packaging, etc.
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CR2032+ 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH15370)
CORP + - The cells may have charging current 10mA.
various insulating tube,
ring, or tape.
Interchangeable CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, Verified by Nemko,
charging current 10mA. UL 1642 UL, or TUV
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C UL 796 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 148 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix AF (Modelo/Model: P170G, P170G.....)
(The dots '.' can be 0-9, a-z, A-Z or blank for marketing purposes only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS:
I/P: 19.5Vdc / 3.34A or 20Vdc / 3.25A or 20Vdc / 3A or 20Vdc / 5A, Cl. III, IP X0
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; CISPR 32: 2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016 modified, IEC 61000-
3-2: 2018+A1:2020,IEC 61000-3-3: 2013+A2:2021+COR1:2022,IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC
61000-4-5:2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6:2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2020+COR2:2022, Annex E of INMETRO Decree
no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC LITE-ON TECHNOLOG LA65NS2-01 I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, 1.6A IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by
adapter Y CORP (DELL) O/P: 19.5Vdc, 3.34A EN 62368-1: 2020+ UL(Demko),
(Altitude 5000m) A11, TUV Rh, UL
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA65NS5-00 Input: AC 100-240V;1.7A;50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV
Technology Co.,Ltd 60Hz EN 62368-1: 2020+ Rh, TUV Rh,
(DELL or Dell Inc.) Output: DC 19.5V;3.34A A11, UL
(Altitude 5000m) UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM191 AC Input: 100-240V~, 1.6A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV
(DELL) 60Hz EN 62368-1: 2020+ Rh, N, UL
DC Output: 19.5Vdc, 3.34A A11,
(Altitude 5000m) UL 62368-1
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM201 INPUT: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by Nemko,
Electric Co., Ltd (DELL) 60Hz EN IEC 62368-1: N, UL
Output: 19.5V DC 3.34A 65.0W 2020+A11,
CI.I UL 62368-1
(Altitude 5000m)
LITE-ON LA65NM190 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CORP 60Hz EN IEC 62368-1: (Demko), N,
(DELL) Output: 5V/9V/15V/20Vdc, 2020+A11, UL
3A/3A/3A/3.25A (Altitude: UL 62368-1
5000m)
Chicony /DELL(DELL) HA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, 1.7A; IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV
O/P: 3A 5Vdc or 3A 9Vdc or 3A EN IEC 62368-1: Rh, TUV Rh,
15Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc 2020+A11, UL
(Altitude 5000m) UL 62368-1
Alt. AC/DC Chicony Power HA65NM192 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
adapter Technology Co.,Ltd 60Hz EN IEC 62368-1: (Demko), TUV
(DELL) Output: 5.0V⎓ 3.0A/15.0W, 2020+A11, Rh, UL
9.0V⎓ 3.0A/27.0W, UL 62368-1
15.0V⎓3.0A/45.0W,
20.0V⎓3.25A/65.0W (Altitude
5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 Input: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by
(DELL) 60Hz Class II with functional EN IEC 62368-1: TUV/Rh, N, UL
earth 2020+A11,
Output: DC 20V/3.25A or DC UL 62368-1
15V/3A or DC 9V/3A or DC
5V/3A
(altitude: 5000m)
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 INPUT: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by Nemko,
Electric Co., Ltd. (DELL) 60Hz EN IEC 62368-1: N, UL
Output: 5.0V DC 3A/15.0W or 2020+A11,
9.0V DC 3A/27.0W or 15.0V DC UL 62368-1
3A/45.0W or 20.0V DC
3.25A/65.0W
Acbel Polytech Inc. AA65NM220 AC I/P: 100-240Vac, 50-60Hz IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV
,1.7A Max EN IEC 62368- Rh, TUV Rh,
DC O/P: 5Vdc/3A/15W; 1:2020; A11, UL
9Vdc/3A/27W; 15Vdc/3A/45W; UL 62368-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 149 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
20Vdc/3.25A/65W, TOTAL
65W MAX.
Lite-On Technology LA60NM210 Input: 100-240V~, 1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz EN IEC 62368- TUV/Rh, TUV
Output: 5Vdc, 3A /15W; 9Vdc, 1:2020; A11 Rh
3A / 27W; 15Vdc, 3A / 45W;
20Vdc, 3A / 60W (Altitude:
5000m)
Chicony Power HA60NM210 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50-60Hz, IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
Technology Cl. II EN IEC 62368- UL(Demko),
Co.,Ltd.(DELL) O/P: 5.0V 3.0A/15.0W, 9.0V 1:2020; A11, TUV Rh, UL
3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V 3.0A/45.0W, UL 62368-1
20.0V 3.0A/60.0W
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by
(DELL) 1.7A; Class II EN IEC 62368- TUV/Rh, TUV
O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or DC 9.0V, 1:2020; A11 Rh
3.0A or DC 15.0V, 3.0A or DC
20.0V, 3.0A
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA100PM220 AC Input: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by TUV
60Hz EN IEC 62368- Rh, N, UL
DC Output: 5.0Vdc, 3.0A or 1:2020; A11,
9.0Vdc, 3.0A or 15.0Vdc, 3.0A UL 62368-1
or 20.0Vdc, 5.0A or 12.0 -
20.0Vdc, 5.0A max.
CHICONY POWER HA100PM220 Input: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50- IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CO 60Hz EN IEC 62368- (Demko), N,
LTD Output: 5.0Vdc 3.0A/15.0W or 1:2020; A11, UL
9.0Vdc 3.0A/27.0W or 15.0Vdc UL 62368-1
3.0A/45.0W or 20.0V
5.0A/100.0W or 12.0-20.0Vdc
5.0A max./ 100.0W max.
Lite-On Technology LA100PM220 Input Rating: 1.7A 100-240V~ IEC 62368-1: 2018, CB by
Corporation 50-60Hz EN IEC 62368- Nemko, N, UL
DC output Rating: 5.0Vdc, 1:2020; A11,
3.0A/15.0W; 9.0Vdc, UL 62368-1
3.0A/27.0W; 15.0Vdc,
3.0A/45.0W; 20.0Vdc,
5.0A/100.0W. or 12.0-20.0Vdc,
5.0A max./100.0W max.
LCD Cover, COVESTRO FR3021 + V-0, min. 1.2 mm thick, 85°C UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG + – Material designations
[PC RESINS] may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY GN5151RFA V-0, min. 1.0 mm thick, 60°C UL 94 UL
LCD Bezel LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5101RFN V-0, min. 0.75 mm thick, 60°C UL 94 UL
Covestro Deutschland FR3020 R50+ V-0, min. 0.7 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
AG [PC Resins] + – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
WISTRON ADVANCED NC(N)(a) V-0 min. 1.0mm thick, 60°C UL 94 UL
MATERIALS (N) – Denotes two
(KUNSHAN) CO LTD numbers (00-90).
(a) – Denotes one, two,
three or four numbers
and/or letters to
represent customer
code.
PALMREST Covestro Deutschland FR3021 GR+ V-0, min. 1.6 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
Hinge Cap AG [PC Resins] + – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5151RFL V-0, min. 1.0 mm thick, 60°C UL 94 UL
WISTRON ADVANCED FC30(a) V-0 min. 1.0mm thick, 60°C UL 94 UL
MATERIALS (a) – Denotes one, two,
(KUNSHAN) CO LTD three or four numbers
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 150 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
and/or letters to
represent customer
code.
Base LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5151RFN V-0, min. 1.0 mm thick, 60°C UL 94 UL
Covestro Deutschland FR3021 R50 G+ V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
AG [PC Resins] + – Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
WISTRON ADVANCED FC30(a) V-0 min. 1.0mm thick, 60°C UL 94 UL
MATERIALS (a) – Denotes one, two,
(KUNSHAN) CO LTD three or four numbers
and/or letters to
represent customer
code.
Internal barrier SICHUAN DONGFANG DFR117, DFR117ECOA, V-0 min. 0.05mm thick min. UL 94 UL
(near bottom INSULATING DFR117ECOB,
openings of MATERIAL CO LTD DFR117ECOC
speakers) AMBIC CO LTD Non-Halogen Nannen V-0 min. 0.2mm thick min. UL 94 UL
Himelon
ULA-E4 Series
LCD Panel Chongqing BOE **156***-*** 15.6”, Glass type, min. 0.34 mm IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV-
Optoelectronics where "*" could be any thick LED backlight UL 62368-1 Rh, UL
Technology Co Ltd letter of "0" to "9" or "A"
to "Z" or blank, denotes
only non-safety related
parts or name difference.
MIANYANG HKC MB156AN01-X, 15.6”, Glass type, min. 0.34 mm IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by TUV-
OPTOELECTRONICS MB156CN01-X, thick LED backlight UL 62368-1 Rh, UL
TECHNOLOGY CO., MB156CS01-X,
LTD (The "X" can be any letter,
number, blank or symbol)
Alt. LCD Panel Innolux Corp N156B6-LXX; 15.6”, Glass type, min. 0.34 mm IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV-
N156BHF-LXX; thick LED backlight UL 62368-1 Rh, UL
N156BGE-LXX;
N156BGE-EXX;
N156HGE-LXX;
N156BGG-LBX;
NC156GGL01;
N156BGE-P1X;
N156HGE-EXX;
N156BGK-EXX;
N156HG1-EXX;
N156BGN-EXX;
N156BGA-EXX;
N156HCA-EXX;
N156HCE-EXX;
N156HGA-EXX;
N156DCE-GXX;
N156HHE-GXX;
N156HCE-GXX;
N156HCA-GXX;
N156HCN-EXX;
N156HCG-GXX;
N156HCG-EXX;
N156HRA-EXX;
N156HRA-GXX;
N156KME-GXX;
N156HME-GXX
(X=0-9, A-Z or blank, X for
marketing purpose and no
impact safety related
critical components and
constructions)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 15.6”, Glass type, min. 0.34 mm IEC 62368-1 Test in the
thick LED backlight equip.
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 151 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Li-ion Battery Ningde Amperex DR02P DC 11.4V, Rated Capacity: IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Pack Technology Limited 4623mAh A1+A2, TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by
A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by
TUV/Rh
Zhuhai CosMX Battery DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Co.,Ltd. (DELL) A1+A2, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by
A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL
(Demko)
Shenzhen BYD Lithium DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
Battery Company A1+A2, (Demko),
Limited (DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by
A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
UL 62368-1 (Demko),
UL
SIMPLO DR02P 11.4Vdc, 54Wh or 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD A1+A2, (Demko),
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by
A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL
(Demko)
SUNWODA Electronic DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
Co., Ltd. A1+A2, (Demko),
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL
A1: 2021, (Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL
(Demko)
Alt. Li-ion LG Energy Solution, GRWKG 11.4V, 42Wh, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ B by UL
Battery Pack LTD. (DELL) A1+A2, (Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by UL
IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko),
UL 2054 UL
Ningde Amperex GRWKG DC 11.4V, Rated Capacity: IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV
Technology Limited 3500mAh A1+A2, Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by TUV
A1: 2021, Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV
Rh
Zhuhai CosMX Battery GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Co.,Ltd. (DELL) A1+A2, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by TUV
A1: 2021, Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV
Rh
Shenzhen BYD Lithium GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Battery Company A1+A2, UL(Demko),
Limited IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by
A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by
UL(Demko),
UL
SIMPLO GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 42Wh or 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD A1+A2, UL(Demko),
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by
A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
UL 2054, UL(Demko),
UL 62368-1 UL
SUNWODA Electronic GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
Co., Ltd. A1+A2, (Demko),
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL
A1: 2021, (Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL
(Demko)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 152 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
SHENZHEN BYD JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, (Demko),
COMPANY LIMITED IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by TUVRh,
(DELL) A1: 2021, CB by UL
IEC 62368-1:2018, (Demko),
UL 62368-1 UL
SIMPLO JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh / 42Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD A1+A2, (Demko),
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by
A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
UL 2054, (Demko),
UL 62368-1 UL
Ningde Amperex R73TC 11.4Vdc, Rated Capacity: IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Technology Limited 4623mAh A1+A2, TUV/Rh,
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by
A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by
TUV/Rh
Shenzhen BYD Lithium R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
Battery Company A1+A2, (Demko),
Limited IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by
A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL
UL 62368-1 (Demko),
UL
SIMPLO R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh / 54Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD A1+A2, (Demko),
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by
A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL
(Demko)
SUNWODA Electronic R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by UL
Co., Ltd. A1+A2, (Demko),
IEC 62133-2: 2017+ CB by UL
A1: 2021, (Demko),
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by UL
(Demko)
DC Fan Asia Vital Components BAPA0706R5HY013 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 4.8 CFM min. EN IEC 62368- TUV/SUD, UL
Co.,Ltd. 1:2020/A11: 2020,
UL 507
Forcecon Tech. Co., Ltd DFS5K22B15673H 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 5.6 CFM min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
UL 507
Forcecon Tech. Co., Ltd DFS5K12B15E6AE 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 4.2 CFM min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV/Rh, UL
UL 507
Taicang Huaying BN7507S5H-004P 5Vdc, 0.4A max., 6.0 CFM min. EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV/SUD, UL
Electronic Material Co., A11: 2017,
Ltd. UL 507
Taicang Huaying BN7506S5H-002P 5Vdc, 0.4A max., 4.7 CFM min. EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV/SUD, UL
Electronic Material Co., A11: 2017,
Ltd. UL 507
Winma Electronics EGC-70051S1-0AH 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 4.74 CFM EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV, TUV/CU
Technology Ltd min. A11:2017,
UL 62368-1: 2014
Kunshan Yingfan NB700805HHT4B02F52 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 6.15 CFM EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV/SUD, UL
Precision Hardware Co., A11:2017,
LTD UL 507
Kunshan Yingfan NB700805HHT4B03F52 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 4.62 CFM min EN 62368-1:2014/ TUV/SUD, UL
Precision Hardware Co., A11:2017,
LTD UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.5A max., 4.2 CFM min. EN 62368-1:2014/ Verified by
A11:2017, Nemko, UL, or
UL 507 TUV
RTC Battery JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging IEC 60086-4, CB by
(Lithium) TECHNOLOGY CO LTD current 10mA. UL 1642 TUV/Rh,
UL (MH48406)
VIC-DAWN CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging IEC 60086-4, CB by SGS,
ENTERPRISE CO LTD current 10mA. UL 1642 UL (MH20550)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 153 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
GUANGDONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging UL 1642 UL (MH48705)
TIANQIU current 10mA.
ELECTRONICS
TECHNOLOGY CO LTD
Maxell, Ltd CR2032* - These cells and 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging IEC 60086-4, CB by
batteries may come with current 10mA. UL 1642 UL(Demko),
an optional single or UL (MH12568)
multiple alphanumeric
denoting various pin, tab,
cap or
wire termination types.
Alt. RTC DOUBLE BEST CO LTD CR2032 (j) (k) (j) - These 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
Battery cells may have various current 10mA.
(Lithium) insulating tube, ring, or
tape (k) - These cells and
batteries may come with
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various pin,
tab, cap or wire termination
types
PANASONIC CR2032** - Cell model 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging IEC 60086-4, CB by DEKRA,
CORPORATION, numbers may be followed current 10mA. UL 1642 UL (MH12210)
PANASONIC by an optional slash (/) and
CORPORATION OF single or multiple
NORTH AMERICA alphanumeric characters
(i.e. letters and/or
numbers), which denote
optional features such as
various mounting tabs,
connecting leads or plugs,
packaging, etc.
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CR2032+ + - The cells 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging UL 1642 UL (MH15370)
CORP may have various current 10mA.
insulating tube, ring, or
tape.
Interchangeable CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal charging IEC 60086-4, Verified by
current 10mA. UL 1642 Nemko, UL
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C UL 796 UL
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 154 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix AG (Modelo/Model: P127F, P127F.....)
(The dots '.' can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z or blank for marketing purposes only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3A, 20Vdc or 3.25A, 20Vdc or 5A, 20Vdc or 6.5A, 20Vdc or 3A/3.25A/5A, 20Vdc or
3.25A/5A/6.5A, 20Vdc or 5A/6.5A, 20Vdc or 3A/3.25A/5A/6.5A, 20Vdc Cl. III, IP 20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013, IEC 62368-1:2018, CISPR 32: 2015+A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35:2016,
IEC 61000-3-2: 2020, IEC 61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017 +A2:2021 +COR1:2022, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2020 , IEC 61000-4-
4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
AC/DC Adapter Chicony Power HA60NM200 I/P:AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 60950-1:2015 CB by TUV Rh
(P127F001) Technology Co., Ltd. 1.7A; Class I +A1+A2, (JPTUV-
(DELL) O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A, 15.0W; IEC 62368-1:2014, 113912) CB
9.0V, 3.0A, 27.0W; DC EN 62368-1:2014+A11 by TUV Rh
15.0V, 3.0A; 45.0W; 20.0V, UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-
3.0A, 60.0W(Tma: 40ºC) 113913), TUV,
(altitude: 5000m) UL
Alt. AC/DC Chicony Power HA60NM210 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
Adapter Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz, Cl. II EN IEC 62368-1: 2020 UL(Demko)
(P127F001) (DELL) O/P: 5.0V 3.0A/15.0W, 9.0V + A11: 2020 (DK-123336-
3.0A/27.0W, 15.0V UL), TUVRh
3.0A/45.0W, 20.0V
3.0A/60.0W
(Tma: 40ºC)
(altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics Inc / DA60NM200 I/P: 100-240V,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2015 CB by TUV Rh
DELL 60Hz, Cl. I +A1+A2, (JPTUV-
O/P: DC 5.0V/3.0A/15.0W IEC 62368-1:2014, 113544), CB
or DC 9.0V/3.0A/27.0W or EN 62368-1: 2014+ by TUV Rh
DC 15.0V/3.0A/45.0W or A11, (JPTUV-
DC 20.0V/3.0A/60.0W UL 62368-1 113741), UL
(Tma: 40ºC)
(altitude: 5000m)
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 1.7A; Class II EN IEC 62368- 1: (JPTUV-
O/P: DC 5.0V, 3.0A or DC 2014 + A11 128933)
9.0V, 3.0A or DC 15.0V,
3.0A or DC 20.0V, 3.0A
(Tma: 40ºC)
(altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM200 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV Rh
Corporation / DELL 1.7A; Class I EN 62368-1: 2014 + (JPTUV-
O/P: 5Vdc, 3A \ 9Vdc, 3A \ A11: 2017, 113717), UL
15Vdc, 3A \ 20Vdc, 3A; UL 62368-1
Max. Power 60W.
(Tma: 40ºC)
(altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA60NM210 I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) 1.7A; Cl. II EN 62368-1: 2020 + (JPTUV-
O/P: 5Vdc, 3A / 15W; 9Vdc, A11, 131377)
3A / 27W; 15Vdc, 3A / 45W; UL 62368-1 TUV/Rh, UL
20Vdc,3A / 60W
(Tma: 40ºC)
(altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA65NM19Z I/P: AC 100-240V; 50- IEC 60950-1: CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can 60Hz;1.7A; Class I 2005+A1+A2, (NO103538),
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 155 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(DELL) be 0 to 9, for marketing O/P: 3A 5Vdc or 3A 9Vdc or IEC 62368-1: 2014, CB by TUV/Rh
purpose.) for IEC60950-1 3a 15Vdc or 3.25A 20Vdc EN 62368-1: 2014; (JPTUV-
40ºC, 5000m A11, 103370)
UL 60950-1, TUV/Rh, UL
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA65NM190 I/P: AC 100-240V; 1.7A; 50- IEC 60950- CB by
(DELL) 60Hz; Class II 1:2005+A1+A2 JPTUV/Rh
O/P:20Vdc/3.25A or IEC 62368-1:2014 (JPTUV-
15Vdc/3A or 9Vdc/3A or EN 62368-1:2014+A11 090615)
5Vdc/3A UL 62368-1 CB by
40 ºC, 5000m JPTUV/Rh
(JPTUV-
105170),
TUV/Rh, UL
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM200 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Electric Co., Ltd. (DELL) 60Hz A1+A2 (NO114699)
O/P: 5V/ 9V/15V/ 20Vdc, IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by Nemko
3A/3A/3A/3.25A EN 62368-1:2014; A11 (NO114658) N
40 ºC, 5000m UL 62638-1 UL
Lite-On Technology LA65NM190 I/P: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005/ CB by
Corporation (DELL) 60Hz AMD1/AMD2 UL(Demko)
O/P: 5V/ 9V/15V/ IEC 62368-1:2014 (DK-76559-
20Vdc,3A/3A/3A/3.25A +A11 M1-UL)
40 ºC, 5000m EN 62368-1:2014 CB by
+A11 UL(Demko)
UL 62368-1 (DK-76758-
M1-UL)
TUV/Rh
UL
Acbel Polytech AA65NM220 Input: 100-240V; 50-60Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018. CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) 1.7A Max; Class I EN IEC 62368- 1: 2020 (JPTUV-
Output: DC 5V/3A/15W; DC +A11:2020 142550)
9V/3A/27W; DC UL 62368-1 UL
15V/3A/45W; DC
20V/3.25A/65W.
TOTAL 65W MAX.
(Tma:40 ºC)
(altitude: 5000m)
Alt. AC/DC Delta Electronics, Inc. DA100PM220 Input:AC 100-240V; 1.7A; IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Adapter (DELL) 50-60Hz; Cl. I A1+A2 (JPTUV-
(P127F001, Output:5.0Vdc, 3.0A or IEC 62368-1:2014 139123)
P127F002) 9.0Vdc, 3.0A or 15.0Vdc, EN 62368-1:2014+ CB by TUV/Rh
3.0A or 20.0Vdc, 5.0A or A11:2017 (JPTUV-
12.0-20.0Vdc, 5.0A max. IEC 62368-1:2018 139152)
(Tma: 40 ºC) EN 62368-1:2020 CB by TUV/Rh
(altitude: 5000m) +A11:2020 (JPTUV-
UL 62368-1 138984)
Nemko,
UL
Chicony Power HA100PM220 Input: 100-240V~,1.7A, 50- IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Technology Co., Ltd. 60Hz A1+A2 UL(Demko)
(DELL) Output: IEC 62368-1:2014 (DK-131461-
5.0Vdc3.0A/15.0W, 9.0Vdc EN 62368-1: 2014+ UL)
3.0A/27.0W, A11:2017 CB by
15.0Vdc 3.0A/45.0W, IEC 62368-1:2018 UL(Demko)
20.0Vdc 5.0A/100.0W or EN 62368-1: 2020+ (DK-131427-
12.0-20.0Vdc 5.0A A11:2020 UL)
max./100.0W max. UL 62368-1 CB by
(altitude: 5000m) UL(Demko)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 156 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
(DK-131403-
UL)
UL
Lite-On Technology LA100PM220 Input Rating: 1.7A 100- IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by Nemko
Corporation (DELL) 240V~ 50- A1+A2 (NO123533)
60Hz, Cl. I. IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by Nemko
DC output Rating: EN 62368-1: 2014+ (NO123534)
5.0Vdc, 3.0A/15.0W; A11:2017 CB by Nemko
9.0Vdc, 3.0A/27.0W; IEC 62368-1:2018 (NO123537)
15.0Vdc,3.0A/45.0W; EN 62368-1: 2020+ UL
20.0Vdc,5.0A/100.0W. or A11:2020
12.0-20.0Vdc, 5.0A UL 62368-1
max./100.0W max. for AVS
mode.
(altitude: 5000m)
Chicony Power HA130PM17Z Input: AC 100-240V; 1.8A; IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can 50-60Hz; Class I, A1+A2 (NO99849),
(DELL) be 0 to 9for marketing Output: DC 5V; 1A or 20V; IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
purpose.) 6.5A IEC 62368-1:2018 (JPTUV-
(Tma: 40 ºC) UL 62368-1 103163),
(Altitude: 5000m) CB by TUV/Rh
(JPTUV-
124690)
UL
Delta Electronics, Inc. DA130PM200 Input: AC 100-240V;1.8A; IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 50-60Hz; Class I EN 62368-1: (JPTUV-
Output: DC 5.0V/1.0A or 2014+A11: 2017, 118857), UL
20V/6.5A UL 62368-1
(Altitude: 5000m)
Lite-On Technology LA130PM200 I/P: 100-240V~;1.8A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation 60Hz; Class I EN 62368-1:2014+ (JPTUV-
(DELL) O/P: 5.0Vdc / 1.0A,5.0W; A11:2017 119251), UL
20Vdc / 6.5A,130W UL 62368-1
LCD Cover, COVESTRO CF9920 R30 + (z) V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80 ºC UL 94 UL
LCD Bezel DEUTSCHLA ND AG (z) - Material designation
[PC RESINS] and color code may be
followed by up to three
letters and/or three numbers
(does not include grades
which are separately
recognized with above
material designation and
suffix)
+ - Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
SABIC JAPAN LL C D551RC(B2) (B6) V-0, min. 1 mm,80 ºC UL 94 UL
(B6) – BK code 7M1A5068
and 701 only (B2) – BK
code 7A1D347 only
NOTE – Material
designation may be followed
by a Color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY GN- V-0, min. 1 mm, 60 ºC UL 94 UL
5001RFD(LUPOY)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 157 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
LG CHEM(TIANJIN) LUPOY GN-5001RFD V-0, min. 1 mm,60 ºC UL 94 UL
ENGINEERING
PLASTICS CO LTD
LG CHEM POLAND SP Lupoy:GN-5001RFD V-0, min. 1 mm,60 ºC UL 94 UL
ZOO
NINGBO LG LUPOY GN-5001RFD V-0, min. 1 mm,60 ºC UL 94 UL
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO LTD
LG CHEM LTD LUPOY V-0, min. 0.75mm 60 ºC UL 94 UL
ER5101RFN
SABIC JAPAN L L C DC0041PE(B5)(EC), V-0, min. 0.8mm 80 ºC UL 94 UL
ER010460(B5)(EC)
(B5)-Represents color code
7M1D145
(EC)-Material is Electrically
conductive - Material
designation may be followed
by a color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
COVESTRO FR3020 R50+, V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80 ºC UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLAND AG FR3020 R50+,
[PC RESINS] RE, + – Material
designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color. (y) – Replaced by two
digits 01 to 35, which do not
impact the UL Safety critical
properties.
LG CHEM LTD/LG LUPOY GN- 5151RF (#) V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
Chem (Guangzhou) (#) - May be followed by
Engineering Plastics Co optional suffix letter from A-
Ltd/LG CHEM Z incl., except F, and except
(TIANJIN) Grades HT700B, XR401B,
ENGINEERIN G LI912A, AF302G, AF303G,
PLASTICS CO LTD/LG AF303S, XR404T, XR407D,
CHEM POLAND SP Z XR407E, HF380X.
OO/NINGBO LG
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO LTD
Base (D cover) COVESTRO CF9920 R30 + (z) V-0, min. 0.75 mm, 80°C UL 94 UL
DEUTSCHLA ND AG (z) - Material designation
[PC RESINS] and color code may be
followed by up to three
letters and/or three numbers
(does not include grades
which are separately
recognized with above
material designation and
suffix)
(z) + - Material designations
may be followed by a six
digit numerical code
denoting color.
SABIC JAPAN L L C DC0041PE(B5) (EC), V-0, min. 0.8mm 80°C UL 94 UL
ER010460(B5) (EC)
--(B5) Represents color
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 158 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
code 7M1D145
--(EC) Material is electrically
conductive
--NOTE Material
designation may be followed
by a color nomenclature
consisting of either an
alpha/numeric or
numeric/alpha combination.
Palmrest LG CHEM LTD LUPOY ER5254FN V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60℃ UL 94 UL
Covestro Deutschland FR3025 +, + – Material V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80℃ UL 94 UL
AG [PC Resins] designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
Covestro Deutschland FR3025 R50+, + – Material V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80℃ UL 94 UL
AG [PC Resins] designations may be
followed by a six digit
numerical code denoting
color.
SABIC JAPAN L L C DM0051RC, V-0, min. 1.2 mm, 80℃ UL 94 UL
ER015544
Hinge Cap LG CHEM LTD LUPOY GN5001RFD V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
LG CHEM (TIANJIN) LUPOY GN-5001RFD V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
ENGINEERING
PLASTICS CO LTD
LG CHEM POLAND SP Lupoy:GN-5001RFD V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
ZOO
Alt.Hinge Cap NINGBO LG LUPOY GN-5001RFD V-0, min. 1.0 mm, 60°C UL 94 UL
YONGXING
CHEMICAL CO LTD
LCD Panel AU Optronics B156XTNZZZZ, 15.6“TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Corporation (Z=any alphanumeric 0.34 mm thick (with LED A1+A2, TUV/Rh, UL
character or blank) back-light module) UL 60950-1
CHONGQINGBOE **156***-***, where "*" could 15.6“TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1(ed.2); CB by
OPTOELECTRONICS be any letter of "0" to "9" or 0.34 mm thick (with LED am1, UL(Demko),
TECHNOLOGY CO "A" to "Z" or blank, denotes back-light module) UL 60950-1 UL
LTD only non-safety related parts
or name difference.
Innolux Corp N156B6-LXX, N156BGA- 15.6“TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
EXX, N156BGE-EXX, 0.34 mm thick (with LED A1+A2, UL(Demko),
N156BGE-LXX, back-light module) UL 60950-1 UL
(X=0-9, A-Z or blank, X for
marketing purpose and no
impact safety related critical
components and
constructions)
Interchangeable Interchangeable 15.6“TFT, glass type, min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
0.34 mm thick (with LED equip.
back-light module)
Li-ion Battery Ningde Amperex GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by TUV-Rh
Pack Technology Limited A1+A2,
(P127F001) IEC 62133-2:
2017+A1: 2021
IEC 62368-1:2014
Alt. Li-ion SHENZHEN BYD GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Battery Pack LITHIUM BATTERY A1+A2, UL(Demko),
(P127F001) COMPANY LIMITED / IEC 62133-2: CB by
DELL 2017+A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 159 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
UL 62368-1 UL(Demko)
UL
SIMPLO TECHNOLOG GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 42Wh or IEC 60950-1: CB by
Y CO LTD 3500mAh 2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2: CB by
2017+A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
UL 2054, UL(Demko)
UL 62368-1 UL
SUNWODA Electronic GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: CB by
Co., Ltd 2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko)
IEC 62133-2:
2017+A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
ZHUHAI COSMX GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: CB by TUV/Rh
BATTERY CO., LTD. 2005+A1+A2,
IEC 62133-2:
2017+A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
LG ENERGY GRWKG 11.4Vdc, 42Wh, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: CB by
SOLUTION, LTD 2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2: UL
2017+A1: 2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018,
UL 2054
Shenzhen BYD Lithium JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh IEC 60950-1: CB by
Battery Company 2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko),
Limited IEC 62133-2: CB by
2017+A1: 2021, TUV/Rh, CB
IEC 62368-1:2018, by
UL 62368-1 UL(Demko),
UL
SIMPLO TECHNOLOG JTG7N 11.4Vdc, 3500mAh / 42Wh IEC 60950-1: CB by
Y CO LTD 2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2: CB by
2017+A1: 2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
UL 62368-1, UL(Demko),
UL 2054 UL
Ningde Amperex DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950- CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Limited 1:2005+A1+A2,
IEC 62133-2:2017+A1:
2021,
IEC 62368-1:2014
Shenzhen BYD Lithium DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
Battery Company IEC 62133-2:2017, UL(Demko),
Limited IEC 62133- CB by
2:2017/AMD1: TUV/Rh,
2021 CB by
UL(Demko),
UL
SIMPLO TECHNOLOG DR02P 11.4Vdc, 54Wh or 4623mAh IEC 60950- CB by
Y CO LTD 1:2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017+A1: CB by TUV/Rh
2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
SUNWODA Electronic DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950- CB by
Co., Ltd 1:2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 160 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
IEC 62133-2:2017+A1:
2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
ZHUHAI COSMX DR02P 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950- CB by
BATTERY CO., LTD. 1:2005+A1+A2, TUVRh,
IEC 62133-2:2017+A1: CB by
2021, TUVRh,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by
UL(Demko)
Shenzhen BYD Lithium R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950- CB by
Battery Company 1:2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko),
Limited IEC 62133-2:2017+A1: CB by
2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by
UL 62368-1 UL(Demko),
UL
SIMPLO TECHNOLOG R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh / 54Wh IEC 60950- CB by
Y CO LTD 1:2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017+A1: CB by
2021, TUV/Rh,
IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by
UL(Demko),
UL
Ningde Amperex R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950- CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Limited 1:2005+A1+A2,
IEC 62133-2:2017+A1:
2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
SUNWODA Electronic R73TC 11.4Vdc, 4623mAh IEC 60950- CB by
Co., Ltd 1:2005+A1+A2, UL(Demko),
IEC 62133-2:2017+A1:
2021,
IEC 62368-1:2018
Alt. Li-ion LG Energy Solution, GRT01 15.2Vdc; 4000mAh/ 64Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Battery Pack LTD. (DELL) A1+A2, UL(Demko),
(P127F002) IEC 62133-2:2017, UL
IEC 62368-1: 2014,
UL 2054,
UL 62368-1
Shenzhen BYD Lithium GRT01 15.2Vdc, 4000mAh, 64Wh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Battery Company A1+A2, UL(Demko),
Limited IEC 62133-2: 2017, CB by
(DELL) IEC 62368-1: 2014 TUV/Rh, CB
by
UL(Demko)
Simplo Technology Co., GRT01 15.2Vdc, 64Wh or 4000mAh IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by
Ltd. A1+A2, UL(Demko)
(DELL) IEC 62133-2: 2017,
IEC 62368-1: 2014
Shenzhen BYD Lithium 9JRV0 11.4Vdc, 8071mAh, 97Wh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
Battery Company A1+A2, UL(Demko),
Limited (DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017, CB by
IEC 62368-1:2014 TUVRh,
CB by
UL(Demko)
SIMPLO 9JRV0 11.4Vdc, 97Wh or 8071mAh IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
TECHNOLOGY CO A1+A2, UL(Demko)
LTD (DELL) IEC 62133-2:2017 CB by
IEC 62368-1:2014, UL(Demko)
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 161 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
UL 2054, CB by
UL 60950-1, UL(Demko),
UL 62368-1 UL
DC Fan Delta Electronics, Inc. ND75C83-22G06 5Vdc, Max. 0.5A, Min. EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
(P127F001) 7.6CFM min. UL 507
Alt.DC Fan Delta Electronics, Inc. ND75C83-22G05 5Vdc, Max. 0.5A, Min. EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
(P127F001) 6.9CFM min. UL 507
FORCECON TECH CO DFS5L22H05G865 5Vdc, 0.8A Max, Min. EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
LTD 8.7CFM UL 507
FORCECON TECH CO DFS5L22H05G862 5Vdc, 0.8A Max, Min. EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
LTD 8.3CFM UL 507
Sunonwealth EG50060S1-C680-S9A 5Vdc, 0.38mA, Min. 6.5CFM EN 62368- TUV/Rh, UL
1:2014+A11,
UL 507
Sunonwealth EG75070S1-C900-S9A 5Vdc, 0.45mA,8.8CFM EN 62368- TUV/Rh, UL
1:2014+A11,
UL 507
Asia Vital Components BAPA0807R5HY007 5Vdc, 0.5A, Min.6.8 CFM EN 62368- TUV/SUD, UL
Co.,Ltd. 1:2014+A11,
UL 507
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.8A max.,6.5CFM EN 62368-1, Verified by
min UL 507 Nemko, UL, or
TUV
DC Fan FORCECON TECH CO DFS5L22H05G863 5Vdc, 0.8A Max,Min. 9CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
(P127F002) LTD UL 507
Alt.DC Fan Sunonwealth EG75070S1-C840-S9A 5Vdc, 0.6A, Min. 10CFM EN 62368- TUV/Rh, UL
(P127F002) min. 1:2014+A11,
UL 507
Delta Electronics, Inc. NS85C76XXXXXXXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.6A,10.16CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
X stands for: A-Z, 0-9, -, or UL 507
blank.
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 0.8A max.,9.0CFM EN 62368-1, Verified by
min UL 507 Nemko, UL, or
TUV
RTC Battery JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 CB by
(Lithium) TECHNOLOG Y CO charging current 10mA. TUV/Rh,
LTD UL
(MH48406)
Alt. RTC Batter MITSUBISHI CR2032+ 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL
(Lithium) ELECTRIC CORP + - The cells may have charging current 10mA. (MH15370)
various insulating tube, ring,
or tape.
DOUBLE BEST CO CR2032 (j)(k) 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
LTD (j) - These cells may have charging current 10mA.
various insulating tube, ring,
or tape (k) – These cells
and batteries may come
with an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric suffix
denoting various pin, tab,
cap or wire termination
types
VIC-DAWN CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 CB by SGS,
ENTERPRISE CO LTD charging current 10mA. UL
(MH20550)
GUANGDONG CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48705)
TIANQIU charging current 10mA.
ELECTRONICS
TECHNOLOG Y CO
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 162 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
Certificado de Conformidade
Certificate of Conformity
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1132
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 d julho de 2023 e 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
LTD
PANASONIC CR2032* 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 CB by
CORPORATIO N OF * - Cell model numbers may charging current 10mA. DEKRA,
NORTH AMERICA be followed by an optional UL
slash (/) and single or (MH12210)
multiple alphanumeric
characters (i.e. letters
and/or numbers), which
denote optional features
such as various mounting
tabs, connecting leads or
plugs, packaging, etc.
MAXELL, LTD CR2032* 3Vdc, max. abnormal UL 1642 CB by
* - These cells and batteries charging current 10mA. UL(Demko),
may come with an optional UL
single or multiple (MH12568)
alphanumeric denoting
various pin, tab, cap or wire
termination types.
Interchangeable CR2032 3Vdc, max. abnormal IEC 60086-4, Verified by
charging current 10mA. UL 1642 Nemko, UL
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
UL do Brasil Certificações – CNPJ 04.830.102/0001-95
Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil - 04571-010 – https://latam.ul.com/ Página / Page: 163 / 163
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 2.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Solicitante / Certificate Holder DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
(100120-728) Av. Emancipação, 5000
13184-654 – Hortolândia – SP – Brasil
CNPJ: 72.381.189/0006-25
Fabricante / Manufacturer DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
(100120-728) Av. Emancipação, 5000
13184-654 – Hortolândia – SP – Brasil
CNPJ: 72.381.189/0006-25
COMPUTADOR DE MESA / DESKTOP COMPUTER
Produto Certificado / Certified Product COMPUTADOR PESSOAL / PERSONAL COMPUTER
Modelo de Certificação / Certification Model 5
Programa de Certificação ou Portaria / REQUISITOS DE AVALIAÇÃO DA CONFORMIDADE ANEXOS À PORTARIA
Certification Program or Decree INMETRO Nº 304 DE 06 DE NOVEMBRO DE 2023 /
CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT REQUIREMENTS ATTACHED TO INMETRO
ORDINANCE Nº 304 AS OF NOV 06, 2023
Norma(s) Aplicável(is) / Applicable standards see appendix for details
Identificação UL / UL Identification BR2263, Vol. 1, Sec 122; Sec. 131, Sec. 158, Sec. 159
Concessão para / Concession for Ostentar o Selo de Identificação da Conformidade do Sistema Brasileiro de
Avaliação da Conformidade (SBAC) sobre o(s) produto(s) relacionado(s) neste
certificado.
Bearing the Conformity Identification Seal of the Brazilian System of Evaluation of
Conformity (SBAC) on the product covered by this certificate.
UL do Brasil Certificações, organismo acreditado pela Coordenação Geral de
Acreditação do INMETRO – CGCRE, segundo o registro Nº OCP-0029, confirma
que o produto está em conformidade com a(s) Norma(s) e programas ou
Portarias acima descritas.
Rafael Parada UL do Brasil Certificações, Certification Body accredited by Coordenação Geral de
Program Owner Acreditação do INMETRO - CGCRE according to the register Nr OCP-0029 confirms
that the product is in compliance with the standards and certification Programs or
Decrees above mentioned.
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 1 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Quantidade Importada / Quantity Imported N/A
Unidade de medida / Measurement Unit N/A
Lote ou No. de Série / Lot or Serial Number N/A
Número e Data da Licença de Importação /
N/A
Number and Import License Date
Identificação da Família/Modelo/Lote de Produto(s) Certificado(s) /
Identification of the Family/Model/Lot of Certified Product(s):
Marca Modelo Descrição Código de Barras
Brand Name Model Description Bar Code Number
(The dots "." in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z or blank
DELL D13U, D13U... N/A
for marketing purpos
(The dots "." in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z or blank
DELL D14U, D14U... N/A
for marketing purpos
The ‘X’ in the model name can be a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, or blank
DELL D15U, D15UXXXXX N/A
for marketing purposes only
The dots ‘.’ in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, ‘-‘, ‘/’ or
DELL D17S, D17S... N/A
blank for marketing purpose only.
Identificação da(s) Versão(ões) do(s) Modelo(s) de Produto(s) Certificado(s) /
Identification of Version(s) of Certified Product(s) Model(s):
Código do Modelo Descrição do Modelo Versão Código de Barras
Model Code Model Description Version Bar Code Number
N/A N/A N/A N/A
Informações de Ensaios / Test Information:
Modelo/Model: D13U, D13U...
(The 'X' in the model name can be a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9,'-' or blank for marketing use only.)
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 374657 2019-05-22
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 406116 2020-09-21
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-19LE216CE 2019-05-14
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-19LE216FB 2019-05-14
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE668CE 2020-09-01
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE668FB 2020-09-01
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE666CE 2020-09-01
International Standards Laboratory
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 2 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE666FB 2020-09-01
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-19LS051OS 2019-06-13
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LS086OS 2020-10-15
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LS085OS 2020-10-15
International Standards Laboratory
Modelo/Model: D14U, D14U…
(The dots '.' in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, - or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 390052 2020-01-07
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 391119 2020-01-10
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 393427 2020-02-24
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 411187 2020-12-10
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E190646 2019-11-25
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E190646C 2021-01-27
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 4789371860 2020-03-05
Underwriters Laboratories Taiwan Co., Ltd.
Modelo/Model: D15U, D15UXXXXX
(The ‘X’ in the model name can be a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, or blank for marketing purposes only)
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 446705 2021-08-20
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 457813 2022-02-16
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 464197 2022-04-20
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP015456 2023-09-21
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE483CE35-R1 2021-10-21
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509CE35-R1 2021-10-19
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE524CE35 2021-07-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509CE35-R2 2022-01-26
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509CE35-R3 2022-04-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE483CE35-R3 2023-09-26
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-23LE0535CE35 2023-10-12
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 3 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE483FCCIC-R1 2021-10-21
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509FCCIC-R1 2021-10-19
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE524FCCIC 2021-07-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509FCCIC-R2 2022-01-26
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509FCCIC-R3 2022-04-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE483FCCIC-R3 2023-09-26
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-23LE0535FCCIC 2023-10-12
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LS063OS 2021-11-02
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LS072OS 2021-11-01
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-23LS0030OS 2023-11-14
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Modelo/Model: D17S, D17S…
(The dots '.' in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, '-', '/' or blank for marketing purpose only.)
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 447287 2021-08-27
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 457207 2022-01-11
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 464799 2022-04-25
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 474893 2022-09-05
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP011063 2023-05-25
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 447331 2021-09-02
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 457217 2022-01-11
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 464803 2022-04-25
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 474900 2022-09-16
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP011064 2023-05-23
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP014146 2023-09-22
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-E2108014 2021-08-31
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-F2110017 2021-11-03
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-E2110017B 2022-05-18
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-F2110017A 2022-05-18
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 4 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-E2208009 2022-08-22
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-F2211001 2022-11-08
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-E2211001 2022-11-08
Audix Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-E2310017 2023-10-24
Audix Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-F2310014 2023-10-24
Audix Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 211002340SHA-001 2021-11-02
Intertek Testing Services Limited, Shanghai
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 211002340SHA-001 2022-06-01
Intertek Testing Services Limited, Shanghai
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 221001081SHA-001 2022-10-24
Intertek Testing Services Limited, Shanghai
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 231100165SHA-001 2023-11-10
Intertek Testing Services Limited, Shanghai
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by R230489-1 2023-08-11
IBEC
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by R230490 2023-09-05
IBEC
Informações de Auditoria(s) / Audit(s) Information:
Relatório(s) de Auditoria(s) / Audit(s) Report(s) Data da Realização / Perform Date
<<Dados da Auditoria / Audit data >>
(Fabricante / Manufacturer) (Fornecedor / Supplier) 2023-03-08
DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
Informações Adicionais / Additional Information:
N/A
Observações / Observations:
1. A validade deste Certificado está condicionada à realização das avaliações de manutenção e tratamento de possíveis não
conformidades de acordo com as orientações da UL do Brasil Certificações e previstas nos procedimentos específicos.
Para verificação da condição atualizada de regularidade deste Certificado de Conformidade deve ser consultado o banco
de dados de produtos e serviços certificados do Inmetro.
The validation of this certificate depends on the surveillance inspections performing and Non conformity treatments, according to UL
do Brasil Certificações procedures. To verify the updated condition of regularity of this Conformity Certificate shall be consulted the
certified products and services Inmetro database.
2. Este certificado aplica-se aos equipamentos (produtos) idênticos ao protótipo avaliado e certificado, manufaturados na(s)
unidade(s) fabril(is) mencionada (s) acima.
This certificate applies to the products that are identical to the prototype investigated, certified and manufactured at the production
site mentioned in this certificate.
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 5 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
3. Qualquer alteração no produto, incluindo a marcação, invalidará o presente certificado, salvo se o solicitante informar por
escrito à UL do Brasil Certificações sobre esta modificação, a qual procederá à avaliação e decidirá quanto à continuidade
da validade do certificado.
Any non-authorized changes performed in the product, including marking, will invalidate this certificate. UL do Brasil Certificações
must be notified about any desired change. This notification will be analyzed by UL do Brasil Certificações that will decide about
certificate force.
4. Esta autorização está vinculada a um contrato e para o escopo acima citado.
This license is related to a commercial proposal and to the scope above cited.
Histórico de Revisões / Revisions History:
Revisão / Review Data / Date Descrição da Revisão / Revision Description:
Para o modelo D17S / For model D17S:
-Adicionado padrão IEC 62368-1.
02 de janeiro de 2024 /
05 -Adicionada uma placa principal alternativa (MB 12)
January 02, 2024
-Added standard of IEC 62368-1.
-Added an alternative Main board (MB 12)
- Atualize a juba do modelo de D15UXXX para D15UXXXXX.
- Adicione uma nova configuração alternativa (chamada G) com nova
placa-mãe (chamada MBG-1) e dois dissipadores de calor
intercambiáveis (chamados HKD e HKE).
5 de dezembro de 2023 /
04 - Adicione fontes alternativas de ventiladores de CPU, adaptador AC/DC.
December 5, 2023
- Update model mane from D15UXXX to D15UXXXXX.
- Add a alternative new configuration (called G) with new mainboard (called
MBG-1) and two interchangeable heatsinks (called HKD and HKE).
- Add alternative sources of CPU fans, AC/DC adapter.
18 de setembro de 2023 / Inclusão de ensaios contraprova e testemunha /
03
September 18, 2023 Inclusion of counterevidence and witness tests
14 de setembro de 2023 / Cancelamento dos modelos D13S e D15S /
02
September 14, 2023 D13S and D15S models cancelation
31 de julho de 2023 / - Adicionada fonte alternativa do ventilador do sistema.
01
July 31, 2023 - Added alternative System Fan source.
07 de julho de 2023 / Emissão Inicial com recertificação do certificado UL-BR 20.1090 /
00
July 07, 2023 Initial issue
A última revisão substitui e cancela as anteriores
The last review replaces and cancels the previous ones
Appendix E (Modelo/Model: D13U, D13U…)
(The dots "." can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z or blank for marketing purposes only)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.34A or 4.62A 19.5Vdc; Class Ⅲ; IP20
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 6 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1: 2005 + A1:2009 + A2:2013; CISPR 32:2012 Class B; CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010+A1: 2015, IEC 61000-3-
2:2014, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2006+A1:2007+A2:2010, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017,
IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
Plastic Enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. thickness 1.5mm min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
(only for MB 1 and equip.
MB 2)
Plastic Enclosure KINGFA SCI & TECHJH960 6(M), JH960 6(M) Min. V-0, min. 1.5 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(only for MB 3) CO LTD (ccc) (##), JH960-6(M) (ccc)
(##),
--(##) Replaced by ten digits
maximum by a combination
of letters and/or numbers as
color code.
--(ccc) Any combinations of
any letters excluding a letter
"X" and/or any numerals for
their special application may
or may not follow.
--(M) Replaced by three
digits to represent customer
reference number.
WISTRON ADVANCED NC(N)(a) Min. V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
MATERIALS
(KUNSHAN) CO LTD
Metal Enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable Thickness 0.6mm min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
equip.
External power Lite-On Technology LA65NS2-.. I/P: 1.6A 100-240V 50-60Hz Cl. I, IEC 60950-1: CB by Nemko
adapter (65W) Corporation (DELL) (The dots "." in model name DC-outputs: 3.34A 19.5V 2005+A1+A2, (NO101136), U
can be any alphanumeric (Altitude: 5000m, Tmra: 40°C), EN 60950-1:
character including blank or LPS 2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
"-", for marketing use only.) UL 60950-1
Chicony Power HA65NS5-00 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1: CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. DC-output: 3.34A 19.5V CI. I., 2005+A1+A2, (NO89677), UL
(DELL or Dell Inc) (Altitude: 5000m for PCB layout EN 60950-1:
type C, D and E; Tmra: 40°C), 2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
LPS. UL 60950-1
DELTA ELECTRONICS DA65NM111-00 Input: 100-240Vac, 1.6A, 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1: CB by UL (DK-
INC (Dell Inc.) Output: 19.5Vdc, 3.34A 2005+A1+A2, 45610-UL), UL
(Altitude: 5000m for EN 60950-1:
Construction B and C and D; 2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
Tmra: 40°C), LPS. UL 60950-1
Delta Electronics Inc DA65NM191 I/P: 1.6A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, Cl. IEC 60950- CB by
I 1(ed.2);am1;am2; TUVRh(JPTUV-
O/P: 3.34A, 19.5Vdc IEC 62368-1:2014 102356,JPTUV-
UL 60950-1 102420),UL
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 7 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Alt. External power Chicony Power HA90PM19Z I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, Cl. IEC 60950- N, CB by
adapter (90W) Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can I 1:2016+A11+A1+A2 TUVRh(JPTUV-
be 0 to 9, for marketing O/P: 4.62A, 19.5Vdc 098108-M1), UL
purpose.)
Delta Electronics Inc DA90PM19X (X=0-9) I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, Cl. IEC 62368-1, N, CB by
I UL 62368-1 TUV(JPTUV-
O/P: 4.62A, 19.5Vdc 102287), UL
Lite-On Technology LA90PM111 I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, Cl.
IEC 60950- N, CB by
Corporation (DELL) I 1:2016+A11+A1+A2, Nemko(NO1003
O/P: 4.62A, 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1 78), UL
DC Fan FOXCONN PVB060B05H Max. 0.78A, 5Vdc, 5.49 CFM
IEC 60950-1: TUV Rh, UL
TECHNOLOGY CO min. 2005+A1+A2,
LTD EN 60950-1:
2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
UL 507
FORCECON TECH CO DF(X)160005(Y)0T, Max. 0.5A, 5Vdc, 4.8 CFM min. IEC 60950-1: TUV Rh, UL
LTD (X) stands for B, C or S, (Y) 2005+A1+A2,
stands for 00-99, 0A-ZZ EN 60950-1:
2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
UL 507
Delta Electronics Inc. BUC075HA-00XXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.7A max., 5.00 CFM min. IEC 60950- TUV/Rh, UL
(X stands for A-Z, 0-9, - or 1:2005+A1+A2,
blank for marketing EN 60950-
purpose only) 1:2006+A11+A1+A12
+A2, UL 507
RTC Battery Jhih Hong Technology CR2032 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
Co., Ltd. charging current 10mA
DOUBLE BEST CO CR2032 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
LTD charging current 10mA
Vic-Dawn Enterprise CR2032 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH20550)
Co Ltd (KTS) charging current 10mA
PANASONIC CR2032* 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12210)
CORPORATION, charging current 10mA
PANASONIC
CORPORATION OF
NORTH AMERICA
MAXELL, LTD CR2032* 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12568)
charging current 10mA
MITSUBISHI CR2032+ 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH15370)
ELECTRIC CORP charging current 10mA
Guangdong Tianqiu CR2032 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48705)
Electronics charging current 10mA
Technology Co Ltd
Hard Disk Device Seagate Technology L ST9 or 2.5 Series or ST 1.5A max., 5Vdc. IEC 60950-1, CB by UL (US),
(optional) LC with additional suffixes UL 60950-1 UL
or equivalent or equivalent 1.5A max., 5Vdc. IEC 60950-1, Verify by Nemko
EN 60950-1, or other cert.
UL 60950-1 body, UL
Wireless LAN Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3Vdc, PCB V-1 or better, IEC 60950-1 Test with
Module (Optional) 105°C min. equipment
Bluetooth Module Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3Vdc, PCB V-1 or better, IEC 60950-1 Test with
(Optional) 105°C min. equipment
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C min. UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 8 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 9 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix G (Modelo/Model: D14U, D14U…)
(The dots '.' in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, - or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.34A or 4.62A or 6.7A or 9.23A 19.5Vdc; Class Ⅲ, IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1: 2005 + A1:2009 + A2:2013; CISPR 32:2012; CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010+A1: 2015, IEC 61000-3-2:2014
Class D, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3: 2010, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-
6:2013/COR1:2015, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
Front bezel Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. UL 94 UL
(decorate parts)
Rubber stand Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. UL 94 UL
Fire Enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, min. 0.6mm thickness IEC 60950-1 Test with the
equip.
Internal plastic Interchangeable Interchangeable V-2 min. UL 94 UL
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C min. UL 796 UL
AC/DC Adapter Lite-On (DELL) LA65NS2-.. I/P: 1.6A 100-240V 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1(ed.2);am1;am2, CB by Nemko
(The dots "." in model DC-output: 3.34A 19.5V, Cl. I UL 60950-1 (NO82445/A1/M3
name can be any (Altitude: 5000m, ambient 40 °C) ), UL
alphanumeric
character
Including blank or "-",
for marketing use
only.)
Delta (Dell) DA65NM191 AC Input: 100-240V~, 1.6A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUVRh
60Hz EN62368-1:2014 +A11:2017, (JPTUV-
DC Output:19.5Vdc, 3.34A UL 62368-1 102356), UL
(Altitude: 5000m, ambient 40 °C)
Chicony (Dell Inc. Or HA65NS5-00 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~50-60Hz, Cl. I IEC 60950-1:(ed.2); am1;am2, CB by Nemko
DELL) (For PCB layout type C, D and E: UL 60950-1 (NO89677/A1/M1
5,000m, ambient 40 °C) ), UL
O/P: 3.34A 19.5V
Chicony (DELL) HA90PM19Z Input: 1.5A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:(ed.2); am1;am2, CB by TUV RH
(The Z in model DC-output: 4.62A 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1 (JPTUV-
name can be 0 to 9, (Altitude: 5000m, ambient 40 °C) 098108-M1), UL
for marketing
purpose.)
Delta (Dell) DA90PM19X AC Input: 100-240V~, 1.5A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUVRh
(X= 0-9; Marketing 60Hz EN62368-1:2014 +A11:2017, (JPTUV-
purpose only, no DC Output:19.5Vdc, 4.62A UL 60950-1 102287), UL
technical (Altitude: 5000m, ambient 40 °C)
differences.)
Alt. AC/DC Lite-On (DELL) LA90PM111 Input: 2.5A 100-240V, 50-60Hz or IEC 60950-1:(ed.2); am1;am2, CB by Nemko
Adapter 1.5A 100-240V 50-60Hz UL 60950-1 (NO108932), UL
DC-output: 4.62A 19.5V (For
PCB4: 5,000m, ambient 40 °C)
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 10 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
CHICONY (DELL) HA130PM19Z I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, 1.8A IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUVRh
(The Z in model O/P: 19.5V, 6.7A (Altitude: 5000m, UL 60950-1 (JPTUV-
name can be 0 to 9, ambient 40 °C) 097291-M1), UL
for marketing
purpose)
Lite-On (DELL) LA130PM19Z (Z=0-
I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; 2.5A IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUVRh
9) DC-output: 19.5Vdc 6.7A, Class II EN 62368-1:2014 +A11:2017, (JPTUV-
with functional earth (Altitude: UL 60950-1 084784), UL
5000m, ambient 40 °C)
Delta (Dell Inc) DA180PM111 Input: 100-240 V~,2.34 A, 50-60 IEC 60950-1(ed.2);am1;am2, CB by UL (DK-
Hz. UL 60950-1 70970-M1-UL),
Output: 19.5 Vdc, 9.23 A. UL
(Construction B and C: 5000m,
ambient 40 °C)
Chicony (DELL ) HA180PM180 I/P: 2.34A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005+am1+am2, CB by Nemko
DC-output: 19.5Vdc 9.23A, Class l UL 60950-1, (NO99276), UL
(Altitude: 5000m, ambient 40 °C)
Lite-On (DELL ) LA180PM180 I/P: 2.34A; AC100-240V; 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005+am1+am2, CB by TUVRh
DC-output: DC19.5; 9.23A, Class ll UL 60950-1 (JPTUV-
with functional earth (Altitude: 083430), UL
5000m, ambient 40 °C)
HDD (optional) Western Digital WDUUUUXZYYXXY 5Vdc, 1.5 A max. IEC 60950-1, TUV, UL
(except Type B of Technology, Inc Y EN 60950-1,
MB3 and MB5, all UL 60950-1
MB used) Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 1.5 A max. IEC 60950-1, Verified by
EN 60950-1, Nemko or other
UL 60950-1 certificate body,
UL
CPU Fan (For Foxconn Technology PVB070E05N- P02 5Vdc, max. 1.1 A, 12.69 CFM min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV, UL
MB1and MB2 and Co., Ltd UL507
MB4 used) Asia Vital BAZC0715R5UP 003 5Vdc, max. 1 A, 10.46 CFM min. EN 62368- 1:2014/A11:2017, TUV, UL
Components Co.,Ltd. UL507
Delta Electronics, Inc. KSB0705HBAXXXXX 5Vdc, max. 1.0 A, 9.80 CFM min. EN 60950-1:2006+A11+A1+ TUV, UL
XX A12+A2,
(X stands for AZ, 0-9, UL507
- or blank for
marketing purpse
only.)
CPU Fan (For Foxconn Technology PVB070E12H- P01- 12Vdc, max. 0.95 A, 14.20 CFM EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ TUV, UL
Type A of MB3 Co., Ltd 13 min. A1+A12+A2,
and MB5 used) UL507
Asia Vital BAZB0715R2UP 004 12Vdc, max. 0.8 A, 14.52 CFM EN 62368-1:2014/A11:2017, TUV, UL
Components Co.,Ltd. min. UL507
Alt. CPU Fan (For Delta Electronics, Inc. BUC1612VD- 12Vdc, max. 1.1 A, 13.32 CFM EN 60950-1:2006+A11+A1+ TUV, UL
Type A of MB3 00XXXXXX min. A12+A2,
and MB5 used) (X stands for A-Z, 0- UL507
9, - or blank for
marketing purpse
only.)
CPU Fan (For Type Foxconn Technology PVB070E12H- P01- 12Vdc, max. 0.95 A, 12.62 CFM EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ A1+ TUV, UL
A of MB3 and MB5 Co., Ltd 12 min. A12+A2,
used) UL507
Asia Vital BAZA0812R2UP 003 12Vdc, max. 0.7A, 11.83 CFM EN 62368- 1:2014/A11:2017, TUV, UL
Components Co.,Ltd. min. UL507
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 11 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Delta Electronics, Inc. BSC0812HC- 12Vdc, max. 1.1 A, 13.05 CFM EN 62368-1:2014, TUV, UL
00XXXXXX min. UL507
(X stands for A-Z, 0-
9, - or blank for
marketing purpse
only.)
Speaker Interchangeable Interchangeable Generic, 4Ω± 15% min., 2.5 Watts IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
(Optional) max. equip.
RTC battery JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
(Lithium type) TECHNOLOGY CO charging current 10mA
LTD
Alt. RTC battery MITSUBISHI CR2032 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL(MH21249)
(Lithium type) ELECTRIC HOME charging current 10mA
APPLIANCE CO LTD
PANASONIC BR-2032* 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12210)
CORPORATION OF charging current 10mA
NORTH AMERICA
PANASONIC CR-2032* 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12210)
CORPORATION OF charging current 10mA
NORTH AMERICA
SHUN WO NEW CR2032* 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL(MH25881)
POWER BATTERY charging current 10mA
TECHNOLOGY LTD
VIC-DAWN CR2032 Cells may 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH20550)
ENTERPRISE CO be provided with charging current 10mA
LTD (KTS) alphanumeric suffix
(j) or (k), (j) may
come with an optional
single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix
denoting various
insulating tube, ring,
or tape. (k) may come
with an optional
single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix
denoting various pin,
tab, cap or wire
termination types
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C min. UL 796 UL
VGA MICRO CABLE Card
PS2 CABLE Card
HDMI CABLE Card
DISPLAY CABLE Card
USB TYPE C CABLE Card
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, NBR NM 60884-1 INMETRO
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 12 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix H (Modelo/Model: D15U, D15UXXXXX)
(The ‘X’ in the model name can be a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, or blank for marketing purposes only)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS:
IP: 3.34A 19.5Vdc or 4.62A 19.5Vdc or 6.7A 19.5Vdc or 9.23A 19.5Vdc Class III, IPX0
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1: 2005 + A1:2009 + A2:2013; CISPR 32:2015 + A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016, IEC 61000-3-2:2018+A1:2020, IEC 61000-3-
3:2013+A2:2021+COR1:2022, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3: 2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5: 2014 + A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6:
2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11:2020+COR2:2022, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
Front bezel Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. UL 94 UL
(decorate parts)
Rubber Stand Interchangeable Interchangeable HB, min. UL 94 UL.
covered bottom
opening (For
enclosure B)
AC/DC adapter Lite-On Technology LA65NS2-..(For IEC Input:1.6A 100-240V 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
(Optional) **) Corporation (DELL) 60950-1) Cl. I, A1+A2 Nemko(NO101136/A
LA65NS2-01(For IEC DC output: 3.34A 19.5V IEC 62368-1: 2014 1/M1), CB by UL
2368-1) UL 60950-1 (Demko) (DK-69679-
The dots”.” in model A1-UL), UL
name can be any
alphanumeric character
including blank or “-“, for
marketing use only.
Chicony Power HA65NS5-00 Input: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Technology Co., CI. I. A1+A2 (NO107785), CB by
Ltd. (DELL) DC output: 3.34A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014 TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
UL 60950-1, 103498), UL
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronic Inc. DA65NM191 Input:1.6A, 100-240V,50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) Cl. I A1+A2, (JPTUV-102356), CB
DC output:3.34A, 19.5Vdc IEC 62368-1:2014, by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-102420), UL
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM201 Input: 1.7A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by Nemko
Electronic Co., Ltd. Cl. I A1+A2, (NO115213), CB by
(DELL) DC output:3.34A, 19.5Vdc IEC 62368-1:2014 Nemko(NO115308),
UL 62368-1 UL
AC/DC adapter Lite-On Technology LA90PM111 Input: 2.5A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by Nemko
(Optional) **) Corporation (DELL) or 1.5A 100-240V 50-60Hz Cl. I, A1+A2 (NO108932), CB by
DC output: 4.62A 19.5V IEC 62368-1: 2018, Nemko (NO118659)
UL 62368-1 UL
Delta Electronic DA90PM19X (X=0-9) Input:1.5A, 100-240V~, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-102183-
DC output:19.5Vdc, 4.62A IEC 62368-1:2014 A1), CB by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-102289),
UL
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 13 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Chicony Power HA90PM19Z (The Z in Input:1.5A,100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co.,Ltd. model name can be 0-9) Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-098108-M1),
(DELL) DC output:19.5Vdc, 4.62A IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-098126-
A1/M2), UL
Lite-On Technology LA130PM19Z(Z=0-9) Input: 2.5A 100-240V~50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-120901), CB
DC output: 6.7A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014 by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-120903), UL
Chicony Power HA130PM19Z (Z=0-9) Input: 1.8A 100-240V~50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-097252-M1),
(DELL) DC output: 6.7A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-123226)
UL
Delta Electronic Inc. DA130PE1-XX (Z=0-9) Input: 2.5A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-065556-M1),
DC output: 6.7A 19.5V IEC 62368-1: 2018 CB by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-065556-M2),
UL
Chicony Power HA180PM180 Input:2.34A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. Cl. I, A1+A2 (NO99276), CB by
(DELL) DC output:9.23A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2018 TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
UL 60950-1, 123394), UL
UL 62368-1
Lite-On Technology LA180PM180 Input: 2.34A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, IEC 60950- CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) Cl. I, 1:2005+A1+A2 (JPTUV-083430), CB
DC output: 9.23A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014 by TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
UL 62368-1 083454)
UL
Delta Electronic Inc. DA180PM200 Input:2.34A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-118908), CB
DC output:9.23A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014 by TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
UL 62368-1 118953), UL
Delta Electronic Inc. DA180PM111 Input: 2.34A 100- 240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-106297), UL
DC output: 9.23A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA180PM220 Input: 100-240V~, 2.34A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL (Demko)
Technology Co., 60Hz UL 62368-1 (DK-126098-UL), UL
Ltd. (DELL) Output: 19.5V, 9.23A, 180.0W (E143709)
Hard Disk Drive Hitachi Global H Series, D Series 5Vdc/12Vdc,1.5A max./2.0A IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(HDD)(Optional) Storage max. A1+A2
Technologies Japan
Ltd.
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc/12Vdc,1.5A max./2.5A IEC 60950-1, Verify by Nemko or
max. IEC 62368-1 other cert. body, UL
UL 60950-1
CPU Fan (5Vdc) Asia Vital BAZC0715R5UP006 5Vdc, 1.0A max., 10.46CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV/SUD, UL
**) Components Co.,Ltd. UL 507
Asia Vital BAZC0715R5UP010 5Vdc, 1.0A max., 10.46 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/SUD, UL
Components Co., min. UL 507
Ltd.
Shenzhen EFH-07C05D-CP01 5Vdc, 1.0A max., 11.50 EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
Dongweifeng CFM min. UL 507
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 14 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Electronic
Technology Co., Ltd.
Shenzhen EFH-07C05WGP01 5Vdc, 2.0A max., 12.20 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Dongweifeng min. UL 507
Electronic
Technology Co.,
Ltd.
Foxconn Technology PVB070E05Z1-P02 5Vdc, 1.1Amax.,12.69CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Co., Ltd. (Z1 can be N, H, M or L) UL 507
Delta Electronics Inc. KSB0705HB-AH9Z 5Vdc, 1.0A, 9.8CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
UL 507
Delta Electronics KSB0705HB-AJPT 5Vdc, 1.0A, 9.8 CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Inc. UL 507
Asia Vital BAZD0715R5UP014 5Vdc, 1.5A max., 12.20 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
Components Co., min.
Ltd.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Foxconn PVB070E05T-P02-BE 5Vdc, 1.75A max., 12.20 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(5Vdc) **) Technology Co., min.
Ltd.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Delta Electronics BUC1605VD-01K2S 5Vdc, 1.2A, 11.93 CFM min. IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(5Vdc) **) Inc.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
CPU Fan (12Vdc) Asia Vital BAZB0715R2UP005 12Vdc, 0.8Amax., 14.52CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/SUD, UL
**) Components Co.,Ltd. min. UL 507
Asia Vital BAZB0715R2UP011 12Vdc, 0.8A max., 14.52 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/SUD, UL
Components min. UL 507
Co.,Ltd.
Shenzhen EFH-07C12D-CP01 12Vdc, 0.8Amax.,11.50CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
Dongweifeng UL 507
Electronic
Technology Co., Ltd.
Foxconn Technology PVB070E12H-P01 12Vdc, 0.95Amax.,14.04CFM EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Co.,Ltd min. UL 507
Foxconn PVB070E12Q-P02-AE 12Vdc, 0.8A max., 12.69 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Technology Co.,Ltd min. UL 507
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 15 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Alt. CPU Fan Foxconn PVB070E12Q-P03-AE 12Vdc, 0.8A max., 12.69 CFM EN 62368-1, UL
(12Vdc) **) Technology Co., Ltd min. UL 507
Delta Electronics KSB0712HB-00HZ6 12Vdc, 0.5A max., 9.8 CFM min. EN 62368-1, UL
Inc. UL 507
Delta Electronics KSB0712HB-00JPU 12Vdc, 0.5A max., 9.8 CFM min. EN 62368-1, UL
Inc. UL 507
Delta Electronics EFH-07C12D-GP01 12Vdc, 0.8A max., 12.78 CFM EN 62368-1, UL
Inc. min. UL 507
Delta Electronics EFH-09C12D-EP01 12Vdc, 0.8A max., 17.69 CFM EN 62368-1, UL
Inc. min. UL 507
Asia Vital BAZD0715R2UP015 12Vdc, 0.6A max., 12.71 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
Components Co., min.
Ltd.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Asia Vital BAZC0815R2UP019 12Vdc, 0.9A max., 17.69 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(12Vdc) **) Components Co., min.
Ltd.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Foxconn PVB080E12HP02-AE 12Vdc, 1.0A max., 15.92 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(12Vdc) **) Technology Co., Ltd min.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Foxconn PVB070E12Q-P04-BE 12Vdc, 0.6A max., 12.71 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(12Vdc) **) Technology Co., Ltd min.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Delta Electronics BUC1612VD-01K2T 12Vdc, 0.6A max., 12.14 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(12Vdc) **) Inc. min.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 16 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Delta Electronics BSC0812MB-00K2B 12Vdc, 1.0A max., 15.64 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(12Vdc) **) Inc. min.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Solid State Drive Interchangeable Interchangeable Plastic IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
enclosure(optiona
l)
RTC battery Jhih Hong CR2032 3Vdc, maximum abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by TUV/RH
Technology Co Ltd charging current 10mA UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
MITSUBISHI CR2032 UL 1642 UL (MH21249)
ELECTRIC
HOME APPLIANCE
CO LTD
Vic-Dawn Enterprise CR2032 Cells may be IEC 60086-4, CB by SGS, UL
Co.,Ltd. (KTS) provided with UL 1642 (MH20550)
alphanumeric suffix (j)
or (k), (j) may come with
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various
insulating tube, ring, or
tape. (k) may come with
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various
pin, tab, cap or wire
termination types
Maxell, Ltd. CR2032 IEC 60086-4, CB by UL (Demko),
UL 1642 UL (MH12568)
Panasonic CR-2032* IEC 60086-4, CB by DEKRA,UL
Corporation OF North UL 1642 (MH12210)
America
Tohoku Murata CR2032* UL 1642 UL (MH12566)
Manufacturing Co.,
Ltd.
Guangdong Tianqiu CR2032 UL 1642 UL (MH48705)
Electronics
Technology Co. Ltd.
Interchangeable CR2032 IEC 60086-4, CB by Nemko or other
UL 1642 certification body, UL
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 17 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix I (Modelo/Model: D17S, D17S…)
(The dots '.' in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, '-', '/' or blank for marketing purpose only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS:
3.0A, 100-240V~, 50-60Hz or 4.0A, 100-240V~, 50-60Hz or 4.2A, 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, Class I, IPX0
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; IEC 62368-1:2018 (Third Edition) CISPR 32:2015+ COR1:2016 Class B (The
compliance with CISPR 32 covers CISPR 22 requirements)CISPR 32:2015+AMD1:2019 Class B; CISPR 35:2016; IEC 61000-3-2:2018 ; IEC
61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017; IEC 61000-4-2:2008;IEC 61000-4-3:2020; IEC 61000-4-4:2012; IEC 61000-4-5:2014+A1:2017; IEC 61000-4-6: 2013;
IEC 61000-4-8: 2009;IEC 61000-4-11:2020;Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
Plastics Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. UL 94 UL
Enclosure
(Decorative part)
Enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, min. 0.6mm thickness UL 94 Tested in the equip.
Switching Power Chicony Power H180EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 3 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
supply Technology Co., A; IEC 60950-1:2005+ UL
Ltd. /DELL DC O/P:+12VA / 15 A;+12VB / A1+A2:2013;
14 A; UL 60950-1
STANDBY MODE: +12VA / 1.5 UL 62368-1
A;
+12VB / 3.3 A (+12VA & +12VB
MAX. 3.3 A);
MAX. OUTPUT POWER: 180
W 45 ºC, 5000 m
Delta D180EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 3.0 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by NEMKO, UL
Electronics,Inc. / A; IEC 62368-1:2014;
DELL O/P: MAX OUTPUT POWER: IEC 60950-1:
180 W+12VA / 15.0 A, +12VB / 2005+A1+A2:2013;
14.0 A; UL 60950-1
STANDBY MODE: +12VA / 1.5 UL 62368-1
A,
+12VB / 3.3 A, +12VA & +12VB
combined current MAX. 3.3 A;
45 ºC, 5000 m
Shenzhen Huntkey HU180EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 3 A; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by NEMKO, UL
Electric Co., Ltd. / O/P:+12VADC /15A,+12VBDC IEC 60950-1:2005
DELL /14A; +A1+A2:2013;
MAX OUTPUT POWER: 180 UL 60950-1
W; UL 62368-1
STANDBY MODE: +12VADC /
1.5 A,
+12VBDC / 3.3 A, +12VA &
+12VB
Max. output not exceed 3.3
A;Class I, 45 ºC, 5000 m
Acbel Polytech Inc. / AC180EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
DELL 3.0 A;
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 18 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
DC O/P:+12VA / 15.0 A,+12VB IEC 60950-1:2005
/ 14.0 A, +A1+A2:2013;
ALL OUTPUT TOTAL POWER UL 60950-1
ARE 180W. UL 62368-1
STANDBY MODE: +12VA / 1.5
A,
+12VB / 3.3 A, all output
standby
current Max. 3.3 A; Class I, 45
ºC, 5000 m
Lite-On Technology L180EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V AC,3.0 A, 50-60 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
Corporation /DELL Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014;
O/P:+12VADC / 15 A max.; IEC 60950-1:
+12VBDC / 14 A max.; 2005+A1+A2:2013;
Maximum continuous total DC UL 60950-1
output shall not exceed 180 W. UL 62368-1
Standby mode: +12VADC / 1.5
A
max.; +12VBDC / 3.3 Amax.;
(+12VADC) +(+12VBDC) =
max.
3.3 A;45 ºC, 5000 m
Chicony Power H240EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
Technology Co., A; IEC 60950-1:2005 UL
Ltd. / DELL DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18 A,+12VA2 +A1+A2:2013;
/ 18 A;+12VB / 15 A(+12VA1 & UL 60950-1
+12VA2 UL 62368-1
MAX. 18 A);
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5
A;
+12VA2 / 1.5 A;+12VB / 3.3 A
(+12VA1 & +12VA2MAX. 1.5 A)
(+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB
MAX. 3.3A);MAX.
OUTPUTPOWER: 240 W 45
ºC, 5000 m
Alt. Switching Delta Electronics D240EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4.0 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
Power supply Inc. /DELL A; IEC 62368-1:2014;
DC O/P:MAX POWER:240 W IEC 60950-1:
+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 / 2005+A1+A2:2013;
18.0 A, UL 60950-1
+12VB / 15.0 A, +12VA1 & UL 62368-1
+12VA2
combined current MAX. 18.0
A;
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 /
1.5 A,
+12VA2 / 1.5 A,+12VB / 3.3 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2 combined
current MAX. 1.5 A, +12VA1,
+12VA2 & +12VB combined
current MAX. 3.3 A; 45 ºC,
5000 m
Shenzhen Huntkey HU240EBS-00 AC I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
Electric Co.,Ltd. / 4 A; IEC 60950-1:2005
DELL +A1+A2:2013;
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 19 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
DC O/P:+12VA1 DC / 18 A, UL 60950-1
+12VA2 DC / 18 A,+12VB DC UL 62368-1
/ 15.0 A,+12VA1 & +12VA2
Max. 18 A;
MAX OUTPUT POWER: 240
W
STANDBY MODE: +12VA1
DC / 1.5 A,+12VA2 DC / 1.5
A,+12VB DC / 3.3 A,+12VA1 &
+12VA2 Max. 1.5 A,+12VA1 &
+12VA2 & +12VB Max. 3.3A;
Class I, 45 ºC, 5000 m
Acbel Polytech Inc. / AC240EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~, 50-60Hz, 4.0 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
DELL A; IEC 60950-
DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 1:2005+A1+A2:
/ 18.0 A,+12VB / 15.0 A,+12VA1 2013;
& +12VA2 Max. 18 A; UL 60950-1
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5 UL 62368-1
A, +12VA2 / 1.5 A,+12VB / 3.3 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2Max. 1.5 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB Max.
3.3A;
MAX TOTAL OUTPUT POWER:
240 W 45 ºC, 5000 m
Lite-On Technology L240EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V AC,4.0 A, 50-60 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
Corporation /DELL Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014;
O/P:+12VA1DC / 18 A IEC 60950-
max.;+12VA2DC / 18 Amax. 1:2005+A1+A2:2013;
(+12VA1DC) +(+12VA2DC) UL 60950-1
=max. 18A; +12VBDC / 15 A UL 62368-1
max.;Maximum
continuous total DC output shall
not
exceed 240 W. Standby mode:
+12VA1DC / 1.5 Amax.;
+12VA2DC / 1.5 A
max.(+12VA1DC) +(+12VA2DC)
=max. 1.5 A; +12VBDC / 3.3 A
max.;(+12VA1DC) +(+12VA2DC)
+
(+12VBDC) = max.3.3 A;45
ºC,5000m
Chicony Power H260EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4.2 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko), UL
Technology Co., Ltd. A; IEC 60950-1:2005
/DELL DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18 A,+12VA2 / +A1+A2:
18 A; +12VB / 16 A(+12VA1 & 2013;UL 60950-1
+12VA2 UL 62368-1
MAX. 18 A);
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5
A;
+12VA2 / 1.5 A;+12VB / 3.3 A
(+12VA1 & +12VA2MAX. 1.5 A)
(+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB
MAX. 3.3
A);
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 20 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
MAX. OUTPUT POWER: 260 W
45 ºC, 5000 m
Alt. Switching Delta Electronics,Inc. D260EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4.2 A; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
Power supply / DELL DC O/P:MAX POWER:260 W IEC 62368-1:2014;
+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 / 18.0 IEC 60950-
A, 1:2005+A1+A2:
+12VB / 16.0 A, +12VA1 & 2013;
+12VA2 UL 60950-1
combined current MAX. 18.0 A UL 62368-1
STANDBY MODE: +12VA1 / 1.5
A,
+12VA2 / 1.5 A, +12VB / 3.3 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2 combined
current
MAX. 1.5 A, +12VA1, +12VA2 &
+12VB combined current MAX.
3.3 A;
45 ºC, 5000 m
Lite-On Technology L260EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V AC,4.2 A, 50-60 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
Corporation /DELL Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014;
O/P:+12VA1DC / 18 A IEC 60950-
max.;+12VA2DC / 18 Amax. 1:2005+A1+A2:
(+12VA1DC) +(+12VA2DC) 2013;
=max.18A;+12VBDC / 16 A max.; UL 60950-1
Maximum continuous total DC UL 62368-1
output shall not exceed 260 W.
Standby mode: +12VA1DC / 1.5
Amax.;
+12VA2DC / 1.5 Amax.
(+12VA1DC) +(+12VA2DC)
=max.1.5A;+12VBDC / 3.3 A
max.; (+12VA1DC)
+(+12VA2DC) +(+12VBDC) =
max.3.3 A;
45 ºC,5000m
Acbel Polytech Inc. / AC260EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4.2 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
DELL A; IEC 60950-
DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 1:2005+A1+A2:2013;
/ 18.0 A,+12VB / 16.0 A,+12VA1 UL 60950-1
& +12VA2Max. 18 A; UL 62368-1
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5
A,
+12VA2 / 1.5 A,+12VB / 3.3
A,+12VA1 & +12VA2Max. 1.5
A,+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB
Max. 3.3A;
MAX OUTPUT POWER: 260 W
45ºC, 5000 m
Chicony Power H300EPS-01 I/P: 100-240 V,50-60 Hz, 4.2 A; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko), UL
Technology Co., Ltd. DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18 A,+12VA2 / IEC 62368-1:2014;
/ DELL 18 A IEC 60950-
(+12VA1, +12VA2 /MAX. 18 A), 1:2005+A1+A2:
+12VB / 18 A; 2013;
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5 UL 60950-1
A, UL 62368-1
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 21 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
+12VA2 / 1.5 A(+12VA1, +12VA2
/MAX. 1.5 A);+12VB / 3.3
A;(+12VA1, +12VA2,+12VB /
MAX. 3.3A);
MAX OUTPUT POWER: 300 W
55 ºC, 5000 m
Delta Electronics, Inc. D300EPS-00 I/P: 100-240 V~,4.2 A, 50-60 Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
/ DELL DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 IEC 62368-1:2014;
/ 18.0 A,+12VB / 18.0 A,+12VA1 IEC 60950-
& +12VA2max. 18.0 A;Max. 1:2005+A1+A2:
power 300 W; 2013;
Standby mode:+12VA1 / UL 60950-1
1.5A,+12VA2 / 1.5 A,+12VB / 3.3 UL 62368-1
A,+12VA1 & +12VA2MAX 1.5A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB max.
3.3A;Altitude 5000 m,Class I, 45
ºC
Alt. Switching Lite-On Technology L300EPS-01 I/P: 100-240 V~,4.2 A, 50-60 Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
Power supply Corporation /DELL O/P:+12VA1 / 18AMAX,+12VA2 / IEC 62368-1:20148;
18A IEC 60950-
MAX, +12VB / 18A MAX,+12VA1 1:2005+A1+A2:
and 2013;
+12VA2 MAX 18AMax. UL 60950-1
continuous total output power UL 62368-1
shall not exceed 300W.
STANDBY MODE: +12VA1 /
1.5A
MAX, +12VA2 / 1.5AMAX,
+12VB / 3.3A MAX,+12VA1 and
+12VA2 MAX 1.5A,+12VA1,
+12VA2and +12VB
MAX3.3A;Altitude 5000 m,Class
I, 45ºC
Acbel Polytech Inc. / AC300EPS-01 I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4.2 A; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
DELL DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 IEC 60950-
/ 18.0 A,+12VB / 18.0 A,+12VA1 1:2005+A1+A2:
& +12VA2Max. 18 A; 2013;
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5 UL 60950-1
A, UL 62368-1
+12VA2 / 1.5 A,+12VB / 3.3 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2Max. 1.5 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB Max.
3.3
A; TOTAL POWER:300 W MAX.
45 ºC, 5000 m
Hard Disk Device Hitachi Global H Series, 5Vdc/12Vdc, 1.5A max./2.0A IEC 60950-1: TUV
(HDD)(Optional) Storage D Series max. 2005+A1+A2
Technologies Japan
Ltd.
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 1.5A Max.12Vdc, 2.0A IEC 60950-1, TUV or VDE, UL, cUL,
max. or 5/12 Vdc, 2.0 AMax. IEC/EN 62368-1, CSA,or other
UL 60950-1, cert.body.
UL 62368-1
Solid State Drive Samsung Electronics MZ-2**********(*= 0-9, A- 3.3Vdc, 4.8A max IEC 62368-1:2018 TUV
(S.S.D.) (optional) Co., Ltd. Z,slash, dash or blank)
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 22 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Lite-On CF1-CPxxxxxxxx (x can 5Vdc,2A Max. IEC 60950- 1:2005, CB by TUV SUD, UL
be any alphanumeric IEC 60950- 1:2005/
character or AMD1:2009,
blank) IEC 60950-
1:2005/AMD2:2013
Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3Vdc or 5Vdc IEC 60950-1, TUV or VDE, UL, cUL,
IEC/EN 62368-1 CSA,or other cert.
UL 60950-1, body.
UL 62368-1
Optical Disk Drive Hitachi-LG Data GHBxy (The “x” in the Max. 5Vdc/12Vdc,1.5A/2.0A IEC/EN 60950-1, TUV, UL
(ODD)(Optional) Storage model designation can be max. or EN 60825-1,
Inc 0 to 9 according to max. 2.0A/2.5A Laser class I. IEC/EN 62368-1,
speed or design. And The UL 60950-1
“y” can be 0 to 9 or A to
Z according to buyer,
color or configurations)
Interchangeable Interchangeable Max. 5Vdc/12Vdc,1.5A/2.0A IEC/EN 60950-1, TUV or VDE, UL, cUL,
max. or 2.0A/2.5A Laser class I. IEC/EN 60825-1, CSA,or other cert.
IEC/EN 62368-1, body.
UL 60950-1
CPU Fan ASIA VITAL BYZA1233R2UV 12 Vdc,max. 0.90 A,34.46 (min. EN 62368- TUV SUD, UL
(WN9MM) (For COMPONENTS CO., (where Y can be A-Z 28.2) CFM 1:2014+A11:2017,
Configuration A, LTD. represents internal control UL 507
C, D, F, G used.) code, V= ABCD where A,
B, C, D may be A-Z, 0-9,
"-" or blank.) **)
DELTA BUC1412VE-00XXXXXX 12 Vdc, 1.20 A, 36.48 (min. IEC 62368-1:2014 TUV Rh, UL
ELECTRONICS INC. (X can be A-Z,0-9 or blank 32.83) EN 62368-1:2014,
for CFM UL 507
Marketing purpose).
Shenzhen EFH-12J12WZ 12 Vdc, 1.0 A, EN IEC 62368-1: TUV Rh, UL
Dongweifeng (where Z may be blank or 31.47 (min. 28.6) 2020+A11,
Electronic -WWWW, W can be 0-9 CFM UL 507
Technology Co., Ltd. or A-Z for marketing
purpose)
Foxconn Technology PVB120J12H-P01 12 Vdc, max. 0.80 A,33.37 (min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. 30.03) CFM UL 507
CPU Fan(R24VY) Asia Vital DYSG0825B2SV (where 12 Vdc, 1.20 A max.,79.0 CFM EN IEC 62368-1: TUV SUD, UL
(For Configuration Components Co., Y can be A-Z represents (70.85 min) 2020/A11:2020,
B used.) Ltd. internal control code, UL 507
where G can be A-Z
represents fan generation,
V=ABCD where A, B, C,
D may be A-Z, 0-9, "-" or
blank.) **)
Delta Electronics, Inc. QFR0812UHXXXXXXXX 12 Vdc, 0.87 A, 70.24 CFM IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV Rh, UL
X (63.21min.) EN 62368-1:2014
(X can be A-Z,0-9 or blank UL 507
for
Marketing purpose).
Foxconn Technology PVA080G12R 12 Vdc, max. 0.80 A,79 CFM (71 EN 62368- TUV Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. min.) 1:2014+A11,
UL 507
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 23 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
CPU Fan Asia Vital DY08025R12UV 12 Vdc, 0.70 A,64 (min. EN 62368- TUV SUD, UL
(JGH3G) Components Co., (Y can be A-Z or 0-9 for 53.82)CFM 1:2014+A11:2017,
(For Configuration Ltd. internal control code, UL 507
E V=ABCD where A, B, C,
used.) D may be A-Z, 0-9, "-" or
blank.) **)
DELTA QUR0812SH 12 Vdc, 0.50 A, 58.70 (min.
DIN EN 62368-1(VDE VDE, UL
ELECTRONICS INC. 52.83)CFM 0868-1):2016-05,
EN 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62368-1:2014,
UL 507
Shenzhen EFH-08E12WY (where Y 12 Vdc, 0.70 A,56.00 (min. 53.45) EN IEC 62368- TUV Rh, UL
Dongweifeng may be blank or - CFM 1:2020+A11,
Electronic WWWW, W can be 0-9 or UL 507
Technology CO., A-Z for marketing
LTD. purpose)
Foxconn Technology PVA080G12Q 12 VDC,max. 0.65 A,65 (min. EN 62368-1: 2014, TUV Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. 59)CFM UL 507
CPU Fan dock Interchangeable Interchangeable Min V-2, min. 1.2 mm thickness UL94 UL
(For Configuration
B, E used.)
System Fan Asia Vital DYSG0820R2UV(where 12 Vdc,max. 0.60 A,52.9 (min. EN IEC 62368-1: TUV SUD, UL
(XCFMC) (For Components Co., Y can be A-Z represents 48.02) 2020/A11:2020,
Configuration A, Ltd. internal control code, CFM UL 507
F, G used.) where G can be A-Z
(Optional) represents fan generation,
V=ABCD where A, B, C,
D may be A-Z, 0-9, "-" or
blank.) **)
Delta Electronics Inc. AUB0812HHD 12 Vdc, 0.40 A,54.96 (min. DIN EN 62368-1(VDE VDE, UL
49.47)CFM 0868-1):2016-05
EN 62368-1: 2014,
IEC 62368-1:2014,
UL 507
Foxconn Technology PVA080F12R 12 Vdc, 0.36 A,45 (40 min.) CFM EN 62368-1: 2014 TUV Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. UL 507
Kunshan Yingfan DB802012HHS4B10000 12 Vdc, 0.6 A, 52.59 (min. 45) EN 62368-1: 2014/A11, TUV SUD, UL
Precision Hardware CFM UL 507
Co., Ltd
System Fan Asia Vital DYSG0820B2UV 12 Vdc, 0.60 A,63.66 (min. EN IEC 62368- TUV SUD, UL
(57MPD) (For Components Co., (where Y can be A-Z 55.48)CFM 1:2020/A11:2020,
Configuration B Ltd. represents internal control UL 507
used.) code, where G can be A-Z
represents fan generation,
V=ABCD where A, B, C,
D may be A-Z, 0-9, "-" or
blank.) **)
Delta Electronics Inc. AFC0812DD 12 Vdc, 0.75 A,60.72 (min. DIN EN 62368-1(VDE VDE, UL
54.64)CFM 0868-1):2016-05
EN 62368-1: 2014
IEC 62368-1:2014
UL 507
Foxconn Technology PVA080F12S 12 Vdc,max. 0.56 A,63.00 (min. EN 62368-1: 2014, TUV Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. 56.70) UL 507
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 24 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
CFM
Kunshan Yingfan DB802012BHS4B10000 12 Vdc, 0.6 A, 62.75 (min. 55.65) EN 62368-1: 2014/A11, TUV SUD, UL
Precision Hardware CFM UL 507
Co., Ltd
RTC battery Shun Wo CR2032 3Vdc, max.Abnormal charging UL 1642 UL(MH25881)
(Lithium type) Current 10mA
JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, max.Abnormal charging UL 1642 UL(MH48406)
Current 10mA
DOUBLE BEST CO CR2032 (j)(k)(j) - These 3Vdc, max.Abnormal charging UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
LTD cells may have various Current 10mA
insulating tube,ring, or
tape,(k) - These cells and
batteries may come with
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various pin,
tab,cap or wire termination
types
VIC-DAWN Co., Ltd. CR2032 3 Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL(MH20550)
charging current 10 mA
Interchangeable CR2032, CR 2032, 3 Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL
CR-2032, CR2032 series charging current 5 mA or 10mA
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C min. UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 25 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Solicitante / Certificate Holder DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
(100120-728) Av. Emancipação, 5000
13184-654 – Hortolândia – SP – Brasil
CNPJ: 72.381.189/0006-25
Fabricante / Manufacturer DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
(100120-728) Av. Emancipação, 5000
13184-654 – Hortolândia – SP – Brasil
CNPJ: 72.381.189/0006-25
COMPUTADOR DE MESA / DESKTOP COMPUTER
Produto Certificado / Certified Product COMPUTADOR PESSOAL / PERSONAL COMPUTER
Modelo de Certificação / Certification Model 5
Programa de Certificação ou Portaria / REQUISITOS DE AVALIAÇÃO DA CONFORMIDADE ANEXOS À PORTARIA
Certification Program or Decree INMETRO Nº 304 DE 06 DE NOVEMBRO DE 2023 /
CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT REQUIREMENTS ATTACHED TO INMETRO
ORDINANCE Nº 304 AS OF NOV 06, 2023
Norma(s) Aplicável(is) / Applicable standards see appendix for details
Identificação UL / UL Identification BR2263, Vol. 1, Sec 122; Sec. 131, Sec. 158, Sec. 159
Concessão para / Concession for Ostentar o Selo de Identificação da Conformidade do Sistema Brasileiro de
Avaliação da Conformidade (SBAC) sobre o(s) produto(s) relacionado(s) neste
certificado.
Bearing the Conformity Identification Seal of the Brazilian System of Evaluation of
Conformity (SBAC) on the product covered by this certificate.
UL do Brasil Certificações, organismo acreditado pela Coordenação Geral de
Acreditação do INMETRO – CGCRE, segundo o registro Nº OCP-0029, confirma
que o produto está em conformidade com a(s) Norma(s) e programas ou
Portarias acima descritas.
Rafael Parada UL do Brasil Certificações, Certification Body accredited by Coordenação Geral de
Program Owner Acreditação do INMETRO - CGCRE according to the register Nr OCP-0029 confirms
that the product is in compliance with the standards and certification Programs or
Decrees above mentioned.
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 1 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Quantidade Importada / Quantity Imported N/A
Unidade de medida / Measurement Unit N/A
Lote ou No. de Série / Lot or Serial Number N/A
Número e Data da Licença de Importação /
N/A
Number and Import License Date
Identificação da Família/Modelo/Lote de Produto(s) Certificado(s) /
Identification of the Family/Model/Lot of Certified Product(s):
Marca Modelo Descrição Código de Barras
Brand Name Model Description Bar Code Number
(The dots "." in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z or blank
DELL D13U, D13U... N/A
for marketing purpos
(The dots "." in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z or blank
DELL D14U, D14U... N/A
for marketing purpos
The ‘X’ in the model name can be a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, or blank
DELL D15U, D15UXXXXX N/A
for marketing purposes only
The dots ‘.’ in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, ‘-‘, ‘/’ or
DELL D17S, D17S... N/A
blank for marketing purpose only.
Identificação da(s) Versão(ões) do(s) Modelo(s) de Produto(s) Certificado(s) /
Identification of Version(s) of Certified Product(s) Model(s):
Código do Modelo Descrição do Modelo Versão Código de Barras
Model Code Model Description Version Bar Code Number
N/A N/A N/A N/A
Informações de Ensaios / Test Information:
Modelo/Model: D13U, D13U...
(The 'X' in the model name can be a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9,'-' or blank for marketing use only.)
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 374657 2019-05-22
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 406116 2020-09-21
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-19LE216CE 2019-05-14
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-19LE216FB 2019-05-14
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE668CE 2020-09-01
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE668FB 2020-09-01
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE666CE 2020-09-01
International Standards Laboratory
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 2 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LE666FB 2020-09-01
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-19LS051OS 2019-06-13
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LS086OS 2020-10-15
International Standards Laboratory
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-20LS085OS 2020-10-15
International Standards Laboratory
Modelo/Model: D14U, D14U…
(The dots '.' in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, - or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 390052 2020-01-07
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 391119 2020-01-10
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 393427 2020-02-24
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 411187 2020-12-10
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E190646 2019-11-25
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by EM-E190646C 2021-01-27
Audix Technology Corporation, EMC Department
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 4789371860 2020-03-05
Underwriters Laboratories Taiwan Co., Ltd.
Modelo/Model: D15U, D15UXXXXX
(The ‘X’ in the model name can be a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, or blank for marketing purposes only)
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 446705 2021-08-20
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 457813 2022-02-16
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 464197 2022-04-20
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP015456 2023-09-21
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE483CE35-R1 2021-10-21
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509CE35-R1 2021-10-19
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE524CE35 2021-07-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509CE35-R2 2022-01-26
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509CE35-R3 2022-04-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE483CE35-R3 2023-09-26
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-23LE0535CE35 2023-10-12
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 3 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE483FCCIC-R1 2021-10-21
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509FCCIC-R1 2021-10-19
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE524FCCIC 2021-07-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509FCCIC-R2 2022-01-26
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE509FCCIC-R3 2022-04-29
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LE483FCCIC-R3 2023-09-26
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-23LE0535FCCIC 2023-10-12
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LS063OS 2021-11-02
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-21LS072OS 2021-11-01
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ISL-23LS0030OS 2023-11-14
International Standards Laboratory Corp. LT Lab.
Modelo/Model: D17S, D17S…
(The dots '.' in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, '-', '/' or blank for marketing purpose only.)
Laboratório de Ensaio / Relatório de Ensaio / Data de Emissão /
Testing Laboratory Test Report Issue Date
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 447287 2021-08-27
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 457207 2022-01-11
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 464799 2022-04-25
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 474893 2022-09-05
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP011063 2023-05-25
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 447331 2021-09-02
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 457217 2022-01-11
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 464803 2022-04-25
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 474900 2022-09-16
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP011064 2023-05-23
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by REP014146 2023-09-22
Nemko Taiwan
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-E2108014 2021-08-31
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-F2110017 2021-11-03
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-E2110017B 2022-05-18
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-F2110017A 2022-05-18
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 4 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-E2208009 2022-08-22
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-F2211001 2022-11-08
AUDIX Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-E2211001 2022-11-08
Audix Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-E2310017 2023-10-24
Audix Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by ACWE-F2310014 2023-10-24
Audix Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd. EMC Dept.
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 211002340SHA-001 2021-11-02
Intertek Testing Services Limited, Shanghai
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 211002340SHA-001 2022-06-01
Intertek Testing Services Limited, Shanghai
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 221001081SHA-001 2022-10-24
Intertek Testing Services Limited, Shanghai
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by 231100165SHA-001 2023-11-10
Intertek Testing Services Limited, Shanghai
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by R230489-1 2023-08-11
IBEC
Relatório de ensaio emitido por / Test report issued by R230490 2023-09-05
IBEC
Informações de Auditoria(s) / Audit(s) Information:
Relatório(s) de Auditoria(s) / Audit(s) Report(s) Data da Realização / Perform Date
<<Dados da Auditoria / Audit data >>
(Fabricante / Manufacturer) (Fornecedor / Supplier) 2023-03-08
DELL COMPUTADORES DO BRASIL LTDA
Informações Adicionais / Additional Information:
N/A
Observações / Observations:
1. A validade deste Certificado está condicionada à realização das avaliações de manutenção e tratamento de possíveis não
conformidades de acordo com as orientações da UL do Brasil Certificações e previstas nos procedimentos específicos.
Para verificação da condição atualizada de regularidade deste Certificado de Conformidade deve ser consultado o banco
de dados de produtos e serviços certificados do Inmetro.
The validation of this certificate depends on the surveillance inspections performing and Non conformity treatments, according to UL
do Brasil Certificações procedures. To verify the updated condition of regularity of this Conformity Certificate shall be consulted the
certified products and services Inmetro database.
2. Este certificado aplica-se aos equipamentos (produtos) idênticos ao protótipo avaliado e certificado, manufaturados na(s)
unidade(s) fabril(is) mencionada (s) acima.
This certificate applies to the products that are identical to the prototype investigated, certified and manufactured at the production
site mentioned in this certificate.
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 5 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
3. Qualquer alteração no produto, incluindo a marcação, invalidará o presente certificado, salvo se o solicitante informar por
escrito à UL do Brasil Certificações sobre esta modificação, a qual procederá à avaliação e decidirá quanto à continuidade
da validade do certificado.
Any non-authorized changes performed in the product, including marking, will invalidate this certificate. UL do Brasil Certificações
must be notified about any desired change. This notification will be analyzed by UL do Brasil Certificações that will decide about
certificate force.
4. Esta autorização está vinculada a um contrato e para o escopo acima citado.
This license is related to a commercial proposal and to the scope above cited.
Histórico de Revisões / Revisions History:
Revisão / Review Data / Date Descrição da Revisão / Revision Description:
Para o modelo D17S / For model D17S:
-Adicionado padrão IEC 62368-1.
02 de janeiro de 2024 /
05 -Adicionada uma placa principal alternativa (MB 12)
January 02, 2024
-Added standard of IEC 62368-1.
-Added an alternative Main board (MB 12)
- Atualize a juba do modelo de D15UXXX para D15UXXXXX.
- Adicione uma nova configuração alternativa (chamada G) com nova
placa-mãe (chamada MBG-1) e dois dissipadores de calor
intercambiáveis (chamados HKD e HKE).
5 de dezembro de 2023 /
04 - Adicione fontes alternativas de ventiladores de CPU, adaptador AC/DC.
December 5, 2023
- Update model mane from D15UXXX to D15UXXXXX.
- Add a alternative new configuration (called G) with new mainboard (called
MBG-1) and two interchangeable heatsinks (called HKD and HKE).
- Add alternative sources of CPU fans, AC/DC adapter.
18 de setembro de 2023 / Inclusão de ensaios contraprova e testemunha /
03
September 18, 2023 Inclusion of counterevidence and witness tests
14 de setembro de 2023 / Cancelamento dos modelos D13S e D15S /
02
September 14, 2023 D13S and D15S models cancelation
31 de julho de 2023 / - Adicionada fonte alternativa do ventilador do sistema.
01
July 31, 2023 - Added alternative System Fan source.
07 de julho de 2023 / Emissão Inicial com recertificação do certificado UL-BR 20.1090 /
00
July 07, 2023 Initial issue
A última revisão substitui e cancela as anteriores
The last review replaces and cancels the previous ones
Appendix E (Modelo/Model: D13U, D13U…)
(The dots "." can be 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z or blank for marketing purposes only)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.34A or 4.62A 19.5Vdc; Class Ⅲ; IP20
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 6 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1: 2005 + A1:2009 + A2:2013; CISPR 32:2012 Class B; CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010+A1: 2015, IEC 61000-3-
2:2014, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2006+A1:2007+A2:2010, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017,
IEC 61000-4-6: 2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
Plastic Enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. thickness 1.5mm min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
(only for MB 1 and equip.
MB 2)
Plastic Enclosure KINGFA SCI & TECHJH960 6(M), JH960 6(M) Min. V-0, min. 1.5 mm thickness UL 94 UL
(only for MB 3) CO LTD (ccc) (##), JH960-6(M) (ccc)
(##),
--(##) Replaced by ten digits
maximum by a combination
of letters and/or numbers as
color code.
--(ccc) Any combinations of
any letters excluding a letter
"X" and/or any numerals for
their special application may
or may not follow.
--(M) Replaced by three
digits to represent customer
reference number.
WISTRON ADVANCED NC(N)(a) Min. V-0, min. 1.0mm thickness UL 94 UL
MATERIALS
(KUNSHAN) CO LTD
Metal Enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable Thickness 0.6mm min. IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
equip.
External power Lite-On Technology LA65NS2-.. I/P: 1.6A 100-240V 50-60Hz Cl. I, IEC 60950-1: CB by Nemko
adapter (65W) Corporation (DELL) (The dots "." in model name DC-outputs: 3.34A 19.5V 2005+A1+A2, (NO101136), U
can be any alphanumeric (Altitude: 5000m, Tmra: 40°C), EN 60950-1:
character including blank or LPS 2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
"-", for marketing use only.) UL 60950-1
Chicony Power HA65NS5-00 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1: CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. DC-output: 3.34A 19.5V CI. I., 2005+A1+A2, (NO89677), UL
(DELL or Dell Inc) (Altitude: 5000m for PCB layout EN 60950-1:
type C, D and E; Tmra: 40°C), 2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
LPS. UL 60950-1
DELTA ELECTRONICS DA65NM111-00 Input: 100-240Vac, 1.6A, 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1: CB by UL (DK-
INC (Dell Inc.) Output: 19.5Vdc, 3.34A 2005+A1+A2, 45610-UL), UL
(Altitude: 5000m for EN 60950-1:
Construction B and C and D; 2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
Tmra: 40°C), LPS. UL 60950-1
Delta Electronics Inc DA65NM191 I/P: 1.6A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, Cl. IEC 60950- CB by
I 1(ed.2);am1;am2; TUVRh(JPTUV-
O/P: 3.34A, 19.5Vdc IEC 62368-1:2014 102356,JPTUV-
UL 60950-1 102420),UL
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 7 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Alt. External power Chicony Power HA90PM19Z I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, Cl. IEC 60950- N, CB by
adapter (90W) Technology Co., Ltd. (The Z in model name can I 1:2016+A11+A1+A2 TUVRh(JPTUV-
be 0 to 9, for marketing O/P: 4.62A, 19.5Vdc 098108-M1), UL
purpose.)
Delta Electronics Inc DA90PM19X (X=0-9) I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, Cl. IEC 62368-1, N, CB by
I UL 62368-1 TUV(JPTUV-
O/P: 4.62A, 19.5Vdc 102287), UL
Lite-On Technology LA90PM111 I/P: 1.5A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, Cl.
IEC 60950- N, CB by
Corporation (DELL) I 1:2016+A11+A1+A2, Nemko(NO1003
O/P: 4.62A, 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1 78), UL
DC Fan FOXCONN PVB060B05H Max. 0.78A, 5Vdc, 5.49 CFM
IEC 60950-1: TUV Rh, UL
TECHNOLOGY CO min. 2005+A1+A2,
LTD EN 60950-1:
2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
UL 507
FORCECON TECH CO DF(X)160005(Y)0T, Max. 0.5A, 5Vdc, 4.8 CFM min. IEC 60950-1: TUV Rh, UL
LTD (X) stands for B, C or S, (Y) 2005+A1+A2,
stands for 00-99, 0A-ZZ EN 60950-1:
2006+A11+A1+A12+A2,
UL 507
Delta Electronics Inc. BUC075HA-00XXXXXX 5Vdc, 0.7A max., 5.00 CFM min. IEC 60950- TUV/Rh, UL
(X stands for A-Z, 0-9, - or 1:2005+A1+A2,
blank for marketing EN 60950-
purpose only) 1:2006+A11+A1+A12
+A2, UL 507
RTC Battery Jhih Hong Technology CR2032 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
Co., Ltd. charging current 10mA
DOUBLE BEST CO CR2032 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
LTD charging current 10mA
Vic-Dawn Enterprise CR2032 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH20550)
Co Ltd (KTS) charging current 10mA
PANASONIC CR2032* 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12210)
CORPORATION, charging current 10mA
PANASONIC
CORPORATION OF
NORTH AMERICA
MAXELL, LTD CR2032* 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12568)
charging current 10mA
MITSUBISHI CR2032+ 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH15370)
ELECTRIC CORP charging current 10mA
Guangdong Tianqiu CR2032 3V, max. of min. abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48705)
Electronics charging current 10mA
Technology Co Ltd
Hard Disk Device Seagate Technology L ST9 or 2.5 Series or ST 1.5A max., 5Vdc. IEC 60950-1, CB by UL (US),
(optional) LC with additional suffixes UL 60950-1 UL
or equivalent or equivalent 1.5A max., 5Vdc. IEC 60950-1, Verify by Nemko
EN 60950-1, or other cert.
UL 60950-1 body, UL
Wireless LAN Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3Vdc, PCB V-1 or better, IEC 60950-1 Test with
Module (Optional) 105°C min. equipment
Bluetooth Module Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3Vdc, PCB V-1 or better, IEC 60950-1 Test with
(Optional) 105°C min. equipment
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C min. UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 8 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 9 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix G (Modelo/Model: D14U, D14U…)
(The dots '.' in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, - or blank, for marketing purpose only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS: I/P: 3.34A or 4.62A or 6.7A or 9.23A 19.5Vdc; Class Ⅲ, IP20
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1: 2005 + A1:2009 + A2:2013; CISPR 32:2012; CISPR 32:2015/COR1:2016 Class B, CISPR 24: 2010+A1: 2015, IEC 61000-3-2:2014
Class D, IEC 61000-3-3: 2013, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3: 2010, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5: 2014+A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-
6:2013/COR1:2015, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11: 2004+A1:2017, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
Front bezel Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. UL 94 UL
(decorate parts)
Rubber stand Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. UL 94 UL
Fire Enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, min. 0.6mm thickness IEC 60950-1 Test with the
equip.
Internal plastic Interchangeable Interchangeable V-2 min. UL 94 UL
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C min. UL 796 UL
AC/DC Adapter Lite-On (DELL) LA65NS2-.. I/P: 1.6A 100-240V 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1(ed.2);am1;am2, CB by Nemko
(The dots "." in model DC-output: 3.34A 19.5V, Cl. I UL 60950-1 (NO82445/A1/M3
name can be any (Altitude: 5000m, ambient 40 °C) ), UL
alphanumeric
character
Including blank or "-",
for marketing use
only.)
Delta (Dell) DA65NM191 AC Input: 100-240V~, 1.6A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUVRh
60Hz EN62368-1:2014 +A11:2017, (JPTUV-
DC Output:19.5Vdc, 3.34A UL 62368-1 102356), UL
(Altitude: 5000m, ambient 40 °C)
Chicony (Dell Inc. Or HA65NS5-00 I/P: 1.7A 100-240V~50-60Hz, Cl. I IEC 60950-1:(ed.2); am1;am2, CB by Nemko
DELL) (For PCB layout type C, D and E: UL 60950-1 (NO89677/A1/M1
5,000m, ambient 40 °C) ), UL
O/P: 3.34A 19.5V
Chicony (DELL) HA90PM19Z Input: 1.5A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:(ed.2); am1;am2, CB by TUV RH
(The Z in model DC-output: 4.62A 19.5Vdc UL 60950-1 (JPTUV-
name can be 0 to 9, (Altitude: 5000m, ambient 40 °C) 098108-M1), UL
for marketing
purpose.)
Delta (Dell) DA90PM19X AC Input: 100-240V~, 1.5A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUVRh
(X= 0-9; Marketing 60Hz EN62368-1:2014 +A11:2017, (JPTUV-
purpose only, no DC Output:19.5Vdc, 4.62A UL 60950-1 102287), UL
technical (Altitude: 5000m, ambient 40 °C)
differences.)
Alt. AC/DC Lite-On (DELL) LA90PM111 Input: 2.5A 100-240V, 50-60Hz or IEC 60950-1:(ed.2); am1;am2, CB by Nemko
Adapter 1.5A 100-240V 50-60Hz UL 60950-1 (NO108932), UL
DC-output: 4.62A 19.5V (For
PCB4: 5,000m, ambient 40 °C)
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 10 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
CHICONY (DELL) HA130PM19Z I/P: 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, 1.8A IEC 60950-1:2005+A1+A2, CB by TUVRh
(The Z in model O/P: 19.5V, 6.7A (Altitude: 5000m, UL 60950-1 (JPTUV-
name can be 0 to 9, ambient 40 °C) 097291-M1), UL
for marketing
purpose)
Lite-On (DELL) LA130PM19Z (Z=0-
I/P: AC 100-240V; 50-60Hz; 2.5A IEC 62368-1:2014, CB by TUVRh
9) DC-output: 19.5Vdc 6.7A, Class II EN 62368-1:2014 +A11:2017, (JPTUV-
with functional earth (Altitude: UL 60950-1 084784), UL
5000m, ambient 40 °C)
Delta (Dell Inc) DA180PM111 Input: 100-240 V~,2.34 A, 50-60 IEC 60950-1(ed.2);am1;am2, CB by UL (DK-
Hz. UL 60950-1 70970-M1-UL),
Output: 19.5 Vdc, 9.23 A. UL
(Construction B and C: 5000m,
ambient 40 °C)
Chicony (DELL ) HA180PM180 I/P: 2.34A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005+am1+am2, CB by Nemko
DC-output: 19.5Vdc 9.23A, Class l UL 60950-1, (NO99276), UL
(Altitude: 5000m, ambient 40 °C)
Lite-On (DELL ) LA180PM180 I/P: 2.34A; AC100-240V; 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005+am1+am2, CB by TUVRh
DC-output: DC19.5; 9.23A, Class ll UL 60950-1 (JPTUV-
with functional earth (Altitude: 083430), UL
5000m, ambient 40 °C)
HDD (optional) Western Digital WDUUUUXZYYXXY 5Vdc, 1.5 A max. IEC 60950-1, TUV, UL
(except Type B of Technology, Inc Y EN 60950-1,
MB3 and MB5, all UL 60950-1
MB used) Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 1.5 A max. IEC 60950-1, Verified by
EN 60950-1, Nemko or other
UL 60950-1 certificate body,
UL
CPU Fan (For Foxconn Technology PVB070E05N- P02 5Vdc, max. 1.1 A, 12.69 CFM min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV, UL
MB1and MB2 and Co., Ltd UL507
MB4 used) Asia Vital BAZC0715R5UP 003 5Vdc, max. 1 A, 10.46 CFM min. EN 62368- 1:2014/A11:2017, TUV, UL
Components Co.,Ltd. UL507
Delta Electronics, Inc. KSB0705HBAXXXXX 5Vdc, max. 1.0 A, 9.80 CFM min. EN 60950-1:2006+A11+A1+ TUV, UL
XX A12+A2,
(X stands for AZ, 0-9, UL507
- or blank for
marketing purpse
only.)
CPU Fan (For Foxconn Technology PVB070E12H- P01- 12Vdc, max. 0.95 A, 14.20 CFM EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ TUV, UL
Type A of MB3 Co., Ltd 13 min. A1+A12+A2,
and MB5 used) UL507
Asia Vital BAZB0715R2UP 004 12Vdc, max. 0.8 A, 14.52 CFM EN 62368-1:2014/A11:2017, TUV, UL
Components Co.,Ltd. min. UL507
Alt. CPU Fan (For Delta Electronics, Inc. BUC1612VD- 12Vdc, max. 1.1 A, 13.32 CFM EN 60950-1:2006+A11+A1+ TUV, UL
Type A of MB3 00XXXXXX min. A12+A2,
and MB5 used) (X stands for A-Z, 0- UL507
9, - or blank for
marketing purpse
only.)
CPU Fan (For Type Foxconn Technology PVB070E12H- P01- 12Vdc, max. 0.95 A, 12.62 CFM EN 60950-1:2006+A11+ A1+ TUV, UL
A of MB3 and MB5 Co., Ltd 12 min. A12+A2,
used) UL507
Asia Vital BAZA0812R2UP 003 12Vdc, max. 0.7A, 11.83 CFM EN 62368- 1:2014/A11:2017, TUV, UL
Components Co.,Ltd. min. UL507
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 11 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Delta Electronics, Inc. BSC0812HC- 12Vdc, max. 1.1 A, 13.05 CFM EN 62368-1:2014, TUV, UL
00XXXXXX min. UL507
(X stands for A-Z, 0-
9, - or blank for
marketing purpse
only.)
Speaker Interchangeable Interchangeable Generic, 4Ω± 15% min., 2.5 Watts IEC 60950-1 Tested in the
(Optional) max. equip.
RTC battery JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
(Lithium type) TECHNOLOGY CO charging current 10mA
LTD
Alt. RTC battery MITSUBISHI CR2032 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL(MH21249)
(Lithium type) ELECTRIC HOME charging current 10mA
APPLIANCE CO LTD
PANASONIC BR-2032* 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12210)
CORPORATION OF charging current 10mA
NORTH AMERICA
PANASONIC CR-2032* 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH12210)
CORPORATION OF charging current 10mA
NORTH AMERICA
SHUN WO NEW CR2032* 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL(MH25881)
POWER BATTERY charging current 10mA
TECHNOLOGY LTD
VIC-DAWN CR2032 Cells may 3Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL (MH20550)
ENTERPRISE CO be provided with charging current 10mA
LTD (KTS) alphanumeric suffix
(j) or (k), (j) may
come with an optional
single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix
denoting various
insulating tube, ring,
or tape. (k) may come
with an optional
single or multiple
alphanumeric suffix
denoting various pin,
tab, cap or wire
termination types
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C min. UL 796 UL
VGA MICRO CABLE Card
PS2 CABLE Card
HDMI CABLE Card
DISPLAY CABLE Card
USB TYPE C CABLE Card
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, NBR NM 60884-1 INMETRO
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 12 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix H (Modelo/Model: D15U, D15UXXXXX)
(The ‘X’ in the model name can be a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, or blank for marketing purposes only)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS:
IP: 3.34A 19.5Vdc or 4.62A 19.5Vdc or 6.7A 19.5Vdc or 9.23A 19.5Vdc Class III, IPX0
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1: 2005 + A1:2009 + A2:2013; CISPR 32:2015 + A1:2019 Class B, CISPR 35: 2016, IEC 61000-3-2:2018+A1:2020, IEC 61000-3-
3:2013+A2:2021+COR1:2022, IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3: 2020, IEC 61000-4-4: 2012, IEC 61000-4-5: 2014 + A1:2017, IEC 61000-4-6:
2013, IEC 61000-4-8: 2009, IEC 61000-4-11:2020+COR2:2022, Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
Front bezel Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. UL 94 UL
(decorate parts)
Rubber Stand Interchangeable Interchangeable HB, min. UL 94 UL.
covered bottom
opening (For
enclosure B)
AC/DC adapter Lite-On Technology LA65NS2-..(For IEC Input:1.6A 100-240V 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by
(Optional) **) Corporation (DELL) 60950-1) Cl. I, A1+A2 Nemko(NO101136/A
LA65NS2-01(For IEC DC output: 3.34A 19.5V IEC 62368-1: 2014 1/M1), CB by UL
2368-1) UL 60950-1 (Demko) (DK-69679-
The dots”.” in model A1-UL), UL
name can be any
alphanumeric character
including blank or “-“, for
marketing use only.
Chicony Power HA65NS5-00 Input: 1.7A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Technology Co., CI. I. A1+A2 (NO107785), CB by
Ltd. (DELL) DC output: 3.34A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014 TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
UL 60950-1, 103498), UL
UL 62368-1
Delta Electronic Inc. DA65NM191 Input:1.6A, 100-240V,50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) Cl. I A1+A2, (JPTUV-102356), CB
DC output:3.34A, 19.5Vdc IEC 62368-1:2014, by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-102420), UL
Shenzhen Huntkey HKA65NM201 Input: 1.7A, 100-240V, 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by Nemko
Electronic Co., Ltd. Cl. I A1+A2, (NO115213), CB by
(DELL) DC output:3.34A, 19.5Vdc IEC 62368-1:2014 Nemko(NO115308),
UL 62368-1 UL
AC/DC adapter Lite-On Technology LA90PM111 Input: 2.5A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz IEC 60950-1: 2005+ CB by Nemko
(Optional) **) Corporation (DELL) or 1.5A 100-240V 50-60Hz Cl. I, A1+A2 (NO108932), CB by
DC output: 4.62A 19.5V IEC 62368-1: 2018, Nemko (NO118659)
UL 62368-1 UL
Delta Electronic DA90PM19X (X=0-9) Input:1.5A, 100-240V~, 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Inc. (DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-102183-
DC output:19.5Vdc, 4.62A IEC 62368-1:2014 A1), CB by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-102289),
UL
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 13 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Chicony Power HA90PM19Z (The Z in Input:1.5A,100-240V~, 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co.,Ltd. model name can be 0-9) Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-098108-M1),
(DELL) DC output:19.5Vdc, 4.62A IEC 62368-1:2014 CB by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-098126-
A1/M2), UL
Lite-On Technology LA130PM19Z(Z=0-9) Input: 2.5A 100-240V~50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-120901), CB
DC output: 6.7A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014 by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-120903), UL
Chicony Power HA130PM19Z (Z=0-9) Input: 1.8A 100-240V~50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
Technology Co., Ltd. Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-097252-M1),
(DELL) DC output: 6.7A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2018 CB by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-123226)
UL
Delta Electronic Inc. DA130PE1-XX (Z=0-9) Input: 2.5A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-065556-M1),
DC output: 6.7A 19.5V IEC 62368-1: 2018 CB by TUV/Rh
UL 62368-1 (JPTUV-065556-M2),
UL
Chicony Power HA180PM180 Input:2.34A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by Nemko
Technology Co., Ltd. Cl. I, A1+A2 (NO99276), CB by
(DELL) DC output:9.23A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2018 TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
UL 60950-1, 123394), UL
UL 62368-1
Lite-On Technology LA180PM180 Input: 2.34A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, IEC 60950- CB by TUV/Rh
Corporation (DELL) Cl. I, 1:2005+A1+A2 (JPTUV-083430), CB
DC output: 9.23A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014 by TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
UL 62368-1 083454)
UL
Delta Electronic Inc. DA180PM200 Input:2.34A 100-240V~ 50-60Hz, IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-118908), CB
DC output:9.23A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014 by TUV/Rh (JPTUV-
UL 62368-1 118953), UL
Delta Electronic Inc. DA180PM111 Input: 2.34A 100- 240V~ 50- IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(DELL) 60Hz, Cl. I, A1+A2 (JPTUV-106297), UL
DC output: 9.23A 19.5V IEC 62368-1:2014
UL 62368-1
Chicony Power HA180PM220 Input: 100-240V~, 2.34A, 50- IEC 62368-1:2018, CB by UL (Demko)
Technology Co., 60Hz UL 62368-1 (DK-126098-UL), UL
Ltd. (DELL) Output: 19.5V, 9.23A, 180.0W (E143709)
Hard Disk Drive Hitachi Global H Series, D Series 5Vdc/12Vdc,1.5A max./2.0A IEC 60950-1:2005+ CB by TUV/Rh
(HDD)(Optional) Storage max. A1+A2
Technologies Japan
Ltd.
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc/12Vdc,1.5A max./2.5A IEC 60950-1, Verify by Nemko or
max. IEC 62368-1 other cert. body, UL
UL 60950-1
CPU Fan (5Vdc) Asia Vital BAZC0715R5UP006 5Vdc, 1.0A max., 10.46CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV/SUD, UL
**) Components Co.,Ltd. UL 507
Asia Vital BAZC0715R5UP010 5Vdc, 1.0A max., 10.46 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/SUD, UL
Components Co., min. UL 507
Ltd.
Shenzhen EFH-07C05D-CP01 5Vdc, 1.0A max., 11.50 EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
Dongweifeng CFM min. UL 507
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 14 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Electronic
Technology Co., Ltd.
Shenzhen EFH-07C05WGP01 5Vdc, 2.0A max., 12.20 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Dongweifeng min. UL 507
Electronic
Technology Co.,
Ltd.
Foxconn Technology PVB070E05Z1-P02 5Vdc, 1.1Amax.,12.69CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Co., Ltd. (Z1 can be N, H, M or L) UL 507
Delta Electronics Inc. KSB0705HB-AH9Z 5Vdc, 1.0A, 9.8CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
UL 507
Delta Electronics KSB0705HB-AJPT 5Vdc, 1.0A, 9.8 CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Inc. UL 507
Asia Vital BAZD0715R5UP014 5Vdc, 1.5A max., 12.20 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
Components Co., min.
Ltd.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Foxconn PVB070E05T-P02-BE 5Vdc, 1.75A max., 12.20 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(5Vdc) **) Technology Co., min.
Ltd.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Delta Electronics BUC1605VD-01K2S 5Vdc, 1.2A, 11.93 CFM min. IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(5Vdc) **) Inc.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
CPU Fan (12Vdc) Asia Vital BAZB0715R2UP005 12Vdc, 0.8Amax., 14.52CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/SUD, UL
**) Components Co.,Ltd. min. UL 507
Asia Vital BAZB0715R2UP011 12Vdc, 0.8A max., 14.52 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV/SUD, UL
Components min. UL 507
Co.,Ltd.
Shenzhen EFH-07C12D-CP01 12Vdc, 0.8Amax.,11.50CFM min. EN 62368-1, TUV/Rh, UL
Dongweifeng UL 507
Electronic
Technology Co., Ltd.
Foxconn Technology PVB070E12H-P01 12Vdc, 0.95Amax.,14.04CFM EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Co.,Ltd min. UL 507
Foxconn PVB070E12Q-P02-AE 12Vdc, 0.8A max., 12.69 CFM EN 62368-1, TUV, UL
Technology Co.,Ltd min. UL 507
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 15 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Alt. CPU Fan Foxconn PVB070E12Q-P03-AE 12Vdc, 0.8A max., 12.69 CFM EN 62368-1, UL
(12Vdc) **) Technology Co., Ltd min. UL 507
Delta Electronics KSB0712HB-00HZ6 12Vdc, 0.5A max., 9.8 CFM min. EN 62368-1, UL
Inc. UL 507
Delta Electronics KSB0712HB-00JPU 12Vdc, 0.5A max., 9.8 CFM min. EN 62368-1, UL
Inc. UL 507
Delta Electronics EFH-07C12D-GP01 12Vdc, 0.8A max., 12.78 CFM EN 62368-1, UL
Inc. min. UL 507
Delta Electronics EFH-09C12D-EP01 12Vdc, 0.8A max., 17.69 CFM EN 62368-1, UL
Inc. min. UL 507
Asia Vital BAZD0715R2UP015 12Vdc, 0.6A max., 12.71 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
Components Co., min.
Ltd.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Asia Vital BAZC0815R2UP019 12Vdc, 0.9A max., 17.69 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(12Vdc) **) Components Co., min.
Ltd.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Foxconn PVB080E12HP02-AE 12Vdc, 1.0A max., 15.92 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(12Vdc) **) Technology Co., Ltd min.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Foxconn PVB070E12Q-P04-BE 12Vdc, 0.6A max., 12.71 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(12Vdc) **) Technology Co., Ltd min.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Delta Electronics BUC1612VD-01K2T 12Vdc, 0.6A max., 12.14 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(12Vdc) **) Inc. min.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 16 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Alt. CPU Fan Delta Electronics BSC0812MB-00K2B 12Vdc, 1.0A max., 15.64 CFM IEC 62368-1 Tested in the equip.
(12Vdc) **) Inc. min.
- PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable Min. V-1, 105°C UL 796 UL
- Fan enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Fan frame Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Blade Interchangeable Interchangeable V-0, Min. UL 94 UL
- Wiring Interchangeable Interchangeable VW-1, 28AWG UL 758 UL
Solid State Drive Interchangeable Interchangeable Plastic IEC 60950-1 Tested in the equip.
enclosure(optiona
l)
RTC battery Jhih Hong CR2032 3Vdc, maximum abnormal IEC 60086-4, CB by TUV/RH
Technology Co Ltd charging current 10mA UL 1642 UL (MH48406)
MITSUBISHI CR2032 UL 1642 UL (MH21249)
ELECTRIC
HOME APPLIANCE
CO LTD
Vic-Dawn Enterprise CR2032 Cells may be IEC 60086-4, CB by SGS, UL
Co.,Ltd. (KTS) provided with UL 1642 (MH20550)
alphanumeric suffix (j)
or (k), (j) may come with
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various
insulating tube, ring, or
tape. (k) may come with
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various
pin, tab, cap or wire
termination types
Maxell, Ltd. CR2032 IEC 60086-4, CB by UL (Demko),
UL 1642 UL (MH12568)
Panasonic CR-2032* IEC 60086-4, CB by DEKRA,UL
Corporation OF North UL 1642 (MH12210)
America
Tohoku Murata CR2032* UL 1642 UL (MH12566)
Manufacturing Co.,
Ltd.
Guangdong Tianqiu CR2032 UL 1642 UL (MH48705)
Electronics
Technology Co. Ltd.
Interchangeable CR2032 IEC 60086-4, CB by Nemko or other
UL 1642 certification body, UL
PCB Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 17 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Appendix I (Modelo/Model: D17S, D17S…)
(The dots '.' in model name can be 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, '-', '/' or blank for marketing purpose only.)
CARACTERÍSTICAS NOMINAIS / RATINGS:
3.0A, 100-240V~, 50-60Hz or 4.0A, 100-240V~, 50-60Hz or 4.2A, 100-240V~, 50-60Hz, Class I, IPX0
Normas aplicáveis / Applicable standards:
IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013; IEC 62368-1:2018 (Third Edition) CISPR 32:2015+ COR1:2016 Class B (The
compliance with CISPR 32 covers CISPR 22 requirements)CISPR 32:2015+AMD1:2019 Class B; CISPR 35:2016; IEC 61000-3-2:2018 ; IEC
61000-3-3:2013 +A1:2017; IEC 61000-4-2:2008;IEC 61000-4-3:2020; IEC 61000-4-4:2012; IEC 61000-4-5:2014+A1:2017; IEC 61000-4-6: 2013;
IEC 61000-4-8: 2009;IEC 61000-4-11:2020;Annex E of INMETRO Decree no. 170/2012
LISTA DE COMPONENTES CRÍTICOS / LIST OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
Componente/ Fabricante/ Tipo/Modelo Características técnicas/ Norma/ Marca de
Component Manufacturer Type/Model Technical data Standard conformidade/
Mark(s) of
conformity
Plastics Interchangeable Interchangeable HB min. UL 94 UL
Enclosure
(Decorative part)
Enclosure Interchangeable Interchangeable Metal, min. 0.6mm thickness UL 94 Tested in the equip.
Switching Power Chicony Power H180EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 3 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
supply Technology Co., A; IEC 60950-1:2005+ UL
Ltd. /DELL DC O/P:+12VA / 15 A;+12VB / A1+A2:2013;
14 A; UL 60950-1
STANDBY MODE: +12VA / 1.5 UL 62368-1
A;
+12VB / 3.3 A (+12VA & +12VB
MAX. 3.3 A);
MAX. OUTPUT POWER: 180
W 45 ºC, 5000 m
Delta D180EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 3.0 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by NEMKO, UL
Electronics,Inc. / A; IEC 62368-1:2014;
DELL O/P: MAX OUTPUT POWER: IEC 60950-1:
180 W+12VA / 15.0 A, +12VB / 2005+A1+A2:2013;
14.0 A; UL 60950-1
STANDBY MODE: +12VA / 1.5 UL 62368-1
A,
+12VB / 3.3 A, +12VA & +12VB
combined current MAX. 3.3 A;
45 ºC, 5000 m
Shenzhen Huntkey HU180EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 3 A; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by NEMKO, UL
Electric Co., Ltd. / O/P:+12VADC /15A,+12VBDC IEC 60950-1:2005
DELL /14A; +A1+A2:2013;
MAX OUTPUT POWER: 180 UL 60950-1
W; UL 62368-1
STANDBY MODE: +12VADC /
1.5 A,
+12VBDC / 3.3 A, +12VA &
+12VB
Max. output not exceed 3.3
A;Class I, 45 ºC, 5000 m
Acbel Polytech Inc. / AC180EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
DELL 3.0 A;
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 18 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
DC O/P:+12VA / 15.0 A,+12VB IEC 60950-1:2005
/ 14.0 A, +A1+A2:2013;
ALL OUTPUT TOTAL POWER UL 60950-1
ARE 180W. UL 62368-1
STANDBY MODE: +12VA / 1.5
A,
+12VB / 3.3 A, all output
standby
current Max. 3.3 A; Class I, 45
ºC, 5000 m
Lite-On Technology L180EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V AC,3.0 A, 50-60 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
Corporation /DELL Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014;
O/P:+12VADC / 15 A max.; IEC 60950-1:
+12VBDC / 14 A max.; 2005+A1+A2:2013;
Maximum continuous total DC UL 60950-1
output shall not exceed 180 W. UL 62368-1
Standby mode: +12VADC / 1.5
A
max.; +12VBDC / 3.3 Amax.;
(+12VADC) +(+12VBDC) =
max.
3.3 A;45 ºC, 5000 m
Chicony Power H240EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko),
Technology Co., A; IEC 60950-1:2005 UL
Ltd. / DELL DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18 A,+12VA2 +A1+A2:2013;
/ 18 A;+12VB / 15 A(+12VA1 & UL 60950-1
+12VA2 UL 62368-1
MAX. 18 A);
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5
A;
+12VA2 / 1.5 A;+12VB / 3.3 A
(+12VA1 & +12VA2MAX. 1.5 A)
(+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB
MAX. 3.3A);MAX.
OUTPUTPOWER: 240 W 45
ºC, 5000 m
Alt. Switching Delta Electronics D240EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4.0 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
Power supply Inc. /DELL A; IEC 62368-1:2014;
DC O/P:MAX POWER:240 W IEC 60950-1:
+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 / 2005+A1+A2:2013;
18.0 A, UL 60950-1
+12VB / 15.0 A, +12VA1 & UL 62368-1
+12VA2
combined current MAX. 18.0
A;
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 /
1.5 A,
+12VA2 / 1.5 A,+12VB / 3.3 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2 combined
current MAX. 1.5 A, +12VA1,
+12VA2 & +12VB combined
current MAX. 3.3 A; 45 ºC,
5000 m
Shenzhen Huntkey HU240EBS-00 AC I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
Electric Co.,Ltd. / 4 A; IEC 60950-1:2005
DELL +A1+A2:2013;
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 19 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
DC O/P:+12VA1 DC / 18 A, UL 60950-1
+12VA2 DC / 18 A,+12VB DC UL 62368-1
/ 15.0 A,+12VA1 & +12VA2
Max. 18 A;
MAX OUTPUT POWER: 240
W
STANDBY MODE: +12VA1
DC / 1.5 A,+12VA2 DC / 1.5
A,+12VB DC / 3.3 A,+12VA1 &
+12VA2 Max. 1.5 A,+12VA1 &
+12VA2 & +12VB Max. 3.3A;
Class I, 45 ºC, 5000 m
Acbel Polytech Inc. / AC240EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~, 50-60Hz, 4.0 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
DELL A; IEC 60950-
DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 1:2005+A1+A2:
/ 18.0 A,+12VB / 15.0 A,+12VA1 2013;
& +12VA2 Max. 18 A; UL 60950-1
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5 UL 62368-1
A, +12VA2 / 1.5 A,+12VB / 3.3 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2Max. 1.5 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB Max.
3.3A;
MAX TOTAL OUTPUT POWER:
240 W 45 ºC, 5000 m
Lite-On Technology L240EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V AC,4.0 A, 50-60 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
Corporation /DELL Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014;
O/P:+12VA1DC / 18 A IEC 60950-
max.;+12VA2DC / 18 Amax. 1:2005+A1+A2:2013;
(+12VA1DC) +(+12VA2DC) UL 60950-1
=max. 18A; +12VBDC / 15 A UL 62368-1
max.;Maximum
continuous total DC output shall
not
exceed 240 W. Standby mode:
+12VA1DC / 1.5 Amax.;
+12VA2DC / 1.5 A
max.(+12VA1DC) +(+12VA2DC)
=max. 1.5 A; +12VBDC / 3.3 A
max.;(+12VA1DC) +(+12VA2DC)
+
(+12VBDC) = max.3.3 A;45
ºC,5000m
Chicony Power H260EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4.2 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko), UL
Technology Co., Ltd. A; IEC 60950-1:2005
/DELL DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18 A,+12VA2 / +A1+A2:
18 A; +12VB / 16 A(+12VA1 & 2013;UL 60950-1
+12VA2 UL 62368-1
MAX. 18 A);
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5
A;
+12VA2 / 1.5 A;+12VB / 3.3 A
(+12VA1 & +12VA2MAX. 1.5 A)
(+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB
MAX. 3.3
A);
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 20 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
MAX. OUTPUT POWER: 260 W
45 ºC, 5000 m
Alt. Switching Delta Electronics,Inc. D260EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4.2 A; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
Power supply / DELL DC O/P:MAX POWER:260 W IEC 62368-1:2014;
+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 / 18.0 IEC 60950-
A, 1:2005+A1+A2:
+12VB / 16.0 A, +12VA1 & 2013;
+12VA2 UL 60950-1
combined current MAX. 18.0 A UL 62368-1
STANDBY MODE: +12VA1 / 1.5
A,
+12VA2 / 1.5 A, +12VB / 3.3 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2 combined
current
MAX. 1.5 A, +12VA1, +12VA2 &
+12VB combined current MAX.
3.3 A;
45 ºC, 5000 m
Lite-On Technology L260EBS-00 I/P: 100-240 V AC,4.2 A, 50-60 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
Corporation /DELL Hz, IEC 62368-1:2014;
O/P:+12VA1DC / 18 A IEC 60950-
max.;+12VA2DC / 18 Amax. 1:2005+A1+A2:
(+12VA1DC) +(+12VA2DC) 2013;
=max.18A;+12VBDC / 16 A max.; UL 60950-1
Maximum continuous total DC UL 62368-1
output shall not exceed 260 W.
Standby mode: +12VA1DC / 1.5
Amax.;
+12VA2DC / 1.5 Amax.
(+12VA1DC) +(+12VA2DC)
=max.1.5A;+12VBDC / 3.3 A
max.; (+12VA1DC)
+(+12VA2DC) +(+12VBDC) =
max.3.3 A;
45 ºC,5000m
Acbel Polytech Inc. / AC260EBS-00 AC I/P:100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4.2 IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by TUV Rh, UL
DELL A; IEC 60950-
DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 1:2005+A1+A2:2013;
/ 18.0 A,+12VB / 16.0 A,+12VA1 UL 60950-1
& +12VA2Max. 18 A; UL 62368-1
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5
A,
+12VA2 / 1.5 A,+12VB / 3.3
A,+12VA1 & +12VA2Max. 1.5
A,+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB
Max. 3.3A;
MAX OUTPUT POWER: 260 W
45ºC, 5000 m
Chicony Power H300EPS-01 I/P: 100-240 V,50-60 Hz, 4.2 A; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by UL(Demko), UL
Technology Co., Ltd. DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18 A,+12VA2 / IEC 62368-1:2014;
/ DELL 18 A IEC 60950-
(+12VA1, +12VA2 /MAX. 18 A), 1:2005+A1+A2:
+12VB / 18 A; 2013;
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5 UL 60950-1
A, UL 62368-1
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 21 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
+12VA2 / 1.5 A(+12VA1, +12VA2
/MAX. 1.5 A);+12VB / 3.3
A;(+12VA1, +12VA2,+12VB /
MAX. 3.3A);
MAX OUTPUT POWER: 300 W
55 ºC, 5000 m
Delta Electronics, Inc. D300EPS-00 I/P: 100-240 V~,4.2 A, 50-60 Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
/ DELL DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 IEC 62368-1:2014;
/ 18.0 A,+12VB / 18.0 A,+12VA1 IEC 60950-
& +12VA2max. 18.0 A;Max. 1:2005+A1+A2:
power 300 W; 2013;
Standby mode:+12VA1 / UL 60950-1
1.5A,+12VA2 / 1.5 A,+12VB / 3.3 UL 62368-1
A,+12VA1 & +12VA2MAX 1.5A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB max.
3.3A;Altitude 5000 m,Class I, 45
ºC
Alt. Switching Lite-On Technology L300EPS-01 I/P: 100-240 V~,4.2 A, 50-60 Hz; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
Power supply Corporation /DELL O/P:+12VA1 / 18AMAX,+12VA2 / IEC 62368-1:20148;
18A IEC 60950-
MAX, +12VB / 18A MAX,+12VA1 1:2005+A1+A2:
and 2013;
+12VA2 MAX 18AMax. UL 60950-1
continuous total output power UL 62368-1
shall not exceed 300W.
STANDBY MODE: +12VA1 /
1.5A
MAX, +12VA2 / 1.5AMAX,
+12VB / 3.3A MAX,+12VA1 and
+12VA2 MAX 1.5A,+12VA1,
+12VA2and +12VB
MAX3.3A;Altitude 5000 m,Class
I, 45ºC
Acbel Polytech Inc. / AC300EPS-01 I/P: 100-240 V~,50-60 Hz, 4.2 A; IEC 62368-1:2018; CB by Nemko, UL
DELL DC O/P:+12VA1 / 18.0 A,+12VA2 IEC 60950-
/ 18.0 A,+12VB / 18.0 A,+12VA1 1:2005+A1+A2:
& +12VA2Max. 18 A; 2013;
STANDBY MODE:+12VA1 / 1.5 UL 60950-1
A, UL 62368-1
+12VA2 / 1.5 A,+12VB / 3.3 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2Max. 1.5 A,
+12VA1 & +12VA2& +12VB Max.
3.3
A; TOTAL POWER:300 W MAX.
45 ºC, 5000 m
Hard Disk Device Hitachi Global H Series, 5Vdc/12Vdc, 1.5A max./2.0A IEC 60950-1: TUV
(HDD)(Optional) Storage D Series max. 2005+A1+A2
Technologies Japan
Ltd.
Interchangeable Interchangeable 5Vdc, 1.5A Max.12Vdc, 2.0A IEC 60950-1, TUV or VDE, UL, cUL,
max. or 5/12 Vdc, 2.0 AMax. IEC/EN 62368-1, CSA,or other
UL 60950-1, cert.body.
UL 62368-1
Solid State Drive Samsung Electronics MZ-2**********(*= 0-9, A- 3.3Vdc, 4.8A max IEC 62368-1:2018 TUV
(S.S.D.) (optional) Co., Ltd. Z,slash, dash or blank)
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 22 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
Lite-On CF1-CPxxxxxxxx (x can 5Vdc,2A Max. IEC 60950- 1:2005, CB by TUV SUD, UL
be any alphanumeric IEC 60950- 1:2005/
character or AMD1:2009,
blank) IEC 60950-
1:2005/AMD2:2013
Interchangeable Interchangeable 3.3Vdc or 5Vdc IEC 60950-1, TUV or VDE, UL, cUL,
IEC/EN 62368-1 CSA,or other cert.
UL 60950-1, body.
UL 62368-1
Optical Disk Drive Hitachi-LG Data GHBxy (The “x” in the Max. 5Vdc/12Vdc,1.5A/2.0A IEC/EN 60950-1, TUV, UL
(ODD)(Optional) Storage model designation can be max. or EN 60825-1,
Inc 0 to 9 according to max. 2.0A/2.5A Laser class I. IEC/EN 62368-1,
speed or design. And The UL 60950-1
“y” can be 0 to 9 or A to
Z according to buyer,
color or configurations)
Interchangeable Interchangeable Max. 5Vdc/12Vdc,1.5A/2.0A IEC/EN 60950-1, TUV or VDE, UL, cUL,
max. or 2.0A/2.5A Laser class I. IEC/EN 60825-1, CSA,or other cert.
IEC/EN 62368-1, body.
UL 60950-1
CPU Fan ASIA VITAL BYZA1233R2UV 12 Vdc,max. 0.90 A,34.46 (min. EN 62368- TUV SUD, UL
(WN9MM) (For COMPONENTS CO., (where Y can be A-Z 28.2) CFM 1:2014+A11:2017,
Configuration A, LTD. represents internal control UL 507
C, D, F, G used.) code, V= ABCD where A,
B, C, D may be A-Z, 0-9,
"-" or blank.) **)
DELTA BUC1412VE-00XXXXXX 12 Vdc, 1.20 A, 36.48 (min. IEC 62368-1:2014 TUV Rh, UL
ELECTRONICS INC. (X can be A-Z,0-9 or blank 32.83) EN 62368-1:2014,
for CFM UL 507
Marketing purpose).
Shenzhen EFH-12J12WZ 12 Vdc, 1.0 A, EN IEC 62368-1: TUV Rh, UL
Dongweifeng (where Z may be blank or 31.47 (min. 28.6) 2020+A11,
Electronic -WWWW, W can be 0-9 CFM UL 507
Technology Co., Ltd. or A-Z for marketing
purpose)
Foxconn Technology PVB120J12H-P01 12 Vdc, max. 0.80 A,33.37 (min. EN 62368-1:2014, TUV Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. 30.03) CFM UL 507
CPU Fan(R24VY) Asia Vital DYSG0825B2SV (where 12 Vdc, 1.20 A max.,79.0 CFM EN IEC 62368-1: TUV SUD, UL
(For Configuration Components Co., Y can be A-Z represents (70.85 min) 2020/A11:2020,
B used.) Ltd. internal control code, UL 507
where G can be A-Z
represents fan generation,
V=ABCD where A, B, C,
D may be A-Z, 0-9, "-" or
blank.) **)
Delta Electronics, Inc. QFR0812UHXXXXXXXX 12 Vdc, 0.87 A, 70.24 CFM IEC 62368-1:2014, TUV Rh, UL
X (63.21min.) EN 62368-1:2014
(X can be A-Z,0-9 or blank UL 507
for
Marketing purpose).
Foxconn Technology PVA080G12R 12 Vdc, max. 0.80 A,79 CFM (71 EN 62368- TUV Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. min.) 1:2014+A11,
UL 507
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 23 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
CPU Fan Asia Vital DY08025R12UV 12 Vdc, 0.70 A,64 (min. EN 62368- TUV SUD, UL
(JGH3G) Components Co., (Y can be A-Z or 0-9 for 53.82)CFM 1:2014+A11:2017,
(For Configuration Ltd. internal control code, UL 507
E V=ABCD where A, B, C,
used.) D may be A-Z, 0-9, "-" or
blank.) **)
DELTA QUR0812SH 12 Vdc, 0.50 A, 58.70 (min.
DIN EN 62368-1(VDE VDE, UL
ELECTRONICS INC. 52.83)CFM 0868-1):2016-05,
EN 62368-1:2014,
IEC 62368-1:2014,
UL 507
Shenzhen EFH-08E12WY (where Y 12 Vdc, 0.70 A,56.00 (min. 53.45) EN IEC 62368- TUV Rh, UL
Dongweifeng may be blank or - CFM 1:2020+A11,
Electronic WWWW, W can be 0-9 or UL 507
Technology CO., A-Z for marketing
LTD. purpose)
Foxconn Technology PVA080G12Q 12 VDC,max. 0.65 A,65 (min. EN 62368-1: 2014, TUV Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. 59)CFM UL 507
CPU Fan dock Interchangeable Interchangeable Min V-2, min. 1.2 mm thickness UL94 UL
(For Configuration
B, E used.)
System Fan Asia Vital DYSG0820R2UV(where 12 Vdc,max. 0.60 A,52.9 (min. EN IEC 62368-1: TUV SUD, UL
(XCFMC) (For Components Co., Y can be A-Z represents 48.02) 2020/A11:2020,
Configuration A, Ltd. internal control code, CFM UL 507
F, G used.) where G can be A-Z
(Optional) represents fan generation,
V=ABCD where A, B, C,
D may be A-Z, 0-9, "-" or
blank.) **)
Delta Electronics Inc. AUB0812HHD 12 Vdc, 0.40 A,54.96 (min. DIN EN 62368-1(VDE VDE, UL
49.47)CFM 0868-1):2016-05
EN 62368-1: 2014,
IEC 62368-1:2014,
UL 507
Foxconn Technology PVA080F12R 12 Vdc, 0.36 A,45 (40 min.) CFM EN 62368-1: 2014 TUV Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. UL 507
Kunshan Yingfan DB802012HHS4B10000 12 Vdc, 0.6 A, 52.59 (min. 45) EN 62368-1: 2014/A11, TUV SUD, UL
Precision Hardware CFM UL 507
Co., Ltd
System Fan Asia Vital DYSG0820B2UV 12 Vdc, 0.60 A,63.66 (min. EN IEC 62368- TUV SUD, UL
(57MPD) (For Components Co., (where Y can be A-Z 55.48)CFM 1:2020/A11:2020,
Configuration B Ltd. represents internal control UL 507
used.) code, where G can be A-Z
represents fan generation,
V=ABCD where A, B, C,
D may be A-Z, 0-9, "-" or
blank.) **)
Delta Electronics Inc. AFC0812DD 12 Vdc, 0.75 A,60.72 (min. DIN EN 62368-1(VDE VDE, UL
54.64)CFM 0868-1):2016-05
EN 62368-1: 2014
IEC 62368-1:2014
UL 507
Foxconn Technology PVA080F12S 12 Vdc,max. 0.56 A,63.00 (min. EN 62368-1: 2014, TUV Rh, UL
Co., Ltd. 56.70) UL 507
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 24 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDADE
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Equipamento de Tecnologia de Informação
Information Tecnology Equipment
Certificado / Certificate: UL-BR 23.1130
Emissão / Issue Revisão / Review: 05 Validade / Expiration
7 de julho de 2023 6 de julho de 2026
July 7, 2023 July 6, 2026
CFM
Kunshan Yingfan DB802012BHS4B10000 12 Vdc, 0.6 A, 62.75 (min. 55.65) EN 62368-1: 2014/A11, TUV SUD, UL
Precision Hardware CFM UL 507
Co., Ltd
RTC battery Shun Wo CR2032 3Vdc, max.Abnormal charging UL 1642 UL(MH25881)
(Lithium type) Current 10mA
JHIH HONG CR2032 3Vdc, max.Abnormal charging UL 1642 UL(MH48406)
Current 10mA
DOUBLE BEST CO CR2032 (j)(k)(j) - These 3Vdc, max.Abnormal charging UL 1642 UL (MH46388)
LTD cells may have various Current 10mA
insulating tube,ring, or
tape,(k) - These cells and
batteries may come with
an optional single or
multiple alphanumeric
suffix denoting various pin,
tab,cap or wire termination
types
VIC-DAWN Co., Ltd. CR2032 3 Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL(MH20550)
charging current 10 mA
Interchangeable CR2032, CR 2032, 3 Vdc, maximum abnormal UL 1642 UL
CR-2032, CR2032 series charging current 5 mA or 10mA
PCBs Interchangeable Interchangeable V-1 min., 105°C min. UL 796 UL
Cord Set Various Various ---- NBR 14136, INMETRO
NBR NM 60884-1
Certificado de conformidade válido somente acompanhado das páginas de 1 a 25
Certificate of Conformity valid only if accompanied from pages 1 to 25
Página / Page: 25 / 25
UL do Brasil Certificações Av. Engenheiro Luís Carlos Berrini, 105 – 24º Andar
São Paulo – SP – Brasil – 04571-010
T: 55 11 3049-8300 / http://brazil.ul.com
Form-ULID-017660 – Rev. 1.0
03/11/2024, 12:10 Intel Core i3 processor 14100 12M Cache up to 4.70 GHz Especificações do produto
Processador Intel® Core™ i3 14100
12 M de cache, até 4,70 GHz
Especificações
Especificações de exportação
Essenciais
Comentários
Intel® Core™ i3 Processors (14th gen)
Coleção de produtos
Products formerly Raptor Lake
Codinome
Segmento vertical Desktop
Número do processador i3-14100
Litografia Intel 7
Preço recomendado para o cliente $134.00-$144.00
Entre com sua conta CNDA para visualizar detalhes adicionais da SKU.
Especificações da CPU
Número de núcleos 4
Nº de Performance-cores 4
Nº de Efficient-cores 0
Total de threads 8
Frequência turbo max 4.7 GHz
Frequência turbo máx. do Performance-core 4.7 GHz
Frequência base do Performance-core 3.5 GHz
Cache 12 MB Intel® Smart Cache
Cache L2 total 5 MB
Potência básica do processador 60 W
Energia turbo máxima 110 W
Informações complementares
Status Launched
Data de introdução Q1'24
Opções integradas disponíveis Yes
Condições de uso PC/Client/Tablet
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236774/intel-core-i3-processor-14100-12m-cache-up-to-4-70-ghz.html 1/5
03/11/2024, 12:10 Intel Core i3 processor 14100 12M Cache up to 4.70 GHz Especificações do produto
Especificações de memória
Tamanho máximo de memória (de acordo com o tipo
192 GB
de memória)
Up to DDR5 4800 MT/s
Tipos de memória
Up to DDR4 3200 MT/s
Nº máximo de canais de memória 2
Largura de banda máxima da memória 76.8 GB/s
GPU Specifications
GPU Name‡ Intel® UHD Graphics 730
Máxima frequência dinâmica da placa gráfica 1.5 GHz
Comentários
Saída gráfica eDP 1.4b, DP 1.4a, HDMI 2.1
Unidades de Execução 24
Resolução máxima (HDMI)‡ 4096 x 2160 @ 60Hz
Resolução máxima (DP)‡ 7680 x 4320 @ 60Hz
Resolução máxima (eDP - tela plana integrada)‡ 5120 x 3200 @ 120Hz
Suporte para DirectX* 12
Suporte para OpenGL* 4.5
Suporte a OpenCL* 3.0
Mecanismos de Codec Multiformatos 1
Intel® Quick Sync Video Yes
Tecnologia de Alta Definição Intel® Clear Video Yes
Nº de monitores aceitos ‡ 4
ID do dispositivo 0x4692
Opções de expansão
Revisão da Interface de Mídia Direta (DMI) 4.0
Nº máx. de pistas DMI 8
Escalabilidade 1S Only
Revisão de PCI Express 5.0 and 4.0
Configurações PCI Express ‡ Up to 1x16+4, 2x8+4
Nº máximo de linhas PCI Express 20
Especificações de encapsulamento
Soquetes suportados FCLGA1700
Configuração máxima da CPU 1
Especificação de solução térmica PCG 2020C
TJUNCTION 100°C
Tamanho do pacote 45.0 mm x 37.5 mm
Temperatura máxima de operação 100 °C
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236774/intel-core-i3-processor-14100-12m-cache-up-to-4-70-ghz.html 2/5
03/11/2024, 12:10 Intel Core i3 processor 14100 12M Cache up to 4.70 GHz Especificações do produto
Tecnologias avançadas
Intel® Volume Management Device (VMD - Dispositivo
Yes
de Gerenciamento de Volume)
Acelerador Gaussiano e Neural da Intel® 3.0
Intel® Deep Learning Boost (Intel® DL Boost) Yes
Tecnologia Intel® Speed Shift Yes
Tecnologia Intel® Turbo Boost ‡ 2.0
Tecnologia Hyper-Threading Intel® ‡ Yes
Intel® 64 ‡ Yes
Conjunto de instruções 64-bit
Comentários
Extensões do conjunto de instruções Intel® SSE4.1, Intel® SSE4.2, Intel® AVX2
Estados ociosos Yes
Tecnologia Enhanced Intel SpeedStep® Yes
Tecnologias de monitoramento térmico Yes
Segurança e confiabilidade
Intel® Standard Manageability (ISM) ‡ Yes
Intel® Control-Flow Enforcement Technology Yes
Novas instruções Intel® AES Yes
Chave Segura Yes
Intel® OS Guard Yes
Bit de desativação de execução ‡ Yes
Intel® Boot Guard Yes
Controle de Execução baseado em Modo (MBEC —
Yes
Mode-based Execute Control)
Tecnologia de virtualização Intel® (VT-x) ‡ Yes
Tecnologia de virtualização Intel® para E/S dirigida
Yes
(VT-d) ‡
Intel® VT-x com Tabelas de páginas estendidas (EPT)
‡
Yes
Pedidos e conformidade
Produtos compatíveis
Drivers e software
Suporte
Todas as informações fornecidas estão sujeitas a alterações a qualquer momento, sem aviso prévio. A Intel pode alterar o ciclo de
vida da fabricação, as especificações e as descrições dos produtos a qualquer momento, sem aviso prévio. As informações aqui
contidas são fornecidas "no estado em que se encontram" e a Intel não atribui qualquer declaração ou garantias relacionadas à
precisão das informações, nem sobre os recursos dos produtos, disponibilidade, funcionalidade ou compatibilidade dos produtos
listados. Para obter mais informações sobre os produtos ou sistemas, entre em contato com o fornecedor do sistema.
Intel classifications are for general, educational and planning purposes only and consist of Export Control Classification Numbers
(ECCN) and Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HTS) numbers. Any use made of Intel classifications are without recourse to Intel and shall
not be construed as a representation or warranty regarding the proper ECCN or HTS. Your company as an importer and/or exporter is
responsible for determining the correct classification of your transaction.
Consulte a Ficha técnica para obter definições formais de propriedades e recursos de produtos.
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236774/intel-core-i3-processor-14100-12m-cache-up-to-4-70-ghz.html 3/5
03/11/2024, 12:10 Intel Core i3 processor 14100 12M Cache up to 4.70 GHz Especificações do produto
‡ Este recurso pode não estar disponível em todos os sistemas de computação. Verifique com o fornecedor do sistema para
determinar se seu sistema oferece este recurso ou consulte as especificações de seu sistema (motherboard, processador, chipset,
alimentação, HDD, controle gráfico, memória, BIOS, drivers, monitor de máquina virtual [VMM], software de plataforma e/ou sistema
operacional) para saber sobre a compatibilidade do recurso. A funcionalidade, o desempenho e outros benefícios deste recurso
podem variar, dependendo das configurações do sistema.
SKUs "anunciados" ainda não estão disponíveis. Favor consultar a data de lançamento para a disponibilidade no mercado.
Consulte https://www.intel.com.br/content/www/br/pt/architecture-and-technology/hyper-threading/hyper-threading-
technology.html?wapkw=hyper+threading
para obter mais informações, incluindo detalhes sobre quais
processadores são compatíveis com a Tecnologia Hyper-Threading Intel®.
Os processadores compatíveis com a computação de 64 bits na arquitetura Intel® requerem BIOS habilitados para arquitetura Intel
64.
Os números dos processadores Intel não são indicação de desempenho. Os números dos processadores diferenciam recursos dentro
de cada família de processador, e não entre famílias diferentes de processadores. Consulte
https://www.intel.com.br/content/www/br/pt/processors/processor-numbers.html
para obter mais detalhes.
Os gráficos Intel® Arc™ estão disponíveis apenas em sistemas selecionados equipados com processadores Intel® Core™ Ultra série V
com design térmico do sistema qualificado ou sistemas selecionados equipados com o processador Intel® Core™ Ultra série H, com
pelo menos 16 GB de memória do sistema em uma configuração de canal duplo. É necessária a habilitação do OEM. Outras
Comentários
configurações de sistema com processador Intel® Core™ Ultra apresentam gráficos Intel®. Verifique com o OEM ou varejista os
detalhes da configuração do sistema.
Apenas gráficos Intel® Iris® Xe: para usar a marca Intel® Iris® Xe, o sistema deve ser preenchido com memória de 128 bits (canal
duplo). Caso contrário, use a marca Intel® UHD.
Alguns produtos suportam as novas instruções AES com uma atualização da Configuração do processador, em particular, i7-
2630QM/i7-2635QM, i7-2670QM/i7-2675QM, i5-2430M/i5-2435M, i5-2410M/i5-2415M. Favor entrar em contato com o OEM para
o BIOS que inclui a mais recente atualização da Configuração do processador.
Frequência máxima de turbo refere-se à frequência máxima do processador de núcleo único que pode ser atingida com a Tecnologia
Intel® Turbo Boost. Mais informações estão disponíveis no site https://www.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/architecture-and-
technology/turbo-boost/turbo-boost-technology.html
.
Informações sobre a empresa
Nosso compromisso
Diversidade e inclusão
Relações com investidores
Fale conosco
Sala de imprensa
Mapa do site
Empregos
© Intel Corporation
Termos de uso
*Marcas comerciais
Cookies
Privacidade
Transparência da cadeia de fornecimento
As tecnologias Intel® podem exigir ativação de hardware, software específico ou de serviços. // Nenhum produto ou componente
pode ser totalmente seguro. // Os seus custos e resultados podem variar. // O desempenho varia de acordo com o uso, a
configuração e outros fatores. // Veja nossos Avisos e isenções de responsabilidade legais completos
. // A Intel está comprometida em respeitar os direitos humanos e evitar cumplicidade com abusos de direitos
humanos. Consulte Princípios Globais de Direitos Humanos
da Intel. Os produtos e software da Intel são destinados a serem utilizados apenas em aplicações que não causem ou
contribuam com a violação de um direito humano reconhecido internacionalmente.
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236774/intel-core-i3-processor-14100-12m-cache-up-to-4-70-ghz.html 4/5
03/11/2024, 12:10
Comentários Intel Core i3 processor 14100 12M Cache up to 4.70 GHz Especificações do produto
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236774/intel-core-i3-processor-14100-12m-cache-up-to-4-70-ghz.html 5/5
29/09/2024, 18:30 Intel Core i3-14100 Benchmark
CPU Benchmarks
CPU Benchmarks
Over 1,000,000 CPUs Benchmarked
Intel Core i3-14100
Benchmarks for the Intel Core i3-14100 can be found below. Release dates, price and performance comparisons are also listed when
available. This is made using thousands of PerformanceTest benchmark results and is updated daily.
The first graph shows the relative performance of the CPU compared to the 10 other common (single) CPUs in terms of PassMark
CPU Mark.
The 2nd graph shows the value for money, in terms of the CPUMark per dollar.
The pricing history data shows the price for a single Processor. For multiple Processors, multiply the price shown by the number of
CPUs.
Is the Intel Core i3-14100 Good for Gaming?
This is a newly released CPU that contains 4 Cores and 8 Threads. The Intel Core i3-14100 also has reasonable threaded
performance that will serve well in games. Paired with a good videocard, is this CPU Good for Gaming? Yes, this would be a suitable
CPU for gaming. [More ...]
-21%
Pc Gamer
Alienware
Aurora R15 -…
13a geração Intel Core
i9-13900K (24-core,
cache de 68MB, até
5.8GHz) - Memória de…
Desktop Dell Gamer i5
Dell Brasil
Intel Core i3-14100 Average CPU Mark
Description: Intel UHD Graphics 730
Multithread Rating
Class: Socket:
Desktop FCLGA1700
15036
Clockspeed: Turbo Speed:
Single Thread Rating
3.5 GHz 4.7 GHz
Cores: Typical TDP: 3737
4 60 W
Threads:
Samples: 40*
8
*Margin for error: Low
TDP Up
: 110 W + COMPARE
Cache per CPU Package:
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i3-14100&id=5831 1/7
29/09/2024, 18:30 Intel Core i3-14100 Benchmark
L1 Instruction Cache: 4 x 32 KB
L1 Data Cache: 4 x 48 KB
CPU
L2 Benchmarks
Cache: 4 x 1280 KB
L3 Cache: 12 MB
Memory Support: Max. Memory Size: 192 GB (Up to DDR5 4800 MT/s Up to DDR4
3200 MT/s)
Other names: Intel(R) Core(TM) i3-14100
CPU First Seen on Charts: Q1 2024
CPUmark/$Price: 114.21
Overall Rank:
868th fastest in multithreading out of 4852 CPUs
174th fastest in single threading out of 4852 CPUs
281st fastest in out of 1382 Desktop CPUs
Last Price Change: $131.65 USD (2024-09-29)
CPU Test Suite Average Results for Intel Core i3-14100
Integer Math 44,990 MOps/Sec
Floating Point Math 35,040 MOps/Sec
Find Prime Numbers 59 Million Primes/Sec
Random String Sorting 16,437 Thousand Strings/Sec
Data Encryption 8,825 MBytes/Sec
Data Compression 174,897 KBytes/Sec
Physics 1,021 Frames/Sec
Extended Instructions 11,848 Million Matrices/Sec
Single Thread 3,737 MOps/Sec
From submitted results to PerformanceTest V10 as of 29th of September 2024.
CPU Mark Distribution for Intel Core i3-14100
Submitted Baseline Distribution Graph as of 25th of September 2024
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i3-14100&id=5831 2/7
29/09/2024, 18:30 Intel Core i3-14100 Benchmark
CPU Benchmarks
From submitted results to PerformanceTest V10 as of 25th of September 2024.
For distribution graph only: Results are trimmed to exclude outliers by disregarding the bottom 1% and top 1% of submissions.
Merchant Price Purchase
$131.65 USD BUY NOW!
NA CPU Not Available. See Other Models
NA CPU Not Available. See Other Models
Note: PassMark Software may earn compensation for sales from links on this site through affiliate programs.
Machines with this CPU (or similar)
MySmallPC ECS Liva One H610 Mini PC, i3-14100 4.7Ghz, 16GB RAM, 500GB SSD, WiFi 6, Win 11 Pro (i3-14100, 16GB $599.99
RAM + 500GB SSD) (www.amazon.com)
Shuttle DH670 Mini PC, Intel i3-14100 4.7Ghz, 16GB RAM, 500GB SSD, Quad Display, Dual LAN, WiFi + BT, Win 11 Pro $729.99
(i3-14100, 16GB + 500GB SSD) (www.amazon.com)
Note: PassMark Software may earn compensation for sales from links on this site through affiliate programs.
CPU Mark Relative to Top 10 Common Desktop CPUs
As of 29th of September 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average CPU Mark
Intel Core i9-13900K 59,101
Intel Core i9-12900K 41,477
AMD Ryzen 9 5900X 39,122
Intel Core i7-12700K 34,608
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X 21,888
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz 21,864
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i3-14100&id=5831 3/7
29/09/2024, 18:30 Intel Core i3-14100 Benchmark
Intel Core i9-9900K @ 3.60GHz 18,268
CPU Benchmarks
AMD Ryzen 5 3600 17,749
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz 15,530
Intel Core i3-14100 15,036
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz 14,166
CPU Value (CPU Mark / $Price )
As of 29th of September 2024 - Higher results represent better value
Processor CPU Mark / $Price
AMD Ryzen 5 3600 219.15
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X 182.42
AMD Ryzen 9 5900X 167.58
Intel Core i9-12900K 143.72
Intel Core i9-13900K 123.13
Intel Core i3-14100 114.21
Intel Core i7-12700K 84.62
Intel Core i9-9900K @ 3.60GHz 58.93
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz NA
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz NA
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz NA
Single Thread Rating
As of 29th of September 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average Thread Rating
Intel Core i9-13900K 4,623
Intel Core i9-12900K 4,163
Intel Core i7-12700K 4,030
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz 3,905
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz 3,805
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i3-14100&id=5831 4/7
29/09/2024, 18:30 Intel Core i3-14100 Benchmark
Intel Core i3-14100 3,737
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz 3,692
CPU Benchmarks
AMD Ryzen 9 5900X 3,469
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X 3,361
Intel Core i9-9900K @ 3.60GHz 2,929
AMD Ryzen 5 3600 2,567
Last 5 Baselines for Intel Core i3-14100
Most recent listed first
Baseline CPU Mark
BL2204790 - Sep 27 2024 14762
BL2192455 - Sep 11 2024 14527
BL2182996 - Aug 31 2024 15580
BL2179675 - Aug 27 2024 15181
BL2175243 - Aug 21 2024 15017
Additional baselines can be obtained using Windows version of PerformanceTest's Manage Baselines feature.
Popular comparisons for Intel Core i3-14100
As of 29th of September 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average CPU Mark
Intel Core i3-14100 15,036
Intel Core i3-14100F vs Intel Core i3-14100 15,306 (+1.8%)
Intel Core i3-12100 vs Intel Core i3-14100 13,597 (-9.6%)
Intel Core i3-14100T vs Intel Core i3-14100 13,727 (-8.7%)
Intel Core i3-13100 vs Intel Core i3-14100 13,425 (-10.7%)
AMD Ryzen 5 1600 vs Intel Core i3-14100 12,278 (-18.3%)
Intel Core i3-13100T vs Intel Core i3-14100 13,054 (-13.2%)
AMD Ryzen 5 3500 vs Intel Core i3-14100 12,787 (-15.0%)
AMD Ryzen 5 8500G vs Intel Core i3-14100 21,747 (+44.6%)
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i3-14100&id=5831 5/7
29/09/2024, 18:30 Intel Core i3-14100 Benchmark
AMD Ryzen 5 5600GT vs Intel Core i3-14100 20,299 (+35.0%)
CPU
IntelBenchmarks
Core i5-11400F @ 2.60GHz vs Intel Core i3-14100 17,035 (+13.3%)
Intel Core i5-11400 @ 2.60GHz vs Intel Core i3-14100 17,024 (+13.2%)
AMD Ryzen 5 PRO 4650G vs Intel Core i3-14100 16,163 (+7.5%)
Is the Intel Core i3-14100 Good for Gaming?
As of 29th of September 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Relative Gaming Score
AMD Ryzen 5 7600X3D 9,413
AMD Ryzen 9 7900X3D 9,260
Intel Core i9-14900KS 9,139
AMD Ryzen 7 7800X3D 9,037
Intel Core i9-13900KS 8,486
AMD Ryzen 9 7950X3D 8,391
Intel Core i9-14900K 8,086
Intel Core i9-14900KF 7,968
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X3D 7,820
Intel Core i9-13900K 7,778
Intel Core i7-13790F 7,746
AMD Ryzen 9 9900X 7,553
Intel Core i3-14100 2,775
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i3-14100&id=5831 6/7
29/09/2024, 18:30 Intel Core i3-14100 Benchmark
Software Hardware
CPU Benchmarks
BurnInTest USB3.0 Loopback Plugs
PerformanceTest USB2.0 Loopback Plugs
OSForensics PCIe Test Cards
MemTest86 USB Power Delivery Tester
WirelessMon Serial and Parallel Loopback Plugs
Management Console USB Short Circuit Testers
Zoom Search Engine
Free Software
Benchmarks About Us
CPU Benchmarks Company
Video Card Benchmarks Contact Us
Hard Drive Benchmarks The Press Room
RAM Benchmarks
PC Systems Benchmarks
Software Marketshare
Database Benchmarks
Android Benchmarks
iOS Benchmarks
Internet Bandwidth
Services International
Store Disclaimer
Support Refunds
Forums Privacy
Compliance Social
Copyright © 2024 PassMark® Software
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i3-14100&id=5831 7/7
03/11/2024, 12:16 Intel Core i5 processor 14500 24M Cache up to 5.00 GHz Especificações do produto
Processador Intel® Core™ i5 14500
24 M de cache, até 5,00 GHz
Especificações
Especificações de exportação
Essenciais
Comentários
Intel® Core™ i5 Processors (14th gen)
Coleção de produtos
Products formerly Raptor Lake
Codinome
Segmento vertical Desktop
Número do processador i5-14500
Litografia Intel 7
Preço recomendado para o cliente $232.00-$242.00
Entre com sua conta CNDA para visualizar detalhes adicionais da SKU.
Especificações da CPU
Número de núcleos 14
Nº de Performance-cores 6
Nº de Efficient-cores 8
Total de threads 20
Frequência turbo max 5 GHz
Frequência turbo máx. do Performance-core 5 GHz
Frequência turbo máx. do Efficient-core 3.7 GHz
Frequência base do Performance-core 2.6 GHz
Frequência base do Efficient-core 1.9 GHz
Cache 24 MB Intel® Smart Cache
Cache L2 total 11.5 MB
Potência básica do processador 65 W
Energia turbo máxima 154 W
Informações complementares
Status Launched
Data de introdução Q1'24
Opções integradas disponíveis Yes
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236784/intel-core-i5-processor-14500-24m-cache-up-to-5-00-ghz.html 1/5
03/11/2024, 12:16 Intel Core i5 processor 14500 24M Cache up to 5.00 GHz Especificações do produto
Condições de uso PC/Client/Tablet, Workstation
Especificações de memória
Tamanho máximo de memória (de acordo com o tipo
192 GB
de memória)
Up to DDR5 4800 MT/s
Tipos de memória
Up to DDR4 3200 MT/s
Nº máximo de canais de memória 2
Largura de banda máxima da memória 76.8 GB/s
Compatibilidade com memória ECC ‡ Yes
Comentários
GPU Specifications
GPU Name‡ Intel® UHD Graphics 770
Máxima frequência dinâmica da placa gráfica 1.55 GHz
Saída gráfica eDP 1.4b, DP 1.4a, HDMI 2.1
Unidades de Execução 32
Resolução máxima (HDMI)‡ 4096 x 2160 @ 60Hz
Resolução máxima (DP)‡ 7680 x 4320 @ 60Hz
Resolução máxima (eDP - tela plana integrada)‡ 5120 x 3200 @ 120Hz
Suporte para DirectX* 12
Suporte para OpenGL* 4.5
Suporte a OpenCL* 3.0
Mecanismos de Codec Multiformatos 2
Intel® Quick Sync Video Yes
Tecnologia de Alta Definição Intel® Clear Video Yes
Nº de monitores aceitos ‡ 4
ID do dispositivo 0x4680
Opções de expansão
Revisão da Interface de Mídia Direta (DMI) 4.0
Nº máx. de pistas DMI 8
Escalabilidade 1S Only
Revisão de PCI Express 5.0 and 4.0
Configurações PCI Express ‡ Up to 1x16+4, 2x8+4
Nº máximo de linhas PCI Express 20
Especificações de encapsulamento
Soquetes suportados FCLGA1700
Configuração máxima da CPU 1
Especificação de solução térmica PCG 2020C
TJUNCTION 100°C
Tamanho do pacote 45.0 mm x 37.5 mm
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236784/intel-core-i5-processor-14500-24m-cache-up-to-5-00-ghz.html 2/5
03/11/2024, 12:16 Intel Core i5 processor 14500 24M Cache up to 5.00 GHz Especificações do produto
Temperatura máxima de operação 100 °C
Tecnologias avançadas
Intel® Volume Management Device (VMD - Dispositivo
Yes
de Gerenciamento de Volume)
Acelerador Gaussiano e Neural da Intel® 3.0
Intel® Thread Director Yes
Intel® Deep Learning Boost (Intel® DL Boost) Yes
Tecnologia Intel® Speed Shift Yes
Tecnologia Intel® Turbo Boost ‡ 2.0
Comentários
Tecnologia Hyper-Threading Intel® ‡ Yes
Intel® 64 ‡ Yes
Conjunto de instruções 64-bit
Extensões do conjunto de instruções Intel® SSE4.1, Intel® SSE4.2, Intel® AVX2
Estados ociosos Yes
Tecnologia Enhanced Intel SpeedStep® Yes
Tecnologias de monitoramento térmico Yes
Segurança e confiabilidade
Intel vPro® Enterprise, Intel vPro® Essentials, Intel vPro®
Elegibilidade Intel vPro® ‡
Platform
Intel® Threat Detection Technology (TDT) Yes
Intel® Active Management Technology (AMT) ‡ Yes
Intel® Standard Manageability (ISM) ‡ Yes
Intel® Remote Platform Erase (RPE) ‡ Yes
Intel® One-Click Recovery ‡ Yes
Elegibilidade para o Intel® Hardware Shield ‡ Yes
Intel® Control-Flow Enforcement Technology Yes
Intel® Total Memory Encryption - Multi Key Yes
Novas instruções Intel® AES Yes
Chave Segura Yes
Intel® OS Guard Yes
Intel® Trusted Execution Technology ‡ Yes
Bit de desativação de execução ‡ Yes
Intel® Boot Guard Yes
Controle de Execução baseado em Modo (MBEC —
Yes
Mode-based Execute Control)
Programa Intel® da Plataforma de Imagem Estável
Yes
(SIPP)
Tecnologia de Virtualização Intel® com proteção de
‡ Yes
redirecionamento (VT-rp)
Tecnologia de virtualização Intel® (VT-x) ‡ Yes
Tecnologia de virtualização Intel® para E/S dirigida
Yes
(VT-d) ‡
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236784/intel-core-i5-processor-14500-24m-cache-up-to-5-00-ghz.html 3/5
03/11/2024, 12:16 Intel Core i5 processor 14500 24M Cache up to 5.00 GHz Especificações do produto
Intel® VT-x com Tabelas de páginas estendidas (EPT)
‡
Yes
Pedidos e conformidade
Produtos compatíveis
Drivers e software
Suporte
Todas as informações fornecidas estão sujeitas a alterações a qualquer momento, sem aviso prévio. A Intel pode alterar o ciclo de
Comentários
vida da fabricação, as especificações e as descrições dos produtos a qualquer momento, sem aviso prévio. As informações aqui
contidas são fornecidas "no estado em que se encontram" e a Intel não atribui qualquer declaração ou garantias relacionadas à
precisão das informações, nem sobre os recursos dos produtos, disponibilidade, funcionalidade ou compatibilidade dos produtos
listados. Para obter mais informações sobre os produtos ou sistemas, entre em contato com o fornecedor do sistema.
Intel classifications are for general, educational and planning purposes only and consist of Export Control Classification Numbers
(ECCN) and Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HTS) numbers. Any use made of Intel classifications are without recourse to Intel and shall
not be construed as a representation or warranty regarding the proper ECCN or HTS. Your company as an importer and/or exporter is
responsible for determining the correct classification of your transaction.
Consulte a Ficha técnica para obter definições formais de propriedades e recursos de produtos.
‡ Este recurso pode não estar disponível em todos os sistemas de computação. Verifique com o fornecedor do sistema para
determinar se seu sistema oferece este recurso ou consulte as especificações de seu sistema (motherboard, processador, chipset,
alimentação, HDD, controle gráfico, memória, BIOS, drivers, monitor de máquina virtual [VMM], software de plataforma e/ou sistema
operacional) para saber sobre a compatibilidade do recurso. A funcionalidade, o desempenho e outros benefícios deste recurso
podem variar, dependendo das configurações do sistema.
SKUs "anunciados" ainda não estão disponíveis. Favor consultar a data de lançamento para a disponibilidade no mercado.
Consulte https://www.intel.com.br/content/www/br/pt/architecture-and-technology/hyper-threading/hyper-threading-
technology.html?wapkw=hyper+threading
para obter mais informações, incluindo detalhes sobre quais
processadores são compatíveis com a Tecnologia Hyper-Threading Intel®.
Os processadores compatíveis com a computação de 64 bits na arquitetura Intel® requerem BIOS habilitados para arquitetura Intel
64.
Os números dos processadores Intel não são indicação de desempenho. Os números dos processadores diferenciam recursos dentro
de cada família de processador, e não entre famílias diferentes de processadores. Consulte
https://www.intel.com.br/content/www/br/pt/processors/processor-numbers.html
para obter mais detalhes.
Os gráficos Intel® Arc™ estão disponíveis apenas em sistemas selecionados equipados com processadores Intel® Core™ Ultra série V
com design térmico do sistema qualificado ou sistemas selecionados equipados com o processador Intel® Core™ Ultra série H, com
pelo menos 16 GB de memória do sistema em uma configuração de canal duplo. É necessária a habilitação do OEM. Outras
configurações de sistema com processador Intel® Core™ Ultra apresentam gráficos Intel®. Verifique com o OEM ou varejista os
detalhes da configuração do sistema.
Apenas gráficos Intel® Iris® Xe: para usar a marca Intel® Iris® Xe, o sistema deve ser preenchido com memória de 128 bits (canal
duplo). Caso contrário, use a marca Intel® UHD.
Alguns produtos suportam as novas instruções AES com uma atualização da Configuração do processador, em particular, i7-
2630QM/i7-2635QM, i7-2670QM/i7-2675QM, i5-2430M/i5-2435M, i5-2410M/i5-2415M. Favor entrar em contato com o OEM para
o BIOS que inclui a mais recente atualização da Configuração do processador.
Frequência máxima de turbo refere-se à frequência máxima do processador de núcleo único que pode ser atingida com a Tecnologia
Intel® Turbo Boost. Mais informações estão disponíveis no site https://www.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/architecture-and-
technology/turbo-boost/turbo-boost-technology.html
.
Informações sobre a empresa
Nosso compromisso
Diversidade e inclusão
Relações com investidores
Fale conosco
Sala de imprensa
Mapa do site
Empregos
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236784/intel-core-i5-processor-14500-24m-cache-up-to-5-00-ghz.html 4/5
03/11/2024, 12:16 Intel Core i5 processor 14500 24M Cache up to 5.00 GHz Especificações do produto
© Intel Corporation
Termos de uso
*Marcas comerciais
Cookies
Privacidade
Transparência da cadeia de fornecimento
As tecnologias Intel® podem exigir ativação de hardware, software específico ou de serviços. // Nenhum produto ou componente
pode ser totalmente seguro. // Os seus custos e resultados podem variar. // O desempenho varia de acordo com o uso, a
Comentários
configuração e outros fatores. // Veja nossos Avisos e isenções de responsabilidade legais completos
. // A Intel está comprometida em respeitar os direitos humanos e evitar cumplicidade com abusos de direitos
humanos. Consulte Princípios Globais de Direitos Humanos
da Intel. Os produtos e software da Intel são destinados a serem utilizados apenas em aplicações que não causem ou
contribuam com a violação de um direito humano reconhecido internacionalmente.
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236784/intel-core-i5-processor-14500-24m-cache-up-to-5-00-ghz.html 5/5
03/11/2024, 12:26 Intel Core i5-1345U Benchmark
CPU Benchmarks
CPU Benchmarks
Over 1,000,000 CPUs Benchmarked
Intel Core i5-1345U
Benchmarks for the Intel Core i5-1345U can be found below. Release dates, price and performance comparisons are also listed when
available. This is made using thousands of PerformanceTest benchmark results and is updated daily.
The first graph shows the relative performance of the CPU compared to the 10 other common (single) CPUs in terms of PassMark
CPU Mark.
The 2nd graph shows the value for money, in terms of the CPUMark per dollar.
The pricing history data shows the price for a single Processor. For multiple Processors, multiply the price shown by the number of
CPUs.
Is the Intel Core i5-1345U Good for Gaming?
This is relatively new CPU that contains 10 Cores and 12 Threads. The Intel Core i5-1345U also has reasonable threaded
performance that will serve well in games. Paired with a good videocard, is this CPU Good for Gaming? Yes, this would be a suitable
CPU for gaming. [More ...]
Loja Oficial Dell Brasil
Dell All In One Proporciona
Experiência de Imagem Incrível. Com
Processadores Intel® Core™
Dell Technologies
Shop Now
Intel Core i5-1345U Average CPU Mark
Description: Intel Iris Xe Graphics eligible
Multithread Rating
Class: Socket:
Laptop FCBGA1744
15091
Total Cores: 10 Cores, 12 Threads
Single Thread Rating
3510
Performance Cores: 2 Cores, 4 Threads, 1.6 GHz Base, 4.7 GHz Turbo
Efficient Cores: 8 Cores, 8 Threads, 1.2 GHz Base, 3.5 GHz Turbo
Samples: 348*
Typical TDP: TDP Down:
*Margin for error: Low
15 W 12 W
TDP Up + COMPARE
: 55 W
Cache per CPU Package: Cache per Eff. CPU Package:
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-1345U&id=5276 1/8
03/11/2024, 12:26 Intel Core i5-1345U Benchmark
L1 Instruction Cache: 2 x 32 KB Eff. L1 Instruction Cache: 8 x 64 KB
L1 Data Cache: 2 x 48 KB Eff. L1 Data Cache: 8 x 32 KB
CPU
L2 Benchmarks
Cache: 2 x 1280 KB Eff. L2 Cache: 2 x 2048 KB
L3 Cache: 12 MB
Other names: 13th Gen Intel(R) Core(TM) i5-1345U, 13th Gen Intel Core i5-1345U
CPU First Seen on Charts: Q1 2023
CPUmark/$Price: 48.84
Overall Rank:
882nd fastest in multithreading out of 4878 CPUs
274th fastest in single threading out of 4878 CPUs
197th fastest in out of 1428 Laptop CPUs
Last Price Change: $309.00 USD (2023-01-01)
CPU Test Suite Average Results for Intel Core i5-1345U
Integer Math 54,845 MOps/Sec
Floating Point Math 36,804 MOps/Sec
Find Prime Numbers 54 Million Primes/Sec
Random String Sorting 18,965 Thousand Strings/Sec
Data Encryption 10,539 MBytes/Sec
Data Compression 166,027 KBytes/Sec
Physics 890 Frames/Sec
Extended Instructions 9,274 Million Matrices/Sec
Single Thread 3,510 MOps/Sec
From submitted results to PerformanceTest V10 as of 3rd of November 2024.
CPU Mark Distribution for Intel Core i5-1345U
Submitted Baseline Distribution Graph as of 27th of October 2024
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-1345U&id=5276 2/8
03/11/2024, 12:26 Intel Core i5-1345U Benchmark
CPU Benchmarks
From submitted results to PerformanceTest V10 as of 27th of October 2024.
For distribution graph only: Results are trimmed to exclude outliers by disregarding the bottom 1% and top 1% of submissions.
Entrega Grátis em Todo
Brasil
Dell Brasil
Search for Intel Core i5-1345U
from the Featured Merchants below:
Note: PassMark Software may earn compensation for sales from links on this site through affiliate programs.
Pricing History
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-1345U&id=5276 3/8
03/11/2024, 12:26 Intel Core i5-1345U Benchmark
Machines with this CPU (or similar)
CPU Benchmarks
Dell Latitude 5540 5000 Business Laptop (15.6" FHD, 13th Gen Intel Core i5-1345U vPro, 32GB RAM, 1TB SSD), Backlit, $1099.99
FHD IR Webcam, Fingerprint, IST Hub, Wi-Fi 6E, Win 11 Pro w/AI Copilot (www.amazon.com)
Oemgenuine 2024 Latitude 3550 Notebook 15.6” FHD, Intel 10 Core i5-1345U (Beats i7-1270P), 16GB DDR5 RAM, 1TB $849.95
NVMe, WiFi 6E, BT, Backlit Keyboard, HD Webcam, RJ-45, Win 11 Pro, Business Laptop (www.amazon.com)
$729.99
Dell Latitude 3000 3550 15.6" Notebook - Full HD - Intel Core i5 13th Gen i5-1345U - 8 GB - 256 GB SSD - Soft Charcoal
(www.amazon.com)
Dell Latitude 5540 15.6" Notebook - Full HD - 1920 x 1080 - Intel Core i5 13th Gen i5-1345U Deca-core (10 Core) - 16 GB $799.99
Total RAM - 256 GB SSD - Titan Gray (www.amazon.com)
2024 Dell Latitude 5540 5000 Business Laptop (15.6" FHD, Intel Core i5-1345U vPro, 32GB RAM, 1TB SSD), Backlit $999.99
Keyboard, FHD IR Webcam, Fingerprint Reader, Wi-Fi 6E, Win 11 Pro w/AI Copilot, Gray (www.amazon.com)
Note: PassMark Software may earn compensation for sales from links on this site through affiliate programs.
CPU Mark Relative to Top 10 Common Laptop CPUs
As of 3rd of November 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average CPU Mark
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz 21,867
AMD Ryzen 7 5800H 21,010
Intel Core i7-11800H @ 2.30GHz 20,429
AMD Ryzen 7 4800H 18,500
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz 15,549
Intel Core i5-1345U 15,091
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz 14,155
AMD Ryzen 5 5500U 13,015
Intel Core i7-10750H @ 2.60GHz 11,845
Intel Core i7-9750H @ 2.60GHz 10,812
Intel Core i5-1135G7 @ 2.40GHz 9,745
CPU Value (CPU Mark / $Price )
As of 3rd of November 2024 - Higher results represent better value
Processor CPU Mark / $Price
Intel Core i7-11800H @ 2.30GHz 51.72
Intel Core i5-1345U 48.84
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-1345U&id=5276 4/8
03/11/2024, 12:26 Intel Core i5-1345U Benchmark
Intel Core i5-1135G7 @ 2.40GHz 31.54
CPU Benchmarks
Intel Core i7-9750H @ 2.60GHz 11.26
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz NA
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz NA
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz NA
AMD Ryzen 7 5800H NA
AMD Ryzen 7 4800H NA
AMD Ryzen 5 5500U NA
Intel Core i7-10750H @ 2.60GHz NA
Single Thread Rating
As of 3rd of November 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average Thread Rating
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz 3,901
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz 3,804
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz 3,688
Intel Core i5-1345U 3,510
Intel Core i7-11800H @ 2.30GHz 3,073
AMD Ryzen 7 5800H 3,044
Intel Core i5-1135G7 @ 2.40GHz 2,678
Intel Core i7-10750H @ 2.60GHz 2,655
AMD Ryzen 7 4800H 2,614
AMD Ryzen 5 5500U 2,440
Intel Core i7-9750H @ 2.60GHz 2,423
Last 5 Baselines for Intel Core i5-1345U
Most recent listed first
Baseline CPU Mark
BL2233815 - Oct 31 2024 12492
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-1345U&id=5276 5/8
03/11/2024, 12:26 Intel Core i5-1345U Benchmark
BL2233704 - Oct 31 2024 9680
CPU Benchmarks
BL2232314 - Oct 29 2024 13128
BL2228126 - Oct 24 2024 16865
BL2228080 - Oct 24 2024 11535
Additional baselines can be obtained using Windows version of PerformanceTest's Manage Baselines feature.
Popular comparisons for Intel Core i5-1345U
As of 3rd of November 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average CPU Mark
Intel Core i5-1345U 15,091
Intel Core i5-1335U vs Intel Core i5-1345U 14,739 (-2.3%)
Intel Core i5-1235U vs Intel Core i5-1345U 13,389 (-11.3%)
Intel Core i3-1315U vs Intel Core i5-1345U 12,220 (-19.0%)
Intel Core i5-1334U vs Intel Core i5-1345U 13,267 (-12.1%)
Intel Core Ultra 5 125U vs Intel Core i5-1345U 17,602 (+16.6%)
Intel Core i3-1220P vs Intel Core i5-1345U 14,532 (-3.7%)
Intel Core Ultra 5 125U vs Intel Core i5-1345U 17,602 (+16.6%)
Intel Core i5-1245U vs Intel Core i5-1345U 13,385 (-11.3%)
Intel Core i5-1340P vs Intel Core i5-1345U 18,753 (+24.3%)
Intel Core i5-13420H vs Intel Core i5-1345U 18,489 (+22.5%)
Intel Core i7-1365U vs Intel Core i5-1345U 14,886 (-1.4%)
Intel Core i7-1255U vs Intel Core i5-1345U 13,586 (-10.0%)
Is the Intel Core i5-1345U Good for Gaming?
As of 3rd of November 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Relative Gaming Score
Intel Core i9-14900HX 7,004
Intel Core i9-13950HX 6,883
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-1345U&id=5276 6/8
03/11/2024, 12:26 Intel Core i5-1345U Benchmark
Intel Core i9-13900HX 6,804
CPU Benchmarks
Intel Core i9-13980HX 6,708
AMD Ryzen 9 7945HX3D 6,604
Intel Core i7-13850HX 6,355
Intel Core i9-13900HK 6,226
Intel Core i9-13905H 6,206
Intel Core i7-14700HX 6,163
Intel Core i7-14650HX 6,137
Intel Core Ultra 9 185H 6,042
Intel Core i7-13800H 5,908
Intel Core i5-1345U 3,943
Entrega Grátis em Todo
Brasil
Dell Brasil
Software Hardware
BurnInTest USB3.0 Loopback Plugs
PerformanceTest USB2.0 Loopback Plugs
OSForensics PCIe Test Cards
MemTest86 USB Power Delivery Tester
WirelessMon Serial and Parallel Loopback Plugs
Management Console USB Short Circuit Testers
Zoom Search Engine
Free Software
Benchmarks About Us
CPU Benchmarks Company
Video Card Benchmarks Contact Us
Hard Drive Benchmarks The Press Room
RAM Benchmarks
PC Systems Benchmarks
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-1345U&id=5276 7/8
03/11/2024, 12:26 Intel Core i5-1345U Benchmark
Software Marketshare
Database Benchmarks
CPU Benchmarks
Android Benchmarks
iOS Benchmarks
Internet Bandwidth
Services International
Store Disclaimer
Support Refunds
Forums Privacy
Compliance Social
Copyright © 2024 PassMark® Software
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-1345U&id=5276 8/8
27/09/2024, 14:45 Intel Core i5-14500 Benchmark
CPU Benchmarks
CPU Benchmarks
Over 1,000,000 CPUs Benchmarked
Intel Core i5-14500
Benchmarks for the Intel Core i5-14500 can be found below. Release dates, price and performance comparisons are also listed when
available. This is made using thousands of PerformanceTest benchmark results and is updated daily.
The first graph shows the relative performance of the CPU compared to the 10 other common (single) CPUs in terms of PassMark
CPU Mark.
The 2nd graph shows the value for money, in terms of the CPUMark per dollar.
The pricing history data shows the price for a single Processor. For multiple Processors, multiply the price shown by the number of
CPUs.
Is the Intel Core i5-14500 Good for Gaming?
This is a newly released CPU that contains 14 Cores and 20 Threads. The Intel Core i5-14500 also has great single threaded
performance that will serve well in games. Paired with a good videocard, is this CPU Good for Gaming? Yes, this is a high end chip
that would be great for gaming. [More ...]
Intel Core i5-14500 Average CPU Mark
Description: Intel UHD Graphics 770
Multithread Rating
Class: Socket:
Desktop FCLGA1700
32490
Total Cores: 14 Cores, 20 Threads
Single Thread Rating
4010
Performance Cores: 6 Cores, 12 Threads, 2.6 GHz Base, 5.0 GHz Turbo
Efficient Cores: 8 Cores, 8 Threads, 1.9 GHz Base, 3.7 GHz Turbo
Samples: 279*
Typical TDP: TDP Up
*Margin for error: Low
65 W : 154 W
Cache per CPU Package: Cache per Eff. CPU Package: + COMPARE
L1 Instruction Cache: 6 x 32 KB Eff. L1 Instruction Cache: 8 x 64 KB
L1 Data Cache: 6 x 48 KB Eff. L1 Data Cache: 8 x 32 KB
Eff. L2 Cache: 2 x 2048 KB
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-14500&id=5835 1/8
27/09/2024, 14:45 Intel Core i5-14500 Benchmark
L2 Cache: 6 x 1280 KB
L3 Cache: 24 MB
CPU Benchmarks
Memory Support: Max. Memory Size: 192 GB (Up to DDR5 4800 MT/s Up to DDR4
3200 MT/s)
Other names: Intel(R) Core(TM) i5-14500, Intel Core i5-14500
CPU First Seen on Charts: Q1 2024
CPUmark/$Price: 124.02
Overall Rank:
280th fastest in multithreading out of 4848 CPUs
85th fastest in single threading out of 4848 CPUs
83rd fastest in out of 1381 Desktop CPUs
Last Price Change: $261.97 USD (2024-09-27)
CPU Test Suite Average Results for Intel Core i5-14500
Integer Math 111,837 MOps/Sec
Floating Point Math 82,315 MOps/Sec
Find Prime Numbers 112 Million Primes/Sec
Random String Sorting 42,649 Thousand Strings/Sec
Data Encryption 22,946 MBytes/Sec
Data Compression 397,868 KBytes/Sec
Physics 1,870 Frames/Sec
Extended Instructions 24,059 Million Matrices/Sec
Single Thread 4,010 MOps/Sec
From submitted results to PerformanceTest V10 as of 27th of September 2024.
CPU Mark Distribution for Intel Core i5-14500
Submitted Baseline Distribution Graph as of 22nd of September 2024
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-14500&id=5835 2/8
27/09/2024, 14:45 Intel Core i5-14500 Benchmark
CPU Benchmarks
From submitted results to PerformanceTest V10 as of 22nd of September 2024.
For distribution graph only: Results are trimmed to exclude outliers by disregarding the bottom 1% and top 1% of submissions.
Merchant Price Purchase
$256.23 USD BUY NOW!
NA CPU Not Available. See Other Models
NA CPU Not Available. See Other Models
Note: PassMark Software may earn compensation for sales from links on this site through affiliate programs.
Pricing History
Machines with this CPU (or similar)
HP Elite Mini 800 G9 Business Desktop Computer, 14th Gen Intel 14-Core i5-14500 (Beat i7-13700), 16GB DDR5 RAM, $719.00
1TB PCIe SSD, WiFi 6, Bluetooth, Type-C, Keyboard and Mouse, Windows 11 Pro, venthear (www.amazon.com)
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-14500&id=5835 3/8
27/09/2024, 14:45 Intel Core i5-14500 Benchmark
Dell Optiplex 7020 SFF Business Desktop, 14th Gen Intel i5-14500 14-Core up to 5.0 GHz, 32GB DDR5 RAM, 1.5TB $949.99
Storage(512GB PCIe SSD + 1TB HDD), RJ-45, DP Port, HDMI, Wi-Fi + Bluetooth, Windows 11 Pro (www.amazon.com)
CPU Benchmarks
Dell Optiplex 7020 7000 SFF Intel i5-14500 (14 Cores, Beats Intel i7-13700T), 32GB DDR5, 512GB NVMe, RJ-45, DP Port, $834.95
HDMI, Wired KB & Mouse, W11P, 3YR, Business Desktop (www.amazon.com)
Dell OptiPlex 7020 SFF Desktop Computer - 14th Gen Intel Core i5-14500 14-Core up to 5.0 GHz CPU, 32GB DDR5 RAM, $888.00
512GB NVMe SSD, Intel UHD Graphics 770, Wi-Fi + Bluetooth, DVD-Burner, Windows 11 Pro (www.amazon.com)
$1026.87
HP Z2 G9 Workstation - Intel Core i5 14th Gen i5-14500 - 16 GB - 512 GB SSD - Tower
(www.amazon.com)
Note: PassMark Software may earn compensation for sales from links on this site through affiliate programs.
CPU Mark Relative to Top 10 Common Desktop CPUs
As of 27th of September 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average CPU Mark
Intel Core i9-13900K 59,100
Intel Core i9-12900K 41,479
AMD Ryzen 9 5900X 39,123
Intel Core i7-12700K 34,610
Intel Core i5-14500 32,490
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X 21,888
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz 21,867
Intel Core i9-9900K @ 3.60GHz 18,268
AMD Ryzen 5 3600 17,749
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz 15,530
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz 14,165
CPU Value (CPU Mark / $Price )
As of 27th of September 2024 - Higher results represent better value
Processor CPU Mark / $Price
AMD Ryzen 5 3600 243.50
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X 182.41
AMD Ryzen 9 5900X 167.58
Intel Core i9-12900K 147.90
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-14500&id=5835 4/8
27/09/2024, 14:45 Intel Core i5-14500 Benchmark
Intel Core i5-14500 124.02
Intel Core i9-13900K 123.13
CPU Benchmarks
Intel Core i7-12700K 84.62
Intel Core i9-9900K @ 3.60GHz 56.73
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz NA
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz NA
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz NA
Single Thread Rating
As of 27th of September 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average Thread Rating
Intel Core i9-13900K 4,623
Intel Core i9-12900K 4,163
Intel Core i7-12700K 4,030
Intel Core i5-14500 4,010
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz 3,905
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz 3,805
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz 3,692
AMD Ryzen 9 5900X 3,469
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X 3,360
Intel Core i9-9900K @ 3.60GHz 2,929
AMD Ryzen 5 3600 2,567
Last 5 Baselines for Intel Core i5-14500
Most recent listed first
Baseline CPU Mark
BL2204679 - Sep 26 2024 30634
BL2204575 - Sep 26 2024 29642
BL2203300 - Sep 25 2024 35337
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-14500&id=5835 5/8
27/09/2024, 14:45 Intel Core i5-14500 Benchmark
BL2202770 - Sep 24 2024 34537
CPU Benchmarks
BL5074006 - Sep 23 2024 30284
Additional baselines can be obtained using Windows version of PerformanceTest's Manage Baselines feature.
Popular comparisons for Intel Core i5-14500
As of 27th of September 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average CPU Mark
Intel Core i5-14500 32,490
AMD Ryzen 5 7600X vs Intel Core i5-14500 28,461 (-12.4%)
Intel Core i5-14600KF vs Intel Core i5-14500 39,335 (+21.1%)
AMD Ryzen 7 7700 vs Intel Core i5-14500 34,578 (+6.4%)
AMD Ryzen 7 8700G vs Intel Core i5-14500 31,774 (-2.2%)
Intel Core i5-14400 vs Intel Core i5-14500 25,747 (-20.8%)
Intel Core i5-13600K vs Intel Core i5-14500 37,965 (+16.9%)
Intel Core i5-13600KF vs Intel Core i5-14500 37,809 (+16.4%)
AMD Ryzen 7 7700X vs Intel Core i5-14500 36,022 (+10.9%)
Intel Core i5-14600 vs Intel Core i5-14500 35,187 (+8.3%)
Intel Core i5-13500 vs Intel Core i5-14500 31,909 (-1.8%)
AMD Ryzen 5 9600X vs Intel Core i5-14500 29,802 (-8.3%)
AMD Ryzen 7 8700F vs Intel Core i5-14500 30,933 (-4.8%)
Is the Intel Core i5-14500 Good for Gaming?
As of 27th of September 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Relative Gaming Score
AMD Ryzen 5 7600X3D 9,372
AMD Ryzen 9 7900X3D 9,260
Intel Core i9-14900KS 9,143
AMD Ryzen 7 7800X3D 9,037
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-14500&id=5835 6/8
27/09/2024, 14:45 Intel Core i5-14500 Benchmark
Intel Core i9-13900KS 8,479
CPU Benchmarks
AMD Ryzen 9 7950X3D 8,392
Intel Core i9-14900K 8,088
Intel Core i9-14900KF 7,965
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X3D 7,820
Intel Core i9-13900K 7,778
Intel Core i7-13790F 7,746
AMD Ryzen 9 9900X 7,529
Intel Core i5-14500 5,914
Software Hardware
BurnInTest USB3.0 Loopback Plugs
PerformanceTest USB2.0 Loopback Plugs
OSForensics PCIe Test Cards
MemTest86 USB Power Delivery Tester
WirelessMon Serial and Parallel Loopback Plugs
Management Console USB Short Circuit Testers
Zoom Search Engine
Free Software
Benchmarks About Us
CPU Benchmarks Company
Video Card Benchmarks Contact Us
Hard Drive Benchmarks The Press Room
RAM Benchmarks
PC Systems Benchmarks
Software Marketshare
Database Benchmarks
Android Benchmarks
iOS Benchmarks
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-14500&id=5835 7/8
27/09/2024, 14:45 Intel Core i5-14500 Benchmark
Internet Bandwidth
Services International
CPU Benchmarks
Store Disclaimer
Support Refunds
Forums Privacy
Compliance Social
Copyright © 2024 PassMark® Software
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i5-14500&id=5835 8/8
03/11/2024, 12:19 Intel Core i7 processor 14700 33M Cache up to 5.40 GHz Especificações do produto
Processador Intel® Core™ i7 14700
33 M de cache, até 5,40 GHz
Especificações
Especificações de exportação
Essenciais
Comentários
Intel® Core™ i7 Processors (14th gen)
Coleção de produtos
Products formerly Raptor Lake
Codinome
Segmento vertical Desktop
Número do processador i7-14700
Litografia Intel 7
Preço recomendado para o cliente $384.00-$394.00
Entre com sua conta CNDA para visualizar detalhes adicionais da SKU.
Especificações da CPU
Número de núcleos 20
Nº de Performance-cores 8
Nº de Efficient-cores 12
Total de threads 28
Frequência turbo max 5.4 GHz
Frequência da Tecnologia Intel® Turbo Boost Max 3.0
‡
5.4 GHz
Frequência turbo máx. do Performance-core 5.3 GHz
Frequência turbo máx. do Efficient-core 4.2 GHz
Frequência base do Performance-core 2.1 GHz
Frequência base do Efficient-core 1.5 GHz
Cache 33 MB Intel® Smart Cache
Cache L2 total 28 MB
Potência básica do processador 65 W
Energia turbo máxima 219 W
Informações complementares
Status Launched
Data de introdução Q1'24
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236781/intel-core-i7-processor-14700-33m-cache-up-to-5-40-ghz.html 1/5
03/11/2024, 12:19 Intel Core i7 processor 14700 33M Cache up to 5.40 GHz Especificações do produto
Opções integradas disponíveis Yes
Condições de uso PC/Client/Tablet, Workstation
Especificações de memória
Tamanho máximo de memória (de acordo com o tipo
192 GB
de memória)
Up to DDR5 5600 MT/s
Tipos de memória
Up to DDR4 3200 MT/s
Nº máximo de canais de memória 2
Largura de banda máxima da memória 89.6 GB/s
Compatibilidade com memória ECC ‡ Yes
Comentários
GPU Specifications
GPU Name‡ Intel® UHD Graphics 770
Frequência da base gráfica 300 MHz
Máxima frequência dinâmica da placa gráfica 1.6 GHz
Saída gráfica eDP 1.4b, DP 1.4a, HDMI 2.1
Unidades de Execução 32
Resolução máxima (HDMI)‡ 4096 x 2160 @ 60Hz
Resolução máxima (DP)‡ 7680 x 4320 @ 60Hz
Resolução máxima (eDP - tela plana integrada)‡ 5120 x 3200 @ 120Hz
Suporte para DirectX* 12
Suporte para OpenGL* 4.5
Suporte a OpenCL* 3.0
Mecanismos de Codec Multiformatos 2
Intel® Quick Sync Video Yes
Tecnologia de Alta Definição Intel® Clear Video Yes
Nº de monitores aceitos ‡ 4
ID do dispositivo 0xA780
Opções de expansão
Revisão da Interface de Mídia Direta (DMI) 4.0
Nº máx. de pistas DMI 8
Escalabilidade 1S Only
Revisão de PCI Express 5.0 and 4.0
Configurações PCI Express ‡ Up to 1x16+4, 2x8+4
Nº máximo de linhas PCI Express 20
Especificações de encapsulamento
Soquetes suportados FCLGA1700
Configuração máxima da CPU 1
Especificação de solução térmica PCG 2020C
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236781/intel-core-i7-processor-14700-33m-cache-up-to-5-40-ghz.html 2/5
03/11/2024, 12:19 Intel Core i7 processor 14700 33M Cache up to 5.40 GHz Especificações do produto
TJUNCTION 100°C
Tamanho do pacote 45.0 mm x 37.5 mm
Temperatura máxima de operação 100 °C
Tecnologias avançadas
Intel® Volume Management Device (VMD - Dispositivo
Yes
de Gerenciamento de Volume)
Acelerador Gaussiano e Neural da Intel® 3.0
Intel® Thread Director Yes
Intel® Deep Learning Boost (Intel® DL Boost) Yes
Comentários
Tecnologia Intel® Speed Shift Yes
Tecnologia Intel® Turbo Boost Max 3.0 ‡ Yes
Tecnologia Intel® Turbo Boost ‡ 2.0
Tecnologia Hyper-Threading Intel® ‡ Yes
Intel® 64 ‡ Yes
Conjunto de instruções 64-bit
Extensões do conjunto de instruções Intel® SSE4.1, Intel® SSE4.2, Intel® AVX2
Estados ociosos Yes
Tecnologia Enhanced Intel SpeedStep® Yes
Tecnologias de monitoramento térmico Yes
Segurança e confiabilidade
Intel vPro® Enterprise, Intel vPro® Essentials, Intel vPro®
Elegibilidade Intel vPro® ‡
Platform
Intel® Threat Detection Technology (TDT) Yes
Intel® Active Management Technology (AMT) ‡ Yes
Intel® Standard Manageability (ISM) ‡ Yes
Intel® Remote Platform Erase (RPE) ‡ Yes
Intel® One-Click Recovery ‡ Yes
Elegibilidade para o Intel® Hardware Shield ‡ Yes
Intel® Control-Flow Enforcement Technology Yes
Intel® Total Memory Encryption - Multi Key Yes
Novas instruções Intel® AES Yes
Chave Segura Yes
Intel® OS Guard Yes
Intel® Trusted Execution Technology ‡ Yes
Bit de desativação de execução ‡ Yes
Intel® Boot Guard Yes
Controle de Execução baseado em Modo (MBEC —
Yes
Mode-based Execute Control)
Programa Intel® da Plataforma de Imagem Estável
Yes
(SIPP)
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236781/intel-core-i7-processor-14700-33m-cache-up-to-5-40-ghz.html 3/5
03/11/2024, 12:19 Intel Core i7 processor 14700 33M Cache up to 5.40 GHz Especificações do produto
Tecnologia de Virtualização Intel® com proteção de
‡ Yes
redirecionamento (VT-rp)
Tecnologia de virtualização Intel® (VT-x) ‡ Yes
Tecnologia de virtualização Intel® para E/S dirigida
Yes
(VT-d) ‡
Intel® VT-x com Tabelas de páginas estendidas (EPT)
‡
Yes
Pedidos e conformidade
Produtos compatíveis
Drivers e software
Comentários
Suporte
Todas as informações fornecidas estão sujeitas a alterações a qualquer momento, sem aviso prévio. A Intel pode alterar o ciclo de
vida da fabricação, as especificações e as descrições dos produtos a qualquer momento, sem aviso prévio. As informações aqui
contidas são fornecidas "no estado em que se encontram" e a Intel não atribui qualquer declaração ou garantias relacionadas à
precisão das informações, nem sobre os recursos dos produtos, disponibilidade, funcionalidade ou compatibilidade dos produtos
listados. Para obter mais informações sobre os produtos ou sistemas, entre em contato com o fornecedor do sistema.
Intel classifications are for general, educational and planning purposes only and consist of Export Control Classification Numbers
(ECCN) and Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HTS) numbers. Any use made of Intel classifications are without recourse to Intel and shall
not be construed as a representation or warranty regarding the proper ECCN or HTS. Your company as an importer and/or exporter is
responsible for determining the correct classification of your transaction.
Consulte a Ficha técnica para obter definições formais de propriedades e recursos de produtos.
‡ Este recurso pode não estar disponível em todos os sistemas de computação. Verifique com o fornecedor do sistema para
determinar se seu sistema oferece este recurso ou consulte as especificações de seu sistema (motherboard, processador, chipset,
alimentação, HDD, controle gráfico, memória, BIOS, drivers, monitor de máquina virtual [VMM], software de plataforma e/ou sistema
operacional) para saber sobre a compatibilidade do recurso. A funcionalidade, o desempenho e outros benefícios deste recurso
podem variar, dependendo das configurações do sistema.
SKUs "anunciados" ainda não estão disponíveis. Favor consultar a data de lançamento para a disponibilidade no mercado.
Consulte https://www.intel.com.br/content/www/br/pt/architecture-and-technology/hyper-threading/hyper-threading-
technology.html?wapkw=hyper+threading
para obter mais informações, incluindo detalhes sobre quais
processadores são compatíveis com a Tecnologia Hyper-Threading Intel®.
Os processadores compatíveis com a computação de 64 bits na arquitetura Intel® requerem BIOS habilitados para arquitetura Intel
64.
Os números dos processadores Intel não são indicação de desempenho. Os números dos processadores diferenciam recursos dentro
de cada família de processador, e não entre famílias diferentes de processadores. Consulte
https://www.intel.com.br/content/www/br/pt/processors/processor-numbers.html
para obter mais detalhes.
Os gráficos Intel® Arc™ estão disponíveis apenas em sistemas selecionados equipados com processadores Intel® Core™ Ultra série V
com design térmico do sistema qualificado ou sistemas selecionados equipados com o processador Intel® Core™ Ultra série H, com
pelo menos 16 GB de memória do sistema em uma configuração de canal duplo. É necessária a habilitação do OEM. Outras
configurações de sistema com processador Intel® Core™ Ultra apresentam gráficos Intel®. Verifique com o OEM ou varejista os
detalhes da configuração do sistema.
Apenas gráficos Intel® Iris® Xe: para usar a marca Intel® Iris® Xe, o sistema deve ser preenchido com memória de 128 bits (canal
duplo). Caso contrário, use a marca Intel® UHD.
Alguns produtos suportam as novas instruções AES com uma atualização da Configuração do processador, em particular, i7-
2630QM/i7-2635QM, i7-2670QM/i7-2675QM, i5-2430M/i5-2435M, i5-2410M/i5-2415M. Favor entrar em contato com o OEM para
o BIOS que inclui a mais recente atualização da Configuração do processador.
Frequência máxima de turbo refere-se à frequência máxima do processador de núcleo único que pode ser atingida com a Tecnologia
Intel® Turbo Boost. Mais informações estão disponíveis no site https://www.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/architecture-and-
technology/turbo-boost/turbo-boost-technology.html
.
Informações sobre a empresa
Nosso compromisso
Diversidade e inclusão
Relações com investidores
Fale conosco
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236781/intel-core-i7-processor-14700-33m-cache-up-to-5-40-ghz.html 4/5
03/11/2024, 12:19 Intel Core i7 processor 14700 33M Cache up to 5.40 GHz Especificações do produto
Sala de imprensa
Mapa do site
Empregos
© Intel Corporation
Termos de uso
*Marcas comerciais
Comentários
Cookies
Privacidade
Transparência da cadeia de fornecimento
As tecnologias Intel® podem exigir ativação de hardware, software específico ou de serviços. // Nenhum produto ou componente
pode ser totalmente seguro. // Os seus custos e resultados podem variar. // O desempenho varia de acordo com o uso, a
configuração e outros fatores. // Veja nossos Avisos e isenções de responsabilidade legais completos
. // A Intel está comprometida em respeitar os direitos humanos e evitar cumplicidade com abusos de direitos
humanos. Consulte Princípios Globais de Direitos Humanos
da Intel. Os produtos e software da Intel são destinados a serem utilizados apenas em aplicações que não causem ou
contribuam com a violação de um direito humano reconhecido internacionalmente.
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/236781/intel-core-i7-processor-14700-33m-cache-up-to-5-40-ghz.html 5/5
03/11/2024, 12:18 Intel Core i7-14700 Benchmark
CPU Benchmarks
CPU Benchmarks
Over 1,000,000 CPUs Benchmarked
Intel Core i7-14700
Benchmarks for the Intel Core i7-14700 can be found below. Release dates, price and performance comparisons are also listed when
available. This is made using thousands of PerformanceTest benchmark results and is updated daily.
The first graph shows the relative performance of the CPU compared to the 10 other common (single) CPUs in terms of PassMark
CPU Mark.
The 2nd graph shows the value for money, in terms of the CPUMark per dollar.
The pricing history data shows the price for a single Processor. For multiple Processors, multiply the price shown by the number of
CPUs.
Is the Intel Core i7-14700 Good for Gaming?
This is a newly released CPU that contains 20 Cores and 28 Threads. The Intel Core i7-14700 also has great single threaded
performance that will serve well in games. Paired with a good videocard, is this CPU Good for Gaming? Yes, this is a high end chip
that would be great for gaming. [More ...]
Compre Acessórios Dell
Dell Brasil
Intel Core i7-14700 Average CPU Mark
Description: Intel UHD Graphics 770
Multithread Rating
Class: Socket:
Desktop FCLGA1700
43068
Total Cores: 20 Cores, 28 Threads
Single Thread Rating
4240
Performance Cores: 8 Cores, 16 Threads, 2.1 GHz Base, 5.4 GHz Turbo
Efficient Cores: 12 Cores, 12 Threads, 1.5 GHz Base, 4.2 GHz Turbo
Samples: 384*
Typical TDP: TDP Up
*Margin for error: Low
65 W : 219 W
Cache per CPU Package: + COMPARE
DellKB
L1 Instruction Cache: 20 x 32 Brasil
SHOP NOW
L1 Data Cache: 20 x 48 KB PCs para o Dia-a-Dia
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i7-14700&id=5852 1/8
03/11/2024, 12:18 Intel Core i7-14700 Benchmark
L2 Cache: 11 x 2048 KB
L3 Cache: 33 MB
CPU Benchmarks
Memory Support: Max. Memory Size: 192 GB (Up to DDR5 5600 MT/s Up to DDR4
3200 MT/s, ECC Supported)
Other names: Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-14700, Intel Core i7-14700
CPU First Seen on Charts: Q1 2024
CPUmark/$Price: 130.54
Overall Rank:
188th fastest in multithreading out of 4878 CPUs
43rd fastest in single threading out of 4878 CPUs
52nd fastest in out of 1390 Desktop CPUs
Last Price Change: $329.93 USD (2024-11-03)
CPU Test Suite Average Results for Intel Core i7-14700
Integer Math 164,361 MOps/Sec
Floating Point Math 114,069 MOps/Sec
Find Prime Numbers 178 Million Primes/Sec
Random String Sorting 57,688 Thousand Strings/Sec
Data Encryption 31,905 MBytes/Sec
Data Compression 537,152 KBytes/Sec
Physics 2,446 Frames/Sec
Extended Instructions 30,783 Million Matrices/Sec
Single Thread 4,240 MOps/Sec
From submitted results to PerformanceTest V10 as of 3rd of November 2024.
CPU Mark Distribution for Intel Core i7-14700
Submitted Baseline Distribution Graph as of 1st of November 2024
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i7-14700&id=5852 2/8
03/11/2024, 12:18 Intel Core i7-14700 Benchmark
CPU Benchmarks
From submitted results to PerformanceTest V10 as of 1st of November 2024.
For distribution graph only: Results are trimmed to exclude outliers by disregarding the bottom 1% and top 1% of submissions.
PCs para o Dia-a-Dia
Dell Brasil
Merchant Price Purchase
$329.93 USD BUY NOW!
NA CPU Not Available. See Other Models
NA CPU Not Available. See Other Models
Note: PassMark Software may earn compensation for sales from links on this site through affiliate programs.
Pricing History
Machines with this CPU (or similar)
Dell Inspiron 3030 Desktop - Intel Core i7-14700 Processor, 16GB DDR5 RAM, 1TB SSD, Intel UHD 770 Graphics, $809.98
Windows 11 Pro, Onsite & Migrate Service - Mist Blue (www.amazon.com)
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i7-14700&id=5852 3/8
03/11/2024, 12:18 Intel Core i7-14700 Benchmark
HP Newest Envy Intel i7 Tower Desktop, Intel i7-14700 (Beats Intel i9-12900), 64GB RAM, 2TB PCIe M.2 SSD, Wi-Fi 6, SD $1088.01
Card Reader, Windows 11 Home, Black, with ADATA 512 External SSD Bundle (www.amazon.com)
CPU Benchmarks
HP Newest Envy Intel i7 Premium Tower Desktop, Intel i7-14700 (Beats Intel i9-12900), 32GB RAM, 1TB SSD, Wi-Fi 6, SD $999.00
Card Reader, Windows 11 Pro, Black, with ADATA 512 External SSD Bundle (www.amazon.com)
Dell XPS 8960 Desktop - 14th Generation Intel Core i7-14700 Processor, 32GB DDR5 RAM, 1TB SSD, Intel UHD 770 $1244.99
Graphics, Windows 11 Home, Onsite & Migrate Service - Black (www.amazon.com)
Lenovo IdeaCentre 14 Newest i7 Tower Desktop, Intel i7-14700, 32GB DDR5 RAM, 1TB SSD, HDMI, Wi-Fi 6, VGA, $849.00
Bluetooth, Windows 11 Home, with THUNDEROBOT White Wireless Mouse Bundle (www.amazon.com)
Note: PassMark Software may earn compensation for sales from links on this site through affiliate programs.
CPU Mark Relative to Top 10 Common Desktop CPUs
As of 3rd of November 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average CPU Mark
Intel Core i9-13900K 59,033
Intel Core i7-14700 43,068
Intel Core i9-12900K 41,474
AMD Ryzen 9 5900X 39,114
Intel Core i7-12700K 34,597
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X 21,888
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz 21,867
Intel Core i9-9900K @ 3.60GHz 18,262
AMD Ryzen 5 3600 17,748
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz 15,549
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz 14,155
CPU Value (CPU Mark / $Price )
As of 3rd of November 2024 - Higher results represent better value
Processor CPU Mark / $Price
AMD Ryzen 5 3600 244.83
Intel Core i9-12900K 212.70
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X 183.98
AMD Ryzen 9 5900X 149.90
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i7-14700&id=5852 4/8
03/11/2024, 12:18 Intel Core i7-14700 Benchmark
Intel Core i9-13900K 132.66
CPU Benchmarks
Intel Core i7-14700 130.54
Intel Core i7-12700K 84.59
Intel Core i9-9900K @ 3.60GHz 49.49
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz NA
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz NA
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz NA
Single Thread Rating
As of 3rd of November 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average Thread Rating
Intel Core i9-13900K 4,621
Intel Core i7-14700 4,240
Intel Core i9-12900K 4,161
Intel Core i7-12700K 4,029
Apple M2 8 Core 3500 MHz 3,901
Apple M1 Pro 10 Core 3200 MHz 3,804
Apple M1 8 Core 3200 MHz 3,688
AMD Ryzen 9 5900X 3,469
AMD Ryzen 5 5600X 3,361
Intel Core i9-9900K @ 3.60GHz 2,928
AMD Ryzen 5 3600 2,567
Last 5 Baselines for Intel Core i7-14700
Most recent listed first
Baseline CPU Mark
BL2235957 - Nov 03 2024 43317
BL2234965 - Nov 01 2024 40566
BL2234434 - Nov 01 2024 40593
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i7-14700&id=5852 5/8
03/11/2024, 12:18 Intel Core i7-14700 Benchmark
BL2234077 - Oct 31 2024 31113
CPU Benchmarks
BL2233517 - Oct 31 2024 38602
Additional baselines can be obtained using Windows version of PerformanceTest's Manage Baselines feature.
Popular comparisons for Intel Core i7-14700
As of 3rd of November 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Average CPU Mark
Intel Core i7-14700 43,068
Intel Core i7-14700KF vs Intel Core i7-14700 53,519 (+24.3%)
Intel Core i7-14700K vs Intel Core i7-14700 53,270 (+23.7%)
AMD Ryzen 7 7700 vs Intel Core i7-14700 34,621 (-19.6%)
AMD Ryzen 7 7700X vs Intel Core i7-14700 36,000 (-16.4%)
AMD Ryzen 9 7900 vs Intel Core i7-14700 48,841 (+13.4%)
Intel Core i7-14700F vs Intel Core i7-14700 43,665 (+1.4%)
Intel Core i7-13700F vs Intel Core i7-14700 38,921 (-9.6%)
AMD Ryzen 7 9700X vs Intel Core i7-14700 37,340 (-13.3%)
AMD Ryzen 9 7900X vs Intel Core i7-14700 51,717 (+20.1%)
Intel Core i7-13700KF vs Intel Core i7-14700 46,589 (+8.2%)
Intel Core i7-13700K vs Intel Core i7-14700 46,429 (+7.8%)
Intel Core i5-14600K vs Intel Core i7-14700 38,969 (-9.5%)
Is the Intel Core i7-14700 Good for Gaming?
As of 3rd of November 2024 - Higher results represent better performance
Processor Relative Gaming Score
Intel Core Ultra 9 285K 10,734
Intel Core Ultra 5 245KF 10,095
Intel Core Ultra 7 265K 9,866
AMD Ryzen 5 7600X3D 9,336
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i7-14700&id=5852 6/8
03/11/2024, 12:18 Intel Core i7-14700 Benchmark
AMD Ryzen 9 7900X3D 9,261
CPU Benchmarks
Intel Core Ultra 5 245K 9,257
Intel Core i9-14900KS 9,115
AMD Ryzen 7 7800X3D 9,036
Intel Core i9-13900KS 8,477
AMD Ryzen 9 7950X3D 8,392
Intel Core i9-14900K 8,077
Intel Core i9-14900KF 7,955
Intel Core i7-14700 6,342
-1%
PCs para o Dia-a-Dia
Dell Brasil
Software Hardware
BurnInTest USB3.0 Loopback Plugs
PerformanceTest USB2.0 Loopback Plugs
OSForensics PCIe Test Cards
MemTest86 USB Power Delivery Tester
WirelessMon Serial and Parallel Loopback Plugs
Management Console USB Short Circuit Testers
Zoom Search Engine
Free Software
Benchmarks About Us
CPU Benchmarks Company
Video Card Benchmarks Contact Us
Hard Drive Benchmarks The Press Room
RAM Benchmarks
PC Systems Benchmarks
Software Marketshare
Database Benchmarks
Android Benchmarks
iOS Benchmarks
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i7-14700&id=5852 7/8
03/11/2024, 12:18 Intel Core i7-14700 Benchmark
Internet Bandwidth
Services International
CPU Benchmarks
Store Disclaimer
Support Refunds
Forums Privacy
Compliance Social
Copyright © 2024 PassMark® Software
https://www.cpubenchmark.net/cpu.php?cpu=Intel+Core+i7-14700&id=5852 8/8
03/11/2024, 12:25 Intel Core i51345U Processor 12M Cache up to 4.70 GHz Especificações do produto
Processador Intel® Core™ i5-1345U
cache de 12 M, até 4,70 GHz
Especificações
Especificações de exportação
Essenciais
Comentários
Processadores Intel® Core™ i5 da 13ª Geração
Coleção de produtos
Produtos com denominação anterior Raptor Lake
Codinome
Segmento vertical Mobile
Número do processador i5-1345U
Litografia Intel 7
Preço recomendado para o cliente $309.00
Entre com sua conta CNDA para visualizar detalhes adicionais da SKU.
Especificações da CPU
Número de núcleos 10
Nº de Performance-cores 2
Nº de Efficient-cores 8
Total de threads 12
Frequência turbo max 4.7 GHz
Frequência turbo máx. do Performance-core 4.7 GHz
Frequência turbo máx. do Efficient-core 3.5 GHz
Cache 12 MB Intel® Smart Cache
Potência básica do processador 15 W
Energia turbo máxima 55 W
Potência mínima garantida 12 W
Intel® Deep Learning Boost (Intel® DL Boost) Sim
Informações complementares
Status Launched
Data de introdução Q1'23
Opções integradas disponíveis Não
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/232127/intel-core-i5-1345u-processor-12m-cache-up-to-4-70-ghz.html 1/5
03/11/2024, 12:25 Intel Core i51345U Processor 12M Cache up to 4.70 GHz Especificações do produto
Ver agora
Ficha técnica
Especificações de memória
Tamanho máximo de memória (de acordo com o tipo
96 GB
de memória)
Up to DDR5 5200 MT/s
Up to DDR4 3200 MT/s
Tipos de memória
Up to LPDDR5/x 6400 MT/s
Up to LPDDR4x 4267 MT/s
Nº máximo de canais de memória 2
Compatibilidade com memória ECC ‡ Não
Comentários
GPU Specifications
GPU Name‡ Intel® Iris® Xe Graphics eligible
Máxima frequência dinâmica da placa gráfica 1.25 GHz
Saída gráfica eDP 1.4b, DP 1.4a, HDMI 2.1
Unidades de Execução 80
Resolução máxima (HDMI)‡ 4096 x 2304 @ 60Hz
Resolução máxima (DP)‡ 7680 x 4320 @ 60Hz
Resolução máxima (eDP - tela plana integrada)‡ 4096 x 2304 @ 120Hz
Suporte para DirectX* 12.1
Suporte para OpenGL* 4.6
Suporte a OpenCL* 3.0
Mecanismos de Codec Multiformatos 2
Intel® Quick Sync Video Sim
Nº de monitores aceitos ‡ 4
ID do dispositivo 0xA7A1
Opções de expansão
Intel® Thunderbolt™ 4 Sim
Revisão do microprocessador PCIe Gen 4
Revisão do Chipset/PCH PCIe Gen 3
Nº máximo de linhas PCI Express 20
Especificações de encapsulamento
Soquetes suportados FCBGA1744
Configuração máxima da CPU 1
TJUNCTION 100°C
Temperatura máxima de operação 100 °C
Tamanho do pacote 50mm x25mm
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/232127/intel-core-i5-1345u-processor-12m-cache-up-to-4-70-ghz.html 2/5
03/11/2024, 12:25 Intel Core i51345U Processor 12M Cache up to 4.70 GHz Especificações do produto
Tecnologias avançadas
Intel® Volume Management Device (VMD - Dispositivo
Sim
de Gerenciamento de Volume)
Acelerador Gaussiano e Neural da Intel® 3.0
Intel® Thread Director Sim
Intel® Image Processing Unit 6.0
Tecnologia Intel® Smart Sound Sim
Intel® Wake on Voice Sim
Áudio de alta definição Intel® Sim
MIPI SoundWire* 1.2
Comentários
Tecnologia Intel® Adaptix™ Sim
Tecnologia Intel® Speed Shift Sim
Tecnologia Hyper-Threading Intel® ‡ Sim
Conjunto de instruções 64-bit
Extensões do conjunto de instruções Intel® SSE4.1, Intel® SSE4.2, Intel® AVX2
Tecnologias de monitoramento térmico Sim
Acesso de Memória Flexível Intel® Sim
Segurança e confiabilidade
Elegibilidade Intel vPro® ‡ Intel vPro® Enterprise
Intel® Threat Detection Technology (TDT) Sim
Intel® Active Management Technology (AMT) ‡ Sim
Intel® Standard Manageability (ISM) ‡ Sim
Intel® Remote Platform Erase (RPE) ‡ Sim
Intel® One-Click Recovery ‡ Sim
Elegibilidade para o Intel® Hardware Shield ‡ Sim
Aceleração de software Intel® QuickAssist Sim
Intel® Control-Flow Enforcement Technology Sim
Intel® Total Memory Encryption - Multi Key Sim
Intel® Total Memory Encryption Sim
Novas instruções Intel® AES Sim
Chave Segura Sim
Intel® Trusted Execution Technology ‡ Sim
Bit de desativação de execução ‡ Sim
Intel® OS Guard Sim
Intel® Boot Guard Sim
Controle de Execução baseado em Modo (MBEC —
Sim
Mode-based Execute Control)
Programa Intel® da Plataforma de Imagem Estável
Sim
(SIPP)
Tecnologia de Virtualização Intel® com proteção de
‡ Sim
redirecionamento (VT-rp)
Tecnologia de virtualização Intel® (VT-x) ‡ Sim
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/232127/intel-core-i5-1345u-processor-12m-cache-up-to-4-70-ghz.html 3/5
03/11/2024, 12:25 Intel Core i51345U Processor 12M Cache up to 4.70 GHz Especificações do produto
Tecnologia de virtualização Intel® para E/S dirigida
Sim
(VT-d) ‡
Intel® VT-x com Tabelas de páginas estendidas (EPT)
‡
Sim
Pedidos e conformidade
Drivers e software
Suporte
Todas as informações fornecidas estão sujeitas a alterações a qualquer momento, sem aviso prévio. A Intel pode alterar o ciclo de
Comentários
vida da fabricação, as especificações e as descrições dos produtos a qualquer momento, sem aviso prévio. As informações aqui
contidas são fornecidas "no estado em que se encontram" e a Intel não atribui qualquer declaração ou garantias relacionadas à
precisão das informações, nem sobre os recursos dos produtos, disponibilidade, funcionalidade ou compatibilidade dos produtos
listados. Para obter mais informações sobre os produtos ou sistemas, entre em contato com o fornecedor do sistema.
Intel classifications are for general, educational and planning purposes only and consist of Export Control Classification Numbers
(ECCN) and Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HTS) numbers. Any use made of Intel classifications are without recourse to Intel and shall
not be construed as a representation or warranty regarding the proper ECCN or HTS. Your company as an importer and/or exporter is
responsible for determining the correct classification of your transaction.
Consulte a Ficha técnica para obter definições formais de propriedades e recursos de produtos.
‡ Este recurso pode não estar disponível em todos os sistemas de computação. Verifique com o fornecedor do sistema para
determinar se seu sistema oferece este recurso ou consulte as especificações de seu sistema (motherboard, processador, chipset,
alimentação, HDD, controle gráfico, memória, BIOS, drivers, monitor de máquina virtual [VMM], software de plataforma e/ou sistema
operacional) para saber sobre a compatibilidade do recurso. A funcionalidade, o desempenho e outros benefícios deste recurso
podem variar, dependendo das configurações do sistema.
SKUs "anunciados" ainda não estão disponíveis. Favor consultar a data de lançamento para a disponibilidade no mercado.
Consulte https://www.intel.com.br/content/www/br/pt/architecture-and-technology/hyper-threading/hyper-threading-
technology.html?wapkw=hyper+threading
para obter mais informações, incluindo detalhes sobre quais
processadores são compatíveis com a Tecnologia Hyper-Threading Intel®.
Os números dos processadores Intel não são indicação de desempenho. Os números dos processadores diferenciam recursos dentro
de cada família de processador, e não entre famílias diferentes de processadores. Consulte
https://www.intel.com.br/content/www/br/pt/processors/processor-numbers.html
para obter mais detalhes.
Os gráficos Intel® Arc™ estão disponíveis apenas em sistemas selecionados equipados com processadores Intel® Core™ Ultra série V
com design térmico do sistema qualificado ou sistemas selecionados equipados com o processador Intel® Core™ Ultra série H, com
pelo menos 16 GB de memória do sistema em uma configuração de canal duplo. É necessária a habilitação do OEM. Outras
configurações de sistema com processador Intel® Core™ Ultra apresentam gráficos Intel®. Verifique com o OEM ou varejista os
detalhes da configuração do sistema.
Apenas gráficos Intel® Iris® Xe: para usar a marca Intel® Iris® Xe, o sistema deve ser preenchido com memória de 128 bits (canal
duplo). Caso contrário, use a marca Intel® UHD.
Alguns produtos suportam as novas instruções AES com uma atualização da Configuração do processador, em particular, i7-
2630QM/i7-2635QM, i7-2670QM/i7-2675QM, i5-2430M/i5-2435M, i5-2410M/i5-2415M. Favor entrar em contato com o OEM para
o BIOS que inclui a mais recente atualização da Configuração do processador.
Informações sobre a empresa
Nosso compromisso
Diversidade e inclusão
Relações com investidores
Fale conosco
Sala de imprensa
Mapa do site
Empregos
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/232127/intel-core-i5-1345u-processor-12m-cache-up-to-4-70-ghz.html 4/5
03/11/2024, 12:25 Intel Core i51345U Processor 12M Cache up to 4.70 GHz Especificações do produto
© Intel Corporation
Termos de uso
*Marcas comerciais
Cookies
Privacidade
Transparência da cadeia de fornecimento
As tecnologias Intel® podem exigir ativação de hardware, software específico ou de serviços. // Nenhum produto ou componente
pode ser totalmente seguro. // Os seus custos e resultados podem variar. // O desempenho varia de acordo com o uso, a
configuração e outros fatores. // Veja nossos Avisos e isenções de responsabilidade legais completos
. // A Intel está comprometida em respeitar os direitos humanos e evitar cumplicidade com abusos de direitos
humanos. Consulte Princípios Globais de Direitos Humanos
da Intel. Os produtos e software da Intel são destinados a serem utilizados apenas em aplicações que não causem ou
contribuam com a violação de um direito humano reconhecido internacionalmente.
Comentários
https://ark.intel.com/content/www/br/pt/ark/products/232127/intel-core-i5-1345u-processor-12m-cache-up-to-4-70-ghz.html 5/5
Certificate of Registration
of Quality Management System
to ISO 9001:2015
The National Standards Authority of Ireland Inc. certifies that:
Dell Technologies
One Dell Way
Round Rock, TX 78682
USA
has been assessed and deemed to comply with the
requirements of the above standard in respect of the scope of
operations given below:
The Design, Development, Manufacture, Procurement, Fulfillment,
Delivery, Sales, Sales Operations, Customer Service, Support,
Deployment, Consulting, Take-Back and Recycling, Refurbishment
and Supporting Functions of Technology Products, Services and
Solutions
This certificate has been issued as a part of a multi-site certification and the validity of this
certificate depends on the validity of the main certificate. The scope of the multi-site
certification is stated in the certificate no. 19.5000 for the Corporate Site.
Geraldine Larkin Lisa Greenleaf
Chief Executive Officer Technical Operations Officer
Registration Number: 19.5000
Effective Date: January 25, 2023
Expiry Date: January 24, 2026
National Standards Authority of Ireland Inc., 20 Trafalgar Square, Nashua, New Hampshire, NH 03063, USA T +1 603 882 4412
9001:2015–MSS-ANAB-US (2.1)
Certificate of Registration
of Environmental Management System
to ISO 14001:2015
The National Standards Authority of Ireland Inc. certifies that:
Dell Technologies
Dell Inc.
One Dell Way
Round Rock, TX 78682
USA
has been assessed and deemed to comply with the
requirements of the above standard in respect of the scope of
operations given below:
The Development, Manufacture, Supply, and
Takeback Services of Computers, Storage and
Server Products and Technology Products.
This certificate has been issued as a part of a multi-site certification and the validity of this
certificate depends on the validity of the main certificate. The scope of the multi-site
certification is stated in the certificate no. 14.5000 for the Corporate Site.
Geraldine Larkin Lisa Greenleaf
Chief Executive Officer Technical Operations Officer
Registration Number: 14.5000
Effective Date: January 25, 2023
Expiry Date: January 24, 2026
National Standards Authority of Ireland Inc., 20 Trafalgar Square, Nashua, New Hampshire, NH 03063, USA T +1 603 882 4412
14001:2015–MSS-ANAB-US (2.1)
Certificate of Registration of
Occupational Health and Safety
Management System to
ISO 45001:2018
The National Standards Authority of Ireland Inc. certifies that:
Dell Technologies
One Dell Way
Round Rock, TX 78682
USA
has been assessed and deemed to comply with the
requirements of the above standard in respect of the scope of
operations given below:
The Manufacture and Supply of Computers,
Storage and Server Products and Technology
Products.
Additional sites covered under this multi-site certification are listed on the
Annex. (File No. 18.5000)
Geraldine Larkin Lisa Greenleaf
Chief Executive Officer Technical Operations Officer
Registration Number: 18.5000
Certification Granted: January 25, 2011
Effective Date: March 07, 2023
Expiry Date: January 24, 2026
National Standards Authority of Ireland Inc., 20 Trafalgar Square, Nashua, New Hampshire, NH 03063, USA T +1 603 882 4412
45001:2018–MSP-US (1.1)
Page 1 of 4
Annex to Certificate Number: 18.5000
Scope of Registration:
The Manufacture and Supply of Computers, Storage and Server
Products and Technology Products.
Activity Location
Central Function, Dell Technologies
Manufacture and Supply One Dell Way
Round Rock, TX 78682
USA
File No.: 18.5000
Manufacture and Supply Dell Technologies
Dell Computadores do Brasil Ltda.
(BRH1)
Av da. Emancipação, 5000
Hortolândia
SP 13.184-654
Brasil
File No.: 18.5000/R1/A
Manufacture and Supply Dell Technologies
EMC Corporation
5800 Technology Drive
Apex, NC 27539
USA
File No.: 18.5000/R1/QQ
Manufacture and Supply Dell Technologies
EMC Corporation
50 Constitution Blvd
Franklin, MA 02038
USA
File No.: 18.5000/R1/VV
Manufacture and Supply Dell Technologies
Dell Products (Poland) Sp. z.o.o.
Informatyczna Street No 1
92-410 Lodz
Poland
File No.: 18.5000/R2/DD
45001:2018–MSP-US (1.1)
Page 2 of 4
Annex to Certificate Number: 18.5000
Scope of Registration:
The Manufacture and Supply of Computers, Storage and Server
Products and Technology Products.
Activity Location
Manufacture and Supply Dell Technologies
EMC Information Systems International
Unlimited Company
Unit B IDA Industrial Estate
Ovens
Co. Cork
Ireland
File No.: 18.5000/R2/EE
Manufacture and Supply Dell Technologies
Dell International Services India, Pvt. Ltd.
M-4, SIPCOT Industrial Park
Sunguvarchatram Post, Sriperumbudur
Taluk
Kancheepuram District
Tamil Nadu 602106
India
File No.: 18.5000/R3/E
Manufacture and Supply Dell Technologies
Dell Global Business Center SDN BHD
(APCC)
Plot 76
Mukim 11
Bukit Tengah Industrial Park
14000 Bukit Mertajam
Pulau Pinang
Malaysia
File No.: 18.5000/R3/N
45001:2018–MSP-US (1.1)
Page 3 of 4
Annex to Certificate Number: 18.5000
Scope of Registration:
The Manufacture and Supply of Computers, Storage and Server
Products and Technology Products.
Activity Location
Manufacture and Supply Dell Technologies
Dell (China) Co. Ltd. (CCC2)
Dell (Xiamen) Co. Ltd. (CCC4)
Nos. 2388 & 2366 Jinshang Road
Information Photo-Electronic Park
Xiamen Torch Hi-Tech Zone
Fujian
China 361011
File No.: 18.5000/R3/T
Manufacture and Supply Dell Technologies
Dell (Chengdu) Company Limited
No. 800 Tianqin Road
Hi-Tech Zone West
Chengdu
Sichuan 611731
China
File No.: 18.5000/R3/NN
Verified by:
Technical Operations Officer
45001:2018–MSP-US (1.1)
Page 4 of 4
Latitude 3450
Visão traseira
Modelo normativo: P169G
Tipo normativo: P169G002/P169G003
Agosto 2024
Rev. A02
Notas, avisos e advertências
NOTA: Uma NOTA indica informações importantes que ajudam você a usar melhor o seu produto.
CUIDADO: Um AVISO indica possíveis danos ao hardware ou a possibilidade de perda de dados e informa como evitar o
problema.
ATENÇÃO: Uma ADVERTÊNCIA indica possíveis danos à propriedade, lesões corporais ou risco de morte.
© 2024 Dell Inc. ou suas subsidiárias. Todos os direitos reservados. Dell Technologies, Dell e outras marcas são marcas comerciais da Dell Inc. ou suas
subsidiárias. Outras marcas podem ser marcas comerciais de seus respectivos proprietários.
Índice
Capítulo 1: Configurar o Latitude 3450.............................................................................................. 7
Capítulo 2: Vistas do Latitude 3450................................................................................................. 10
Direita.....................................................................................................................................................................................10
Esquerda................................................................................................................................................................................10
Em cima..................................................................................................................................................................................11
Parte frontal..........................................................................................................................................................................12
Parte inferior......................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Localizar a etiqueta de serviço ou o código de serviço expresso de computador.......................................................13
Luz de status e carga da bateria........................................................................................................................................ 14
Capítulo 3: Especificações do Latitude 3450.................................................................................... 15
Dimensões e peso................................................................................................................................................................ 15
Processador.......................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Chipset...................................................................................................................................................................................16
Sistema operacional............................................................................................................................................................. 16
Memória.................................................................................................................................................................................16
Portas externas.....................................................................................................................................................................17
Slots internos........................................................................................................................................................................ 17
Ethernet.................................................................................................................................................................................18
Módulo sem fio..................................................................................................................................................................... 18
Áudio...................................................................................................................................................................................... 18
Armazenamento................................................................................................................................................................... 19
Teclado.................................................................................................................................................................................. 19
Atalhos de teclado do Latitude 3450.......................................................................................................................... 20
Câmera..................................................................................................................................................................................22
Touchpad..............................................................................................................................................................................23
Adaptador de energia..........................................................................................................................................................23
Requisitos do adaptador de energia (para computadores fornecidos com bateria de 3 células e 42 Wh)........24
Requisitos do adaptador de energia (para computadores fornecidos com bateria de 3 células, 54 Wh e
placa gráfica integrada)............................................................................................................................................ 24
Requisitos do adaptador de energia (para computadores fornecidos com bateria de 3 células, 54 Wh e
placa gráfica dedicada).............................................................................................................................................25
Bateria...................................................................................................................................................................................26
Tela........................................................................................................................................................................................ 27
Leitor de impressões digitais.............................................................................................................................................. 28
Sensor................................................................................................................................................................................... 28
GPU — integrada................................................................................................................................................................28
GPU — dedicada................................................................................................................................................................ 29
Matriz de suporte para várias telas...................................................................................................................................29
Segurança de hardware......................................................................................................................................................29
Ambiente de operação e armazenamento....................................................................................................................... 30
Capítulo 4: Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador.............................................................. 31
Índice 3
Instruções de segurança..................................................................................................................................................... 31
Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador..................................................................................................31
Precauções de segurança.............................................................................................................................................32
Proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas..................................................................................................................33
Kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas.....................................................................................33
Transporte de componentes sensíveis....................................................................................................................... 34
Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador........................................................................................................34
BitLocker.........................................................................................................................................................................34
Ferramentas recomendadas.............................................................................................................................................. 35
Lista de parafusos............................................................................................................................................................... 35
Principais componentes do Latitude 3450.......................................................................................................................36
Capítulo 5: Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis
pelo cliente).............................................................................................................................. 39
Tampa da base.....................................................................................................................................................................39
Como remover a tampa da base..................................................................................................................................39
Como instalar a tampa da base.....................................................................................................................................41
Módulo de memória.............................................................................................................................................................43
Como remover o módulo de memória.........................................................................................................................43
Como instalar os módulos de memória....................................................................................................................... 44
Placa de rede sem fio..........................................................................................................................................................45
Como remover a placa de rede sem fio...................................................................................................................... 45
Como instalar a placa de rede sem fio........................................................................................................................ 46
Bateria de célula tipo moeda.............................................................................................................................................. 48
Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda.......................................................................................................... 48
Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda............................................................................................................ 49
Unidade de estado sólido M.2............................................................................................................................................50
Como remover unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230................................................................................................. 50
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230................................................................................................. 51
Alto-falantes.........................................................................................................................................................................52
Como remover os alto-falantes................................................................................................................................... 52
Como instalar os alto-falantes..................................................................................................................................... 54
Capítulo 6: Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units).................................................57
Bateria................................................................................................................................................................................... 57
Precauções com a bateria de íon de lítio recarregável..............................................................................................57
Como remover a bateria............................................................................................................................................... 57
Como instalar a bateria................................................................................................................................................. 58
Cabo da bateria....................................................................................................................................................................59
Como remover o cabo da bateria................................................................................................................................ 59
Como instalar o cabo da bateria.................................................................................................................................. 60
Porta do adaptador de energia...........................................................................................................................................61
Como remover a porta do adaptador de energia....................................................................................................... 61
Como instalar a porta do adaptador de energia.........................................................................................................62
Dissipador de calor.............................................................................................................................................................. 63
Como remover o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas integradas....................................................................63
Como instalar o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas integradas...................................................................... 64
Como remover o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas dedicadas.....................................................................65
Como instalar o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas dedicadas.......................................................................66
Ventilador..............................................................................................................................................................................67
4 Índice
Como remover o ventilador..........................................................................................................................................67
Como instalar o ventilador............................................................................................................................................68
Touchpad..............................................................................................................................................................................69
Como remover o touchpad.......................................................................................................................................... 69
Como instalar o touchpad.............................................................................................................................................70
Placa WLAN......................................................................................................................................................................... 72
Como remover a placa de E/S.....................................................................................................................................72
Como instalar a placa de E/S....................................................................................................................................... 73
Placa do botão liga/desliga.................................................................................................................................................75
Como remover o botão liga/desliga............................................................................................................................ 75
Como instalar o botão liga/desliga.............................................................................................................................. 76
Placa de sistema.................................................................................................................................................................. 76
Como remover a placa de sistema.............................................................................................................................. 76
Como instalar a placa de sistema.................................................................................................................................79
Conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado....................................................................................................................... 81
Como remover o conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado....................................................................................81
Como instalar o conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado..................................................................................... 82
Conjunto da tela...................................................................................................................................................................84
Como remover o conjunto da tela............................................................................................................................... 84
Como instalar o conjunto da tela................................................................................................................................. 86
Borda da tela........................................................................................................................................................................ 87
Como remover a borda da tela.....................................................................................................................................87
Como instalar a borda da tela.......................................................................................................................................88
Painel de exibição................................................................................................................................................................ 89
Como remover o painel de exibição............................................................................................................................ 89
Como instalar o painel de exibição...............................................................................................................................93
Câmera..................................................................................................................................................................................98
Como remover a câmera.............................................................................................................................................. 98
Como instalar a câmera................................................................................................................................................ 99
cabo eDP.............................................................................................................................................................................100
Como remover o cabo eDP........................................................................................................................................ 100
Como instalar o cabo eDP........................................................................................................................................... 101
Tampa traseira da tela....................................................................................................................................................... 102
Como remover a tampa traseira da tela....................................................................................................................102
Como instalar a tampa traseira da tela...................................................................................................................... 102
Capítulo 7: Software.................................................................................................................... 104
Sistema operacional...........................................................................................................................................................104
Drivers e downloads.......................................................................................................................................................... 104
Capítulo 8: Configuração do BIOS................................................................................................. 105
Entrando no programa Configuração do BIOS.............................................................................................................. 105
Teclas de navegação......................................................................................................................................................... 105
Menu de inicialização única com a tecla F12.................................................................................................................. 105
Exibir opções de configuração avançada........................................................................................................................106
Exibir opções de serviço....................................................................................................................................................106
Opções de configuração do sistema............................................................................................................................... 106
Como atualizar o BIOS...................................................................................................................................................... 122
Como atualizar o BIOS no Windows.......................................................................................................................... 122
Índice 5
Como atualizar o BIOS no Ubuntu............................................................................................................................. 123
Como atualizar o BIOS usando a unidade USB no Windows..................................................................................123
Como atualizar o BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única.............................................................................. 123
Senhas do sistema e de configuração............................................................................................................................. 124
Como atribuir uma senha de configuração do sistema........................................................................................... 124
Como apagar ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou uma senha de configuração existente................................125
Como limpar as configurações do CMOS.......................................................................................................................125
Limpar o BIOS (configuração do sistema) e as senhas do sistema.............................................................................125
Capítulo 9: Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas.................................................................... 126
Como manusear baterias de íons de lítio inchadas........................................................................................................ 126
Como localizar a etiqueta de serviço ou o código de serviço expresso do seu computador Dell............................126
Diagnósticos de verificação do desempenho do sistema de pré-inicialização do Dell SupportAssist..................... 127
Executar a verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema do SupportAssist................................127
Autoteste integrado (BIST).............................................................................................................................................. 127
M-BIST.......................................................................................................................................................................... 127
Teste de trilho de energia LCD (L-BIST).................................................................................................................. 128
Autoteste integrado do LCD (BIST).......................................................................................................................... 128
Luzes de diagnóstico do sistema..................................................................................................................................... 129
Recuperar o sistema operacional..................................................................................................................................... 130
Relógio de tempo real (Redefinição de RTC).................................................................................................................130
Mídia de backup e opções de recuperação.................................................................................................................... 130
Ciclo de energia do Wi-Fi.................................................................................................................................................. 130
Drenar energia residual (realizar reinicialização forçada)..............................................................................................130
Capítulo 10: Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a Dell......................................................... 132
6 Índice
1
Configurar o Latitude 3450
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Etapas
1. Conecte o adaptador de energia e pressione o botão liga/desliga.
Figura 1. Conecte o adaptador de energia e pressione o botão liga/desliga.
NOTA: A bateria pode entrar no modo de economia de energia durante a remessa para conservar a carga. Certifique-se de que o
adaptador de energia está conectado ao computador quando ele for ligado pela primeira vez.
2. Conclua a instalação do sistema operacional.
Para Ubuntu:
Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a configuração. Para obter mais informações sobre como instalar e configurar o Ubuntu, faça
uma pesquisa no recurso de base de conhecimento no site Suporte Dell.
Para Windows:
Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a configuração. Quando estiver configurando, é recomendável que você:
● Conecte-se a uma rede para obter as atualizações do Windows.
NOTA: Se estiver se conectando a uma rede de rede sem fio segura, digite a senha de acesso à rede de rede sem fio quando
solicitado.
● Se estiver conectado à Internet, faça log-in com uma conta existente da Microsoft ou crie uma nova.
3. Localize e use os aplicativos da Dell no menu Iniciar do Windows (recomendado)
Configurar o Latitude 3450 7
Tabela 1. Localizar aplicativos Dell
Recursos Descrição
My Dell
O My Dell é um aplicativo de software que oferece uma única plataforma de engajamento simplificada,
incluindo acesso à conta, informações do dispositivo e configurações de hardware. Este software oferece
recursos inteligentes que ajustam automaticamente o computador para obter o melhor áudio, energia e
desempenho possíveis. Aproveite ao máximo seu dispositivo Dell com tecnologia inteligente e personalizada
do My Dell. As seguintes opções podem ser personalizadas no My Dell:
● Aplicativos
● Áudio
● Alimentação
● Cor e exibição
● Detecção de presença
Para ver mais informações sobre como usar o My Dell, consulte os guias de produto no site do Suporte Dell.
MyDell
O My Dell oferece recursos consolidados de hospedagem de aplicativos que ajudam você a aproveitar ao
máximo seu computador. Recursos inteligentes de otimização baseados em IA ajustam automaticamente o
computador para obter os melhores níveis de áudio, vídeo, bateria e desempenho. A experiência de cada
usuário do My Dell é exclusiva, já que o software aprende e responde conforme a maneira que você usa seu
computador.
● Aplicativos
● Áudio
● Alimentação
● Cor e exibição
● Detecção de presença
● Rede
Para ver mais informações sobre como usar o My Dell, consulte os guias de produto no site do Suporte Dell.
Dell Product Registration
Registre o seu computador na Dell.
Dell Help & Support
Acesse a ajuda e suporte para o seu computador.
SupportAssist
O SupportAssist mantém o computador funcionando da melhor forma otimizando as configurações,
detectando problemas e removendo vírus. Ele também notifica quando há atualizações disponíveis para
o computador. O SupportAssist verifica proativamente a integridade do hardware e do software do
computador. Quando um problema é detectado, as informações necessárias sobre o estado do sistema
são enviadas à Dell para dar início à solução de problemas. O SupportAssist vem pré-instalado na maioria
dos dispositivos Dell com o sistema operacional Windows. Para obter mais informações, consulte a
documentação do SupportAssist no site Suporte Dell.
NOTA: No SupportAssist, clique na data de vencimento da garantia para renovar ou atualizar sua
garantia.
SupportAssist
O SupportAssist faz a identificação proativa e preditiva de problemas de hardware e software em seu
computador e automatiza o processo de engajamento com o suporte técnico da Dell. Ele também aborda
problemas de desempenho e estabilização, impede ameaças à segurança, monitora e detecta falhas de
hardware. Para obter mais informações, consulte o Guia do usuário do SupportAssist for Home PCs no site
Suporte Dell.
8 Configurar o Latitude 3450
Tabela 1. Localizar aplicativos Dell (continuação)
Recursos Descrição
NOTA: No SupportAssist, clique na data de vencimento da garantia para renovar ou atualizar sua
garantia.
Dell Update
Atualiza seu computador com correções críticas e os drivers de dispositivos mais recentes à medida que
ficarem disponíveis. Para obter mais informações sobre como usar o Dell Update, consulte os guias de
produto e os documentos de licença de terceiros no site Suporte Dell.
Dell Digital Delivery
Faça download dos aplicativos de software que são adquiridos, mas não são pré-instalados em seu
computador. Para obter mais informações sobre como usar o Dell Digital Delivery, faça uma pesquisa no
recurso de base de conhecimento no site Suporte Dell.
Configurar o Latitude 3450 9
2
Vistas do Latitude 3450
Direita
Figura 2. Visão direita
1. Porta USB 3.2 de 1ª geração
Conecte periféricos, como teclados, mouses, impressoras e dispositivos de armazenamento externos. Compatível com velocidades de
transferência de dados de 5 Gbit/s.
2. Porta Ethernet RJ45
Conecte um cabo Ethernet (RJ45) de um roteador ou de um modem de banda larga para acesso à rede ou à Internet, com uma taxa
de transferência de 10/100/1.000 Mbps.
3. LED de status da Ethernet
Conecte um cabo Ethernet (RJ45) de um roteador ou de um modem de banda larga para acesso à rede ou à Internet.
Uma luz próxima ao conector indica o status de conectividade e a atividade da rede.
4. Slot do cabo de segurança
Conecte um cabo de segurança para impedir a movimentação não autorizada do computador.
Esquerda
Figura 3. Exibição à esquerda
1. Porta do adaptador de energia
Conecte um adaptador de energia para proporcionar energia ao computador.
2. Luz de status da bateria
Indica o status da carga da bateria.
10 Vistas do Latitude 3450
Branco contínuo: o adaptador de energia está conectado, e a bateria tem mais de 5% de carga.
Âmbar: o computador está funcionando com bateria, e a bateria tem menos de 5% de carga.
Desligada: o adaptador de energia está desconectado ou a bateria está completamente carregada.
3. Porta HDMI
Conecte a uma TV, tela externa ou outro dispositivo habilitado com entrada HDMI. Oferece saída de áudio e vídeo principal.
4. Porta USB 3.2 de 1ª geração com PowerShare
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras.
Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de 5 Gbps. PowerShare habilita carregar seus dispositivos USB, mesmo quando o
computador está desligado.
NOTA: Se o computador estiver desligado ou em estado de hibernação, será preciso conectar o adaptador de energia para
carregar seus dispositivos usando a porta PowerShare. Você precisa ativar esse recurso no programa de configuração do BIOS.
NOTA: Alguns dispositivos USB podem não ser carregados quando o computador está desligado ou no estado de economia de
energia. Nesses casos, ligue o computador para carregar o dispositivo.
5. Porta USB4 Type-C de 20 Gbps
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Proporciona taxas de transferência de dados com 20 Gbps.
NOTA: O USB4 tem compatibilidade reversa com USB 3.2 e USB 2.0.
NOTA: A porta Type-C pode ser usada para carregar o computador. No entanto, durante o carregamento, ela só aceita essa
função específica.
6. Porta de áudio universal
Conecte dispositivos de saída de áudio, como alto-falantes, amplificadores e assim por diante.
Em cima
Figura 4. Imagem: exibição superior
1. Botão liga/desliga com leitor de impressões digitais opcional
Vistas do Latitude 3450 11
Pressione este botão para ligar o computador se ele estiver desligado, em estado de suspensão ou em estado de hibernação.
Quando o computador estiver ligado, pressione o botão liga/desliga para colocar o computador no modo de espera. Mantenha
pressionado o botão liga/desliga por 10 segundos para forçar o desligamento do computador.
Se o botão liga/desliga tiver um leitor de impressões digitais, coloque o dedo no botão liga/desliga para fazer log-in.
NOTA: A luz de status de energia no botão liga/desliga está disponível apenas em computadores sem leitor de impressões
digitais. Os computadores enviados com o leitor de impressões digitais integrado no botão liga/desliga não têm a luz de status de
energia no botão liga/desliga.
NOTA: É possível personalizar o comportamento do botão liga/desliga no Windows.
2. Touchpad
Mova o dedo pelo touchpad para mover o ponteiro do mouse. Toque para clicar com o botão esquerdo e toque com dois dedos para
clicar com o botão direito.
Parte frontal
Figura 5. Imagem: visão frontal
1. Microfone esquerdo
Oferece entrada de som digital para gravação de áudio e chamadas de voz.
2. Câmera infravermelha (opcional)
Aprimora a segurança quando usada com a autenticação facial do Windows Hello.
3. Disparador da câmera
Deslize o obturador de privacidade para a esquerda para ter acesso à lente da câmera.
4. Câmera
Permite fazer chat de vídeo, capturar fotos e gravar vídeos.
5. Luz de status da câmera
Acende-se quando a câmera está em uso.
12 Vistas do Latitude 3450
6. Microfone direito
Oferece entrada de som digital para gravação de áudio e chamadas de voz.
7. Painel LCD
Proporciona saída visual para o usuário.
Parte inferior
Figura 6. Imagem: visão inferior
1. Alto-falantes
Proporcionam saída de áudio.
2. Aberturas de ventilação
As saídas de ar garantem a ventilação no computador. Saídas de ar obstruídas podem causar superaquecimento e problemas de
hardware, afetando o desempenho do computador. Mantenha-as desobstruídas e limpe-as regularmente para evitar acúmulo de poeira
e sujeira. Para obter mais informações sobre como limpar as saídas de ar, pesquise artigos no recurso da base de conhecimento no
Suporte Dell.
3. Rótulo da etiqueta de serviço
A etiqueta de serviço é um identificador alfanumérico exclusivo que habilita os técnicos de serviço da Dell a identificar os componentes
de hardware no computador e acessar informações de garantia.
Localizar a etiqueta de serviço ou o código de serviço
expresso de computador
A etiqueta de serviço é um identificador alfanumérico exclusivo que permite aos técnicos de serviço da Dell identificar os componentes de
hardware no computador e acessar informações de garantia. Um código de serviço expresso é uma conversão numérica da etiqueta de
serviço.
Para obter mais informações sobre como localizar a etiqueta de serviço do computador, faça uma pesquisa na base de conhecimento no
site Suporte Dell.
Vistas do Latitude 3450 13
Figura 7. Localização da etiqueta de serviço/código de serviço expresso
Luz de status e carga da bateria
A tabela a seguir mostra o comportamento da luz de status e carga da bateria do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 2. Comportamento da luz de status e carga da bateria
Fonte de energia do comportamento do LED Estado de energia do sistema Nível de carga da bateria
Adaptador CA Apagado S0 — S5 Totalmente carregada
Adaptador CA Branco contínuo S0 — S5 < Totalmente carregada
Bateria Apagado S0 — S5 11-100%
Bateria Âmbar contínuo (590 +/-3 Nm) S0 — S5 < 10%
● S0 (ligado) - O computador está ligado.
● S4 (hibernação) - o computador consome menos energia do que em todos os outros estados de suspensão. O computador está quase
no estado desligado, a não ser pela carga de manutenção. Os dados de contexto são gravados no disco rígido.
● S5 (desligado) - o computador está em estado de desligamento.
Tabela 3. LED de status da porta Ethernet RJ45
Comportamento do LED Status da conexão
Âmbar contínuo O cabo RJ45 está conectado corretamente do roteador ou
comutador ao computador. A conexão está ativa.
Âmbar piscando Transferência de arquivos em andamento.
14 Vistas do Latitude 3450
3
Especificações do Latitude 3450
Dimensões e peso
A tabela a seguir lista a altura, a largura, a profundidade e o peso do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 4. Dimensões e peso
Descrição Valores
Altura:
Altura da parte frontal 17,68 mm (0,70 pol.)
Altura da parte traseira 19,34 mm (0,76 pol.)
Largura 322,17 mm (12,68 pol.)
Profundidade 219,43 mm (8,63 pol.)
Peso ● Mínimo: 1,50 kg (3,30 lb)
NOTA: O peso do computador depende da configuração
oferecida.
Processador
A tabela a seguir mostra os detalhes dos processadores compatíveis com seu Latitude 3450.
Tabela 5. Processador
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção quatro Opção cinco Opção seis Opção sete
Tipo de Intel Core Intel Core Intel Core Intel Core Intel Core Intel Core Ultra Intel Core Ultra
processador i3-1315U de i5-1335U de 13a i5-1345U de i7-1355U de 13a Ultra 5 125U 5 135U 7 155U
13a geração geração 13a geração geração
Potência do 15 W 15 W 15 W 15 W 15 W 15 W 15 W
processador
Contagem de 6 10 10 10 12 12 12
núcleo do
processador
Contagem de 8 12 12 12 14 14 14
threads do
processador
NOTA: A
tecnologia
Intel
Hyper-
Threading
só está
disponível
em
núcleos de
Especificações do Latitude 3450 15
Tabela 5. Processador (continuação)
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção quatro Opção cinco Opção seis Opção sete
desempen
ho.
Velocidade do Com Com 4,60 GHz Com 4,70 GHz Com 5,00 GHz Com 4,30 GHz Com 4,40 GHz Com 4,80 GHz
processador 4,50 GHz
Cache do 10 MB 12 MB 12 MB 12 MB 12 MB 12 MB 12 MB
processador
Placa gráfica Placa gráfica Placa gráfica Placa gráfica Placa gráfica Placa de vídeo Placa de vídeo Placa de vídeo
integrada Intel UHD Intel Iris Xe Intel Iris Xe Intel Iris Xe integrada Intel integrada Intel integrada Intel
Graphics Graphics Graphics
Chipset
A tabela a seguir mostra os detalhes do chipset compatível no Latitude 3450.
Tabela 6. Chipset
Descrição Opção um Opção dois
Processadores Intel Core i3/i5/i7 de 13a geração Intel Core Ultra 5/Ultra 7
Chipset Intel RPL-U (integrado ao processador) Intel MTL-U (integrado ao processador)
Largura do barramento de DRAM 64 bits 64 bits
Flash EPROM 32 MB 32 MB + 16 MB
Barramento PCIe Com 4ª geração Com 4ª geração
Sistema operacional
O Latitude 3450 suporta os seguintes sistemas operacionais:
● Windows 11 Pro
● Windows 11 Home
● Ubuntu 22.04 LTS, 64 bits
Memória
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações de memória compatíveis com seu Latitude 3450.
Tabela 7. Especificações da memória
Descrição Valores
Slots de memória Dois
Tipo de memória DDR5, single channel, dual channel
Velocidade da memória ● Para computadores enviados com processadores Intel Core
i3/i5/i7 de 13ª geração: 5.200 MT/s
● Para computadores enviados com processadores Intel Core
Ultra i5/i7: 5.600 MT/s
16 Especificações do Latitude 3450
Tabela 7. Especificações da memória (continuação)
Descrição Valores
Configuração máxima de memória 64 GB
Configuração mínima de memória 8 GB
Tamanho da memória por slot 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
Configurações de memória suportadas Para computadores enviados com o processador Intel Core i3/i5/i7
de 13ª geração:
● 8 GB: 1 de 8 GB, DDR5, 5.200 MT/s, single channel
● 16 GB: 2 de 8 GB, DDR5, 5.200 MT/s, dual channel
● 16 GB: 1 de 16 GB, DDR5, 5.200 MT/s, single channel
● 32 GB: 2 de 16 GB, DDR5, 5.200 MT/s, dual channel
● 64 GB: 2 de 32 GB, DDR5, 5.200 MT/s, dual channel
Para computadores enviados com o processador Intel Core Ultra
i5/i7:
● 8 GB: 1 de 8 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, single channel
● 16 GB: 2 de 8 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, dual channel
● 16 GB: 1 de 16 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, single channel
● 32 GB: 2 de 16 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, dual channel
● 64 GB: 2 de 32 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, dual channel
Portas externas
A tabela a seguir lista as portas externas do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 8. Portas externas
Descrição Valores
Porta de rede Uma porta RJ45 flip-down 10/100/1.000 Mbps
Portas USB ● Porta USB Type-C USB4 de 20 Gbit/s com DisplayPort e
Power Delivery
● Uma porta USB 3.2 de 1ª geração com PowerShare
● Duas portas USB 3.2 de 1ª geração
Porta de áudio Uma porta de áudio universal
Porta de vídeo ● Uma porta HDMI 1.4 (para computadores enviados com
processador Intel Core i3/i5/i7 de 13ª geração)
● Uma porta HDMI 2.0 (para computadores enviados com
processador Intel Core Ultra i5/i7)
Slot de cartão SIM N/D
Porta do adaptador de energia Uma porta de entrada de alimentação CC (plugue padrão de 4,5
mm/porta USB-C)
Slot do cabo de segurança Um slot de trava de segurança Wedge
Slots internos
A tabela abaixo lista os slots internos do Latitude 3450.
Especificações do Latitude 3450 17
Tabela 9. Slots internos
Descrição Valores
M.2 ● Um M.2 2230 para unidade de estado sólido
● Um slot M.2 2230 para placa WLAN, Wi-Fi/Bluetooth
NOTA: Para saber mais sobre os recursos de diferentes tipos
de placas M.2, faça uma pesquisa na base de conhecimento no
site do Suporte Dell.
Ethernet
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações de rede local Ethernet com fio (LAN) do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 10. Especificações de Ethernet
Descrição Valores
Modelo RTL8111H-CG
Taxa de transferência 10/100/1.000 Mbps
Módulo sem fio
A tabela a seguir lista os módulos de rede local sem fio (WLAN) compatíveis com o Latitude 3450.
Tabela 11. Especificações do módulo sem fio
Descrição Opção um Opção dois
Número do modelo Intel AX211 Realtek RTL8852BE
Taxa de transferência Com 2.400 Mbps Com 1.200 Mbps
Bandas de frequência suportadas 2,4 GHz/5 GHz/6 GHz 2,4 GHz/5 GHz
Padrões sem fio ● Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g ● Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g
● Wi-Fi 4 (Wi-Fi 802.11n) ● Wi-Fi 4 (Wi-Fi 802.11n)
● Wi-Fi 5 (Wi-Fi 802.11ac) ● Wi-Fi 5 (Wi-Fi 802.11ac)
● Wi-Fi 6E (Wi-Fi 802.11ax) ● Wi-Fi 6 (Wi-Fi 802.11ax)
● Wi-Fi 6 (Wi-Fi 802.11ax)
Criptografia ● 64 bits/WEP de 128 bits ● 64 bits/WEP de 128 bits
● AES-CCMP ● AES-CCMP
● TKIP ● TKIP
Placa de rede sem fio Bluetooth Bluetooth 5.3 Bluetooth 5.3
NOTA: A funcionalidade da placa de rede sem fio Bluetooth pode variar dependendo
do sistema operacional instalado no computador.
Áudio
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações de áudio do Latitude 3450.
18 Especificações do Latitude 3450
Tabela 12. Especificações de áudio
Descrição Valores
Controlador de áudio Realtek ALC3204
Conversão estéreo Compatível com Waves MaxxAudio Pro
Interface de áudio interna Interface de áudio de alta definição
Interface de áudio externa Uma porta de áudio universal
Número de alto-falantes Dois
Amplificador interno de alto-falante Compatível (codec de áudio integrado)
Controles de volume externo Compatível
Saída do alto-falante:
Média 2Wx2=4W
Pico 2,5 W x 2 = 5 W
Microfone Microfone de matriz digital
Armazenamento
Esta seção lista as opções de armazenamento no Latitude 3450.
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
Tabela 13. Especificações de armazenamento
Tipo de armazenamento Tipo de interface Capacidade
SSD M.2 2230 QLC Class 25 PCIe NVMe de 4ª geração Com 1 TB
SSD M.2 2230 TLC Class 35 PCIe NVMe de 4ª geração Com 1 TB
Teclado
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações de teclado do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 14. Especificações do teclado
Descrição Valores
Tipo de teclado ● Teclado retroiluminado padrão com tecla de atalho de IA e sem
leitor de impressões digitais
● Teclado retroiluminado padrão com tecla de atalho de IA e leitor
de impressões digitais
● Teclado não retroiluminado padrão com tecla de atalho de IA e
sem leitor de impressões digitais
● Teclado não retroiluminado padrão com tecla de atalho de IA e
leitor de impressões digitais
NOTA:
● Todos os teclados são resistentes a derramamentos
● O Copilot no Windows está disponível apenas em mercados
aprovados
Especificações do Latitude 3450 19
Tabela 14. Especificações do teclado (continuação)
Descrição Valores
Layout do teclado QWERTY
Número de teclas ● Estados Unidos e Canadá: 79 teclas
● Reino Unido: 80 teclas
● Japão: 83 teclas
● Brasil e Quebec: 81 teclas
Tamanho do teclado X = 19,05 mm de distância entre teclas
Y = 18,05 mm de distância entre teclas
Atalhos de teclado Algumas teclas do teclado possuem dois símbolos. Elas podem ser
usadas para digitar caracteres alternativos ou para realizar funções
secundárias. Para digitar o caractere alternativo, pressione Shift e a
tecla desejada. Para executar as funções secundárias, pressione Fn
e a tecla desejada.
NOTA: É possível definir o comportamento principal das teclas
de função (F1–F12) mudando o Comportamento de teclas
de função no programa de configuração do BIOS.
NOTA: Se o Copilot do Windows não estiver disponível no
computador, pressionar a tecla Copilot iniciará a pesquisa
do Windows. Para obter mais informações sobre o Copilot
do Windows, faça uma pesquisa no recurso de base de
conhecimento no site Suporte Dell.
Atalhos de teclado do Latitude 3450
NOTA: Os caracteres do teclado podem ser diferentes, dependendo da configuração de idioma do teclado. As teclas usadas para
atalhos continuam as mesmas em todas as configurações de idiomas.
Algumas teclas do teclado possuem dois símbolos. Elas podem ser usadas para digitar caracteres alternativos ou para realizar funções
secundárias. O símbolo indicado na parte inferior da tecla se refere ao caractere que é digitado quando a tecla é pressionada. Se você
pressionar shift e a tecla, o símbolo mostrado na parte superior da tecla será digitado. Por exemplo, se você pressionar 2, 2 é digitado, se
você pressionar Shift + 2, @ é digitado.
As teclas F1-F12 na fileira superior do teclado são teclas de função para controle multimídia, como indicado pelo ícone na parte inferior
da tecla. Pressione a tecla de função para chamar a tarefa representada pelo ícone. Por exemplo, ao pressionar F1 o áudio é desativado
(consulte a tabela abaixo).
No entanto, se as teclas de função F1-F12 forem necessárias para aplicativos de software específicos, a funcionalidade multimídia poderá
ser desativada pressionando-se Fn + Esc. Posteriormente, o controle multimídia pode ser chamado pressionando-se Fn e a respectiva
tecla de função. Por exemplo, mude o áudio pressionando Fn + F1.
NOTA: Também é possível definir o comportamento principal das teclas de função (F1-F12) mudando o Function Key Behavior no
programa de configuração do BIOS.
Tabela 15. Lista de atalhos de teclado
Tecla de função Comportamento primário
F1 Desativação do áudio
F2 Diminuir o volume
F3 Aumentar o volume
F4 Desativar microfone
F5 Acionar a luz de fundo do teclado (opcional).
20 Especificações do Latitude 3450
Tabela 15. Lista de atalhos de teclado (continuação)
Tecla de função Comportamento primário
NOTA: Teclados sem luz de fundo têm a tecla de função F5 sem o ícone de
luz de fundo e não suportam a função de luz de fundo do teclado.
NOTA: Alterne o status da luz de fundo do teclado para desligada, baixa e
alta
F6 Diminuir o brilho
F7 Aumentar o brilho
F8 Alternar para um monitor externo
F10 Capturar tela
F11 Início
F12 Fim
A tecla Fn também é usada com teclas selecionadas no teclado para chamar outras funções secundárias.
Tabela 16. Comportamento secundário
Tecla de função Comportamento secundário
Fn + F1 Comportamento do F1 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + F2 Comportamento do F2 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + F3 Comportamento do F3 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + F4 Comportamento do F4 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + F5 Comportamento do F5 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + F6 Comportamento do F6 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + F7 Comportamento do F7 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + F8 Comportamento do F8 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + F10 Comportamento do F10 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + F11 Comportamento do F11 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + F12 Comportamento do F12 específico do sistema operacional ou do
aplicativo
Fn + PrtScr Ligar/desligar a rede sem fio
Fn + B Pausar
Fn + Ctrl + B Break
Fn + Insert Suspensão
Fn + S Alternar a função scroll lock
Fn + H Alternar entre a luz de status da energia e da bateria/indicador de
atividade do disco rígido
Especificações do Latitude 3450 21
Tabela 16. Comportamento secundário (continuação)
Tecla de função Comportamento secundário
Fn + R Solicitação do sistema
Fn + Ctrl Abrir o menu de aplicativos
Fn + Esc Alternar bloqueio da tecla Fn
Fn + PgUp Page up
Fn + PgDn Page down
Fn + Home Home
Fn + End End
Fn + Ctrl direito Atalho/menu secundário atribuído à tecla CTRL para a direita
Fn + Shift + B Chama o modo não intrusivo
NOTA:
A sequência de teclas chamará o modo não intrusivo. A
sequência de teclas de atalho será desativada por padrão para
evitar a atuação acidental. Você pode habilitar por meio da
opção de configuração do BIOS.
Câmera
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações da câmera do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 17. Especificações da câmera
Descrição Valores
Número de câmeras Dois
NOTA: A segunda câmera é opcional e talvez não seja
fornecida com todas as configurações.
Tipo de câmera ● HD RGB
● FHD RGB
● FHD RGB + infravermelho
Localização da câmera Câmera frontal
Tipo de sensor da câmera Tecnologia do sensor CMOS
Resolução da câmera:
Imagem estática ● 0,92 megapixel (HD)
● 2,07 megapixels (FHD)
Vídeo ● 1280 x 720 (HD) a 30 fps
● 1920 x 1080 (FHD) a 30 fps
Resolução da câmera com infravermelho:
Imagem estática 0,23 megapixel
Vídeo 640 x 360 a 15 fps
Ângulo de visão diagonal:
Câmera ● 78,60 graus (HD)
22 Especificações do Latitude 3450
Tabela 17. Especificações da câmera (continuação)
Descrição Valores
● 80,20 graus (FHD)
Câmera infravermelha 86,60 graus
Touchpad
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações do touchpad do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 18. Especificações do touchpad
Descrição Valores
Resolução do touchpad: >300 dpi
Dimensões do touchpad:
Horizontal 115 mm (4,52 pol.)
Vertical 67 mm (2,63 pol.)
Gestos do touchpad Para obter mais informações sobre gestos do touchpad disponíveis
para o Windows, consulte o artigo da base de conhecimento da
Microsoft no site de suporte da Microsoft.
Adaptador de energia
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações do adaptador de energia do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 19. Especificações do adaptador de energia
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção quatro
Tipo Adaptador CA de 60 W, Adaptador CA de 65 W, Adaptador CA de 65 W, Adaptador CA de 100 W,
formato pequeno, USB conector cilíndrico de 4,5 USB Type-C, EcoDesign USB Type-C, E5
Type-C, 2 pinos (Japão) mm, E4
Dimensões do conector:
Diâmetro externo N/D 4,50 mm N/D N/D
Diâmetro interno N/D 2,90 mm N/D N/D
Tensão de entrada 100 VCA a 240 VCA 100 VCA - 240 VCA 100 VCA - 240 VCA 100 VCA - 240 VCA
Frequência de entrada 50 Hz a 60 Hz 50 Hz - 60 Hz 50 Hz - 60 Hz 50 Hz - 60 Hz
Corrente de entrada 1,70 A 1,6 A/1,7 A 1,70 A 1,70 A
(máxima)
Corrente de saída ● 20 V/3 A 3,34 A ● 20 V/3,25 A ● 20 V/5 A (contínua)
(contínua) ● 15 V/3 A (contínua) ● 15 V/3 A (contínua)
● 9 V/3 A ● 15 V/3 A (contínua) ● 9,0 V/3 A (contínua)
● 5 V/3 A ● 9,0 V/3 A (contínua) ● 5,0 V/3 A (contínua)
● 5,0 V/3 A (contínua)
Tensão de saída nominal ● 20 VCC 19,50 VCC ● 20 VCC ● 20 VCC
Especificações do Latitude 3450 23
Tabela 19. Especificações do adaptador de energia (continuação)
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção quatro
● 15 VCC ● 15 VCC ● 15 VCC
● 9 VCC ● 9 VCC ● 9 VCC
● 5 VCC ● 5 VCC ● 5 VCC
Faixa de temperatura:
Operacional 0 °C a 40 °C (32 °F a 0 °C a 40 °C (32 °F a 0 °C a 40 °C (32 °F a 0 °C a 40 °C (32 °F a
104 °F) 104 °F) 104 °F) 104 °F)
Armazenamento -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F a -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F a -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F a
158 °F) a 158 °F) 158 °F) 158 °F)
Requisitos do adaptador de energia (para computadores fornecidos
com bateria de 3 células e 42 Wh)
A tabela abaixo lista os requisitos do adaptador de energia doLatitude 3450
NOTA: Se você não comprou o adaptador de energia da marca Dell, recomendado para o seu computador, certifique-se de que o
adaptador que está sendo usado atenda aos seguintes requisitos:
Tabela 20. Requisitos do adaptador de energia doLatitude 3450
Descrição Valor
Alimentação necessária para que um adaptador de energia atinja o 60 W
desempenho ideal.
Energia que carrega o computador com uma velocidade mais lenta. Menos de 60 W
NOTA: Uma mensagem de advertência pode aparecer
informando sobre o uso de um adaptador de menor potência e
velocidade de carregamento mais lenta.
Energia mínima necessária de um adaptador de energia para operar 27 W
o computador e carregar a bateria.
NOTA: Uma mensagem de advertência é exibida informando
sobre o uso de um adaptador com alimentação mais baixa e
velocidade de carregamento mais lenta.
Carregamento rápido do USB Power Delivery (PD) Compatível
Modo ExpressCharge Compatível
NOTA: Certifique-se de que o computador com bateria de
42 Wh esteja conectado a um adaptador de energia de 65 W
para que esse recurso seja compatível.
NOTA: Também é necessário ativar o modo ExpressCharge
na tela de configuração do BIOS, selecionando
Energia>Configuração da bateria>ExpressCharge e, em
seguida, pressionando Enter.
Requisitos do adaptador de energia (para computadores fornecidos
com bateria de 3 células, 54 Wh e placa gráfica integrada)
A tabela abaixo lista os requisitos do adaptador de energia doLatitude 3450
24 Especificações do Latitude 3450
NOTA: Se você não comprou o adaptador de energia da marca Dell, recomendado para o seu computador, certifique-se de que o
adaptador que está sendo usado atenda aos seguintes requisitos:
Tabela 21. Requisitos do adaptador de energia doLatitude 3450
Descrição Valor
Alimentação necessária para que um adaptador de energia atinja o 100 W
desempenho ideal.
Energia que carrega o computador com uma velocidade mais lenta. Menos de 60 W
NOTA: Uma mensagem de advertência pode aparecer
informando sobre o uso de um adaptador de menor potência e
velocidade de carregamento mais lenta.
Energia mínima necessária de um adaptador de energia para operar 27 W
o computador e carregar a bateria.
NOTA: Uma mensagem de advertência é exibida informando
sobre o uso de um adaptador com alimentação mais baixa e
velocidade de carregamento mais lenta.
Carregamento rápido do USB Power Delivery (PD) Compatível
Modo ExpressCharge Compatível
NOTA: Certifique-se de que o computador com bateria de
54 Wh esteja conectado a um adaptador de energia de 100 W
para que esse recurso seja compatível.
NOTA: Também é necessário ativar o modo ExpressCharge
na tela de configuração do BIOS, selecionando
Energia>Configuração da bateria>ExpressCharge e, em
seguida, pressionando Enter.
Requisitos do adaptador de energia (para computadores fornecidos
com bateria de 3 células, 54 Wh e placa gráfica dedicada)
A tabela abaixo lista os requisitos do adaptador de energia do Latitude 3450
NOTA: Se você não comprou o adaptador de energia da marca Dell, recomendado para o seu computador, certifique-se de que o
adaptador que está sendo usado atenda aos seguintes requisitos:
Tabela 22. Requisitos do adaptador de energia do Latitude 3450
Descrição Valor
Alimentação necessária para que um adaptador de energia atinja o 100 W
desempenho ideal.
Energia que carrega o computador com uma velocidade mais lenta. Menos de 100 W
NOTA: Uma mensagem de advertência pode aparecer
informando sobre o uso de um adaptador de menor potência e
velocidade de carregamento mais lenta.
Energia mínima necessária de um adaptador de energia para operar 45 W
o computador e carregar a bateria.
NOTA: Uma mensagem de advertência é exibida informando
sobre o uso de um adaptador com alimentação mais baixa e
velocidade de carregamento mais lenta.
Carregamento rápido do USB Power Delivery (PD) Compatível
Modo ExpressCharge Compatível
Especificações do Latitude 3450 25
Tabela 22. Requisitos do adaptador de energia do Latitude 3450 (continuação)
Descrição Valor
NOTA: Certifique-se de que o computador com bateria de
54 Wh esteja conectado a um adaptador de energia de 100 W
para que esse recurso seja compatível.
NOTA: Também é necessário ativar o modo ExpressCharge
na tela de configuração do BIOS, selecionando
Energia>Configuração da bateria>ExpressCharge e, em
seguida, pressionando Enter.
Bateria
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações da bateria do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 23. Especificações da bateria
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção quatro
Tipo de bateria 3 células, 42 3 células, 54 Wh, 3 células, 42 Wh, 3 células, 54 Wh,
Wh, ExpressCharge, ExpressCharge, capacidade ExpressCharge, ciclo ExpressCharge, ciclo
capacidade para para ExpressCharge Boost de vida longo, garantia de vida longo, garantia
ExpressCharge Boost limitada de hardware limitada de hardware
de 3 anos de 3 anos
Tensão da bateria 11,4 VCC 11,4 VCC 11,4 VCC 11,4 VCC
Peso da bateria (máximo) 0,19 kg 0,22 kg 0,19 kg 0,22 kg
Dimensões da bateria:
Altura 5,73 mm (0,22 pol.) 5,73 mm (0,22 pol.) 5,73 mm (0,22 pol.) 5,73 mm (0,22 pol.)
Largura 263 mm (10,35 pol.) 263 mm (10,35 pol.) 263 mm (10,35 pol.) 263 mm (10,35 pol.)
Profundid 79,42 mm (3,12 pol.) 79,42 mm (3,12 pol.) 79,42 mm (3,12 pol.) 79,42 mm (3,12 pol.)
ade
Faixa de temperatura:
De 0 °C a 45 °C (32 °F a 0 °C a 45 °C (32 °F a 0 °C a 45 °C (32 °F a 0 °C a 45 °C (32 °F a
operação 113 °F) 113 °F) 113 °F) 113 °F)
Armazena -20 °C a 60 °C (-4 °F a -20 °C a 60 °C (-4 °F a 140 -20 °C a 60 °C (-4 °F -20 °C a 60 °C (-4 °F
mento 140 °F). °F). a 140 °F). a 140 °F).
Tempo de operação da Varia conforme Varia conforme as condições Varia conforme Varia conforme
bateria as condições de de operação e pode ser as condições de as condições de
operação e pode significativamente reduzido operação e pode operação e pode
ser significativamente sob certas condições de uso ser significativamente ser significativamente
reduzido sob certas intenso de energia. reduzido sob certas reduzido sob certas
condições de uso intenso condições de uso condições de uso
de energia. intenso de energia. intenso de energia.
Tempo de carga da bateria ● 0 a 15 °C—4 horas ● 0 a 15 °C—4 horas ● 0 a 15 °C— ● 0 a 15 °C—
(aproximado) (com o computador (com o computador 4 horas (com 4 horas (com
NOTA: Controle desligado) desligado) o computador o computador
o tempo ● 16 a 45 °C—2 horas ● 16 a 45 °C—2 horas desligado) desligado)
de carregamento, (com o computador (com o computador ● 16 a 45 °C— ● 16 a 45 °C—
duração, hora de desligado) desligado) 2 horas (com 2 horas (com
início e término e
26 Especificações do Latitude 3450
Tabela 23. Especificações da bateria (continuação)
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção quatro
assim por diante, ● 46 a 50 °C—3 horas ● 46 a 50 °C—3 horas o computador o computador
usando o aplicativo Dell (com o computador (com o computador desligado) desligado)
Power Manager. Para desligado) desligado) ● 46 a 50 °C— ● 46 a 50 °C—
obter mais informações 3 horas (com 3 horas (com
sobre o Dell Power o computador o computador
Manager, consulte Eu e desligado) desligado)
o Meu Dell em Suporte
Dell
Bateria de célula tipo CR2032 CR2032 CR2032 CR2032
moeda
CUIDADO: Os intervalos de temperatura de armazenamento e de operação podem ser diferentes entre os
componentes. Assim, operar ou armazenar o dispositivo fora desses intervalos pode afetar o desempenho de
componentes específicos.
CUIDADO: A Dell recomenda que você carregue a bateria regularmente para obter o consumo de energia ideal. Se a
carga da bateria estiver completamente esgotada, conecte o adaptador de energia, ligue o computador e, em seguida,
reinicie o computador para reduzir o consumo de energia.
Tela
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações da tela do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 24. Especificações da tela
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção quatro
Tipo de tela 14 polegadas, alta Full HD (FHD), Full HD (FHD), Full HD (FHD),
definição (HD) 14 polegadas 14 polegadas 14 polegadas
Tecnologia de painel da Nemáticos trançados IPS (In-Plane Switching) IPS (In-Plane Switching) IPS (In-Plane
tela Switching)
Dimensões do painel da
tela (área ativa):
Altura 309,37 mm (12,18 pol.) 309,37 mm (12,18 pol.) 309,37 mm (12,18 pol.) 309,37 mm
(12,18 pol.)
Largura 174,02 mm (6,85 pol.) 174,02 mm (6,85 pol.) 174,02 mm (6,85 pol.) 174,02 mm (6,85 pol.)
Diagonal 354,95 mm (13,97 pol.) 354,95 mm (13,97 pol.) 354,95 mm (13,97 pol.) 354,95 mm
(13,97 pol.)
Resolução nativa do 1.366 x 768 1920 x 1080 1920 x 1080 1920 x 1080
painel da tela
Luminância (típico) 220 nits 250 nits 300 nits 400 nits
Megapixels 1,05 2,07 2,07 2,07
Gama de cores 45% (NTSC) 45% (NTSC) 72% (NTSC) 100% sRGB
Profundidade de cores 6 bits 6 bits 6 bits + FRC True (Verdadeiro) 8
bits
Cor 262 K 262 K 16,2 M 16,7 milhões
Especificações do Latitude 3450 27
Tabela 24. Especificações da tela (continuação)
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção quatro
Pixels por polegada (PPI) 112 157 157 157
Taxa de contraste (típica) 400:1 700:1 700:1 1.500:1
Tempo de resposta 25 ms 35 ms 35 ms 35 ms
(máximo)
Taxa de atualização 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz
Ângulo de visualização 45 +/- graus 85 +/- graus 85 +/- graus 85 +/- graus
horizontal
Ângulo de visualização 35 +/- graus 85 +/- graus 85 +/- graus 85 +/- graus
vertical
Distância entre pixels 0,2265 (H)*0,2265 (V) 0,161 (H)*0,161 (V) 0,161 (H)*0,161 (V) 0,161 (H)*0,161 (V)
Consumo de energia 2,4 W 3,1 W 4,3 W 2,5 W
(máximo)
Acabamento antirreflexo x Antirreflexo Antirreflexo Antirreflexo Antirreflexo
brilhante
Opções de toque Não Não Sim Não
Leitor de impressões digitais
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações do leitor de impressões digitais do Latitude 3450.
NOTA: O leitor de impressões digitais fica no botão liga/desliga.
Tabela 25. Especificações do leitor de impressões digitais
Descrição Valores
Tecnologia de sensor Capacitiva
Resolução do sensor 500 ppi
Tamanho de pixels do sensor 108 x 88
Sensor
A tabela a seguir lista o sensor do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 26. Sensor
Suporte do sensor
Desempenho térmico adaptável - aplicável apenas para placas gráficas dedicadas
GPU — integrada
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações da unidade de processamento gráfico (GPU) integrada compatível com o Latitude 3450.
28 Especificações do Latitude 3450
Tabela 27. GPU — integrada
Controlador Suporte a monitor externo Tamanho da memória Processador
Placa gráfica Intel UHD ● Uma USB4 (20 Gbps) com Memória do sistema Intel Core i3-1315U de 13a
Power Delivery e DisplayPort compartilhada geração
● Uma porta HDMI 1.4
● Compatibilidade reversa com
TBT
Placa gráfica Intel Iris Xe ● Uma USB4 (20 Gbps) com Memória do sistema ● Intel Core i5-1335U de 13a
Power Delivery e DisplayPort compartilhada geração
● Uma porta HDMI 1.4 ● Intel Core i5-1345U de 13a
● Compatibilidade reversa com geração
TBT ● Intel Core i7-1355U de 13a
geração
Placa de vídeo integrada Intel ● Uma USB4 (20 Gbps) com Memória do sistema ● Intel Core Ultra 5 125U
Graphics Power Delivery e DisplayPort compartilhada ● Intel Core Ultra 5 135U
● Uma porta HDMI 2.0 ● Intel Core Ultra 7 155U
● Compatibilidade reversa com
TBT
GPU — dedicada
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações da unidade de processamento gráfico (GPU) dedicada suportada pelo Latitude 3450.
Tabela 28. GPU — dedicada
Controlador Tamanho da memória Tipo de memória
Nvidia GeForce MX570A 2 GB GDDR6
Matriz de suporte para várias telas
A tabela a seguir mostra a matriz de suporte para o Latitude 3450.
Tabela 29. Matriz de suporte para várias telas
Placa gráfica Direct Graphics Controller Telas externas compatíveis com Telas externas compatíveis
Direct Output Mode tela interna do computador ligada com tela interna do
computador desligada
Placa gráfica Intel UHD Integrada 3 4
Placa gráfica Intel Iris Xe Integrada 3 4
Placa de vídeo integrada Integrada 3 4
Intel Graphics
Segurança de hardware
A tabela a seguir mostra a segurança de hardware do Latitude 3450.
Especificações do Latitude 3450 29
Tabela 30. Segurança de hardware
Segurança de hardware
Um slot de trava de segurança Wedge
Certificação FIPS 140-2 para TPM
Certificação TCG para TPM (Trusted Computing Group)
Chassis Intrusion Detection
BIOS - Limpeza do TPM e/ou bloqueio de inicialização do sistema após detecção de invasão do chassi
RPMC (especificar via SPI Flash ou eRPMC)
Circuito de detecção/prevenção de desvio do SPI Flash
Ambiente de operação e armazenamento
Esta tabela lista as especificações de operação e armazenamento do Latitude 3450.
Nível de poluentes transportados: G1, conforme definido pela norma ISA-S71.04-1985
Tabela 31. Características ambientais do computador
Descrição Operação Armazenamento
Faixa de temperatura 0 °C a 40 °C (32 °F a 104 °F) -40 °C a 65 °C (-40 °F a 149 °F)
Umidade relativa (máxima) 90% (sem condensação) 95% (sem condensação)
Vibração (máxima)* 0,66 GRMS NA
Choque (máximo) 140 G† NA
Faixa de altitude -15,2 m a 3.048 m (-49,8 pés a 10.000 pés) -15,2 m a 10.668 m (-49,8 pés a 35.000
pés)
CUIDADO: Os intervalos de temperatura de armazenamento e de operação podem ser diferentes entre os
componentes. Assim, operar ou armazenar o dispositivo fora desses intervalos pode afetar o desempenho de
componentes específicos.
* Medida usando um espectro de vibração aleatório que simula o ambiente do usuário.
† Medida usando um pulso de meio seno de 2 ms.
30 Especificações do Latitude 3450
4
Como trabalhar na parte interna do
computador
Instruções de segurança
Use as diretrizes de segurança a seguir para proteger o computador contra possíveis danos e garantir sua segurança pessoal. A menos
que indicado de outra forma, cada procedimento neste documento pressupõe que você leu as informações de segurança enviadas com o
computador.
ATENÇÃO: Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador, leia as informações de segurança fornecidas com o
computador. Para obter mais práticas recomendadas de segurança, consulte a página inicial da Dell sobre conformidade
com normas.
ATENÇÃO: Desconecte o computador de todas as fontes de energia antes de abrir a tampa ou os painéis do computador.
Depois que terminar de trabalhar na parte interna do computador, recoloque todas as tampas, painéis e parafusos antes
de conectar o computador a uma tomada elétrica.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos ao computador, certifique-se de que a superfície de trabalho seja plana e esteja seca e
limpa.
CUIDADO: Você deve somente solucionar problemas ou realizar consertos simples conforme autorizado ou direcionado
pela equipe de suporte técnico da Dell. Danos decorrentes de mão de obra não autorizada pela Dell não serão cobertos
pela garantia. Consulte as instruções de segurança enviadas com o produto ou acesse a Página inicial de conformidade
com normas da Dell.
CUIDADO: Antes de tocar em qualquer componente na parte interna do computador, elimine a eletricidade estática de
seu corpo tocando em uma superfície metálica sem pintura, como o metal da parte posterior do computador. Enquanto
trabalha, toque periodicamente em uma superfície metálica sem pintura para dissipar a eletricidade estática, que poderia
danificar componentes internos.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos aos componentes e placas, segure-os pelas bordas e evite tocar nos pinos e contatos.
CUIDADO: Ao desconectar um cabo, puxe-o pelo conector ou pela aba de puxar, não pelo próprio cabo. Alguns cabos
possuem conectores com presilhas ou parafusos borboleta que você precisará soltar antes de desconectar o cabo. Ao
desconectar os cabos, mantenha-os alinhados para evitar entortar os pinos do conector. Ao conectar cabos, certifique-
se de que o conector no cabo esteja corretamente orientado e alinhado com a porta.
CUIDADO: Pressione e ejete os cartões instalados no leitor de cartão de mídia.
CUIDADO: Tenha cuidado ao manusear baterias de íons de lítio em notebooks. Baterias inchadas não devem ser usadas e
devem ser substituídas e descartadas adequadamente.
Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Etapas
1. Salve e feche todos os arquivos abertos e saia de todos os aplicativos abertos.
2. Desligue o computador. Para sistema operacional Windows, clique em Iniciar > Liga/desliga > Desligar.
NOTA: Se você estiver usando um sistema operacional diferente, consulte a documentação do seu sistema operacional para
obter instruções.
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 31
3. Desligue todos os periféricos conectados.
4. Desconecte o computador das tomadas elétricas.
5. Desconecte todos os dispositivos de rede e periféricos conectados ao computador, como o teclado, mouse, monitor e assim por
diante.
6. Remova qualquer placa de mídia e de unidade óptica do computador, se aplicável.
7. Entre no Modo de serviço.
Modo de serviço
O Modo de serviço é usado para cortar a energia, sem desconectar o cabo da bateria da placa de sistema, antes de realizar reparos no
computador.
CUIDADO: Se você não conseguir ligar o computador para colocá-lo no modo de serviço, então desconecte o cabo da
bateria. Para desconectar o cabo da bateria, siga as etapas em Como remover a bateria.
NOTA: Certifique-se de que o computador esteja desligado e que o adaptador de energia esteja desconectado.
a. Mantenha pressionada a tecla B e pressione o botão liga/desliga por três segundos ou até que o logotipo da Dell seja exibido na
tela.
b. Press any key to continue. (Inicializando a partição do utilitário de diagnóstico da Dell. Pressione qualquer tecla para continuar).
c. Se o adaptador de energia não estiver desconectado, uma mensagem solicitando a desconexão desse adaptador será exibida na
tela. Desconecte o adaptador de energia e, em seguida, pressione qualquer tecla para entrar no Modo de serviço. O processo do
Modo de serviço ignorará automaticamente a etapa seguinte se a etiqueta do proprietário do computador não tiver sido
configurada com antecedência pelo usuário.
d. Quando a mensagem ready-to-proceed aparecer na tela, pressione qualquer tecla para continuar. O computador emitirá três
bipes curtos e desligará imediatamente.
O computador será desligado e entrará no Modo de serviço.
Precauções de segurança
Esta seção detalha as principais etapas que devem ser seguidas antes de realizar qualquer processo de desmontagem.
Veja as precauções de segurança a seguir antes de executar qualquer procedimento de reparo ou instalação que envolvam desmontagem
ou remontagem:
● Desligue o computador e todos os periféricos conectados.
● Desconecte o computador da corrente alternada.
● Desconecte todos os cabos de rede e os periféricos do computador.
● Use um kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas quando for trabalhar na parte interna de um para evitar danos
causados por descargas eletrostáticas.
● Depois de remover um componente do computador, coloque-o sobre um tapete antiestático.
● Use calçados com sola de borracha que não seja condutiva para reduzir a chance de ser eletrocutado.
● Desconecte, pressionando e segurando o botão liga/desliga por 15 segundos, para descarregar a energia residual na placa de sistema.
Alimentação do modo de espera
Antes de abrir a tampa traseira, é necessário desconectar os produtos Dell com alimentação em modo de espera. Os sistemas equipados
com alimentação em modo de espera são alimentados mesmo enquanto estão desligados. A energia interna permite que o computador
seja ligado (Wake-on-LAN) e colocado em modo de suspensão remotamente, além de contar com outros recursos avançados de
gerenciamento de energia.
União
A ligação é um método para conectar dois ou mais condutores de aterramento ao mesmo potencial elétrico. Isso é feito usando um kit de
descarga eletrostática (ESD) de serviço de campo. Ao conectar um fio de ligação, certifique-se de que está conectado a uma superfície
bare metal, e nunca a uma superfície pintada ou que não seja de metal. Confira se a pulseira está bem firme e em total contato com a sua
pele. Remova todas as joias, relógios, pulseiras ou anéis antes de fazer o aterramento pessoal e do equipamento.
32 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas
A ESD é uma grande preocupação quando você lida com componentes eletrônicos, especialmente componentes sensíveis, como placas
de expansão, processadores, módulos de memória e placas de sistema. Uma carga leve pode danificar os circuitos de formas que talvez
não sejam tão óbvias, causando, por exemplo, problemas intermitentes ou diminuindo a vida útil do produto. À medida que a indústria exige
menores requisitos de energia e maior densidade, a proteção contra ESD é uma preocupação crescente.
Devido ao aumento da densidade de semicondutores usados em produtos recentes da Dell, a sensibilidade a danos estáticos é agora maior
do que em produtos Dell anteriores. Por esse motivo, alguns métodos previamente aprovados de manipulação de peças não são mais
aplicáveis.
Dois tipos reconhecidos de danos por descargas eletrostáticas são falhas catastróficas e intermitentes.
● Catastrófica – falhas catastróficas representam aproximadamente 20% das falhas relacionadas a descargas eletrostáticas. Os danos
causam uma imediata e completa perda de funcionalidade do dispositivo. Um exemplo de falha catastrófica é um módulo de memória
que recebeu um choque estático e, imediatamente, gera um sintoma "Ausência de POST/vídeo" com um código de bipe emitido para
memória ausente ou não funcional.
● Intermitente – falhas intermitentes representam aproximadamente 80% das falhas relacionadas a ESD. A alta taxa de falhas
intermitentes significa que, na maioria das vezes, quando ocorre um dano, ele não é imediatamente reconhecível. O módulo
de memória recebe um choque estático, mas o traçado é apenas enfraquecido e não produz imediatamente sintomas externos
relacionados ao dano. O traçado enfraquecido pode levar semanas ou meses para derreter e pode causar degradação da integridade da
memória, erros intermitentes de memória etc.
As falhas intermitentes, também chamadas de latentes e que significam falhas em que o sistema está funcionando, porém com danos
visíveis, são difíceis de detectar e solucionar.
Execute as etapas a seguir para evitar danos ao ESD:
● Use uma pulseira contra descargas eletrostáticas com fio devidamente aterrada. As pulseiras antiestáticas sem fio não proporcionam
proteção adequada. Tocar o chassi antes de manusear peças não garante uma proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas adequada em
peças com maior sensibilidade para danos decorrentes de descargas eletrostáticas.
● Manuseie todos os componentes sensíveis à estática em uma área com proteção antiestática. Se possível, use almofadas de piso
antiestáticas e almofadas de bancada de trabalho.
● Ao desembalar um componente sensível à estática da embalagem de remessa, não remova o componente do material de embalagem
antiestático até que esteja pronto para instalar o componente. Antes de abrir a embalagem antiestática, use a pulseira antiestática
para descarregar a eletricidade estática do seu corpo. Para obter mais informações sobre a pulseira anti-ESD e o testador de pulseira
anti-ESD, consulte Componentes de um kit de serviços em campo anti-ESD.
● Antes de transportar um componente sensível a estática, coloque-o em um recipiente ou embalagem antiestático.
Kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas
O kit de serviços de campo não monitorado é o kit de serviços mais usado. Cada kit de serviços em campo inclui três componentes
principais: tapete antiestático, pulseira e fio de ligação.
CUIDADO: É essencial manter os dispositivos sensíveis à ESD longe de peças internas que são isoladas e, geralmente são
altamente carregadas, como os invólucros plásticos de dissipador de calor.
Ambiente de trabalho
Antes da implementação do kit de serviço em campo ESD, avalie a situação nas instalações do cliente. Por exemplo, a implementação
do kit para um ambiente de servidor é diferente de um ambiente de desktop ou notebook. Os servidores, geralmente, são instalados em
um rack em um data center; desktops ou notebooks são normalmente colocados em mesas de escritório ou cubículos. Sempre procure
uma grande área de trabalho plana e aberta, livre de desordem e grande o suficiente para implementar o kit ESD com espaço adicional
para acomodar o tipo de computador que está sendo reparado. O espaço de trabalho também deve estar livre de isoladores que possam
causar um evento ESD. Na área de trabalho, antes de manusear fisicamente quaisquer componentes de hardware, é necessário mover os
materiais isolantes como isopor e outros plásticos a pelo menos 30 centímetros, ou 12 polegadas, de distância de peças sensíveis.
Embalagem contra descargas eletrostáticas
Todos os dispositivos sensíveis a ESD devem ser enviados e recebidos em uma embalagem antiestática. Sacos metálicos com blindagem
estática são preferidos. No entanto, sempre é necessário devolver a peça danificada usando o mesmo saco anti-ESD e a mesma
embalagem em que a nova peça chegou. A bolsa de ESD deve ser dobrada e fechada com fita adesiva e todo o mesmo material de
embalagem de espuma deve ser usado na caixa original em que a nova peça chegou. Dispositivos sensíveis a ESD devem ser removidos da
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 33
embalagem somente em uma superfície de trabalho protegida contra ESD, e as peças nunca devem ser colocadas em cima do saco ESD,
porque somente o interior da bolsa é protegido. Sempre coloque as peças na mão, no tapete antiestático, no computador ou dentro de um
saco anti-ESD.
Componentes do kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas
Componentes de um kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas:
● Tapete antiestático: o tapete antiestático é dissipativo, e as peças podem ser colocadas nele durante os procedimentos de
serviço. Ao usar um tapete antiestático, a pulseira deve estar bem ajustada e o fio de ligação deve estar conectado ao tapete e a
qualquer bare metal no computador que receberá o serviço. Depois que tudo for implementado corretamente, as peças de serviço
poderão ser removidas da bolsa contra descargas eletrostáticas e colocadas diretamente no tapete antiestático. Os itens sensíveis a
descargas eletrostáticas estão seguros na sua mão, no tapete antiestático, no computador ou dentro de uma bolsa contra descargas
eletrostáticas.
● Pulseira anti-ESD e fio de aterramento: a pulseira anti-ESD e o fio de aterramento podem ser conectados diretamente entre o seu
pulso e o bare metal no hardware, caso o tapete antiestático não seja necessário, ou podem ser conectados ao tapete antiestático
para proteger o hardware temporariamente colocado no tapete. A conexão física da pulseira anti-ESD e do fio de aterramento entre a
pele, o tapete antiestático e o hardware é conhecida como aterramento. Use somente kits de serviços em campo com uma pulseira,
um tapete antiestático e um fio de ligação. Nunca use pulseiras sem fio. Fique sempre atento, pois os fios internos de uma pulseira
anti-ESD estão sempre propensos a danos devido ao desgaste normal e precisam ser verificados regularmente com um testador de
pulseira anti-ESD para evitar danos acidentais causados pelo hardware anti-ESD. É recomendável testar a pulseira e o fio de ligação
pelo menos uma vez por semana.
● ESD Wrist Strap Tester: Os fios dentro de uma pulseira contra descargas eletrostáticas estão sujeitos a danos com o passar do
tempo. Ao usar um kit não monitorado, é uma prática recomendada testar a pulseira regularmente antes de cada visita para suporte
e, no mínimo, testá-la uma vez por semana. Um testador de pulseira é o melhor método para fazer este teste. Para realizar o teste,
conecte o fio de ligação da pulseira no testador enquanto ele estiver preso ao pulso e aperte o botão para testar. Um LED verde
acende se o teste for bem-sucedido; um LED vermelho está aceso e um alarme soa se o teste falhar.
NOTA: É recomendado sempre usar as tradicionais pulseiras contra descargas eletrostáticas com aterramento e tapete antiestático
de proteção durante a manutenção dos produtos Dell. Além disso, é essencial manter as peças sensíveis separadas de todas as peças
isolantes ao fazer manutenção do computadores.
Transporte de componentes sensíveis
Quando for transportar componentes sensíveis a descargas eletrostáticas, como peças de reposição ou peças a serem devolvidas à Dell, é
essencial colocar essas peças nos invólucros antiestáticos para assegurar um transporte seguro.
Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Deixar parafusos soltos na parte interna do computador pode danificar gravemente o computador.
Etapas
1. Recoloque todos os parafusos e verifique se nenhum parafuso foi esquecido dentro do computador.
2. Conecte todos os dispositivos externos, periféricos e cabos que removeu antes de trabalhar no computador.
3. Recoloque todas as placas de mídia, discos e quaisquer outras peças que tenham sido removidas antes de trabalhar no computador.
4. Conecte seu computador às tomadas elétricas.
NOTA: Para sair do modo de serviço, conecte o adaptador CA à porta do adaptador de energia no computador.
5. Pressione o botão Liga/Desliga para ligar o computador.
BitLocker
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não for suspenso antes de o BIOS ser atualizado, a chave do BitLocker não será reconhecida
na próxima vez que você reiniciar o computador. A chave de recuperação precisará ser inserida para que você possa
34 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
prosseguir, e o sistema pedirá a chave de recuperação em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for
reconhecida, isso poderá resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para
saber mais, consulte o artigo de conhecimento: Atualização do BIOS em sistemas Dell com o BitLocker ativado.
A instalação dos seguintes componentes aciona o BitLocker:
● Unidade de disco rígido ou unidade de estado sólido
● Placa de sistema
Ferramentas recomendadas
Os procedimentos descritos neste documento podem exigir as seguintes ferramentas:
● Chave de fenda Phillips nº 0
● Chave de fenda Phillips nº 1
● Chave plástica
Lista de parafusos
NOTA: Ao remover parafusos de um componente, é recomendável anotar o tipo do parafuso e a quantidade de parafusos e, em
seguida, coloque-os em uma caixa de armazenamento de parafusos. Isto é feito para garantir que o número correto de parafusos e
tipo correto de parafuso sejam recuperados quando o componente for recolocado.
NOTA: Alguns computadores têm superfícies magnéticas. Certifique-se de que os parafusos não fiquem presos nessas superfícies ao
recolocar um componente.
NOTA: A cor do parafuso pode variar dependendo da configuração solicitada.
Tabela 32. Lista de parafusos
Componente Tipo do parafuso Quantidade Imagem do parafuso
Bateria Parafuso 5
Dissipador de calor - placa gráfica Parafuso 7
dedicada
Dissipador de calor - placa gráfica Parafuso 4
integrada
Conjunto da tela M2.5x5 4
Painel de exibição M2.5x2.5 6
Ventilador M2x3 2
Placa de E/S M2.5x5 2
M2x5 2
M2x3 1
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 35
Tabela 32. Lista de parafusos (continuação)
Componente Tipo do parafuso Quantidade Imagem do parafuso
Unidade de estado sólido M.2230 M2x2 2
Placa do botão liga/desliga M2x2.5 2
Porta do adaptador de energia M2.5x5 2
Placa de sistema M2x3 4
M2x5 2
M2.5x5 2
Touchpad M2x2 6
Placa de rede sem fio M2x3 1
Principais componentes do Latitude 3450
A imagem a seguir mostra os principais componentes do Latitude 3450.
NOTA: A Dell apresenta uma lista de componentes e seus números de peça para a configuração original do sistema adquirida. Essas
peças são disponibilizadas conforme as coberturas de garantia adquiridas pelo cliente. Entre em contato com o representante de
vendas Dell para obter as opções de compra.
36 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Figura 8. Visão expandida do Latitude 3450
1. Tampa da base
2. Placa de E/S
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 37
3. Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
4. Módulos de memória
5. Placa de rede sem fio
6. Placa de sistema
7. Alto-falantes
8. Conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado
9. Conjunto da tela
10. Touchpad
11. Cabo da porta de entrada de alimentação CC
12. Bateria
13. cabo da placa de E/S
14. Bateria de célula tipo moeda
15. Ventilador
16. Dissipador de calor
17. Botão liga/desliga
38 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
5
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer
Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo
cliente)
Os componentes substituíveis neste capítulo são as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis do cliente).
CUIDADO: Os clientes só podem substituir as unidades substituíveis pelo cliente (CRUs) seguindo as precauções de
segurança e os procedimentos de substituição.
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Tampa da base
Como remover a tampa da base
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa da base e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 39
Figura 9. Como remover a tampa da base
40 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 10. Como remover a tampa da base
Etapas
1. Solte os nove parafusos prisioneiros que fixam a tampa da base ao chassi.
2. Usando uma chave plástica, abra a tampa da base começando dos recessos localizados nas reentrâncias em forma de U na borda
inferior da tampa da base perto das dobradiças.
3. Abra o lado superior da tampa da base e continue trabalhando nos lados esquerdo, direito e inferior para abrir a tampa da base.
4. Levante com cuidado e remova a tampa da base do chassi.
NOTA: Certifique-se de que o computador esteja em Modo de serviço. Se não for possível colocar o computador no modo de
serviço, desconecte o cabo da bateria da placa de sistema. Para desconectar o cabo da bateria, siga as etapas 5 a 7.
5. Desconecte o cabo da bateria da placa de sistema.
6. Retire a fita que fixa o cabo da bateria na bateria.
7. Mantenha o botão liga/desliga pressionado por cinco segundos para aterrar o computador e drenar a energia residual.
Como instalar a tampa da base
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa da base e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 41
Figura 11. Como instalar a tampa da base
42 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 12. Como instalar a tampa da base
Etapas
1. Coloque a tampa da base na parte superior do chassi.
2. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos na tampa da base com os orifícios dos parafusos no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado e
encaixe as travas da tampa da base no lugar.
3. Aperte os nove parafusos prisioneiros para fixar a tampa da base no chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulo de memória
Como remover o módulo de memória
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 43
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo de memória e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 13. Como remover o módulo de memória
Etapas
1. Pressione os clipes que fixam o módulo de memória até que o módulo soltar.
2. Remova o módulo de memória do slot de memória.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos no módulo de memória, segure-o pelas bordas. Não toque nos componentes nem
nos contatos metálicos do módulo de memória, pois a descarga eletrostática pode causar danos graves aos
componentes. Para saber mais sobre a proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas, consulte Proteção contra
descargas eletrostáticas.
Como instalar os módulos de memória
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A figura indica a localização do módulo de memória e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
44 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 14. Como instalar os módulos de memória
Etapas
1. Alinhe o entalhe do módulo de memória com a aba do slot módulo-memória.
2. Deslize o módulo inclinado no slot.
3. Pressione o módulo de memória para baixo até encaixá-lo no lugar.
NOTA: Se não ouvir o clique, remova o módulo de memória e reinstale-o.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Placa de rede sem fio
Como remover a placa de rede sem fio
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de rede sem fio e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 45
Figura 15. Como remover a placa de rede sem fio
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3) que fixa o suporte da placa de rede sem fio na placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e remova o suporte da placa de rede sem fio do sistema.
3. Desconecte os cabos da antena WLAN dos respectivos conectores na placa de rede sem fio.
4. Levante e remova a placa de rede sem fio do respectivo slot na placa de sistema.
Como instalar a placa de rede sem fio
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
46 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Sobre esta tarefa
Figura 16. Como instalar a placa de rede sem fio
Etapas
1. Conecte os cabos da antena WLAN aos respectivos conectores na placa de rede sem fio.
NOTA: Os conectores do cabo da antena WLAN são frágeis, e é necessário tomar o máximo de cuidado ao recolocá-los.
Tabela 33. Esquema de cores do cabo da antena WLAN
Conectores na placa de rede sem fio Cor do cabo da antena
Principal - Triângulo branco (△) no módulo de rede sem fio da Cabo branco
placa de sistema
Auxiliar - Triângulo sólido (▲) no módulo de rede sem fio da placa Cabo preto
de sistema
2. Alinhe o entalhe na placa de rede sem fio com a aba no slot da placa de rede sem fio.
3. Insira a placa de rede sem fio inclinada no respectivo slot.
4. Coloque o suporte da placa de rede sem fio na respectiva placa.
5. Alinhe o orifício do parafuso no suporte da placa sem fio com o orifício do parafuso na placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 47
6. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3) que fixa o suporte da placa de rede sem fio e a placa de rede sem fio na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Bateria de célula tipo moeda
Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: Quando a bateria de célula tipo moeda for removida, as configurações do CMOS serão excluídas.
A imagem a seguir indica a localização da bateria de célula tipo moeda e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
48 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 17. Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo da bateria de célula tipo moeda do conector na placa de sistema.
2. Usando uma chave plástica, retire a bateria de célula tipo moeda do seu slot no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização da bateria de célula tipo moeda e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 49
Figura 18. Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Etapas
1. Alinhe e coloque a bateria de cédula tipo moeda em seu slot no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
2. Conecte o cabo da bateria de célula tipo moeda ao conector na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Unidade de estado sólido M.2
Como remover unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
50 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
Figura 19. Como remover unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x2) que prende o suporte da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 à placa de sistema.
2. Retire o suporte da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 do conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
3. Vire o suporte da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 e remova o parafuso único (M2x2) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
no suporte da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230.
4. Remova a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230.
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento
de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 51
Figura 20. Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
Etapas
1. Alinhe o entalhe na unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 com a guia no suporte da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230.
2. Recoloque o parafuso único (M2x2) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no suporte da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230.
3. Deslize a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no conector do cartão M.2 na placa de sistema.
4. Alinhe o orifício do parafuso no suporte da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 ao orifício correspondente no conjunto do apoio para as
mãos e teclado.
5. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x2) para fixar o suporte da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Alto-falantes
Como remover os alto-falantes
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
52 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização dos alto-falantes e oferecem uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 21. Como remover os alto-falantes
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do alto-falante do conector na placa de sistema.
2. Retire o cabo do alto-falante das guias no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
3. Remova os alto-falantes do conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 53
Como instalar os alto-falantes
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: Se os pinos de borracha forem empurrados para fora ao remover os alto-falantes, empurre-os de volta antes de recolocar os
alto-falantes.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização dos alto-falantes e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação
54 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 22. Como instalar os alto-falantes
Etapas
1. Utilizando as hastes de alinhamento e os pinos de borracha, coloque os alto-falantes em seus slots no conjunto do apoio para as mãos
e teclado.
2. Passe os cabos do alto-falante pelas guias no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
3. Conecte o cabo do alto falante ao conector na placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 55
4. Certifique-se de que as hastes de alinhamento sejam roscadas pelos pinos de borracha nos alto-falantes.
5. Depois de colocar os alto-falantes no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado, certifique-se de que os pinos de borracha estejam
encaixados nos slots e instalados corretamente nos alto-falantes.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
56 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
6
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-
Replaceable Units)
Os componentes substituíveis neste capítulo são FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units).
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
CUIDADO: Para evitar possíveis danos ao componente ou perda de dados, certifique-se de que um técnico de serviço
autorizado substitua as unidades substituíveis em campo (FRUs).
CUIDADO: A Dell Technologies recomenda que esse conjunto de reparos, se necessário, seja conduzido por especialistas
treinados em reparo técnico.
CUIDADO: Lembre-se de que sua garantia não cobre danos que possam ocorrer durante reparos de FRU que não sejam
autorizados pela Dell Technologies.
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Bateria
Precauções com a bateria de íon de lítio recarregável
CUIDADO:
● Tenha cuidado ao manusear baterias de íons de lítio recarregáveis.
● Descarregue completamente a bateria antes de removê-la. Desconecte o adaptador de energia CA do computador
e opere o computador somente com a alimentação da bateria. A bateria está totalmente descarregada quando o
computador não acende ao pressionar o botão liga/desliga.
● Não esmague, derrube, mutile ou penetre na bateria com objetos estranhos.
● Não exponha a bateria a altas temperaturas nem desmonte baterias e células.
● Não aplique pressão na superfície da bateria.
● Não incline a bateria.
● Não use ferramentas de qualquer tipo para pressionar a bateria.
● Certifique-se de que, durante as operações de serviço deste produto, nenhum parafuso seja perdido ou extraviado,
para evitar perfuração acidental ou danos à bateria e outros componentes do computador.
● Se uma bateria ficar presa dentro de seu computador como resultado de um inchaço, não tente soltá-la, pois pode
ser perigoso perfurar, dobrar ou esmagar uma bateria de íon de lítio recarregável. Nesse caso, entre em contato com
o suporte técnico da Dell para obter assistência. Consulte Entrar em contato com o suporte no site do Suporte Dell.
● Sempre compre baterias originais do site da Dell ou de parceiros e revendedores autorizados da Dell.
● Baterias inchadas não devem ser usadas e devem ser substituídas e descartadas adequadamente. Para obter
diretrizes sobre como manusear e substituir baterias de íon de lítio recarregáveis inchadas, consulte Como manusear
baterias de íon de lítio recarregáveis inchadas.
Como remover a bateria
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 57
2. Remova a tampa da base.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização das baterias e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 23. Como remover a bateria
Etapas
1. Use a aba de puxar para desconectar o cabo da bateria do conector na placa de sistema.
2. Afrouxe os cinco parafusos prisioneiros que fixam a bateria no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
3. Levante a bateria removendo-a do conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
Como instalar a bateria
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização das baterias e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
58 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 24. Como instalar a bateria
Etapas
1. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos da bateria com os orifícios correspondentes no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
2. Aperte os cinco parafusos prisioneiros para fixar a bateria no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
3. Conecte o cabo da bateria ao conector na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Cabo da bateria
Como remover o cabo da bateria
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova a bateria.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do cabo da bateria e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 59
Figura 25. Como remover o cabo da bateria
Etapas
1. Remova das guias de passagem na bateria o cabo da bateria.
2. Desconecte o cabo da bateria do respectivo conector na bateria.
3. Retire o cabo da bateria da bateria.
Como instalar o cabo da bateria
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do cabo da bateria e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
60 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 26. Como instalar o cabo da bateria
Etapas
1. Conecte o cabo da bateria ao conector na bateria.
2. Passe o cabo da bateria pelas guias de passagem na bateria.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a bateria.
2. Instale a tampa da base.
3. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Porta do adaptador de energia
Como remover a porta do adaptador de energia
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 61
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da porta do adaptador de energia e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
Figura 27. Como remover a porta do adaptador de energia
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M2.5x5) que fixam a dobradiça esquerda da tela ao sistema.
2. Levante a dobradiça esquerda da tela na direção vertical para fora do sistema.
3. Desconecte o cabo da porta do adaptador de energia do conector na placa de sistema e remova a porta do adaptador de energia da
placa de sistema.
Como instalar a porta do adaptador de energia
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da porta do adaptador de energia e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
62 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 28. Como instalar a porta do adaptador de energia
Etapas
1. Alinhe e coloque a porta do adaptador de energia na placa de sistema.
2. Conecte o cabo da porta do adaptador de energia ao conector na placa de sistema.
3. Pressione com cuidado a dobradiça esquerda da tela para baixo em direção ao sistema.
4. Alinhe o orifício do parafuso na dobradiça esquerda da tela com o orifício correspondente no sistema.
5. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M2.5x5) para fixar a dobradiça esquerda da tela ao sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Dissipador de calor
Como remover o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas integradas
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 63
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: O dissipador de calor pode esquentar durante a operação normal. Aguarde tempo suficiente para o resfriamento do dissipador
de calor antes de tocá-lo.
NOTA: Para garantir o máximo resfriamento do processador, não toque nas áreas de transferência do dissipador de calor. A
oleosidade da pele pode reduzir a capacidade de transferência de calor da graxa térmica.
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do dissipador de calor e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 29. Como remover o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas integradas
Etapas
1. Solte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros que fixam o dissipador de calor à placa de sistema na ordem sequencial inversa mencionada no
dissipador de calor [4 > 3 > 2 > 1].
2. Erga e remova o dissipador de calor da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas integradas
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: Se a placa de sistema ou o dissipador de calor forem substituídos, use a graxa térmica inclusa no kit para garantir que haja
condutividade térmica.
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do dissipador de calor e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
64 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 30. Como instalar o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas integradas
Etapas
1. Coloque o dissipador de calor no respectivo slot na placa de sistema.
2. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos no dissipador de calor com os orifícios dos parafusos na placa de sistema na ordem sequencial
mencionada no dissipador de calor [1 > 2 > 3 > 4].
3. Aperte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros para fixar o dissipador de calor na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas dedicadas
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: O dissipador de calor pode esquentar durante a operação normal. Aguarde tempo suficiente para o resfriamento do dissipador
de calor antes de tocá-lo.
NOTA: Para garantir o máximo resfriamento do processador, não toque nas áreas de transferência de calor do dissipador de calor. A
oleosidade da pele pode reduzir a capacidade de transferência de calor da graxa térmica.
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do dissipador de calor e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 65
Figura 31. Como remover o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas dedicadas
Etapas
1. Solte os sete parafusos prisioneiros que fixam o dissipador de calor à placa de sistema na ordem sequencial inversa mencionada no
dissipador de calor [7 > 6 > 5 > 4 > 3 > 2 > 1].
2. Erga e remova o dissipador de calor da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas dedicadas
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: Se a placa de sistema ou o dissipador de calor for substituído, use a graxa térmica disponibilizada no kit para garantir que haja
condutividade térmica.
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do dissipador de calor e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
66 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 32. Como instalar o dissipador de calor para placas gráficas dedicadas
Etapas
1. Coloque o dissipador de calor no respectivo slot na placa de sistema.
2. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos no dissipador de calor com os orifícios dos parafusos na placa de sistema na ordem sequencial
mencionada no dissipador de calor [1 > 2 > 3 > 4 > 5 > 6 > 7].
3. Aperte os sete parafusos prisioneiros para fixar o dissipador de calor na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Ventilador
Como remover o ventilador
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova a placa sem fio.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: O ventilador pode ficar quente durante a operação normal. Aguarde tempo suficiente para o resfriamento do ventilador
térmico antes de tocá-lo.
NOTA: Para garantir o máximo resfriamento do processador, não toque nas áreas de transferência do ventilador térmico. A
oleosidade da pele pode reduzir a capacidade de transferência de calor da graxa térmica.
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do ventilador térmico e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 67
Figura 33. Como remover o ventilador
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do ventilador térmico do conector na placa de sistema.
2. Retire os cabos da antena WLAN das guias
3. Remova os dois parafusos (M2x3) que fixam o ventilador térmico na placa de sistema.
4. Levante e remova o ventilador térmico da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o ventilador
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do ventilador térmico e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
68 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 34. Como instalar o ventilador
Etapas
1. Posicione e alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos do ventilador com os orifícios dos parafusos da placa de sistema.
2. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M2x3) para fixar o ventilador térmico na placa de sistema.
3. Conecte o cabo do ventilador térmico no conector na placa de sistema.
4. Passe os cabos da antena da placa de rede sem fio pelas guias de encaminhamento.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Instale a placa de rede sem fio.
3. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Touchpad
Como remover o touchpad
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova a bateria.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do touchpad e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 69
Figura 35. Como remover o touchpad
Etapas
1. Abra a trava e desconecte o cabo do touchpad do conector na placa de sistema.
2. Abra a trava e desconecte o cabo do teclado do conector no módulo do touchpad.
3. Abra a trava e desconecte o cabo da retroiluminação do teclado do conector no touchpad.
4. Retire e levante parcialmente a tampa de proteção adesiva de cima do touchpad.
5. Remova os seis parafusos (M2x2) que fixam o suporte do touchpad no módulo do touchpad.
6. Levante o módulo do touchpad levemente inclinado e deslize-o para removê-lo do conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
Como instalar o touchpad
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do touchpad e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
70 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 36. Como instalar o touchpad
Etapas
1. Alinhe e coloque o módulo do touchpad no slot no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
2. Recoloque os seis parafusos (M2x2) para fixar o módulo do touchpad no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
3. Cole a tampa de proteção adesiva sobre o touchpad.
4. Conecte o cabo da retroiluminação do teclado ao conector do módulo do touchpad. .
5. Conecte o cabo do teclado ao conector no módulo do touchpad e feche a trava.
6. Conecte o cabo do touchpad ao conector na placa de sistema e feche a trava.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a bateria.
2. Instale a tampa da base.
3. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 71
Placa WLAN
Como remover a placa de E/S
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de E/S e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 37. Como remover a placa de E/S
CUIDADO: O sistema tem uma bateria de célula tipo moeda conectada à placa de E/S. Desconectar o cabo da placa de
E/S restaura as definições do programa de configuração do BIOS para o padrão. Observe as configurações do programa
de configuração do BIOS antes de desconectar o cabo da placa de E/S.
72 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M2.5x5) que fixam a dobradiça direita da tela ao sistema.
2. Levante a dobradiça direita da tela na direção vertical para fora do sistema.
3. Remova os dois parafusos (M2x5) que fixam a porta de rede.
NOTA: A tampa da porta Ethernet RJ45 pode ser removida ou instalada como um componente independente.
4. Levante e remova a porta de rede do sistema.
5. Desconecte o cabo da bateria de célula tipo moeda do respectivo conector na placa de E/S.
6. Desconecte os circuitos impressos flexíveis do leitor de impressões digitais do conector na placa de E/S.
NOTA: Esse procedimento se aplica apenas a sistemas enviados com um botão liga/desliga com leitor de impressões digitais
instalado.
7. Levante a trava e desconecte o cabo da placa de E/S da respectiva placa.
8. Remova o parafuso (M2x3) que fixa a placa de E/S no conjunto de apoio para as mãos e teclado.
9. Levante a placa de E/S do conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
Como instalar a placa de E/S
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de E/S e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 73
Figura 38. Como instalar a placa de E/S
.
CUIDADO: O sistema tem uma bateria de célula tipo moeda conectada à placa de E/S. Desconectar o cabo da placa de
E/S restaura as definições do programa de configuração do BIOS para o padrão. Observe as configurações do programa
de configuração do BIOS antes de desconectar o cabo da placa de E/S.
Etapas
1. Posicione e alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos da placa de E/S com os orifícios dos parafusos do conjunto do apoio para as mãos e
teclado.
2. Recoloque parafuso (M2x3) para fixar a placa de E/S no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
3. Conecte o cabo da placa de E/S no conector na placa e feche a trava.
4. Conecte os circuitos impressos flexíveis do leitor de impressões digitais ao conector na placa de E/S que prende os circuitos impressos
flexíveis do leitor de impressões digitais.
NOTA: Esse procedimento se aplica apenas a sistemas enviados com um botão liga/desliga com leitor de impressões digitais
instalado.
5. Conecte o cabo da bateria de célula tipo moeda ao conector na placa de E/S.
6. Conecte a porta de rede à placa de E/S.
74 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
7. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M2x5) para fixar a porta de rede.
8. Pressione com cuidado a dobradiça direita da tela para baixo em direção ao sistema.
9. Alinhe o orifício do parafuso na dobradiça direita da tela com o orifício correspondente no sistema.
10. Recoloque os três parafusos (M2.5x5) para fixar a dobradiça direita da tela ao sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa da base.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Placa do botão liga/desliga
Como remover o botão liga/desliga
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova a placa de E/S.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do botão liga/desliga e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 39. Como remover o botão liga/desliga
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M2x2.5) que fixam o botão liga/desliga no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
2. Remova o botão liga/desliga do slot no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 75
Como instalar o botão liga/desliga
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do botão liga/desliga e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 40. Como instalar o botão liga/desliga
Etapas
1. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos no botão liga/desliga aos orifícios dos parafusos no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
2. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M2x2.5) para fixar o botão liga/desliga no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a placa de E/S.
2. Instale a tampa da base.
3. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Placa de sistema
Como remover a placa de sistema
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova a bateria.
4. Remova a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
5. Remova a placa sem fio.
6. Remova o ventilador.
76 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
7. Remova o dissipador de calor.
8. Remova o conjunto da tela.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica os conectores na placa de sistema.
Figura 41. Conectores da placa de sistema
1. Conector do cabo da tela 2. Conector de porta de entrada de alimentação CC
3. Conector do cabo do alto-falante 4. Conector do cabo do touchpad
5. Conectores de módulos de memória 6. Conector do cabo da bateria
7. Conector da placa WLAN 8. Conector da unidade de estado sólido M.2
9. conector do cabo da placa de E/S 10. Conector do cabo do ventilador
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de sistema e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 77
Figura 42. Como remover a placa de sistema
CUIDADO: O sistema tem uma bateria de célula tipo moeda conectada à placa de E/S. Desconectar o cabo da placa de
E/S restaura as definições do programa de configuração do BIOS para o padrão. Observe as configurações do programa
de configuração do BIOS antes de desconectar o cabo da placa de E/S.
78 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M2.5x5) que fixam a dobradiça esquerda da tela na placa de sistema.
2. Levante a dobradiça esquerda da tela na direção vertical para fora da placa de sistema.
3. Remova os dois parafusos (M2x5) que fixam o suporte da porta USB Type-C na placa de sistema.
4. Levante e remova o suporte USB Type-C da placa de sistema.
5. Desconecte os seguintes cabos dos seus respectivos conectores na placa de sistema:
● Cabo do touchpad
● cabo da placa de E/S
● Cabo do alto-falante
● Cabo do ventilador
● Cabo de vídeo
● Cabo da porta do adaptador de energia
6. Remova os quatro parafusos (M2x3) que fixam a placa de sistema no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
7. Remova a placa de sistema do conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
Como instalar a placa de sistema
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de sistema e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 79
Figura 43. Como instalar a placa de sistema
Figura 44. Como instalar a placa de sistema
80 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
CUIDADO: O sistema tem uma bateria de célula tipo moeda conectada à placa de E/S. Desconectar o cabo da placa de
E/S restaura as definições do programa de configuração do BIOS para o padrão. Observe as configurações do programa
de configuração do BIOS antes de desconectar o cabo da placa de E/S.
Etapas
1. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos na placa de sistema com os orifícios dos parafusos do conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
2. Recoloque os quatro parafusos (M2x3) que fixam a placa de sistema no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
3. Conecte os seguintes cabos aos respectivos conectores na placa de sistema:
● Cabo do touchpad
● cabo da placa de E/S
● Cabo do alto-falante
● Cabo do ventilador
● Cabo de vídeo
● Cabo da porta do adaptador de energia
4. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos no suporte da porta USB Type-C com os orifícios dos parafusos na placa de sistema.
5. Recoloque o (M2x5) que fixa o suporte USB Type-C na placa de sistema.
6. Pressione com cuidado a dobradiça esquerda da tela para baixo em direção à placa de sistema.
7. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos na dobradiça esquerda da tela com os orifícios correspondentes na placa de sistema.
8. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M2.5x5) para fixar a dobradiça esquerda da tela à placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto da tela.
2. Instale o dissipador de calor.
3. Instale o ventilador do sistema.
4. Instale a placa de rede sem fio.
5. Instale a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
6. Instale a bateria.
7. Instale a tampa da base.
8. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado
Como remover o conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova a bateria.
4. Remova a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
5. Remova a placa sem fio.
6. Remova a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
7. Remova o conjunto da tela.
8. Remova a placa de E/S.
9. Remova o botão liga/desliga
10. Remova os alto-falantes.
11. Remova os cabos do touchpad.
12. Remova o ventilador.
13. Remova o dissipador de calor.
14. Remova a placa de sistema.
NOTA: A placa de sistema pode ser removida com o dissipador de calor conectado a ela para simplificar o procedimento e
preservar a ligação térmica entre a placa e o dissipador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 81
15. Remova a porta do adaptador de energia.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: O conjunto do apoio para as mãos não pode ser desmontado antes que todos os procedimentos de pré-remoção de peças
sejam concluídos. Se o teclado não estiver funcionando corretamente e precisar ser substituído, substitua todo o conjunto do apoio
para as mãos.
A imagem abaixo mostra o conjunto do apoio para as mãos após a execução dos procedimentos de pré-remoção das peças. Após a
execução das etapas mencionadas nos pré-requisitos, resta o conjunto do apoio para as mãos.
Figura 45. Como remover o conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado
Como instalar o conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir mostra os componentes do conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado:
82 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 46. Como instalar o conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado
Etapas
Coloque o conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado sobre uma superfície plana.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a porta do adaptador de energia.
2. Instale a placa de sistema.
NOTA: A placa de sistema pode ser instalada com o dissipador de calor térmico fixado nela para simplificar o procedimento e
preservar o acoplamento térmico entre a placa de sistema e o dissipador de calor.
3. Instale o touchpad.
4. Instale os alto-falantes
5. Instale o botão liga/desliga.
6. Instale a placa de E/S.
7. Instale o conjunto da tela.
8. Instale a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
9. Instale o dissipador de calor.
10. Instale o ventilador do sistema.
11. Instale a placa de rede sem fio.
12. Instale a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
13. Instale a bateria.
14. Instale a tampa da base.
15. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 83
Conjunto da tela
Como remover o conjunto da tela
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova a placa sem fio.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: O procedimento de remoção do conjunto da tela é o mesmo para o formato de concha e o chassi conversível 2 em 1.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto da tela e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 47. Como remover o conjunto da tela
84 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 48. Como remover o conjunto da tela
Figura 49. Como remover o conjunto da tela
Etapas
1. Coloque o sistema sobre uma superfície plana de modo que o conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado fique acomodado na horizontal
sobre a superfície.
2. Retire a fita adesiva que fixa o cabo de vídeo e remova o cabo da antena das guias.
3. Abra a trava e desconecte o cabo de vídeo do conector na placa de sistema.
4. Remova os quatro parafusos (M2.5x5) que fixam as dobradiças da tela no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
5. Levante as dobradiças esquerda e direita em direção vertical para fora do sistema.
6. Levante o conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado levemente inclinado para liberá-lo das dobradiças e removê-lo do conjunto da tela.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 85
Como instalar o conjunto da tela
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: O procedimento de instalação do conjunto da tela é o mesmo para o formato de concha e o chassi conversível 2 em 1.
NOTA: Certifique-se de que as dobradiças estejam abertas ao máximo antes de recolocar o conjunto da tela sobre o conjunto do
apoio para as mãos e teclado.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto da tela e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 50. Como instalar o conjunto da tela
86 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 51. Como instalar o conjunto da tela
Etapas
1. Coloque o conjunto da tela sobre uma superfície plana.
2. Deslize a montagem do chassi com uma leve inclinação e coloque o chassi do sistema sob as dobradiças do conjunto da tela.
3. Pressione suavemente as dobradiças da tela para alinhar os orifícios dos parafusos nas dobradiças da tela com os orifícios dos
parafusos no apoio para as mãos e no conjunto do teclado.
4. Recoloque os quatro parafusos (M2.5x5) que fixam as dobradiças da tela no conjunto do apoio para as mãos e teclado.
5. Conecte o cabo de vídeo ao respectivo conector na placa de sistema.
6. Cole a fita adesiva para fixar o cabo de vídeo.
7. Passe novamente os cabos da antena da placa de rede sem fio pelas guias de encaminhamento.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a placa de rede sem fio.
2. Instale a tampa da base.
3. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Borda da tela
Como remover a borda da tela
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova o conjunto da tela.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 87
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir mostra a borda da tela e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 52. Como remover a borda da tela
Etapas
NOTA: A borda da tela está colada ao painel de exibição com um adesivo. Insira uma chave plástica nas reentrâncias perto das
tampas das duas dobradiças para pressionar e soltar a borda da tela. Pressione ao longo do lado externo da borda da tela e continue
ao redor de toda a borda até separá-la da tampa.
CUIDADO: Cuidadosamente, retire e remova a borda da tela para minimizar o risco de danos no painel de exibição.
1. Usando uma chave plástica, pressione e abra os encaixes próximos das dobradiças esquerda e direita na borda inferior da borda da tela.
2. Continue cuidadosamente com o procedimento ao redor das bordas da borda da tela para soltá-la da tampa traseira da tela.
3. Levante a borda da tela e remova-a do conjunto da tela.
NOTA: A borda da tela é uma peça consumível e deve ser substituída por uma nova sempre que for removida do sistema.
Como instalar a borda da tela
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização da borda da tela e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
88 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 53. Como instalar a borda da tela
Etapas
NOTA: Ao instalar uma borda da tela de reposição para modelos enviados com uma câmera, retire cuidadosamente o pedaço de fita
usado para prender o disparador da câmera à borda da tela de reposição.
CUIDADO: A fita que cobre a câmera na borda da tela de reposição deve ser removida com cuidado. Um descolamento
abrupto pode remover o obturador da câmera da borda da tela e danificar o disparador da câmera.
1. Alinhe e coloque a borda da tela no conjunto.
2. Encaixe com cuidado a borda da tela no lugar.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto da tela.
2. Instale a tampa da base.
3. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Painel de exibição
Como remover o painel de exibição
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova o conjunto da tela.
4. Remova a borda da tela.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 89
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do painel de exibição e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 54. Como remover o painel de exibição
90 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 55. Como remover o painel de exibição
Figura 56. Como remover o painel de exibição
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 91
Figura 57. Como remover o painel de exibição
Figura 58. Como remover o painel de exibição
Etapas
92 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
NOTA: O painel de exibição é pré-montado com os suportes da tela como uma peça de serviço única. Não puxe as fitas SR (solta
quando esticada) e separe os suportes do painel de exibição.
1. Remova os seis parafusos (M2.5x2.5) que prendem as dobradiças esquerda e direita à tampa traseira da tela.
NOTA: Enquanto remove o painel de exibição, solte as guias do painel da tela da tampada tela antes de virá-la.
2. Levante a parte inferior do painel LCD, deslize-o para baixo e, em seguida, vire o painel para acessar o cabo de vídeo.
3. Descasque a fita condutora no conector do cabo de vídeo.
4. Abra a trava e desconecte o cabo do conector no painel de exibição.
5. Levante o painel de exibição e remova-o da tampa traseira da tela.
Como instalar o painel de exibição
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do painel de exibição e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 93
Figura 59. Como instalar o painel de exibição
94 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 60. Como instalar o painel de exibição
Figura 61. Como instalar o painel de exibição
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 95
Figura 62. Como instalar o painel de exibição
96 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 63. Como instalar o painel de exibição
Etapas
1. Coloque o painel de exibição sobre uma superfície plana e limpa.
2. Conecte o cabo de vídeo ao conector no painel de exibição e feche a trava.
3. Cole a fita condutora para fixar o cabo de vídeo no respectivo painel.
4. Insira as guias do painel de exibição nos slots na tampa da tela.
5. Recoloque os seis parafusos (M2.5x2.5) que fixam o painel de exibição na tampa traseira da tela.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a borda da tela.
2. Instale o conjunto da tela.
3. Instale a tampa da base.
4. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 97
Câmera
Como remover a câmera
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova o conjunto da tela.
4. Remova a borda da tela.
5. Remova o painel de exibição.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da câmera e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 64. Como remover a câmera
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo da câmera do módulo da câmera.
98 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
2. Levante para remover o módulo da câmera da tampa traseira da tela.
Como instalar a câmera
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do painel de exibição e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 65. Como instalar a câmera
Etapas
1. Alinhe e substitua o módulo da câmera na tampa traseira da tela.
2. Conecte o cabo da câmera ao respectivo módulo.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o painel de exibição.
2. Instale a borda da tela.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 99
3. Instale o conjunto da tela.
4. Instale a tampa da base.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
cabo eDP
Como remover o cabo eDP
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova o conjunto da tela.
4. Remova a borda da tela.
5. Remova o painel de exibição.
6. Remova a câmera.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do cabo eDP e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 66. Como remover o cabo eDP
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo eDP do conector no módulo da câmera.
2. Descole a fita condutiva e retire o cabo eDP para soltá-lo do adesivo e levante o cabo eDP da tampa traseira da tela.
100 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Como instalar o cabo eDP
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do cabo eDP e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 67. Como instalar o cabo eDP
Etapas
1. Conecte o cabo eDP ao conector no módulo da câmera.
2. Cole o cabo eDP na tampa traseira da tela.
3. Cole a fita condutiva e passe o cabo eDP até a tampa traseira da tela.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a câmera
2. Instale o painel de exibição.
3. Instale a borda da tela.
4. Instale o conjunto da tela.
5. Instale a tampa da base.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 101
Tampa traseira da tela
Como remover a tampa traseira da tela
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa da base.
3. Remova o conjunto da tela.
4. Remova a borda da tela.
5. Remova o painel de exibição.
6. Remova a câmera.
7. Remova o cabo eDP.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir mostra a tampa traseira da tela e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 68. Como remover a tampa traseira da tela
Etapas
Após a execução das etapas de pré-requisitos, ficamos com a tampa traseira da tela.
Como instalar a tampa traseira da tela
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização da tampa traseira da tela e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
102 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 69. Como instalar a tampa traseira da tela
Etapas
Coloque a tampa traseira da tela sobre uma superfície plana e limpa.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o cabo eDP.
2. Instale a câmera
3. Instale o painel de exibição.
4. Instale a borda da tela.
5. Instale o conjunto da tela.
6. Instale a tampa da base.
7. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 103
7
Software
Este capítulo apresenta em detalhes os sistemas operacionais compatíveis, além de instruções sobre como instalar os drivers.
Sistema operacional
O Latitude 3450 suporta os seguintes sistemas operacionais:
● Windows 11 Pro
● Windows 11 Home
● Ubuntu 22.04 LTS, 64 bits
Drivers e downloads
Durante a solução de problemas, o download ou a instalação de drivers, é recomendável que você leia o artigo da base de conhecimento
da Dell 000123347, Perguntas frequentes sobre drivers e downloads.
104 Software
8
Configuração do BIOS
CUIDADO: A menos que você seja um usuário experiente com computador, não altere as configurações na configuração
do BIOS. Certas alterações podem fazer com que o computador funcione de modo incorreto.
NOTA: Dependendo do computador e dos dispositivos nele instalados, as opções listadas nesta seção poderão ser exibidas, ou não.
NOTA: Antes de alterar as configurações na configuração do BIOS, é recomendável anotar as configurações originais para referência
futura.
Use a configuração do BIOS para os seguintes fins:
● Obter informações sobre o hardware instalado em seu computador, como a quantidade de memória RAM e o tamanho do dispositivo
de armazenamento.
● Alterar as informações de configuração do sistema.
● Definir ou alterar uma opção selecionável pelo usuário, como a senha do usuário e o tipo de disco rígido instalado, e ativar ou desativar
os dispositivos de base.
Entrando no programa Configuração do BIOS
Sobre esta tarefa
Ligue (ou reinicie) o computador e pressione F2 imediatamente.
Teclas de navegação
NOTA: Na maioria das opções de configuração do BIOS, as alterações efetuadas são registradas, mas elas só serão aplicadas quando
o computador for reiniciado.
Tabela 34. Teclas de navegação
Teclas Navegação
Seta para cima Passa para o campo anterior.
Seta para baixo Passa para o próximo campo.
Enter Seleciona um valor no campo selecionado (se aplicável) ou segue o
link no campo.
Barra de espaço Expande ou recolhe uma lista suspensa, se aplicável.
Guia Passa para a próxima área de foco.
Esc Passa para a página anterior até que você veja a tela principal.
Pressione Esc na tela principal para exibir uma mensagem que pede
para salvar as mudanças feitas e reiniciar o computador.
Menu de inicialização única com a tecla F12
Para acessar o Menu de inicialização única, ligue o computador e, em seguida, pressione F12 imediatamente.
NOTA: Se não for possível entrar no menu de inicialização única, repita a ação acima.
O menu de inicialização única exibe os dispositivos em que você pode fazer a inicialização, bem como as opções para iniciar o diagnóstico.
As opções do menu de inicialização são:
Configuração do BIOS 105
● Unidade removível (se disponível)
● Unidade STXXXX (se disponível)
NOTA: XXX identifica o número da unidade SATA.
● Unidade óptica (se disponível)
● Disco rígido SATA (se disponível)
● Diagnóstico
A tela do menu de inicialização única também exibe a opção de acessar a configuração do BIOS.
Exibir opções de configuração avançada
Sobre esta tarefa
Algumas opções de configuração do BIOS só ficam visíveis com a ativação do modo Advanced Setup, que é desativado por padrão.
NOTA: As opções de configuração do BIOS, incluindo as opções de Advanced Setup, estão descritas nas Opções de configuração
do sistema .
Para ativar o Advanced Setup
Etapas
1. Acesse a configuração do BIOS.
O menu Overview aparece.
2. Clique na opção Advanced Setup para alterá-la para o modo ON.
As opções de configuração avançada do BIOS estão visíveis.
Exibir opções de serviço
Sobre esta tarefa
As opções de serviço estão ocultas por padrão e só ficam visíveis ao inserir um comando de tecla de atalho.
NOTA: As opções de serviço estão descritas nas Opções de configuração do sistema .
Para exibir opções de serviço:
Etapas
1. Acesse a configuração do BIOS.
O menu Overview aparece.
2. Insira a combinação de tecla de atalho Ctrl +Alt + s para visualizar as opções de Serviço.
As opções deserviço estão visíveis.
Opções de configuração do sistema
NOTA: Dependendo do seu computador e dos dispositivos instalados, os itens listados nesta seção podem ou não serem exibidos.
Tabela 35. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Overview
Visão geral
Latitude 3450
BIOS Version Exibe o número da versão do BIOS.
Service Tag Exibe a etiqueta de serviço do computador.
Asset Tag Exibe a etiqueta de inventário do computador.
106 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 35. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Overview (continuação)
Visão geral
Manufacture Date Exibe a data de fabricação do computador.
Ownership Date Exibe a data de aquisição do computador.
Express Service Code Exibe o código de serviço expresso do computador.
Ownership Tag Exibe a etiqueta de propriedade do computador.
Battery Information
Primary Exibe a bateria principal do computador.
Battery Level Exibe o nível da bateria do computador.
Battery State Exibe o estado da bateria do computador.
Health Exibe a integridade a bateria do computador.
AC Adapter Exibe se um adaptador CA está conectado. Se conectado, exibe o tipo de adaptador CA
conectado.
Battery Life Type Exibe o tipo de duração da bateria do computador.
Processor Information
Processor Type Exibe o tipo de processador.
Maximum Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade máxima do relógio do processador.
Minimum Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade mínima do relógio do processador.
Current Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade atual do relógio do processador.
Core Count Exibe o número de núcleos no processador.
Processor ID Exibe o código de identificação do processador.
Processor L2 Cache Exibe o tamanho do cache L2 do processador.
Processor L3 Cache Exibe o tamanho do cache L3 do processador.
Microcode Version Exibe a versão do microcódigo.
Intel Hyper-Threading Capable Exibe se o processador é compatível com Hyper-Threading (HT).
64-Bit Technology Exibe se a tecnologia de 64 bits é usada.
Memory Information
Memory Installed Exibe o total de memória instalada no computador.
Memory Available Exibe o total de memória disponível no computador.
Memory Speed Exibe a velocidade da memória.
Memory Channel Mode Exibe o modo single ou dual channel.
Memory Technology Exibe a tecnologia utilizada para a memória.
DIMM_SLOT 1 Exibe o DIMM_SLOT 1 do computador.
DIMM_SLOT 2 Exibe o DIMM_SLOT 2 do computador.
Devices Information
Panel Type Exibe o tipo de painel do computador.
Video Controller Exibe o tipo do controlador de vídeo do computador.
Video Memory Exibe informações da memória de vídeo do computador.
Wi-Fi Device Exibe informações do dispositivo de rede sem fio do computador.
Native Resolution Exibe a resolução nativa do computador.
Configuração do BIOS 107
Tabela 35. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Overview (continuação)
Visão geral
Video BIOS Version Exibe a versão do BIOS de vídeo do computador.
Audio Controller Exibe informações do controlador de áudio do computador.
Bluetooth Device Exibe as informações do dispositivo Bluetooth do computador.
LOM MAC Address Exibe o endereço MAC da LAN na placa-mãe.
Pass Through MAC Address Exibe o endereço MAC da passagem de vídeo.
Cellular Device Exibe informações do dispositivo celular do computador.
Controlador de vídeo dGPU Exibe as informações do controlador de vídeo dGPU do computador.
Tabela 36. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Boot Configuration
Boot Configuration
Boot Sequence
Boot Mode: UEFI only Exibe o modo de inicialização do computador.
Boot Sequence Exibe a sequência de boot.
Secure Boot A inicialização segura é um método para garantir a integridade do caminho de
inicialização, realizando validação adicional do sistema operacional e das placas
adicionais PCI. O computador para de inicializar no sistema operacional quando um
componente não é autenticado durante o processo de inicialização. O Secure Boot pode
ser ativado na instalação do BIOS ou usando interfaces de gerenciamento, como o Dell
Command|Configure, mas só pode ser desativado na instalação do BIOS.
Enable Secure Boot Ativa a inicialização do computador usando somente software de inicialização validado.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Secure Boot está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Secure Boot
ativada para garantir que o firmware UEFI valide o sistema operacional durante o
processo de inicialização.
NOTA: Para que a inicialização segura seja ativada, o computador deve estar no
modo de inicialização UEFI e a opção Ativar ROMs opcionais preexistente deve
estar desativada.
Secure Boot Mode Ativa ou desativa o modo de operação de inicialização segura.
Por padrão, o Deployed Mode está selecionado.
NOTA: O Deployed Mode deve ser selecionado para a operação normal da
inicialização segura.
Enable Microsoft UEFI CA Quando desativado, o CA UEFI é removido do banco de dados UEFI da inicialização
segura do BIOS.
NOTA: Quando desativado, o CA UEFI da Microsoft pode tornar o computador
incapaz de inicializar, a placa gráfica do computador pode não funcionar, alguns
dispositivos podem não funcionar corretamente e o computador pode ficar
irrecuperável.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Microsoft UEFI CA está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Microsoft
UEFI CA ativada para garantir a mais ampla compatibilidade com dispositivos e sistemas
operacionais.
Expert Key Management
Enable Custom Mode Ativa ou desativa as chaves nos bancos de dados de chaves de segurança PK, KEK, db
e dbx a serem modificadas.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Custom Mode está desativada.
108 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 36. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Boot Configuration (continuação)
Boot Configuration
Custom Mode Key Management Selecione os valores personalizados para o gerenciamento de chaves especializadas.
Por padrão, a opção PK está selecionada.
Tabela 37. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Integrated Devices
Integrated Devices
Date/Time
Date Define a data do computador no formato MM/DD/AAAA. Alterações de formato de
data entram em vigor imediatamente.
Time Define a hora do computador no formato de 24 horas HH/MM/SS. Você pode alternar
entre um relógio de 12 e 24 horas. As alterações de formato de hora entram em vigor
imediatamente.
Câmera
Enable Camera Ativa a câmera.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Camera está ativada.
NOTA: Dependendo da configuração solicitada, a opção de configuração da câmera
pode não estar disponível.
Áudio
Enable Audio Ativa todo o controlador de áudio integrado.
Por padrão, todas as opções estão ativadas.
Enable Microphone Ativa o microfone.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Microphone está ativada.
NOTA: Dependendo da configuração solicitada, a opção de configuração do
microfone pode não estar disponível.
Enable Internal Speaker Ativa o alto-falante interno.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intenal Speaker está ativada.
USB/Thunderbolt Configuration
Enable USB Boot Support Ativa a inicialização a partir de dispositivos de armazenamento em massa USB
conectados às portas USB externas.
Por padrão, a opção Enable USB Boot Support está ativada.
Enable External USB Ports Ativa as portas USB externas.
Por padrão, a opção Enable External USB Ports está ativada.
Disable USB4 PCIE Tunneling Desativa a opção de tunelamento USB4 PCIE.
Por padrão, a opção Disable USB4 PCIE Tunneling está desativada.
Miscellaneous Devices
Enable Fingerprint Reader Device Ativa a opção Fingerprint Reader Device.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Fingerprint Reader Device está ativada.
Tabela 38. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Storage
Armazenamento
SATA/NVMe Operation
Configuração do BIOS 109
Tabela 38. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Storage (continuação)
Armazenamento
SATA/NVMe Operation Configura o modo de operação do controlador de unidade do disco rígido SATA
integrado.
Por padrão, a opção RAID On está selecionada. O dispositivo de armazenamento está
configurado para o modo RAID On.
Storage Interface Exibe as informações de várias unidades integradas.
Port Enablement Ativa ou desativa a opção SSD M.2 PCIe.
Por padrão, a opção M.2 PCIe SSD está ativada.
Drive Information Exibe as informações de vários drives integrados.
Tabela 39. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Display
Tela
Display Brightness
Brightness on battery power Ativa a configuração do brilho da tela quando o computador estiver funcionando com
energia da bateria.
Por padrão, o brilho da tela está configurado no nível 50 quando o computador estiver
funcionando com a bateria.
Brightness on AC power Ativa a configuração do brilho da tela quando o computador estiver funcionando com
energia CA.
Por padrão, o brilho da tela está definido no nível 100 quando o computador estiver
funcionando com energia CA.
Touchscreen Ativa ou desativa a opção da touchscreen.
Por padrão, a opção Touchscreen está ativada.
Enable EcoPower Ativa ou desativa o EcoPower.
Por padrão, a opção EcoPower está ativada.
Full Screen Logo Ativa ou desativa o computador para exibir um logotipo em tela cheia, se a imagem
corresponder à resolução da tela.
Por padrão, a opção Exibir o logotipo em tela cheia está desativada.
Tabela 40. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Connection
Connection
Integrated NIC Controla o controlador de LAN integrado.
Por padrão, a opção Enabled with PXE está ativada.
Wireless Device Enable
WLAN Ativa ou desativa o dispositivo WLAN interno.
Por padrão, a opção WLAN está ativada.
Bluetooth Ativa ou desativa o dispositivo Bluetooth interno.
Por padrão, a opção Bluetooth está ativada.
Enable UEFI Network Stack Ativa ou desativa a pilha de rede UEFI e controla o controlador LAN integrado.
Por padrão, a opção Enable UEFI Network Stack está ativada.
Wireless Radio Control
110 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 40. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Connection (continuação)
Connection
Control WLAN Radio Permite detectar a conexão do computador a uma rede com fio e desativar os rádios
sem fio selecionados (WLAN e/ou WWAN). Ao ser desconectado da rede com fio, os
rádios de rede sem fio selecionados são reativados. C
HTTP(s) Boot Ativa ou desativa os recursos de inicialização de HTTP(s).
Por padrão, a opção Auto Mode está ativada.
Tabela 41. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Power
Alimentação
Battery Configuration Permite ou não permite que o computador funcione com a bateria durante as horas
de pico de consumo de energia. Use a tabela de Início personalizado da carga e
Interrupção personalizada da carga para evitar o uso de corrente alternada entre
determinados horários de cada dia.
Por padrão, a opção Adaptativo está selecionada. As configurações da bateria são
otimizadas de modo adaptativo com base no padrão típico de uso da bateria.
Advanced Configuration
Enable Advanced Battery Charge Ativa a configuração avançada de carga da bateria desde o início do dia até um período
Configuration de trabalho especificado. Quando ativada, bateria avançada carregada maximiza a saúde
da bateria enquanto ainda suporta o uso pesado durante o dia de trabalho.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Advanced Battery Charge Configuration está
desativada.
Peak Shift
Enable Peak Shift Permite que os dispositivos externos sejam alimentados ou carregados usando a bateria
armazenada enquanto o sistema está no estado de suspensão.
Por padrão, a opção Enable USB PowerShare está desativada.
USB PowerShare
Enable USB PowerShare Permite que o computador funcione com a bateria durante as horas de pico de consumo
de energia.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Peak Shift está desativada.
Thermal Management Ativa ou desativa o ventilador de resfriamento e gerencia o calor do processador para
ajustar o desempenho, o ruído e a temperatura do computador.
Por padrão, a opção Optimized está selecionada. Configuração padrão para
desempenho, ruído e temperatura balanceados.
USB Wake Support
Wake on Dell USB-C Dock Quando ativado, a conexão de uma docking station Dell USB-C ativa o computador a
partir de Em espera, Hibernar e Desligar.
Por padrão, a opção Wake on Dell USB-C Dock está desativada.
Block Sleep Ativa ou desativa o computador de entrar no modo de suspensão (S3) no sistema
operacional.
Por padrão, a opção Block Sleep está desativada.
NOTA: Se ativado, o computador não entrará em Suspensão, o Intel Rapid Start
será desativado automaticamente e a opção de energia do sistema operacional
ficará em branco se estiver definida como Suspensa.
Lid Switch
Enable Lid Switch Ativa ou desativa o interruptor da tampa.
Configuração do BIOS 111
Tabela 41. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Power (continuação)
Alimentação
Por padrão, a opção Enable Lid Switch está ativada.
Intel Speed Shift Technology Ativa ou desativa o suporte à tecnologia Intel Speed Shift. Quando ativado, o sistema
operacional seleciona automaticamente o desempenho adequado do processador.
Por padrão, a opção Intel Speed Shift Technology está ativada.
Tabela 42. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security
Security
Trusted Platform Module (TPM) O Trusted Platform Module (TPM) oferece muitos serviços de criptografia que
servem como base para muitas tecnologias de segurança de plataforma. O módulo
de plataforma confiável (TPM) é um dispositivo de segurança que armazena chaves
geradas por computador para criptografia e recursos como BitLocker, modo seguro
virtual e comprovação remota.
Por padrão, a opção Trusted Platform Module (TPM) está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter o Trusted Platform
Module (TPM) ativado para permitir que essas tecnologias de segurança funcionem
plenamente.
NOTA: As opções listadas aplicam-se a computadores com um chip discreto do
Trusted Platform Module (TPM).
TPM On Permite ativar ou desativar o TPM.
Por padrão, a opção TPM On está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção TPM On
ativada para permitir que essas tecnologias de segurança funcionem totalmente.
Physical Presence Interface (PPI) Bypass for As opções de Ignorar interface de presença física (PPI) para comandos de ativação
Enable Commands podem ser usadas para permitir que o sistema operacional gerencie determinados
aspectos do TPM. Se essas opções estiverem ativadas, você não será solicitado a
confirmar determinadas alterações na configuração do TPM.
Por padrão, a opção PPI Bypass for Enable Commands está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção PPI Bypass
for Enable Commands ativada.
Physical Presence Interface (PPI) Bypass for Por padrão, a opção PPI Bypass for Disable Commands está desativada.
Disable Commands
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção PPI Bypass
for Disable Commands desativada.
Physical Presence Interface (PPI) Bypass for Por padrão, a opção PPI Bypass for Clear Commands está desativada.
Clear Commands
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção PPI Bypass
for Clear Commands desativada.
Attestation Enable A opção Attestation Enable controla a hierarquia de endosso do TPM. Desativar a
opção Attestation Enable impede que o TPM seja usado para assinar certificados
digitalmente.
Por padrão, a opção Attestation Enable está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Attestation
Enable ativada.
NOTA: Quando desativado, esse recurso pode causar problemas de
compatibilidade ou perda de funcionalidade em alguns sistemas operacionais.
112 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 42. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security (continuação)
Security
Key Storage Enable A opção Key Storage Enable controla a hierarquia de armazenamento do TPM,
que é usada para armazenar chaves digitais. Desativar a opção Key Storage Enable
restringe a capacidade do TPM de armazenar os dados do proprietário.
Por padrão, a opção Key Storage Enable está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Key Storage
Enable ativada.
NOTA: Quando desativado, esse recurso pode causar problemas de
compatibilidade ou perda de funcionalidade em alguns sistemas operacionais.
SHA-256 Permite controlar o algoritmo de hash usado pelo TPM. Quando ativado, o TPM usa
o algoritmo de hash SHA-256. Quando desativado, o TPM usa o algoritmo de hash
SHA-1.
Por padrão, a opção SHA-256 está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção SHA-256
ativada.
Clear Quando ativada, a opção Clear exclui as informações armazenadas no TPM depois
de sair do BIOS do computador. Essa opção retorna ao estado desativado quando o
computador é reiniciado.
Por padrão, a opção Clear está desativada.
A Dell Technologies recomenda ativar a opção Clear somente quando for necessário
excluir os dados do TPM.
TPM State Ativa ou desativa o módulo de plataforma confiável (TPM). Esse é o estado operacional
normal para o módulo de plataforma confiável (TPM) quando você deseja usar seu
array completo de recursos.
Por padrão, a opção TPM State está ativada.
Intel Platform Trust Technology (PTT) O Intel PTT é um dispositivo de módulo de plataforma confiável (fTPM) baseado
em firmware que faz parte dos chipsets Intel. Ele proporciona armazenamento de
credenciais e gerenciamento de chaves que pode substituir a funcionalidade equivalente
de um chip TPM discreto.
NOTA: As opções listadas se aplicam a computadores com um Trusted Platform
Module (TPM) discreto.
PTT On Ativa ou desativa a opção Intel PTT.
Por padrão, a opção PTT On está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção PTT On
ativada.
Physical Presence Interface (PPI) Bypass for A opção Ignorar PPI para comandos de exclusão permite que o sistema operacional
Clear Commands gerencie determinados aspectos do PTT. Quando ativado, você não é solicitado a
confirmar as alterações na configuração do PTT.
Por padrão, a opção PPI Bypass for Clear Commands está desativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção PPI Bypass
for Clear Commands desativada.
Clear Quando ativada, a opção Clear exclui as informações armazenadas no fTPM PTT
depois de sair do BIOS do computador. Essa opção retorna ao estado desativado
quando o computador é reiniciado.
Por padrão, a opção Clear está desativada.
A Dell Technologies recomenda ativar a opção Clear somente quando os dados do
fTPM PTT precisam ser removidos.
Configuração do BIOS 113
Tabela 42. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security (continuação)
Security
Chassis intrusion
Chassis Intrusion Detection A detecção de violação do chassi ativa um sensor físico que aciona um evento quando a
tampa do computador é aberta.
Quando definido como Enabled, uma notificação será exibida na próxima inicialização e
o evento será registrado no registro de eventos do BIOS.
Quando definido como On-Silent, o evento é registrado no registro de eventos do
BIOS, mas nenhuma notificação será exibida.
Quando definido como Disabled, nenhuma notificação será exibida e nenhum evento
será registrado no registro de eventos do BIOS.
Por padrão, a opção Chassis Intrusion Detection está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Chassis
Intrusion Detection ativada.
Block Boot Until Cleared Ativa ou desativa a configuração Block Boot Until Cleared.
Por padrão, a opção Block Boot Until Cleared está ativada.
NOTA: Quando ativado, o computador não inicializará até que a violação do chassi
seja removida. Se a senha do administrador estiver definida, a configuração deverá
ser desbloqueada antes que a advertência possa ser removida.
OROM Keyboard Access O recurso OROM Keyboard Access permite que você acesse as telas de configuração
da ROM opcional usando teclas de atalho durante o processo de inicialização.
Essa configuração controla apenas as ROMs opcionais Intel RAID (CTRL+I), MEBX
(CTRL+P) e LSI RAID (CTRL+C). Outras ROMs de opções de pré-inicialização que
suportam a entrada por meio de uma sequência de teclas não são afetadas por essa
configuração.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção OROM
Keyboard Access ativada.
Legacy Manageability Interface Access Permite que o administrador controle o acesso à configuração do BIOS por meio da
opção Interface de capacidade de gerenciamento preexistente. Quando ativada, isso
impede que as ferramentas de gerenciamento baseadas em senha do administrador do
BIOS sejam executadas, impede que alguns aplicativos de software da Dell leiam as
definições de configuração e/ou impeça alterações nas definições de configuração do
BIOS.
Quando ativada, essa opção só é compatível com a interface autenticada de
gerenciamento do BIOS (ABI) para gerenciar as alterações de configuração do BIOS.
Para dar suporte a esse recurso, a ABI deve ser habilitada e provisionada.
Quando definida como Enabled, a interface de capacidade de gerenciamento
preexistente pode ser usada para ler e alterar as definições de configuração do BIOS.
Quando definida como Read-Only, as definições de configuração do BIOS podem
ser lidas, mas não podem ser alteradas por meio da interface de capacidade de
gerenciamento preexistente.
Quando definida como Disabled, a opção de interface de capacidade de gerenciamento
preexistente será desativada. As leituras e gravações da configuração do BIOS são
bloqueadas.
SMM Security Mitigation Ativa ou desativa as proteções adicionais do SMM Security Mitigations da UEFI.
Esta opção usa a tabela de redução de segurança do Windows SMM (WSMT) para
confirmar ao sistema operacional que as práticas recomendadas de segurança foram
implementadas pelo firmware UEFI.
Por padrão, a opção SMM Security Mitigation está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção SMM
Security Mitigation ativada, a menos que você tenha um aplicativo específico que
não seja compatível.
114 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 42. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security (continuação)
Security
NOTA: Esse recurso pode causar problemas de compatibilidade ou perda de
funcionalidade com algumas ferramentas e aplicativos herdados.
Data Wipe on Next Boot
Start Data Wipe A limpeza de dados é uma operação de limpeza segura que exclui informações de um
dispositivo de armazenamento.
CUIDADO: A operação de limpeza segura de dados exclui informações de
maneira que não possam ser reconstituídas.
Comandos como excluir e formatar no sistema operacional podem fazer com que
arquivos não apareçam em file system. No entanto, eles podem ser reconstruídos por
meios forenses, pois ainda estão representados na mídia física. A limpeza de dados
impede essa reconstrução e não é recuperável.
Quando ativada, a opção de limpeza de dados solicitará a limpeza de todos os
dispositivos de armazenamento conectados ao computador na próxima inicialização.
Por padrão, a opção Start Data Wipe está desativada.
Absolute A Absolute Software oferece várias soluções de segurança cibernética, algumas
exigindo software pré-carregado em computadores Dell e integrado ao BIOS. Para
usar esses recursos, você deve ativar a configuração de BIOS da Absolute e entrar em
contato com a Absolute para configuração e ativação.
Por padrão, a opção Absolute está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Absolute
ativada.
NOTA: Quando os recursos Absolute são ativados, a integração Absolute não pode
ser desativada na tela de configuração do BIOS.
UEFI Boot Path Security Ativa ou desativa o computador a solicitar ao usuário a senha do administrador (se
definida) durante a inicialização de um caminho UEFI a partir do menu de inicialização
F12.
Por padrão, a opção Always Except Internal HDD está ativada.
Firmware Device Tamper Detection Permite controlar o recurso de detecção de adulteração do dispositivo de firmware.
Esse recurso notifica o usuário quando o dispositivo de firmware estiver adulterado.
Quando ativado, uma mensagem de aviso na tela é exibida no computador e um
evento de detecção de adulteração é registrado no registro de eventos do BIOS. O
computador não reinicializará até que o evento seja removido.
Por padrão, a opção Firmware Device Tamper Detection está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Firmware
Device Tamper Detection ativada.
Tabela 43. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords
Passwords
Administrator Password A senha do administrador impede o acesso não autorizado às opções de configuração do
BIOS. Depois que a senha do administrador estiver definida, as opções de configuração
do BIOS só poderão ser modificadas depois que a senha correta for inserida.
As seguintes regras e dependências se aplicam à senha do administrador:
● A senha do administrador não pode ser definida se as senhas do computador e/ou
do disco rígido interno forem definidas anteriormente.
● A senha do administrador pode ser usada no lugar das senhas do computador e/ou
do disco rígido interno.
● Quando definida, a senha do administrador deve ser informada durante uma
atualização de firmware.
Configuração do BIOS 115
Tabela 43. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords (continuação)
Passwords
● A exclusão da senha do administrador exclui a senha do computador (se definido).
A Dell Technologies recomenda o uso de uma senha do administrador para evitar
alterações não autorizadas nas opções de configuração do BIOS.
System Password A senha do sistema impede que o computador inicialize em um sistema operacional sem
que a senha correta seja digitada.
As seguintes regras e dependências se aplicam quando a senha do sistema for usada:
● O computador desliga quando ocioso por aproximadamente 10 minutos no prompt
de senha do computador.
● O computador desliga após três tentativas incorretas de digitar a senha do
computador.
● O computador desliga quando a tecla Esc é pressionada no prompt de senha do
sistema.
● A senha do computador não é solicitada quando o computador sai do modo de
espera.
A Dell Technologies recomenda o uso da senha do computador em situações em que é
provável que um computador seja perdido ou roubado.
Hard Drive Password A senha do disco rígido pode ser definida para impedir o acesso não autorizado dos
dados armazenados no disco rígido. O computador solicita a senha do disco rígido
durante a inicialização para desbloquear a unidade. Um disco rígido protegido por senha
permanece bloqueado mesmo quando removido do computador ou colocado em outro
computador. Ela impede que um invasor acesse os dados na unidade sem autorização.
As seguintes regras e dependências se aplicam quando a senha do disco rígido for
usada:
● A opção de senha do disco rígido não pode ser acessada quando um disco rígido está
desativado na configuração do BIOS.
● O computador desliga quando está ocioso por aproximadamente 10 minutos no
prompt de senha do disco rígido.
● O computador desliga após três tentativas incorretas de digitar a senha do disco
rígido e considera o disco rígido como não disponível.
● O disco rígido não aceita tentativas de desbloqueio de senha após cinco tentativas
incorretas de inserir a senha do disco rígido na configuração do BIOS. A senha do
disco rígido deve ser redefinida para as novas tentativas de desbloqueio de senha.
● O computador considera o disco rígido como não disponível quando a tecla Esc é
pressionada no prompt de senha do disco rígido.
● A senha do disco rígido não é solicitada quando o computador reinicia a partir
do modo de espera. Quando o disco rígido é desbloqueado pelo usuário antes do
computador entrar no modo de espera, ele permanece desbloqueado depois que o
computador retoma do modo de espera.
● Se as senhas do computador e do disco rígido forem definidas com o mesmo valor,
o disco rígido será desbloqueado depois que a senha correta do computador for
digitada.
A Dell Technologies recomenda o uso de uma senha de disco rígido para proteger o
acesso a dados não autorizados.
Owner Password Geralmente, a senha do proprietário é usada quando um computador é emprestado ou
alugado, e o usuário final define sua própria senha do computador ou de disco rígido.
A senha do proprietário dá acesso de substituição para desbloquear o computador
quando ele for devolvido. A senha do proprietário não pode ser definida por meio
da configuração do BIOS. Os proprietários do sistema recebem uma ferramenta que
permite configurar a senha do proprietário.
As seguintes regras e dependências se aplicam quando a senha do proprietário for
usada:
● A senha do proprietário não pode ser definida quando a senha do administrador já
está definida.
116 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 43. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords (continuação)
Passwords
● A senha do proprietário pode ser usada no lugar das senhas do administrador, do
computador ou do disco rígido.
NOTA: A senha do disco rígido deve ser definida no computador com a senha
do proprietário.
A Dell Technologies recomenda que apenas os locadores do computador usem a senha
do proprietário.
Strong Password O recurso Senha forte impõe regras mais rigorosas para senhas do administrador,
proprietário e computador.
Quando ativado, as seguintes regras são impostas:
● O comprimento mínimo da senha é definido para conter oito caracteres.
● A senha deve incluir pelo menos uma letra maiúscula e uma minúscula.
NOTA: Esses requisitos não afetam a senha do disco rígido.
Por padrão, a opção Strong Password está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Strong
Password ativada, pois exige que as senhas sejam mais complexas.
Password Configuration A página configuração da senha inclui várias opções para alterar os requisitos de senhas
do BIOS. Você pode modificar o comprimento mínimo e máximo das senhas e exigir que
elas contenham determinadas classes de caracteres (maiúsculas, minúsculas, dígitos,
caracteres especiais).
A Dell Technologies recomenda definir o comprimento mínimo da senha para pelo menos
oito caracteres.
Password Bypass A opção Password Bypass permite que o computador reinicialize a partir do sistema
operacional sem inserir a senha do computador ou do disco rígido. Se o computador já
tiver sido inicializado no sistema operacional, presume-se que o usuário já tenha inserido
a senha correta do computador ou do disco rígido.
NOTA: Essa opção não remove o requisito de inserir a senha após o desligamento.
Por padrão, a opção Password Bypass está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Password
Bypass ativada.
Password Changes
Allow Non-Admin Password Changes A opção Allow Non-Admin Password Changes do BIOS permite que um usuário final
defina ou altere as senhas do computador ou do disco rígido sem digitar a senha do
administrador. Isso dá ao administrador controle sobre as configurações do BIOS, mas
permite que um usuário final insira sua própria senha.
Por padrão, a opção Allow Non-Admin Password Changes está desativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter desativada a opção
Allow Non-Admin Password Changes.
Non-Admin Setup Changes A opção Allow Non-Admin Password Changes permite que um usuário final
configure os dispositivos de rede sem fio sem exigir a senha do administrador.
Por padrão, a opção Non-Admin Setup Changes está desativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter desativada a opção
Non-Admin Setup Changes.
Admin Setup Lockout A opção Admin Setup Lockout impede que um usuário final nem mesmo veja a
configuração da configuração do BIOS sem primeiro digitar a senha do administrador (se
definida).
Por padrão, a opção Admin Setup Lockout está desativada.
Configuração do BIOS 117
Tabela 43. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords (continuação)
Passwords
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Admin Setup
Lockout desativada.
Recovery Password A opção Recovery Password pode ser usada quando o proprietário do sistema esquece
a senha do administrador, do sistema ou do disco rígido. Você pode obter um código de
desbloqueio do Suporte Dell por telefone depois de verificar os detalhes de propriedade.
O código de desbloqueio substitui e remove a senha existente.
NOTA: Quando uma senha do disco rígido é substituída usando esse método, os
dados nele serão apagados, caso a exclusão segura tenha sido ativada ao configurar
a senha.
Master Password Lockout
Enable Master Password Lockout A configuração Enable Master Password Lockout permite desativar o recurso Senha
de recuperação. Se a senha do computador, do administrador ou do disco rígido for
esquecida, o computador se tornará inutilizável.
NOTA: Quando a senha do proprietário é definida, a opção Master Password
Lockout estará indisponível.
NOTA: Quando uma senha interna do disco rígido é definida, ela deve primeiro ser
apagada antes que o Master Password Lockout possa ser alterado.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Master Password Lockout está desativada.
A Dell não recomenda ativar a opção Master Password Lockout, a menos que você
tenha implementado seu próprio computador de recuperação de senha.
Tabela 44. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Update, Recovery
Update, Recovery
UEFI Capsule Firmware Updates
Enable UEFI Capsule Firmware Updates Ativa ou desativa atualizações do BIOS por meio de pacotes de atualização de cápsulas
UEFI.
NOTA: Desativar esta opção bloqueará atualizações do BIOS por meio de serviços
como Microsoft Windows Update e Linux Vendor Firmware Service (LVFS).
Por padrão, a opção Ativar atualizações de firmware de cápsula UEFI está ativada.
BIOS Recovery from Hard Drive Ativa ou desativa o usuário para a recuperação de certas condições do BIOS corrompido
a partir de um arquivo de recuperação no disco rígido principal ou de uma chave USB
externa do usuário.
Por padrão, a opção Recuperação do BIOS com base no disco rígido está ativada.
NOTA: A recuperação do BIOS a partir do disco rígido não está disponível para
unidades com criptografia automática (SED).
NOTA: A recuperação do BIOS foi projetada para corrigir o bloco principal do
BIOS e não funciona se o Bloco de inicialização estiver danificado. Além disso, esse
recurso não pode funcionar em caso de corrupção de EC, corrupção de ME ou um
problema de hardware. A imagem de recuperação deve existir em uma partição não
criptografada na unidade.
BIOS Downgrade
Allow BIOS Downgrade Controla a atualização do firmware do computador para versões anteriores.
Por padrão, a opção Permitir fazer downgrade do BIOS está ativada.
SupportAssist OS Recovery Ativa ou desativa o fluxo de inicialização da ferramenta SupportAssist OS Recovery no
caso de certos erros do computador.
Por padrão, a opção SupportAssist OS Recovery está ativada.
118 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 44. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Update, Recovery (continuação)
Update, Recovery
BIOSConnect Ativa ou desativa a recuperação do sistema operacional de serviço em nuvem se o
sistema operacional principal não inicializar antes de atingir número de falhas igual ou
superior ao valor especificado pela opção de configuração do limite de recuperação
automática do sistema operacional e o serviço local do sistema operacional não inicializar
ou não estiver instalado.
Por padrão, a opção BIOSConnect está ativada.
Dell Auto OS Recovery Threshold Permite controlar o fluxo para inicialização automática do SupportAssist System
Resolution Console e da ferramenta de recuperação de sistema operacional da Dell.
Por padrão, o valor do Dell Auto OS Recovery Threshold é definido como 2.
Tabela 45. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu System Management
System Management
Service Tag Exibe a etiqueta de serviço do computador.
Asset Tag Cria uma etiqueta de inventário do computador que pode ser usada por um
administrador de TI para identificar exclusivamente um sistema específico.
NOTA: Uma vez definido no BIOS, a etiqueta de inventário não pode ser alterada.
AC Behavior
Wake on AC Ativa ou desativa o computador de ligar e iniciar quando a energia CA é fornecida ao
computador.
Por padrão, a opção Ativar com CA está desativada.
Wake on LAN Ativa ou desativa o acionamento do computador por sinais especiais da LAN.
Por padrão, a opção Ativar com LAN está desativada.
Auto On Time Permite configurar o computador para ligar automaticamente todos os dias ou em uma
data e hora pré-selecionada. Esta opção só pode ser configurada se o modo Auto On
Time estiver definido como Everyday, Weekdays ou Selected Day.
Por padrão, a opção Hora de ativação automática está desativada.
OS Agent Requests Permite agendar diagnósticos e varreduras integrados.
Por padrão, a opção OS Agent Requests está ativada.
Power-on-Self-Test Automatic Recovery Ative se o computador deixar de responder antes de concluir o BIOSPower-On-Self-
Test, o BIOS tentará recuperar o computador automaticamente.
Por padrão, a opção Power-on-Self-Test Automatic Recovery está ativada.
Tabela 46. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Keyboard
Teclado
Fn Lock Options Ativa ou desativa a opção de bloqueio de Fn.
Por padrão, a opção Fn Lock (Bloqueio de Fn) está ativada.
NumLock Options Ativa ou desativa a opção NumLock.
Por padrão, a opção NumLock está ativada.
Lock Mode Por padrão, a opção Lock Mode Secondary está ativada. Com essa opção, as teclas
F1-F12 examinam o código para suas funções secundárias.
Keyboard Illumination Configura o modo de operação do recurso de iluminação do teclado.
Por padrão, a opção Brilho está selecionada. Ativa o recurso de iluminação do teclado
com nível de 100% de brilho.
Configuração do BIOS 119
Tabela 46. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Keyboard (continuação)
Teclado
Keyboard Backlight Timeout on AC Configura o valor do tempo de espera excedido da retroiluminação do teclado quando
um adaptador CA estiver conectado ao computador.
Por padrão, a opção 10 segundos está selecionada.
Keyboard Backlight Timeout on Battery Define o valor do tempo de espera excedido da retroiluminação do teclado quando o
computador estiver funcionando apenas com a energia da bateria: O valor de tempo de
espera excedido da retroiluminação do teclado só é eficaz quando a luz de fundo está
ativada.
Por padrão, a opção 10 segundos está selecionada.
Tabela 47. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Preboot Behavior
Preboot Behavior
Adapter Warnings
Enable Dock Warning Messages Ativa as mensagens de advertência durante a inicialização quando os adaptadores com
menor capacidade de energia forem detectados.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Dock Warning Messages está ativada.
Warnings and Errors Ativa ou desativa a ação a ser realizada quando uma advertência ou erro for encontrada.
Por padrão, a opção Prompt on Warnings and Errors está selecionada. Interrompe,
avisa e aguarda a entrada do usuário quando avisos ou erros são detectados.
NOTA: Erros considerados críticos para a operação do hardware do computador
interrompem o funcionamento do computador.
USB-C Warnings
Enable Dock Warning Messages Ativa as mensagens de advertência durante a inicialização quando os adaptadores USB-
C com menor capacidade de energia forem detectados.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Dock Warning Messages está ativada.
Fastboot Permite que você configure a velocidade do processo de inicialização do UEFI.
Por padrão, a opção Completo está selecionada. Executa a inicialização completa de
hardware e configuração durante a inicialização.
Extend BIOS POST Time Configura o tempo de carregamento do BIOS POST (Power-On Self-Test).
Por padrão, a opção 0 segundos está selecionada.
MAC Address Pass-Through Substitui o endereço NIC MAC externo (em uma docking station ou dongle compatível)
pelo endereço MAC selecionado do computador.
Por padrão, a opção Endereço MAC exclusivo do sistema está selecionada.
Tabela 48. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Virtualization
Suporte à virtualização
Intel Virtualization Technology
Enable Intel Virtualization Technology (VT) Quando essa configuração estiver ativada, o computador pode executar um monitor de
máquina virtual (VMM).
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intel Virtualization Technology (VT) está ativada.
VT for Direct I/O
Enable Intel VT for Direct I/O Quando habilitado, o computador pode executar a Tecnologia de virtualização para E/S
direta (VT-d). A VT-d é um método da Intel que garante virtualização para E/S de mapa
de memória.
120 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 48. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Virtualization (continuação)
Suporte à virtualização
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intel VT for Direct I/O está ativada.
DMA Protection
Enable Pre-Boot DMA Support Permite controlar a proteção DMA de pré-inicialização das portas internas e externas.
Essa opção não ativa diretamente a proteção DMA no sistema operacional.
NOTA: Essa opção não está disponível quando a configuração de virtualização do
IOMMU está desativada (VT-d/AMD Vi).
Por padrão, a opção Enable Pre-Boot DMA Support está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Enable Pre-
Boot DMA Support ativada.
NOTA: Essa opção é disponibilizada apenas para fins de compatibilidade, já que
alguns hardwares mais antigos não são compatíveis com DMA.
Enable OS Kernel DMA Support Permite que você controle a proteção do DMA do kernel das portas internas e externas.
Essa opção não ativa diretamente a proteção DMA no sistema operacional. Para
sistemas operacionais compatíveis com proteção DMA, essa configuração indica ao
sistema operacional que o BIOS é compatível com o recurso.
NOTA: Essa opção não está disponível quando a configuração de virtualização do
IOMMU está desativada (VT-d/AMD Vi).
Por padrão, a opção Enable OS Kernel DMA Support está ativada.
NOTA: Essa opção é disponibilizada apenas para fins de compatibilidade, já que
alguns hardwares mais antigos não são compatíveis com DMA.
Internal Port DMA Compatibility Mode Quando ativado, o BIOS notifica o sistema operacional de que as portas internas não
são compatíveis com DMA.
Por padrão, a opção Internal Port DMA Compatibility Mode está desativada.
Tabela 49. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Performance
Performance
Multi-Core Support
Multiple Atom Cores Permita alterar o número de núcleos Atom disponíveis para o sistema operacional. O
valor padrão é definido para o número máximo de núcleos.
Por padrão, a opção All Cores está selecionada.
Intel SpeedStep
Enable Intel SpeedStep Technology Permite que o computador ajuste dinamicamente a tensão do processador e a
frequência do núcleo, diminuindo o consumo médio de energia e a geração de calor.
Por padrão, a opção Ativar a tecnologia Intel SpeedStep está ativada.
Controle de estados de energia
Enable C-State Control Ativa ou desativa a capacidade da CPU de entrar e sair do estado de baixa energia.
Quando desativada, isso desativa todos os estados C. Quando ativada, isso ativa todos
os estados C permitidos pelo chipset ou plataforma.
Por padrão, a opção Ativar controle dos estados de energia está ativada.
Intel Turbo Boost Technology
Enable Intel Turbo Boost Technology Esta opção ativa ou desativa o modo Intel TurboBoost do processador. Quando ativada,
o driver Intel TurboBoost aumenta o desempenho da CPU ou do processador gráfico.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intel Turbo Boost Technology está ativada.
Intel Hyper-Threading Technology
Configuração do BIOS 121
Tabela 49. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Performance (continuação)
Performance
Enable Intel Hyper-Threading Technology Ativa ou desativa o modo Intel Hyper-Threading do processador. Quando ativada, o
Intel Hyper-Threading aumenta a eficiência dos recursos do processador quando vários
threads são executados em cada núcleo.
Por padrão, a opção Tecnologia Intel Hyper-Threading está ativada.
Tabela 50. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu System Logs
System Logs
BIOS Event Log
Clear BIOS Event Log Permite selecionar a opção para manter ou excluir os registros de eventos do BIOS.
Por padrão, a opção Keep Log está selecionada.
Thermal Event Log
Clear Thermal Event Log Permite selecionar a opção para manter ou excluir registros de eventos térmicos.
Por padrão, a opção Keep Log está selecionada.
Power Event Log
Clear Power Event Log Permite selecionar a opção para manter ou excluir registros de eventos de energia.
Por padrão, a opção Keep Log está selecionada.
Como atualizar o BIOS
Como atualizar o BIOS no Windows
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não estiver suspenso antes de atualizar o BIOS, na próxima vez em que você reinicializar o
computador, ele não reconhecerá a chave do BitLocker. Será solicitado que seja inserida a chave de recuperação para
o progresso, e o computador solicitará isso em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for reconhecida,
isso pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para ver mais
informações sobre este assunto, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Etapas
1. Acesse o site do Suporte Dell.
2. Clique em Suporte ao produto. No campo Pesquisar no suporte, digite a etiqueta de serviço de seu computador e clique em
Pesquisar.
NOTA: Se não tiver a etiqueta de serviço, use o SupportAssist para identificar automaticamente seu computador. Você também
pode usar o ID do produto ou procurar manualmente o modelo do computador.
3. Clique em Drivers & Downloads (Drivers e downloads). Expanda Localizar drivers.
4. Selecione o sistema operacional instalado no computador.
5. Na lista suspensa Categoria, selecione BIOS.
6. Selecione a versão mais recente do BIOS e clique em Download para fazer download do BIOS do sistema para seu computador.
7. Depois que o download for concluído, navegue até a pasta em que você salvou o arquivo de atualização do BIOS.
8. Clique duas vezes no ícone do arquivo de atualização do BIOS e siga as instruções na tela.
Para ver mais informações, pesquise na base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
122 Configuração do BIOS
Como atualizar o BIOS no Ubuntu
Para atualizar o BIOS do sistema em um computador que esteja instalado com o Ubuntu, consulte o artigo da base de conhecimento
000131486 no Suporte Dell.
Como atualizar o BIOS usando a unidade USB no Windows
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não estiver suspenso antes de atualizar o BIOS, na próxima vez em que você reinicializar o
computador, ele não reconhecerá a chave do BitLocker. Será solicitado que seja inserida a chave de recuperação para
o progresso, e o computador solicitará isso em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for reconhecida,
isso pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para ver mais
informações sobre este assunto, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Etapas
1. Siga o procedimento da etapa 1 à etapa 6 em "Como atualizar o BIOS no Windows" para fazer download do arquivo do programa de
configuração do BIOS mais recente.
2. Crie uma unidade USB inicializável. Para ver mais informações, pesquise na base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
3. Copie o arquivo do programa de instalação do BIOS para a unidade USB inicializável.
4. Conecte a unidade de USB inicializável ao computador que precisa da atualização do BIOS.
5. Reinicie o computador e pressione F12 .
6. Selecione a unidade USB no Menu de inicialização a ser executada uma única vez.
7. Digite o nome do arquivo do programa de instalação do BIOS e pressione Enter.
O Utilitário de atualização do BIOS é exibido.
8. Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a atualização do BIOS.
Como atualizar o BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única
Atualização do BIOS do computador usando um arquivo XXXX.exe de atualização do BIOS copiado em uma unidade USB FAT32 e
inicializando a partir do menu de inicialização única.
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não estiver suspenso antes de atualizar o BIOS, na próxima vez em que você reinicializar o
computador, ele não reconhecerá a chave do BitLocker. Será solicitado que seja inserida a chave de recuperação para
o progresso, e o computador solicitará isso em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for reconhecida,
isso pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para ver mais
informações sobre este assunto, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Atualizações do BIOS
Você pode executar o arquivo de atualização do BIOS pelo Windows usando uma unidade USB inicializável ou atualizar o BIOS a partir do
menu de inicialização única no computador.
Você pode confirmar inicializando seu computador no menu de inicialização única para ver se BIOS FLASH UPDATE está listado como
uma opção de inicialização . Se essa opção estiver listada, o BIOS poderá ser atualizado usando este método.
Como atualizar a partir do menu de inicialização única
Requisitos para atualizar o BIOS pelo menu de inicialização única:
● Unidade USB formatada para o file system FAT32 (a unidade não precisa ser inicializável).
● Arquivo executável do BIOS baixado do site do Suporte Dell e copiado para a raiz da unidade USB
● O adaptador de energia CA precisa estar conectado ao computador
● Bateria funcional do computador para atualizar o BIOS
Realize as etapas a seguir para executar o processo de atualização do BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única:
Configuração do BIOS 123
CUIDADO: Não desligue o computador durante o processo de atualização do BIOS. O computador pode não inicializar se
você o desligar.
Etapas
1. Desligue o computador, insira a unidade USB onde você copiou o arquivo de atualização do BIOS em uma porta USB do computador.
2. Ligue o computador e pressione o botão para acessar o menu de inicialização única. Selecione Atualização de BIOS usando o mouse
ou as teclas de seta e pressione Enter.
O menu Atualizar BIOS é exibido.
3. Clique em Atualizar do arquivo.
4. Selecione o dispositivo USB externo.
5. Após selecionar o arquivo, clique duas vezes no arquivo de destino para atualizar e, em seguida, clique em Enviar.
6. Clique em Atualizar BIOS. O computador será reiniciado para atualizar o BIOS.
7. O computador será reiniciado após a atualização do BIOS ser concluída.
Senhas do sistema e de configuração
Tabela 51. Senhas do sistema e de configuração
Tipo de senha Descrição
Senha do sistema Senha que você precisa digitar para fazer log-in no sistema.
Senha de configuração Senha que precisa ser informada para que se possa ter acesso e
efetuar alterações nas configurações do BIOS do computador.
É possível criar uma senha do sistema e uma senha de configuração para proteger o computador.
CUIDADO: Os recursos das senhas proporcionam um nível básico de segurança para os dados no computador.
CUIDADO: Qualquer pessoa pode acessar os dados armazenados no seu computador se você se afastar dele.
NOTA: O recurso de senha do sistema e de configuração está desativado.
Como atribuir uma senha de configuração do sistema
Pré-requisitos
É possível atribuir uma nova System Password ou Admin Password somente quando o status está em Not Set.
Sobre esta tarefa
Para entrar na configuração do sistema do BIOS, pressione F2 imediatamente após uma ativação ou reinicialização.
Etapas
1. Na tela BIOS de sistema ou Configuração do sistema, selecione Security e pressione Enter.
A tela Security é exibida.
2. Selecione System/Admin Password e crie uma senha no campo Enter the new password.
Use as diretrizes a seguir para atribuir a senha do sistema:
● Uma senha pode ter até 32 caracteres.
● Pelo menos um caractere especial: "( ! " # $ % & ' * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] ^ _ ` { | } )"
● Números de 0 a 9.
● Letras maiúsculas de A a Z.
● Letras minúsculas de a a z.
3. Confirmar nova senha. Digite a senha do sistema que você inseriu anteriormente no campo e clique em OK.
4. Pressione Esc e salve as alterações conforme solicitado pela mensagem.
5. Pressione Y para salvar as alterações.
124 Configuração do BIOS
O computador será reinicializado.
Como apagar ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou uma senha de
configuração existente
Pré-requisitos
Certifique-se de que o Status da senha esteja desbloqueado (na configuração do sistema) antes de tentar excluir ou alterar a senha
do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração já existente. Não será possível excluir ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou de configuração já
existente se a opção Status da senha estiver Bloqueada.
Sobre esta tarefa
Para entrar na configuração do sistema, pressione F2 imediatamente após uma ativação ou reinicialização.
Etapas
1. Na tela BIOS de sistema ou Configuração do sistema, selecione Segurança do sistema e pressione Enter.
A tela Segurança do sistema é mostrada.
2. Na tela Segurança do sistema, verifique se o Status da senha está como Desbloqueado.
3. Selecione Senha do sistema Atualize ou exclua a senha do sistema existente e pressione a tecla Enter ou Tab.
4. Selecione Senha de configuração. Atualize ou exclua a senha de configuração existente e pressione a tecla Enter ou Tab.
NOTA: Se você alterar a senha do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração, digite novamente a nova senha quando isso for
solicitado. Se você excluir a senha do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração, confirme a exclusão quando isso for solicitado.
5. Pressione Esc. Será exibida uma mensagem solicitando que você salve as alterações.
6. Pressione Y para salvar as alterações e saia da Configuração do sistema.
O computador será reinicializado.
Como limpar as configurações do CMOS
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Limpar as configurações da CMOS redefinirá as configurações do BIOS em seu computador.
Etapas
1. Remova a tampa da base.
2. Desconecte o cabo da bateria da placa de sistema.
3. Remova a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
4. Aguarde um minuto.
5. Recoloque a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
6. Conecte o cabo da bateria à placa de sistema.
7. Recoloque a tampa da base.
Limpar o BIOS (configuração do sistema) e as senhas
do sistema
Sobre esta tarefa
Para remover as senhas do sistema ou do BIOS, entre em contato com o suporte técnico da Dell, conforme descrito em Entre em contato
com o suporte. Para ver mais informações, acesse o site Suporte Dell.
NOTA: Para ver informações sobre como redefinir as senhas do Windows ou do aplicativo, consulte a documentação que acompanha
o Windows ou o aplicativo.
Configuração do BIOS 125
9
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
Como manusear baterias de íons de lítio inchadas
Como a maioria dos notebooks, os da Dell usam baterias de íon de lítio. Um tipo de bateria de íon de lítio é a bateria de íons de lítio
recarregável. As baterias de polímero de íons de lítio recarregáveis aumentaram em popularidade nos últimos anos e se tornaram padrão
na indústria de eletrônicos devido às preferências do cliente por um formato compacto (especialmente com notebooks mais finos e mais
novos) e por bateria de longa duração. O potencial para inchamento das células da bateria é inerente à tecnologia de bateria de íon de lítio
recarregável.
A bateria inchada pode afetar o desempenho do notebook. Para evitar possíveis danos adicionais ao gabinete do dispositivo ou a
componentes internos que causem mau funcionamento, interrompa o uso do notebook e descarregue-o desconectando o adaptador CA e
deixando a bateria descarregar.
Baterias inchadas não devem ser usadas e devem ser substituídas e descartadas adequadamente. Recomendamos entrar em contato com
o suporte Dell para obter opções de substituição de uma bateria inchada, conforme os termos da garantia aplicável ou do contrato de
serviço, incluindo opções de substituição por um técnico de serviço autorizado da Dell.
As diretrizes para o manuseio e a substituição das baterias de íon de lítio recarregáveis são as seguintes:
● Tenha cuidado ao manusear baterias de íons de lítio recarregáveis.
● Descarregue a bateria antes de removê-la do computador. Para descarregar a bateria, desconecte o adaptador CA do computador e
opere o computador somente com a energia da bateria. A bateria estará totalmente descarregada quando o computador não ligar mais
após o botão liga/desliga ser pressionado.
● Não esmague, derrube, mutile ou penetre na bateria com objetos estranhos.
● Não exponha a bateria a altas temperaturas nem desmonte baterias e células.
● Não aplique pressão na superfície da bateria.
● Não incline a bateria.
● Não use ferramentas de qualquer tipo para pressionar a bateria.
● Se uma bateria ficar presa em um dispositivo como resultado de um inchaço, não tente soltá-la, pois pode ser perigoso perfurar, dobrar
ou esmagar uma bateria.
● Não tente remontar uma bateria danificada ou inchada em um notebook.
● Baterias inchadas cobertas pela garantia devem ser devolvidas à Dell em uma embalagem de envio aprovada (fornecida pela Dell)
— isso deve estar em conformidade com as normas de transporte. Baterias inchadas que não são cobertas pela garantia devem ser
descartadas em um centro de reciclagem aprovado. Entre em contato com o suporte Dell no site do Suporte Dell para receber ajuda e
mais instruções.
● O uso de uma bateria não da Dell ou incompatível pode aumentar o risco de incêndio ou explosão. Substitua a bateria somente
por uma compatível comprada da Dell, que seja projetada para funcionar com seu computador Dell. Não use uma bateria de outros
computadores em seu computador. Sempre compre baterias genuínas no Site da Dell ou diretamente da Dell.
As baterias de íons de lítio recarregáveis podem inchar por vários motivos, como idade, número de ciclos de carga ou exposição a
altas temperaturas. Para ver mais informações sobre como melhorar o desempenho e a vida útil da bateria do notebook e minimizar a
possibilidade de ocorrência do problema, faça uma pesquisa sobre baterias de notebook Dell na base de conhecimento no site do Suporte
Dell.
Como localizar a etiqueta de serviço ou o código de
serviço expresso do seu computador Dell
Seu computador Dell é identificado exclusivamente com uma etiqueta de serviço ou código de serviço expresso. Para ver recursos de
suporte referentes ao seu computador Dell, recomendamos digitar a etiqueta de serviço ou o código de serviço expresso no site do
Suporte Dell.
Para ver mais informações sobre como localizar a etiqueta de serviço do computador, consulte Instruções sobre como localizar a etiqueta
de serviço ou número de série.
126 Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
Diagnósticos de verificação do desempenho do sistema
de pré-inicialização do Dell SupportAssist
Sobre esta tarefa
O diagnóstico do SupportAssist (também chamado de diagnóstico de sistema) executa uma verificação completa de seu hardware. O
diagnóstico Pre-boot System Performance Check do Dell SupportAssist é integrado ao BIOS e inicializado internamente pelo BIOS. O
diagnóstico de sistema integrado oferece opções para determinados dispositivos ou grupos de dispositivos que permite:
● Executar testes automaticamente ou em um modo interativo.
● Repetir os testes.
● Exibir ou salvar os resultados dos testes.
● Executar testes abrangentes de modo a introduzir opções de testes adicionais para apresentar informações suplementares sobre um
ou mais dispositivos com falha.
● Exibir mensagens de status que informam que os testes foram concluídos com êxito.
● Exibir mensagens de erro que informam sobre os problemas encontrados durante a realização dos testes.
NOTA: Alguns testes para dispositivos específicos exigem interação do usuário. Não se esqueça de sempre estar presente na frente
do computador quando os testes de diagnóstico estiverem sendo executados.
para ver mais informações, consulte o artigo da base de conhecimento 000180971.
Executar a verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema
do SupportAssist
Etapas
1. Ligue o computador.
2. Na inicialização do computador, pressione a tecla F12 assim que o logotipo da Dell for exibido.
3. Na tela do Boot Menu, selecione a opção Diagnostics.
4. Clique na seta no canto inferior esquerdo.
A página "Diagnósticos" será exibida.
5. Pressione a seta no canto inferior direito para ir para a listagem de páginas.
Os itens detectados são listados.
6. Para executar um teste de diagnóstico em um dispositivo específico, pressione Esc e clique em Yes (Sim) para interromper o teste de
diagnóstico.
7. Selecione o dispositivo no painel à esquerda e clique em Run Tests.
8. Se houver qualquer problema, códigos de erro serão exibidos.
Anote o código de erro e o número de validação e entre em contato com a Dell.
Autoteste integrado (BIST)
M-BIST
O M-BIST (autoteste integrado) é a ferramenta de diagnóstico de autoteste integrado da placa de sistema que aumenta a precisão do
diagnóstico das falhas da controladora integrada (EC) da placa de sistema.
NOTA: O M-BIST pode ser iniciado manualmente antes do POST (autoteste de inicialização).
Como executar o M-BIST
NOTA: Antes de iniciar o M-BIST, confira se o computador está em estado desligado.
1. Pressione e mantenha pressionado tanto a tecla M no teclado e o botão liga/desliga para iniciar o M-BIST.
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas 127
2. O LED indicador da bateria pode apresentar dois estados:
a. APAGADO: nenhum problema detectado com a placa de sistema.
b. ÂMBAR: indica um problema na placa de sistema.
3. Se houver uma falha na placa de sistema, o LED de status da bateria piscará um dos seguintes códigos de erro por 30 segundos:
Tabela 52. Códigos de erro de LED
Padrão intermitente Possível problema
Âmbar Branco
2 1 Falha na CPU
2 8 Falha no trilho de energia do LCD
1 1 Falha na detecção do TPM
2 4 Falha na memória/RAM
4. Se não houver falhas na placa de sistema, o LCD mostrará em sequência as telas de cor sólida descritas na seção do BIST do LCD por
30 segundos e, em seguida, desligará.
Teste de trilho de energia LCD (L-BIST)
O L-BIST é um aprimoramento do diagnóstico de código de erro de LED único e é iniciado automaticamente durante o POST. O L-BIST
verificará o trilho de energia do LCD. Se não houver energia sendo fornecida para a LCD (ou seja, falha no circuito do L-BIST), o LED de
status da bateria piscará um código de erro [2,8] ou um código de erro [2,7].
NOTA: Se o L-BIST falhar, o LCD-BIST não funcionará, pois não há energia sendo fornecida ao LCD.
Como invocar o teste L-BIST
1. Ligue o computador.
2. Se o computador não iniciar normalmente, consulte o LED de status da bateria:
● Se o LED de status da bateria piscar um código de erro [2,7], o cabo de vídeo pode não estar conectado corretamente.
● Se o LED de status da bateria piscar um código de erro [2,8], isso indica uma falha no trilho de energia do LCD da placa de sistema.
Nesse caso, a energia não está sendo fornecida para a LCD.
3. Nos casos em que um código de erro [2,7] for exibido, verifique se o cabo de vídeo está corretamente conectado.
4. Para casos em que um código de erro [2,8] é mostrado, substitua a placa de sistema.
Autoteste integrado do LCD (BIST)
Os notebooks Dell têm uma ferramenta de diagnóstico integrada que ajuda a determinar se a anormalidade de tela que você está
enfrentando é um problema inerente ao LCD (tela) do notebook Dell ou às configurações da placa de vídeo (GPU) e do computador.
Quando você perceber anormalidades de tela como tremulação, distorção, problemas de nitidez, imagem borrada ou desfocada, linhas
horizontais ou verticais, desbotamento da cor etc., isolar o LCD (tela) executando o autoteste integrado (BIST) é sempre uma boa prática.
Como invocar o BIST do LCD
1. Desligue o computador.
2. Desconecte todos os periféricos conectados ao computador. Conecte somente o adaptador CA (carregador) ao computador.
3. Certifique-se de que o LCD (tela) esteja limpo (sem partículas de poeira na superfície da tela).
4. Pressione e segure a tecla D e pressione o botão liga/desliga para entrar no modo de autoteste (BIST) integrado do LCD. Continue
pressionando a tecla D até que o computador seja inicializado.
5. A tela exibe cores sólidas e muda as cores na tela inteira para branco, preto, vermelho, verde e azul duas vezes.
6. Em seguida, ela exibe as cores branco, preto e vermelho.
7. Inspecione cuidadosamente a tela em busca de anormalidades (quaisquer linhas, cor difusa ou distorção na tela).
8. No final da última cor sólida (vermelho), o computador será desligado.
128 Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
NOTA: Após iniciar, o diagnóstico de pré-inicialização do Dell SupportAssist inicia um BIST do LCD primeiro, esperando uma
intervenção do usuário confirmar a funcionalidade do LCD.
Luzes de diagnóstico do sistema
Esta seção lista as luzes de diagnóstico do sistema do Latitude 3450.
Tabela 53. Luzes de diagnóstico do sistema
Padrão piscante
Âmbar Branco Descrição do problema
1 1 Falha na detecção do TPM
1 2 Falha irrecuperável do SPI Flash
1 5 Não é possível para a EC programar o i-
Fuse
1 6 Abrangência genérica para todos para erros
de fluxo de código da EC
1 7 Flash não RPMC no sistema Boot Guard
fundido
2 1 Falha na CPU
2 2 Falha na placa de sistema (corrupção do
BIOS incluída ou erro de ROM)
2 3 Nenhuma memória ou RAM detectada
2 4 Falha de memória ou da RAM
2 5 Memória inválida instalada
2 6 Erro na placa de sistema ou no chipset
2 7 Falha no LCD (mensagem do SBIOS)
2 8 Falha no LCD (detecção CE de falta de
energia no rail)
3 1 Falha da bateria do CMOS
3 2 Falha de PCI, placa de vídeo ou chip
3 3 Imagem para recuperação de BIOS não
encontrada
3 4 Imagem para recuperação de BIOS
encontrada, mas inválida
3 5 Falha no trilho de energia
3 6 A corrupção de flash é detectada pelo
SBIOS.
3 7 Tempo de espera excedido do ME para
responder à mensagem da HECI.
NOTA: 3-3-3 LEDs piscando no LED de bloqueio (Caps-Lock ou Num-Lock), LED do botão liga/desliga (sem leitor de impressões
digitais) e LED de diagnóstico indicam falha ao transferir dados durante o teste do painel LCD na verificação de desempenho do
sistema de pré-inicialização dos diagnósticos do Dell SupportAssist.
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas 129
Recuperar o sistema operacional
Quando não for possível inicializar o computador no sistema operacional mesmo após diversas tentativas, inicia-se automaticamente o Dell
SupportAssist OS Recovery.
O Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery é uma ferramenta independente e pré-instalada em todos os computadores Dell com o sistema
operacional Windows. Ele é composto de ferramentas para diagnosticar e solucionar problemas que podem ocorrer antes que o
computador inicialize o sistema operacional. Ele permite que você diagnostique problemas de hardware, repare o computador, faça
um backup dos arquivos, ou restaure o computador para o respectivo estado de fábrica.
É possível também fazer download dele no site de suporte Dell para resolver problemas e corrigir o computador quando a inicialização do
seu sistema operacional principal falhar devido a falhas do software ou do hardware.
Para ver mais informações sobre o Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery, consulte o Guia do usuário do Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery
na seção Ferramentas de facilidade de manutenção no site do Suporte Dell. Clique em SupportAssist e, em seguida, clique em
SupportAssist OS Recovery.
Relógio de tempo real (Redefinição de RTC)
A função de redefinição do relógio de tempo real (RTC) permite que você ou o técnico de serviço recuperem os computadores Dell de
situações sem POST/sem energia/sem inicialização. A redefinição do RTC habilitado para jumper herdado foi desativada nesses modelos.
Inicie a redefinição do RTC com o computador desligado e conectado à energia CA. Pressione e mantenha pressionado o botão liga/
desliga por dois segundos. A redefinição de RTC do computador ocorre após soltar o botão liga/desliga.
Mídia de backup e opções de recuperação
É recomendável criar uma unidade de recuperação para resolver e corrigir problemas que podem ocorrer no Windows. A Dell oferece
várias opções para recuperar o sistema operacional Windows em seu computador Dell. Para ver mais informações, consulte Opções de
recuperação e suporte de cópia de segurança do Windows da Dell.
Ciclo de energia do Wi-Fi
Sobre esta tarefa
Se o seu computador não conseguir acessar a internet devido a problemas de conectividade Wi-Fi, faça a restauração do seu dispositivo
Wi-Fi por meio dos seguintes passos:
Etapas
1. Desligue o computador.
2. Desligue o modem.
NOTA: Alguns Provedores de Serviços de Internet (ISPs) oferecem um dispositivo combinado de modem e roteador.
3. Desligue o roteador sem fio.
4. Aguarde 30 segundos.
5. Ligue o roteador sem fio.
6. Ligue o modem.
7. Ligue o computador.
Drenar energia residual (realizar reinicialização forçada)
Sobre esta tarefa
A energia residual é a eletricidade estática residual que permanece no computador mesmo depois de ele ter sido desligado e a bateria,
removida.
130 Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
Para sua segurança e para proteger os componentes eletrônicos frágeis do computador, você deve drenar a energia residual antes de
remover ou recolocar componentes no computador.
A drenagem de energia residual, também chamada de “reinicialização forçada”, é uma etapa comum da solução de problemas se o
computador não ligar ou inicializar no sistema operacional.
Execute as seguintes etapas para drenar a energia residual:
Etapas
1. Desligue o computador.
2. Desconecte o adaptador de energia do computador.
3. Remova a tampa da base.
4. Remova a bateria.
CUIDADO: A bateria é uma unidade substituível em campo (FRU), e seus procedimentos de remoção e instalação
devem ser realizados apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
5. Pressione e mantenha pressionado o botão liga/desliga por 20 segundos para drenar a energia residual.
6. Instale a bateria.
7. Instale a tampa da base.
8. Conecte o adaptador de energia ao computador.
9. Ligue o computador.
NOTA: Para saber mais sobre como executar uma reinicialização forçada, faça uma pesquisa na base de conhecimento no site de
suporte Dell.
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas 131
10
Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a
Dell
Recursos de autoajuda
Você pode obter informações e ajuda sobre produtos e serviços Dell usando estes recursos de autoajuda:
Tabela 54. Recursos de autoajuda
Recursos de autoajuda Local do recurso
Informações sobre produtos e serviços Dell Site da Dell
Dicas
Entrar em contato com o suporte Na pesquisa do Windows, digite Contact Support e pressione
a tecla Enter.
Ajuda on-line para sistema operacional Site do suporte do Windows
Site do suporte do Linux
Acesse as principais soluções, diagnósticos, drivers e downloads Seu computador Dell é identificado exclusivamente por uma
para saber mais sobre seu computador por meio de vídeos, manuais etiqueta de serviço ou código de serviço expresso. Para ver
e documentos. recursos de suporte referentes ao seu computador Dell, digite a
etiqueta de serviço ou o código de serviço expresso no site do
Suporte Dell.
Para ver mais informações sobre como localizar a etiqueta de
serviço do computador, consulte Localizar a etiqueta de serviço
em seu computador.
Artigo da base de conhecimento Dell 1. Acesse o site do Suporte Dell.
2. Na barra de menu, na parte superior da página suporte,
selecione Suporte > Biblioteca de suporte.
3. No campo de pesquisa da página da biblioteca de suporte,
digite a palavra-chave, o assunto ou o número do modelo e, em
seguida, clique ou toque no ícone de pesquisa para visualizar os
artigos relacionados.
Como entrar em contato com a Dell
Para entrar em contato com a Dell e tratar de problemas relativos a vendas, suporte técnico ou atendimento ao cliente, acesse o site do
Suporte Dell.
NOTA: A disponibilidade dos serviços pode variar dependendo do país ou da região e do produto.
NOTA: Se não tiver uma conexão ativa à Internet, você pode encontrar as informações de contato sobre sua fatura, nota fiscal, nota
de compra ou no catálogo de produtos Dell.
132 Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a Dell
Dell
Monitor P2225H/P2425H/P2425/
P2425H WOST/P2725H/P2725H
WOST
Guia do usuário
Modelo: P2225H/P2425H/P2425/P2425H WOST/P2725H/P2725H WOST
Modelo regulatório: P2225Hb, P2225Hf/P2425Hb, P2425Hc/P2425b/P2725Hb, P2725Ht
NOTA: Uma NOTA indica uma informação importante que o orienta
como melhor usar o computador.
CUIDADO: Um CUIDADO indica dano potencial ao hardware ou perda de
dados se as instruções não forem seguidas.
ALERTA: Uma ALERTA indica dano de propriedade, ferimento pessoal
ou morte em potencial.
Copyright © 2024 Dell Inc. ou suas subsidiárias. Todos os direitos reservados. Dell, EMC e outras
marcas comerciais são marcas registradas da Dell Inc. ou suas subsidiárias. Outras marcas comerciais podem
ser marcas registradas de seus respectivos proprietários.
2024 - 03
Rev. A00
Índice
Instruções de segurança . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sobre o monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Conteúdo da embalagem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Características do produto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Compatibilidade do sistema operacional . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Identificação das peças e dos controles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Vista frontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Vista traseira. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Vista traseira e inferior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Especificações do monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Especificações da Resolução . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Modos de vídeo suportados . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Modos de exibição predefinidos (DisplayPort e HDMI) . . . . . . . . 28
Modos de exibição predefinidos (VGA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Especificações elétricas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Características Físicas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Características de ambiente . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Atribuição de pinos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Conector DisplayPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Conector HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Interface Bus Serial Universal (USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Capacidade Plug and Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Qualidade do monitor de LCD e política de pixel . . . . . . . 46
Ergonomia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Manuseio e movimentação do monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
│ 3
Diretrizes de manutenção. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Limpando Seu Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Ajuste do monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Fixação do suporte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Conectando seu monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Conexão do cabo do DisplayPort (DP a DP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Conexão do cabo HDMI (opcional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Conectando o cabo VGA azul (opcional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Organizando seus cabos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Fixação do monitor usando a trava Kensington
(opcional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Remoção do suporte do monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Suporte de parede VESA (opcional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Operação do Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Ligue o monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Usando o joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Uso do Menu de Visualização na Tela (OSD) . . . . . . . . . . 61
Acesso ao menu Inicializador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Use as teclas de navegação . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Acesso ao Sistema do Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Mensagens OSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Configuração inicial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Mensagem de Advertência OSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Bloqueio dos botões de controle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Configuração da resolução máxima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Uso do ajuste de inclinação, giro, pivô e altura . . . . . . . . 84
Ajuste de inclinação e giro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Ajuste da altura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Ajuste do pivô . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4 │
Gire no sentido horário . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Gire no sentido anti-horário . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Ajustando as configurações de exibição de rotação do
seu sistema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Solução de Problemas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Autoteste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Diagnósticos integrados . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Problemas comuns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Problemas específicos do produto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Problemas específicos do barramento serial universal
(USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Informações regulatórias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Avisos da FCC (somente Estados Unidos) e outras
informações regulamentares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Banco de dados de produtos da UE para etiqueta de
energia e folha de informações do produto . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Como entrar em contato com a Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
│ 5
Instruções de segurança
Use as seguintes orientações de segurança para proteger seu monitor contra
possíveis danos e para garantir sua segurança pessoal. A menos que indicado de
outro modo, cada procedimento incluído neste documento considera que você leu
as informações de segurança enviadas junto com seu monitor.
NOTA: Antes de usar o monitor, leia as informações de segurança que
são enviadas com o monitor e estão impressas no produto. Mantenha a
documentação em um local seguro para consultas futuras.
ALERTA: O uso de controles, ajustes ou procedimentos não
especificados neste documento pode resultar em choque elétrico e
outros riscos de natureza mecânica e elétrica.
ALERTA: O possível efeito de longo prazo de ouvir áudio em alto volume
pelos fones de ouvido (em monitores compatíveis) pode causar danos à
sua capacidade auditiva.
• Coloque o monitor sobre uma superfície sólida e manuseie-o com cuidado.
A tela é frágil e pode ser danificada se for derrubada ou atingida por um objeto
pontiagudo.
• Certifique-se de que a classificação do monitor permita que ele seja conectado
à fonte de alimentação CA disponível na sua localidade.
• Mantenha o monitor em temperatura ambiente. Condições de frio ou calor
excessivos podem ter um efeito adverso sobre o cristal líquido do monitor.
• Conecte o cabo de alimentação do monitor a uma tomada de parede próxima e
acessível. Consulte Conectando seu monitor.
• Não coloque nem use o monitor sobre uma superfície molhada ou próximo de
água.
• Não submeta o monitor a vibração severa ou condições de alto impacto. Por
exemplo, não coloque o monitor dentro de um porta-malas.
• Desconecte o monitor quando estiver ficando sem uso por um longo período.
• Para evitar choque elétrico, não tente remover nenhuma tampa nem toque na
parte interna do monitor.
• Leia estas instruções cuidadosamente. Guarde este documento para consulta
futura. Siga todos os avisos e instruções sinalizadas no produto.
6 │ Instruções de segurança
• Alguns monitores podem ser montados na parede usando o suporte VESA
vendido separadamente. Certifique-se de usar as especificações VESA
corretas conforme mencionado na seção montagem em parede do Guia do
usuário.
Para obter informações sobre instruções de segurança, consulte o documento
Informações de Segurança, Ambientais e Regulatórias (SERI) enviada com seu
monitor.
Instruções de segurança │ 7
Sobre o monitor
Conteúdo da embalagem
A tabela a seguir fornece a lista de componentes enviados com seu monitor. Se
algum componente estiver faltando, entre em contato com a Dell. Para obter mais
informações, consulte Como entrar em contato com a Dell.
NOTA: Alguns itens podem ser opcionais e não serão enviados com seu
Monitor. Alguns recursos podem não estar disponíveis em certos
países.
Imagem do componente Descrição do componente
Tela
Suporte elevatório
Base do suporte
Cabo de energia (varia de acordo
com o país)
8 │ Sobre o monitor
Cabo DisplayPort 1.2 (DP a DP)
Comprimento do cabo: 1,80 M
Cabo HDMI 1.4 (*apenas para os
países selecionados)
Comprimento do cabo: 1,80 M
Cabo USB 3.2 Gen1 (5 Gbps) a
montante (habilita as portas USB
no monitor)
Comprimento do cabo: 1,80 M
• Guia de configuração rápida
• Informações de Segurança,
Ambientais e Regulatórias
*Verifique com o representante de vendas do respectivo país.
Sobre o monitor │ 9
Características do produto
O monitor Dell P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2425/P2725H/P2725H
WOST tem matriz ativa, Transistor de filme fino (TFT), Mostrador de cristal líquido
(LCD) e luz de fundo de LED. As características do motor são as seguintes:
• P2225H: Área visível de 546,21 mm (21,50 pol.) (medida diagonalmente).
Resolução de 1920 x 1080 (16:9), mais suporte para tela cheia para resoluções
mais baixas.
• P2425H/P2425H WOST: Área visível de 604,70 mm (23,81 pol.) (medida
diagonalmente). 1920 x 1080 (16:9) resolução, mais suporte para tela cheia
para resoluções mais baixas.
• P2425: Área visível de 611,32 mm (24,07 pol.) (medida diagonalmente).
Resolução de 1920 x 1200 (16:10), mais suporte para tela cheia para
resoluções mais baixas.
• P2725H/P2725H WOST: Área visível de 686 mm (27 pol.) (medida
diagonalmente). Resolução de 1920 x 1080 (16:9), mais suporte para tela cheia
para resoluções mais baixas.
• Amplo ângulo de visualização para permitir visualizar estando sentado ou de
pé.
• Gama de cores de 99% sRGB (típico).
• Conectividade de vídeo com DisplayPort, HDMI e VGA.
• Recursos de ajuste de inclinação, giro, altura e pivô.
• A moldura ultrafina minimiza a folga com o uso de vários monitores,
possibilitando um ajuste mais fácil com uma experiência elegante de
visualização.
• Suporte removível e furos de fixação de 100 mm padrão VESA™ (Video
Electronics Standards Association) para soluções de montagem flexíveis.
• Equipado com:
- Uma porta a montante de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1)
Type-B
- Uma porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-C a jusante
- Três portas de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A a jusante
• Recurso plug and play, se suportado pelo seu computador.
• Ajuste por sistema de exibição em tela (OSD) para fácil configuração e
otimização da tela.
• Bloqueio do botão de energia e Menu OSD.
10 │ Sobre o monitor
• Ranhura de trava de segurança.
• Trava do suporte.
• < 0,3 W no modo de Espera.
• O Dell ComfortView Plus é um recurso integrado de tela de luz azul fraca que
melhora o conforto visual ao reduzir as emissões potencialmente prejudiciais
de luz azul, sem comprometer a reprodução de cores. Através da tecnologia
ComfortView Plus, a Dell reduziu a exposição prejudicial à luz azul de <50%
para <35%. Este monitor é certificado com o TÜV Rheinland Eye Comfort 3.0,
obtendo uma classificação de 4 estrelas. Ele incorpora tecnologias-chave que
proporcionam uma tela sem cintilação, taxa de atualização de até 100 Hz, uma
gama de cor de no mínimo 95% sRGB. O recurso Dell ComfortView Plus está
habilitado por padrão em seu monitor.
• Esse monitor usa painel de luz azul fraca. Quando o monitor é redefinido para
as configurações de fábrica ou padrão, ele está em conformidade com a
certificação de hardware de luz azul fraca da TÜV Rheinland.*
Relação de luz azul:
A relação de luz na faixa de 415 nm-455 nm em comparação com 400 nm-
500 nm deve ser inferior a 50%.
Categoria Relação de luz azul
1 < 20%
2 20% < R < 35%
3 35% < R < 50%
• Diminui o nível de perigo da luz azul emitida pela tela para tornar a visualização
mais confortável para os olhos sem distorção da precisão da cor.
• O monitor adota a tecnologia Flicker-Free, que elimina a cintilação visível aos
olhos, aumenta o conforto na experiência de visualização e impede que os
usuários sofram com tensão e fadiga ocular.
*Este monitor está em conformidade com a certificação de hardware de luz azul
fraca da TÜV Rheinland na Categoria 2.
Sobre o monitor │ 11
Sobre o TÜV Rheinland Eye Comfort 3.0
O programa de certificação TÜV Rheinland Eye
Comfort 3.0 apresenta um esquema de classificação
por estrelas simples para o usuário e para a indústria
de monitores, promovendo o bem-estar ocular desde
a segurança até os cuidados com os olhos.
Comparado às certificações existentes, o programa
de classificação por 5 estrelas adiciona requisitos
rigorosos de teste em atributos gerais de cuidado
ocular, como luz azul fraca, ausência de cintilação,
taxa de atualização, gama de cores, precisão de
cores e desempenho do sensor de luz ambiente. Ele
estabelece métricas de requisitos e avalia o
desempenho do produto em cinco níveis, e o
sofisticado processo de avaliação técnica fornece
aos consumidores e compradores indicadores mais
fáceis de julgar.
Os fatores de bem-estar ocular considerados
permanecem constantes; entretanto, os padrões para
as diferentes classificações por estrelas são distintos.
Quanto maior a classificação por estrelas, mais
rigorosos são os padrões. A tabela abaixo lista os
principais requisitos de conforto visual que se aplicam
além dos requisitos básicos de conforto visual (como
densidade de pixels, uniformidade de luminância e
cor, e liberdade de movimento).
Para obter mais informações sobre TÜV Eye
Comfort certificações consulte:
https://www.tuv.com/world/en/eye-comfort.html
12 │ Sobre o monitor
Requisitos de Eye Comfort 3.0 e Esquema de Classificação por Estrelas para Monitores
Esquema de classificação por estrelas
Categoria Item de teste
3 estrelas 4 estrelas 5 estrelas
TÜV Hardware LBL TÜV Hardware LBL TÜV Hardware
Categoria III Categoria II (≤35%) LBL Categoria II
Luz azul fraca (≤50%) ou solução ou Categoria I (≤35%) ou
de LBL por (≤20%) Categoria I (≤20%)
Cuidados com
os olhos software1
TÜV Redução de TÜV Redução de
Sem cintilação Cintilação ou TÜV Cintilação ou TÜV Sem cintilação
Sem Cintilação Sem Cintilação
Desempenho do
sensor de luz Sem sensor Sem sensor Sensor de luz do
ambiente
ambiente
Gerenciamento
Controle CCT
da luz inteligente Não Não Sim
ambiente
Controle de
luminosidade Não Não Sim
inteligente
Taxa de atualização >60 Hz >75 Hz >120 Hz
Uniformidade da
luminosidade Uniformidade da luminosidade ≥ 75%
Uniformidade de Uniformidade de cor Δu’v’ ≤ 0,02
cor
Liberdade de As alterações de luminosidade devem diminuir menos de 50%.
movimento A mudança de cor deve ser inferior a 0,01.
Qualidade da Diferença de gama Diferença de gama Diferença de gama
Diferença de gama ≤ ±0,2 ≤ ±0,2 ≤ ±0,2
imagem
DCI-P35 Min. 95%
(CIE 1976) e
sRGB4 Min. 95%
NTSC3 Min. 72%
Gama de cor (CIE 1931) ou
(CIE 1931) ou sRGB4 Min. 95%
ampla2 sRGB4 Min. 95% (CIE 1931) Adobe RGB6
Min. 95% (CIE
(CIE 1931)
1931) e sRGB4
Min. 95% (CIE
1931)
Guia do usuário
do Conforto Guia do usuário Sim Sim Sim
Visual
Sobre o monitor │ 13
Requisitos de Eye Comfort 3.0 e Esquema de Classificação por Estrelas para Monitores
1
O software controla a emissão de luz azul reduzindo a luz azul excessiva, o que
resulta em um tom mais amarelo.
2 A gama de cores descreve a disponibilidade de cores no monitor. Foram
desenvolvidos diversos padrões para fins específicos. 100% corresponde ao espaço de
cor completo conforme definido no padrão.
3
NTSC significa National Television Standards Committee, que desenvolveu um
espaço de cor para o sistema de televisão utilizado nos Estados Unidos.
Observação 4
sRGB é um espaço de cor padrão para vermelho, verde e azul, usado em monitores,
impressoras e na World Wide Web.
5
DCI-P3, abreviação de Digital Cinema Initiatives - Protocolo 3, é um espaço de cor
usado no cinema digital que abrange uma gama de cores mais ampla do que o espaço
de cor RGB padrão.
6
Adobe RGB é um espaço de cor criado pela Adobe Systems que abrange uma gama
mais ampla de cores do que o modelo de cor RGB padrão, especialmente nos tons de
ciano e verde.
Compatibilidade do sistema operacional
• Windows 10 e posterior*
• macOS 12* e macOS 13*
*A compatibilidade do sistema operacional em monitores da marca Dell e Alienware
pode variar de acordo com fatores como:
• Data(s) de lançamento específica(s) quando versões, patches ou atualizações do
sistema operacional estiverem disponíveis.
• Data(s) de lançamento específica(s) em que atualizações de firmware,
aplicativo de software ou driver de monitor das marcas Dell e Alienware
estão disponíveis no site de suporte da Dell.
14 │ Sobre o monitor
Identificação das peças e dos controles
Vista frontal
Marcador Descrição Use
1 Indicador de LED de A luz branca constante indica que o monitor
energia está ligado e funcionando normalmente.
A luz branca piscando indica que o monitor
está no Modo de Espera.
Sobre o monitor │ 15
Vista traseira
Vista traseira com o suporte para
monitor
Marcador Descrição Use
1 Furos de montagem VESA Monte o monitor no suporte de parede
(100 mm x 100 mm - atrás usando o kit de montagem para parede
da tampa VESA fixada) compatível VESA (100 mm x 100 mm).
2 Etiqueta de regulamentos Lista as aprovações de regulamentos.
3 Botão de liberação do Libera o suporte do monitor.
suporte
4 Código de barra, número Consulte essa etiqueta caso precise
de série e etiqueta de entrar em contato com a Dell para obter
serviço suporte técnico. A Etiqueta de serviço é
um identificador alfanumérico exclusivo
que permite aos técnicos de serviço da
Dell identificar os componentes do
hardware em seu monitor e acessar
informações de garantia.
5 Botão liga/desliga Para ligar ou desligar o monitor.
6 Joystick Use para controlar o menu OSD. Para
obter mais informações, consulte
Operação do Monitor.
7 Fenda para passagem dos Use para organizar os cabos
cabos inserindo-os através da fenda.
16 │ Sobre o monitor
Vista traseira e inferior
Vista traseira e inferior sem o suporte do monitor
Marcador Descrição Use
1 Ranhura de trava de Proteja seu monitor usando uma trava de
segurança segurança (a ser comprada
(baseado no Kensington separadamente) para evitar sua
Security Slot) movimentação não autorizada.
2 Conecte o cabo de energia (enviado com
seu monitor).
Conector de energia
3 Conecte seu computador com o cabo
Porta HDMI HDMI enviado com seu monitor (apenas
para os países selecionados).
4 Recurso de Trava do Trave o suporte no monitor usando um
suporte parafuso M3x6 mm (o parafuso não é
fornecido).
5 Conecte seu computador com o cabo
DisplayPort (enviado com seu monitor).
DisplayPort
6 Conecte seu computador com o cabo
VGA (a ser comprada separadamente).
Conector VGA
Sobre o monitor │ 17
7 Conecte o cabo USB que vem com seu
monitor no monitor e computador.
Porta a montante de alta
Depois que este cabo for conectado,
velocidade USB 5 Gbps
você pode usar os conectores USB no
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-B
monitor.
8 Conecte seu dispositivo USB 3.2 Gen1
(5 Gbps).*
Porta a jusante de alta NOTA: Para usar essas portas, é
velocidade USB 5 Gbps necessário conectar o cabo USB
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A (enviado com seu monitor) na porta USB
(3) a montante do monitor e em seu
computador.
9 Conecte seu dispositivo USB 3.2 Gen1
(5 Gbps).*
Porta a jusante de alta NOTA: Para usar essas portas, é
velocidade USB 5 Gbps necessário conectar o cabo USB
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-C (enviado com seu monitor) na porta USB
(somente dados) a montante do monitor e em seu
computador.
10 Slots da soundbar Fixe a soundbar externa (vendido
separadamente) ao monitor alinhando
as guias magnéticas com os slots do
monitor.
*Para evitar interferência do sinal, quando um dispositivo USB sem fio for
conectado a uma porta USB a jusante, NÃO é recomendado conectar nenhum
outro dispositivo USB na(s) porta(s) adjacente(s).
18 │ Sobre o monitor
Especificações do monitor
Modelo P2225H
Tipo de tela Matriz ativa - LCD TFT
Tecnologia de painel Tecnologia tipo In-Plane Switching
Formato de imagem 16:9
Imagem visível
Diagonal 546,21 mm (21,50 pol)
Horizontal (área ativa) 476,06 mm (18,74 pol)
Vertical (área ativa) 267,79 mm (10,54 pol)
Área 127483,27 mm2 (197,60 pol 2)
Densidade dos pixels 0,2480 mm x 0,2480 mm
Pixels por polegada (PPI) 102,44
Ângulo de visualização
Vertical 178° (típico)
Horizontal 178° (típico)
Saída de iluminação 250 cd/m² (típico)
Taxa de contraste 1500:1 (típico)
Cobertura da superfície da Antirreflexo com dureza 3H
placa
Luz de fundo Sistema de luz da borda de LED
Tempo de resposta 8 ms cinza a cinza (Normal)
5 ms cinza a cinza (Rápido)
Profundidade da cor Até 16,70 milhões de cores
Gama de cores sRGB 99% (típico)
Sobre o monitor │ 19
Conectividade • 1 x porta HDMI 1.4 (HDCP1.4)*
• 1 x DP 1.2 (HDCP1.4)
• 1 x porta VGA
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-B a montante
• 2 x portas de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A a jusante
Acesso rápido
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A a jusante
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-C a jusante com
capacidade de carregamento a 15 W PD
Largura da borda (borda do monitor para a área ativa)
Parte superior 6 mm
Esquerda/Direita 6 mm
Parte inferior 12 mm
Ajustabilidade
Suporte de altura ajustável 150 mm
Inclinação -5° a 21°
Giro -45° a 45°
Pivô -90° a 90°
Gerenciamento de cabos Sim
Compatibilidade do Disposição fácil e outros recursos principais
Dell Display Manager
Segurança Ranhura de trava de segurança (trava para cabo
vendida separadamente)
*Suporta até FHD 1920 x 1080 100 Hz TMDS conforme especificado em HDMI 1.4.
20 │ Sobre o monitor
Modelo P2425H/P2425H WOST
Tipo de tela Matriz ativa - LCD TFT
Tecnologia de painel Tecnologia tipo In-Plane Switching
Formato de imagem 16:9
Imagem visível
Diagonal 604,70 mm (23,81 pol)
Horizontal (área ativa) 527,04 mm (20,75 pol)
Vertical (área ativa) 296,46 mm (11,67 pol)
Área 156246,28 mm2 (242,18 pol 2)
Densidade dos pixels 0,2745 mm x 0,2745 mm
Pixels por polegada (PPI) 92,53
Ângulo de visualização
Vertical 178° (típico)
Horizontal 178° (típico)
Saída de iluminação 250 cd/m² (típico)
Taxa de contraste 1500:1 (típico)
Cobertura da superfície da Antirreflexo com dureza 3H
placa
Luz de fundo Sistema de luz da borda de LED
Tempo de resposta 8 ms cinza a cinza (Normal)
5 ms cinza a cinza (Rápido)
Profundidade da cor Até 16,70 milhões de cores
Gama de cores sRGB 99% (típico)
Sobre o monitor │ 21
Conectividade • 1 x porta HDMI 1.4 (HDCP1.4)*
• 1 x DP 1.2 (HDCP1.4)
• 1 x porta VGA
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-B a montante
• 2 x portas de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A a jusante
Acesso rápido
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A a jusante
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-C a jusante com
capacidade de carregamento a 15 W PD
Largura da borda (borda do monitor para a área ativa)
Parte superior 5,80 mm
Esquerda/Direita 5,80 mm
Parte inferior 12 mm
Ajustabilidade
Suporte de altura ajustável 150 mm
Inclinação -5° a 21°
Giro -45° a 45°
Pivô -90° a 90°
Gerenciamento de cabos Sim (aplicável apenas a P2425H)
Compatibilidade do Disposição fácil e outros recursos principais
Dell Display Manager
Segurança Ranhura de trava de segurança (trava para cabo
vendida separadamente)
*Suporta até FHD 1920 x 1080 100 Hz TMDS conforme especificado em HDMI 1.4.
22 │ Sobre o monitor
Modelo P2425
Tipo de tela Matriz ativa - LCD TFT
Tecnologia de painel Tecnologia tipo In-Plane Switching
Formato de imagem 16:10
Imagem visível
Diagonal 611,32 mm (24,07 pol)
Horizontal (área ativa) 518,40 mm (20,41 pol)
Vertical (área ativa) 324 mm (12,76 pol)
Área 167961,60 mm2 (260,34 pol 2)
Densidade dos pixels 0,2700 mm x 0,2700 mm
Pixels por polegada (PPI) 94,07
Ângulo de visualização
Vertical 178° (típico)
Horizontal 178° (típico)
Saída de iluminação 300 cd/m² (típico)
Taxa de contraste 1500:1 (típico)
Cobertura da superfície da Antirreflexo com dureza 3H
placa
Luz de fundo Sistema de luz da borda de LED
Tempo de resposta 8 ms cinza a cinza (Normal)
5 ms cinza a cinza (Rápido)
Profundidade da cor Até 16,70 milhões de cores
Gama de cores sRGB 99% (típico)
Sobre o monitor │ 23
Conectividade • 1 x porta HDMI 1.4 (HDCP1.4)*
• 1 x DP 1.2 (HDCP1.4)
• 1 x porta VGA
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-B a montante
• 2 x portas de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A a jusante
Acesso rápido
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A a jusante
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-C a jusante com
capacidade de carregamento a 15 W PD
Largura da borda (borda do monitor para a área ativa)
Parte superior 6,70 mm
Esquerda/Direita 6,70 mm
Parte inferior 13 mm
Ajustabilidade
Suporte de altura ajustável 150 mm
Inclinação -5° a 21°
Giro -45° a 45°
Pivô -90° a 90°
Gerenciamento de cabos Sim
Compatibilidade do Disposição fácil e outros recursos principais
Dell Display Manager
Segurança Ranhura de trava de segurança (trava para cabo
vendida separadamente)
*Suporta até WUXGA 1920 x 1200 100 Hz TMDS conforme especificado em
HDMI 1.4.
24 │ Sobre o monitor
Modelo P2725H/P2725H WOST
Tipo de tela Matriz ativa - LCD TFT
Tecnologia de painel Tecnologia tipo In-Plane Switching
Formato de imagem 16:9
Imagem visível
Diagonal 686 mm (27 pol)
Horizontal (área ativa) 597,89 mm (23,54 pol)
Vertical (área ativa) 336,31 mm (13,24 pol)
Área 201076,39 mm2 (311,67 pol 2)
Densidade dos pixels 0,3114 mm x 0,3114 mm
Pixels por polegada (PPI) 81,57
Ângulo de visualização
Vertical 178° (típico)
Horizontal 178° (típico)
Saída de iluminação 300 cd/m² (típico)
Taxa de contraste 1500:1 (típico)
Cobertura da superfície da Antirreflexo com dureza 3H
placa
Luz de fundo Sistema de luz da borda de LED
Tempo de resposta 8 ms cinza a cinza (Normal)
5 ms cinza a cinza (Rápido)
Profundidade da cor Até 16,70 milhões de cores
Gama de cores sRGB 99% (típico)
Sobre o monitor │ 25
Conectividade • 1 x porta HDMI 1.4 (HDCP1.4)*
• 1 x DP 1.2 (HDCP1.4)
• 1 x porta VGA
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-B a montante
• 2 x portas de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A a jusante
Acesso rápido
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A a jusante
• 1 x porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-C a jusante com
capacidade de carregamento a 15 W PD
Largura da borda (borda do monitor para a área ativa)
Parte superior 6,40 mm
Esquerda/Direita 6,40 mm
Parte inferior 12 mm
Ajustabilidade
Suporte de altura ajustável 150 mm
Inclinação -5° a 21°
Giro -45° a 45°
Pivô -90° a 90°
Gerenciamento de cabos Sim (aplicável apenas a P2725H)
Compatibilidade do Disposição fácil e outros recursos principais
Dell Display Manager
Segurança Ranhura de trava de segurança (trava para cabo
vendida separadamente)
*Suporta até FHD 1920 x 1080 100 Hz TMDS conforme especificado em HDMI 1.4.
26 │ Sobre o monitor
Especificações da Resolução
Modelo P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2725H/
P2725H WOST
Taxa de escaneamento • VGA: 30 kHz a 83 kHz (automático)
horizontal • DisplayPort e HDMI: 30 kHz a 110 kHz (automático)
Taxa de escaneamento • VGA: 48 Hz a 76 Hz (automático)
vertical • DisplayPort e HDMI: 48 Hz a 100 Hz (automático)
Mais alta resolução de • VGA: 1920 x 1080 a 60 Hz
pré-ajuste • DisplayPort e HDMI: 1920 x 1080 a 100 Hz
Modelo P2425
Taxa de escaneamento • VGA: 30 kHz a 83 kHz (automático)
horizontal • DisplayPort e HDMI: 30 kHz a 122 kHz (automático)
Taxa de escaneamento • VGA: 48 Hz a 76 Hz (automático)
vertical • DisplayPort e HDMI: 48 Hz a 100 Hz (automático)
Mais alta resolução de • VGA: 1920 x 1200 a 60 Hz
pré-ajuste • DisplayPort e HDMI: 1920 x 1200 a 100 Hz
Modos de vídeo suportados
Modelo P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2425/
P2725H/P2725H WOST
Recursos de exibição de vídeo 1080p, 720p, 576p, 480p
(VGA, HDMI e DisplayPort)
Sobre o monitor │ 27
Modos de exibição predefinidos (DisplayPort e HDMI)
P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2725H/P2725H WOST
Modo de Frequência Frequência Clock de Polaridade
Visualização Horizontal Vertical Pixel Sincronizada
(kHz) (Hz) (MHz) (Horizontal/
Vertical)
VESA, 640 x 480 31,5 59,9 25,2 -/-
VESA, 640 x 480 37,5 75,0 31,5 -/-
VESA, 720 x 400 31,5 70,1 28,3 -/+
VESA, 800 x 600 37,9 60,3 40,0 +/+
VESA, 800 x 600 46,9 75,0 49,5 +/+
VESA, 1024 x 768 48,4 60,0 65,0 -/-
VESA, 1024 x 768 60,0 75,0 78,8 +/+
VESA, 1152 x 864 67,5 75,0 108,0 +/+
1280 x 720 45,0 60,0 74,3 -/+
1280 x 720 56,5 74,8 95,8 -/+
VESA, 1280 x 1024 64,0 60,0 108,0 +/+
VESA, 1280 x 1024 80,0 75,0 135,0 +/+
VESA, 1600 x 900 60,0 60,0 108,0 +/+
VESA, 1920 x 1080 67,5 60,0 148,5 +/+
VESA, 1920 x 1080 110,0 100,0 228,8 +/-
NOTA: O monitor também pode funcionar com outras resoluções não
indicadas no modo predefinido.
28 │ Sobre o monitor
P2425
Modo de Frequência Frequência Clock de Polaridade
Visualização Horizontal Vertical Pixel Sincronizada
(kHz) (Hz) (MHz) (Horizontal/
Vertical)
VESA, 640 x 480 31,5 59,9 25,2 -/-
VESA, 640 x 480 37,5 75,0 31,5 -/-
VESA, 720 x 400 31,5 70,1 28,3 -/+
VESA, 800 x 600 37,9 60,3 40,0 +/+
VESA, 800 x 600 46,9 75,0 49,5 +/+
VESA, 1024 x 768 48,4 60,0 65,0 -/-
VESA, 1024 x 768 60,0 75,0 78,8 +/+
VESA, 1152 x 864 67,5 75,0 108,0 +/+
1280 x 720 45,0 60,0 74,3 -/+
1280 x 720 56,5 74,8 95,8 -/+
VESA, 1280 x 1024 64,0 60,0 108,0 +/+
VESA, 1280 x 1024 80,0 75,0 135,0 +/+
VESA, 1600 x 1200 75,0 60,0 162,0 +/+
VESA, 1920 x 1080 67,5 60,0 148,5 +/+
1920 x 1200 74,0 60,0 154,0 +/-
1920 x 1200 121,6 100,0 249,0 +/+
NOTA: O monitor também pode funcionar com outras resoluções não
indicadas no modo predefinido.
Sobre o monitor │ 29
Modos de exibição predefinidos (VGA)
P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2725H/P2725H WOST
Modo de Frequência Frequência Clock de Polaridade
Visualização Horizontal Vertical Pixel Sincronizada
(kHz) (Hz) (MHz) (Horizontal/
Vertical)
VESA, 640 x 480 31,5 59,9 25,2 -/-
VESA, 640 x 480 37,5 75,0 31,5 -/-
VESA, 720 x 400 31,5 70,1 28,3 -/+
VESA, 800 x 600 37,9 60,3 40,0 +/+
VESA, 800 x 600 46,9 75,0 49,5 +/+
VESA, 1024 x 768 48,4 60,0 65,0 -/-
VESA, 1024 x 768 60,0 75,0 78,8 +/+
VESA, 1152 x 864 67,5 75,0 108,0 +/+
1280 x 720 45,0 60,0 74,3 -/+
1280 x 720 56,5 74,8 95,8 -/+
VESA, 1280 x 1024 64,0 60,0 108,0 +/+
VESA, 1280 x 1024 80,0 75,0 135,0 +/+
VESA, 1600 x 900 60,0 60,0 108,0 +/+
VESA, 1920 x 1080 67,5 60,0 148,5 +/+
NOTA: O monitor também pode funcionar com outras resoluções não
indicadas no modo predefinido.
30 │ Sobre o monitor
P2425
Modo de Frequência Frequência Clock de Polaridade
Visualização Horizontal Vertical Pixel Sincronizada
(kHz) (Hz) (MHz) (Horizontal/
Vertical)
VESA, 640 x 480 31,5 59,9 25,2 -/-
VESA, 640 x 480 37,5 75,0 31,5 -/-
VESA, 720 x 400 31,5 70,1 28,3 -/+
VESA, 800 x 600 37,9 60,3 40,0 +/+
VESA, 800 x 600 46,9 75,0 49,5 +/+
VESA, 1024 x 768 48,4 60,0 65,0 -/-
VESA, 1024 x 768 60,0 75,0 78,8 +/+
VESA, 1152 x 864 67,5 75,0 108,0 +/+
1280 x 720 45,0 60,0 74,3 -/+
1280 x 720 56,5 74,8 95,8 -/+
VESA, 1280 x 1024 64,0 60,0 108,0 +/+
VESA, 1280 x 1024 80,0 75,0 135,0 +/+
VESA, 1600 x 1200 75,0 60,0 162,0 +/+
VESA, 1920 x 1080 67,5 60,0 148,5 +/+
1920 x 1200 74,0 60,0 154,0 +/-
NOTA: O monitor também pode funcionar com outras resoluções não
indicadas no modo predefinido.
Sobre o monitor │ 31
Especificações elétricas
Modelo P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2425/
P2725H/P2725H WOST
Sinais de entrada de vídeo • RGB analógico, 0,7 V ± 5%, polaridade positiva a
uma impedância de entrada de 75 Ω
• HDMI 1.4 (TMDS)*/DisplayPort 1.2, 600 mV para
cada linha diferencial, 100 ohms de impedância de
entrada por par diferencial
Voltagem/frequência/ 100 VCA a 240 VCA / 50 Hz ou 60 Hz ± 3 Hz / 1,5 A
corrente de entrada CA (típico)
Corrente de entrada • 120 V: 30 A (Máx.) a 0°C (inicialização a frio)
• 240 V: 60 A (Máx.) a 0°C (inicialização a frio)
Consumo de energia
P2225H • 0,3 W (Modo Des.)1
• 0,3 W (Modo de Espera)1
• 10,9 W (Modo Lig.)1
• 60 W (Máx.)2
• 10,1 W (Pon)3
• 32,2 kWh (TEC)3
P2425H/P2425H WOST • 0,3 W (Modo Des.)1
• 0,3 W (Modo de Espera)1
• 11,7 W (Modo Lig.)1
• 65 W (Máx.)2
• 12,0 W (Pon)3
• 38,4 kWh (TEC)3
P2425 • 0,3 W (Modo Des.)1
• 0,3 W (Modo de Espera)1
• 13,6 W (Modo Lig.)1
• 74 W (Máx.)2
• 12,2 W (Pon)3
• 38,5 kWh (TEC)3
32 │ Sobre o monitor
P2725H/P2725H WOST • 0,3 W (Modo Des.)1
• 0,3 W (Modo de Espera)1
• 15,8 W (Modo Lig.)1
• 74 W (Máx.)2
• 12,9 W (Pon)3
• 41,3 kWh (TEC)3
*P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2725H/P2725H WOST: Suporta até
FHD 1920 x 1080 100 Hz TMDS conforme especificado em HDMI 1.4.
*P2425: Suporta até WUXGA 1920 x 1200 100 Hz TMDS conforme especificado
em HDMI 1.4.
1 Conforme definido na EU 2019/2021 e EU 2019/2013.
2 Brilho máximo e configuração de contraste com carga máxima de energia em
todas as portas USB.
3 Pon: Consumo de Energia do modo ligado como definido na versão 8.0 do
Energy Star.
TEC: Consumo total de energia em kWh conforme definido na versão 8.0 do
Energy Star.
Este documento é apenas informativo e reflete o desempenho em laboratório. Seu
produto pode ter desempenho diferente, dependendo do software, componentes
e periféricos que você encomendou e a empresa não tem nenhuma obrigação de
atualizar tais informações.
Consequentemente, o cliente não deve contar com essas informações ao tomar
decisões sobre tolerâncias elétricas ou de outro modo. Não há nenhuma garantia
expressa ou implícita quanto à precisão ou integralidade.
NOTA: Este monitor é certificado pela ENERGY STAR.
Este produto se qualifica para o ENERGY STAR nas
configurações padrão de fábrica que podem ser restauradas
pela função "Restaurar Config. de Fábrica" do menu OSD. A
alteração das configurações padrão de fábrica ou a habilitação
de outras funções podem aumentar o consumo de energia que
pode ultrapassar o limite especificado pelo ENERGY STAR.
Sobre o monitor │ 33
Características Físicas
Modelo P2225H
Tipo de cabo de sinal • Digital: DisplayPort, 20 pinos
• Digital: HDMI, 19 pinos (cabo incluído apenas
para países selecionados)*
• Analógico: D-Sub, 15 pinos (cabo não incluído)
• Barramento serial universal: USB-A a USB-B,
9 pinos
NOTA: Os monitores Dell são projetados para funcionar de maneira ideal com os
cabos de vídeo enviados com seu monitor. Como a Dell não tem controle sobre
diferentes fornecedores de cabo no mercado, o tipo de material, conector e
processo usado para fabricar esses cabos, a Dell não garante o desempenho do
vídeo com cabos que não sejam enviados com seu monitor Dell.
Dimensões (com o suporte)
Altura (estendida) 482,39 mm (18,99 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 364 mm (14,33 pol)
Largura 488,06 mm (19,22 pol)
Profundidade 181,75 mm (7,16 pol)
Dimensões (sem o suporte)
Altura 285,79 mm (11,25 pol)
Largura 488,06 mm (19,22 pol)
Profundidade 50,03 mm (1,97 pol)
Dimensões do suporte
Altura (estendida) 410,80 mm (16,17 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 364 mm (14,33 pol)
Largura 249,80 mm (9,83 pol)
Profundidade 181,75 mm (7,16 pol)
Base 249,80 mm (9,83 pol) x 177 mm (6,97 pol)
Peso
Peso com a embalagem 6,15 kg (13,56 lb)
34 │ Sobre o monitor
Peso com montagem do 4,37 kg (9,63 lb)
suporte e cabos
Peso sem o conjunto do 2,58 kg (5,69 lb)
suporte (Para fixação na
parede, ou considerações para
fixação VESA - sem os cabos)
Peso com montagem do 1,46 kg (3,22 lb)
suporte
*Verifique com o representante de vendas do respectivo país.
Modelo P2425H/P2425H WOST
Tipo de cabo de sinal • Digital: DisplayPort, 20 pinos
• Digital: HDMI, 19 pinos (cabo incluído apenas
para países selecionados)*
• Analógico: D-Sub, 15 pinos (cabo não incluído)
• Barramento serial universal: USB-A a USB-B,
9 pinos
NOTA: Os monitores Dell são projetados para funcionar de maneira ideal com os
cabos de vídeo enviados com seu monitor. Como a Dell não tem controle sobre
diferentes fornecedores de cabo no mercado, o tipo de material, conector e
processo usado para fabricar esses cabos, a Dell não garante o desempenho do
vídeo com cabos que não sejam enviados com seu monitor Dell.
Dimensões (com o suporte) P2425H
Altura (estendida) 496,53 mm (19,55 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 364 mm (14,33 pol)
Largura 538,64 mm (21,21 pol)
Profundidade 181,75 mm (7,16 pol)
Dimensões (sem o suporte) P2425H/P2425H WOST
Altura 314,23 mm (12,37 pol)
Largura 538,64 mm (21,21 pol)
Profundidade 50,03 mm (1,97 pol)
Dimensões do suporte P2425H
Altura (estendida) 410,80 mm (16,17 pol)
Sobre o monitor │ 35
Altura (comprimida) 364 mm (14,33 pol)
Largura 249,80 mm (9,83 pol)
Profundidade 181,75 mm (7,16 pol)
Base 249,80 mm (9,83 pol) x 177 mm (6,97 pol)
Peso P2425H
Peso com a embalagem 6,78 kg (14,95 lb)
Peso com montagem do 4,98 kg (10,98 lb)
suporte e cabos
Peso sem o conjunto do 3,12 kg (6,88 lb)
suporte (Para fixação na
parede, ou considerações para
fixação VESA - sem os cabos)
Peso com montagem do 1,49 kg (3,28 lb)
suporte
Peso P2425H WOST
Peso com a embalagem 5,34 kg (11,77 lb)
Peso sem o conjunto do 3,54 kg (7,80 lb)
suporte e com cabos
Peso sem o conjunto do 3,12 kg (6,88 lb)
suporte (Para fixação na
parede, ou considerações para
fixação VESA - sem os cabos)
*Verifique com o representante de vendas do respectivo país.
36 │ Sobre o monitor
Modelo P2425
Tipo de cabo de sinal • Digital: DisplayPort, 20 pinos
• Digital: HDMI, 19 pinos (cabo incluído apenas
para países selecionados)*
• Analógico: D-Sub, 15 pinos (cabo não incluído)
• Barramento serial universal: USB-A a USB-B,
9 pinos
NOTA: Os monitores Dell são projetados para funcionar de maneira ideal com os
cabos de vídeo enviados com seu monitor. Como a Dell não tem controle sobre
diferentes fornecedores de cabo no mercado, o tipo de material, conector e
processo usado para fabricar esses cabos, a Dell não garante o desempenho do
vídeo com cabos que não sejam enviados com seu monitor Dell.
Dimensões (com o suporte)
Altura (estendida) 511,20 mm (20,13 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 364 mm (14,33 pol)
Largura 531,80 mm (20,94 pol)
Profundidade 181,75 mm (7,16 pol)
Dimensões (sem o suporte)
Altura 343,70 mm (13,53 pol)
Largura 531,80 mm (20,94 pol)
Profundidade 50,03 mm (1,97 pol)
Dimensões do suporte
Altura (estendida) 410,80 mm (16,17 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 364 mm (14,33 pol)
Largura 249,80 mm (9,83 pol)
Profundidade 181,75 mm (7,16 pol)
Base 249,80 mm (9,83 pol) x 177 mm (6,97 pol)
Peso
Peso com a embalagem 6,75 kg (14,89 lb)
Peso com montagem do 4,96 kg (10,94 lb)
suporte e cabos
Sobre o monitor │ 37
Peso sem o conjunto do 3,15 kg (6,94 lb)
suporte (Para fixação na
parede, ou considerações para
fixação VESA - sem os cabos)
Peso com montagem do 1,51 kg (3,33 lb)
suporte
*Verifique com o representante de vendas do respectivo país.
Modelo P2725H/P2725H WOST
Tipo de cabo de sinal • Digital: DisplayPort, 20 pinos
• Digital: HDMI, 19 pinos (cabo incluído apenas
para países selecionados)*
• Analógico: D-Sub, 15 pinos (cabo não incluído)
• Barramento serial universal: USB-A a USB-B,
9 pinos
NOTA: Os monitores Dell são projetados para funcionar de maneira ideal com os
cabos de vídeo enviados com seu monitor. Como a Dell não tem controle sobre
diferentes fornecedores de cabo no mercado, o tipo de material, conector e
processo usado para fabricar esses cabos, a Dell não garante o desempenho do
vídeo com cabos que não sejam enviados com seu monitor Dell.
Dimensões (com o suporte) P2725H
Altura (estendida) 534,56 mm (21,05 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 384,56 mm (15,14 pol)
Largura 610,68 mm (24,04 pol)
Profundidade 192,28 mm (7,57 pol)
Dimensões (sem o suporte) P2725H/P2725H WOST
Altura 354,71 mm (13,97 pol)
Largura 610,68 mm (24,04 pol)
Profundidade 50,03 mm (1,97 pol)
Dimensões do suporte P2725H
Altura (estendida) 428,30 mm (16,86 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 381,50 mm (15,02 pol)
38 │ Sobre o monitor
Largura 272,80 mm (10,74 pol)
Profundidade 192,28 mm (7,57 pol)
Base 272,80 mm (10,74 pol) x 189 mm (7,44 pol)
Peso P2725H
Peso com a embalagem 8,47 kg (18,67 lb)
Peso com montagem do 6,05 kg (13,34 lb)
suporte e cabos
Peso sem o conjunto do 4,03 kg (8,88 lb)
suporte (Para fixação na
parede, ou considerações para
fixação VESA - sem os cabos)
Peso com montagem do 1,67 kg (3,68 lb)
suporte
Peso P2725H WOST
Peso com a embalagem 6,80 kg (14,99 lb)
Peso sem o conjunto do 4,38 kg (9,66 lb)
suporte e com cabos
Peso sem o conjunto do 4,03 kg (8,88 lb)
suporte (Para fixação na
parede, ou considerações para
fixação VESA - sem os cabos)
*Verifique com o representante de vendas do respectivo país.
Sobre o monitor │ 39
Características de ambiente
Modelo P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2425/
P2725H/P2725H WOST
Compatível com as normas
• Monitor certificado pela ENERGY STAR
• Registrados com EPEAT onde aplicável. O registro EPEAT varia de acordo com
o país. Consulte www.epeat.net para obter o status do registro por país.
• Compatível com RoHS
• TCO Certified e TCO Certified Edge
• Monitor livre de BFR/PVC (excluindo os cabos externos)
• Vidro sem arsênico e sem mercúrio apenas para o painel
Temperatura
Operação 0°C a 40°C (32°F a 104°F)
Fora de funcionamento • Armazenamento: -20°C a 60°C (-4°F a 140°F)
• Transporte: -20°C a 60°C (-4°F a 140°F)
Umidade
Operação 10% a 80% (sem condensação)
Fora de funcionamento • Armazenamento: 5% a 90% (sem condensação)
• Transporte: 5% a 90% (sem condensação)
Altitude
Operação 5000 m (16404 pés) (máximo)
Fora de funcionamento 12192 m (40000 pés) (máximo)
Dissipação térmica
P2225H • 204,7 BTU/hora (máximo)
• 37,2 BTU/hora (modo ligado)
P2425H/P2425H WOST • 221,8 BTU/hora (máximo)
• 39,9 BTU/hora (modo ligado)
P2425 • 252,5 BTU/hora (máximo)
• 46,4 BTU/hora (modo ligado)
P2725H/P2725H WOST • 252,5 BTU/hora (máximo)
• 53,9 BTU/hora (modo ligado)
40 │ Sobre o monitor
Atribuição de pinos
Conector DisplayPort
Número de Lado de 20 pinos do Cabo de Sinal Conectado
pinos
1 ML3 (n)
2 GND
3 ML3 (p)
4 ML2 (n)
5 GND
6 ML2 (p)
7 ML1 (n)
8 GND
9 ML1 (p)
10 ML0 (n)
11 GND
12 ML0 (p)
13 GND
14 GND
15 AUX (p)
16 GND
17 AUX (n)
18 Detecção de Tomada Quente
19 Re-PWR
20 +3,3 V DP_PWR
Sobre o monitor │ 41
Conector HDMI
Número de Lado de 19 pinos do Cabo de Sinal Conectado
pinos
1 DADOS TMDS 2+
2 BLINDAGEM DADOS TMDS 2
3 DADOS TMDS 2-
4 DADOS TMDS 1+
5 BLINDAGEM DADOS TMDS 1
6 DADOS TMDS 1-
7 DADOS TMDS 0+
8 BLINDAGEM DADOS TMDS 0
9 DADOS TMDS 0-
10 CLOCK TMDS+
11 BLINDAGEM CLOCK TMDS
12 CLOCK TMDS-
13 CEC
14 Reservado (N.C. no dispositivo)
15 CLOCK DDC (SCL)
16 DADOS DDC (SDA)
17 Aterramento DDC/CEC
18 ALIMENTAÇÃO +5 V
19 DETECÇÃO DE TOMADA QUENTE
42 │ Sobre o monitor
Conector VGA
Número de Lado de 15 pinos do Cabo de Sinal Conectado
pinos
1 Vídeo-Vermelho
2 Vídeo-Verde
3 Vídeo-Azul
4 GND
5 Autoteste
6 GND-R
7 GND-G
8 GND-B
9 Computador 5 V/3,3 V
10 Sincronização GND
11 GND
12 Dados DDC
13 Sincronização horizontal
14 Sincronização vertical
15 Clock DDC
Sobre o monitor │ 43
Interface Bus Serial Universal (USB)
Esta seção lhe dá informações sobre as portas USB que estão disponíveis no
monitor.
Porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1)
Velocidade de Taxa de dados Energia máxima suportada
transferência
Super-speed 5 Gbps 4,5 W
Alta Velocidade 480 Mbps 4,5 W
Velocidade total 12 Mbps 4,5 W
NOTA: Este monitor é compatível com porta de alta velocidade USB
5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1).
USB Type-C
USB Type-C Descrição
Dados Porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1)
Conector USB 3.2 a montante
Número de pinos Nome do sinal
1 VCC
2 D-
3 D+
4 GND
5 SSTX-
6 SSTX+
7 GND
44 │ Sobre o monitor
8 SSRX-
9 SSRX+
Conector USB 3.2 a jusante
(Traseira) (Parte inferior)
Número de Nome do sinal Número de Nome do sinal
pinos pinos
1 VBUS 6 StdA_SSRX+
2 D- 7 GND_DRAIN
3 D+ 8 StdA_SSTX-
4 GND 9 StdA_SSTX+
5 StdA_SSRX- Shell Shield
Conector USB Type-C
Número de Nome do sinal Número de Nome do sinal
pinos pinos
A1 GND B1 GND
A2 TX1+ B2 TX2+
A3 TX1- B3 TX2-
A4 VBUS B4 VBUS
A5 CC1 B5 CC2
A6 D+ B6 D+
A7 D- B7 D-
A8 SBU1 B8 SBU2
Sobre o monitor │ 45
A9 VBUS B9 VBUS
A10 RX2- B10 RX1-
A11 RX2+ B11 RX1+
A12 GND B12 GND
Portas USB
• 1 porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-B a montante -
traseira
• 3 portas de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-A a jusante -
traseiras (2) e parte inferior (1)
• 1 porta de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1) Type-C a jusante -
parte inferior
NOTA: A funcionalidade de alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1)
requer um computador compatível com alta velocidade USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1).
NOTA: As portas USB do monitor funcionam apenas quando o monitor
está ligado ou em modo de Espera. Se você desligar o monitor e depois
ligá-lo, os periféricos anexados podem levar alguns segundos para
voltar ao funcionamento normal.
Capacidade Plug and Play
Você pode conectar o monitor em qualquer sistema compatível Plug and Play.
O monitor fornece automaticamente ao computador seu Dado de Identificação de
Visualização Estendida (EDID) utilizando os protocolos de Canal de Dados de
Visualização (DDC) para que o computador possa se configurar e melhorar os
ajustes do monitor. A maioria das instalações de monitor é automática; é possível
selecionar configurações diferentes conforme necessário. Para mais informações
sobre como alterar as configurações do monitor, consulte Operação do Monitor.
Qualidade do monitor de LCD e política de pixel
Durante o processo de fabricação do Monitor LCD, é comum que um ou mais pixels
se tornem fixos em um estado imutável, que é difícil de ver e não afeta a qualidade
de visualização ou capacidade de uso. Para mais informações sobre a Política de
Pixels e Qualidade do Monitor Dell, consulte www.dell.com/pixelguidelines.
46 │ Sobre o monitor
Ergonomia
CUIDADO: O uso inadequado ou prolongado do teclado pode resultar
em lesões.
CUIDADO: A visualização da tela do monitor por períodos estendidos
pode resultar em cansaço visual.
Para obter conforto e eficiência, obedeça as orientações a seguir ao configurar e
usar seu computador:
• Posicione seu computador de modo que o monitor e o teclado estejam
diretamente em sua frente enquanto você trabalha. Estantes especiais estão
disponíveis comercialmente para ajudá-lo a corrigir a posição do seu teclado.
• Para reduzir o risco de cansaço visual e dor no pescoço, braço, costas ou
ombros durante o uso do monitor por longos períodos, recomendamos que
você:
1. Ajuste a distância da tela de 50 a 70 cm (20 a 28 polegadas) de seus olhos.
2. Pisque frequentemente para umedecer os olhos ou umedeça os olhos com
água após uso prolongado do monitor.
3. Faça intervalos regulares e frequentes por 20 minutos a cada duas horas.
4. Olhe para longe do monitor e foque em um objeto a cerca de 20 pés de
distância por pelo menos 20 segundos durante os intervalos.
5. Execute alongamentos para aliviar a tensão no pescoço, braço, costas e
ombros durante os descansos.
• Certifique-se de que a tela do monitor esteja no nível dos olhos ou
ligeiramente abaixo ao se sentar em frente ao monitor.
• Ajuste a inclinação do monitor, seu contraste e as configurações de brilho.
• Ajuste a iluminação ambiente ao seu redor (como luzes suspensas, lâmpadas
de mesa e cortinas ou persianas próximas às janelas) para minimizar os
reflexos e brilho ao seu redor na tela do monitor.
• Use uma cadeira que forneça um bom apoio à região lombar.
• Mantenha os antebraços na horizontal com os pulsos em uma posição neutra
e confortável ao usar o teclado ou o mouse.
• Deixe sempre espaço para apoiar suas mãos ao usar o teclado ou o mouse.
• Deixe a parte superior dos braços apoiar naturalmente nos dois lados.
• Certifique-se de que seus pés estejam totalmente apoiados no solo.
Sobre o monitor │ 47
• Ao sentar, certifique-se de que o peso de suas pernas esteja sobre seus pés e
não na parte dianteira do assento. Ajuste a altura da cadeira ou use um apoio
para os pés, se necessário, para manter uma postura adequada.
• Varie suas atividades de trabalho. Tente organizar seu trabalho de modo que
não precise sentar e trabalhar por longos períodos. Tente ficar de pé ou
levantar-se e andar em intervalos regulares.
• Mantenha a área sob sua mesa sem obstruções e cabos ou cabos de
alimentação que possam interferir em assentos confortáveis ou apresentar um
risco potencial de tropeçar.
Tela do monitor no
nível dos olhos ou
abaixo
Monitor e
teclado
posicionados
diretamente na
frente do
usuário
Pulsos
relaxados e
retos
Pés totalmente
apoiados no
solo
48 │ Sobre o monitor
Manuseio e movimentação do monitor
Para garantir que o monitor seja manuseado com segurança ao levantá-lo ou movê-
lo, siga as orientações abaixo:
• Antes de mover ou levantar o monitor, desligue seu computador e o monitor.
• Desconecte todos os cabos do monitor.
• Coloque o monitor na caixa original com os materiais de embalagem originais.
• Segure a borda inferior e a lateral do monitor firmemente sem aplicar pressão
excessiva ao levantar ou mover o monitor.
• Ao levantar ou mover o monitor, certifique-se de que a tela não fique virada
para você e não pressione a área de exibição para evitar arranhões ou danos.
• Ao transportar o monitor, evite impactos repentinos ou vibração sobre ele.
Sobre o monitor │ 49
• Ao levantar ou mover o monitor, não o vire de cabeça para baixo ao segurar a
base do suporte ou o suporte elevatório. Isso pode resultar em danos
acidentais ao monitor ou causar ferimentos.
Diretrizes de manutenção
Limpando Seu Monitor
CUIDADO: Leia e siga as Instruções de segurança antes de limpar o
monitor.
ALERTA: Antes de limpar o monitor, retire o cabo de energia do monitor
da saída elétrica.
Para as melhores práticas, siga as instruções na lista abaixo ao desembalar, limpar,
ou manusear o monitor:
• Use um pano limpo ligeiramente umedecido com água para limpar o conjunto
do suporte, a tela e o chassi de seu monitor Dell. Se disponível, use um tecido
especial para limpeza de telas ou solução adequada para limpeza de monitores
Dell.
• Após limpar a superfície da mesa, certifique-se de que ela esteja
completamente seca e livre de umidade ou agente de limpeza antes de colocar
o monitor Dell sobre ela.
CUIDADO: Não use detergentes ou outros produtos químicos como
benzeno, tíner, amônia, limpadores abrasivos, álcool ou ar comprimido.
CUIDADO: O uso de produtos químicos para limpeza pode causar
alterações na aparência do monitor, como desbotamento da cor, filme
esbranquiçado no monitor, deformação, tonalidade escura irregular e
descamação da área da tela.
50 │ Sobre o monitor
ALERTA: Não pulverize solução de limpeza ou água diretamente sobre a
superfície do monitor. Isso permitirá que líquidos se acumulem na parte
inferior do painel do monitor e corroam os componentes eletrônicos,
resultando em danos permanentes. Em vez disso, aplique a solução de
limpeza ou água em um pano macio e limpe o monitor.
NOTA: Danos ao monitor causados por métodos inadequados de
limpeza e o uso de benzeno, tíner, amônia, produtos de limpeza
abrasivos, álcool, ar comprimido, detergente de qualquer tipo levarão a
um Dano Induzido pelo Cliente (CID). O CID não é coberto pela garantia
padrão da Dell.
• Se observar a presença de um pó branco residual ao desembalar o monitor,
limpe-o com um pano.
• Manuseie o monitor com cuidado porque o monitor de cor escura pode ser
arranhado e mostrar marcas de riscos brancos mais que um monitor de cor
clara.
• Para manter a melhor qualidade de imagem do monitor, use um protetor de
tela que se altere dinamicamente e desligue o monitor quando não estiver em
uso.
Sobre o monitor │ 51
Ajuste do monitor
Fixação do suporte
NOTA: O conjunto do suporte não é pré-instalado quando o monitor é
enviado da fábrica.
NOTA: As instruções a seguir são aplicáveis apenas para o suporte
enviado com seu monitor. Se estiver fixando um suporte comprado de
outra fonte, siga as instruções de configuração incluídas com o suporte.
Para fixar o suporte do monitor:
1. Remova o suporte elevatório e a base do suporte da proteção da embalagem.
NOTA: As imagens são utilizadas apenas para fins de ilustração. A
disposição e aparência da almofada da embalagem podem variar
conforme o modelo.
2. Insira os blocos da base do suporte totalmente no slot do suporte.
3. Levante o manípulo do parafuso e gire o parafuso no sentido horário.
52 │ Ajuste do monitor
4. Após apertar totalmente o parafuso, dobre o manípulo do parafuso para dentro
do rebaixo.
5. Levante a tampa de proteção, conforme exibido, para acessar a área VESA
para a montagem do suporte.
NOTA: Antes de fixar o conjunto do suporte no monitor, certifique-se
de que a aba da placa dianteira esteja totalmente aberta, como exibido
abaixo, para permitir espaço para a montagem.
6. Fixe o conjunto do suporte no monitor.
• Instale as duas linguetas na parte superior do suporte na ranhura da parte
traseira do monitor.
• Pressione o suporte até que ele fique encaixado no lugar.
Ajuste do monitor │ 53
7. Segure o suporte elevatório e levante o monitor cuidadosamente, em seguida,
coloque-o em uma superfície plana.
NOTA: Levante o monitor cuidadosamente para impedir que ele
escorregue ou caia.
8. Remova a tampa de proteção do monitor.
54 │ Ajuste do monitor
Conectando seu monitor
ALERTA: Antes de iniciar qualquer procedimento desta seção, siga as
Instruções de segurança.
NOTA: Os monitores Dell são projetados para funcionar de maneira ideal
com os cabos fornecidos pela Dell dentro da caixa. A Dell não garante a
qualidade e o desempenho do vídeo quando são usados cabos não Dell.
NOTA: Passe os cabos através da fenda de passagem do cabo antes de
conectá-los.
NOTA: Não conecte todos os cabos no computador ao mesmo tempo.
NOTA: As imagens são utilizadas apenas para fins de ilustração. A
aparência do computador pode variar.
Para conectar seu monitor ao computador:
1. Desligue seu computador e desconecte o cabo de energia.
2. Conecte o cabo DisplayPort, HDMI ou VGA do seu monitor no computador.
3. Conecte a porta USB 3.2 Gen1 a montante no monitor e uma porta USB 3.2
Gen1 apropriada em seu computador com o cabo USB fornecido (consulte
Vista traseira e inferior para obter os detalhes).
4. Conecte os periféricos USB às portas USB 3.2 Gen1 a jusante do monitor.
5. Conecte os cabos de energia para seu computador e monitor em uma saída
próxima.
6. Ligue seu monitor e computador.
Se o seu monitor visualiza uma imagem, a instalação está completa. Se não
visualizar nenhuma imagem, veja Problemas comuns.
Conexão do cabo do DisplayPort (DP a DP)
Ajuste do monitor │ 55
Conexão do cabo HDMI (opcional)
Conectando o cabo VGA azul (opcional)
Organizando seus cabos
Ao conectar os cabos necessários (consulte Conectando seu monitor para
informar-se sobre a fixação do cabo), organize todos os cabos como exibido acima.
56 │ Ajuste do monitor
Fixação do monitor usando a trava Kensington (opcional)
O slot da trava de segurança localiza-se na parte inferior do monitor (consulte
Ranhura de trava de segurança). Fixe o monitor em uma mesa usando a trava de
segurança Kensington.
Para obter mais informações sobre o uso da trava Kensington (vendido
separadamente), consulte a documentação enviada com a trava.
NOTA: As imagens são usadas apenas para fins de ilustração. A
aparência da trava pode variar.
Ajuste do monitor │ 57
Remoção do suporte do monitor
NOTA: Para prevenir arranhões na tela LCD ao remover o suporte,
certifique-se de que o monitor seja colocado sobre uma superfície
macia e manuseie-o com cuidado.
NOTA: As etapas a seguir são específicas para a remoção do suporte
enviado com seu monitor. Se estiver removendo um suporte comprado
de outra fonte, siga as instruções de configuração incluídas com o
suporte.
Pare remover o suporte:
1. Coloque o monitor sobre uma almofada ou pano macio.
2. Pressione e segure o botão de liberação do suporte na traseira do monitor.
3. Levante o conjunto do suporte afastando-o do monitor.
58 │ Ajuste do monitor
Suporte de parede VESA (opcional)
(Dimensão do Parafuso: M4x10 mm).
Consultar as instruções que vêm com o kit de montagem de parede compatível com
o padrão VESA.
1. Colocar o painel do monitor sobre um pano macio ou almofada em uma mesa
plana estável.
2. Remova o suporte (consulte Remoção do suporte do monitor).
3. Usar uma chave Phillips para remover os quatro parafusos que fixam a tampa
plástica.
4. Fixar o suporte de montagem do kit de montagem de parede no monitor.
5. Monte o monitor na parede. Para obter mais informações, consulte a
documentação enviada com o kit de montagem em parede.
NOTA: Para usar apenas com suportes de montagem de parede listados
em UL, CSA ou GS, com capacidade mínima de carga ou peso de
10,32 kg (P2225H)/12,48 kg (P2425H/P2425H WOST)/12,60 kg
(P2425)/16,12 kg (P2725H/P2725H WOST).
Ajuste do monitor │ 59
Operação do Monitor
Ligue o monitor
Pressione o botão liga/desliga para ligar o monitor.
Usando o joystick
Use o controle do joystick na traseira do monitor para fazer os ajustes da exibição
na tela (OSD).
1. Pressione o joystick para abrir o menu Inicializador.
2. Mova o joystick para cima ou para baixo, para a esquerda ou para a direita para
alternar entre as opções.
3. Pressione o joystick novamente para confirmar a seleção.
60 │ Operação do Monitor
Joystick Descrição
• Quando não houver OSD na tela, pressione o joystick para abrir o
menu Inicializador. Consulte Acesso ao menu Inicializador.
• Quando o OSD for exibido, pressione o joystick para confirmar a
seleção ou salvar as configurações.
• Para navegação direcional de 2 vias (direita e esquerda).
• Mova para a direita para entrar no submenu.
• Move para a esquerda para o menu do nível superior ou sai do
menu atual.
• Para navegação direcional de 2 vias (para cima e para baixo).
• Alterna entre os itens do menu.
• Aumente (para cima) ou diminua (para baixo) os parâmetros do
item de menu selecionado.
Uso do Menu de Visualização na Tela (OSD)
Acesso ao menu Inicializador
Quando você alterna ou pressiona o joystick, o menu Inicializador aparece para
permitir o acesso ao menu principal OSD e funções de atalho.
Para selecionar uma função, mova o joystick.
A tabela a seguir descreve as funções do menu Inicializador:
Marcador ícone Descrição
1 Para o menu principal de exibição na tela (OSD).
Consulte Acesso ao Sistema do Menu.
Menu
Operação do Monitor │ 61
2 Quando você move o joystick para a esquerda ou
direita para alternar entre as funções de atalho, o
item selecionado será destacado e mudado para a
posição central. Pressione o joystick para entrar no
submenu.
• Origem de entrada: Para escolher uma origem
de entrada dos sinais de vídeo listados.
Funções de • Modos predefinidos: Para escolher um modo de
atalho cor preferido da lista de modos predefinidos.
• Brilho/Contraste: Para acessar os controles
deslizantes de ajuste de brilho e contraste.
NOTA: É possível definir as teclas de atalho
preferidas. Para obter mais informações, consulte
Personalizar.
NOTA: Após alterar as configurações, siga as teclas de navegação para confirmar
as alterações antes de prosseguir para outra função ou sair.
3 Para sair do menu Inicializador.
Sair
Use as teclas de navegação
Quando o menu principal OSD estiver ativo, mova o joystick para ajustar as
configurações, seguindo as teclas de navegação exibidas abaixo da OSD.
NOTA: Para sair do item de menu atual e voltar para o menu anterior,
mova o joystick para a esquerda até sair.
62 │ Operação do Monitor
Acesso ao Sistema do Menu
NOTA: Após alterar as configurações, pressione o joystick para salvar
as alterações antes de sair ou prosseguir para outro menu.
ícone Menu e Descrição
submenu
Brilho/ Ajuste o brilho e o contraste do mostrador.
Contraste
Brilho Brilho ajusta a luminosidade da luz de fundo.
Mova o joystick para cima ou para baixo para aumentar
ou diminuir o nível de brilho (mín. 0/máx. 100).
Contraste Ajuste primeiro o Brilho e depois o Contraste, apenas
se for necessário um ajuste posterior.
A função Contraste ajusta o grau de diferença entre a
escuridão e a claridade na tela do monitor.
Mova o joystick para cima ou para baixo para aumentar
ou diminuir o nível de contraste (mín. 0/máx. 100).
Operação do Monitor │ 63
Ajuste Mesmo que seu computador reconheça seu monitor
automático na inicialização, a função Ajuste automático otimiza
os ajustes de visualização para usar com sua
configuração específica.
Ajuste automático permite que o monitor se ajuste
automaticamente com o sinal de vídeo em entrada.
Após usar o Ajuste automático, você pode também
sintonizar seu monitor usando os controles Clock de
pixel (Bruto) e Fase (Fino) em configurações do Tela.
A mensagem a seguir aparece conforme o monitor se
ajusta automaticamente à entrada atual:
NOTA: Na maioria dos casos, o Ajuste automático
produz a melhor imagem para a sua configuração.
NOTA: Ajuste automático é aplicável somente
quando seu monitor está conectado usando um cabo
VGA.
64 │ Operação do Monitor
Origem de Selecione entre os diferentes sinais de vídeo que
entrada podem ser conectados ao seu monitor.
VGA Selecione VGA quando estiver usando o conector
VGA. Pressione o joystick para confirmar a seleção.
DP Selecione DP quando estiver usando o conector da
DisplayPort (DP). Pressione o joystick para confirmar a
seleção.
HDMI Selecione HDMI quando estiver usando o conector
HDMI. Pressione o joystick para confirmar a seleção.
Renomear Permite que você especifique um nome de entrada
entradas predefinido para a origem de entrada selecionada. As
opções predefinidas são PC, PC 1, PC 2, Laptop,
Laptop 1 e Laptop 2. A configuração padrão é Des.
NOTA: Não é aplicável aos nomes de entrada exibidos
nas mensagens de advertência e Informações do
mostrador.
Seleção Verifica automaticamente as fontes de entrada
automática disponíveis. O padrão Lig. Pressione o joystick para
confirmar a seleção.
Operação do Monitor │ 65
Opç. p/ DP/ Permite que você defina essa função:
HDMI • Alert. p/Múlt.Entr: Sempre exibir a mensagem
"Alternar para Entrada de Vídeo DP/HDMI" para
escolher mudar ou não.
• Sempre Comute: Muda automaticamente para
entrada de vídeo DP/HDMI (sem perguntar)
quando o cabo DisplayPort ou HDMI estiver
conectado.
• Des.: Nunca mudar automaticamente para entrada
de vídeo DP/HDMI quando o cabo DisplayPort ou
HDMI estiver conectado.
Pressione o joystick para confirmar a seleção.
NOTA: Essa função não está disponível quando
Seleção automática estiver definido como Des.
Redefinir Redef as configurações de entrada do monitor para as
origem de configurações padrão.
entrada
Cor Ajusta o modo de configuração de cor.
66 │ Operação do Monitor
Modos Permite que você escolha de uma lista de modos de
predefinidos cor predefinidos. Pressione o joystick para confirmar a
seleção.
• Padrão: Essa é uma configuração padrão. Usando
um painel de baixa luz azul, este monitor é
certificado pela TÜV para reduzir a saída de luz azul
e criar imagens mais relaxantes e menos
estimulantes.
• Filme: Carrega as funções de cor ideais para os
filmes.
• Jogo: Carrega os ajustes de cor ideais para a
maioria das aplicações de jogos.
• Quente: Apresenta as cores em temperaturas de
cor inferiores. A tela parece mais quente com tinta
vermelha/amarela.
• Frio: Apresenta as cores em temperaturas de cor
mais altas. A tela parece mais frio com uma tinta
azul.
• Cor Personalizada: Permite que você ajuste
manualmente as configurações de cor (R/G/B) e
crie seu próprio modo de cor predefinida.
Operação do Monitor │ 67
Formato de cor Permite que você configure o modo de entrada de
de entrada vídeo para:
• RGB: Selecione essa opção se seu monitor estiver
conectado a um computador ou reprodutor de mídia
compatível com saída RGB.
• YCbCr/YPbPr*: Selecione essa opção se seu
reprodutor de mídia suportar apenas saída YCbCr/
YPbPr.
Pressione o joystick para confirmar a seleção.
*Quando a entrada VGA é selecionada.
68 │ Operação do Monitor
Matiz Esta função pode mudar a cor da imagem de vídeo
para verde ou roxo. Ela é usada para ajustar a cor do
tom de pele desejado. Mova o joystick para ajustar o
nível de matiz de '0' a '100'.
NOTA: A função está disponível apenas quando se
seleciona Filme ou o modo predefinido Jogo.
Saturação Esta função pode ajustar a saturação de cor da
imagem de vídeo. Mova o joystick para ajustar o nível
de saturação de '0' a '100'.
NOTA: A função está disponível apenas quando se
seleciona Filme ou o modo predefinido Jogo.
Redef cor Redefine as configurações de cor para as
configurações padrão.
Operação do Monitor │ 69
Tela Use Tela para ajustar as imagens.
P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2725H/
P2725H WOST
P2425
Formato de Ajusta a proporção de imagem para 16:9 (P2225H/
imagem P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2725H/P2725H
WOST), 16:10 (P2425), 4:3 ou 5:4.
Posição Mova o joystick para ajustar a imagem à esquerda ou
horizontal direita (mín. 0 / máx. 100).
NOTA: A função está disponível apenas para entrada
VGA.
70 │ Operação do Monitor
Posição Mova o joystick para ajustar a imagem para cima ou
vertical para baixo (mín. 0 / máx. 100).
NOTA: A função está disponível apenas para entrada
VGA.
Nitidez Esta função pode fazer a imagem parecer mais nítida
ou mais suave. Mova o joystick para ajustar o nível de
nitidez de '0' a '100'.
Clock de pixel Os ajustes Fase e Clock de pixel permitem que você
ajuste seu monitor de acordo com suas preferências.
Use o joystick para ajustar a melhor qualidade de
imagem.
NOTA: A função está disponível apenas para entrada
VGA.
Fase Se resultados satisfatórios não forem obtidos usando o
ajuste Fase, use o ajuste Clock de pixel (bruto) e
depois use Fase (fino), novamente.
NOTA: A função está disponível apenas para entrada
VGA.
Tempo de Permite que você defina o tempo de resposta como
Resposta Normal ou Rápido.
Redef exibição Redefine todas as configurações da tela para os
valores predefinidos de fábrica.
Operação do Monitor │ 71
Menu Ajusta as configurações do OSD como idiomas do
OSD, a quantidade de tempo que o menu permanece
na tela e assim por diante.
Idioma Ajusta a exibição OSD para um dos oito idiomas
(Inglês, Espanhol, Francês, Alemão, Português do
Brasil, Russo, Chinês Simplificado ou Japonês).
Rotação Pressione o joystick para girar a OSD em 0/90/270
graus.
Você pode ajustar o menu de acordo com a rotação da
tela.
Transparência Selecione para alterar a transparência do menu
movendo o joystick (mín. 0/máx. 100).
Cronômetro Ajusta a quantidade de tempo que o OSD permanecerá
ativo, depois da última operação com o joystick.
Mova o joystick para ajustar o controle deslizante em
incrementos de 1 segundo, de 5 a 60 segundos.
72 │ Operação do Monitor
Travar Com os botões de controle do monitor bloqueados,
você pode impedir que outras pessoas acessem os
controles.
• Botões do Menu: Todas as funções do joystick são
bloqueadas e não ficam acessíveis ao usuário.
• Botão de Energia: Apenas o botão de Energia é
bloqueado e não é acessível pelo usuário.
• Botões Menu + Liga/Desl.: Os botões de Energia
e Joystick são bloqueados e não são acessíveis pelo
usuário.
A configuração padrão é Desabilitar.
Método de bloqueio alternativo: Você pode mover e
segurar o joystick para cima ou para baixo, à esquerda
ou à direita por 4 segundos para definir as opções de
bloqueio usando o menu pop-up e em seguida
pressionar o joystick para confirmar a configuração.
NOTA: Para desbloquear, mova e segure o joystick
para cima ou para baixo, à esquerda ou à direita por 4
segundos e pressione o joystick para confirmar as
alterações e feche o menu pop-up.
Redef menu Redefine todas as configurações OSD nos valores de
pré-ajuste de fábrica.
Operação do Monitor │ 73
Personalizar
Tecla de atalho
1 Selecione uma função de Modos predefinidos,
Brilho/Contraste, Ajuste automático, Origem de
Tecla de atalho
entrada, Formato de imagem, Rotação ou
2
Informações do mostrador e defina-o como uma
Tecla de atalho tecla de atalho.
3
LED do Botão Permite que você defina o estado da luz de energia
de Energia para economizar energia.
Carregamento Permite ativar ou desativar a função USB durante o
USB modo de espera do monitor.
74 │ Operação do Monitor
Reinicializar Redefine todas as configurações do menu
Personalizar Personalizar com os valores predefinidos de fábrica.
Outros Ajusta as configurações OSD tais como DDC/CI,
Condicionamento do LCD, Autodiagnóstico, etc.
DDC/CI DDC/CI (Canal de Dados de Exibição/Interface de
Comando) permite que você ajuste as configurações
do monitor usando o software em seu computador.
Habilitar esta função para uma melhor experiência do
usuário e um ótimo desempenho de seu monitor. Você
pode desabilitar essa função selecionando Des.
Operação do Monitor │ 75
Condiciona- As ajudas diminuem os casos menores de retenção de
mento do LCD imagem. Dependendo do grau de retenção de imagem,
o programa pode levar algum tempo para funcionar.
Você pode habilitar essa função selecionando Lig.
Autodiagnós- Selecione esta função para executar o diagnóstico
tico integrado, consulte Diagnósticos integrados.
Redef outros Redefine todas as configurações do menu Outros
para os valores predefinidos em fábrica.
Restaurar Restaura todos os valores predefinidos para as
Config. de configurações padrão de fábrica. Essas também são as
Fábrica configurações para os testes do ENERGY STAR®.
76 │ Operação do Monitor
Mais Use o menu para visualizar as informações do monitor
informações ou buscar mais suporte para monitores.
Informações do Selecione para exibir as configurações atuais, a versão
mostrador do firmware e a etiqueta de serviço do seu monitor.
NOTA: A imagem exibida acima serve apenas para fins
de ilustração. As informações podem variar
dependendo do modelo e das configurações atuais.
Suporte do Para acessar os materiais gerais de suporte do monitor,
Monitor Dell use seu smartphone para escanear o código QR.
Operação do Monitor │ 77
Mensagens OSD
Configuração inicial
Quando Restaurar Config. de Fábrica for selecionado, a seguinte mensagem
aparece:
Se você selecionar Sim para restabelecer as configurações padrão, a seguinte
mensagem aparece:
78 │ Operação do Monitor
Mensagem de Advertência OSD
Quando o monitor não suporta um modo de resolução em particular, você verá a
seguinte mensagem:
P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2725H/P2725H WOST
P2425
Isto significa que o monitor não pode sincronizar com o sinal que está sendo
recebido no seu computador. Veja as Especificações do monitor para os intervalos
de frequência Horizontal e Vertical dirigidos a este monitor. O modo recomendado é
1920 x 1080 (P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2725H/P2725H WOST)/
1920 x 1200 (P2425).
Quando você ajusta o nível de Brilho acima do nível padrão pela primeira vez, a
seguinte mensagem aparece:
NOTA: Se você selecionar Sim, a mensagem não aparecerá da próxima
vez que você alterar a configuração de Brilho.
Operação do Monitor │ 79
Você verá a seguinte mensagem antes que a função Travar seja ativada:
NOTA: A mensagem pode ser ligeiramente diferente de acordo com as
configurações selecionadas.
Quando você altera a configuração padrão Carregamento USB pela primeira vez,
a seguinte mensagem aparece:
NOTA: Se você selecionar Sim, a mensagem não aparecerá da próxima
vez que você alterar a configuração Carregamento USB. Quando você
realizar uma redefinição de fábrica (consulte Restaurar Config. de
Fábrica), a mensagem aparecerá novamente.
Você verá a seguinte mensagem, antes que a função DDC/CI seja desabilitada:
80 │ Operação do Monitor
Quando o monitor entra no modo de Espera, aparecerá a seguinte mensagem:
Ativa o computador e o monitor para permitir o acesso a OSD.
O OSD será a única função no modo de operação normal. Se você pressionar o
joystick no modo de Espera, a seguinte mensagem será exibida dependendo da
entrada selecionada:
Ativar o computador e o monitor para obter o acesso ao OSD.
NOTA: A mensagem pode ser ligeiramente diferente dependendo do
sinal de entrada conectado.
Se a entrada DisplayPort, HDMI ou VGA estiver selecionada e o cabo
correspondente não estiver conectado, aparece a seguinte mensagem:
ou
NOTA: A mensagem pode ser ligeiramente diferente dependendo do
sinal de entrada selecionado.
Consulte Solução de Problemas para obter mais informações.
Operação do Monitor │ 81
Bloqueio dos botões de controle
É possível bloquear os botões de controle do monitor para impedir o acesso ao
menu OSD e/ou botão liga/desliga.
1. Mova e segure o joystick para cima ou para baixo, à esquerda ou à direita por
cerca de 4 segundos até que o menu pop-up apareça.
2. Mova o joystick para selecionar uma das seguintes opções:
• : As configurações do menu OSD são bloqueadas e não ficam acessíveis.
• : O botão liga/desliga é bloqueado.
: As configurações do menu OSD não estão acessíveis e o botão liga/
•
desliga está bloqueado.
3. Pressione o joystick para confirmar a configuração.
Para desbloquear, mova e segure o joystick para cima ou para baixo, à esquerda ou à
direita por 4 segundos até que um menu apareça e selecione para desbloquear
e fechar o menu pop-up.
82 │ Operação do Monitor
Configuração da resolução máxima
NOTA: As etapas podem variar ligeiramente dependendo da sua versão
do Windows.
Para configurar a resolução Máxima para o monitor:
No Windows 8.1:
1. Para Windows 8.1, selecione o bloco Área de trabalho para mudar para a área
de trabalho clássica.
2. Clique com o botão direito na área de trabalho e selecione Resolução de
Tela.
3. Se tiver mais de um monitor conectado, certifique-se de selecionar
P2225H/P2425H/P2425/P2725H.
4. Clique na lista suspensa de Resolução de Tela e selecione 1920 x 1080
(P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2725H/P2725H WOST)/
1920 x 1200 (P2425).
5. Clique em OK.
No Windows 10 e Windows 11:
1. Clique com o botão direito do mouse na área de trabalho e clique em
Configurações de Vídeo.
2. Se tiver mais de um monitor conectado, certifique-se de selecionar
P2225H/P2425H/P2425/P2725H.
3. Clique na lista suspensa de Resolução de vídeo e selecione 1920 x 1080
(P2225H/P2425H/P2425H WOST/P2725H/P2725H WOST)/
1920 x 1200 (P2425).
4. Clique em Manter alterações.
Se você não vir 1920 x 1080/1920 x 1200 como opção, é necessário atualizar o
driver da placa de vídeo para a versão mais recente. Dependendo do seu
computador, complete um dos seguintes procedimentos:
Se você possui um computador de mesa ou laptop Dell:
• Acesse www.dell.com/support, digite a etiqueta de serviço e faça o
download da versão mais recente da placa de vídeo.
Se você estiver usando um computador não Dell (laptop ou de mesa):
• Vá para o site de suporte do seu computador não Dell e faça o download dos
drivers de placa de vídeo mais recentes.
• Vá para o site da placa de vídeo e faça o download dos drivers mais recentes.
Operação do Monitor │ 83
Uso do ajuste de inclinação, giro, pivô e altura
NOTA: As instruções a seguir são aplicáveis apenas para a fixação do
suporte enviado com seu monitor. Se estiver fixando um suporte
comprado de outra fonte, siga as instruções de configuração incluídas
com o suporte.
Ajuste de inclinação e giro
Com o suporte fixado no monitor, você pode girar e inclinar o monitor para obter um
ângulo de visualização mais confortável.
NOTA: O conjunto do suporte não é pré-instalado quando o monitor é
enviado da fábrica.
Ajuste da altura
NOTA: O suporte se estende verticalmente até 150 mm. A imagem a
seguir mostra como estender o suporte verticalmente.
84 │ Operação do Monitor
Ajuste do pivô
Antes de girar o monitor, certifique-se de que esteja completamente estendido na
vertical e completamente inclinado para cima para não bater a borda inferior do
monitor.
Gire no sentido horário
Operação do Monitor │ 85
Gire no sentido anti-horário
NOTA: Para usar a função de Rotação do Monitor (Vista Paisagem x
Retrato) com seu computador Dell, você irá precisar do driver de
gráficos atualizado, que não está incluído com este monitor. Para o
download do driver de gráficos, vá para www.dell.com/support e veja a
seção de Download para os Drivers de Vídeo para as mais recentes
atualizações do driver.
NOTA: No modo Retrato você pode perceber diminuição do
desempenho ao usar aplicativos que usam muito a placa de vídeo, como
jogos 3D.
86 │ Operação do Monitor
Ajustando as configurações de exibição de rotação do seu
sistema
Se você girou seu monitor, precisará completar o procedimento abaixo, para ajustar
os Ajustes de Rotação de Visualização de seu Sistema.
NOTA: Se você está usando o monitor com um computador não Dell,
precisará ir para o website do driver de gráficos ou website do
fabricante de seu computador para informações sobre a rotação de seu
sistema operativo.
Para ajustar as Configurações de Exibição de Rotação:
1. Faça um clique direito na área de trabalho e selecione Propriedades.
2. Selecione a guia Configurações e clique em Avançado.
3. Se você possui uma placa gráfica AMD, selecione a guia Rotação e ajuste a
rotação preferida.
4. Se você possui uma placa gráfica NVIDIA, clique na guia NVIDIA, na coluna
esquerda selecione NVRotate e depois selecione a rotação preferida.
5. Se você possui uma placa de vídeo Intel, selecione a guia de gráficos Intel,
clique em Propriedades dos Gráficos, selecione a guia Rotação e depois
ajuste a rotação preferida.
NOTA: Se você não vê a opção de rotação ou ele não estiver
funcionando corretamente, vá para www.dell.com/support e faça o
download do mais recente driver para a sua placa gráfica.
Operação do Monitor │ 87
Solução de Problemas
ALERTA: Antes de iniciar qualquer procedimento desta seção, siga as
Instruções de segurança.
Autoteste
Seu monitor fornece uma característica de teste automático que permite você
verificar quando seu monitor está trabalhando apropriadamente. Se o seu monitor e
computador estão apropriadamente conectados, mas a tela do monitor continua
escura, execute o teste automático do monitor desempenhando os seguintes
passos:
1. Desligue seu computador e monitor.
2. Desconecte o cabo de vídeo do computador.
3. Ligue o monitor.
Se o monitor não conseguir detectar um sinal de vídeo e estiver funcionando
corretamente, aparece a seguinte mensagem:
ou
NOTA: A mensagem pode ser ligeiramente diferente dependendo do
sinal de entrada conectado.
NOTA: Enquanto estiver em modo de teste automático, o LED de
energia continua branco.
4. Esta caixa também aparecerá durante a operação normal do sistema se o cabo
de vídeo estiver desconectado ou danificado.
5. Desligue seu monitor e reconecte o cabo de vídeo; depois ligue o seu
computador e monitor.
88 │ Solução de Problemas
Se a tela do monitor permanecer sem imagem após o procedimento anterior,
verifique o controlador de vídeo e o computador, porque o monitor está
funcionando normalmente.
Diagnósticos integrados
O monitor tem uma ferramenta de diagnóstico integrado que ajuda a determinar se
a anormalidade da tela que você está tendo um problema inerente do monitor ou do
computador e da placa de vídeo.
Para executar o diagnóstico integrado:
1. Certifique-se de que a tela esteja limpa (sem partículas de poeira na superfície
da tela).
2. Mova ou pressione o joystick para abrir o menu Inicializador.
3. Mova o joystick para cima para selecionar e abrir o menu principal.
4. Mova o joystick para navegar e selecione Outros e em seguida
Autodiagnóstico.
5. Pressione o joystick para iniciar o diagnóstico integrado. É exibida uma tela
cinza.
6. Observe se a tela tem algum defeito ou anormalidade.
7. Alterne o joystick mais uma vez até aparecer uma tela vermelha.
8. Observe se a tela tem algum defeito ou anormalidade.
9. Repita os passos 7 e 8 até que a tela exiba as cores verde, azul, preto e branco.
Observe qualquer anormalidade ou defeito.
O teste estará concluído quando aparecer a tela de texto. Para sair, alterne o
controle do joystick novamente.
Solução de Problemas │ 89
Se você não detectar nenhuma anormalidade na tela depois de usar a ferramenta de
diagnóstico integrada, significa que o monitor está funcionando normalmente.
Verifique a placa de vídeo e o computador.
Problemas comuns
A tabela a seguir contém informações gerais sobre problemas comuns que o
monitor pode apresentar e as possíveis soluções:
Sintomas O que você Possíveis soluções
comuns passou
Sem vídeo/LED Sem imagem • Certifique-se de que o cabo de vídeo que
liga/desliga conecta o monitor e o computador esteja
desligado acoplado corretamente e firme.
• Verifique se a tomada elétrica está
funcionando corretamente usando qualquer
equipamento elétrico.
• Certifique-se de que o botão liga/desliga
esteja totalmente pressionado.
• Certifique-se que a origem de entrada
correta esteja selecionada através do menu
Origem de entrada.
Sem vídeo/LED Sem imagem • Aumente os controles de brilho e contraste
liga/desliga ligado ou sem brilho usando a OSD.
• Desempenhe a verificação de teste
automático do monitor.
• Verifique se há pinos tortos ou quebrados
no conector de vídeo.
• Execute o diagnóstico integrado. Para obter
mais informações, consulte Diagnósticos
integrados.
• Certifique-se que a origem de entrada
correta esteja selecionada através do menu
Origem de entrada.
90 │ Solução de Problemas
Foco ruim A imagem • Execute Ajuste automático através do
está vaga, OSD.
borrada ou • Ajuste os controles Fase e Clock de pixel
com através do OSD.
fantasmas
• Elimine os cabos de extensão de vídeo.
• Redefina o monitor para as configurações
de fábrica.
• Mudar a resolução de vídeo para a
proporção de aspecto correto.
Vídeo oscilante/ Imagem com • Execute Ajuste automático através do
jittery ondas ou OSD.
movimentos • Ajuste os controles Fase e Clock de pixel
finos através do OSD.
• Redefina o monitor para as configurações
de fábrica.
• Verifique os fatores ambientais.
• Coloque e teste o monitor em outro local.
Faltando pixels Tela LCD • Ciclo Liga/Desliga.
com • Pixel permanentemente desligado é um
manchas defeito natural que ocorre na tecnologia de
LCD.
• Para obter mais informações sobre a
Política de Pixels e Qualidade do Monitor,
consulte o site de Suporte da Dell em:
www.dell.com/pixelguidelines.
Pixels presos Tela LCD • Ciclo Liga/Desliga.
com • Pixel permanentemente desligado é um
manchas defeito natural que ocorre na tecnologia de
claras LCD.
• Para obter mais informações sobre a
Política de Pixels e Qualidade do Monitor,
consulte o site de Suporte da Dell em:
www.dell.com/pixelguidelines.
Solução de Problemas │ 91
Problemas no Imagem • Redefina o monitor para as configurações
brilho muito escura de fábrica.
ou muito • Ajuste os controles de brilho e contraste
clara usando a OSD.
Distorção A imagem • Redefina o monitor para as configurações
geométrica não está de fábrica.
centralizada • Execute Ajuste automático através do
corretamente OSD.
• Ajuste os controles horizontal e vertical
através do OSD.
• Ao usar HDMI/DisplayPort, os ajustes de
posicionamento não estão disponíveis.
Linhas A tela possui • Redefina o monitor para as configurações
horizontais/ uma ou mais de fábrica.
verticais linhas • Execute Ajuste automático através do
OSD.
• Ajuste os controles Fase e Clock de pixel
através do OSD.
• Realize a verificação do recurso de
autoteste do monitor (consulte Autoteste)
e verifique se estas linhas também
aparecem no modo de autoteste.
• Verifique se há pinos tortos ou quebrados
no conector de vídeo.
• Execute o diagnóstico integrado. Para obter
mais informações, consulte Diagnósticos
integrados.
• Ao usar a entrada HDMI/DisplayPort, os
ajustes Clock de pixel e Fase não estão
disponíveis.
92 │ Solução de Problemas
Problemas de A tela está • Redefina o monitor para as configurações
sincronização embaralhada de fábrica.
ou aparece • Execute Ajuste automático através do
torta OSD.
• Ajuste os controles Fase e Clock de pixel
através do OSD.
• Realize a verificação do recurso de
autoteste do monitor (consulte Autoteste)
para determinar se a tela embaralhada
também aparece no modo de autoteste.
• Verifique se há pinos tortos ou quebrados
no conector de vídeo.
• Reinicie o computador no modo seguro.
Assuntos Sinais visíveis • Não desempenhe qualquer passo de
relacionados à de fumaça ou resolução de problemas.
segurança faíscas • Entre em contato com a Dell
imediatamente.
Problemas Mau funcio- • Certifique-se de que o cabo de vídeo que
intermitentes namento em conecta o monitor ao computador esteja
ligar/desligar acoplado corretamente e firme.
o monitor • Redefina o monitor para as configurações
de fábrica.
• Realize a verificação do recurso de
autoteste do monitor (consulte Autoteste)
para determinar se a tela embaralhada
também aparece no modo de autoteste.
Faltando cores Está faltando • Realize a verificação do recurso de teste
cores na automático do monitor (consulte
imagem Autoteste).
• Certifique-se de que o cabo de vídeo que
conecta o monitor ao computador esteja
acoplado corretamente e firme.
• Verifique se há pinos tortos ou quebrados
no conector de vídeo.
Solução de Problemas │ 93
Cor errada A cor da • Altere as configurações do Modos
imagem não predefinidos no menu Cor OSD
é boa dependendo do aplicativo.
• Ajuste os valores de R/G/B em Cor
Personalizada no menu Cor OSD.
• Altere Formato de cor de entrada para
RGB ou YCbCr/YPbPr nas configurações
OSD Cor.
• Execute o diagnóstico integrado. Para obter
mais informações, consulte Diagnósticos
integrados.
Retenção de uma Sombra fraca • Ajuste a tela para desligá-la após alguns
imagem estática da imagem minutos de tempo ocioso. Podem ser
no monitor por estática ajustados em Opções de energia do
um longo período exibida Windows ou em configuração do
aparece na Economizador de energia Mac.
tela • Ou então, use um protetor de tela de
imagem dinâmica.
Fantasma ou Fantasma, Altere o Tempo de Resposta no menu OSD
overshooting de sombras ou Tela para Normal ou Rápido de acordo com
vídeo mancha de sua aplicação e uso.
cor durante a
rolagem
NOTA: Ajuste automático, Fase e Clock de pixel estão disponíveis
apenas para origem de entrada VGA.
94 │ Solução de Problemas
Problemas específicos do produto
Sintomas O que você passou Possíveis soluções
específicos
A imagem da tela A imagem está • Verifique as configurações Formato
está muito centralizada na tela, de imagem no menu OSD Tela.
pequena mas não preenche a • Redefina o monitor para as
área de visualização configurações de fábrica.
inteira
Não é possível OSD não aparece na • Desligue o monitor e desconecte o
ajustar o monitor tela cabo de alimentação e, em seguida,
com o joystick volte a conectar o cabo e a ligar o
monitor.
• Verifique se o menu OSD está
bloqueado. Se sim, mova e segure o
joystick para cima/para baixo/à
esquerda/à direita por 4 segundos
para desbloquear (consulte Travar e
Bloqueio dos botões de controle).
Sem sinal de Sem imagem, o LED • Verifique a origem do sinal.
entrada quando se fica branco Certifique-se de que o computador
pressiona o botão não esteja no modo de economia de
de energia ou energia movendo o mouse ou
alterna o joystick pressionando qualquer tecla no
teclado.
• Verifique se o cabo de sinal está
conectado devidamente. Se for
necessário, reconecte o cabo de sinal.
• Reinicie o computador ou o
reprodutor de vídeo.
A imagem não A imagem não • Devido a diferentes formatos de vídeo
preenche a tela preenche a altura ou (proporção) de DVDs, o monitor pode
a largura da tela exibir em tela cheia.
• Execute o diagnóstico integrado. Para
obter mais informações, consulte
Diagnósticos integrados.
Solução de Problemas │ 95
Nenhum vídeo em Quando conectado a Desconecte o cabo HDMI/DisplayPort/
HDMI/ algum dispositivo VGA do dispositivo adaptador/base, em
DisplayPort/VGA adaptador/base na seguida conecte o cabo HDMI/
porta, não há vídeo DisplayPort/VGA da base ao notebook.
ao desconectar/
conectar o cabo do
notebook
Quando um Aparece uma Altere a resolução do console PS no
console PS estiver mensagem para Modo Seguro. Para obter informações
conectado, o notificá-lo de que o sobre a configuração da resolução, vá
monitor não será monitor não é para o site oficial do PlayStation.
compatível com a compatível com a
sincronização de sincronização de
vídeo 1080i entrada atual
(entrelaçamento)
Problemas específicos do barramento serial universal (USB)
Sintomas O que você Possíveis soluções
específicos passou
A interface USB Os periféricos USB • Verifique se o seu monitor está Ligado.
não está não estão • Reconecte o cabo a montante em seu
funcionando funcionando computador.
• Reconecte os periféricos USB
(conector a jusante).
• Desligue e religue o monitor.
• Reinicialize o computador.
• Alguns aparelhos USB como HDD
portáteis externos necessitam de maior
corrente elétrica; conecte o aparelho
diretamente ao sistema do
computador.
96 │ Solução de Problemas
A interface de alta Periféricos de alta • Verifique se seu computador é
velocidade USB 5 velocidade USB compatível com alta velocidade USB
Gbps (USB 3.2 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1).
Gen1) está lenta Gen1) funcionando • Alguns computadores possuem ambas
lentamente ou não as portas USB 3.2, USB 2.0 e USB 1.1.
funcionando Certifique-se que a porta USB correta
é utilizada.
• Reconecte o cabo a montante em seu
computador.
• Reconecte os periféricos USB
(conector a jusante).
• Reinicialize o computador.
Os periféricos USB Periféricos USB • Aumente a distância entre os
sem fio param de sem fio periféricos USB 3.2 e o receptor USB
funcionar quando respondendo sem fio.
um dispositivo USB lentamente ou • Posicione seu receptor USB sem fio o
3.2 é conectado funcionando mais próximo possível dos periféricos
apenas conforme a USB sem fio.
distância entre eles
• Use um cabo extensor USB para
e seus receptores
posicionar o receptor USB sem fio o
diminui
mais distante possível da porta
USB 3.2.
O mouse USB sem Quando conectado Desconecte o receptor do mouse USB
fio não funciona a uma das portas sem fio e reconecte-o a uma das portas
adequadamente USB na parte USB de acesso rápido na parte inferior do
traseira do monitor, monitor.
o mouse USB sem
fio fica lento ou
congela durante o
uso
Solução de Problemas │ 97
Informações regulatórias
Avisos da FCC (somente Estados Unidos) e outras informações
regulamentares
Para o Aviso FCC e outras informações reguladoras, consulte o website de
conformidade reguladora localizado em www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance.
Banco de dados de produtos da UE para etiqueta de energia e
folha de informações do produto
P2225H: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/1865618
P2425H: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/1865623
P2425H WOST: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/1865626
P2425: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/1870858
P2725H: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/1862987
P2725H WOST: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/1874335
98 │ Informações regulatórias
Como entrar em contato com a Dell
Para entrar em contato com a Dell para obter informações sobre venda, suporte
técnico ou questões de atendimento ao cliente, consulte www.dell.com/
contactdell.
NOTA: A disponibilidade destes varia conforme o país e o produto e
alguns serviços podem não estar disponíveis em seu país.
NOTA: Se não tiver conexão com a Internet, poderá encontrar
informação sobre como entrar em contato a Dell na fatura, na
embalagem do produto, no recibo de compra ou no catálogo de
produtos Dell.
Como entrar em contato com a Dell │ 99
Torre Precision 3680
Manual do Proprietário
Modelo normativo: D30M
Tipo normativo: D30M001
Junho 2024
Rev. A01
Notas, avisos e advertências
NOTA: Uma NOTA indica informações importantes que ajudam você a usar melhor o seu produto.
CUIDADO: Um AVISO indica possíveis danos ao hardware ou a possibilidade de perda de dados e informa como evitar o
problema.
ATENÇÃO: Uma ADVERTÊNCIA indica possíveis danos à propriedade, lesões corporais ou risco de morte.
© 2024 Dell Inc. ou suas subsidiárias. Todos os direitos reservados. Dell Technologies, Dell e outras marcas são marcas comerciais da Dell Inc. ou suas
subsidiárias. Outras marcas podem ser marcas comerciais de seus respectivos proprietários.
Índice
Capítulo 1: Vistas do Torre Precision 3680.........................................................................................7
Parte frontal........................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Parte traseira..........................................................................................................................................................................9
Capítulo 2: Configuração da Torre Precision 3680............................................................................. 11
Capítulo 3: Especificações do Torre Precision 3680.......................................................................... 15
Dimensões e peso................................................................................................................................................................ 15
Processador.......................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Chipset...................................................................................................................................................................................16
Sistema operacional............................................................................................................................................................. 16
Memória.................................................................................................................................................................................16
Matriz de memória............................................................................................................................................................... 17
Portas e slots externos........................................................................................................................................................18
Slots internos........................................................................................................................................................................ 18
Ethernet.................................................................................................................................................................................19
Módulo sem fio..................................................................................................................................................................... 19
Áudio...................................................................................................................................................................................... 19
Armazenamento.................................................................................................................................................................. 20
Matriz de armazenamento.................................................................................................................................................. 21
RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks — Matriz redundante de discos independentes)............................23
Leitor de cartão de mídia.................................................................................................................................................... 24
Especificações de alimentação.......................................................................................................................................... 24
Conector da fonte de alimentação....................................................................................................................................25
GPU — integrada................................................................................................................................................................25
Matriz de suporte para várias telas...................................................................................................................................25
GPU — dedicada................................................................................................................................................................ 26
Resolução da porta de vídeo.............................................................................................................................................. 27
Segurança de hardware......................................................................................................................................................28
Requisitos ambientais..........................................................................................................................................................28
Conformidade com normas................................................................................................................................................29
Ambiente de operação e armazenamento....................................................................................................................... 29
Política de suporte Dell....................................................................................................................................................... 30
Dell Optimizer.......................................................................................................................................................................30
Capítulo 4: Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador.............................................................. 31
Instruções de segurança..................................................................................................................................................... 31
Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador..................................................................................................31
Precauções de segurança.............................................................................................................................................32
Proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas..................................................................................................................32
Kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas.....................................................................................33
Transporte de componentes sensíveis....................................................................................................................... 34
Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador........................................................................................................34
BitLocker.........................................................................................................................................................................34
Índice 3
Ferramentas recomendadas.............................................................................................................................................. 35
Lista de parafusos............................................................................................................................................................... 35
Principais componentes do Torre Precision 3680...........................................................................................................36
Capítulo 5: Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis
pelo cliente).............................................................................................................................. 38
Tampa lateral........................................................................................................................................................................38
Como remover a tampa lateral.....................................................................................................................................38
Como instalar a tampa lateral.......................................................................................................................................40
Painel frontal........................................................................................................................................................................ 42
Como remover a tampa frontal....................................................................................................................................42
Como instalar a tampa frontal......................................................................................................................................43
Defletor de ar....................................................................................................................................................................... 44
Como remover o defletor de ar (PSU de 1.000 W).................................................................................................. 44
Como instalar o defletor de ar (PSU de 1.000 W).................................................................................................... 45
Montagem do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas................................................................................................................... 46
Como remover o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas (compartimento 1)..................................................46
Como remover o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas (compartimento 2)................................................. 47
Como remover o suporte do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas.....................................................................................48
Como instalar o suporte do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas....................................................................................... 49
Como instalar o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas (compartimento 2)...................................................50
Como instalar o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas (compartimento 1).................................................... 51
Unidade de estado sólido....................................................................................................................................................53
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2230.....................................................................................53
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2230....................................................................................... 53
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2280.....................................................................................54
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2280.......................................................................................55
placa WLAN......................................................................................................................................................................... 56
Como remover a placa WLAN..................................................................................................................................... 56
Como instalar a placa WLAN........................................................................................................................................57
Como remover a antena WLAN interna..................................................................................................................... 59
Como instalar a antena WLAN interna....................................................................................................................... 60
Bateria de célula tipo moeda...............................................................................................................................................61
Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda........................................................................................................... 61
Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda............................................................................................................ 62
Módulo de memória.............................................................................................................................................................62
Como remover o módulo de memória.........................................................................................................................62
Como instalar o módulo de memória...........................................................................................................................63
Suporte da extremidade da GPU.......................................................................................................................................64
Como remover o suporte da extremidade da GPU...................................................................................................64
Como instalar o suporte da extremidade da GPU..................................................................................................... 65
Placa de expansão...............................................................................................................................................................66
Como remover a antena PCIe externa....................................................................................................................... 66
Como instalar a antena PCIe externa..........................................................................................................................67
Como remover a placa gráfica..................................................................................................................................... 68
Como instalar a placa gráfica....................................................................................................................................... 69
Como remover a GPU energizada...............................................................................................................................70
Como instalar a GPU alimentada................................................................................................................................. 73
Unidade de fonte de alimentação...................................................................................................................................... 75
Como remover a tampa da fonte de alimentação..................................................................................................... 75
4 Índice
Como instalar a tampa da fonte de alimentação....................................................................................................... 76
Como remover a fonte de alimentação de 1.000 W.................................................................................................. 77
Como instalar a fonte de alimentação de 1.000 W.................................................................................................... 79
Capítulo 6: Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)................................................. 81
Conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador........................................................................................ 81
Como remover o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor de 125 W do processador................................... 81
Como instalar o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor 125 W do processador.......................................... 82
Como remover o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor de 65 W do processador....................................83
Como instalar o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor de 65 W do processador...................................... 84
Processador......................................................................................................................................................................... 86
Como remover o processador..................................................................................................................................... 86
Como instalar o processador........................................................................................................................................87
Dissipador de calor com regulador de tensão.................................................................................................................. 88
Como remover o dissipador de calor do regulador de tensão..................................................................................88
Como instalar o dissipador de calor do regulador de tensão....................................................................................89
Ventilador do chassi............................................................................................................................................................ 90
Como remover o ventilador frontal............................................................................................................................. 90
Como instalar o ventilador frontal............................................................................................................................... 92
Como remover o ventilador traseiro de sistemas com PSU de 300 W.................................................................. 94
Como instalar o ventilador traseiro para sistemas com PSU de 300 W.................................................................95
Como remover o ventilador traseiro (PSU de 1.000 W).......................................................................................... 96
Como instalar o ventilador traseiro (PSU de 1.000 W).............................................................................................97
Botão liga/desliga................................................................................................................................................................ 98
Como remover o botão liga/desliga............................................................................................................................ 98
Como instalar o botão liga/desliga.............................................................................................................................. 99
Sensor de violação..............................................................................................................................................................101
Como remover o sensor de violação.......................................................................................................................... 101
Como instalar o sensor de violação............................................................................................................................ 101
Alto-falante interno............................................................................................................................................................102
Como remover o alto-falante interno........................................................................................................................ 102
Como instalar o alto-falante interno.......................................................................................................................... 103
Placa de sistema................................................................................................................................................................ 104
Como remover a placa de sistema.............................................................................................................................104
Como instalar a placa de sistema...............................................................................................................................109
Capítulo 7: Software.....................................................................................................................116
Sistema operacional............................................................................................................................................................116
Drivers e downloads........................................................................................................................................................... 116
Capítulo 8: Tecnologia e componentes............................................................................................117
Recursos de gerenciamento de sistemas........................................................................................................................ 117
Dell Client Command Suite para gerenciamento de sistemas em banda............................................................... 117
Gerenciamento de sistemas fora de banda............................................................................................................... 117
Capítulo 9: Configuração do BIOS.................................................................................................. 118
Entrando no programa Configuração do BIOS............................................................................................................... 118
Teclas de navegação.......................................................................................................................................................... 118
Menu de inicialização para uma única vez....................................................................................................................... 118
Índice 5
Opções de configuração do sistema................................................................................................................................ 119
Como atualizar o BIOS...................................................................................................................................................... 128
Como atualizar o BIOS no Windows.......................................................................................................................... 128
Como atualizar o BIOS em ambientes Linux e Ubuntu............................................................................................129
Como atualizar o BIOS usando a unidade USB no Windows..................................................................................129
Como atualizar o BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única..............................................................................129
Senhas do sistema e de configuração.............................................................................................................................130
Como atribuir uma senha de configuração do sistema............................................................................................ 131
Como apagar ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou uma senha de configuração existente.................................131
Como limpar as configurações do CMOS.......................................................................................................................132
Limpar o BIOS (configuração do sistema) e as senhas do sistema.............................................................................132
Capítulo 10: Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas................................................................... 133
Diagnósticos de verificação do desempenho do sistema de pré-inicialização do Dell SupportAssist..................... 133
Executar a verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema do SupportAssist................................133
Autoteste integrado da fonte de alimentação................................................................................................................133
Luzes de diagnóstico do sistema..................................................................................................................................... 134
Recuperar o sistema operacional..................................................................................................................................... 134
Relógio de tempo real - Redefinição de RTC................................................................................................................. 134
Mídia de backup e opções de recuperação.................................................................................................................... 135
Ciclo de energia do Wi-Fi.................................................................................................................................................. 135
Capítulo 11: Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a Dell.......................................................... 136
6 Índice
1
Vistas do Torre Precision 3680
Parte frontal
Figura 1. Imagem: visão frontal
1. Compartimento de disco rígido frontal de 3,5 polegadas (opcional)
Slot para instalar o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
2. ODD slim (opcional)
Lê e grava em CDs, DVDs e discos de Blu-ray.
3. Botão liga/desliga com LED de diagnóstico
Pressione este botão para ligar o computador se ele estiver desligado, em estado de suspensão ou em estado de hibernação.
Vistas do Torre Precision 3680 7
4. Indicador de atividade do disco rígido
Acende quando o computador lê ou grava no disco rígido.
NOTA: O indicador de atividade do disco rígido só é compatível com computadores enviados com disco rígido.
5. Porta de áudio universal
Conecte fones de ouvido ou um headset (fone de ouvido e microfone combinados).
6. Porta USB 3.2 de 1ª geração (5 Gbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras.
Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de 5 Gbps.
7. Porta USB 3.2 de 1ª geração (5 Gbps) com PowerShare
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras.
Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de 5 Gbps. O PowerShare permite carregar dispositivos USB conectados.
NOTA: Os dispositivos USB conectados não serão carregados quando o computador estiver desligado ou em um estado de
suspensão. Para iniciar o carregamento dos dispositivos conectados, ligue o computador.
8. Porta USB 3.2 Type-C de 2ª geração (10 Gbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Permite velocidades de transferência de dados de 10 Gbps.
9. Porta USB 3.2 Type-C x2 de 2ª geração (20 Gbps) com PowerShare
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo, impressoras e monitores externos. Oferece velocidades de transferência de
dados de 20 Gbps.
O PowerShare permite carregar dispositivos USB conectados.
NOTA: Os dispositivos USB conectados não serão carregados quando o computador estiver desligado ou em um estado de
suspensão. Para iniciar o carregamento dos dispositivos conectados, ligue o computador.
10. Slot de cartão SD
Lê e grava em cartão SD.
8 Vistas do Torre Precision 3680
Parte traseira
Figura 2. Imagem: visão traseira
1. Trava de liberação da tampa lateral
Libere para permitir a abertura da tampa lateral.
2. Porta de saída de linha de áudio
Conecte dispositivos de saída de áudio, como alto-falantes e amplificadores. Em uma configuração de canal de alto-falante 5.1,
conecte os alto-falantes frontal-esquerdo e frontal-direito.
3. Duas portas DisplayPort 1.4
Conecte um monitor externo ou um projetor.
4. Duas portas USB 3.2 Type-C de 2ª geração (10 Gbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Permite velocidades de transferência de dados de 10 Gbps.
5. Duas portas USB 3.2 de 2ª geração (10 Gbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Permite velocidades de transferência de dados de 10 Gbps.
6. Duas portas USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) com SmartPower
Vistas do Torre Precision 3680 9
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Oferece velocidades de transferência de dados de 480
Mbps. Sai do modo em espera com o teclado ou o mouse conectado a essa porta.
7. Slots da placa de expansão
Permitem acesso às portas em quaisquer placas PCI Express instaladas.
8. Porta do conector do cabo de alimentação
Conecte um cabo de alimentação para proporcionar energia ao computador.
9. Luz de diagnóstico da fonte de alimentação
Indica o estado da fonte de alimentação.
10. Porta RJ45 de 10/100/1.000 Mbps
Conecte um cabo Ethernet (RJ45) de um roteador ou de um modem de banda larga para acesso à rede ou à Internet, com uma taxa
de transferência de 10/100/1.000 Mbps.
11. HDMI 2.0/DisplayPort 1.4/VGA/USB Type-C com DisplayPort modo alternativo (opcional)
A porta disponível neste local pode variar dependendo da placa de E/S opcional instalada no computador.
● Porta HDMI 2.0
Conecte a uma TV, tela externa ou outro dispositivo com entrada HDMI. Resolução máxima compatível de 4096 x 2160 a 60 Hz.
● DisplayPort 1.4
Conecte um monitor externo ou um projetor. Resolução máxima compatível de 5120 x 3200 a 60 Hz.
● porta VGA
Conecte um monitor externo ou um projetor. A resolução máxima compatível é de 1.920 x 1.200 a 60 Hz.
● Porta USB Type-C com DisplayPort
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de
10 Gbps. Resolução máxima compatível com 5120 x 3200 a 60 Hz com um adaptador Type-C para DisplayPort.
12. Porta RJ45 de 2,5 GbE (opcional)
Conecte um cabo Ethernet (RJ45) de um roteador ou de um modem de banda larga para acesso à rede ou à Internet.
13. Slot do cabo de segurança Kensington
Conecte um cabo de segurança para impedir a movimentação não autorizada do computador.
10 Vistas do Torre Precision 3680
2
Configuração da Torre Precision 3680
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes dependendo da configuração do sistema que você encomendou.
Etapas
1. Conecte o teclado e o mouse.
Figura 3. Conecte o teclado e o mouse
2. Conecte-se à rede usando um cabo ou conecte-se a uma rede sem fio.
Configuração da Torre Precision 3680 11
Figura 4. Conecte o cabo de rede
3. Conecte a tela.
Figura 5. Conecte a tela
4. Conecte o cabo de alimentação.
12 Configuração da Torre Precision 3680
Figura 6. Conecte o cabo de alimentação
5. Pressione o botão liga/desliga.
Figura 7. Pressione o botão liga/desliga
6. Conclua a instalação do sistema operacional.
Para Ubuntu:
Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a configuração. Para ver mais informações sobre como instalar e configurar o Ubuntu, pesquise
no recurso da base de conhecimento no site Suporte Dell.
Para Windows:
Configuração da Torre Precision 3680 13
Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a configuração. Quando estiver configurando, a Dell Technologies recomenda que você:
● Conecte-se a uma rede para obter as atualizações do Windows.
NOTA: Se estiver se conectando a uma rede de rede sem fio segura, digite a senha de acesso à rede de rede sem fio quando
solicitado.
● Se estiver conectado à Internet, faça log-in com a conta da Microsoft ou crie uma. Se não estiver conectado à Internet, crie uma
conta off-line.
● Na tela Suporte e proteção, insira suas informações de contato.
7. Recomendamos procurar aplicativos da Dell no menu Iniciar do Windows.
Tabela 1. Localizar aplicativos Dell
Recursos Descrição
Dell Product Registration
Registre o seu computador na Dell.
Dell Help & Support
Acesse a ajuda e suporte para o seu computador.
SupportAssist
O SupportAssist é uma tecnologia inteligente que mantém o computador funcionando da melhor maneira,
otimizando as configurações, detectando problemas, removendo vírus e enviando notificações quando for
necessário fazer atualizações do computador. O SupportAssist verifica proativamente a integridade do
hardware e do software do computador. Quando um problema é detectado, as informações necessárias
sobre o estado do sistema são enviadas à Dell para dar início à solução de problemas. O SupportAssist
vem pré-instalado na maioria dos dispositivos Dell com o sistema operacional Windows. Para obter mais
informações, consulte o Manual do SupportAssist for Business PCs em SupportAssist for Home PCs.
NOTA: No SupportAssist, clique na data de vencimento da garantia para renovar ou atualizar sua
garantia.
Dell Update
Atualiza seu computador com correções críticas e os drivers de dispositivos mais recentes à medida que
ficarem disponíveis. Para ver mais informações sobre como usar o Dell Update, consulte os guias de produto
e documentos de licença de terceiros no site Suporte Dell.
Dell Digital Delivery
Faça download dos aplicativos de software que são adquiridos, mas não são pré-instalados em seu
computador. Para ver mais informações sobre como usar o Dell Digital Delivery, faça uma pesquisa no
artigo da base de conhecimento no site Suporte Dell.
14 Configuração da Torre Precision 3680
3
Especificações do Torre Precision 3680
Dimensões e peso
A tabela a seguir lista a altura, a largura, a profundidade e o peso do Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 2. Dimensões e peso
Descrição Valores
Altura 372,90 mm (14,68 pol.)
Largura 173,00 mm (6,81 pol.)
Profundidade 420,20 mm (16,54 pol.)
Peso ● Mínimo - 7,58 kg (16,71 lb)
NOTA: O peso do computador depende da configuração ● Máximo - 16,05 kg (35,38 lb)
solicitada e da variabilidade na fabricação.
Processador
A tabela a seguir mostra os detalhes dos processadores compatíveis com o Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 3. Processador
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção Opção Opção seis Opção sete Opção oito
quatro cinco
Tipo de Intel Core Intel Core Intel Core Intel Core Intel Core Intel Core Intel Core Intel Core
processador i3-14100 de i5-14500 i5-14600 i5-14600K i7-14700 i7-14700K i9-14900 vPro i9-14900K
14a geração vPro de 14a vPro de 14a vPro de 14a vPro de 14a vPro de 14a de 14a geração vPro de 14a
geração geração geração geração geração geração
Potência do 60 W 65 W 65 W 125 W 65 W 125 W 65 W 125 W
processador
Contagem 4 14 14 14 20 20 24 24
de núcleo do
processador
Contagem 8 20 20 20 28 28 32 32
de threads
do
processador
Velocidade 3,5 GHz a 2,6 GHz a 2,7 GHz a 3,5 GHz a 2,1 GHz a 3,4 GHz a 2,0 GHz a 3,2 GHz a
do 4,7 GHz 5,0 GHz 5,2 GHz 5,3 GHz 5,4 GHz 5,6 GHz 5,8 GHz Turbo 6,0 GHz Turbo
processador Turbo Turbo Turbo Turbo Turbo Turbo
Cache do 12 MB 24 MB 24 MB 24 MB 33 MB 33 MB 36 MB 36 MB
processador
Placa gráfica Intel UHD Intel UHD Intel UHD Intel UHD Intel UHD Intel UHD Intel UHD Intel UHD
integrada Graphics Graphics Graphics Graphics Graphics Graphics Graphics 770 Graphics 770
730 770 770 770 770 770
Especificações do Torre Precision 3680 15
NOTA:
1. A Precision 3680 Tower é compatível com o recurso Duração turbo ilimitada (PL1=PL2) para todas as CPUs com processador K
(125 W). São obrigatórias uma fonte de alimentação de 1.000 W e uma solução de refrigeração a ar premium.
2. A Torre Precision 3680 é compatível com desempenho aprimorado (PL1=85W) para CPUs de 65 W. É obrigatória uma solução de
refrigeração a ar premium.
Chipset
A tabela a seguir mostra os detalhes do chipset compatível no Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 4. Chipset
Descrição Valores
Chipset W680
Processador Intel Core i3/i5/i7/i9 de 14a geração
Largura do barramento de DRAM DIMM de 64 bits
Flash EPROM 16 MB + 32 MB
Barramento PCIe Com 5ª geração
Sistema operacional
O Torre Precision 3680 suporta os seguintes sistemas operacionais:
● Windows 11 Home, 64 bits
● Windows 11 Pro, 64 bits
● Windows 11 Pro National Education, 64 bits
● Windows 11 Pro for Workstations
● Ubuntu Linux 22.04 LTS, 64 bits
Memória
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações de memória compatíveis com seu Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 5. Especificações da memória
Descrição Valores
Slots de memória Quatro slots DIMM
NOTA: Com 128 GB ou 4.400 MT/s de DDR5 ECC e não ECC
Tipo de memória DDR5
Velocidade da memória Velocidade máxima: 4.400 MT/s
NOTA: A velocidade máxima da memória varia conforme a
configuração a seguir em cada canal. Se a configuração de dois
DIMMs não for simétrica, a velocidade máxima pode cair.
● 4.400 MT/s: 1 DIMM-1R/2R
● 4.000 MT/s: 2 DIMM-1R
● 3.600 MT/s: 2 DIMM-2R
16 Especificações do Torre Precision 3680
Tabela 5. Especificações da memória (continuação)
Descrição Valores
Configuração máxima de memória 128 GB
Configuração mínima de memória 8 GB
Tamanho da memória por slot 8 GB, 16 GB e 32 GB
Configurações de memória suportadas ● 8 GB: 1 de 8 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, não ECC
● 16 GB: 2 de 8 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, não ECC, dual channel
● 16 GB: 1 de 16 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, não ECC
● 32 GB: 2 de 16 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, não ECC, dual channel
● 32 GB: 4 de 8 GB, DDR5, 4.000 MT/s, não ECC, dual channel
● 64 GB: 2 de 32 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, não ECC, dual channel
● 64 GB: 4 de 16 GB, DDR5, 4.000 MT/s, não ECC, dual channel
● 128 GB: 4 de 32 GB, DDR5, 3.600 MT/s, não ECC, dual
channel
● 16 GB: 1 x 16 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, ECC
● 32 GB: 2 de 16 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, ECC, dual channel
● 64 GB: 2 de 32 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, ECC, dual channel
● 64 GB: 4 de 16 GB, DDR5, 4.000 MT/s, ECC, dual channel
● 128 GB: 4 de 32 GB, DDR5, 3.600 MT/s, ECC, dual channel
NOTA: A memória ECC não é compatível com o processador
Intel Core i3-14100.
Matriz de memória
A tabela a seguir lista as configurações de memória compatíveis com o Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 6. Matriz de memória
Configuraçã Slot
o
DIMM1 DIMM2 DIMM3 DIMM4
DDR5 de 8 8 GB N/D N/D N/D
GB
DDR5 de 16 16 GB N/D N/D N/D
GB
DDR5 de 16 8 GB 8 GB N/D N/D
GB
DDR5 de 32 16 GB 16 GB N/D N/D
GB
DDR5 de 64 32 GB 32 GB N/D N/D
GB
DDR5 de 64 16 GB 16 GB 16 GB 16 GB
GB
DDR5 de 128 32 GB 32 GB 32 GB 32 GB
GB
NOTA: A configuração de 8 GB está disponível apenas para memória não ECC.
Especificações do Torre Precision 3680 17
Portas e slots externos
A tabela a seguir lista as portas externas do Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 7. Portas e slots externos
Descrição Valores
Porta de rede ● Uma porta Ethernet RJ45 (1 GbE)
● Uma porta Ethernet RJ45 (2,5 GbE) (opcional)
Portas USB Parte frontal:
● Uma porta USB 3.2 de 1ª geração (5 Gbps)
● Uma porta USB 3.2 de 1ª geração (5 Gbps) com PowerShare
● Uma porta USB 3.2 de 2ª geração (10 Gbps) Type-C
● Uma porta USB 3.2 Type-C geração 2x2 (20 Gbps) com
PowerShare
Parte traseira:
● Duas portas USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) com SmartPower
● Duas portas USB 3.2 de 2ª geração (10 Gbps)
● Duas portas USB 3.2 de 2ª geração (10 Gbps) Type-C
Porta de áudio ● Parte frontal: uma porta de áudio universal
● Parte traseira: uma saída de linha de áudio
Porta(s) de vídeo ● Duas portas DisplayPort 1.4a HBR2
● Uma porta opcional (VGA, HDMI 2.0, DP++ 1.4a HBR3, USB
3.2 de 2ª geração (10 Gbps) Type-C com modo alternativo
DisplayPort)
NOTA: Faça download e instale o driver mais recente da placa
gráfica Intel no site Suporte Dell para ativar vários monitores.
Leitor de cartão de mídia Um slot de cartão SD
Porta do adaptador de energia N/D
Slot do cabo de segurança Um slot do cabo de segurança Kensington
Slots internos
A tabela abaixo lista os slots internos do Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 8. Slots internos
Descrição Valores
M.2 ● Um slot M.2 2230 para placa combinada Wi-Fi e Bluetooth
● Dois slots M.2 2230/2280 (SSD0 e SSD1) para SSD
● Um slot M.2 2280 (SSD2) para SSD
NOTA: O slot SSD0 é compatível por padrão com SSDs M.2
2230 e M.2 2280.
NOTA: O slot SSD1 é compatível por padrão com SSDs M.2
2230 e M.2 2280.
NOTA: O slot SSD2 é compatível por padrão apenas com
SSDs M.2 2280.
18 Especificações do Torre Precision 3680
Tabela 8. Slots internos
Descrição Valores
NOTA: Para saber mais sobre os recursos de diferentes tipos
de placas M.2, faça uma pesquisa na base de conhecimento no
site do Suporte Dell.
Ethernet
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações de rede local Ethernet com fio (LAN) do Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 9. Especificações de Ethernet
Descrição Valores
Número do modelo Intel I219-LM
Taxa de transferência 10/100/1.000 Mbps
Módulo sem fio
A tabela a seguir lista os módulos de rede local sem fio (WLAN) compatíveis com o Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 10. Especificações do módulo sem fio
Descrição Opção um Opção dois
Número do modelo Intel AX211 Qualcomm WCN6856-DBS
Taxa de transferência 2.400 Mbps Com 3.571 Mbps
Bandas de frequência suportadas 2,4 GHz/5 GHz/6 GHz 2,4 GHz/5 GHz/6 GHz
NOTA: A frequência de 6 GHz é NOTA: A frequência de 6 GHz é
compatível apenas com computadores compatível apenas com computadores
instalados com o sistema operacional instalados com o sistema operacional
Windows 11. Windows 11.
Padrões sem fio ● Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g ● Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g
● Wi-Fi 4 (Wi-Fi 802.11n) ● Wi-Fi 4 (Wi-Fi 802.11n)
● Wi-Fi 5 (Wi-Fi 802.11ac) ● Wi-Fi 5 (Wi-Fi 802.11ac)
● Wi-Fi 6E (Wi-Fi 802.11ax) ● Wi-Fi 6E (Wi-Fi 802.11ax)
Criptografia ● 64 bits/WEP de 128 bits ● WEP de 64 bits e 128 bits
● AES-CCMP ● AES-CCMP
● TKIP ● TKIP
Placa de rede sem fio Bluetooth 5,3 5,3
NOTA: A versão da placa de rede sem fio Bluetooth pode variar dependendo do
sistema operacional instalado no computador.
Áudio
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações de áudio do Torre Precision 3680.
Especificações do Torre Precision 3680 19
Tabela 11. Especificações de áudio
Descrição Valores
Controlador de áudio Realtek ALC3246-CG
Conversão estéreo DAC (digital para analógico) e ADC (analógico para digital) de 24
bits
Interface de áudio interna Áudio Intel HDA (áudio de alta definição)
Interface de áudio externa ● Parte frontal: uma porta de áudio universal
● Parte traseira: uma saída de linha de áudio
Número de alto-falantes Um (opcional)
Amplificador interno de alto-falante Integrada no ALC3246-CG (Class D 2 W)
Controles de volume externo Controles de atalho do teclado
Saída do alto-falante:
Saída média do alto-falante 2W
Saída de pico do alto-falante 2,2 W
Saída do caixa acústica de sons graves (subwoofer) Não compatível
Microfone Não compatível
Armazenamento
Esta seção lista as opções de armazenamento no Torre Precision 3680.
● Inicialização de SSD M.2 + SSDs M.2 opcionais - Essa configuração permite a inicialização em SSD NVMe M.2 com três SSDs NVMe
adicionais. Nenhum disco rígido SATA é configurado nessa opção.
● Inicialização de SSD M.2 + SSD M.2 opcional + disco rígido SATA de 3,5 polegadas + disco rígido SATA opcional de 3,5 polegadas —
Essa configuração permite a inicialização em SSD NVMe M.2 com três SSDs NVMe adicionais, um disco rígido SATA de 3,5 polegadas
e um disco rígido SATA adicional de 3,5 polegadas.
● Inicialização de SSD M.2 + SSDs opcionais + disco rígido SATA de 3,5 polegadas acessível pela parte frontal — Essa configuração
permite a inicialização em SSD NVMe M.2 com três SSDs NVMe adicionais, um disco rígido SATA de 3,5 polegadas acessível pela
parte frontal + dois discos rígidos SATA de 3,5 polegadas (internos)
● RAID 0/1/5 está disponível.
NOTA: A SSD NVMe M.2 não pode criar um disco RAID com nenhuma unidade SATA.
NOTA: A quarta SSD NVMe é compatível com a placa PCIe M.2. Duo UltraSpeed.
NOTA: A placa-mãe da Torre Precision 3680 aceita dois SSDs NVMe M.2 2230 ou três SSDs NVMe M.2 2280.
Tabela 12. Especificações de armazenamento
Tipo de armazenamento Tipo de interface Capacity (Capacidade)
Disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, 5.400 RPM SATA 3.0 Com 4 TB
Disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, 7.200 RPM SATA 3.0 Com 2 TB
Disco rígido Enterprise de 3,5 polegadas e SATA 3.0 Com 8 TB
7.200 RPM (opcional)
SSD 2230 M.2 PCIe NVMe de 4ª geração, Class 35 256 GB
20 Especificações do Torre Precision 3680
Tabela 12. Especificações de armazenamento (continuação)
Tipo de armazenamento Tipo de interface Capacity (Capacidade)
SSD 2280 M.2 PCIe NVMe de 4ª geração, Class 40 Com 4 TB
SSD M.2 2280 com criptografia automática PCIe NVMe de 4ª geração Com 1 TB
Matriz de armazenamento
A tabela a seguir lista as configurações de armazenamento compatíveis com a Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 13. Matriz de armazenamento
Grupo Armazenamento Dispo 1ª 2ª 3ª 3º AIC Disco Disco Disco Disco ODD
de sitivo pista pista pista SSD Zoom rígido rígido rígido rígido
config iniciali de de de NVMe de de 3,5 de 3,5 de 3,5 de 3,5
uraçã zável CPU PCH PCH apena SSD polega polega polega polega
o SSD SSD SSD s CFI NVMe das das das das
NVMe NVMe NVMe no Ultra
PCIe PCIe PCIe slot Speed
M.2 M.2 M.2 de
linha
slim
QX118
Localização de SSD e Slot 3
conexão de pista PCIe PCH
de 3ª
geraç
ão
Localização física do Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slimli Slot 4
QX118/ODD CPU PCH PCH ne do PCH
de 4ª de 4ª de 3ª compa de 3ª
geraç geraç geraç rtimen geraç
ão ão ão to ão
fronta
l de
5,25
polega
das
C1 Inicialização do SSD M.2 SSD Y1 Y2 Y3 N/D Y4 N/D N/D N/D N/D Y
interno (sem disco rígido M.2 (iniciali (opcio (opcio (opcio (opcio
SATA) zação) nal) nal) nal) nal)
C1 Inicialização do SSD M.2 SSD Y RAID 0 N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D Y
interno (sem disco rígido M.2 (iniciali ou 1 (opcio
SATA) zação) nal)
RAID 0
ou 1
C1 Inicialização do SSD M.2 SSD Y RAID 0 RAID 0 N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D Y
interno (sem disco rígido M.2 (iniciali ou 5 ou 5 (opcio
SATA) zação) nal)
RAID 0
ou 5
C1 Inicialização do SSD M.2 SSD Y RAID 0 RAID 0 N/D RAID 0 N/D N/D N/D N/D Y
interno (sem disco rígido M.2 (iniciali ou 5 ou 5 ou 5 (opcio
SATA) zação) nal)
RAID 0
ou 5
C1 Inicialização do SSD M.2 SSD Y1 Y2 N/D Y3 Y4 N/D N/D N/D N/D Y
interno (sem disco rígido M.2 (iniciali (opcio (opcio (opcio (opcio
SATA) zação) nal) nal) nal) nal)
Especificações do Torre Precision 3680 21
Tabela 13. Matriz de armazenamento (continuação)
Grupo Armazenamento Dispo 1ª 2ª 3ª 3º AIC Disco Disco Disco Disco ODD
de sitivo pista pista pista SSD Zoom rígido rígido rígido rígido
config iniciali de de de NVMe de de 3,5 de 3,5 de 3,5 de 3,5
uraçã zável CPU PCH PCH apena SSD polega polega polega polega
o SSD SSD SSD s CFI NVMe das das das das
NVMe NVMe NVMe no Ultra
PCIe PCIe PCIe slot Speed
M.2 M.2 M.2 de
linha
slim
QX118
Localização de SSD e Slot 3
conexão de pista PCIe PCH
de 3ª
geraç
ão
Localização física do Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slimli Slot 4
QX118/ODD CPU PCH PCH ne do PCH
de 4ª de 4ª de 3ª compa de 3ª
geraç geraç geraç rtimen geraç
ão ão ão to ão
fronta
l de
5,25
polega
das
C2 Inicializ SSDs Discos SSD Y1 Y2 Y3 N/D Y4 Y1 Y2 N/D N/D Y
ação opcion rígidos M.2 (iniciali (opcio (opcio (opcio Compa (opcio (opcio
do ais de 3,5 zação) nal) nal) nal) rtiment nal) nal)
SSD polega o1 Compa
M.2 das rtiment
interno o2
C2 Inicializ SSDs Discos SSD Y RAID 0 N/D N/D N/D Y1 Y2 N/D N/D Y
ação opcion rígidos M.2 (iniciali ou 1 Compa (opcio (opcio
do ais de 3,5 zação) rtiment nal) nal)
SSD polega RAID 0 o1 Compa
M.2 das ou 1 rtiment
interno o2
C2 Inicializ SSDs Discos SSD Y RAID 0 RAID 0 N/D N/D Y1 Y2 N/D N/D Y
ação opcion rígidos M.2 (iniciali ou 5 ou 5 Compa (opcio (opcio
do ais de 3,5 zação) rtiment nal) nal)
SSD polega RAID 0 o1 Compa
M.2 das ou 5 rtiment
interno o2
C2 Inicializ SSDs Discos SSD Y1 Y2 N/D Y3 Y4 Y1 Y2 N/D N/D Y
ação opcion rígidos M.2 (iniciali (opcio (opcio (opcio Compa (opcio (opcio
do ais de 3,5 zação) nal) nal) nal) rtiment nal) nal)
SSD polega o1 Compa
M.2 das rtiment
interno o2
C2 Inicializ SSDs Discos SSD Y1 Y2 Y3 N/D Y4 RAID 0 RAID 0 N/D N/D Y
ação opcion rígidos M.2 (iniciali (opcio (opcio (opcio ou 1 ou 1 (opcio
do ais de 3,5 zação) nal) nal) nal) Compa Compa nal)
SSD polega rtiment rtiment
M.2 das o1 o2
interno
C3 Inicializ SSDs Discos SSD Y1 Y2 Y3 N/D Y4 Y2 Y3 N/D Y1 Y
ação opcion rígidos M.2 (iniciali (opcio (opcio (opcio (opcio (opcio Compa (opcio
do ais de 3,5 zação) nal) nal) nal) nal) nal) rtiment nal)
SSD polega Compa Compa o
das
22 Especificações do Torre Precision 3680
Tabela 13. Matriz de armazenamento (continuação)
Grupo Armazenamento Dispo 1ª 2ª 3ª 3º AIC Disco Disco Disco Disco ODD
de sitivo pista pista pista SSD Zoom rígido rígido rígido rígido
config iniciali de de de NVMe de de 3,5 de 3,5 de 3,5 de 3,5
uraçã zável CPU PCH PCH apena SSD polega polega polega polega
o SSD SSD SSD s CFI NVMe das das das das
NVMe NVMe NVMe no Ultra
PCIe PCIe PCIe slot Speed
M.2 M.2 M.2 de
linha
slim
QX118
Localização de SSD e Slot 3
conexão de pista PCIe PCH
de 3ª
geraç
ão
Localização física do Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slimli Slot 4
QX118/ODD CPU PCH PCH ne do PCH
de 4ª de 4ª de 3ª compa de 3ª
geraç geraç geraç rtimen geraç
ão ão ão to ão
fronta
l de
5,25
polega
das
M.2 com rtiment rtiment frontal
interno remoç o1 o2 3
ão
frontal
C4 Nenhuma unidade de Nenhu N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D
armazenamento ma
RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks — Matriz
redundante de discos independentes)
Para obter desempenho ideal ao configurar unidades como um volume RAID, a Dell Technologies recomenda modelos de unidade idênticos.
NOTA: O RAID não é compatível com configurações do Intel Optane.
Os volumes de RAID 0 (fracionado, de desempenho) se beneficiam de maior desempenho quando as unidades são correspondentes, pois
os dados são divididos em várias unidades: quaisquer operações de E/S com tamanhos de bloco maiores do que o tamanho da fração
dividirão a E/S e se tornarão limitados pela unidade mais lenta. Para as operações de E/S do RAID 0 em que os tamanhos de bloco são
menores do que o tamanho da fração, qualquer que seja a unidade de destino da E/S, isso determinará o desempenho, o que aumenta
a variabilidade e resulta em latências inconsistentes. Essa variabilidade é especialmente pronunciada para operações de gravação e pode
ser problemática para aplicativos que são sensíveis a latência. Um exemplo disso é qualquer aplicativo que execute milhares de gravações
aleatórias por segundo em tamanhos de blocos muito pequenos.
Os volumes de RAID 1 (Mirrored e Data Protection) se beneficiam de maior desempenho quando as unidades são correspondentes, pois
os dados são espelhados em diversas unidades: todas as operações de E/S devem ser executadas de maneira idêntica nas duas unidades;
assim, as variações no desempenho da unidade quando o os modelos são diferentes resultam nas operações de E/S concluídas somente
de maneira tão rápida quanto a unidade mais lenta. Embora isso não sofra o problema de latência variável em operações de E/S aleatórias
pequenas, como o RAID 0 em unidades heterogêneas, o impacto ainda é grande porque a unidade de maior desempenho se torna limitada
em todos os tipos de E/S. Um dos piores exemplos de desempenho limitado é quando se usa E/S sem armazenamento em buffer. Para
garantir que as gravações sejam totalmente confirmadas em regiões não voláteis do volume de RAID, a E/S sem armazenamento em
buffer ignora o cache (por exemplo, usando o bit Force Unit Access no protocolo NVMe) e a operação de E/S não será concluída até
que todas as unidades no volume RAID tenham concluído a solicitação para confirmar os dados. Esse tipo de operação de E/S nega
completamente qualquer vantagem de uma unidade de melhor desempenho no volume.
O RAID 5 oferece melhor desempenho usando o fracionamento e a proteção de dados por meio da paridade. A desvantagem do RAID 5 é
que a recriação de um grande volume RAID 5 requer um período mais longo. A seguir estão os principais recursos do RAID 5:
● Requer pelo menos três unidades.
Especificações do Torre Precision 3680 23
● Os dados estarão disponíveis mesmo se uma das unidades presentes no volume falhar. A unidade com falha deve ser substituída e o
volume deve ser reconstruído para que os dados fiquem acessíveis.
● A capacidade total é N-1, em que N é a capacidade total das unidades no array. Por exemplo, se você usar três unidades de 1 TB em
um array RAID 5, o tamanho total do volume será de 2 TB.
Deve-se ter cuidado para fazer a correspondência não apenas do fornecedor, da capacidade e da classe da unidade, mas também o
modelo específico. As unidades do mesmo fornecedor, com a mesma capacidade e até mesmo dentro da mesma classe, podem ter
características de desempenho muito diferentes para determinados tipos de operações de E/S. Portanto, a correspondência por modelo
garante que o volume RAID seja composto por um array homogêneo de unidades que oferece todos os benefícios de um volume RAID sem
incorrer em penalidades adicionais quando uma ou mais unidades do volume apresentam desempenho inferior.
A Torre Precision 3680 é compatível com RAID com mais de uma configuração de disco rígido.
Leitor de cartão de mídia
A tabela a seguir lista as placas de mídia compatíveis com o Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 14. Especificações do leitor de cartão de mídia
Descrição Valores
Tipo de cartão de mídia Um slot de cartão SD
NOTA: O leitor de cartão SD pode ser de fabricantes
diferentes e exigirá a instalação de drivers específicos.
Cartões de mídia com suporte ● Secure Digital (SD)
● Secure Digital High Capacity (SDHC)
● Secure Digital Extended Capacity (SDXC)
NOTA: A capacidade máxima permitida pelo leitor de cartão de mídia depende do padrão do cartão de mídia instalado no
computador.
Especificações de alimentação
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações da classificação de energia do Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 15. Especificações de alimentação
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três
Tipo Fonte de alimentação interna Fonte de alimentação interna Fonte de alimentação interna
Platinum de 300 W (certificação Platinum de 500 W (certificação Platinum de 1.000 W
80PLUS Platinum) 80PLUS Platinum) (certificação 80PLUS Platinum)
Tensão de entrada 90 VCA a 264 VCA 90 VCA a 264 VCA 90 VCA a 264 VCA
Frequência de entrada 47 Hz–63 Hz 47 Hz a 63 Hz 47 Hz a 63 Hz
Corrente de entrada (máxima) ● 4,2 A ● 7A 13,6 A
Corrente de saída (contínua) ● 12 VA/18 A ● 12 VA/18 A ● 12 VA/36 A
● 12 VB/18 A ● 12 VB/18 A ● 12 VB/27 A
Modo de espera: ● 12 VC/18 A ● 12 VC/36 A
● 12 VA/1,5 A Modo de espera: Modo de espera:
● 12 VB/3,3 A ● 12 VA/1,5 A ● 12 VA/1,5 A
● 12 VB/3,3 A ● 12 VB/5 A
● 12 VC/0 A ● 12 VC/0 A
Tensão de saída nominal ● 12 VA ● 12 VA ● 12 VA
24 Especificações do Torre Precision 3680
Tabela 15. Especificações de alimentação (continuação)
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três
● 12 VB ● 12 VB ● 12 VB
● 12 VC ● 12 VC
Faixa de temperatura:
De operação 5 °C a 45° C (41 °F a 113 °F) 5 °C a 45° C (41 °F a 113 °F) 5 °C a 45° C (41 °F a 113 °F)
Armazenamento -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F a -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F a -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F a
158 °F) 158 °F) 158 °F)
Conector da fonte de alimentação
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações do conector da fonte de alimentação da Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 16. conector da fonte de alimentação
Fonte de alimentação Conectores
300 W (80 PLUS Platinum) ● Dois conectores de 4 pinos para o processador
● Um conector de 8 pinos para a placa de sistema
500 W (80 PLUS Platinum) ● Dois conectores de 4 pinos para o processador
● Um conector de 8 pinos para a placa de sistema
● Um conector de 6 pinos e um conector de 2 + 6 pinos para a
placa gráfica
1.000 W (80 PLUS Platinum) ● Dois conectores de 4 pinos para o processador
● Um conector de 8 pinos para a placa de sistema
● Dois conectores de 6 pinos e dois conectores de 2 + 6 pinos
para a placa gráfica
NOTA: Esta workstation usa uma fonte de alimentação de alta potência e é recomendada para usar uma unidade de distribuição de
energia (PDU) para a proteção do equipamento.
GPU — integrada
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações da unidade de processamento gráfico (GPU) integrada compatível com o Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 17. GPU — integrada
Controlador Tamanho da memória Processador
Intel UHD Graphics 730 Memória do sistema compartilhada Intel Core i3-14100 de 14a geração
Intel UHD Graphics 770 Memória do sistema compartilhada Processadores Intel Core i5-14500,
i5-14600, i5-14600K, i7-14700, i7-14700K,
i9-14900 e i9-14900K de 14a geração
Matriz de suporte para várias telas
A tabela a seguir lista a matriz de suporte para várias telas da Torre Precision 3680.
Especificações do Torre Precision 3680 25
Tabela 18. Matriz de suporte para várias telas
Descrição Opção um Opção dois
Placa gráfica integrada Placa gráfica Intel UHD 730 Intel UHD Graphics 770
Módulo opcional VGA, HDMI 2.0, DP++ 1.4a HBR3, USB 3.2 VGA, HDMI 2.0, DP++ 1.4a HBR3, USB 3.2
de 2ª geração (10 Gbps) Type-C com modo de 2ª geração (10 Gbps) Type-C com modo
alternativo DisplayPort alternativo DisplayPort
Compatível com telas 4K DP1.4a HBR2, 4096 x 2304 a 60 Hz DP1.4a HBR2, 4096 x 2304 a 60 Hz
Compatível com telas 5K Resolução em blocos 5K (5120 x 2880) Resolução em blocos 5K (5120 x 2880)
suporte em painéis DP. suporte em painéis DP.
NOTA: Requer dois cabos DP NOTA: Requer dois cabos DP
orientados por dois DDIs separados da orientados por dois DDIs separados da
fonte e usando o mecanismo DP-SST fonte e usando o mecanismo DP-SST
(Single Stream Transport). (Single Stream Transport).
GPU — dedicada
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações das unidades de processamento gráfico (GPU) dedicadas compatíveis com a Torre Precision
3680.
Tabela 19. GPU — dedicada
Controlador Tamanho da memória Tipo de memória
NVIDIA RTX 6000 Geração Ada 48 GB GDDR6
NVIDIA RTX 5000 Geração Ada 24 GB GDDR6
NVIDIA RTX 4500 Geração Ada 24 GB GDDR6
NVIDIA RTX 4000 Geração Ada 20 GB GDDR6
NVIDIA RTX 2000 Geração Ada 16 GB GDDR6
NVIDIA T1000 8 GB GDDR6
NVIDIA T1000 4 GB GDDR6
NVIDIA T400 4 GB GDDR6
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4090 24 GB GDDR6X
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4090D 24 GB GDDR6X
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4080 Super 16 GB GDDR6X
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4070 12 GB GDDR6
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4060 8 GB GDDR6
AMD Radeon Pro W7900 48 GB GDDR6
AMD Radeon Pro W7600 8 GB GDDR6
AMD Radeon Pro W7500 8 GB GDDR6
AMD Radeon Pro W6400 4 GB GDDR6
26 Especificações do Torre Precision 3680
Tabela 19. GPU — dedicada (continuação)
Controlador Tamanho da memória Tipo de memória
AMD Radeon Pro W6300 2 GB GDDR6
Resolução da porta de vídeo
A tabela a seguir lista a resolução da porta de vídeo da Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 20. Resolução da porta de vídeo
Placa gráfica Portas de vídeo Resolução máxima compatível
NVIDIA RTX 6000 Geração Quatro portas DP 1.4 7680 x 4320 a 24 bpp e 120 Hz
Ada NOTA: Requer dois DPs 1.4a e DSC
NOTA: Certificação DisplayPort 1.2, pronto para DisplayPort
1.3 e 1.4
NVIDIA RTX 5000 Geração Quatro portas DP 1.4 7680 x 4320 a 24 bpp e 120 Hz
Ada NOTA: Requer dois DPs 1.4a e DSC
NOTA: Certificação DisplayPort 1.2, pronto para DisplayPort
1.3 e 1.4
NVIDIA RTX 4500 Geração Quatro portas DP 1.4 7680 x 4320 a 24 bpp e 120 Hz
Ada NOTA: Requer dois DPs 1.4a e DSC
NOTA: Certificação DisplayPort 1.2, pronto para DisplayPort
1.3 e 1.4
NVIDIA RTX 4000 Geração Quatro portas DP 1.4 7680 x 4320 a 24 bpp e 120 Hz
Ada NOTA: Requer dois DPs 1.4a e DSC
NOTA: Certificação DisplayPort 1.2, pronto para DisplayPort
1.3 e 1.4
NVIDIA RTX 2000 Geração Quatro portas mini-DP 1.4 7680 x 4320 a 24 bpp e 120 Hz
Ada NOTA: Requer dois DPs 1.4a e DSC
NOTA: Certificação DisplayPort 1.2, pronto para DisplayPort
1.3 e 1.4
NVIDIA T1000 Quatro portas mini-DP 1.4 7680 x 4320 a 24 bpp e 120 Hz
NOTA: Requer três DPs 1.4a e DSC
NOTA: Certificação DisplayPort 1.2, pronto para DisplayPort
1.3 e 1.4
NVIDIA T1000 Quatro portas mini-DP 1.4 7680 x 4320 a 24 bpp e 120 Hz
NOTA: Requer três DPs 1.4a e DSC
NOTA: Certificação DisplayPort 1.2, pronto para DisplayPort
1.3 e 1.4
NVIDIA T400 Três portas mini-DP 1.4 7680 x 4320 a 24 bpp e 120 Hz
NOTA: Requer dois DPs 1.4a e DSC
NOTA: Certificação DisplayPort 1.2, pronto para DisplayPort
1.3 e 1.4
Especificações do Torre Precision 3680 27
Tabela 20. Resolução da porta de vídeo (continuação)
Placa gráfica Portas de vídeo Resolução máxima compatível
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4090 ● Três portas DisplayPort 1.4a 7680 x 4320 a 60 Hz
● Uma porta HDMI 2.1
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4090D ● Três portas DisplayPort 1.4a 7680 x 4320 a 60 Hz
● Uma porta HDMI 2.1
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4080 ● Três portas DisplayPort 1.4a 7680 x 4320 a 60 Hz
Super ● Uma porta HDMI 2.1
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4070 ● Três portas DisplayPort 1.4a 7680 x 4320 a 60 Hz
● Uma porta HDMI 2.1
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4060 ● Três portas DisplayPort 1.4a 7680 x 4320 a 60 Hz
● Uma porta HDMI 2.1
AMD Radeon Pro W7900 ● Três portas DisplayPort 2.1 7680 x 4320 a 60 Hz
● Uma porta mini-DP 2.1
aprimorada
AMD Radeon Pro W7600 Quatro portas DP 2.1 7680 x 4320 a 60 Hz
AMD Radeon Pro W7500 Quatro portas DP 2.1 7680 x 4320 a 60 Hz
AMD Radeon Pro W6400 Duas portas DP 1.4 7680 x 4320 a 60 Hz
AMD Radeon Pro W6300 Duas portas DP 1.4 7680 x 4320 a 60 Hz
Segurança de hardware
A tabela a seguir mostra a segurança de hardware do Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 21. Segurança de hardware
Segurança de hardware
Slot do cabo de segurança Kensington
Volta de cadeado
Proteção para cabos com trava (opcional)
Tampa com trava e chave para disco rígido SATA acessível pela parte frontal (opcional)
NOTA: Incluído nas configurações de armazenamento acessíveis pela parte frontal
Sensor de violação do chassi
Módulo Trusted Platform Module TPM 2.0 (certificado FIPs 140-2)
Módulo TPM Intel integrado
Requisitos ambientais
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações ambientais do Torre Precision 3680.
28 Especificações do Torre Precision 3680
Tabela 22. Requisitos ambientais
Recurso Valores
Embalagem reciclável Sim
BFR/sem PVC Não
Suporte para embalagem de orientação vertical Sim
Embalagem MultiPack Sim (exceto Brasil)
Fonte de alimentação com uso eficiente de energia Padrão
Compatível com ENV0424 Sim
NOTA: As embalagens de fibra à base de madeira contêm um mínimo de 35% de conteúdo reciclado, em peso total de fibra à base de
madeira. As embalagens sem fibra de madeira podem ser consideradas como não aplicáveis. Os critérios antecipados requeridos para
a EPEAT 2018.
Conformidade com normas
A tabela a seguir lista a conformidade com normas do Torre Precision 3680.
Tabela 23. Conformidade com normas
Conformidade com normas
Segurança do produto, EMC e especificações ambientais
Página inicial de conformidade com normas da Dell
Política da Responsible Business Alliance
Ambiente de operação e armazenamento
Esta tabela lista as especificações de operação e armazenamento do Torre Precision 3680.
Nível de poluentes transportados: G1, conforme definido pela norma ISA-S71.04-1985
Tabela 24. Características ambientais do computador
Descrição Operação Armazenamento
Faixa de temperatura 10 °C a 35 °C (50 °F a 95 °F) -40 °C a 65 °C (-40 °F a 149 °F)
Umidade relativa (máxima) 20 a 85%* (sem condensação) (sem 0% a 95% (sem condensação) 5% a 95%
condensação, temperatura máxima do (temperatura máxima do ponto de orvalho,
ponto de orvalho = 26 °C) sem condensação = 33 °C)
Vibração (máxima)* 0,52 GRMS aleatório a 5 Hz-350 Hz 2,0 GRMS aleatório a 5 Hz–500 Hz
Choque (máximo) Pulso inferior de meio seno de 40 G (2,5 Pulso de meio seno de 105 G (2,5 ms)
ms)
Faixa de altitude -15,2 m a 3.048 m (-49,86 pés a -15,2 m a 10.668 m (-49,86 pés a
10.000 pés) 35.000 pés)
CUIDADO: Os intervalos de temperatura de armazenamento e de operação podem ser diferentes entre os
componentes. Assim, operar ou armazenar o dispositivo fora desses intervalos pode afetar o desempenho de
componentes específicos.
* Medida usando um espectro de vibração aleatório que simula o ambiente do usuário.
Especificações do Torre Precision 3680 29
† Medida usando um pulso de meio seno de 2 ms.
Política de suporte Dell
Para ver mais informações sobre a política de suporte Dell, faça uma pesquise na base de conhecimento no site do Suporte Dell.
Dell Optimizer
Esta seção apresenta as especificações do Dell Optimizer do Torre Precision 3680.
No Torre Precision 3680 com o Dell Optimizer, os seguintes recursos são compatíveis:
● Conexão expressa: une automaticamente o ponto de acesso com o sinal mais forte e direciona a largura de banda a aplicativos de
conferência quando em uso.
● ExpressResponse: prioriza os aplicativos mais importantes. Os aplicativos abrem mais rápido e têm melhor desempenho.
● AudioOptimization: o recurso de áudio aprimora a funcionalidade de áudio durante suas reuniões on-line. O recurso de áudio ajuda a
filtrar o ruído de fundo, estabilizar o volume e priorizar o streaming de voz preferencial durante reuniões on-line.
Para ver mais informações sobre como configurar e usar esses recursos, consulte o Guia do usuário do Dell Optimizer.
30 Especificações do Torre Precision 3680
4
Como trabalhar na parte interna do
computador
Instruções de segurança
Use as diretrizes de segurança a seguir para proteger o computador contra possíveis danos e garantir sua segurança pessoal. A menos
que indicado de outra forma, cada procedimento neste documento pressupõe que você leu as informações de segurança enviadas com o
computador.
ATENÇÃO: Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador, leia as informações de segurança fornecidas com o
computador. Para obter mais práticas recomendadas de segurança, consulte a página inicial da Dell sobre conformidade
com normas.
ATENÇÃO: Desconecte o computador de todas as fontes de energia antes de abrir a tampa ou os painéis do computador.
Depois que terminar de trabalhar na parte interna do computador, recoloque todas as tampas, painéis e parafusos antes
de conectar o computador a uma tomada elétrica.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos ao computador, certifique-se de que a superfície de trabalho seja plana e esteja seca e
limpa.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos aos componentes e placas, segure-os pelas bordas e evite tocar nos pinos e contatos.
CUIDADO: Você deve somente solucionar problemas ou realizar consertos simples conforme autorizado ou direcionado
pela equipe de suporte técnico da Dell. Danos decorrentes de mão de obra não autorizada pela Dell não serão cobertos
pela garantia. Consulte as instruções de segurança enviadas com o produto ou acesse a Página inicial de conformidade
com normas da Dell.
CUIDADO: Antes de tocar em qualquer componente na parte interna do computador, elimine a eletricidade estática de
seu corpo tocando em uma superfície metálica sem pintura, como o metal da parte posterior do computador. Enquanto
trabalha, toque periodicamente em uma superfície metálica sem pintura para dissipar a eletricidade estática, que poderia
danificar componentes internos.
CUIDADO: Ao desconectar um cabo, puxe-o pelo conector ou pela aba de puxar, não pelo próprio cabo. Alguns cabos
possuem conectores com presilhas ou parafusos borboleta que você precisará soltar antes de desconectar o cabo. Ao
desconectar os cabos, mantenha-os alinhados para evitar entortar os pinos do conector. Ao conectar cabos, certifique-
se de que o conector no cabo esteja corretamente orientado e alinhado com a porta.
CUIDADO: Pressione e ejete os cartões instalados no leitor de cartão de mídia.
CUIDADO: Tenha cuidado ao manusear baterias de íons de lítio em notebooks. Baterias inchadas não devem ser usadas e
devem ser substituídas e descartadas adequadamente.
NOTA: A cor do computador e de determinados componentes pode ser diferente daquela mostrada neste documento.
Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 31
Etapas
1. Salve e feche todos os arquivos abertos e saia de todos os aplicativos abertos.
2. Desligue o computador. Para sistema operacional Windows, clique em Iniciar > Liga/desliga > Desligar.
NOTA: Se estiver usando um sistema operacional diferente, consulte a documentação de seu sistema operacional para obter
instruções de desligamento.
3. Desconecte o computador e todos os dispositivos conectados de suas tomadas elétricas.
4. Desconecte todos os dispositivos de rede e periféricos conectados ao computador, como o teclado, mouse, monitor e assim por
diante.
CUIDADO: Para desconectar um cabo de rede, primeiro desconecte-o do computador e, em seguida, desconecte-o
do dispositivo de rede.
5. Remova qualquer placa de mídia e de disco óptico do computador, se aplicável.
Precauções de segurança
A seção sobre precauções de segurança apresenta em detalhes as principais etapas que devem ser adotadas antes que qualquer instrução
de desmontagem seja executada.
Veja as precauções de segurança a seguir antes de executar qualquer procedimento de reparo ou instalação que envolvam desmontagem
ou remontagem:
● Desligue o computador e todos os periféricos conectados.
● Desconecte o computador da corrente alternada.
● Desconecte todos os cabos de rede e os periféricos do computador.
● Use um kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas quando for trabalhar na parte interna de um para evitar danos
causados por descargas eletrostáticas.
● Após remover um componente do computador, coloque o componente em um tapete antiestático, cuidadosamente.
● Use calçados com sola de borracha que não seja condutiva para reduzir a chance de ser eletrocutado.
● Desconecte, pressionando e segurando o botão liga/desliga por 15 segundos, para descarregar a energia residual na placa de sistema.
Alimentação do modo de espera
Os produtos Dell com alimentação em modo de espera devem ser totalmente desconectados antes da abertura do gabinete. Os sistemas
equipados com alimentação em modo de espera são alimentados enquanto estão desligados. A energia interna permite que o computador
seja ligado (Wake-on-LAN) e colocado em modo de suspensão remotamente, além de contar com outros recursos avançados de
gerenciamento de energia.
União
A ligação é um método para conectar dois ou mais condutores de aterramento ao mesmo potencial elétrico. Isso é feito usando um kit de
descarga eletrostática (ESD) de serviço de campo. Ao conectar um fio de ligação, certifique-se de que está conectado a uma superfície
bare metal, e nunca a uma superfície pintada ou que não seja de metal. Confira se a pulseira está bem firme e em total contato com a sua
pele. Remova todas as joias, como relógios, pulseiras ou anéis, antes de aterrar você e o equipamento.
Proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas
A ESD é uma grande preocupação quando você lida com componentes eletrônicos, especialmente componentes sensíveis, como placas
de expansão, processadores, módulos de memória e placas de sistema. Uma carga leve pode danificar os circuitos de formas que talvez
não sejam tão óbvias, causando, por exemplo, problemas intermitentes ou diminuindo a vida útil do produto. À medida que a indústria exige
menores requisitos de energia e maior densidade, a proteção contra ESD é uma preocupação crescente.
Devido ao aumento da densidade de semicondutores usados em produtos recentes da Dell, a sensibilidade a danos estáticos é agora maior
do que em produtos Dell anteriores. Por esse motivo, alguns métodos previamente aprovados de manipulação de peças não são mais
aplicáveis.
Dois tipos reconhecidos de danos por descargas eletrostáticas são falhas catastróficas e intermitentes.
32 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
● Catastrófica – falhas catastróficas representam aproximadamente 20% das falhas relacionadas a descargas eletrostáticas. Os danos
causam uma imediata e completa perda de funcionalidade do dispositivo. Um exemplo de falha catastrófica é um módulo de memória
que recebeu um choque estático e gerou imediatamente um sintoma de "Ausência de POST/Ausência de vídeo" com um código de
bipe emitido para uma memória ausente ou não funcional.
● Intermitente – falhas intermitentes representam aproximadamente 80% das falhas relacionadas a ESD. A alta taxa de falhas
intermitentes significa que, na maioria das vezes, quando ocorre um dano, ele não é imediatamente reconhecível. O módulo
de memória recebe um choque estático, mas o traçado é apenas enfraquecido e não produz imediatamente sintomas externos
relacionados ao dano. O traçado enfraquecido pode levar semanas ou meses para derreter e pode causar degradação da integridade da
memória, erros intermitentes de memória etc.
Falhas intermitentes, também chamadas de "falhas latentes" ou "walking wounded", são difíceis de detectar e solucionar.
Execute as etapas a seguir para evitar danos ao ESD:
● Use uma pulseira contra descargas eletrostáticas com fio devidamente aterrada. As pulseiras antiestáticas sem fio não proporcionam
proteção adequada. Tocar o chassi antes de manusear peças não garante uma proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas adequada em
peças com maior sensibilidade para danos decorrentes de descargas eletrostáticas.
● Manuseie todos os componentes sensíveis à estática em uma área com proteção antiestática. Se possível, use almofadas de piso
antiestáticas e almofadas de bancada de trabalho.
● Ao desembalar um componente sensível à estática da embalagem de remessa, não remova o componente do material de embalagem
antiestático até que esteja pronto para instalar o componente. Antes de abrir a embalagem antiestática, use a pulseira antiestática para
descarregar a eletricidade estática do seu corpo.
● Antes de transportar um componente sensível a estática, coloque-o em um recipiente ou embalagem antiestático.
Kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas
O kit de serviços de campo não monitorado é o kit de serviços mais comumente usado. Cada kit de serviços em campo inclui três
componentes principais: tapete antiestático, pulseira e fio de ligação.
CUIDADO: É essencial manter os dispositivos sensíveis à descarga eletrostática longe de peças internas isolantes, que
geralmente estão altamente carregadas, como os invólucros plásticos do dissipador de calor.
Ambiente de trabalho
Antes da implementação do kit de serviço em campo ESD, avalie a situação nas instalações do cliente. Por exemplo, a implementação do
kit para um ambiente de servidor é diferente de um ambiente de desktop ou notebook. Os servidores, geralmente, são instalados em um
rack em um data center; desktops ou notebooks são normalmente colocados em mesas de escritório ou cubículos. Sempre procure uma
grande área de trabalho plana e aberta, livre de desordem e grande o suficiente para implementar o kit ESD com espaço adicional para
acomodar o tipo de computador que está sendo reparado. O espaço de trabalho também deve estar livre de isoladores que possam causar
um evento ESD. Na área de trabalho, isoladores como isopor e outros plásticos devem sempre ser movidos a pelo menos 30 cm (12 pol.)
de distância de partes sensíveis antes de manusear fisicamente os componentes de hardware.
Embalagem contra descargas eletrostáticas
Todos os dispositivos sensíveis a ESD devem ser enviados e recebidos em uma embalagem antiestática. Sacos metálicos com blindagem
estática são preferidos. No entanto, você deve sempre devolver a peça danificada usando o mesmo saco de ESD e a embalagem em que a
nova peça chegou. A bolsa de ESD deve ser dobrada e fechada com fita adesiva e todo o mesmo material de embalagem de espuma deve
ser usado na caixa original em que a nova peça chegou. Dispositivos sensíveis a ESD devem ser removidos da embalagem somente em
uma superfície de trabalho protegida contra ESD, e as peças nunca devem ser colocadas em cima do saco ESD, porque somente o interior
da bolsa é protegido. Coloque sempre as peças na mão, no tapete ESD, no computador ou dentro de um saco antiestático.
Componentes do kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas
Componentes de um kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas:
● Tapete antiestático: o tapete antiestático é dissipativo, e as peças podem ser colocadas nele durante os procedimentos de
serviço. Ao usar um tapete antiestático, a pulseira deve estar bem ajustada e o fio de ligação deve estar conectado ao tapete e a
qualquer bare metal no computador que receberá o serviço. Depois que tudo for implementado corretamente, as peças de serviço
poderão ser removidas da bolsa contra descargas eletrostáticas e colocadas diretamente no tapete antiestático. Os itens sensíveis a
descargas eletrostáticas estão seguros na sua mão, no tapete antiestático, no computador ou dentro de uma bolsa contra descargas
eletrostáticas.
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 33
● Pulseira e fio de ligação: a pulseira e o fio de ligação podem ser conectados diretamente entre o seu pulso e o bare metal no
hardware, se o tapete contra descargas eletrostáticas não for necessário, ou podem ser conectados ao tapete antiestático para
proteger o hardware temporariamente colocado no tapete. A conexão física da pulseira e do fio de ligação entre a pele, o tapete ESD e
o hardware é conhecida como colagem. Use somente kits de serviços em campo com uma pulseira, um tapete antiestático e um fio de
ligação. Nunca use pulseiras sem fio. Saiba que os fios internos de uma pulseira estão sempre propensos a danos devido a desgaste e
uso normal, bem como precisam ser verificados regularmente com um testador de pulseira antiestática para evitar danos acidentais de
hardware devido a descargas eletrostáticas. É recomendável testar a pulseira e o fio de ligação pelo menos uma vez por semana.
● ESD Wrist Strap Tester: Os fios dentro de uma pulseira contra descargas eletrostáticas estão sujeitos a danos com o passar do
tempo. Ao usar um kit não monitorado, é uma prática recomendada testar regularmente a pulseira antes de cada visita para suporte
e testar no mínimo uma vez por semana. Um testador de pulseira é o melhor método para fazer este teste. Se você não tiver seu
próprio testador de pulseira, verifique com seu escritório regional para descobrir se ele tem um. Para realizar o teste, conecte o fio de
ligação da pulseira no testador enquanto ele estiver preso ao pulso e aperte o botão para testar. Um LED verde acende se o teste for
bem-sucedido; um LED vermelho está aceso e um alarme soa se o teste falhar.
NOTA: É recomendado sempre usar as tradicionais pulseiras contra descargas eletrostáticas com aterramento e tapete antiestático
de proteção durante a manutenção dos produtos Dell. Além disso, é essencial manter as peças sensíveis separadas de todas as peças
do isolador durante o serviço, bem como usar bolsas antiestáticas para transportar componentes sensíveis.
Transporte de componentes sensíveis
Quando for transportar componentes sensíveis a descargas eletrostáticas, como peças de substituição ou peças a serem devolvidas à Dell,
é essencial colocar essas peças nos invólucros antiestáticos para assegurar um transporte seguro.
Levantamento de equipamentos
Siga as diretrizes a seguir ao levantar equipamento pesado:
CUIDADO: Não levante mais do que 50 libras. Sempre obtenha recursos adicionais ou use um dispositivo de
levantamento mecânico.
1. Tenha uma base firme e equilibrada. Mantenha seus pés afastados para formar uma base estável, com os pés virados para fora.
2. Contraia a musculatura abdominal. A musculatura abdominal suporta a sua coluna quando você levanta, compensando a força da
carga.
3. Levante com as pernas, não com as costas.
4. Mantenha a carga próxima. Quanto mais próxima estiver da sua coluna, menos força exercerá sobre as suas costas.
5. Mantenha as costas eretas, seja levantando ou abaixando a carga. Não adicione o peso do seu corpo à carga. Evite torcer o corpo e as
costas.
6. Siga a mesma técnica na ordem inversa para descer a carga.
Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Deixar parafusos soltos na parte interna do computador pode danificar gravemente o computador.
Etapas
1. Recoloque todos os parafusos e verifique se nenhum parafuso foi esquecido dentro do computador.
2. Conecte todos os dispositivos externos, periféricos e cabos que removeu antes de trabalhar no computador.
3. Recoloque todas as placas de mídia, discos e quaisquer outras peças que tenham sido removidas antes de trabalhar no computador.
4. Conecte o computador e todos os dispositivos conectados às suas tomadas elétricas.
5. Ligue o computador.
BitLocker
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não for suspenso antes de o BIOS ser atualizado, a chave do BitLocker não será reconhecida
na próxima vez que você reiniciar o computador. A chave de recuperação precisará ser inserida para que você possa
prosseguir, e o sistema pedirá a chave de recuperação em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for
34 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
reconhecida, isso poderá resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para
saber mais, consulte o artigo de conhecimento: Atualização do BIOS em sistemas Dell com o BitLocker ativado.
A instalação dos seguintes componentes aciona o BitLocker:
● Unidade de disco rígido ou unidade de estado sólido
● Placa de sistema
Ferramentas recomendadas
Os procedimentos descritos neste documento podem exigir as seguintes ferramentas:
● Chave de fenda Phillips nº 0
● Chave de fenda Phillips nº 1
● Chave plástica
Lista de parafusos
NOTA: Ao remover parafusos de um componente, é recomendável anotar o tipo do parafuso e a quantidade de parafusos e, em
seguida, coloque-os em uma caixa de armazenamento de parafusos. Isto é feito para garantir que o número correto de parafusos e
tipo correto de parafuso sejam recuperados quando o componente for recolocado.
NOTA: Alguns computadores têm superfícies magnéticas. Certifique-se de que os parafusos não fiquem presos nessas superfícies ao
recolocar um componente.
NOTA: A cor do parafuso pode variar dependendo da configuração solicitada.
Tabela 25. Lista de parafusos
Componente Tipo do parafuso Quantidade Imagem do parafuso
Tampa lateral Parafuso prisioneiro 1
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 M2x3.5 1
2230/2280
Placa WLAN M2x3.5 1
Antena interna WLAN M3x3 2
Tampa da fonte de alimentação #6-32 2
Fonte de alimentação de 1.000 W #6-32 4
Montagem de ventilador e Parafuso prisioneiro 4
dissipador de calor de 125 W do
processador
Montagem de ventilador e Parafuso prisioneiro 4
dissipador de calor de 65 W do
processador
Dissipador de calor do regulador de Parafuso prisioneiro 2
tensão
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 35
Tabela 25. Lista de parafusos (continuação)
Componente Tipo do parafuso Quantidade Imagem do parafuso
Ventilador frontal 1 M3x5 1
Ventilador traseiro (PSU de 1.000 M3x5 1
W)
Placa de sistema #6-32 10
M2 2
Principais componentes do Torre Precision 3680
A imagem a seguir mostra os principais componentes do Torre Precision 3680.
1. Tampa lateral 2. ODD slim
3. Suporte da extremidade da GPU 4. Disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
36 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
5. Placa WLAN 6. Módulo de memória
7. Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 8. Botão liga/desliga
9. Placa de sistema 10. Tampa frontal
11. Chassi do sistema 12. Ventilador do sistema frontal
13. Sensor de violação 14. Fonte de alimentação
15. Tampa da fonte de alimentação 16. Ventilador traseiro do sistema
NOTA: A Dell envia uma lista de componentes e seus números de peça para a configuração original do computador adquirido. Essas
peças são disponibilizadas conforme as coberturas de garantia adquiridas pelo cliente. Entre em contato com o representante de
vendas Dell para obter as opções de compra.
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 37
5
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer
Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo
cliente)
Os componentes substituíveis neste capítulo são as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis do cliente).
CUIDADO: Os clientes só podem substituir as unidades substituíveis pelo cliente (CRUs) seguindo as precauções de
segurança e os procedimentos de substituição.
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Tampa lateral
Como remover a tampa lateral
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
NOTA: Certifique-se de remover o cabo de segurança do slot do cabo de segurança (se aplicável).
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa lateral e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
38 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 8. Como remover a tampa lateral
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 39
Figura 9. Como remover a tampa lateral
Etapas
1. Solte o parafuso prisioneiro que prende a tampa lateral do computador.
2. Puxe a trava de liberação para soltar a tampa do computador.
3. Abra a tampa lateral para o lado do computador e levante a tampa removendo-a do chassi.
Como instalar a tampa lateral
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa lateral e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
40 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 10. Como instalar a tampa lateral
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 41
Figura 11. Como instalar a tampa lateral
Etapas
1. Alinhe as abas na tampa lateral com os slots no chassi.
2. Pressione a tampa lateral em direção à lateral do computador para instalá-la.
3. A trava de liberação bloqueia automaticamente a tampa superior no computador.
4. Aperte o único parafuso prisioneiro para prender a tampa lateral ao computador.
Próximas etapas
1. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Painel frontal
Como remover a tampa frontal
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa frontal e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
42 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 12. Como remover a tampa frontal
Etapas
1. Erga as abas de retenção para soltar a tampa frontal do computador.
2. Puxe levemente a tampa frontal e gire-a com cuidado para liberar as outras abas da tampa dos slots no chassi do computador.
3. Remova a tampa frontal do computador.
Como instalar a tampa frontal
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa frontal e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 43
Figura 13. Como instalar a tampa frontal
Etapas
1. Posicione a tampa frontal para alinhar as abas da borda aos slots no chassi.
2. Pressione a tampa frontal até as abas se encaixarem no lugar com um clique.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Defletor de ar
Como remover o defletor de ar (PSU de 1.000 W)
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
44 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
NOTA: Remover o defletor de ar desconecta o módulo do ventilador da memória, pois o módulo do ventilador da memória é integrado
ao defletor de ar.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do defletor de ar e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 14. Como remover o defletor de ar
Etapas
1. Segure o defletor de ar nos pontos de agarramento.
2. Puxe o defletor de ar para cima e para fora do computador.
Como instalar o defletor de ar (PSU de 1.000 W)
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
NOTA: Como o módulo do ventilador da memória é integrado ao refletor de ar, a instalação do defletor de ar conecta o módulo do
ventilador da memória.
NOTA: Passe todos os cabos de alimentação pela tampa do defletor de ar inferior para evitar a interferência na instalação do defletor
de ar.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 45
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do defletor de ar e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 15. Como instalar o defletor de ar
Etapas
1. Alinhe o defletor de ar segurando-o sobre o dissipador de calor e a placa de sistema e coloque-o no slot.
2. Pressione o defletor de ar para baixo até que as abas encaixem no lugar.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Montagem do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Como remover o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
(compartimento 1)
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
46 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de remoção.
Figura 16. Como remover o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas do compartimento 1
Etapas
1. Desconecte os cabos de alimentação e de dados do módulo do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas.
2. Pressione as abas de fixação para soltar o conjunto do disco rígido do chassi.
3. Deslize o conjunto do disco rígido para fora do chassi.
Como remover o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
(compartimento 2)
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 47
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da montagem do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas (compartimento 2) e são uma representação
visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 17. Como remover o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas (compartimento 2)
Etapas
1. Desconecte os cabos de alimentação e de dados do módulo do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas.
2. Pressione as abas de fixação para soltar o conjunto do disco rígido do chassi.
3. Deslize o conjunto do disco rígido para fora do chassi.
Como remover o suporte do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas (compartimento 1).
48 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do suporte do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
Figura 18. Como remover o suporte do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Etapas
1. Force um lado da borda do suporte do disco rígido para soltar as abas no suporte dos slots no disco rígido.
2. Levante e remova o disco rígido do respectivo suporte.
Como instalar o suporte do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do suporte do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 49
Figura 19. Como instalar o suporte do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Etapas
1. Coloque o disco rígido no respectivo suporte e alinhe as abas no suporte com os slots do disco rígido.
2. Encaixe o disco rígido no respectivo suporte.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas (compartimento 1).
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como instalar o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
(compartimento 2)
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da montagem do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas (compartimento 2) e são uma representação
visual do procedimento de instalação.
50 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 20. Como instalar o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas (compartimento 2)
Etapas
1. Deslize e insira o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas no slot do disco rígido.
2. Passe o cabo de alimentação e o cabo de dados pelas guias de roteamento no conjunto do disco rígido e conecte os cabos ao disco
rígido.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa frontal.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como instalar o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
(compartimento 1)
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 51
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de instalação.
Figura 21. Como instalar o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas do compartimento 1
Etapas
1. Deslize e insira o conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas no slot do disco rígido.
2. Passe o cabo de alimentação e o cabo de dados pelas guias de roteamento no conjunto do disco rígido e conecte os cabos ao disco
rígido.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa frontal.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
52 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Unidade de estado sólido
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2230
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido (slot 2) e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
Figura 22. Como remover a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2230
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3.5) que prende a unidade de estado sólido à placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e remova a unidade de estado sólido da placa de sistema.
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2230
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido (slot 2) e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 53
Figura 23. Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2230
Etapas
1. Alinhe o entalhe na unidade de estado sólido com a aba no conector da unidade de estado sólido.
2. Insira a unidade de estado sólido em um ângulo de 45 graus no slot na placa de sistema.
NOTA: Ao substituir uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 de uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230, certifique-se de mover a
porca do espaçador para a posição do slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230.
3. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3.5) para prender a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 à placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2280
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido (slots 1, 2 e 3) e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
54 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 24. Como remover a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2280
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3.5) que prende a unidade de estado sólido à placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e remova a unidade de estado sólido da placa de sistema.
NOTA: Repita o procedimento acima para remover a outra unidade de estado sólido.
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2280
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido (slots 1, 2 e 3) e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 55
Figura 25. Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido PCIe M.2 2280
Etapas
1. Alinhe o entalhe na unidade de estado sólido com a aba no conector da unidade de estado sólido.
2. Insira a unidade de estado sólido em um ângulo de 45 graus no slot na placa de sistema.
NOTA: Ao substituir uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 por uma M.2 2280, mova a porca do espaçador para a posição do
slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280.
3. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3.5) para prender a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 à placa de sistema.
NOTA: Repita o procedimento acima para instalar a outra unidade de estado sólido.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
placa WLAN
Como remover a placa WLAN
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
56 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de rede sem fio e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 26. Como remover a placa WLAN
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a placa WLAN à placa de sistema.
2. Levante o suporte da placa WLAN removendo-o da placa WLAN.
3. Deslize e remova a placa WLAN do conector na placa de sistema.
4. Desconecte os cabos da antena da placa WLAN.
Como instalar a placa WLAN
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de rede sem fio e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 57
Figura 27. Como instalar a placa WLAN
Etapas
1. Conecte os cabos da antena à placa WLAN.
A tabela a seguir mostra o esquema de cores de cabo de antena da placa WLAN do computador.
Tabela 26. Esquema de cores do cabo da antena
Conectores na placa de rede sem fio Cor do cabo da antena
Principal (triângulo branco) Branco
Auxiliar (triângulo preto) Preto
2. Coloque o suporte da placa WLAN para fixar os cabos de antena da WLAN.
3. Insira a placa WLAN no conector na placa de sistema.
4. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3.5) para fixar a aba plástica à placa WLAN.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
58 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover a antena WLAN interna
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
5. Remova a placa WLAN.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo da antena WLAN e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 28. Como remover a antena WLAN interna
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 59
Etapas
1. Remova os cabos da antena pelas guias de passagem no chassi.
2. Remova os cabos da antena pelo encaixe na parte frontal do chassi.
3. Remova os dois parafusos (M3x3) que prendem a antena WLAN ao chassi.
4. Levante a antena WLAN do chassi.
Como instalar a antena WLAN interna
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da antena WLAN interna e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 29. Como instalar a antena WLAN interna
Etapas
1. Passe os cabos da antena pelas guias de passagem no chassi.
2. Alinhe e posicione orifícios dos parafusos na antena WLAN aos orifícios correspondentes no chassi.
60 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
NOTA: Ao recolocar a antena WLAN, certifique-se de remover a fita de Mylar na base da antena WLAN.
3. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3x3) que fixam a antena WLAN ao chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a placa WLAN.
2. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Bateria de célula tipo moeda
Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da bateria de célula tipo moeda e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
CUIDADO: A remoção da bateria de célula tipo moeda limpa o CMOS e redefine as configurações do BIOS.
Figura 30. Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave plástica, force delicadamente a bateria de célula tipo moeda para fora do slot na placa de sistema.
2. Remova a bateria de célula tipo moeda do computador.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 61
Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da bateria de célula tipo moeda e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 31. Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Etapas
1. Insira a bateria com o lado "+" virado para cima e deslize-a por baixo das presilhas de fixação no lado positivo do conector.
2. Pressione a bateria no conector até encaixá-la no lugar.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulo de memória
Como remover o módulo de memória
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
62 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo de memória e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 32. Como remover o módulo de memória
Etapas
1. Puxe os clipes de fixação de ambos os lados do módulo de memória até que ele se solte.
2. Deslize e remova o módulo de memória do slot módulo-memória.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos no módulo de memória, segure-o pelas bordas. Não toque nos componentes nem
nos contatos metálicos do módulo de memória, pois a descarga eletrostática (ESD) pode causar danos graves
aos componentes. Para saber mais sobre a proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas, consulte Proteção contra
descargas eletrostáticas.
Como instalar o módulo de memória
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo de memória e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 63
Figura 33. Como instalar o módulo de memória
Etapas
1. Alinhe o entalhe do módulo de memória com a aba do slot módulo-memória.
2. Deslize firmemente o módulo de memória com uma leve inclinação e pressione-o até encaixá-lo no lugar.
NOTA: Se o módulo de memória não estiver firme, remova-o e reinstale-o.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos no módulo de memória, segure-o pelas bordas. Não toque nos componentes nem
nos contatos metálicos do módulo de memória, pois a descarga eletrostática (ESD) pode causar danos graves
aos componentes. Para saber mais sobre a proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas, consulte Proteção contra
descargas eletrostáticas.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Suporte da extremidade da GPU
Como remover o suporte da extremidade da GPU
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
64 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
NOTA: O suporte da extremidade da GPU é um componente opcional que é incluso com algumas configurações de GPU dedicadas.
Ele não é incluso com configurações de GPU integradas.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do suporte da extremidade da GPU e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
Figura 34. Como remover o suporte da extremidade da GPU
Etapas
1. Deslize a trava para a posição destravada no suporte da extremidade da GPU.
2. Pressione as abas de retenção em ambos os lados do suporte da extremidade da GPU para soltá-lo.
3. Levante e remova o suporte da extremidade da GPU do computador.
Como instalar o suporte da extremidade da GPU
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do suporte da extremidade da GPU e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 65
Figura 35. Como instalar o suporte da extremidade da GPU
Etapas
1. Posicione o suporte da extremidade da GPU para que fique alinhado aos slots no chassi do computador.
2. Pressione o suporte da extremidade da GPU para baixo até encaixá-lo no lugar.
3. Deslize a trava para a posição travada no suporte da extremidade da GPU.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Placa de expansão
Como remover a antena PCIe externa
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da antena PCIe externa e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
66 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 36. Como remover a antena PCIe externa
Etapas
1. Levante a aba de puxar para abrir a porta PCIe.
2. Levante a placa PCIe do respectivo slot.
3. Insira o preenchimento da placa de proteção.
4. Levante a aba de puxar para fechar a porta PCIe.
Como instalar a antena PCIe externa
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da antena PCIe externa e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 67
Figura 37. Como instalar a antena PCIe externa
Etapas
1. Remova o preenchimento da placa de proteção.
2. Alinhe a antena PCIe externa com o conector da placa PCI-Express na placa de sistema.
3. Usando a haste de alinhamento, conecte a placa da antena PCIe externa ao conector e pressione-a firmemente para baixo. Certifique-
se de que a placa esteja encaixada corretamente.
4. Levante a aba de puxar para fechar a porta PCIe.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover a placa gráfica
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
68 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa gráfica e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 38. Como remover a placa gráfica
Etapas
1. Levante a aba de puxar para abrir a porta PCIe.
2. Pressione e mantenha pressionada a aba de fixação no slot de cartão da placa gráfica e retire a placa gráfica do respectivo slot.
3. Insira o preenchimento da placa de proteção.
4. Levante a aba de puxar para fechar a porta PCIe.
Como instalar a placa gráfica
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa gráfica e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 69
Figura 39. Como instalar a placa gráfica
Etapas
1. Levante a aba de puxar para abrir a porta PCIe.
2. Remova o preenchimento da placa de proteção.
3. Alinhe a placa gráfica com o conector da placa PCI-Express na placa de sistema.
4. Usando a haste de alinhamento, conecte a placa gráfica ao conector e pressione-a para baixo com firmeza. Certifique-se de que a
placa esteja encaixada corretamente.
5. Levante a aba de puxar para fechar a porta PCIe.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover a GPU energizada
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
70 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o suporte da extremidade da GPU.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de processamento gráfico energizada e são uma representação visual do
procedimento de remoção.
Figura 40. Como remover a GPU energizada
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 71
Figura 41. Como remover a GPU energizada
Figura 42. Como remover a GPU energizada
Etapas
1. Deslize a trava de liberação no suporte da placa gráfica e retire-a do computador.
2. Desconecte os dois cabos de alimentação do conector na GPU energizada e fonte de alimentação.
3. Levante a aba de puxar para abrir a porta PCIe.
4. Pressione e mantenha pressionada a aba de fixação no slot da placa gráfica e retire a GPU alimentada do slot da placa gráfica.
5. Insira os preenchimentos da placa de proteção.
6. Levante a aba de puxar para fechar a porta PCIe.
72 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Como instalar a GPU alimentada
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de processamento gráfico alimentada e são uma representação visual do
procedimento de instalação.
Figura 43. Como instalar a GPU alimentada
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 73
Figura 44. Como instalar a GPU alimentada
74 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 45. Como instalar a GPU alimentada
Etapas
1. Levante a aba de puxar para abrir a porta PCIe.
2. Remova os preenchimentos da placa de proteção.
3. Alinhe a GPU energizada ao conector da placa PCI-Express na placa de sistema.
4. Usando a haste de alinhamento, conecte a GPU alimentada ao conector e pressione-a firmemente para baixo. Certifique-se de que a
GPU alimentada esteja encaixada corretamente.
5. Levante a aba de puxar para fechar a porta PCIe.
6. Conecte os dois cabos de alimentação aos conectores da GPU alimentada e fonte de alimentação.
7. Deslize a trava de liberação no suporte da placa gráfica e insira-a no slot até encaixá-la no lugar.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o suporte da extremidade da GPU.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Unidade de fonte de alimentação
Como remover a tampa da fonte de alimentação
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 75
NOTA: Memorize a passagem de todos os cabos ao removê-los para reinseri-los corretamente quando for recolocar a fonte de
alimentação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da fonte de alimentação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 46. Como remover a tampa da fonte de alimentação
Etapas
1. Pouse o sistema sobre o lado direito.
2. Desconecte os cabos de alimentação dos conectores na tampa.
3. Remova os dois parafusos (#6x32) que prendem a tampa à fonte de alimentação.
4. Deslize a tampa afastando-a do chassi.
5. Levante a tampa removendo--a do chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Remova a fonte de alimentação.
Como instalar a tampa da fonte de alimentação
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
1. Instale a fonte de alimentação.
76 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
ATENÇÃO: Os cabos e portas na parte de trás da fonte de alimentação são codificados por cores para indicar as
diferentes potências. Certifique-se de conectar o cabo à porta correta. Não fazer isso pode resultar em danos na fonte
de alimentação e/ou nos componentes do sistema.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da fonte de alimentação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 47. Como instalar a tampa da fonte de alimentação
Etapas
1. Deslize a tampa para dentro do chassi até que a aba de fixação encaixe na posição.
2. Recoloque os dois parafusos (#6x32) para prender a tampa à fonte de alimentação.
3. Conecte os cabos de alimentação aos conectores da tampa.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover a fonte de alimentação de 1.000 W
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 77
NOTA: Memorize a passagem de todos os cabos ao removê-los para reinseri-los corretamente quando for recolocar a fonte de
alimentação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da fonte de alimentação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 48. Como remover a fonte de alimentação de 1.000 W
78 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 49. Como remover a fonte de alimentação de 1.000 W
Etapas
1. Pouse o sistema sobre o lado direito.
2. Desconecte os cabos de energia dos conectores da placa de sistema e remova-os das guias de passagem no chassi.
3. Remova os quatro parafusos (6x32) que fixam a fonte de alimentação no chassi.
4. Retire a fonte de alimentação da parte traseira do chassi.
5. Remova a fonte de alimentação do chassi.
Como instalar a fonte de alimentação de 1.000 W
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
ATENÇÃO: Os cabos e portas na parte de trás da fonte de alimentação são codificados por cores para indicar as
diferentes potências. Certifique-se de conectar o cabo à porta correta. Não fazer isso pode resultar em danos na fonte
de alimentação e/ou nos componentes do sistema.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da fonte de alimentação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 50. Como instalar a fonte de alimentação de 1.000 W
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 79
Figura 51. Como instalar a fonte de alimentação de 1.000 W
Etapas
1. Insira a fonte de alimentação no chassi até prendê-la na posição.
2. Passe o cabo de alimentação pelas guias de passagem no chassi e conecte os cabos de alimentação aos conectores na placa de
sistema.
3. Recoloque os quatro parafusos (6x32) para fixar a fonte de alimentação no chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
80 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
6
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-
Replaceable Units)
Os componentes substituíveis neste capítulo são FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units).
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção e a instalação de FRUs se destinam apenas a técnicos de serviço
autorizados.
CUIDADO: Para evitar possíveis danos ao componente ou perda de dados, certifique-se de que um técnico de serviço
autorizado substitua as unidades substituíveis em campo (FRUs).
CUIDADO: A Dell Technologies recomenda que esse conjunto de reparos, se necessário, seja conduzido por especialistas
treinados em reparo técnico.
CUIDADO: Lembre-se de que sua garantia não cobre danos que possam ocorrer durante reparos de FRU que não sejam
autorizados pela Dell Technologies.
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do
processador
Como remover o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor de 125 W
do processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
ATENÇÃO: O dissipador de calor pode esquentar durante a operação normal. Aguarde tempo suficiente para o
resfriamento do dissipador de calor antes de tocá-lo.
CUIDADO: Para garantir o máximo resfriamento do processador, não toque nas áreas de transferência de dissipador
de calor. A oleosidade da pele pode reduzir a capacidade de transferência de calor da graxa térmica.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor de 125 W do processador e são uma
representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 81
Figura 52. Como remover o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor de 125 W do processador
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do ventilador do processador do conector na placa de sistema.
2. Na ordem sequencial inversa (4>3>2>1), solte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros que fixam o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor
do processador na placa de sistema.
3. Retire o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor 125 W do
processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
NOTA: Se o processador ou o dissipador de calor for substituído, use o atenuador térmico enviado no kit para garantir que haja
condutividade térmica.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do ventilador e dissipador de calor de 125 W do processador e são uma representação visual do
procedimento de instalação.
82 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 53. Como instalar o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor 125 W do processador
Etapas
1. Alinhe os parafusos no conjunto do dissipador de calor e ventilador do processador com os suportes dos parafusos na placa de
sistema. Coloque o conjunto de dissipador de calor e ventilador no processador.
NOTA: Certifique-se de que a marca do triângulo está direcionada em direção à parte traseira do computador.
2. Na ordem sequencial (1>2>3>4), aperte os parafusos prisioneiros que fixam o conjunto do ventilador e do dissipador de calor do
processador na placa de sistema.
NOTA: Aperte os parafusos em ordem sequencial (1, 2, 3, 4), conforme impresso na placa de sistema.
3. Conecte o cabo do ventilador do processador ao conector na placa de sistema.
NOTA: Certifique-se de conectar o cabo ao conector correspondente com a mesma cor na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor de 65 W
do processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 83
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
ATENÇÃO: O dissipador de calor pode aquecer durante a operação normal. Aguarde tempo suficiente para o
resfriamento do dissipador de calor antes de tocá-lo.
CUIDADO: Para garantir o máximo resfriamento do processador, não toque nas áreas de transferência de dissipador
de calor. A oleosidade da pele pode reduzir a capacidade de transferência de calor da graxa térmica.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador e são uma representação visual do
procedimento de remoção.
Figura 54. Como remover o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor de 65 W do processador
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do ventilador do processador do conector na placa de sistema.
2. Solte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros que fixam o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador na placa de sistema.
3. Retire o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor de 65 W
do processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
84 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Pré-requisitos
NOTA: Se o processador ou o dissipador de calor for substituído, use o atenuador térmico enviado no kit para garantir que haja
condutividade térmica.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador e são uma representação visual
do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 55. Como instalar o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor de 65 W do processador
Etapas
1. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos no conjunto do dissipador de calor e ventilador do processador com os orifícios correspondentes na
placa de sistema.
2. Aperte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros que fixam o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador na placa de sistema.
3. Conecte o cabo do ventilador do processador ao conector na placa de sistema.
NOTA: Certifique-se de conectar o cabo ao conector correspondente com a mesma cor na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 85
Processador
Como remover o processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
4. Remova o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 125 W ou o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 65 W.
NOTA: O processador pode ainda estar quente depois que o computador for desligado. Deixe o processador esfriar antes de
removê-lo.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do processador e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção:
Figura 56. Como remover o processador
Etapas
1. Pressione para baixo e empurre a alavanca de liberação afastando-a do processador para liberá-lo da aba de fixação.
2. Levante a alavanca e levante a tampa do processador.
CUIDADO: Ao remover o processador, não deixe cair nenhum objeto sobre os pinos no interior do soquete e nem os
toque.
3. Levante cuidadosamente o processador do respectivo soquete.
86 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Como instalar o processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do processador e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação:
Figura 57. Como instalar o processador
Etapas
1. Certifique-se de que a alavanca de liberação no soquete do processador está totalmente estendida na posição aberta.
2. Alinhe os entalhes no processador com as abas no soquete do processador e coloque o processador no soquete do processador.
NOTA: O canto do pino 1 do processador tem um triângulo que se alinha ao triângulo no canto do pino 1 do soquete do
processador. Quando o processador está assentado corretamente, todos os quatro cantos ficam alinhados no mesmo nível. Se um
ou mais cantos do processador estiverem mais altos do que os outros, o processador não está fixado corretamente.
3. Quando o processador estiver encaixado no soquete, gire a alavanca de liberação para baixo e coloque-a sob a aba na tampa do
processador.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 125 W ou o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 65 W.
2. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
3. Instale a tampa lateral.
4. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 87
Dissipador de calor com regulador de tensão
Como remover o dissipador de calor do regulador de tensão
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
ATENÇÃO: O dissipador de calor pode esquentar durante a operação normal. Aguarde tempo suficiente para o
resfriamento do dissipador de calor antes de tocá-lo.
CUIDADO: Para garantir o máximo resfriamento do processador, não toque nas áreas de transferência de dissipador
de calor. A oleosidade da pele pode reduzir a capacidade de transferência de calor da graxa térmica.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
4. Remova o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 125 W ou o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 65 W.
NOTA: Os dissipadores de calor com regulador de tensão são necessários apenas para sistemas com CPU de 65 W de 8 núcleos,
CPU de 125 W de 6 núcleos ou CPU de 125 W de 8 núcleos.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do dissipador de calor do regulador de tensão e é uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
88 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 58. Como remover o dissipador de calor do regulador de tensão
Etapas
1. Solte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros que prendem os dissipadores de calor do regulador de tensão à placa de sistema.
2. Levante o dissipador de calor do regulador de tensão da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o dissipador de calor do regulador de tensão
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
NOTA: Os dissipadores de calor com regulador de tensão são necessários apenas para sistemas com CPU de 65 W de 8 núcleos,
CPU de 125 W de 6 núcleos ou CPU de 125 W de 8 núcleos.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do dissipador de calor do regulador de tensão e é uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 89
Figura 59. Como instalar o dissipador de calor do regulador de tensão
Etapas
1. Remova o revestimento na parte traseira dos módulos do dissipador de calor com regulador de tensão.
NOTA: A etapa um só é aplicável na instalação de uma nova ou em um upgrade. Para substituir um componente existente, siga os
procedimentos a partir da etapa 2.
2. Fixe os dissipadores de calor do regulador de tensão à placa de sistema.
3. Aperte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros que fixam o dissipador de calor do regulador de tensão à placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 125 W ou o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 65 W.
2. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
3. Instale a tampa lateral.
4. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Ventilador do chassi
Como remover o ventilador frontal
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
90 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do ventilador do chassi e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 60. Ventilador frontal 1
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 91
Figura 61. Ventilador frontal 2
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso M3x5 que prende o ventilador 1 ao chassi.
2. Desconecte os cabos do ventilador dos conectores na placa de sistema.
3. Pressione a aba para soltar o ventilador do chassi do slot.
4. Com uma leve inclinação, levante o ventilador do chassi e remova-o.
NOTA: Siga o procedimento da etapa 2 à etapa 4 para o ventilador 2.
Como instalar o ventilador frontal
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do ventilador do chassi e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
92 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 62. Ventilador frontal 1
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 93
Figura 63. Ventilador frontal 2
Etapas
1. Alinhe as guias no ventilador com os slots no chassi.
2. Insira o ventilador do chassi levemente inclinado nos slots no chassi.
3. Pressione o ventilador do chassi no slot até que a guia de liberação se encaixe no lugar.
4. Conecte o cabo do ventilador ao respectivo conector na placa de sistema.
NOTA: Siga o procedimento da etapa 1 à etapa 4 para o ventilador 2.
5. Recoloque o parafuso M3x5 que prende o ventilador 1 ao chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover o ventilador traseiro de sistemas com PSU de 300 W
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
94 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do ventilador traseiro e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 64. Como remover o ventilador traseiro de sistemas com PSU de 300 W
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do ventilador do conector na placa de sistema.
2. Localize a posição dos pinos de borracha.
3. Puxe cuidadosamente os pinos de borracha para soltar o ventilador do chassi.
4. Remova o ventilador do chassi.
Como instalar o ventilador traseiro para sistemas com PSU de 300 W
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do ventilador traseiro e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 95
Figura 65. Como instalar o ventilador traseiro para sistemas com PSU de 300 W
Etapas
1. Insira os pinos de borracha no chassi.
2. Alinhe os slots no ventilador com os pinos de borracha no chassi.
3. Passe os pinos de borracha pelos slots no ventilador e puxe-os até que o ventilador se encaixe na posição.
4. Conecte o cabo do ventilador ao respectivo conector na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover o ventilador traseiro (PSU de 1.000 W)
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do ventilador do chassi e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
96 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 66. Como remover o ventilador traseiro (PSU de 1.000 W)
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso M3x5 que prende o ventilador do sistema ao chassi.
2. Desconecte o cabo do ventilador do conector na placa de sistema.
3. Remova o ventilador do chassi.
Como instalar o ventilador traseiro (PSU de 1.000 W)
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do ventilador do chassi e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 97
Figura 67. Como instalar o ventilador traseiro (PSU de 1.000 W)
Etapas
1. Alinhe e coloque o ventilador do sistema no chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do ventilador ao respectivo conector na placa de sistema.
3. Recoloque o parafuso M3x5 para prender o ventilador do sistema ao chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Botão liga/desliga
Como remover o botão liga/desliga
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
98 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do botão liga/desliga e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 68. Como remover o botão liga/desliga
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do botão liga/desliga do respectivo conector na placa de sistema.
2. Pressione as abas de liberação no conjunto do botão liga/desliga e deslize o cabo do botão liga/desliga para fora do chassi frontal do
computador.
3. Puxe o cabo do botão liga/desliga para fora do computador.
Como instalar o botão liga/desliga
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 99
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do botão liga/desliga e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 69. Como instalar o botão liga/desliga
Etapas
1. Insira ao cabo do botão liga/desliga no slot na parte frontal do computador e pressione o conjunto do botão liga/desliga até encaixá-lo
no lugar com um clique no chassi.
2. Alinhe e conecte o cabo do botão liga/desliga ao conector na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa frontal.
3. Instale a tampa lateral.
4. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
100 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Sensor de violação
Como remover o sensor de violação
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do sensor de violação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 70. Como remover o sensor de violação
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do switch de violação do conector na placa de sistema e remova-o da guia de passagem.
2. Deslize e remova o sensor de violação do chassi.
Como instalar o sensor de violação
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 101
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do sensor de violação e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 71. Como instalar o sensor de violação
Etapas
1. Insira o sensor de violação no respectivo slot e deslize o sensor para fixá-lo no slot.
2. Passe os cabos de switch de violação pela guia de roteamento e conecte o cabo de violação ao conector na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Alto-falante interno
Como remover o alto-falante interno
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
102 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
3. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do alto-falante interno e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 72. Como remover o alto-falante interno
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do alto-falante interno do conector na placa de sistema.
2. Remova o cabo do alto-falante interno pelo encaixe no chassi.
3. Deslize e remova o alto-falante interno do chassi.
Como instalar o alto-falante interno
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do alto-falante interno e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 103
Figura 73. Como instalar o alto-falante interno
Etapas
1. Alinhe os orifícios no alto-falante interno com a haste de alinhamento no chassi.
2. Insira o alto-falante interno no slot.
3. Passe o cabo do alto-falante interno pelo encaixe na parte frontal do chassi.
4. Conecte o cabo do alto-falante interno ao conector na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
2. Instale a tampa lateral.
3. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Placa de sistema
Como remover a placa de sistema
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
NOTA: A etiqueta de serviço do seu computador está armazenada na placa de sistema. Você deve inserir a etiqueta de serviço no
programa de configuração do BIOS após recolocar a placa de sistema.
NOTA: Recolocar a placa de sistema remove quaisquer alterações feitas ao BIOS usando o programa de configuração BIOS. Você
deve fazer as alterações apropriadas novamente depois de recolocar a placa de sistema.
NOTA: Antes de desconectar os cabos da placa de sistema, observe a localização dos conectores para reconectá-los
corretamente após recolocar a placa de sistema.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
104 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
5. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas.
6. Remova a SSD M.2 2230/SSD M.2 2280.
7. Remova o WLAN.
8. Remova a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
9. Remova o módulo de memória.
10. Remova a placa gráfica.
11. Remova a GPU energizada.
NOTA: Esta etapa será necessária apenas se o sistema estiver configurado com uma GPU alimentada.
12. Remova o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 125 W ou o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 65 W.
13. Remova o processador.
14. Remova o ventilador frontal do chassi e o ventilador do chassi traseiro.
15. Remova o sensor de violação.
16. Remova o alto-falante interno.
Sobre esta tarefa
Figura 74. Legendas da placa de sistema
Tabela 27. Textos explicativos da placa de sistema da Torre Precision 3680
Não Conector Descrição
1 VIOLAÇÃO Conector do sensor de violação
2 CPU0_SKT Soquete do processador
3 ATX CPU1 e ATX Conectores de 4 pinos de alimentação do processador
CPU2
4 DIMM1 a DIMM4 Conectores do módulo de memória
5 SATA PWR1 Conector de alimentação SATA
6 M.2 PCIe SSD-1 slot de SSD M2
7 RTC Bateria de célula tipo moeda
8 FAN SYS3 Conector do ventilador do sistema 3
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 105
Tabela 27. Textos explicativos da placa de sistema da Torre Precision 3680 (continuação)
Não Conector Descrição
9 PWR REMOTE Conector remoto de alimentação
10 PWR_SW Conector da chave liga/desliga
11 INT SPKR Conector do alto-falante interno
12 WLAN M.2 Slot WLAN
13 FAN SYS2 Conector do ventilador do sistema 2
14 INT USB Conector USB interno
15 SATA-4 conector SATA 4
16 SATA-3 conector SATA 3
17 SATA-2 conector SATA 2
18 SATA-1 conector SATA 1
19 SATA-0 conector SATA 0
20 ATX SYS Conector de alimentação do sistema ATX
21 M.2 PCIe SSD-2 Slot de SSD M.2 PCIe
22 TBT Conector Thunderbolt
23 SLOT4 PCIe4 x4 Conector PCIe x4
24 SLOT2 PCIe5 x16 Conector PCIe x16
25 M.2 PCIe SSD-0 Slot de SSD M.2 PCIe
26 SLOT1 PCIe3 x4 Conector PCIe x4
27 FAN SYS 1 Conector do ventilador do sistema 1
28 TYPE-C Conector Type-C
29 FAN CPU Conector do ventilador da CPU
30 VÍDEO Conector da placa de vídeo
31 LAN Conector de LAN
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de sistema e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
106 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 75. Como remover a placa de sistema
Figura 76. Como remover a placa de sistema
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 107
Figura 77. Como remover a placa de sistema
108 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 78. Como remover a placa de sistema
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (#6-32) que fixa o suporte frontal de E/S ao chassi.
2. Deslize e remova o suporte frontal de E/S do chassi.
3. Desconecte os cabos de alimentação e do disco rígido que estão conectados à placa de sistema e remova-os das guias de passagem
no chassi.
4. Remova os nove parafusos #6-32 e os dois parafusos M2 que prendem a placa de sistema ao chassi.
5. Levante a placa de sistema com uma leve inclinação e remova-a do chassi.
Como instalar a placa de sistema
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a instalação destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 109
Sobre esta tarefa
Figura 79. Legendas da placa de sistema
Tabela 28. Textos explicativos da placa de sistema da Torre Precision 3680
Não Conector Descrição
1 VIOLAÇÃO Conector do sensor de violação
2 CPU0_SKT Soquete do processador
3 ATX CPU1 e ATX Conectores de 4 pinos de alimentação do processador
CPU2
4 DIMM1 a DIMM4 Conectores do módulo de memória
5 SATA PWR1 Conector de alimentação SATA
6 M.2 PCIe SSD-1 slot de SSD M2
7 RTC Bateria de célula tipo moeda
8 FAN SYS3 Conector do ventilador do sistema 3
9 PWR REMOTE Conector remoto de alimentação
10 PWR_SW Conector da chave liga/desliga
11 INT SPKR Conector do alto-falante interno
12 WLAN M.2 Slot WLAN
13 FAN SYS2 Conector do ventilador do sistema 2
14 INT USB Conector USB interno
15 SATA-4 conector SATA 4
16 SATA-3 conector SATA 3
17 SATA-2 conector SATA 2
18 SATA-1 conector SATA 1
19 SATA-0 conector SATA 0
20 ATX SYS Conector de alimentação do sistema ATX
110 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Tabela 28. Textos explicativos da placa de sistema da Torre Precision 3680 (continuação)
Não Conector Descrição
21 M.2 PCIe SSD-2 Slot de SSD M.2 PCIe
22 TBT Conector Thunderbolt
23 SLOT4 PCIe4 x4 Conector PCIe x4
24 SLOT2 PCIe5 x16 Conector PCIe x16
25 M.2 PCIe SSD-0 Slot de SSD M.2 PCIe
26 SLOT1 PCIe3 x4 Conector PCIe x4
27 FAN SYS 1 Conector do ventilador do sistema 1
28 TYPE-C Conector Type-C
29 FAN CPU Conector do ventilador da CPU
30 VÍDEO Conector da placa de vídeo
31 LAN Conector de LAN
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de sistema e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 111
Figura 80. Como instalar a placa de sistema
112 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 81. Como instalar a placa de sistema
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 113
Figura 82. Como instalar a placa de sistema
Figura 83. Como instalar a placa de sistema
Etapas
1. Deslize as portas de E/S dianteiras na placa de sistema para a frente dos slots de E/S frontais no chassi e alinhe os orifícios de
parafusos na placa de sistema com os orifícios de parafusos no chassi.
2. Recoloque os nove parafusos #6-32 e os dois parafusos M2 que prendem a placa de sistema ao chassi.
3. Passe os cabos pelas guias de passagem no chassi e conecte os cabos de alimentação e do disco rígido aos respectivos conectores na
placa de sistema.
4. Alinhe o suporte frontal de E/S com os slots no chassi.
114 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
5. Recoloque o parafuso (#6-32) que prende o suporte frontal de E/S ao chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o alto-falante interno.
2. Instale o sensor de violação.
3. Instale o ventilador frontal do chassi e o ventilador traseiro do chassi.
4. Instale o processador.
5. Instale o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 125 W ou o conjunto do dissipador de calor de 65 W.
6. Instale a GPU energizada.
NOTA: Esta etapa será necessária apenas se o sistema estiver configurado com uma GPU alimentada.
7. Instale a placa gráfica.
8. Instale o módulo de memória.
9. Instale a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
10. Instale o WLAN.
11. Instale a SSD M.2 2280/SSD M.2 2230.
12. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas.
13. Instale o defletor de ar.
NOTA: Somente para sistemas com PSU de 1.000 W.
14. Instale a tampa frontal.
15. Instale a tampa lateral.
16. Execute os procedimentos descritos em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
NOTA: A etiqueta de serviço do seu computador está armazenada na placa de sistema. Você deve inserir a etiqueta de serviço no
programa de configuração do BIOS após recolocar a placa de sistema.
NOTA: Recolocar a placa de sistema remove quaisquer alterações feitas ao BIOS usando o programa de configuração BIOS. Você
deve fazer as alterações apropriadas novamente depois de recolocar a placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 115
7
Software
Este capítulo apresenta em detalhes os sistemas operacionais compatíveis, além de instruções sobre como instalar os drivers.
Sistema operacional
O Torre Precision 3680 suporta os seguintes sistemas operacionais:
● Windows 11 Home, 64 bits
● Windows 11 Pro, 64 bits
● Windows 11 Pro National Education, 64 bits
● Windows 11 Pro for Workstations
● Ubuntu Linux 22.04 LTS, 64 bits
Drivers e downloads
Durante a solução de problemas, o download ou a instalação de drivers, é recomendável que você leia o artigo da base de conhecimento
da Dell 000123347, Perguntas frequentes sobre drivers e downloads.
116 Software
8
Tecnologia e componentes
NOTA: As instruções apresentadas na seção a seguir são válidas para computadores enviados com o sistema operacional Windows. O
Windows é instalado de fábrica neste computador.
Recursos de gerenciamento de sistemas
Os sistemas comerciais Dell são fornecidos com várias opções de gerenciamento de sistemas incluídas por padrão para gerenciamento
em banda com nosso Dell Client Command Suite. Gerenciamento em banda significa que o sistema operacional está funcionando e que o
dispositivo está conectado a uma rede para que possa ser gerenciado. O Dell Client Command Suite de ferramentas pode ser aproveitado
individualmente ou com um console de gerenciamento de sistemas como SCCM, LANDESK e KACE.
Também oferecemos gerenciamento fora de banda externa como opção. O gerenciamento fora de banda externa significa que o sistema
não tem um sistema operacional funcional ou está desligado e você ainda deseja poder gerenciar o sistema nesse estado.
Dell Client Command Suite para gerenciamento de sistemas em banda
O Dell Client Command Suite é um kit de ferramentas grátis disponível para download, para todos os tablets Latitude Rugged disponível
em https://www.dell.com/support que automatiza e simplifica as tarefas de gerenciamento de sistemas, economizando tempo, dinheiro
e recursos. Ele consiste dos seguintes módulos que podem ser usados independentemente, ou com uma variedade de consoles de
gerenciamento de sistemas como o SCCM.
A integração do Dell Client Command Suite ao VMware Workspace ONE Powered by AirWatch agora permite que os clientes gerenciem
seu hardware de client Dell pela nuvem, usando um único console Workspace ONE.
O Dell Command | Deploy permite uma implementação fácil do sistema operacional em todas as principais metodologias e oferece vários
drivers específicos do sistema que foram extraídos e reduzidos a um estado consumível pelo sistema operacional.
O Dell Command l Configure é uma ferramenta de administração da interface gráfica do usuário (GUI) para configurar e implementar
as configurações de hardware em um ambiente pré ou pós-sistema operacional. Ele funciona sem interrupções com SCCM e Airwatch e
pode ser integrado automaticamente no LANDesk e KACE. Simplesmente, tudo se trata do BIOS. O Command | Configure permite que
você automatize e configure remotamente mais de 150 ajustes do BIOS para uma experiência de usuário personalizada.
O Dell Command l PowerShell Provider pode fazer as mesmas coisas que o Command l Configure, mas com um método diferente. O
PowerShell é uma linguagem de scripts que permite que os clientes criem um processo de configuração personalizado e dinâmico.
O Dell Command l Monitor é um agente Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) que oferece aos administradores de TI
um extenso inventário dos dados de hardware e estado de integridade. Os administradores também podem configurar o hardware
remotamente utilizando a linha de comando e scripts.
O Dell Command | Update (ferramenta de usuário final) é instalado de fábrica e permite que os administradores gerenciem
individualmente, bem como apresentem e instalem automaticamente as atualizações Dell no BIOS, drivers e software. O Command l
Update elimina o processo demorado de busca e seleção da instalação de atualizações.
O Dell Command l Update Catalog oferece metadados buscáveis que permitem que o console de gerenciamento recupere as
atualizações específicas ao sistema mais recentes (driver, firmware ou BIOS). As atualizações são, em seguida, entregues perfeitamente
aos usuários finais utilizando a infraestrutura de gerenciamento de sistemas do cliente que está consumindo catálogo (como o SCCM).
O Dell Command | vPro Out-of-Band é um console que estende o gerenciamento de hardware aos sistemas que estiverem off-line ou
que tiverem um sistema operacional inalcançável (recursos exclusivos da Dell).
Dell Command | Integration Suite for Microsoft System Center - Este pacote integra todos os componentes principais do Client
Command Suite ao Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 e versões de Branch atuais.
Gerenciamento de sistemas fora de banda
A opção Intel Standard Manageability (ISM) deve ser configurada em nossa fábrica no momento da compra, pois NÃO é possível
fazer o upgrade em campo. Oferece gerenciamento fora de banda e conformidade DASH (Registro de certificação).
Tecnologia e componentes 117
9
Configuração do BIOS
CUIDADO: A menos que você seja um usuário experiente com computador, não altere as configurações na configuração
do BIOS. Certas alterações podem fazer com que o computador funcione de modo incorreto.
NOTA: Dependendo do computador e dos dispositivos nele instalados, as opções listadas nesta seção poderão ser exibidas, ou não.
NOTA: Antes de alterar as configurações na configuração do BIOS, é recomendável anotar as configurações originais para referência
futura.
Use a configuração do BIOS para os seguintes fins:
● Obter informações sobre o hardware instalado em seu computador, como a quantidade de memória RAM e o tamanho do dispositivo
de armazenamento.
● Alterar as informações de configuração do sistema.
● Definir ou alterar uma opção selecionável pelo usuário, como a senha do usuário e o tipo de disco rígido instalado, e ativar ou desativar
os dispositivos de base.
Entrando no programa Configuração do BIOS
Sobre esta tarefa
Ligue (ou reinicie) o computador e pressione F2 imediatamente.
Teclas de navegação
NOTA: Na maioria das opções de configuração do BIOS, as alterações efetuadas são registradas, mas elas só serão aplicadas quando
o computador for reiniciado.
Tabela 29. Teclas de navegação
Teclas Navegação
Seta para cima Passa para o campo anterior.
Seta para baixo Passa para o próximo campo.
Enter Seleciona um valor no campo selecionado (se aplicável) ou segue o
link no campo.
Barra de espaço Expande ou recolhe uma lista suspensa, se aplicável.
Guia Passa para a próxima área de foco.
Esc Passa para a página anterior até que você veja a tela principal.
Pressione Esc na tela principal para exibir uma mensagem que pede
para salvar as mudanças feitas e reiniciar o computador.
Menu de inicialização para uma única vez
Para acessar o one time boot menu, ligue o computador e, em seguida, pressione F2 imediatamente.
NOTA: Se o computador não entrar no menu de inicialização, reinicie-o e pressione F2 imediatamente.
O menu de inicialização única exibe os dispositivos em que você pode fazer a inicialização, bem como a opção para iniciar o diagnóstico. As
opções do menu de inicialização são:
118 Configuração do BIOS
● Removable Drive (se disponível)
● Unidade STXXXX (se disponível)
NOTA: XXX identifica o número da unidade SATA.
● Optical Drive (se disponível)
● Disco rígido SATA (se disponível)
● Diagnóstico
NOTA: Se você escolher Diagnostics exibirá a tela ePSA diagnostics.
O one time boot menu exibe também a opção de acessar a tela da configuração do sistema.
Opções de configuração do sistema
NOTA: Dependendo do computador e dos dispositivos instalados, os itens listados nesta seção podem ou não aparecer.
Tabela 30. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu System Information
Visão geral
Torre Precision 3680
BIOS Version Exibe o número da versão do BIOS.
Service Tag Exibe a etiqueta de serviço do computador.
Asset Tag Exibe a etiqueta de inventário do computador.
Manufacture Date Exibe a data de fabricação do computador.
Ownership Date Exibe a data de aquisição do computador.
Express Service Code Exibe o código de serviço expresso do computador.
Ownership Tag Exibe a etiqueta de propriedade do computador.
Signed Firmware Update Exibe se a atualização de firmware assinado está habilitada no computador.
Processor Information
Processor Type Exibe o tipo de processador.
Maximum Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade máxima do relógio do processador.
Minimum Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade mínima do relógio do processador.
Current Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade atual do relógio do processador.
Core Count Exibe o número de núcleos no processador.
Processor ID Exibe o código de identificação do processador.
Processor L2 Cache Exibe o tamanho do cache L2 do processador.
Processor L3 Cache Exibe o tamanho do cache L3 do processador.
Microcode Version Exibe a versão do microcódigo.
Intel Hyper-Threading Capable Exibe se o processador é compatível com Hyper-Threading (HT).
64-Bit Technology Exibe se a tecnologia de 64 bits é usada.
Memory Information
Memory Installed Exibe o total de memória instalada no computador.
Memory Available Exibe o total de memória disponível no computador.
Memory Speed Exibe a velocidade da memória.
Memory Channel Mode Exibe o modo single ou dual channel.
Memory Technology Exibe a tecnologia utilizada para a memória.
DIMM 1 Size Exibe o tamanho da memória DIMM 1.
Configuração do BIOS 119
Tabela 30. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu System Information (continuação)
Visão geral
DIMM 2 Size Exibe o tamanho da memória DIMM 2.
DIMM 3 Size Exibe o tamanho da memória DIMM 3.
DIMM 4 Size Exibe o tamanho da memória DIMM 4.
Devices Information
Video Controller Exibe o tipo do controlador de vídeo do computador.
Video Memory Exibe informações da memória de vídeo do computador.
Wi-Fi Device Exibe informações do dispositivo de rede sem fio do computador.
Native Resolution Exibe a resolução nativa do computador.
Video BIOS Version Exibe a versão do BIOS de vídeo do computador.
Audio Controller Exibe informações do controlador de áudio do computador.
Bluetooth Device Exibe as informações do dispositivo Bluetooth do computador.
LOM MAC Address Exibe o endereço MAC da LAN na placa-mãe (LOM) do computador.
dGPU Video Controller Exibe o tipo do controlador de vídeo dedicado do computador.
LOM 2 MAC Address Exibe o segundo endereço MAC da LAN na placa-mãe (LOM) do computador.
Slot 1 Exibe as informações do disco rígido SATA do computador.
Slot 2 Exibe as informações do disco rígido SATA do computador.
Slot 4 Exibe as informações do disco rígido SATA do computador.
Tabela 31. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Boot Configuration
Boot Configuration
Boot Sequence
Boot Mode: UEFI only Exibe o modo de inicialização.
Boot Sequence Exibe a sequência de boot.
Force PXE On Next Boot Ativa ou desativa o Force PXE na próxima inicialização.
Por padrão, a opção Force PXE on Next Boot não está ativada.
Secure Digital (SD) Card Boot Ativar ou desativar a inicialização de somente leitura do cartão SD.
Por padrão, a opção Secure Digital (SD) Card Boot não está ativada.
Secure Boot
Enable Secure Boot Ativa ou desativa o recurso de inicialização segura.
Por padrão, a opção não está ativada.
Enable Microsoft UEFI CA Ativa ou desativa o recurso Ativar Microsoft CA UEFI.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Microsoft UEFI CA está ativada.
Secure Boot Mode Ative ou desative para alterar as opções do modo de inicialização segura.
Por padrão, o Deployed Mode está ativado.
Expert Key Management
Enable Custom Mode Ativa ou desativa o modo personalizado.
Por padrão, a opção custom mode não está ativada.
Custom Mode Key Management Selecione os valores personalizados para o gerenciamento de chaves especializadas.
120 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 32. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Integrated Devices
Integrated Devices
Date/Time Exibe a data atual no formato DD/MM/AAAA e a hora atual no formato HH:MM:SS
AM/PM.
Áudio
Enable Audio Ative ou desative o controlador de áudio integrado.
Por padrão, todas as opções estão ativadas.
USB Configuration Ative ou desative a inicialização a partir de dispositivos de armazenamento em massa
USB no menu de inicialização ou sequência de boot.
Por padrão, todas as opções estão ativadas.
Front USB Configuration Ative ou desative as portas USB frontais individuais.
Por padrão, todas as opções estão ativadas.
Rear USB Configuration Ative ou desative as portas USB traseiras individuais.
Por padrão, todas as opções estão ativadas.
Dust Filter Maintenance Ative ou desative a manutenção do filtro de poeira.
Por padrão, a opção Disabled está ativada.
DellCoreService Ative ou desative o serviço principal da Dell.
Por padrão, a opção não está ativada.
Tabela 33. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Storage
Armazenamento
SATA/NVMe Operation Ative ou desative o modo de operação do controlador integrado SATA/NVMec.
Por padrão, a opção RAID On está ativada.
Storage Interface
Port Enablement Ative ou desative várias unidades integradas.
Por padrão, todas as opções estão ativadas.
SMART Reporting
Enable SMART Reporting Ative ou desative a tecnologia de automonitoramento, análise e relatório (SMART)
durante a inicialização do computador.
Por padrão, a opção Enable SMART Reporting não está ativada.
Drive Information
SATA-0
Type Exibe informações do tipo de disco rígido SATA do computador.
Device Exibe informações do dispositivo de disco rígido SATA do computador.
SATA-1
Type Exibe informações do tipo de disco rígido SATA do computador.
Device Exibe informações do dispositivo de disco rígido SATA do computador.
SATA-2
Type Exibe informações do tipo de disco rígido SATA do computador.
Device Exibe informações do dispositivo de disco rígido SATA do computador.
SATA-3
Tipo Exibe informações do tipo de disco rígido SATA do computador.
Configuração do BIOS 121
Tabela 33. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Storage (continuação)
Armazenamento
Device Exibe informações do dispositivo de disco rígido SATA do computador.
SATA-4
Tipo Exibe informações do tipo de disco rígido SATA do computador.
Device Exibe informações do dispositivo de disco rígido SATA do computador.
M.2 PCIe SSD-0
Type Exibe informações do tipo SSD-0 PCIe M.2 do computador.
Device Exibe informações do dispositivo SSD-0 PCIe M.2 do computador.
M.2 PCIe SSD-1
Type Exibe informações do tipo SSD-1 PCIe M.2 do computador.
Device Exibe informações do dispositivo SSD-1 PCIe M.2 do computador.
M.2 PCIe SSD-2
Tipo Exibe informações do tipo SSD-2 PCIe M.2 do computador.
Device Exibe informações do dispositivo SSD-2 PCIe M.2 do computador.
Enable MediaCard
Secure Digital (SD) Card Ative ou desative o cartão SD.
Por padrão, a opção Secure Digital (SD) Card está ativada.
Secure Digital (SD) Card Read-Only Mode Ative ou desative o modo somente leitura do cartão SD.
Por padrão, a opção Secure Digital (SD) Card Read-Only Mode não está ativada.
Tabela 34. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Display
Tela
Multi-Display
Enable Multi-Display Ativa ou desativa os botões Ativar diversas telas no computador.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Primary Display
Video Primary Display Determina a tela principal quando vários controladores estão disponíveis no
computador
Por padrão, a opção Auto está ativada.
Full Screen Logo Ativa ou desativa o logotipo de tela cheia.
Por padrão, a opção não está ativada.
Tabela 35. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Connection
Connection
Network Controller Configuration
Integrated NIC Controla o controlador de LAN integrado.
Por padrão, a opção Enabled with PXE está ativada.
Wireless Device Enable
WLAN Ativa ou desativa dispositivo WLAN interno
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Bluetooth Ativa ou desativa dispositivo Bluetooth interno
122 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 35. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Connection (continuação)
Connection
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Enable UEFI Network Stack Ativa ou desativa a pilha de rede UEFI e controla o controlador LAN integrado.
Por padrão, a opção Auto Enabled está ativada.
HTTPs Boot Feature
HTTPs Boot Ativa ou desativa o recurso da inicialização HTTPs.
Por padrão, a opção HTTPs Boot está ativada.
HTTPs Boot Mode Com o modo automático, a inicialização HTTPs extrai o URL de inicialização do
DHCP. Com o modo manual, a inicialização HTTPs lê o URL de inicialização a partir
dos dados informados pelo usuário.
Por padrão, a opção Auto Mode está ativada.
Tabela 36. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Power
Alimentação
USB PowerShare
Enable USB PowerShare Ative ou desative o USB PowerShare.
Por padrão, a opção Enable USB PowerShare está ativada
Thermal Management
Thermal Management Ative ou desative o gerenciamento térmico que permite configurar o ventilador de
resfriamento e o gerenciamento de calor do processador.
Por padrão, a opção Optimized está ativada
USB Wake Support
Enable USB Wake Support Quando ativada, você pode usar dispositivos USB como mouse ou teclado para ativar
o computador a partir do modo de espera.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Block Sleep Permite bloquear a entrada no modo de suspensão (S3) no sistema operacional.
Por padrão, a opção Block Sleep está desativada.
Deep Sleep Control Ativa ou desativa o suporte ao modo de suspensão profunda.
Por padrão, a opção Enabled in S4 and S5 está selecionada.
Fan Control Override Ative ou desative o recurso de substituição do controle do ventilador.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Intel Speed Shift Technology Ative ou desative o suporte à tecnologia Intel Speed Shift.
Por padrão, a opção Intel Speed Shift Technology está ativada.
Tabela 37. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security
Security
TPM 2.0 Security
TPM 2.0 Security On Ative ou desative as opções de segurança do TPM 2.0.
Por padrão, a opção TPM 2.0 Security On está ativada.
Attestation Enable Permite controlar se a hierarquia de endosso do Trusted Platform Module (TPM)
estará disponível para o sistema operacional.
Por padrão, a opção Attestation Enable está ativada.
Configuração do BIOS 123
Tabela 37. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security (continuação)
Security
Key Storage Enable Permite controlar se a hierarquia de armazenamento do Trusted Platform Module
(TPM) estará disponível para o sistema operacional.
Por padrão, a opção Key Storage Enable está ativada.
SHA-256 O BIOS e o TPM usarão o algoritmo de hash SHA-256 para estender medições para
os PCRs do TPM durante a inicialização do BIOS.
Por padrão, a opção SHA-256 está ativada.
Clear Permite limpar as informações do proprietário do TPM e retorna o TPM ao estado
padrão.
Por padrão, a opção Clear está desativada.
PPI Bypass for Clear Command Controla a PPI (Interface de presença física) do TPM.
Por padrão, a opção PPI Bypass for Clear Command está desativada.
Intel Total Memory Encryption
Multi-Key Total Memory Encryption (com 16 Ative ou desative a Total Memory Encryption (TME).
chaves)
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Chassis intrusion Controla o recurso de invasão do chassi.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Block Boot Until Cleared Ative ou desative a configuração Block Boot Until Cleared.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
SMM Security Mitigation Ative ou desative SMM Security Mitigation.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Data Wipe on Next Boot
Start Data Wipe Ativa ou desativa a limpeza de dados na próxima inicialização.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Absolute Ativa, desativa ou desativa permanentemente a interface do módulo BIOS do serviço
opcional Absolute Persistence Module do software Absolute.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Absolute está ativada.
UEFI Boot Path Security Controla se o computador solicitará que o usuário insira a senha de admin (caso
definida) durante a inicialização de um dispositivo UEFI do menu de inicialização F12.
Por padrão, a opção Always Except Internal HDD está ativada.
Tabela 38. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords
Passwords
Admin Password Defina, altere ou exclua a senha do administrador.
System Password Defina, altere ou apague a senha do computador.
Internal HDD-0 Password Defina, altere ou exclua a senha do disco rígido interno 0.
NVMe SSD0 Defina, altere ou exclua a senha do NVMe SSD0.
Password Configuration
Upper Case Letter Reforça que a senha deve ter pelo menos uma letra maiúscula.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Lower Case Letter Reforça que a senha deve ter pelo menos uma letra minúscula.
124 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 38. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords (continuação)
Passwords
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Digit Reforça que a senha precisa ter pelo menos um dígito.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Special Character Reforça que a senha deve ter pelo menos um caractere especial.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Minimum Characters Define o número mínimo de caracteres permitidos em uma senha.
Password Bypass Quando ativada, sempre solicita as senhas do computador e do disco rígido interno
quando o sistema é ligado a partir do estado desligado.
Por padrão, a opção Disabled está ativada.
Password Changes
Enable Non-Admin Password Changes Ative ou desative para alterar a senha do computador e do disco rígido sem a
necessidade de uma senha de administrador.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Admin Setup Lockout
Enable Admin Setup Lockout Permite que os administradores controlem como seus usuários podem ou não acessar
a configuração do BIOS.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Master Password Lockout
Enable Master Password Lockout Se ativada, isso desativa o suporte à senha principal.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Allow Non-Admin PSID Revert
Enable Allow Non-Admin PSID Revert Controla o acesso ao ID da segurança física (PSID) das unidades de disco rígido
NVMe no prompt do Dell Security Manager.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Tabela 39. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Update, Recovery
Update, Recovery
UEFI Capsule Firmware Updates Ativa ou desativa atualizações do BIOS por meio de pacotes de atualização de
cápsula UEFI.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
BIOS Recovery from Hard Drive Permite que o usuário faça uma recuperação de certas condições do BIOS
corrompido a partir de um arquivo de recuperação no disco rígido primário ou de
uma chave USB externa do usuário.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
BIOS Downgrade
Allow BIOS Downgrade Ative ou desative a atualização do firmware do computador para a revisão anterior
ser bloqueada.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
SupportAssist OS Recovery Ative ou desative o fluxo de inicialização da ferramenta SupportAssist OS Recovery
no caso de certos erros do computador.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Configuração do BIOS 125
Tabela 39. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Update, Recovery (continuação)
Update, Recovery
BIOSConnect Ative ou desative a recuperação do sistema operacional de serviço em nuvem se o
sistema operacional principal não inicializar antes de atingir número de falhas igual ou
superior ao valor especificado pela opção de configuração do limite de recuperação
automática do sistema operacional e o serviço local do sistema operacional não
inicializar ou não estiver instalado.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Dell Auto OS Recovery Threshold Controla o fluxo para inicialização automática do SupportAssist System Resolution
Console e Dell OS Recovery Tool.
Por padrão, o valor de limite é definido como 2.
Tabela 40. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu System Management
System Management
Service Tag Exiba a etiqueta de serviço do computador.
Asset Tag Crie uma etiqueta de inventário do computador.
Wake on LAN/WLAN Ativa ou desativa a opção de ligar o computador por meio de sinais especiais da LAN
quando ele recebe um sinal de ativação da WLAN.
Por padrão, a opção Disabled está selecionada.
Auto on Time Permite configurar o computador para ligar automaticamente todos os dias ou em
uma data e hora pré-selecionada. Esta opção só pode ser configurada se o modo
Auto On Time estiver definido como Everyday, Weekdays ou Selected Day.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Intel AMT Capability
Enable Intel AMT Capability Ativa ou desativa a capacitação para Intel AMT.
Por padrão, a opção de Restrict Preboot Access está ativada.
MEBx Hotkey Ativa ou desativa a tecla de atalho MEBx.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
SERR Messages Ativa ou desativa mensagens SERR.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
First Power On Date
Set Ownership Date Ative ou desative a data de propriedade.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Diagnóstico
OS Agent Requests Ative ou desative as solicitações do agente de sistema operacional.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Power-on-Self-Test Automatic Ativa ou desativa a recuperação automática do autoteste de ativação.
Recovery
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Tabela 41. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Keyboard
Teclado
Keyboard Errors
Enable Keyboard Error Detection Ative ou desative a detecção de erro do teclado.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
126 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 41. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Keyboard (continuação)
Teclado
Numlock LED
Enable Numlock LED Ativa ou desativa o LED Numlock.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Device Configuration Hotkey Access
Device Configuration Hotkey Access Ative ou desative usuários para acessar a configuração do dispositivo usando teclas
de atalho.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Tabela 42. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Pre-boot Behavior
Pre-boot Behavior
Warning and Errors Ativa ou desativa a ação a ser realizada quando uma advertência ou erro for
encontrada.
Por padrão, a opção Prompt on Warnings and Errors está ativada.
Extend BIOS POST Time Defina o tempo de POST do BIOS.
Por padrão, a opção 0 seconds está ativada.
Tabela 43. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Virtualization
Virtualization
Intel Virtualization Technology
Enable Intel Virtualization Technology (VT) Especifica se um monitor de máquina virtual (VMM) pode usar os recursos adicionais
de hardware da tecnologia de virtualização da Intel.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
VT for Direct I/O Especifica se um monitor de máquina virtual (VMM) pode usar os recursos adicionais
de hardware da tecnologia de virtualização da Intel para Direct I/O.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Intel Trusted Execution Technology
(TXT)
Enable Intel Trusted Execution Technology Especifica se um monitor de máquina virtual medido (MVMM) pode usar os recursos
(TXT) adicionais de hardware da Intel Trusted Execution Technology.
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
DMA Protection
Enable Pre-Boot DMA Support Essa configuração controla a proteção do DMA de pré-inicialização das portas
internas e externas.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Ative o suporte ao DMA do Kernel do sistema Essa configuração controla a proteção do DMA do kernel das portas internas e
operacional externas.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Tabela 44. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Performance
Performance
Multi Core Support
Active Cores Permite alterar o número de núcleos de CPU disponíveis para o sistema operacional.
Configuração do BIOS 127
Tabela 44. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Performance (continuação)
Performance
Por padrão, a opção All Cores está ativada.
Intel SpeedStep
Enable Intel SpeedStep Technology Permite que o computador ajuste dinamicamente a tensão do processador e a
frequência do núcleo, diminuindo o consumo médio de energia e a geração de calor.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
C-States Control
Enable C-State Control Ative ou desative os estados de suspensão adicionais do processador.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Intel Turbo Boost Technology
Enable Intel Turbo Boost Technology Ativa ou desativa o modo Intel TurboBoost do processador.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Intel Hyper-Threading Technology
Enable Intel Hyper-Threading Technology Ativa ou desativa o recurso de Hyper-Threading no processador.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Cache Prefetch
Hardware Prefetcher Ative ou desative o pré-buscador de hardware.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
Adjacent Cache Prefetch Ative ou desative a pré-busca de linha de cache adjacente.
Por padrão, a opção está ativada.
PCIe Link Speed Permite que o usuário selecione a velocidade máxima do link de PCIe que pode ser
obtida por dispositivos no sistema.
Por padrão, a opção Auto está ativada.
PCIe Resizable Base Address Register Ative ou desative o suporte ao BAR redimensionável de PCIe.
(BAR)
Por padrão, a opção está desativada.
Tabela 45. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu System Logs
System Logs
BIOS Event Log
Limpa o registro de eventos do BIOS Exiba os eventos do BIOS.
Por padrão, a opção Keep Log está ativada.
Como atualizar o BIOS
Como atualizar o BIOS no Windows
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não estiver suspenso antes de atualizar o BIOS, na próxima vez em que você reinicializar o
computador, ele não reconhecerá a chave do BitLocker. Será solicitado que seja inserida a chave de recuperação para
o progresso, e o computador solicitará isso em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for reconhecida,
128 Configuração do BIOS
isso pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para ver mais
informações sobre este assunto, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Etapas
1. Acesse o site do Suporte Dell.
2. Clique em Suporte ao produto. No campo Pesquisar no suporte, digite a etiqueta de serviço de seu computador e clique em
Pesquisar.
NOTA: Se não tiver a etiqueta de serviço, use o SupportAssist para identificar automaticamente seu computador. Você também
pode usar o ID do produto ou procurar manualmente o modelo do computador.
3. Clique em Drivers & Downloads (Drivers e downloads). Expanda Localizar drivers.
4. Selecione o sistema operacional instalado no computador.
5. Na lista suspensa Categoria, selecione BIOS.
6. Selecione a versão mais recente do BIOS e clique em Download para fazer download do BIOS do sistema para seu computador.
7. Depois que o download for concluído, navegue até a pasta em que você salvou o arquivo de atualização do BIOS.
8. Clique duas vezes no ícone do arquivo de atualização do BIOS e siga as instruções na tela.
Para ver mais informações, pesquise na base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Como atualizar o BIOS em ambientes Linux e Ubuntu
Para atualizar o BIOS do sistema em um computador que está com Linux ou Ubuntu instalado, consulte o artigo da base de conhecimento
000131486 no Site de Suporte Dell.
Como atualizar o BIOS usando a unidade USB no Windows
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não estiver suspenso antes de atualizar o BIOS, na próxima vez em que você reinicializar o
computador, ele não reconhecerá a chave do BitLocker. Será solicitado que seja inserida a chave de recuperação para
o progresso, e o computador solicitará isso em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for reconhecida,
isso pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para ver mais
informações sobre este assunto, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Etapas
1. Siga o procedimento da etapa 1 à etapa 6 em "Como atualizar o BIOS no Windows" para fazer download do arquivo do programa de
configuração do BIOS mais recente.
2. Crie uma unidade USB inicializável. Para ver mais informações, pesquise na base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
3. Copie o arquivo do programa de instalação do BIOS para a unidade USB inicializável.
4. Conecte a unidade de USB inicializável ao computador que precisa da atualização do BIOS.
5. Reinicie o computador e pressione F12 .
6. Selecione a unidade USB no Menu de inicialização a ser executada uma única vez.
7. Digite o nome do arquivo do programa de instalação do BIOS e pressione Enter.
O Utilitário de atualização do BIOS é exibido.
8. Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a atualização do BIOS.
Como atualizar o BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única
Atualização do BIOS do computador usando um arquivo XXXX.exe de atualização do BIOS copiado em uma unidade USB FAT32 e
inicializando a partir do menu de inicialização única.
Configuração do BIOS 129
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não estiver suspenso antes de atualizar o BIOS, na próxima vez em que você reinicializar o
computador, ele não reconhecerá a chave do BitLocker. Será solicitado que seja inserida a chave de recuperação para
o progresso, e o computador solicitará isso em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for reconhecida,
isso pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para ver mais
informações sobre este assunto, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Atualizações do BIOS
Você pode executar o arquivo de atualização do BIOS pelo Windows usando uma unidade USB inicializável ou atualizar o BIOS a partir do
menu de inicialização única no computador.
Você pode confirmar inicializando seu computador no menu de inicialização única para ver se BIOS FLASH UPDATE está listado como
uma opção de inicialização . Se essa opção estiver listada, o BIOS poderá ser atualizado usando este método.
Como atualizar a partir do menu de inicialização única
Requisitos para atualizar o BIOS pelo menu de inicialização única:
● Unidade USB formatada para o file system FAT32 (a unidade não precisa ser inicializável).
● Arquivo executável do BIOS baixado do site do Suporte Dell e copiado para a raiz da unidade USB
● O adaptador de energia CA precisa estar conectado ao computador
● Bateria funcional do computador para atualizar o BIOS
Realize as etapas a seguir para executar o processo de atualização do BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única:
CUIDADO: Não desligue o computador durante o processo de atualização do BIOS. O computador pode não inicializar se
você o desligar.
Etapas
1. Desligue o computador, insira a unidade USB onde você copiou o arquivo de atualização do BIOS em uma porta USB do computador.
2. Ligue o computador e pressione o botão para acessar o menu de inicialização única. Selecione Atualização de BIOS usando o mouse
ou as teclas de seta e pressione Enter.
O menu Atualizar BIOS é exibido.
3. Clique em Atualizar do arquivo.
4. Selecione o dispositivo USB externo.
5. Após selecionar o arquivo, clique duas vezes no arquivo de destino para atualizar e, em seguida, clique em Enviar.
6. Clique em Atualizar BIOS. O computador será reiniciado para atualizar o BIOS.
7. O computador será reiniciado após a atualização do BIOS ser concluída.
Senhas do sistema e de configuração
Tabela 46. Senhas do sistema e de configuração
Tipo de senha Descrição
Senha do sistema Senha que você precisa digitar para fazer log-in no sistema.
Senha de configuração Senha que precisa ser informada para que se possa ter acesso e
efetuar alterações nas configurações do BIOS do computador.
É possível criar uma senha do sistema e uma senha de configuração para proteger o computador.
CUIDADO: Os recursos das senhas proporcionam um nível básico de segurança para os dados no computador.
CUIDADO: Qualquer pessoa pode acessar os dados armazenados no seu computador se você se afastar dele.
NOTA: O recurso de senha do sistema e de configuração está desativado.
130 Configuração do BIOS
Como atribuir uma senha de configuração do sistema
Pré-requisitos
É possível atribuir uma nova System Password ou Admin Password somente quando o status está em Not Set.
Sobre esta tarefa
Para entrar na configuração do sistema do BIOS, pressione F2 imediatamente após uma ativação ou reinicialização.
Etapas
1. Na tela BIOS de sistema ou Configuração do sistema, selecione Security e pressione Enter.
A tela Security é exibida.
2. Selecione System/Admin Password e crie uma senha no campo Enter the new password.
Use as diretrizes a seguir para atribuir a senha do sistema:
● Uma senha pode ter até 32 caracteres.
● Pelo menos um caractere especial: "( ! " # $ % & ' * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] ^ _ ` { | } )"
● Números de 0 a 9.
● Letras maiúsculas de A a Z.
● Letras minúsculas de a a z.
3. Confirmar nova senha. Digite a senha do sistema que você inseriu anteriormente no campo e clique em OK.
4. Pressione Esc e salve as alterações conforme solicitado pela mensagem.
5. Pressione Y para salvar as alterações.
O computador será reinicializado.
Como apagar ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou uma senha de
configuração existente
Pré-requisitos
Certifique-se de que o Status da senha esteja desbloqueado (na configuração do sistema) antes de tentar excluir ou alterar a senha
do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração já existente. Não será possível excluir ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou de configuração já
existente se a opção Status da senha estiver Bloqueada.
Sobre esta tarefa
Para entrar na configuração do sistema, pressione F2 imediatamente após uma ativação ou reinicialização.
Etapas
1. Na tela BIOS de sistema ou Configuração do sistema, selecione Segurança do sistema e pressione Enter.
A tela Segurança do sistema é mostrada.
2. Na tela Segurança do sistema, verifique se o Status da senha está como Desbloqueado.
3. Selecione Senha do sistema Atualize ou exclua a senha do sistema existente e pressione a tecla Enter ou Tab.
4. Selecione Senha de configuração. Atualize ou exclua a senha de configuração existente e pressione a tecla Enter ou Tab.
NOTA: Se você alterar a senha do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração, digite novamente a nova senha quando isso for
solicitado. Se você excluir a senha do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração, confirme a exclusão quando isso for solicitado.
5. Pressione Esc. Será exibida uma mensagem solicitando que você salve as alterações.
6. Pressione Y para salvar as alterações e saia da Configuração do sistema.
O computador será reinicializado.
Configuração do BIOS 131
Como limpar as configurações do CMOS
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Limpar as configurações da CMOS redefinirá as configurações do BIOS em seu computador.
Etapas
1. Remova a tampa lateral.
2. Remova a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
3. Aguarde um minuto.
4. Recoloque a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
5. Recoloque a tampa lateral.
Limpar o BIOS (configuração do sistema) e as senhas
do sistema
Sobre esta tarefa
Para remover as senhas do sistema ou do BIOS, entre em contato com o suporte técnico da Dell, conforme descrito em Entre em contato
com o suporte. Para ver mais informações, acesse o site Suporte Dell.
NOTA: Para ver informações sobre como redefinir as senhas do Windows ou do aplicativo, consulte a documentação que acompanha
o Windows ou o aplicativo.
132 Configuração do BIOS
10
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
Diagnósticos de verificação do desempenho do sistema
de pré-inicialização do Dell SupportAssist
Sobre esta tarefa
O diagnóstico do SupportAssist (também chamado de diagnóstico de sistema) executa uma verificação completa de seu hardware. O
diagnóstico Pre-boot System Performance Check do Dell SupportAssist é integrado ao BIOS e inicializado internamente pelo BIOS. O
diagnóstico de sistema integrado oferece opções para determinados dispositivos ou grupos de dispositivos que permite:
● Executar testes automaticamente ou em um modo interativo.
● Repetir os testes.
● Exibir ou salvar os resultados dos testes.
● Executar testes abrangentes de modo a introduzir opções de testes adicionais para apresentar informações suplementares sobre um
ou mais dispositivos com falha.
● Exibir mensagens de status que informam que os testes foram concluídos com êxito.
● Exibir mensagens de erro que informam sobre os problemas encontrados durante a realização dos testes.
NOTA: Alguns testes para dispositivos específicos exigem interação do usuário. Não se esqueça de sempre estar presente na frente
do computador quando os testes de diagnóstico estiverem sendo executados.
para ver mais informações, consulte o artigo da base de conhecimento 000180971.
Executar a verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema
do SupportAssist
Etapas
1. Ligue o computador.
2. Na inicialização do computador, pressione a tecla F12 assim que o logotipo da Dell for exibido.
3. Na tela do Boot Menu, selecione a opção Diagnostics.
4. Clique na seta no canto inferior esquerdo.
A página "Diagnósticos" será exibida.
5. Pressione a seta no canto inferior direito para ir para a listagem de páginas.
Os itens detectados são listados.
6. Para executar um teste de diagnóstico em um dispositivo específico, pressione Esc e clique em Yes (Sim) para interromper o teste de
diagnóstico.
7. Selecione o dispositivo no painel à esquerda e clique em Run Tests.
8. Se houver qualquer problema, códigos de erro serão exibidos.
Anote o código de erro e o número de validação e entre em contato com a Dell.
Autoteste integrado da fonte de alimentação
O autoteste integrado (BIST) ajuda a determinar se a fonte de alimentação está funcionando. Para executar um diagnóstico de autoteste
na fonte de alimentação de um desktop ou computador all in one, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas 133
Luzes de diagnóstico do sistema
Tabela 47. Comportamento do LED de diagnóstico
Padrão piscante
Âmbar Branco Descrição do problema
1 2 Falha irrecuperável do SPI Flash
2 1 Falha na CPU
2 2 Falha na placa de sistema (corrupção do
BIOS incluída ou erro de ROM)
2 3 Nenhuma memória/RAM detectada
2 4 Falha na memória/RAM
2 5 Memória inválida instalada
2 6 Placa de sistema/erro de chipset/falha do
relógio/falha do Gate A20/falha de Super
I/O/falha no controlador do teclado
3 1 Falha da bateria do CMOS
3 2 Falha de PCI ou placa de vídeo/chip
3 3 Imagem para recuperação de BIOS não
encontrada
3 4 Imagem para recuperação de BIOS
encontrada, mas inválida
3 5 Falha no trilho de energia
3 6 Corrupção de flash do SBIOS
3 7 Erro do Intel ME (Mecanismo de
gerenciamento)
4 2 Problema de conexão de cabo de
alimentação da CPU
Recuperar o sistema operacional
Quando não for possível inicializar o computador no sistema operacional mesmo após diversas tentativas, inicia-se automaticamente o Dell
SupportAssist OS Recovery.
O Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery é uma ferramenta independente e pré-instalada em todos os computadores Dell com o sistema
operacional Windows. Ele é composto de ferramentas para diagnosticar e solucionar problemas que podem ocorrer antes que o
computador inicialize o sistema operacional. Ele permite que você diagnostique problemas de hardware, repare o computador, faça
um backup dos arquivos, ou restaure o computador para o respectivo estado de fábrica.
É possível também fazer download dele no site de suporte Dell para resolver problemas e corrigir o computador quando a inicialização do
seu sistema operacional principal falhar devido a falhas do software ou do hardware.
Para ver mais informações sobre o Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery, consulte o Guia do usuário do Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery
na seção Ferramentas de facilidade de manutenção no site do Suporte Dell. Clique em SupportAssist e, em seguida, clique em
SupportAssist OS Recovery.
Relógio de tempo real - Redefinição de RTC
A função de redefinição do RTC permite que você ou o técnico de serviço recuperem os modelos de sistemas lançados recentemente
Dell Latitude e Precision em situações Sem POST/Sem inicialização/Sem energia. Você pode iniciar a redefinição de RTC no sistema
134 Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
de um estado desligado apenas se ele estiver conectado à energia CA. Mantenha o botão liga/desliga pressionado por 25 segundos. A
redefinição do sistema de RTC ocorre depois que você solta o botão liga/desliga.
NOTA: Se a energia CA estiver desconectada do sistema durante o processo ou se o botão liga/desliga for pressionado por mais de
40 segundos, o processo de redefinição do RTC será interrompida.
A redefinição do RTC restaurará o BIOS para Defaults (Padrão), desprovisionará o Intel vPro e redefinirá a data e hora do sistema. Os itens
a seguir não são afetados pela redefinição do RTC:
● Service Tag
● Asset Tag (Etiqueta de ativo)
● Ownership Tag (Etiqueta de propriedade)
● Admin Password (Senha do administrador)
● System Password (Senha do sistema)
● HDD Password
● Bancos de dados principais
● Registros do sistema
NOTA: A conta e a senha vPro do administrador de TI no sistema serão canceladas. O sistema precisa passar pelo processo de
instalação e configuração para reconectá-lo ao servidor vPro.
Os itens abaixo podem ou não ser redefinidos com base nas seleções de configurações personalizadas do BIOS:
● Lista de inicialização
● Enable Legacy Option ROMs (Ativar ROMs de opção preexistentes)
● Secure Boot Enable (Ativar inicialização segura)
● Allow BIOS Downgrade (Permitir Downgrade do BIOS)
Mídia de backup e opções de recuperação
É recomendável criar uma unidade de recuperação para resolver e corrigir problemas que podem ocorrer no Windows. A Dell oferece
várias opções para recuperar o sistema operacional Windows em seu computador Dell. Para ver mais informações, consulte Opções de
recuperação e suporte de cópia de segurança do Windows da Dell.
Ciclo de energia do Wi-Fi
Sobre esta tarefa
Se o seu computador não conseguir acessar a internet devido a problemas de conectividade Wi-Fi, faça a restauração do seu dispositivo
Wi-Fi por meio dos seguintes passos:
Etapas
1. Desligue o computador.
2. Desligue o modem.
NOTA: Alguns Provedores de Serviços de Internet (ISPs) oferecem um dispositivo combinado de modem e roteador.
3. Desligue o roteador sem fio.
4. Aguarde 30 segundos.
5. Ligue o roteador sem fio.
6. Ligue o modem.
7. Ligue o computador.
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas 135
11
Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a
Dell
Recursos de autoajuda
Você pode obter informações e ajuda sobre produtos e serviços Dell usando estes recursos de autoajuda:
Tabela 48. Recursos de autoajuda
Recursos de autoajuda Local do recurso
Informações sobre produtos e serviços Dell Site da Dell
Dicas
Entrar em contato com o suporte Na pesquisa do Windows, digite Contact Support e pressione
a tecla Enter.
Ajuda on-line para sistema operacional Site do suporte do Windows
Site do suporte do Linux
Acesse as principais soluções, diagnósticos, drivers e downloads Seu computador Dell é identificado exclusivamente por uma
para saber mais sobre seu computador por meio de vídeos, manuais etiqueta de serviço ou código de serviço expresso. Para ver
e documentos. recursos de suporte referentes ao seu computador Dell, digite a
etiqueta de serviço ou o código de serviço expresso no site do
Suporte Dell.
Para ver mais informações sobre como localizar a etiqueta de
serviço do computador, consulte Localizar a etiqueta de serviço
em seu computador.
Artigo da base de conhecimento Dell 1. Acesse o site do Suporte Dell.
2. Na barra de menu, na parte superior da página suporte,
selecione Suporte > Biblioteca de suporte.
3. No campo de pesquisa da página da biblioteca de suporte,
digite a palavra-chave, o assunto ou o número do modelo e, em
seguida, clique ou toque no ícone de pesquisa para visualizar os
artigos relacionados.
Como entrar em contato com a Dell
Para entrar em contato com a Dell e tratar de problemas relativos a vendas, suporte técnico ou atendimento ao cliente, acesse o site do
Suporte Dell.
NOTA: A disponibilidade dos serviços pode variar dependendo do país ou da região e do produto.
NOTA: Se não tiver uma conexão ativa à Internet, você pode encontrar as informações de contato sobre sua fatura, nota fiscal, nota
de compra ou no catálogo de produtos Dell.
136 Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a Dell
Dell P2222H/P2222H WOST/
P2422H/P2422H WOST/P2722H
Monitor
Manual de usuário
Modelo do Monitor: P2222H/P2222H WOST/P2422H/P2422H WOST/P2722H
Modelo regulamentar: P2222Hb/P2222Ht/P2422Hb/P2422Hc/P2722Hb/P2722Ht
OBSERVAÇÃO: Uma OBSERVAÇÃO indica informações importantes
que o ajudam a usar melhor seu computador.
CUIDADO: Uma CUIDADO indica dano em potencial ao hardware ou
perda de dados se as instruções não forem seguidas.
ALERTA: Um AVISO indica o risco de danos materiais, danos pessoais
ou morte.
Copyright © 2021–2022 Dell Inc. ou suas subsidiárias. Todos os direitos reservados EMC, Dell e outras
marcas são marcas comerciais da Dell Inc. ou suas subsidiárias. Outros nomes podem ser marcas
registradas de seus respectivos proprietários.
2022 – 03
Rev. A02
2 │
Índice
Instruções de segurança . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sobre seu monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Conteúdo do pacote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Características do produto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Identificação das peças e controles . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Visão frontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Vista traseira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Vista inferior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Especificações do monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Especificações de resolução . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Modos de vídeo suportados . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Modos de exibição predefinidos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Características físicas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Características ambientais . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Atribuições dos pinos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Conector VGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Conector DisplayPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Conector HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Interface Universal Serial Bus (USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Capacidade Plug and Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Qualidade do monitor LCD e política de pixel . . . . . . . 35
Orientações para manutenção . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Limpeza do monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
│ 3
Configurando o monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Conectando o suporte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Conectando seu monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Conectando os cabos DisplayPort e USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Conectando o cabo HDMI (opcional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Conectando o cabo VGA (opcional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Organizando cabos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Remoção do suporte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Montagem de parede (opcional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Operando seu monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Ligue o monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Usando o controle do joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Usando o Menu de Instruções Na Tela (OSD) . . . . . . . 46
Acessando o Menu Launcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Usando as teclas de navegação . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Acessando o menu OSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Bloqueio do botão Menu e Energia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Mensagens de alerta do OSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Configurando a resolução máxima . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Usando a extensão de inclinação, rotação e vertical . . . 69
Inclinação, oscilação . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Extensão vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Girando o monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Gire no sentido horário . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Gire no sentido anti-horário . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Ajustando as definições de rotação da tela do seu sistema . . . . 73
4 │
Solução de problemas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Autoteste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Diagnósticos integrados . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Problemas comuns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Problemas específicos do produto . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Problemas específicos de Universal Serial Bus (USB) . . . 81
Apêndice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Avisos da FCC (somente para os EUA) e outras informações
regulamentares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Como entrar em contato com a Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Banco de dados do produto UE para a folha de informações
do produto e etiqueta de energia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
│ 5
Instruções de segurança
Use as orientações de segurança a seguir para proteger seu monitor de dano poten-
cial e para garantir sua segurança pessoal. A menos que indicado em contrário, cada
procedimento incluído neste documento pressupõe que você leu as informações de
segurança fornecidas com o seu monitor.
Antes de usar o monitor, leia as informações de segurança fornecidas
com o monitor e também as impressas no produto. Mantenha a
documentação em um local seguro para referência futura.
CUIDADO: O uso de controles, ajustes ou procedimentos diferentes
daqueles especificados nesta documentação pode resultar em
exposição a riscos de choque elétricos e/ou mecânicos.
• Coloque o monitor em uma superfície sólida e manuseie-o com cuidado. A tela é
frágil e pode ser danificada se cair ou bater em um objeto afiado.
• Sempre verifique se o seu monitor está classificado eletricamente para operar
com a energia CA disponível em seu local.
• Mantenha o monitor em temperatura ambiente. Condições quentes ou frias em
excesso podem ter um efeito adverso no cristal líquido da tela.
• Conecte o cabo de alimentação do monitor a uma tomada de parede que esteja
próxima e acessível. Consulte Conectando seu monitor.
• Não coloque e use o monitor em uma superfície molhada ou próximo da água.
• Não submeta o monitor a vibrações severas ou condições de alto impacto. Por
exemplo, não coloque o monitor dentro de um porta-mala de carro.
• Desconecte o monitor quanto não for utilizado por um longo período de tempo.
• Para evitar choque elétrico, não tente remover nenhuma tampa ou não toque a
parte interna do monitor.
• Leia atentamente estas instruções. Guarde este documento para referência
futura. Siga todos os avisos e instruções indicadas no produto.
• A pressão de som excessiva de fones de ouvido e fones de ouvido pode causar
perda de audição. O ajuste do equalizador para o máximo aumenta a tensão de
saída dos fones de ouvido e dos fones de ouvido e, portanto, o nível de pressão
sonora.
• O equipamento pode ser instalado na parede ou no teto na posição horizontal.
6 │ Instruções de segurança
Sobre seu monitor
Conteúdo do pacote
O monitor vem com os componentes mostrados na tabela abaixo. Se algum com-
ponente estiver faltando, entre em contato com a Dell. Para mais informações, veja
Como entrar em contato com a Dell.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Alguns itens podem ser opcionais e podem não ser
fornecidos com o monitor. Alguns recursos ou mídias podem não estar
disponíveis em alguns países.
Monitor
Elevação do suporte
Base de suporte
Cabo de alimentação (varia
por países)
Sobre seu monitor │ 7
Cabo DisplayPort 1.2
Cabo VGA (só o Japão)
Cabo HDMI 1.4 (só o Brasil)
Cabo upstream USB 3.0 (ha-
bilita portas USB do monitor)
• Guia de configuração
rápida
• Informações de Segurança,
Meio Ambiente e
Regulamentares
8 │ Sobre seu monitor
Características do produto
O monitor Dell P2222H/P2222H WOST/P2422H/P2422H WOST/P2722H possui
matriz ativa, transistor de película fina (TFT), Tela de cristal líquido (LCD) e luz de
fundo LED. Os recursos do monitor incluem:
• P2222H/P2222H WOST: 54,61 cm (21,5 pol) área visível (medida na diagonal).
• P2422H/P2422H WOST: 60,47 cm (23,8 pol) área visível (medida na diagonal).
• P2722H: 68,60 cm (27 pol) área visível (medida na diagonal).
• Resolução de 1920 x 1080, com de suporte de tela cheia para resoluções mais
baixas.
• Gama de cores de 99% sRGB.
• Conectividade digital com DisplayPort e HDMI.
• Equipado com 1 porta USB a montante e 4 SuperSpeed USB 5 Gbps (USB3.2
Gen 1).
• Capacidade Plug and Play se suportada pelo seu computador.
• Instruções na tela (OSD) para facilidade de configuração e otimização da tela.
• Bloqueio dos botões de energia e joystick.
• Pedestal removível e furos de montagem Video Electronics Standards Association
(VESA) de 100 milímetros para soluções de montagem flexíveis.
• Inclinação, capacidades de ajuste de rotação e altura.
• Slot de bloqueio de segurança.
• Bloqueio do suporte
• ≤0,3 W de energia de reserva, quando no modo de espera.
• Suporta o Dell Display Manager.
• Otimiza o conforto de seus olhos com uma tela sem cintilação e recurso de luz
azul baixa.
• O monitor usa o painel de Luz Azul baixa e está conforme com o TUV Rheinland
(Solução de Hardware) no modelo de definição padrão/redefinição e fábrica
(Modo predefinido: Padrão).
A VISO: Os possíveis efeitos a longo prazo da emissão de luz azul do
monitor podem causar danos aos olhos, incluindo fadiga ocular, tensão
ocular digital, e outros. A característica ComfortView Plus é destinada
a reduzir a quantidade de luz azul emitida do monitor para otimizar o
conforto dos olhos.
Sobre seu monitor │ 9
Identificação das peças e controles
Visão frontal
Rótu- Descrição
lo
1 Indicador LED de alimentação
A luz branca sólida indica que o monitor está ligado e funcionando nor-
malmente. A luz branca piscando indica que o monitor está no Modo Em
Espera.
10 │ Sobre seu monitor
Vista traseira
1 DELL
Flat Panel Monitor /Monitor Plano Panel /Moniteur écran plat /液晶顯示器
Model No. /Modelo /N°de modelo /型號/모델명/モデル番号: P2422Hc
Input Ra�ng /Entrade /Daya Tegangan/정격입력/Entrada de energía:100-240V 50/60Hz,1.5A
輸入電源:交流電壓100-240伏特,1.5安培,50/60赫茲
Удельная мощность рабочего режима - XXXX Вт/см² Consumo de energía en operación: XX Wh
P2X22H
2
Потребляемая мощность изделием в режиме ожидания - 0.XX Вт
Потребляемая мощность изделием в выключенном режиме - 0.XX Вт
Apparatet må �lkoples jordet s�kkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas �ll jordat u�ag.
Laite on liite�ävä suojakoske�milla varuste�uun pistorasiaan. Apparatets s�kprop skal �lslu�es en s�kkontakt med jord,
som giver forbindelse �l s�kproppens jord. The equipment must be connected to an earthed mains socket-outlet.
L'appareil doit être branché sur une prise de courant munie d'une mise à la terre.
Made in China /Fabricado en China/сделанный в Китай /Fabriqué en Chine/中國製造 警語: 使用過度恐傷害視力。
www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance Raheen Business Park Limerick Ireland (for EU Only)
CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) For UK only: Cain Road, Bracknell, RG12 1LF
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera�on is subject to the following two condi�ons:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired opera�on.
XXXXXX-XX
R33037
デル・テクノロジーズ
入力:100V, 1.5 A, 50/60 Hz 2 IS 13252 (Part 1)/ XXXXX RoHS
XXXXXXX IEC 60950-1
R-R-E2K-P2422Hc
신청인:DELL INC.
제조자:L&T Display Technology(Fujian)Ltd.(for Korea)
R-41082465
3
080-200-3800
Q40G024N-700-XXA www.bis.gov.in
4 DELL
液晶显示器
型号: P2422H
输入电源:
100-240V 50/60Hz,1.5A
中国制造
Date of Mfg/生产日期/生產日期: December. 2020
SVC Tag:
1234567
Express Service
Code:
123 456 789 0
P2X22H
S/N: CN-012345-
TV100-96N-001V
-A00
Q40G024N-700-XXA
5 6
Vista traseira com suporte para monitor
Rótu- Descrição Uso
lo
1 Orifícios de montagem VESA Suporte de parede do monitor usando
(100 mm x 100 mm - atrás da kit de montagem VESA compatível de
Tampa VESA anexa) parede (100 mm x 100 mm).
2 Etiqueta de regulamentação Lista as aprovações regulamentares.
3 Botão de liberação do suporte Libera a base do monitor.
4 Código de barra, número de série, Consulte a etiqueta se precisar entrar
e etiqueta de serviço em contato com a Dell para obter su-
porte técnico.
5 Botão Ligar/Desligar Para ligar ou desligar o monitor.
6 Joystick Use para controlar o menu OSD. (Para
mais informações, veja Operando seu
monitor)
7 Slot de gestão de cabo Use para organizar os cabos os direcio-
nando através da fenda.
Sobre seu monitor │ 11
Vista inferior
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8
Vista inferior com suporte para monitor
Ró- Descrição Uso
tulo
1 Slot da trava de segu- Prenda seu monitor usando uma trava de segu-
rança rança (comprada separadamente) para prevenir
movimento acidental de seu monitor.
2 Conector do cabo de Conecte o cabo de alimentação (fornecido com
alimentação sey monitor).
3 Porta HDMI Conecte seu computador usando um cabo HDMI
(enviado com seu monitor, só para o Brasil).
4 Bloqueio do suporte Para bloquear o suporte ao monitor utilizando um
parafuso M3 x 6 mm (não acompanha parafuso).
5 DisplayPort Conecte seu computador usando um cabo Dis-
playPort (enviado com seu monitor).
6 Conector VGA Conecte seu computador com cabo VGA (enviado
com seu monitor, só para o Japão).
7 Porta a montante USB Conecte o cabo USB (enviado com seu monitor)
3.0 desta porta para seu computador para ativar as
portas USB no seu monitor.
8 SuperSpeed USB 5 Conecte seus dispositivos USB. *
Gbps (USB3.2 Gen 1)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Para usar esta porta,
porta a jusante Tipo A
você deve conectar o cabo USB a mon-
(4)
tante (fornecido com o seu monitor)
entre o monitor e ao seu computador.
*Para evitar interferência de sinal, quando um dispositivo USB sem fio tiver sido
conectado à porta a jusante USB, NÃO é recomendado conectar qualquer outro
dispositivo USB à(s) porta(s) adjacente(s).
12 │ Sobre seu monitor
Especificações do monitor
Modelo P2222H/P2222H WOST
Tipo de tela Matriz ativa - TFT LCD
Tipo de painel Tecnologia de Mudança em Plano
Formato de imagem 16:9
Imagem visível
Diagonal 546,10 mm (21,5 pol.)
Horizontal (área ativa) 476,06 mm (18,74 pol)
Vertical, área ativa 267,79 mm (10,54 pol)
Área 127484,11 mm2 (197,60 pol.2)
Resolução nativa e taxa 1920 x 1080 a 60 Hz
de atualização
Espaçamento de pixel 0,2480 mm x 0,2480 mm
Pixel por polegada (PPI) 102
Ângulo de visão
Horizontal 178° (típico)
Vertical 178° (típico)
Saída de luminância 250 cd/m² (típico)
Relação de contraste 1000 a 1 (típico)
Revestimento da tela Tratamento antiofuscamento do revestimento rígido
de exibição polarizador frontal (3H)
Luz de fundo Sistema de iluminação lateral de LED
Tempo de resposta 5 ms (Modo rápido)
8 ms (Modo normal)
Profundidade de cor 16,7 milhões de cores (6bit+FRC)
Gama de cores sRGB 99%
Sobre seu monitor │ 13
Conectividade 1 x HDMI 1.4 (HDCP 1.4)
1 x DisplayPort 1.2 (HDCP 1.4)
1 x VGA
1 x USB 3.0 a montante
4 x SuperSpeed USB 5 Gbps (USB3.2 Gen 1)
Largura da moldura (borda do monitor para área ativa)
Topo 5.60 mm
Esquerda/Direita 5.60 mm
Base 16.60 mm
Ajustabilidade
Suporte de altura ajus- 150 mm
tável
Inclinação -5° a 21°
Pivô -45° a 45°
Pivô -90° a 90°
Gerenciamento do cabo Sim
Compatibilidade do Dell Fácil organizar e outras características
Display Manager
Segurança Slot do bloqueio de segurança (compra opcional do blo-
queio de cabo)
14 │ Sobre seu monitor
Modelo P2422H/P2422H WOST
Tipo de tela Matriz ativa - TFT LCD
Tipo de painel Tecnologia de Mudança em Plano
Formato de imagem 16:9
Imagem visível
Diagonal 604,70 mm (23,8 pol.)
Horizontal (área ativa) 527,04 mm (20,75 pol)
Vertical, área ativa 296,46 mm (11,67 pol)
Área 156246,27 mm2 (242,15 pol.2)
Resolução nativa e taxa 1920 x 1080 a 60 Hz
de atualização
Espaçamento de pixel 0,2745 mm x 0,2745 mm
Pixel por polegada (PPI) 93
Ângulo de visão
Horizontal 178° (típico)
Vertical 178° (típico)
Saída de luminância 250 cd/m² (típico)
Relação de contraste 1000 a 1 (típico)
Revestimento da tela Tratamento antiofuscamento do revestimento rígido
de exibição polarizador frontal (3H)
Luz de fundo Sistema de iluminação lateral de LED
Tempo de resposta 5 ms (Modo rápido)
8 ms (Modo normal)
Profundidade de cor 16,7 milhões de cores (6bit+FRC)
Gama de cores sRGB 99%
Sobre seu monitor │ 15
Conectividade 1 x HDMI 1.4 (HDCP 1.4)
1 x DisplayPort 1.2 (HDCP 1.4)
1 x VGA
1 x USB 3.0 a montante
4 x SuperSpeed USB 5 Gbps (USB3.2 Gen 1)
Largura da moldura (borda do monitor para área ativa)
Topo 5.38 mm
Esquerda/Direita 5.38 mm
Base 16.66 mm
Ajustabilidade
Suporte de altura ajus- 150 mm
tável
Inclinação -5° a 21°
Pivô -45° a 45°
Pivô -90° a 90°
Gerenciamento do cabo Sim
Compatibilidade do Dell Fácil organizar e outras características
Display Manager
Segurança Slot do bloqueio de segurança (compra opcional do blo-
queio de cabo)
16 │ Sobre seu monitor
Modelo P2722H
Tipo de tela Matriz ativa - TFT LCD
Tipo de painel Tecnologia de Mudança em Plano
Formato de imagem 16:9
Imagem visível
Diagonal 686,00 mm (27 pol.)
Horizontal (área ativa) 597,89 mm (23,54 pol)
Vertical, área ativa 336,31 mm (13,24 pol)
Área 201076,39 mm2 (311,67 pol.2)
Resolução nativa e taxa 1920 x 1080 a 60 Hz
de atualização
Espaçamento de pixel 0,3114 mm x 0,3114 mm
Pixel por polegada (PPI) 82
Ângulo de visão
Horizontal 178° (típico)
Vertical 178° (típico)
Saída de luminância 300 cd/m² (típico)
Relação de contraste 1000 a 1 (típico)
Revestimento da tela Tratamento antiofuscamento do revestimento rígido
de exibição polarizador frontal (3H)
Luz de fundo Sistema de iluminação lateral de LED
Tempo de resposta 5 ms (Modo rápido)
8 ms (Modo normal)
Profundidade de cor 16,7 milhões de cores (6bit+FRC)
Gama de cores sRGB 99%
Conectividade 1 x HDMI 1.4 (HDCP 1.4)
1 x DisplayPort 1.2 (HDCP 1.4)
1 x VGA
1 x USB 3.0 a montante
4 x SuperSpeed USB 5 Gbps (USB3.2 Gen 1)
Sobre seu monitor │ 17
Largura da moldura (borda do monitor para área ativa)
Topo 5.99 mm
Esquerda/Direita 6.01 mm
Base 17.29 mm
Ajustabilidade
Suporte de altura ajus- 150 mm
tável
Inclinação -5° a 21°
Pivô -45° a 45°
Pivô -90° a 90°
Gerenciamento do cabo Sim
Compatibilidade do Dell Fácil organizar e outras características
Display Manager
Segurança Slot do bloqueio de segurança (compra opcional do blo-
queio de cabo)
18 │ Sobre seu monitor
Especificações de resolução
Modelo P2222H/P2222H WOST/P2422H/P2422H WOST/
P2722H
Alcance de varredura 30 kHz a 83 kHz (automático)
horizontal
Alcance de varredura 56 Hz a 76 Hz (automático)
vertical
Resolução predefinida 1920 x 1080 a 60 Hz
máxima
Modos de vídeo suportados
Modelo P2222H/P2222H WOST/P2422H/P2422H
WOST/P2722H
Capacidades de exibição de 480p, 576p, 720p, 1080i, 1080p
vídeo
(VGA/HDMI/DisplayPort)
Sobre seu monitor │ 19
Modos de exibição predefinidos
Polaridade
Frequência Frequên- de sincroni-
Clock de
Modo de exibição horizontal cia vertical zação (ho-
pixel (MHz)
(kHz) (Hz) rizontal /
vertical)
720 x 400 31,50 70,10 28,30 -/+
640 x 480 31,50 59,90 25,20 -/-
640 x 480 37,50 75,00 31,50 -/-
800 x 600 37,90 60,30 40,00 +/+
800 x 600 46,90 75,00 49,50 +/+
1024 x 768 48,40 60,00 65,00 -/-
1024 x 768 60,00 75,00 78,80 +/+
1152 x 864 67,50 75,00 108,00 +/+
1280 x 720 45,00 59,94 74,25 -/+
1280 x 720 56,46 74,78 95,75 -/+
1280 x 1024 64,00 60,00 108,00 +/+
1280 x 1024 80,00 75,00 135,00 +/+
1600 x 900-R 60,00 60,00 108,00 +/+
1920 x 1080 67,50 60,00 148,50 +/+
20 │ Sobre seu monitor
Especificações Elétricas
Modelo P2222H/P2222H WOST/P2422H/P2422H
WOST/P2722H
Sinais de entrada de vídeo • RGB analógico, 0,7 Volts +/- 5%, polaridade positiva
a uma impedância de entrada de 75 ohm
• HDMI 1.4, 600 mV para cada linha diferencial, impe-
dância de entrada de 100 ohms por par diferencial
• DisplayPort 1.2, 600 mV para cada linha diferencial,
impedância de entrada de 100 ohms por par diferen-
cial
Tensão de entrada AC / 100 VCA para 240 VCA / 50 Hz ou 60 Hz ± 3 Hz / 1,5
frequência / corrente A (típico)
Corrente de pico 120 V: 30 A (máx.) a 0°C (início frio)
240 V: 60 A (máx.) a 0°C (início frio)
Consumo de energia 0,2 W (Modo Desligado)1
P2222H/P2222H WOST 0,3 W (Modo em Espera)1
11,8 W (Modo Ligado)1
46 W (Max.)2
11,34 W (Pon)3
36,14 kWh (TEC)3
Consumo de energia 0,2 W (Modo Desligado)1
P2422H/P2422H WOST 0,3 W (Modo em Espera)1
12 W (Modo Ligado)1
48 W (Max.)2
11,55 W (Pon)3
36,49 kWh (TEC)3
Sobre seu monitor │ 21
Consumo de energia 0,2 W (Modo Desligado)1
P2722H 0,2 W (Modo em Espera)1
15 W (Modo Ligado)1
55 W (Max.)2
13,59 W (Pon)3
42,75 kWh (TEC)3
1
Como definido nas normas UE 2019/2021 e UE 2019/2013.
2
A configuração de contraste e brilho máx. com carga de força máxima em todas
as portas USB.
3
Pon: Consumo de energia do Modo Ligado medido com referência ao método de
teste Energy Star.
TEC: Consumo de energia total em kWh medido com referência ao método de
teste Energy Star.
Este documento é apenas informativo e reflete o desempenho em laboratório. Seu
produto pode funcionar de modo diferente, dependendo do software, componentes
e periféricos que você encomendou e não terá nenhuma obrigação de atualizar
essas informações.
Assim, o cliente não deve confiar nesta informação na tomada de decisões sobre
as tolerâncias elétrica ou de outra forma. Nenhuma garantia quanto à precisão ou
integridade é expressa ou implícita.
Energy Star é um programa executado pela U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) e U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) que promove a eficiência da energia.
Este produto se qualifica para ENERGY STAR nas configurações “de fábrica” e este
é o cenário em que será alcançada uma economia de energia.
Alterar as configurações de imagem padrão de fábrica ou de ativar outras
funcionalidades vai aumentar o consumo de energia que possam exceder os limites
necessários para se qualificar para classificação ENERGY STAR.
Para mais informações sobre o programa ENERGY STAR, consulte energystar.gov.
22 │ Sobre seu monitor
Características físicas
Modelo P2222H P2222H WOST
Tipo de cabo de sinal • Digital: DisplayPort, 20 pinos
• Digital: HDMI, 19 pins (cabo não incluído, exceto
para o Brasil)
• Analógico: D-Sub, 15 pins (cabo não incluído,
exceto para o Japão)
• Universal Serial Bus: USB, 9 pinos
Dimensões (com suporte)
Altura (estendida) 481,99 mm (18,98 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 364,00 mm (14,33 pol)
Largura 487,26 mm (19,18 pol)
Profundidade 179,57 mm (7,07 pol)
Dimensões (sem suporte)
Altura 289,99 mm (11,42 pol)
Largura 487,26 mm (19,18 pol)
Profundidade 52,15 mm (2,05 pol)
Dimensões do suporte
Altura (estendida) 410,80 mm (16,17 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 364,00 mm (14,33 pol)
Largura 245,00 mm (9,65 pol)
Profundidade 179,57 mm (7,07 pol)
Base 245,00 x 173,00 mm (9,65 pol x 6,81 pol)
Sobre seu monitor │ 23
Peso
Peso com embalagem 6,37 kg (14,04 lb) 4,62 kg (10,16 lb)
Peso com montagem do su- 4,83 kg (10,65 lb) -
porte e cabos
Peso sem suporte de monta- - 3,08 kg (6,79 lb)
gem e com cabos
Peso sem montagem do su- 2,82 kg (6,22 lb) 2,82 kg (6,22 lb)
porte (sem cabos)
Peso da montagem do supor- 1,75 kg (3,86 lb) -
te
Moldura dianteira brilhante Moldura preta 2 -4 unidades de brilho
24 │ Sobre seu monitor
Modelo P2422H P2422H WOST
Tipo de cabo de sinal • Digital: DisplayPort, 20 pinos
• Digital: HDMI, 19 pins (cabo não incluído, exceto
para o Brasil)
• Analógico: D-Sub, 15 pins (cabo não incluído,
exceto para o Japão)
• Universal Serial Bus: USB, 9 pinos
Dimensões (com suporte)
Altura (estendida) 496,11 mm (19,53 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 364,00 mm (14,33 pol)
Largura 537,80 mm (21,17 pol)
Profundidade 179,57 mm (7,07 pol)
Dimensões (sem suporte)
Altura 318,50 mm (12,54 pol)
Largura 537,80 mm (21,17 pol)
Profundidade 52,15 mm (2,05 pol)
Dimensões do suporte
Altura (estendida) 410,80 mm (16,17 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 364,00 mm (14,33 pol)
Largura 245,00 mm (9,65 pol)
Profundidade 179,57 mm (7,07 pol)
Base 245,00 x 173,00 mm (9,65 pol x 6,81 pol)
Sobre seu monitor │ 25
Peso
Peso com embalagem 7,95 kg (17,53 lb) 6,19 kg (13,65 lb)
Peso com montagem do su- 5,57 kg (12,28 lb) -
porte e cabos
Peso sem suporte de monta- - 3,81 kg (8,40 lb)
gem e com cabos
Peso sem montagem do su- 3,39 kg (7,47 lb) 3,39 kg (7,47 lb)
porte (sem cabos)
Peso da montagem do supor- 1,76 kg (3,88 lb) -
te
Moldura dianteira brilhante Moldura preta 2 -4 unidades de brilho
26 │ Sobre seu monitor
Modelo P2722H
Tipo de cabo de sinal • Digital: DisplayPort, 20 pinos
• Digital: HDMI, 19 pins (cabo não incluído, exceto
para o Brasil)
• Analógico: D-Sub, 15 pins (cabo não incluído,
exceto para o Japão)
• Universal Serial Bus: USB, 9 pinos
Dimensões (com suporte)
Altura (estendida) 534,15 mm (21,03 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 384,15 mm (15,12 pol)
Largura 609,90 mm (24,01 pol)
Profundidade 190,10 mm (7,48 pol)
Dimensões (sem suporte)
Altura 359,60 mm (14,16 pol)
Largura 609,90 mm (24,01 pol)
Profundidade 52,15 mm (2,05 pol)
Dimensões do suporte
Altura (estendida) 428,30 mm (16,68 pol)
Altura (comprimida) 381,50 mm (15,02 pol)
Largura 268,00 mm (10,55 pol)
Profundidade 190,10 mm (7,48 pol)
Base 268,00 x 185,00 mm (10,55 pol x 7,28 pol)
Peso
Peso com embalagem 9,31 kg (20,52 lb)
Peso com montagem do su- 6,77 kg (14,93 lb)
porte e cabos
Peso sem montagem do su- 4,38 kg (9,66 lb)
porte (sem cabos)
Peso da montagem do supor- 1,89 kg (4,17 lb)
te
Moldura dianteira brilhante Moldura preta 2 -4 unidades de brilho
Sobre seu monitor │ 27
Características ambientais
Modelo P2222H/P2222H WOST/P2422H/P2422H WOST/
P2722H
Padrões Compatíveis
• Monitor certificado pela ENERGY STAR.
• EPEAT Gold,registrado no registro EUA EPEAT varia por país.
Veja www.epeat.net para o status de registro por país.
• Em conformidade com RoHS.
• TCO Certified & TCO Certified Edge.
• Monitor sem BFR/PVC (excluindo os cabos externos).
• Atende NFPA 99 requisitos de corrente de fuga.
• Vidro sem arsênico e livre de mercúrio apenas para o painel
Temperatura
Operacional 0°C a 40°C (32°F a 104°F)
Não operacionais • Armazenamento: -20°C a 60°C (-4°F a 140°F)
• Transporte: -20°C a 60°C (-4°F a 140°F)
Umidade
Operacional 10% a 80% (não-condensação)
Não operacionais • Armazenamento 5% a 90% (sem condensação)
• Envio 5% a 90% (sem condensação)
Altitude
Operacional (má- 5.000 m (16.400 pés)
ximo)
Não operacional 12.192 m (40.000 cm)
(máximo)
Dissipação tér- • 157,32 BTU/hora (máximo)
mica • 40,36 BTU/hora (Modo Ligado)
P2222H/
P2222H WOST
Dissipação tér- • 164,16 BTU/hora (máximo)
mica • 41,04 BTU/hora (Modo Ligado)
P2422H/
P2422H WOST
28 │ Sobre seu monitor
Dissipação tér- • 188,10 BTU/hora (máximo)
mica • 51,30 BTU/hora (Modo Ligado)
P2722H
Sobre seu monitor │ 29
Atribuições dos pinos
Conector VGA
Número Lado de 15 pinos do cabo de
do pin sinal conectado
1 Vídeo-Vermelho
2 Vídeo-Verde
3 Vídeo-Azul
4 GND
5 Autoteste
6 GND-R
7 GND-G
8 GND-B
9 Computador 5 V/3.3 V
10 Sincronização GND
11 GND
12 Dados DDC
13 H-sync
14 V-sync
15 DDC clock
30 │ Sobre seu monitor
Conector DisplayPort
Número Lado de 20 pinos do cabo de
do pin sinal conectado
1 ML3 (n)
2 GND
3 ML3 (p)
4 ML2 (n)
5 GND
6 ML2 (p)
7 ML1 (n)
8 GND
9 ML1 (p)
10 ML0 (n)
11 GND
12 ML0 (p)
13 GND
14 GND
15 AUX (p)
16 GND
17 AUX (n)
18 Detecção de Hot Plug
19 Re-PWR
20 +3,3 V DP_PWR
Sobre seu monitor │ 31
Conector HDMI
Número Lado de 19 pinos do cabo de
do pin sinal conectado
1 TMDS DATA 2+
2 TMDS DATA 2 SHIELD
3 TMDS DATA 2-
4 TMDS DATA 1+
5 TMDS DATA 1 SHIELD
6 TMDS DATA 1-
7 TMDS DATA 0+
8 TMDS DATA 0 SHIELD
9 TMDS DATA 0-
10 TMDS CLOCK+
11 TMDS CLOCK SHIELD
12 TMDS CLOCK-
13 CEC
14 Reservado (N.C. no dispositivo)
15 DDC CLOCK (SCL)
16 DDC DATA (SDA)
17 DDC/CEC aterramento
18 +5 V POWER
19 HOT PLUG DETECT
32 │ Sobre seu monitor
Interface Universal Serial Bus (USB)
Esta seção fornece a você informações sobre as portas USB disponíveis em seu
monitor.
SuperSpeed USB 5 Gbps (USB3.2 Gen1)
Velocidade de transfe- Potência máxima suportada
Taxa de dados
rência (cada porta)
SuperSpeed 5 Gbps 4,5 W
Velocidade alta 480 Mbps 4,5 W
Velocidade total 12 Mbps 4,5 W
Conector USB 3.0 upstream
Número Lado de 9 pinos do
do pin conector
1 VCC
2 D-
3 D+
4 GND
5 SSTX-
6 SSTX+
7 GND
8 SSRX-
9 SSRX+
Sobre seu monitor │ 33
Conector USB 3.2 downstream
Número Lado de 9 pinos do
do pin conector
1 VCC
2 D-
3 D+
4 GND
5 SSRX-
6 SSRX+
7 GND
8 SSTX-
9 SSTX+
OBSERVAÇÃO: A funcionalidade SuperSpeed USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2
Gen1) necessita de um computador capaz SuperSpeed USB 5 Gbps
(USB 3.2 Gen1).
OBSERVAÇÃO: As portas USB no monitor funcionam apenas quando o
monitor está ligado ou no modo de economia de energia. Se você des-
ligar o monitor e então ligá-lo, os periféricos acoplados poderão levar
alguns segundos para retomar a funcionalidade normal.
Capacidade Plug and Play
Você pode instalar o monitor em qualquer sistema compatível Plug and Play. O
monitor fornece automaticamente ao computador seus Dados de Identificação de
Exibição Estendida (EDID) usando Canal de Dados de Exibição (DDC) para que o
sistema possa se configurar e otimizar as configurações do monitor. A maioria das
instalações de monitor é automática, você pode selecionar configurações diferentes,
se desejar. Para obter mais informações sobre como alterar as configurações do
monitor, consulte Operando seu monitor.
34 │ Sobre seu monitor
Qualidade do monitor LCD e política de pixel
Durante o processo de fabricação do Monitor LCD, não é incomum que um ou mais
pixels fiquem fixos em um estado imutável, que são difíceis de ver e não afetam a
qualidade de exibição ou capacidade de utilização. Para mais informações sobre a
Qualidade e Política de Pixels do Monitor Dell, veja o site de suporte Dell em
www.dell.com/pixelguidelines.
Orientações para manutenção
Limpeza do monitor
AVISO: Antes de limpar o monitor, desconecte o cabo de alimentação
do monitor da tomada elétrica.
CUIDADO: Leia e siga as Instruções de segurança antes de limpar o
monitor.
Para melhores práticas, siga as instruções na lista abaixo ao desembalar, limpar ou
manusear seu monitor:
• Para limpar a tela, umedeça levemente um pano limpo e macio com água.
Se possível, use um tecido especial para limpeza de tela ou uma solução
adequada para revestimento antiestático. Não use benzeno, tíner, amônia,
limpadores abrasivos ou ar comprimido.
• Use um pano levemente umedecido, água para limpar o monitor. Evite usar
detergente de qualquer tipo uma vez que alguns detergentes deixam uma
película esbranquiçada sobre o monitor.
• Se você notar um pó branco ao desembalar o monitor, limpe-o com um pano.
• Manuseie o seu monitor com cuidado porque o monitor de cor preta pode ser
riscado e mostrar marcas de riscos brancos.
• Para ajudar a manter a melhor qualidade de imagem em seu monitor, use um
protetor de tela mudando dinamicamente e desligue o monitor quando não
estiver em uso.
Sobre seu monitor │ 35
Configurando o monitor
Conectando o suporte
OBSERVAÇÃO: O suporte é destacável quando o monitor é despachado
da fábrica.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Os passos a seguir são aplicáveis para o suporte
que acompanha o monitor. Se você estiver conectando um suporte
terceirizado, consulte a documentação que foi despachada com o
suporte.
1. Siga as instruções nas abas da caixa para remover o suporte do apoio superior
que o prende.
2. Remova o elevador do suporte e a base do suporte do apoio da embalagem.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Os gráficos são utilizados para o propósito de ilustração
apenas. A aparência do apoio da embalagem pode variar.
3. Insira os blocos da base do suporte totalmente no slot do suporte.
4. Levante o punho do parafuso e gire o parafuso no sentido horário.
5. Depois de apertar totalmente o parafuso, dobre o punho do parafuso plano para
dentro do recesso.
36 │ Configurando o monitor
Configurando o monitor │ 37
6. Levante a tampa, como mostrado, para acessar a área VESA para montagem
do suporte.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Antes de acoplar o conjunto do suporte à atela,
certifique-se que o flap da placa frontal esteja aberto para deixar
espaço para a montagem.
7. Acople o conjunto do suporte à tela.
a. Encaixe as duas guias na parte superior da fenda do suporte na parte de trás
da tela.
b. Pressione o suporte até que encaixe no lugar.
38 │ Configurando o monitor
8. Segure o suporte de elevação e levante o monitor com cuidado e, em seguida,
coloque-o sobre uma superfície plana.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Levante o monitor cuidadosamente para evitar que
escorregue ou caia.
9. Remova a tampa do monitor.
Configurando o monitor │ 39
Conectando seu monitor
AVISO: Antes de começar qualquer dos procedimentos desta seção,
siga as Instruções de segurança.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Não conecte todos os cabos do monitor ao mesmo
tempo. É recomendado rotear os cabos pelo slot para organização de
cabos antes de conectá-los ao monitor.
Para conectar o monitor para o computador:
1. Desligue o computador e desconecte o cabo de alimentação.
2. Conecte o cabo DisplayPort (enviado com o monitor) do monitor ao computador.
3. Conecte o cabo HDMI ou VGA (compra opcional) do monitor ao computador.
4. Conecte o cabo upstream USB (fornecido com seu monitor) a uma porta USB
3.0 adequada no seu computador. (Ver Vista inferior para detalhes.)
5. Conecte os periféricos USB ao SuperSpeed USB 5 Gbps (USB3.2 Gen 1) no
monitor.
Conectando os cabos DisplayPort e USB
USB
DP USB DP
40 │ Configurando o monitor
Conectando o cabo HDMI (opcional)
HDMI
HDMI 2.0
HDMI
Conectando o cabo VGA (opcional)
HDMI 2.0
VGA
VGA
6. Conecte os cabos de alimentação do seu computador e monitor a uma tomada
de parede.
Configurando o monitor │ 41
Organizando cabos
Utilize o slot para gerenciamento de cabos para direcionar os cabos conectados ao
seu monitor.
HDMI 2.0
7. Ligue o Monitor.
42 │ Configurando o monitor
Remoção do suporte
OBSERVAÇÃO: Para evitar arranhões na tela durante a remoção da
base, certifique que o monitor é colocado em uma superfície limpa.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Os passos a seguir são aplicáveis apenas para o suporte
que acompanha o monitor. Se você estiver conectando um suporte
terceirizado, consulte a documentação que foi despachada com o
suporte.
1. Coloque o painel do monitor em um pano macio ou almofada na borda da mesa.
2. Pressione e segure o botão de liberação do suporte na parte de trás da tela.
3. Levante o suporte para conjunto acima e longe do monitor.
Configurando o monitor │ 43
Montagem de parede (opcional)
DELL P2422H
Flat Panel Monitor /Monitor Plano Panel /Moniteur écran plat /液晶顯示器
DELL P2422H
Model No. /Modelo /N°de modelo /型號/모델명/モデル番号: P2422Hc
Flat Panel Monitor /Monitor Plano Panel /Moniteur écran plat /液晶顯示器
Input Ra�ng /Entrade /Daya Tegangan/정격입력/Entrada de energía:100-240V 50/60Hz,1.5A
Model No. /Modelo /N°de modelo /型號/모델명/モデル番号: P2422Hc 輸入電源:交流電壓100-240伏特,1.5安培,50/60赫茲
Input Ra�ng /Entrade /Daya Tegangan/정격입력/Entrada de energía:100-240V 50/60Hz,1.5A
輸入電源:交流電壓100-240伏特,1.5安培,50/60赫茲 Удельная мощность рабочего режима - XXXX Вт/см² Consumo de energía en operación: XX Wh
Удельная мощность рабочего режима - XXXX Вт/см² Consumo de energía en operación: XX Wh
Потребляемая мощность изделием в режиме ожидания - 0.XX Вт
Потребляемая мощность изделием в режиме ожидания - 0.XX Вт
Потребляемая мощность изделием в выключенном режиме - 0.XX Вт
Apparatet må �lkoples jordet s�kkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas �ll jordat u�ag.
Потребляемая мощность изделием в выключенном режиме - 0.XX Вт
Laite on liite�ävä suojakoske�milla varuste�uun pistorasiaan. Apparatets s�kprop skal �lslu�es en s�kkontakt med jord, Apparatet må �lkoples jordet s�kkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas �ll jordat u�ag.
som giver forbindelse �l s�kproppens jord. The equipment must be connected to an earthed mains socket-outlet.
L'appareil doit être branché sur une prise de courant munie d'une mise à la terre. Laite on liite�ävä suojakoske�milla varuste�uun pistorasiaan. Apparatets s�kprop skal �lslu�es en s�kkontakt med jord,
Made in China /Fabricado en China/сделанный в Китай /Fabriqué en Chine/中國製造
www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance Raheen Business Park Limerick Ireland (for EU Only)
警語: 使用過度恐傷害視力。 som giver forbindelse �l s�kproppens jord. The equipment must be connected to an earthed mains socket-outlet.
CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) For UK only: Cain Road, Bracknell, RG12 1LF L'appareil doit être branché sur une prise de courant munie d'une mise à la terre.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera�on is subject to the following two condi�ons:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and Made in China /Fabricado en China/сделанный в Китай /Fabriqué en Chine/中國製造 警語: 使用過度恐傷害視力。
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired opera�on.
www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance Raheen Business Park Limerick Ireland (for EU Only)
CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) For UK only: Cain Road, Bracknell, RG12 1LF
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera�on is subject to the following two condi�ons:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
XXXXXX-XX (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired opera�on.
R33037
デル・テクノロジーズ
入力:100V, 1.5 A, 50/60 Hz 2 IS 13252 (Part 1)/ XXXXX RoHS
XXXXXXX IEC 60950-1
R-R-E2K-P2422Hc
신청인:DELL INC.
제조자:L&T Display Technology(Fujian)Ltd.(for Korea)
080-200-3800 R-41082465
Q40G024N-700-XXA www.bis.gov.in
XXXXXX-XX
R33037
デル・テクノロジーズ
入力:100V, 1.5 A, 50/60 Hz 2 IS 13252 (Part 1)/ XXXXX RoHS
XXXXXXX IEC 60950-1
R-R-E2K-P2422Hc
신청인:DELL INC.
제조자:L&T Display Technology(Fujian)Ltd.(for Korea)
080-200-3800 R-41082465
Q40G024N-700-XXA www.bis.gov.in
DELL P2422H
液晶显示器
型号: P2422H
输入电源:
100-240V 50/60Hz,1.5A
中国制造
Date of Mfg/生产日期/生產日期: December. 2020
SVC Tag: S/N: CN-012345-
1234567 TV100-96N-001V
Express Service -A00
Code:
123 456 789 0
Q40G024N-700-XXA
(Dimensão do parafuso: M4 x 10 mm).
Consulte a documentação enviada com o kit de montagem de parede compatível
com VESA.
1. Coloque a tela em um pano macio ou almofada na borda da mesa.
2. Remova o apoio. Consulte Remoção do suporte.
3. Remova os quatro parafusos que fixam a tampa traseira da tela.
4. Instale a braçadeira de montagem do kit de montagem na parede para a tela.
5. Para montar o monitor na parede, veja a documentação enviada com o kit de
montagem de parede.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Para usar somente com suporte para montagem em
parede com certificação UL, CSA ou GS com peso/capacidade de carga
mínimo de 11,28 kg (P2222H/P2222H WOST)/13,56 kg (P2422H/
P2422H WOST)/17,52 kg (P2722H).
44 │ Configurando o monitor
Operando seu monitor
Ligue o monitor
Pressione o botão Liga/Desliga para ligar o monitor.
Usando o controle do joystick
Use o controle do joystick na parte traseira do monitor para fazer ajustes de
exibição na tela (OSD).
1. Pressione o joystick para abrir o Menu Launcher.
2. Mova o joystick para cima/para baixo/à esquerda/à direita entre as opções.
3. Pressione o joystick novamente para confirmar a seleção.
Operando seu monitor │ 45
Usando o Menu de Instruções Na Tela (OSD)
Acessando o Menu Launcher
Quando você alterna ou pressiona o joystick, o Menu Launcher é exibido para
permitir que você acesse o menu OSD principal e as funções de atalho.
Para selecionar uma função, mova o joystick.
A tabela a seguir descreve as funções do Menu Launcher:
Joystick Descrição
1 Para escolher uma fonte de entrada na lista de sinais
de vídeo que podem ser conectados ao seu monitor.
Tecla de atalho/Ori-
gem de entrada
2 Para escolher um modo de cor preferido na lista de
modos predefinidos.
Tecla de atalho/Mo-
dos predefinidos
3 Para acessar os controles deslizantes de ajuste de
brilho e contraste.
Tecla de atalho/Bri-
lho/Contraste
4 Para iniciar o menu principal de Instruções Na Tela
(OSD). Consulte Acessando o menu OSD.
Menu
5 Para sair do Menu Launcher.
OK
46 │ Operando seu monitor
Usando as teclas de navegação
Quando o menu principal OSD está ativo, mova o joystick para configurar as
configurações, seguindo as teclas de navegação exibidas abaixo do OSD.
Joystick Descrição
1 Use a direção para Cima para ajustar (faixas de
aumento) os itens no menu OSD.
Cima
2 Use a direção para Baixo para ajustar (faixas de
redução) os itens no menu OSD.
Baixo
3 Para todos os primeiros níveis na lista do Menu, a
seta Esquerda sairá/fechará o menu OSD.
Esquerda
4 Para todos os outros níveis, exceto o primeiro, na
lista do Menu, a seta Direita irá para o próximo nível.
Direita
5 Pressione o joystick para confirmar a seleção.
OK
Operando seu monitor │ 47
Acessando o menu OSD
OBSERVAÇÃO: Se você mudar as configurações e prosseguir para
outro menu ou sair do menu OSD, o monitor salvará automaticamente
essas mudanças. As mudanças também serão salvas se você mudar as
configurações e esperar que o menu OSD desapareça.
1. Selecione o ícone para abrir o OSD e exibir o menu principal.
Monitor 2X
Brilho/Contraste
Ajuste Automático
Origem de entrada
Cor
Tela
Menu
Personalizar
75% 75%
Outros
Sair
2. Pressione as direções e para mover entre as opções de configuração. À
medida que você move de um ícone para outro, a opção é realçada.
3. Pressione as direções ou uma vez para ativar a opção destacada.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Os botões direcionais (e o botão OK) exibidos podem
ser diferentes de acordo com o menu selecionado. Use os botões
disponíveis para fazer sua seleção.
4. Pressione a direção e para selecionar o parâmetro desejado.
5. Pressione o botão e use as direções e de acordo com os indicadores no
menu para fazer as alterações.
6. Selecione para retornar para o menu principal.
48 │ Operando seu monitor
Ícone Menu e Descrição
submenus
Brilho/ Use este menu para ativar o ajuste de Brilho/Contraste.
Contraste Monitor 2X
Brilho/Contraste
Ajuste Automático
Origem de entrada
Cor
Tela
Menu
Personalizar
75% 75%
Outros
Sair
Brilho Ajusta a luminosidade do Brilho da luz de fundo.
Pressione a direção para aumentar o brilho e
pressione a direção para diminuir o brilho (mín. 0 e
máx. 100).
Contraste Ajuste o Brilho primeiro e ajuste de Contraste apenas se
o ajuste adicional for necessário.
Pressione a direção para aumentar o contraste e
pressione a direção para diminuir o contraste (mín. 0 e
máx. 100).
A função Contraste ajusta o grau de diferença entre o
escuro e o claro na tela do monitor.
Operando seu monitor │ 49
Ajuste Use este menu para ativar o Ajuste automático (só
Automático disponível para entrada VGA).
2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste
Ajuste Automático Pressione para ajustar a tela automaticamente.
Origem de entrada
Cor
Tela
Menu
Personalizar
Outros
Sair
Ajuste automático permite que o monitor de auto-ajuste
ao sinal de vídeo de entrada. Depois de usar o Ajuste
automático, você pode ajustar o seu monitor usando
os controles Clock de Pixel (Grosso) e Fase (Fino) nas
configurações de Tela.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Na maioria dos casos o, Ajuste
automático produz a melhor imagem para sua
configuração.
OBSERVAÇÃO: A opção Ajuste automático só está
disponível quando estiver usando o conector analógico
(VGA.
50 │ Operando seu monitor
Origem de Use o menu Origem de entrada para selecionar entre
entrada diferentes sinais de vídeo que podem ser conectados ao
seu monitor.
2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste VGA
Ajuste Automático DP
Origem de entrada HDMI
Cor Seleção automática Encedido
Tela Renomear entradas VGA
Menu Rest. fte. Entrada
Personalizar
Outros
Sair
VGA Selecione a entrada VGA quando estiver usando o
conector VGA. Pressione para selecionar a fonte de
entrada VGA.
DP Selecione a entrada DP quando estiver usando o
conector DisplayPort. Pressione para selecionar a
fonte de entrada DP.
HDMI Selecione a entrada HDMI quando estiver usando o
conector HDMI. Pressione para selecionar a fonte de
entrada HDMI.
Seleção Escolha Seleção automática para procurar sinais de
automática entrada disponíveis.
Renomear
entradas
Rest. fte. Selecione esta opção para restaurar a Origem de Entrada
Entrada padrão.
Operando seu monitor │ 51
Cor Use Cor para ajustar o modo de configuração de cor.
2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste Modos Predefinidos Padrão
Ajuste Automático Formato da Cor de Entrada RGB
Origem de entrada Redef cor
Cor
Tela
Menu
Personalizar
Outros
Sair
Modos Permite que você escolha de uma lista de modos de
Predefinidos cores predefinidas.
• Padrão: Carrega as configurações de cor padrão do
monitor. Este é o modo predefinido padrão.
• Filme: Carrega as configurações de cor ideais para
filmes.
• Jogo: Carrega as configurações de cor ideais para a
maioria dos aplicativos de jogos.
• Quente: Aumenta a temperatura da cor. A tela parece
mais quente com um tom vermelho/amarelo.
• Frio: Diminui a temperatura da cor. A tela parece mais
fria com uma tonalidade azul.
• Cor Personalizada: Permite ajustar manualmente as
configurações de cor.
52 │ Operando seu monitor
Pressione as direções e para ajustar as três cores
(R, G, B) e criar seu próprio modo de cor predefinida.
2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste Modos Predefinidos Padrão
Ajuste Automático Formato da Cor de Entrada Filme
Origem de entrada Redef cor Jogo
Cor Quente
Tela Frio
Menu Cor Personalizada
Personalizar
Outros
Sair
Formato de Permite que você defina o modo de entrada de vídeo
cor de entrada para:
• RGB: Selecione esta opção se seu monitor estiver
conectado a um computador ou DVD player usando o
cabo HDMI.
• YCbCr(digital)/YPbPr(analógico): Selecione esta
opção se o seu leitor de DVD suporta apenas a saída
YCbCr(digital)/YPbPr(analógica).
2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste Modos Predefinidos
Ajuste Automático Formato da Cor de Entrada RGB
Origem de entrada Redef cor YPbPr
Cor
Tela
Menu
Personalizar
Outros
Sair
Operando seu monitor │ 53
Matiz Este recurso pode mudar a cor da imagem de vídeo para
o verde ou roxo. Este é usado para ajustar a cor do tom
de pele desejado. Use ou para ajustar a matriz de 0
a 100.
Pressione para aumentar a sombra verde da imagem
de vídeo.
Pressione para aumentar a sombra roxa da imagem de
vídeo.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Ajuste de Matiz está disponível
apenas quando selecionar o modo predefinido
Filme e Jogo.
Saturação Esta função pode ajustar a saturação da cor da imagem
de vídeo. Use ou para ajustar a saturação de 0 a
100.
Pressione para aumentar o aspecto monocromático
da imagem de vídeo.
Pressione para aumentar o aspecto de cores da
imagem de vídeo.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Ajuste de Saturação está dis-
ponível apenas quando selecionar o modo pre-
definido Filme e Jogo.
Redef cor Redefine a cor do seu monitor à configuração de fábrica.
Tela Use a Tela para ajustar a imagem.
2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste Formato de imagem 16: 9
Ajuste Automático Posição Horizontal
Origem de entrada Posição Vertical
Cor Nitidez 50
Tela Clock de Pixel
Menu Fase
Personalizar Tempo de Resposta Normal
Outros Redef exibição
Sair
54 │ Operando seu monitor
Formato de Ajusta o formato da imagem para16:9, 4:3 ou 5:4.
imagem
Posição Use ou para ajustar a imagem esquerda ou direita.
Horizontal O mínimo é ‘0’ ( ).
O máximo é ‘100’ ( ).
Posição Use ou para ajustar a imagem para cima ou para
Vertical baixo.
O mínimo é ‘0’ ( ).
O máximo é ‘100’ ( ).
OBSERVAÇÃO: Os ajustes de Posição Horizontal e
Posição Vertical só estão disponíveis para a entrada
VGA.
Nitidez Este recurso pode tornar a imagem mais nítida ou mais
suave. Use ou para ajustar a nitidez de '0' para
'100'.
Clock de Pixel Os ajustes de Fase e Clock de Pixel permitem que você
ajuste seu monitor como desejar.
Use ou para ajustar a melhor qualidade da imagem.
Fase Se não forem obtidos resultados satisfatórios usando
o ajuste de Fase , use o ajuste Pixel Clock (grosso) e
depois use Fase (fino), novamente.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Ajustes de Pixel de Clock e Fase só
estão disponíveis para a entrada VGA.
Tempo de Permite que você defina o Tempo de Resposta em
Resposta Normal ou Rápido.
Redef exibição Redefine todas as configurações de tela para os valores
padrão de fábrica.
Operando seu monitor │ 55
Menu Selecione esta opção para ajustar as configurações
do OSD, tais como os idiomas do OSD, a quantidade
de tempo que o menu permanece na tela, e assim por
diante.
2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste Idioma Português (Brasil)
Ajuste Automático Rotação Selecionar
Origem de entrada Transparência 20
Cor Cronômetro 20 s
Tela Travar Desabilitar
Menu Redef menu
Personalizar
Outros
Sair
Idioma Opção de idioma para definir a exibição de OSD para um
dos oito idiomas (English, Español, Français, Deutsch,
Português (Brasil), Русский, 简体中文 ou 日本語).
Rotação Gira o OSD em 90 graus sentido anti-horário. Você pode
ajustar o menu de acordo com a sua rotação de tela.
Transparência Selecione esta opção para mudar a transparência do
menu ao pressionar as direções e de 0 a 100.
Cronômetro Tempo de espera do OSD: define o tempo que o OSD
fica ativo depois que a última direção é pressionada.
Use os botões e para ajustar o cursor em
incrementos de 1 segundo, de 5 a 60 segundos.
Travar Acesso do usuário aos controles aos ajustes. O usuário
pode selecionar um dos seguintes itens: Botões do Menu,
Botão de Energia, Botões Menu + Liga/Desl., Desabilitar.
Redef menu Redefine todas as configurações OSD para os valores
predefinidos de fábrica.
56 │ Operando seu monitor
Personalizar Selecione esta opção para ajustar as configurações de
personalização.
Monitor 2X
Brilho/Contraste Tecla de atalho 1 Fonte de entrada
Ajuste Automático Tecla de atalho 2 Modo predefinido
Origem de entrada Tecla de atalho 3 Brilho/Contraste
Cor LED do Botão de Energia Lig. no modo lig.
Tela USB Des. no modo de espera
Menu Reinicializar Personalização
Personalizar
Outros
Sair
Tecla de Permite que você escolha uma característica de Modos
atalho 1 Predefinidos, Brilho/Contraste, Ajuste Automático,
Tecla de Origem de entrada, Formato de imagem, Rotação,
atalho 2 Informações do mostrador e defina-a como uma tecla
de atalho.
Tecla de
atalho 3 2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste Tecla de atalho 1 Modos Predefinidos
Ajuste Automático Tecla de atalho 2 Brilho/Contraste
Origem de entrada Tecla de atalho 3 Ajuste Automático
LED do Botão de Energia Origem de entrada
Cor
Carregamento USB Formato de imagem
Tela
Reinicializar Personalização Rotação
Menu
Informações do monitor
Personalizar
Outros
Sair
LED do Botão Permite que você defina o indicador de LED de energia
de Energia ligado ou desligado para economizar energia.
USB Permite que você ative ou desative a função USB
durante modo em espera do monitor.
Operando seu monitor │ 57
Reinicializar Reinicializar todas as definições no menu Personalizar na
Personalizar definição padrão.
Outros Selecione esta opção para ajustar as configurações OSD,
como DDC/CI, Condicionamento do LCD e assim por
diante.
2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste Informações do monitor Selecionar
Ajuste Automático DDC/CI Ativado
Origem de entrada Condicionamento do LCD Des.
Cor Marca de Serviço xxxxxx
Tela Redef outros
Menu Restaurar Config. de Fábrica
Personalizar ENERGY STAR®
Outros
Sair
Informações Exibe as configurações atuais do monitor.
do mostrador
58 │ Operando seu monitor
DDC/CI DDC/CI (Display Data Interface de comando/canal)
permite que os parâmetros do monitor (brilho balanço
de cor, etc.) para ser ajustável via software em seu
computador.
Você pode desativar esse recurso selecionando Des..
Habilitar esse recurso selecionando ativar para melhor
experiência do usuário e melhor desempenho do seu
monitor.
2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste Informações do monitor
Ajuste Automático DDC/CI Lig.
Origem de entrada Condicionamento do LCD Des.
Cor Marca de Serviço
Tela Redef outros
Menu Restaurar Config. de Fábrica
Personalizar
Outros
Sair
Condiciona- Ajuda a reduzir os casos menores de retenção de
mento do LCD imagem. Dependendo do grau de retenção de imagem,
o programa pode levar algum tempo para ser executado.
Para iniciar o condicionamento do LCD, selecione Lig.
Guia de Exibe o número da marca de serviço da exibição. A
Serviço marca de serviço é um identificador alfanumérico único
que permite a Dell para identificar as especificações do
produto e informações sobre a garantia de acesso.
OBSERVAÇÃO: A marca de serviço também é
impressa em uma etiqueta localizada na parte
traseira da capa.
Redef outros Reinicie todas as definições sob o menu de configuração
outros para os valores predefinidos de fábrica.
Operando seu monitor │ 59
Restaurar Restaure todos os valores predefinidos para as
Config. de configurações padrão de fábrica.
Fábrica Estas são também as configurações para os testes
ENERGY STAR® .
2X Monitor
Brilho/Contraste Informações do monitor Selecionar
Ajuste Automático DDC/CI Lig.
Origem de entrada Condicionamento do LCD Des.
Cor Marca de Serviço xxxxxx
Tela Redef outros
Menu Restaurar Config. de Fábrica ENERGY STAR®
Personalizar
Outros
Sair
OBSERVAÇÃO: Seu monitor possui um recurso interno para calibrar
automaticamente o brilho para compensar o desgaste do LED.
60 │ Operando seu monitor
Bloqueio do botão Menu e Energia
Impede os usuários para acessar ou mudar as configurações do menu OSD no display.
De modo padrão, as configurações do bloqueio do botão de Energia e Menu são
desabilitadas.
Para acessar o menu bloquear, pressione e segure a direção Para Cima ou Para Baixo
ou a direção Esquerda ou direita por quatro segundos. Um menu de bloqueio aparece
no canto direito inferior do display.
OBSERVAÇÃO: O menu de bloqueio pode ser acessado usando
este método quando os botões de Menu e Energia estão no estado
desbloqueados.
Selecionar opção:
Para acessar o menu Desbloquear, pressione e segure a direção Para Cima ou
Para Baixo ou Esquerda ou direita por quatro segundos. Um menu de desbloqueio
Operando seu monitor │ 61
aparece no canto direito inferior do display.
OBSERVAÇÃO: O menu de desbloqueio pode ser acessado quando os
botões de Menu e Energia estão bloqueados.
Selecionar opção:
Existem três opções de bloqueio.
Menu Descrição
1 Botões do Menu Quando os Botões do Menu são selecionados, as
configurações do menu OSD não podem ser mudados.
Todos os botões estão bloqueados, exceto o botão de
Energia.
2 Botão de Energia Quando o Botão de Energia é selecionado, o display
não pode ser desligado usando este botão.
3 Botões Menu + Quando Botões Menu + Liga/Desl. são selecionados,
Liga/Desl. as definições do menu OSD não podem ser mudadas e
o botão de Energia é bloqueado.
4 Diagnósticos Veja Diagnósticos integrados para mais informações.
Integrados
62 │ Operando seu monitor
OBSERVAÇÃO: Para acessar o menu Bloquear ou Desbloquear – pres-
sione e segure a direção Para Cima ou Para Baixo ou Esquerda ou Direi-
ta por quatro segundos.
Nos seguintes cenários, o ícone aparece no centro do display:
• Quando a direção Para Cima ou Para Baixo ou Esquerda ou Direita são
pressionados. Isto indica que os botões do menu OSD estão bloqueados.
• Quando o botão de Energia é pressionado. Isto indica que o botão de Energia
está bloqueado.
• Quando a direção Para Cima ou Para Baixo ou Esquerda ou Direita o botão de
Energia são pressionados. Isto indica que os botões do menu OSD e o botão
de Energia estão bloqueados.
Desbloqueio dos botões de Energia e menu OSD：
1. Pressione e segure a direção Para Cima ou Para Baixo ou Esquerda ou Direita
por quatro segundos. O menu de desbloqueio aparece.
2. Selecione o ícone de desbloqueio para desbloquear os botões no display.
Operando seu monitor │ 63
Mensagens de alerta do OSD
Quando o monitor não suporta um modo de resolução de tela particular, a seguinte
mensagem é exibida:
A duração de entrada atual não é suportada pela tela do monitor.
Por favor, mude sua duração de entrada em 1920x1080, 60Hz ou
alguma outra duração do monitor indicada, assim como as especificações
do monitor.
Isto significa que o monitor não pode sincronizar com o sinal que está recebendo do
computador. Consulte Especificações do monitor para obter as faixas de frequência
Horizontal e Vertical endereçáveis por este monitor. O modo recomendado é 1920
x 1080.
OBSERVAÇÃO: A mensagem pode ser ligeiramente diferente de acordo
com o sinal de entrada conectado.
Você verá a seguinte mensagem antes que a função DDC/CI seja desabilitada:
A função de ajuste da configuração de exibição usando o aplicativo de PC
será desabilitada.
Deseja desativar a função DDC/CI?
Sim
Não
64 │ Operando seu monitor
Você verá a seguinte mensagem antes que a função Travar seja ativada:
Tem certeza que deseja bloquear os Botões do Menu?
Para desbloquear os Botões, consulte o Guia do Usuário.
Sim
Não
Quando o monitor entra em modo de economia de energia, aparece a seguinte
mensagem:
Entrando no modo Espera...
Ative o computador e o monitor para ter acesso ao OSD.
OBSERVAÇÃO: A mensagem pode ser ligeiramente diferente de acordo
com o sinal de entrada conectado.
Se o cabo VGA, HDMI ou DisplayPort não estiver conectado, será exibida uma caixa
de diálogo suspensa como mostrado abaixo. O monitor irá entrar no Standby Mode
(Modo em Espera) após quatro minutos se for deixado neste estado.
Sem cabo VGA
O monitor entra no modo de espera em 4 minutos.
www.dell.com/P2X22H
ou
Operando seu monitor │ 65
Sem cabo HDMI
O monitor entra no modo de espera em 4 minutos.
www.dell.com/P2X22H
ou
Sem cabo DP
O monitor entra no modo de espera em 4 minutos.
www.dell.com/P2X22H
OBSERVAÇÃO: A mensagem pode ser ligeiramente diferente de acordo
com o sinal de entrada conectado.
A caixa de Mensagem de Alerta de Energia aplicará as funções de Brilho pela
primeira vez quando o usuário ajusta o nível de Brilho acima do nível padrão.
Ajustar esse valor aumentará o consumo de energia acima do nível padrão.
Deseja continuar?
Sim
Não
66 │ Operando seu monitor
Quando a Restaurar Config. de Fábrica é selecionada, a seguinte mensagem é
exibida:
Tem certeza de que deseja redefinir para as configurações padrão?
Sim
Não
Quando você seleciona “Sim” para reinicializar as definições padrões, a seguinte
mensagem será exibida:
2X Monitor
Selecione 'Sim' para habilitar as seguintes funções:
· Carregamento USB
Sim
Não
Ver Solução de problemas para obter mais informações.
Operando seu monitor │ 67
Configurando a resolução máxima
Para definir a resolução máxima do monitor:
No Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1:
1. Para Windows 8 e Windows 8.1 apenas, selecione o quadro Desktop para
mudar para o ambiente de trabalho clássico.
2. Clique com o botão direito do mouse naárea de trabalho e clique em Screen
Resolution (Resolução de Tela).
3. Clique na lista suspensa de Resolução da Tela e selecione 1920 x 1080.
4. Clique em OK.
No Windows 10 e Windows 11:
1. Clique com o botão direito na área de trabalho e clique em Display settings
(Configurações de exibição).
2. Se tiver mais de um monitor conectado, certifique-se de selecionar P2X22H.
3. Clique na lista suspensa Resolução da tela e selecione 1920 x 1080.
4. Clique em Keep changes (Manter alterações).
Se você não vê 1920 x 1080 como uma opção, você pode precisar atualizar o
driver de gráficos. Dependendo do seu computador, complete um dos seguintes
procedimentos:
Se você tem um computador de mesa ou computador portátil Dell:
• Vá para www.dell.com/support, insira a sua marca de serviço do
computador, e faça o download do driver mais recente para a sua placa
gráfica.
Se você estiver usando um computador não Dell (portátil ou de mesa):
• Vá para o site de suporte do seu computador e baixe os últimos drivers
gráficos.
• Vá para o seu website placa de vídeo e baixe os últimos drivers gráficos.
68 │ Operando seu monitor
Usando a extensão de inclinação, rotação e vertical
OBSERVAÇÃO: As seguintes instruções são aplicáveis apenas para fixar
o suporte que foi enviado com seu monitor. Se você fixar um suporte
que tiver sido comprado de qualquer outra fonte, siga as instruções de
configuração que foram incluídas com o suporte.
Inclinação, oscilação
Com o suporte conectado ao monitor, pode inclinar e girar o monitor para o ângulo
de visualização mais confortável.
OBSERVAÇÃO: O suporte é destacável quando o monitor é despachado
da fábrica.
Extensão vertical
OBSERVAÇÃO: O suporte pode ser estendido verticalmente até 150
mm.
Operando seu monitor │ 69
150 mm
70 │ Operando seu monitor
Girando o monitor
Antes de girar o monitor, ele deve ser totalmente estendido verticalmente (exten-
são vertical) e totalmente inclinado para cima, para evitar bater na borda inferior do
monitor.
Gire no sentido horário
Operando seu monitor │ 71
Gire no sentido anti-horário
OBSERVAÇÃO: Para utilizar a função de rotação do monitor (vista
Paisagem x Retrato) com seu computador Dell, você precisa de um
driver gráfico atualizado que não é fornecido com este monitor. Para o
download do driver gráfico, vá para www.dell.com/support e consulte
a seção Download para drivers de vídeo das últimas atualizações de
drivers.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Quando no Modo de visualização de retrato, pode
ocorrer degradação do desempenho em aplicativos gráficos intensivos
(jogos 3D e etc.).
72 │ Operando seu monitor
Ajustando as definições de rotação da tela do seu sistema
Depois de girar o monitor, deve completar o procedimento abaixo para ajustar as
configurações de vídeo de rotação de seu sistema.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Se usar o monitor com um computador Dell, vá até
website do driver gráfico ou o site do fabricante do computador para
obter informações sobre a rotação dos conteúdos na sua tela.
Para ajustar as configurações de vídeo de rotação:
1. Clique com botão direito do mouse no desktop e clique em Properties
(Propriedades).
2. Selecione a guia Settings (Configurações) e clique em Advanced
(Avançaddo).
3. Se você possui uma placa gráfica ATI, selecione a guia Rotation (Rotação) e
defina a rotação preferida.
4. Se você tiver uma placa de vídeo nVidia, clique na guia nVidia, na coluna da
esquerda selecione NVRotate e selecione a rotação preferida.
5. Se você tem uma placa gráfica Intel® , seleciona a guia de gráficos Intel ,
cliquem em Graphic Properties (Propriedades Gráficas), selecione a guia
Rotation (Rotação) e depois defina a rotação preferida.
OBSERVAÇÃO: Se você não vê a opção de rotação ou ele não está
funcionando corretamente, vá para www.dell.com/support e faça o
download do driver mais recente da sua placa gráfica.
Operando seu monitor │ 73
Solução de problemas
AVISO: Antes de começar qualquer dos procedimentos desta seção,
siga as Instruções de segurança.
Autoteste
Seu monitor inclui uma função de autoteste que permite verificar se o monitor
está funcionando corretamente. Se o monitor e o computador estão conectados
corretamente, mas a tela permanece escura, execute o autoteste do monitor,
executando as seguintes etapas:
1. Desligue o computador e o monitor.
2. Desconecte todos os cabos de vídeo do seu monitor. Desta forma, o computador
não tem que estar envolvido.
3. Ligue o monitor.
A caixa de diálogo flutuante deve aparecer na tela (contra um fundo preto) se
o monitor não detectar um sinal de vídeo e estiver funcionando corretamente.
Enquanto em modo autoteste, o LED permanece branco. Além disso, dependendo
da entrada selecionada, uma das caixas de diálogo abaixo rolará continuamente
através da tela.
Sem cabo VGA
O monitor entra no modo de espera em 4 minutos.
www.dell.com/P2X22H
ou
Sem cabo HDMI
O monitor entra no modo de espera em 4 minutos.
www.dell.com/P2X22H
ou
74 │ Solução de problemas
Sem cabo DP
O monitor entra no modo de espera em 4 minutos.
www.dell.com/P2X22H
4. Esta caixa também aparece durante o funcionamento normal, se o cabo do
monitor fica desligado ou danificado.
5. Desligue o monitor, desconecte e reconecte o cabo de vídeo, em seguida, ligue
o computador e o monitor.
Se a tela do monitor permanecer em branco depois de usar o procedimento anterior,
verifique o controlador de vídeo e o computador, porque seu monitor está funcio-
nando corretamente.
Solução de problemas │ 75
Diagnósticos integrados
O monitor tem uma ferramenta embutida de diagnóstico que ajuda a determinar se
a anormalidade da tela que está ocorrendo é um problema inerente do seu monitor,
ou do seu computador e placa de vídeo.
Para executar o diagnóstico integrado:
1. Certifique-se de que a tela está limpa (sem partículas de pó sobre a superfície
da tela).
2. Mova e segure o joystick para cima/para baixo/esquerda/direita por aproxima-
damente 4 segundos até o menu pop-up ser exibido.
Selecionar opção:
76 │ Solução de problemas
3. Mova o joystick para evidenciar o ícone de Diagnóstico depois pressione o
joystick para confirmar. Um modelo de teste de cinza é exibido.
Selecionar opção:
4. Verifique cuidadosamente a tela para anormalidades.
5. Pressione o joystick para mudar os modelos de teste.
6. Repita os passos 4 e 5 para inspecionar a exibição nas telas das cores verme-
lha, verde, azul, preta, branca e de texto.
7. Pressione o joystick para encerrar o programa de diagnóstico.
Solução de problemas │ 77
Problemas comuns
A tabela a seguir contém informações gerais sobre problemas comuns do monitor
que você pode encontrar e as possíveis soluções.
Sintomas Co- Soluções possíveis
muns
Sem vídeo/LED Assegure que o cabo de vídeo conectando o monitor e o com-
de energia desli- putador está adequadamente conectado e preso.
gado
• Verifique se a tomada elétrica está funcionando corretamente
usando qualquer outro equipamento elétrico.
• Certifique-se que o botão de energia está totalmente
pressionado.
• Certifique-se de que a origem de entrada correta está
selecionada através do menu Origem de entrada.
Sem vídeo/LED • Aumente o brilho e contraste usando o OSD.
de energia ligado • Execute o recurso de verificação de auto-teste do monitor.
• Verifique se há pinos tortos ou quebrados no conector do
cabo de vídeo.
• Execute os diagnósticos integrados.
• Certifique-se de que a origem de entrada correta está
selecionada através do menu Origem de entrada.
Foco ruim • Elimine os cabos de extensão de vídeo.
• Reinicialize o monitor nas Configurações de Fábrica
(Restaurar Config. de Fábrica).
• Altere a resolução de vídeo para a proporção correta.
Vídeo instável/ • Reinicializar o monitor nas Configurações de Fábrica
Trêmulo (Restaurar Config. de Fábrica).
• Verifique os fatores ambientais.
• Realoque o monitor e teste em outra sala.
Pixels Faltantes • Ciclo liga-desliga.
• Pixel que está permanentemente desligado é um defeito
natural que pode ocorrer na tecnologia LCD.
• Para obter mais informações sobre a política de qualidade e
de pixel do monitor Dell, consulte o site de suporte Dell em:
www.dell.com/pixelguidelines.
78 │ Solução de problemas
Pixels Presos • Ciclo liga-desliga.
• Pixel que está permanentemente desligado é um defeito
natural que pode ocorrer na tecnologia LCD.
• Para obter mais informações sobre a política de qualidade e
de pixel do monitor Dell, consulte o site de suporte Dell em:
www.dell.com/pixelguidelines.
Problemas de • Reinicialize o monitor nas Configurações de Fábrica
Brilho (Restaurar Config. de Fábrica).
• Ajuste os controles de brilho e contraste através do OSD.
Distorção Geo- • Reinicialize o monitor nas Configurações de Fábrica
métrica (Restaurar Config. de Fábrica).
• Ajuste os controles de Horizontal e de ertical através do OSD.
Linhas Horizon- • Reinicialize o monitor nas Configurações de Fábrica
tal/Vertical (Restaurar Config. de Fábrica).
• Execute o recurso de verificação de autoteste do monitor e
determine se estas linhas também estão em modo autoteste.
• Verifique se há pinos tortos ou quebrados no conector do
cabo de vídeo.
• Execute os diagnósticos integrados.
Problemas de • Reinicialize o monitor nas Configurações de Fábrica
sincronização (Restaurar Config. de Fábrica).
• Execute o recurso de verificação de autoteste para
determinar se a tela embaralhada aparece em modo
autoteste.
• Verifique se há pinos tortos ou quebrados no conector do
cabo de vídeo.
• Reinicie o computador em modo de segurança.
Assuntos relacio- • Não execute nenhuma das etapas da solução de problemas.
nados à seguran- • Contate a Dell imediatamente.
ça
Problemas inter- • Assegure que o cabo de vídeo conectando o monitor para o
mitentes computador está adequadamente conectado e preso.
• Reinicialize o monitor nas Configurações de Fábrica
(Restaurar Config. de Fábrica).
• Execute o recurso autoteste de monitor para determinar se o
problema intermitente ocorre no modo autoteste.
Solução de problemas │ 79
Cor Faltando • Execute o recurso de verificação de auto-teste do monitor.
• Assegure que o cabo de vídeo conectando o monitor para o
computador está adequadamente conectado e preso.
• Verifique se há pinos tortos ou quebrados no conector do
cabo de vídeo.
Cor errada • Mude o Color Setting Mode (modo de configuração
de cor) no OSD de configurações de Cor para gráficos ou
vídeo, dependendo do aplicativo.
• Experimente diferentes Modos predefinidos no OSD
de configurações de Cor. Ajuste o valor R/G/B em Cor
Personalizada no OSD de configurações de Cor.
• Mude o Formato da Cor de Entrada para RGB
ou YCbCr(digital)/YPbPr(analógico) no OSD de
configurações de Cor.
• Execute os diagnósticos integrados.
Retenção de • Defina a tela para desligar depois de alguns minutos de
imagem de uma inatividade da tela. Isto pode ser ajustado nas Opções de
imagem estáti- Força de Windows ou na configuração de Economia de
ca deixada no Energia Mac.
monitor por um • Como alternativa, use um protetor de tela dinâmico.
longo período de
tempo
Fantasma ou • Mude o Tempo de Resposta na Tela para Normal ou
Superação de Rápido dependendo da sua aplicação e uso.
Vídeo
80 │ Solução de problemas
Problemas específicos do produto
Sintomas especí- Soluções possíveis
ficos
A imagem da tela é • Verifique o ajuste de Formato de imagem nas
muito pequena configurações de Tela do OSD.
• Reinicialize o monitor nas Configurações de Fábrica
(Restaurar Config. de Fábrica).
Não foi possível • Desligue o monitor, desligue o cabo de alimentação,
ajustar o monitor conecte novamente e depois ligue o monitor.
com o joystick • Verifique se o menu OSD está bloqueado. Se sim, mova e
segure o joystick para cima/para baixo/esquerda/direita
por 4 segundos para desbloquear (para mais informações,
veja Bloqueio do botão Menu e Energia).
Nenhum sinal de • Verifique a fonte de sinal. Verifique se o computador
entrada quando os não está no modo de espera movendo o mouse ou
controles do usuário pressionando qualquer tecla no teclado.
são pressionados • Verifique se o cabo de vídeo está conectado corretamente.
Desconecte e reconecte o cabo de vídeo, se necessário.
• Reinicie o computador ou reprodutor de vídeo.
A imagem não pre- • Devido a diferentes formatos de vídeo (formato de
enche toda a tela imagem) de DVDs, o monitor pode exibir em tela cheia.
• Execute os diagnósticos integrados.
Problemas específicos de Universal Serial Bus (USB)
Sintomas especí- Soluções possíveis
ficos
Interface USB não • Verifique se o monitor está ligado.
está funcionando • Reconecte o cabo upstream para o seu computador.
• Reconecte os periféricos USB (conector downstream).
• Desligue o monitor e ligue-o novamente.
• Reinicie o computador.
• Certos dispositivos USB, como disco rígido portátil,
exigem uma fonte maior de energia; conecte o drive ao
computador diretamente.
Solução de problemas │ 81
A interface SuperS- • Verifique se seu computador é compatível com
peed USB 5 Gbps SuperSpeed USB 5 Gbps (USB 3.2 Gen1).
(USB 3.2 Gen1) é • Alguns computadores têm USB 3.2, USB 2.0 e portas USB
lenta 1.1. Certifique-se de que a porta USB correta é usada.
• Reconecte o cabo upstream para o seu computador.
• Reconecte os periféricos USB (conector downstream).
• Reinicie o computador.
Periféricos USB • Aumente a distância entre os periféricos USB 3.2 e
sem fio param de receptor USB sem fio.
trabalhar quando • Posicione o receptor USB sem fio o mais próximo possível
um dispositivo USB dos periféricos USB sem fio.
3.2 é ligado
• Use um cabo USB extensor para posicionar o receptor
USB sem fio o mais longe possível da porta USB 3.2.
82 │ Solução de problemas
Apêndice
AVISO: O uso de controles, ajustes ou procedimentos diferentes
daqueles especificados nesta documentação pode resultar em
exposição a riscos de choque elétricos e/ou mecânicos.
Para obter informações sobre instruções de segurança, consulte as Informações
Regulamentares e de Segurança Ambiental (SERI).
Avisos da FCC (somente para os EUA) e outras informações
regulamentares
Para avisos da FCC e outras informações regulamentares, veja o website
regulamentar em www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance.
Como entrar em contato com a Dell
Para clientes nos Estados Unidos, disque 800-WWW-DELL (800-999-3355).
OBSERVAÇÃO: Se você não tem uma conexão de Internet ativa, pode
encontrar as informações de contato na nota fiscal de compra, fatura
na embalagem, nota, ou catálogo de produtos da Dell.
A Dell oferece várias opções de suporte e serviços on-line e por telefone. A disponi-
bilidade varia de acordo com o país e o produto, e alguns serviços podem não estar
disponíveis em todas as áreas.
• Assistência técnica on-line — www.dell.com/support/monitors
• Contactando a Dell — www.dell.com/contactdell
Banco de dados do produto UE para a folha de informações do
produto e etiqueta de energia.
P2222H: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/549695
P2422H: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/550826
P2722H: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/545529
P2222H WOST: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/562066
P2422H WOST: https://eprel.ec.europa.eu/qr/562073
Apêndice │ 83
OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno
Manual do Proprietário
Modelo normativo: D17S
Tipo normativo: D17S007
Outubro 2024
Rev. A04
Notas, avisos e advertências
NOTA: Uma NOTA indica informações importantes que ajudam você a usar melhor o seu produto.
CUIDADO: Um AVISO indica possíveis danos ao hardware ou a possibilidade de perda de dados e informa como evitar o
problema.
ATENÇÃO: Uma ADVERTÊNCIA indica possíveis danos à propriedade, lesões corporais ou risco de morte.
© 2024 Dell Inc. ou suas subsidiárias. Todos os direitos reservados. Dell Technologies, Dell e outras marcas são marcas comerciais da Dell Inc. ou suas
subsidiárias. Outras marcas podem ser marcas comerciais de seus respectivos proprietários.
Índice
Capítulo 1: Vistas do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.................................................................... 7
Parte frontal........................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Parte traseira..........................................................................................................................................................................9
Capítulo 2: Configurar seu computador............................................................................................ 11
Capítulo 3: Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno......................................................15
Dimensões e peso................................................................................................................................................................ 15
Processador.......................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Chipset...................................................................................................................................................................................16
Sistema operacional............................................................................................................................................................. 17
Memória.................................................................................................................................................................................17
Matriz de memória......................................................................................................................................................... 18
Portas e slots externos........................................................................................................................................................18
Slots internos........................................................................................................................................................................ 19
Ethernet.................................................................................................................................................................................19
Módulo sem fio.................................................................................................................................................................... 20
Audio..................................................................................................................................................................................... 20
Armazenamento.................................................................................................................................................................. 20
Matriz de armazenamento............................................................................................................................................ 21
Especificações de alimentação...........................................................................................................................................21
Conector da fonte de alimentação.............................................................................................................................. 22
GPU — integrada................................................................................................................................................................22
Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU — integrada).................................................................................................... 23
Compatibilidade com monitor externo (GPU — integrada).................................................................................... 23
GPU — dedicada.................................................................................................................................................................23
Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU - Dedicada)........................................................................................................24
Suporte a monitor externo (GPU – dedicada).......................................................................................................... 24
Segurança de hardware......................................................................................................................................................24
Requisitos ambientais..........................................................................................................................................................25
Conformidade com normas................................................................................................................................................25
Ambiente de operação e armazenamento....................................................................................................................... 25
Capítulo 4: Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador..............................................................27
Instruções de segurança.....................................................................................................................................................27
Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador................................................................................................. 27
Precauções de segurança.............................................................................................................................................28
Proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas..................................................................................................................28
Kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas.....................................................................................29
Transporte de componentes sensíveis....................................................................................................................... 30
Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador........................................................................................................30
BitLocker.........................................................................................................................................................................30
Ferramentas recomendadas............................................................................................................................................... 31
Lista de parafusos................................................................................................................................................................ 31
Índice 3
Principais componentes do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno..................................................................................32
Capítulo 5: Como remover e instalar a tampa lateral......................................................................... 35
Como remover a tampa lateral.......................................................................................................................................... 35
Como instalar a tampa lateral............................................................................................................................................ 35
Capítulo 6: Como remover e instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda................................................... 37
Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda................................................................................................................ 37
Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda.................................................................................................................. 38
Capítulo 7: Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis
pelo cliente).............................................................................................................................. 39
Tampa frontal.......................................................................................................................................................................39
Como remover a tampa frontal....................................................................................................................................39
Como instalar a tampa frontal......................................................................................................................................40
Disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas............................................................................................................................................. 41
Como remover o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas..........................................................................................................41
Como instalar o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas........................................................................................................... 43
Gabinete da unidade de disco............................................................................................................................................ 45
Como remover o compartimento da unidade de disco.............................................................................................45
Como instalar o compartimento da unidade de disco............................................................................................... 47
Unidade óptica..................................................................................................................................................................... 48
Como remover a unidade óptica..................................................................................................................................48
Como instalar a unidade óptica....................................................................................................................................50
Memória.................................................................................................................................................................................51
Como remover o módulo de memória......................................................................................................................... 51
Como instalar o módulo de memória...........................................................................................................................52
Unidades de estado sólido..................................................................................................................................................53
Como remover unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230................................................................................................. 53
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230................................................................................................ 53
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280.............................................................................................. 55
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280................................................................................................ 56
Placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração...............................................................................................................58
Placa de rede sem fio..........................................................................................................................................................65
Como remover a placa de rede sem fio......................................................................................................................65
Como instalar a placa de rede sem fio........................................................................................................................ 66
Antena puck externa........................................................................................................................................................... 67
Placa gráfica.........................................................................................................................................................................67
Como remover a placa gráfica..................................................................................................................................... 67
Como instalar a placa gráfica....................................................................................................................................... 68
Alto-falante interno............................................................................................................................................................. 70
Como remover o alto-falante interno..........................................................................................................................70
Como instalar o alto-falante interno............................................................................................................................70
Sensor de violação................................................................................................................................................................71
Como remover o sensor de violação............................................................................................................................71
Como instalar o sensor de violação............................................................................................................................. 72
Capítulo 8: Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units).................................................74
Botão liga/desliga................................................................................................................................................................ 74
4 Índice
Como remover o botão liga/desliga............................................................................................................................ 74
Como instalar o botão liga/desliga.............................................................................................................................. 75
Módulo da antena sem fio.................................................................................................................................................. 76
Módulo da antena interna............................................................................................................................................. 76
Módulo da antena SMA externa...................................................................................................................................81
Unidade de fonte de alimentação......................................................................................................................................84
Como remover a fonte de alimentação...................................................................................................................... 84
Como instalar a fonte de alimentação.........................................................................................................................86
Conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador....................................................................................... 87
Como remover o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador....................................................87
Como instalar o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador......................................................88
Processador......................................................................................................................................................................... 89
Como remover o processador..................................................................................................................................... 89
Como instalar o processador........................................................................................................................................90
Módulos de entrada/saída opcionais................................................................................................................................. 91
Módulo serial................................................................................................................................................................... 91
Módulo VGA................................................................................................................................................................... 94
Módulo DP......................................................................................................................................................................96
Módulo HDMI................................................................................................................................................................. 98
Placa de sistema................................................................................................................................................................ 100
Como remover a placa de sistema.............................................................................................................................100
Como instalar a placa de sistema............................................................................................................................... 104
Capítulo 9: Software.................................................................................................................... 110
Sistema operacional............................................................................................................................................................110
Drivers e downloads........................................................................................................................................................... 110
Capítulo 10: Configuração do BIOS................................................................................................. 111
Entrando no programa Configuração do BIOS................................................................................................................ 111
Teclas de navegação...........................................................................................................................................................111
Menu de inicialização única com a tecla F12.................................................................................................................... 111
Opções de configuração do sistema................................................................................................................................ 112
Como atualizar o BIOS...................................................................................................................................................... 124
Como atualizar o BIOS no Windows.......................................................................................................................... 124
Como atualizar o BIOS em ambientes Linux e Ubuntu............................................................................................125
Como atualizar o BIOS usando a unidade USB no Windows..................................................................................125
Como atualizar o BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única..............................................................................125
Senhas do sistema e de configuração.............................................................................................................................126
Como atribuir uma senha de configuração do sistema........................................................................................... 126
Como apagar ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou uma senha de configuração existente................................ 127
Como limpar as configurações do CMOS....................................................................................................................... 127
Como remover senhas do sistema e de configuração...................................................................................................127
Capítulo 11: Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas................................................................... 128
Diagnósticos de verificação do desempenho do sistema de pré-inicialização do Dell SupportAssist..................... 128
Executar a verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema do SupportAssist................................128
Autoteste integrado da fonte de alimentação................................................................................................................128
Luzes de diagnóstico do sistema..................................................................................................................................... 129
Recuperar o sistema operacional..................................................................................................................................... 129
Índice 5
Relógio de tempo real - Redefinição de RTC................................................................................................................. 130
Mídia de backup e opções de recuperação.................................................................................................................... 130
Ciclo de energia da rede....................................................................................................................................................130
Capítulo 12: Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a Dell......................................................... 132
6 Índice
1
Vistas do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno
Parte frontal
Figura 1. Visão frontal
1. Botão liga/desliga com LED de diagnóstico
Pressione o botão para ligar o computador se ele estiver desligado, em estado de suspensão ou em estado de hibernação.
Quando o computador estiver ligado, pressione o botão liga/desliga para colocá-lo no modo de suspensão; pressione e mantenha
pressionado o botão liga/desliga por 4 segundos para forçar o desligamento do computador.
NOTA: É possível personalizar o comportamento do botão liga/desliga no Windows.
Vistas do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno 7
Indica o estado da fonte de alimentação.
2. Unidade ótica fina (opcional)
Lê e grava em CDs e DVDs.
3. Indicador de atividade do disco rígido
O indicador de atividade acende quando o computador lê ou grava no disco rígido.
4. Porta de áudio universal
Conecte fones de ouvido ou um headset (fone de ouvido e microfone combinados).
5. Duas portas USB 2.0 (480 Mbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Proporciona uma velocidade de transferência de dados de
até 480 Mbps.
6. Porta USB 3.2 Type-C de 1ª geração (5 Gbps)
Conecte-se a dispositivos de armazenamento externo. Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de 5 Gbps.
NOTA: Essa porta não é compatível com streaming de vídeo/áudio.
7. Porta USB 3.2 de 1ª geração (5 Gbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de 5 Gbps.
8 Vistas do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno
Parte traseira
Figura 2. Visão traseira
1. Porta serial (opcional)
Conecte dispositivos seriais de E/S.
2. Porta opcional (HDMI 2.1/DisplayPort 1.4a (compatível com HBR3)/VGA)
A porta disponível neste local pode variar dependendo da placa de E/S opcional instalada no computador.
● Porta HDMI 2.1
Conecte a uma TV, tela externa ou outro dispositivo com entrada HDMI. Resolução máxima compatível de 4096 x 2160 a 60 Hz.
● DisplayPort 1.4a (suporte para HBR3)
Conecte um monitor externo ou um projetor. Resolução máxima compatível de 5120 x 3200 a 60 Hz.
● porta VGA
Conecte um monitor externo ou um projetor. Resolução máxima compatível de 1920 x 1200 a 60 Hz.
3. Encaixe do cabo de segurança (para travas Kensington)
Vistas do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno 9
Conecte um cabo de segurança para impedir a movimentação não autorizada do computador.
4. Slot da antena externa
Conecte uma antena externa para melhorar a conectividade.
5. Porta de rede
Conecte um cabo Ethernet (RJ45) de um roteador ou de um modem de banda larga para acesso à rede ou à Internet.
6. Luz de diagnósticos da fonte de alimentação
Indica o estado da fonte de alimentação.
7. Porta do conector do cabo de alimentação
Conecte um cabo de alimentação para proporcionar energia ao computador.
8. Dois slots da placa de expansão
Conecte uma placa PCI-Express como placa gráfica, de áudio ou de rede para aprimorar os recursos do computador.
9. Duas portas USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) com SmartPower On
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Proporciona uma velocidade de transferência de dados de
até 480 Mbps.
NOTA: Quando a ativação por USB estiver habilitada no BIOS, o computador ligará ou sairá da suspensão quando um mouse ou
teclado USB conectado a essa porta for usado.
10. Duas portas USB 3.2 de 1ª geração (5 Gbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de 5 Gbps.
11. Porta DisplayPort 1.4a (suporte para HBR2)
Conecte um monitor externo ou um projetor.
NOTA: A resolução máxima compatível é de 4096 x 2304 a 60 Hz.
12. Porta HDMI 1.4b
Conecte a uma TV, tela externa ou outro dispositivo com entrada HDMI. Proporciona saída de vídeo e áudio.
NOTA: A resolução máxima compatível é de 1920 x 1200 a 60 Hz.
10 Vistas do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno
2
Configurar seu computador
Etapas
1. Conecte o teclado e o mouse.
2. Conecte-se à rede usando um cabo ou conecte-se a uma rede sem fio.
3. Conecte a tela.
Configurar seu computador 11
4. Conecte o cabo de alimentação.
5. Pressione o botão liga/desliga.
12 Configurar seu computador
6. Conclua a configuração do sistema operacional.
Para Ubuntu:
Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a configuração. Para ver mais informações sobre como instalar e configurar o Ubuntu, pesquise
no recurso da base de conhecimento no site do Suporte Dell.
Para Windows:
Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a configuração. Quando estiver configurando, a Dell Technologies recomenda que você:
● Conecte-se a uma rede para obter as atualizações do Windows.
NOTA: Se estiver se conectando a uma rede de rede sem fio segura, digite a senha de acesso à rede de rede sem fio quando
solicitado.
● Se estiver conectado à Internet, faça log-in com a conta da Microsoft ou crie uma. Se não estiver conectado à Internet, crie uma
conta off-line.
● Na tela Suporte e proteção, insira suas informações de contato.
7. Localize e use os aplicativos da Dell no menu Iniciar do Windows (recomendado)
Tabela 1. Localizar aplicativos Dell
Recursos Descrição
SupportAssist
O SupportAssist faz a identificação proativa e preditiva de problemas de hardware e software em seu
computador e automatiza o processo de engajamento com o suporte técnico da Dell. Ele aborda problemas
de desempenho e estabilização, impede ameaças à segurança, monitora e detecta falhas de hardware.
Para ver mais informações, consulte o Guia do usuário do SupportAssist for Home PCs na página do
Ferramentas de facilidade de manutenção no site da Dell. Clique em SupportAssist e, em seguida, clique
em SupportAssist for Home PCs.
NOTA: No SupportAssist, clique na data de vencimento da garantia para renovar ou atualizar sua
garantia.
Dell Update
Configurar seu computador 13
Tabela 1. Localizar aplicativos Dell (continuação)
Recursos Descrição
Atualiza seu computador com correções críticas e os drivers de dispositivos mais recentes à medida que
ficarem disponíveis. Para ver mais informações sobre como usar o Dell Update, pesquise no recurso da base
de conhecimento no site do Suporte Dell.
Dell Digital Delivery
Faça download dos aplicativos de software que são adquiridos, mas não são pré-instalados em seu
computador. Para ver mais informações sobre como usar o Dell Digital Delivery, faça uma pesquisa na
base de conhecimento no site do Suporte Dell.
14 Configurar seu computador
3
Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato
pequeno
Dimensões e peso
A tabela a seguir lista a altura, a largura, a profundidade e o peso do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 2. Dimensões e peso
Descrição Valores
Altura 290 mm (11,41 pol.)
Largura 92,60 mm (3,64 pol.)
Profundidade 292,80 mm (11,52 pol.)
Peso ● Mínimo: 4,08 kg (8,99 lb)
NOTA: O peso do computador depende da configuração ● Máximo: 5,38 kg (11,86 lb)
solicitada e da variabilidade na fabricação.
Processador
A tabela a seguir mostra os detalhes dos processadores compatíveis com o OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno 15
Tabela 3. Processador
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção Opção cinco Opção seis Opção sete
quatro
Tipo de Intel Core i5 Intel Core i5 Intel Core i3 12ª geração 12ª geração Intel Core Intel 300
processador 14600 vPro 14500 vPro 14100 do Intel Core do Intel Core i3-12100 de
i7-12700 i5-12500 12a geração
vPro vPro
Potência do 65 W 65 W 60 W 65 W 65 W 60 W 46 W
processador
Contagem total 14 14 4 12 6 4 2
de núcleo do
processador
Núcleos de 6 6 4 8 6 4 2
desempenho
Núcleos 8 8 0 4 0 0 0
eficientes
NOTA: A tecnologia Intel® Hyper-Threading só está disponível em núcleos de desempenho.
Contagens de 20 20 8 20 12 8 4
thread do
processador
Velocidade do Até 5,20 GHz Até 5 GHz Até 4,70 GHz Até 4,90 Até 4,60 GHz Até 4,30 GHz Até 3,90 GHz
processador GHz
Frequência de núcleos de desempenho
Frequência 2,70 GHz 2,60 GHz 3,50 GHz 2,10 GHz 3 GHz 3,30 GHz 3,90 GHz
básica do
processador
Frequência 5,20 GHz 5 GHz 4,70 GHz 4,80 GHz 4,60 GHz 4,30 GHz Não aplicável
turbo
máxima
Frequência de núcleos eficientes
Frequência 2,70 GHz 1,90 GHz Não aplicável 1,60 GHz Não aplicável Não aplicável Não aplicável
básica do
processador
Frequência 3,90 GHz 3,70 GHz Não aplicável 3,60 GHz Não aplicável Não aplicável Não aplicável
turbo
máxima
Cache do 24 MB 24 MB 12 MB 25 MB 18 MB 12 MB 6 MB
processador
Placa gráfica Intel UHD Intel UHD Placa gráfica Intel UHD Intel UHD Placa gráfica Intel UHD
integrada Graphics 770 Graphics 770 Intel UHD 730 Graphics 770 Graphics 770 Intel UHD Graphics 710
730
Chipset
A tabela a seguir mostra os detalhes do chipset compatível no OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
16 Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno
Tabela 4. Chipset
Descrição Valores
Chipset Intel Q670
Processador ● Intel Core i3/i5 vPro
● Intel 300
Largura do barramento de DRAM 64 bits/128 bits
Flash EPROM RPMC de 32 MB + nRPMC de 16 MB
Barramento PCIe Até 4ª geração
Sistema operacional
O OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno suporta os seguintes sistemas operacionais:
● Windows 11 Home
● Windows 11 Pro
● Windows 11 Pro National Education
● Ubuntu Linux 22.04 LTS
Memória
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações de memória compatíveis com seu OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 5. Especificações da memória
Descrição Valores
Slots de memória Dois slots UDIMM
Tipo de memória DDR5
Velocidade da memória ● 4.800 MT/s para computadores enviados com processadores
Intel 300, Intel Core i3 14100 ou i5 14500 vPro ou Intel Core i3
12100, i5 12500 vPro ou i7 12700 vPro de 12ª geração
● 5.600 MT/s para computadores enviados com processadores
Intel Core i5 14600 vPro
Configuração máxima de memória 64 GB
Configuração mínima de memória 8 GB
Tamanho da memória por slot 8 GB, 16 GB ou 32 GB
Configurações de memória suportadas Para computadores enviados com processadores Intel 300,
Intel Core i3 14100 ou i5 14500 vPro e Intel Core i3 12100, i5
12500 vPro ou i7 12700 vPro de 12ª geração:
● 8 GB: 1 de 8 GB, DDR5, 4800 MT/s, UDIMM, single channel
● 16 GB: 1 de 16 GB, DDR5, 4800 MT/s, UDIMM, single channel
● 16 GB: 2 de 8 GB, DDR5, 4800 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
● 32 GB: 1 de 32 GB, DDR5, 4800 MT/s, UDIMM, single channel
● 32 GB: 2 de 16 GB, DDR5, 4800 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
● 64 GB: 2 de 32 GB, DDR5, 4800 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno 17
Tabela 5. Especificações da memória (continuação)
Descrição Valores
Para computadores com um processador Intel Core i5 14600
vPro:
● 8 GB: 1 de 8 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, UDIMM, single channel
● 16 GB: 1 de 16 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, UDIMM, single channel
● 16 GB: 2 de 8 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
● 32 GB: 1 de 32 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, UDIMM, single channel
● 32 GB: 2 de 16 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
● 64 GB: 2 de 32 GB, DDR5, 5.600 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
Matriz de memória
A tabela a seguir lista as configurações de memória compatíveis com o OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 6. Matriz de memória
Configuração Slot
UDIMM1 UDIMM2
DDR5 de 8 GB 8 GB
DDR5 de 16 GB 16 GB
DDR5 de 16 GB 8 GB 8 GB
DDR5 de 32 GB 32 GB
DDR5 de 32 GB 16 GB 16 GB
DDR5 de 64 GB 32 GB 32 GB
Portas e slots externos
A tabela a seguir lista as portas externas e slots do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 7. Portas e slots externos
Descrição Valores
Porta de rede Uma porta RJ-45 10/100/100 Mbps
Portas USB ● Duas portas USB 2.0 (480 Mbps)
● Uma porta USB 3.2 de 1ª geração (5 Gbit/s)
● Uma porta USB 3.2 Type-C de 1ª geração (5 Gbps)
NOTA: Essa porta não é compatível com streaming de
vídeo/áudio.
● Duas portas USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) com SmartPower On
● Duas portas USB 3.2 de 1ª geração (5 Gbps)
Porta de áudio Uma porta de áudio universal
Porta(s) de vídeo ● Uma porta opcional (HDMI 2.1/DisplayPort 1.4a (suporte para
HBR3)/VGA)
NOTA: A resolução máxima compatível com a porta
opcional é
○ Porta HDMI 2.1: 4096 x 2160 a 60 Hz.
18 Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno
Tabela 7. Portas e slots externos (continuação)
Descrição Valores
○ Porta DisplayPort 1.4a (suporte HBR3): 5120 x
3200 a 60 Hz.
○ Porta VGA: 1920 x 1200 a 60 Hz.
● Uma porta DisplayPort 1.4a (suporte para HBR2)
NOTA: A resolução máxima compatível é de 4096 x 2304 a
60 Hz.
● Uma porta HDMI 1.4b
NOTA: A resolução máxima compatível é de 1920 x 1200 a
60 Hz.
Leitor de cartão de mídia Não compatível
Porta do adaptador de energia Não compatível
Slot do cabo de segurança ● Encaixe do cabo de segurança (para travas Kensington)
● Um anel de cadeado
Slots internos
A tabela a seguir lista os slots internos do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 8. Slots internos
Descrição Valores
Expansão ● Um slot de meia altura PCIe x16 de 3ª geração
● Um slot de meia altura PCIe x1 de 3ª geração
M.2 ● Um slot M.2 2230 para cartão combinado Wi-Fi e Bluetooth
● Um slot M.2 2230/2280 para unidade de estado sólido
NOTA: Para saber mais sobre os recursos de diferentes tipos
de placas M.2, faça uma pesquisa na base de conhecimento no
site do Suporte Dell.
Slots SATA Dois slots SATA 3.0 para disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas e unidade
óptica compacta.
NOTA: A instalação de uma unidade óptica compacta faz com
que a porta SATA 3.0 opere como uma porta SATA 2.0.
Ethernet
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações de rede local Ethernet com fio (LAN) do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 9. Especificações de Ethernet
Descrição Valores
Modelo Intel WGI219LM
Taxa de transferência 10/100/1.000 Mbps
Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno 19
Módulo sem fio
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações do módulo de rede local sem fio (WLAN) do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 10. Especificações do módulo sem fio
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três
Número do modelo Intel AX210 Realtek RTL8852BE Realtek RTL8851BE
Taxa de transferência Até 2.400 Mbps Até 1.201 Mbps Até 600 Mbps
Bandas de frequência 2,4 GHz/5 GHz/6 GHz 2,40 GHz/5 GHz 2,40 GHz/5 GHz
compatíveis
Padrões sem fio ● Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g ● Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g ● Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g
● Wi-Fi 4 (Wi-Fi 802.11n) ● Wi-Fi 4 (Wi-Fi 802.11n) ● Wi-Fi 4 (Wi-Fi 802.11n)
● Wi-Fi 5 (Wi-Fi 802.11ac) ● Wi-Fi 5 (Wi-Fi 802.11ac) ● Wi-Fi 5 (Wi-Fi 802.11ac)
● Wi-Fi 6E (Wi-Fi 802.11ax) ● Wi-Fi 6 (Wi-Fi 802.11ax) ● Wi-Fi 6 (Wi-Fi 802.11ax)
Criptografia ● 64 bits/WEP de 128 bits ● 64 bits/WEP de 128 bits ● 64 bits/WEP de 128 bits
● AES-CCMP ● AES-CCMP ● AES-CCMP
● TKIP ● TKIP ● TKIP
Placa de rede sem fio Bluetooth Bluetooth 5.3 Bluetooth 5.3 Bluetooth 5.3
NOTA: A funcionalidade da placa de rede sem fio Bluetooth pode variar dependendo do sistema
operacional instalado no computador.
Audio
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações de áudio do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 11. Especificações de áudio
Descrição Valores
Tipo de áudio Áudio de alta definição
Controlador de áudio Realtek ALC3204-CG
Interface de áudio interna Áudio de alta definição (HDA)
Interface de áudio externa Tomada universal de áudio
Armazenamento
Esta seção lista as opções de armazenamento no OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 12. Especificações de armazenamento
Tipo de armazenamento Tipo de interface Capacidade
Disco rígido de 3,5 pol., 7.200 RPM SATA 3.0 Até 2 TB
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 Class 25 PCIe NVMe até 32 Gbps Até 2 TB
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230, Class PCIe NVMe até 32 Gbps Até 1 TB
35
20 Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno
Tabela 12. Especificações de armazenamento (continuação)
Tipo de armazenamento Tipo de interface Capacidade
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 PCIe NVMe até 32 Gbps 256 GB
Class 35, com unidade com criptografia
automática
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280, Class PCIe NVMe até 32 Gbps Até 1 TB
40
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 PCIe NVMe até 32 Gbps Até 1 TB
Class 40, com unidade com criptografia
automática
Matriz de armazenamento
A tabela a seguir lista as configurações de armazenamento compatíveis com a OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 13. Matriz de armazenamento
Armazenamento Slot
SSD0 (PCIe SLOT2 (PCIe x16 SATA0
M.2 principal slot)
para função de
inicialização)
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230/2280 Sim
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230/2280 Sim Sim
+
Uma unidade de disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230/2280 Sim Sim
+
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230/2280 (via placa de expansão
PCIe)
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230/2280 Sim Sim Sim
+
Uma unidade de disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
+
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230/2280 (via placa de expansão
PCIe)
Especificações de alimentação
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações de classificação de energia do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 14. Especificações de alimentação
Descrição Opção um Opção dois
Tipo Fonte de alimentação (PSU) interna de Fonte de alimentação (PSU) interna de 300
180 W, 85% eficiente, 80 Plus Bronze W, 92% eficiente, 80 Plus Platinum
Tensão de entrada 90 VCA a 264 VCA 90 VCA a 264 VCA
Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno 21
Tabela 14. Especificações de alimentação (continuação)
Descrição Opção um Opção dois
Frequência de entrada 47 Hz a 63 Hz 47 Hz a 63 Hz
Corrente de entrada (máxima) 3,0 A 4,2 A
Corrente de saída (contínua) ● 12 VA/15 A ● 12 VA/18 A
● 12 VB/14 A ● 12 VB/18 A
Modo de espera: Modo de espera:
● 12 VA/1,5 A ● 12 VA/1,5 A
● 12 VB/3,3 A ● 12 VB/3,3 A
Tensão de saída nominal ● +12 VA ● +12 VA
● +12 VB ● +12 VB
Faixa de temperatura
De operação 5 °C a 45° C (41 °F a 113 °F) 5 °C a 45° C (41 °F a 113 °F)
Armazenamento -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F a 158 °F) -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F a 158 °F)
Conector da fonte de alimentação
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações do conector da fonte de alimentação da OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 15. conector da fonte de alimentação
Fonte de alimentação Conectores
Fonte de alimentação (PSU) interna de ● Dois conectores de 4 pinos para o processador
180 W, 85% eficiente, 80 Plus Bronze ● Um conector de 8 pinos para a placa de sistema
Fonte de alimentação (PSU) interna de ● Dois conectores de 4 pinos para o processador
300 W, 92% eficiente, 80 Plus Platinum ● Um conector de 8 pinos para a placa de sistema
GPU — integrada
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações da unidade de processamento gráfico (GPU) integrada compatível com o OptiPlex 7020 de
formato pequeno.
Tabela 16. GPU — integrada
Controlador Suporte a monitor externo Tamanho da memória Processador
Intel UHD Graphics 710 ● Uma porta DisplayPort 1.4a Memória do sistema Processador Intel 300
(suporte para HBR2) compartilhada
● Uma porta HDMI 1.4b
● Uma porta de vídeo
(HDMI 2.1/DisplayPort 1.4a
(HBR3)/VGA) (opcional)
Placa gráfica Intel UHD 730 ● Uma porta DisplayPort 1.4a Memória do sistema ● Processador Intel Core i3
(suporte para HBR2) compartilhada 14100
● Uma porta HDMI 1.4b ● Processador Intel Core
● Uma porta de vídeo i3-12100 de 12a geração
(HDMI 2.1/DisplayPort 1.4a
(HBR3)/VGA) (opcional)
22 Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno
Tabela 16. GPU — integrada (continuação)
Controlador Suporte a monitor externo Tamanho da memória Processador
Intel UHD Graphics 770 ● Uma porta DisplayPort 1.4a Memória do sistema ● Processadores Intel Core i5
(suporte para HBR2) compartilhada 14500 vPro e i5 14600 vPro
● Uma porta HDMI 1.4b ● Processadores Intel Core
● Uma porta de vídeo i5-12500 vPro e i7-12700
(HDMI 2.1/DisplayPort 1.4a vPro de 12a geração
(HBR3)/VGA) (opcional)
Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU — integrada)
Tabela 17. Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU — integrada)
Placa gráfica Portas de vídeo Resolução máxima compatível
Placa gráfica Intel UHD ● Uma porta HDMI 1.4b ● Porta HDMI 1.4b – 1920 x 1200 a 60 Hz
● Uma porta DisplayPort 1.4a (suporte ● Porta DisplayPort 1.4a – 4096 x 2304 a
para HBR2) 60 Hz
● Uma porta de vídeo (HDMI ● Uma porta de vídeo (HDMI
2.1/DisplayPort 1.4a (HBR3)/VGA) 2.1/DisplayPort 1.4a (HBR3)/VGA)
(opcional) (opcional); a resolução máxima
compatível com HDMI 2.1 é de 4096
x 2160 a 60 Hz, com DisplayPort 1.4a
(HBR3) é de 5120 x 3200 a 60 Hz, com
VGA é de 1920 x 1200 a 60 Hz
Compatibilidade com monitor externo (GPU — integrada)
Compatibilidade da placa gráfica integrada com monitores
Tabela 18. Especificações de compatibilidade com monitores
Placa gráfica Telas externas compatíveis
Placa gráfica Intel UHD 710/730/770 ● Com MST-4
● Sem MST-2
Placa gráfica Intel UHD 710/730/770 + módulo opcional ● Com MST-4
● Sem MST-3
NOTA: MST (Multi-Stream Transport, Transporte de vários fluxos)/conexão em cadeia compatível com quatro monitores.
GPU — dedicada
Tabela 19. GPU — dedicada
Controlador Suporte a monitor externo Tamanho da memória Tipo de memória
AMD Radeon RX 6500 Duas portas DisplayPort 1.4a 4 GB DDR6 de 64 bits
(DP1.4a*2)
AMD Radeon RX 6300 Duas portas DisplayPort 1.4a 2 GB DDR6 de 64 bits
(DP1.4a*2)
Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno 23
Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU - Dedicada)
Tabela 20. Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU - Dedicada)
Placa gráfica Porta de vídeo Resolução máxima compatível
AMD Radeon RX 6300 Duas portas DisplayPort 1.4a (DP1.4a*2) Para configuração de uma porta -
● Com DSC ativado - 8K a 60 Hz
● Sem DSC ativado - 5.120 x 2.880 a 60 Hz
AMD Radeon RX 6500 Duas portas DisplayPort 1.4a (DP1.4a*2) Para configuração de uma porta -
● Com DSC ativado - 8K a 60 Hz
● Sem DSC ativado - 5.120 x 2.880 a 60 Hz
Suporte a monitor externo (GPU – dedicada)
Tabela 21. Suporte a monitor externo (GPU – dedicada)
Placa gráfica Portas de vídeo Número de monitores externos Suporte a MST
compatíveis (Multi-Stream Transport,
transporte multi-stream)
DisplayPort
AMD Radeon RX6300 Duas DisplayPort 1.4a 4 Compatível
(DP1.4a*2)
AMD Radeon RX6500 Duas DisplayPort 1.4a 4 Compatível
(DP1.4a*2)
NOTA: O MST (Multi-Stream Transport) DisplayPort permite que você faça a conexão em cadeia de monitores que têm portas
DisplayPort 1.2 e superiores e suporte a MST. Para ver mais informações sobre como usar o DisplayPort Multi-Stream Transport,
consulte o Site de Suporte Dell.
Segurança de hardware
A tabela a seguir mostra a segurança de hardware do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 22. Segurança de hardware
Segurança de hardware
Slot do cabo de segurança Kensington
Volta de cadeado
Suporte do slot de trava de segurança do chassi
Sensor de violação do chassi
Proteção para cabos com trava
SafeID inclui módulo TPM (Trusted Platform Module) 2.0
Teclado Smart Card (FIPS)
Microsoft Windows 10 Device Guard e Credential Guard (Enterprise SKU)
Microsoft Windows BitLocker
Limpeza de dados do disco rígido local por meio do BIOS (apagamento seguro)
Unidades de armazenamento com criptografia automática (Opal, FIPS)
Trusted Platform Module TPM 2.0
China TPM
24 Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno
Tabela 22. Segurança de hardware (continuação)
Segurança de hardware
Inicialização segura da Intel
Autenticação da Intel
SafeBIOS: inclui o BIOS Verification, BIOS Resilience, BIOS Recovery e controles adicionais do BIOS fora do host da Dell
Proteção para cabos do OptiPlex SFF
Requisitos ambientais
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações ambientais do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 23. Requisitos ambientais
Recurso Valores
Embalagem reciclável Sim
Suporte para embalagem de orientação vertical Não
Embalagem Multi-pack Sim
NOTA: As embalagens de fibra à base de madeira contêm um mínimo de 35% de conteúdo reciclado, em peso total de fibra à base de
madeira. As embalagens sem fibra de madeira podem ser consideradas como não aplicáveis. Os critérios antecipados requeridos para
a EPEAT 2018.
Conformidade com normas
A tabela a seguir lista a conformidade com normas do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Tabela 24. Conformidade com normas
Conformidade com normas
Segurança do produto, EMC e especificações ambientais
Página inicial de conformidade com normas da Dell
Política da Responsible Business Alliance
Ambiente de operação e armazenamento
Esta tabela lista as especificações de operação e armazenamento do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Nível de poluentes transportados: G1, conforme definido pela norma ISA-S71.04-1985
Tabela 25. Características ambientais do computador
Descrição Operação Armazenamento
Faixa de temperatura 10 °C a 35 °C (50 °F a 95 °F) -40 °C a 65 °C (-40 °F a 149 °F)
Umidade relativa (máxima) 20 a 80% (sem condensação, temperatura 5 a 95% (sem condensação, temperatura
máxima do ponto de orvalho = 26 °C) máxima do ponto de orvalho = 33 °C)
Vibração (máxima)* 0,26 GRMS aleatório, 5 Hz a 350 Hz 1,37 GRMS aleatório, 5 Hz a 350 Hz
Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno 25
Tabela 25. Características ambientais do computador (continuação)
Descrição Operação Armazenamento
Choque (máximo) Pulso inferior de meio seno com uma 105G pulso inferior de meio seno com
mudança de velocidade de 50,8 cm/s uma mudança de velocidade de 133 cm/s
(20 pol/s) (52,5 pol/s)
Faixa de altitude -15,2 m a 3.048 m (-49,8 pés a 10.000 pés) -15,2 m a 10.668 m (-49,8 pés a
35.000 pés)
Contaminadores do ar ISA-71 G1**:<300 A/mês de corrosão de ISA-71 G1**:<300 A/mês de corrosão de
cupom de cobre e <200 A/mês de corrosão cupom de cobre e <200 A/mês de corrosão
de cupom de prata de cupom de prata
]
CUIDADO: Os intervalos de temperatura de armazenamento e de operação podem ser diferentes entre os
componentes. Assim, operar ou armazenar o dispositivo fora desses intervalos pode afetar o desempenho de
componentes específicos.
* Medida usando um espectro de vibração aleatório que simula o ambiente do usuário.
† Medida usando um pulso de meio seno de 2 ms.
26 Especificações do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno
4
Como trabalhar na parte interna do
computador
Instruções de segurança
Use as diretrizes de segurança a seguir para proteger o computador contra possíveis danos e garantir sua segurança pessoal. A menos
que indicado de outra forma, cada procedimento neste documento pressupõe que você leu as informações de segurança enviadas com o
computador.
ATENÇÃO: Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador, leia as informações de segurança fornecidas com o
computador. Para obter mais práticas recomendadas de segurança, consulte a página inicial da Dell sobre conformidade
com normas.
ATENÇÃO: Desconecte o computador de todas as fontes de energia antes de abrir a tampa ou os painéis do computador.
Depois que terminar de trabalhar na parte interna do computador, recoloque todas as tampas, painéis e parafusos antes
de conectar o computador a uma tomada elétrica.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos ao computador, certifique-se de que a superfície de trabalho seja plana e esteja seca e
limpa.
CUIDADO: Você deve somente solucionar problemas ou realizar consertos simples conforme autorizado ou direcionado
pela equipe de suporte técnico da Dell. Danos decorrentes de mão de obra não autorizada pela Dell não serão cobertos
pela garantia. Consulte as instruções de segurança enviadas com o produto ou acesse a Página inicial de conformidade
com normas da Dell.
CUIDADO: Antes de tocar em qualquer componente na parte interna do computador, elimine a eletricidade estática de
seu corpo tocando em uma superfície metálica sem pintura, como o metal da parte posterior do computador. Enquanto
trabalha, toque periodicamente em uma superfície metálica sem pintura para dissipar a eletricidade estática, que poderia
danificar componentes internos.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos aos componentes e placas, segure-os pelas bordas e evite tocar nos pinos e contatos.
CUIDADO: Ao desconectar um cabo, puxe-o pelo conector ou pela aba de puxar, não pelo próprio cabo. Alguns cabos
possuem conectores com presilhas ou parafusos borboleta que você precisará soltar antes de desconectar o cabo. Ao
desconectar os cabos, mantenha-os alinhados para evitar entortar os pinos do conector. Ao conectar cabos, certifique-
se de que o conector no cabo esteja corretamente orientado e alinhado com a porta.
CUIDADO: Pressione e ejete os cartões instalados no leitor de cartão de mídia.
CUIDADO: Tenha cuidado ao manusear baterias de íons de lítio em notebooks. Baterias inchadas não devem ser usadas e
devem ser substituídas e descartadas adequadamente.
Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Etapas
1. Salve e feche todos os arquivos abertos e saia de todos os aplicativos abertos.
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 27
2. Desligue o computador. Para sistema operacional Windows, clique em Iniciar > Liga/desliga > Desligar.
NOTA: Se estiver usando um sistema operacional diferente, consulte a documentação de seu sistema operacional para obter
instruções de desligamento.
3. Desligue todos os periféricos conectados.
4. Desconecte o computador e todos os dispositivos conectados de suas tomadas elétricas.
5. Desconecte todos os dispositivos de rede e periféricos conectados ao computador, como o teclado, mouse, monitor e assim por
diante.
CUIDADO: Para desconectar um cabo de rede, desconecte-o do computador.
6. Remova qualquer placa de mídia e de disco óptico do computador, se aplicável.
Precauções de segurança
Esta seção detalha as principais etapas que devem ser seguidas antes de realizar qualquer processo de desmontagem.
Veja as precauções de segurança a seguir antes de executar qualquer procedimento de reparo ou instalação que envolvam desmontagem
ou remontagem:
● Desligue o computador e todos os periféricos conectados.
● Desconecte o computador da corrente alternada.
● Desconecte todos os cabos de rede e os periféricos do computador.
● Use um kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas quando for trabalhar na parte interna de um desktop para evitar
danos causados por descargas eletrostáticas.
● Depois de remover um componente do computador, coloque-o sobre um tapete antiestático.
● Use calçados com sola de borracha que não seja condutiva para reduzir a chance de ser eletrocutado.
● Desconecte, pressionando e segurando o botão liga/desliga por 15 segundos, para descarregar a energia residual na placa de sistema.
Alimentação do modo de espera
Antes de abrir a tampa traseira, é necessário desconectar os produtos Dell com alimentação em modo de espera. Os sistemas equipados
com alimentação em modo de espera são alimentados mesmo enquanto estão desligados. A energia interna permite que o computador
seja ligado (Wake-on-LAN) e colocado em modo de suspensão remotamente, além de contar com outros recursos avançados de
gerenciamento de energia.
União
A ligação é um método para conectar dois ou mais condutores de aterramento ao mesmo potencial elétrico. Isso é feito usando um kit de
descarga eletrostática (ESD) de serviço de campo. Ao conectar um fio de ligação, certifique-se de que está conectado a uma superfície
bare metal, e nunca a uma superfície pintada ou que não seja de metal. Confira se a pulseira está bem firme e em total contato com a sua
pele. Remova todas as joias, relógios, pulseiras ou anéis antes de fazer o aterramento pessoal e do equipamento.
Proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas
A ESD é uma grande preocupação quando você lida com componentes eletrônicos, especialmente componentes sensíveis, como placas
de expansão, processadores, módulos de memória e placas de sistema. Uma carga leve pode danificar os circuitos de formas que talvez
não sejam tão óbvias, causando, por exemplo, problemas intermitentes ou diminuindo a vida útil do produto. À medida que a indústria exige
menores requisitos de energia e maior densidade, a proteção contra ESD é uma preocupação crescente.
Dois tipos reconhecidos de danos por descargas eletrostáticas são falhas catastróficas e intermitentes.
● Catastrófica – falhas catastróficas representam aproximadamente 20% das falhas relacionadas a descargas eletrostáticas. Os danos
causam uma imediata e completa perda de funcionalidade do dispositivo. Um exemplo de falha catastrófica é um módulo de memória
que recebeu um choque estático e, imediatamente, gera um sintoma "Ausência de POST/vídeo" com um código de bipe emitido para
memória ausente ou não funcional.
● Intermitente – falhas intermitentes representam aproximadamente 80% das falhas relacionadas a ESD. A alta taxa de falhas
intermitentes significa que, na maioria das vezes, quando ocorre um dano, ele não é imediatamente reconhecível. O módulo
de memória recebe um choque estático, mas o traçado é apenas enfraquecido e não produz imediatamente sintomas externos
28 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
relacionados ao dano. O traçado enfraquecido pode levar semanas ou meses para derreter e pode causar degradação da integridade da
memória, erros intermitentes de memória etc.
As falhas intermitentes, também chamadas de latentes e que significam falhas em que o sistema está funcionando, porém com danos
visíveis, são difíceis de detectar e solucionar.
Execute as etapas a seguir para evitar danos ao ESD:
● Use uma pulseira contra descargas eletrostáticas com fio devidamente aterrada. As pulseiras antiestáticas sem fio não proporcionam
proteção adequada. Tocar o chassi antes de manusear peças não garante uma proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas adequada em
peças com maior sensibilidade para danos decorrentes de descargas eletrostáticas.
● Manuseie todos os componentes sensíveis à estática em uma área com proteção antiestática. Se possível, use almofadas de piso
antiestáticas e almofadas de bancada de trabalho.
● Ao desembalar um componente sensível à estática da embalagem de remessa, não remova o componente do material de embalagem
antiestático até que esteja pronto para instalar o componente. Antes de abrir a embalagem antiestática, use a pulseira antiestática
para descarregar a eletricidade estática do seu corpo. Para obter mais informações sobre a pulseira anti-ESD e o testador de pulseira
anti-ESD, consulte Componentes de um kit de serviços em campo anti-ESD.
● Antes de transportar um componente sensível a estática, coloque-o em um recipiente ou embalagem antiestático.
Kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas
O kit de serviços de campo não monitorado é o kit de serviços mais usado. Cada kit de serviços em campo inclui três componentes
principais: tapete antiestático, pulseira e fio de ligação.
CUIDADO: É essencial manter os dispositivos sensíveis à ESD longe de peças internas que são isoladas e, geralmente são
altamente carregadas, como os invólucros plásticos de dissipador de calor.
Ambiente de trabalho
Antes da implementação do kit de serviço em campo ESD, avalie a situação nas instalações do cliente. Por exemplo, a implementação
do kit para um ambiente de servidor é diferente de um ambiente de desktop ou notebook. Os servidores, geralmente, são instalados em
um rack em um data center; desktops ou notebooks são normalmente colocados em mesas de escritório ou cubículos. Sempre procure
uma grande área de trabalho plana e aberta, livre de desordem e grande o suficiente para implementar o kit ESD com espaço adicional
para acomodar o tipo de computador que está sendo reparado. O espaço de trabalho também deve estar livre de isoladores que possam
causar um evento ESD. Na área de trabalho, antes de manusear fisicamente quaisquer componentes de hardware, é necessário mover os
materiais isolantes como isopor e outros plásticos a pelo menos 30 centímetros, ou 12 polegadas, de distância de peças sensíveis.
Embalagem contra descargas eletrostáticas
Todos os dispositivos sensíveis a ESD devem ser enviados e recebidos em uma embalagem antiestática. Sacos metálicos com blindagem
estática são preferidos. No entanto, sempre é necessário devolver a peça danificada usando o mesmo saco anti-ESD e a mesma
embalagem em que a nova peça chegou. A bolsa de ESD deve ser dobrada e fechada com fita adesiva e todo o mesmo material de
embalagem de espuma deve ser usado na caixa original em que a nova peça chegou. Dispositivos sensíveis a ESD devem ser removidos da
embalagem somente em uma superfície de trabalho protegida contra ESD, e as peças nunca devem ser colocadas em cima do saco ESD,
porque somente o interior da bolsa é protegido. Sempre coloque as peças na mão, no tapete antiestático, no computador ou dentro de um
saco anti-ESD.
Componentes do kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas
Componentes de um kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas:
● Tapete antiestático: o tapete antiestático é dissipativo, e as peças podem ser colocadas nele durante os procedimentos de
serviço. Ao usar um tapete antiestático, a pulseira deve estar bem ajustada e o fio de ligação deve estar conectado ao tapete e a
qualquer bare metal no computador que receberá o serviço. Depois que tudo for implementado corretamente, as peças de serviço
poderão ser removidas da bolsa contra descargas eletrostáticas e colocadas diretamente no tapete antiestático. Os itens sensíveis a
descargas eletrostáticas estão seguros na sua mão, no tapete antiestático, no computador ou dentro de uma bolsa contra descargas
eletrostáticas.
● Pulseira anti-ESD e fio de aterramento: a pulseira anti-ESD e o fio de aterramento podem ser conectados diretamente entre o seu
pulso e o bare metal no hardware, caso o tapete antiestático não seja necessário, ou podem ser conectados ao tapete antiestático
para proteger o hardware temporariamente colocado no tapete. A conexão física da pulseira anti-ESD e do fio de aterramento entre a
pele, o tapete antiestático e o hardware é conhecida como aterramento. Use somente kits de serviços em campo com uma pulseira,
um tapete antiestático e um fio de ligação. Nunca use pulseiras sem fio. Fique sempre atento, pois os fios internos de uma pulseira
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 29
anti-ESD estão sempre propensos a danos devido ao desgaste normal e precisam ser verificados regularmente com um testador de
pulseira anti-ESD para evitar danos acidentais causados pelo hardware anti-ESD. É recomendável testar a pulseira e o fio de ligação
pelo menos uma vez por semana.
● ESD Wrist Strap Tester: Os fios dentro de uma pulseira contra descargas eletrostáticas estão sujeitos a danos com o passar do
tempo. Ao usar um kit não monitorado, é uma prática recomendada testar a pulseira regularmente antes de cada visita para suporte
e, no mínimo, testá-la uma vez por semana. Um testador de pulseira é o melhor método para fazer este teste. Para realizar o teste,
conecte o fio de ligação da pulseira no testador enquanto ele estiver preso ao pulso e aperte o botão para testar. Um LED verde
acende se o teste for bem-sucedido; um LED vermelho está aceso e um alarme soa se o teste falhar.
NOTA: É recomendado sempre usar as tradicionais pulseiras contra descargas eletrostáticas com aterramento e tapete antiestático
de proteção durante a manutenção dos produtos Dell. Além disso, é essencial manter as peças sensíveis separadas de todas as peças
isolantes ao fazer manutenção do computadores.
Transporte de componentes sensíveis
Quando for transportar componentes sensíveis a descargas eletrostáticas, como peças de substituição ou peças a serem devolvidas à Dell,
é essencial colocar essas peças nos invólucros antiestáticos para assegurar um transporte seguro.
Levantamento de equipamentos
Siga as diretrizes a seguir ao levantar equipamento pesado:
CUIDADO: Não levante mais do que 50 libras. Sempre obtenha recursos adicionais ou use um dispositivo de
levantamento mecânico.
1. Tenha uma base firme e equilibrada. Mantenha seus pés afastados para formar uma base estável, com os pés virados para fora.
2. Contraia a musculatura abdominal. A musculatura abdominal suporta a sua coluna quando você levanta, compensando a força da
carga.
3. Levante com as pernas, não com as costas.
4. Mantenha a carga próxima. Quanto mais próxima estiver da sua coluna, menos força exercerá sobre as suas costas.
5. Mantenha as costas eretas, seja levantando ou abaixando a carga. Não adicione o peso do seu corpo à carga. Evite torcer o corpo e as
costas.
6. Siga a mesma técnica na ordem inversa para descer a carga.
Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Deixar parafusos soltos na parte interna do computador pode danificar gravemente o computador.
Etapas
1. Recoloque todos os parafusos e verifique se nenhum parafuso foi esquecido dentro do computador.
2. Conecte todos os dispositivos externos, periféricos e cabos que removeu antes de trabalhar no computador.
3. Recoloque todas as placas de mídia, discos e quaisquer outros componentes que tenham sido removidos antes de trabalhar no
computador.
4. Conecte o computador e todos os dispositivos conectados às suas tomadas elétricas.
5. Ligue o computador.
BitLocker
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não for suspenso antes de o BIOS ser atualizado, a chave do BitLocker não será reconhecida
na próxima vez que você reiniciar o computador. A chave de recuperação precisará ser inserida para que você possa
prosseguir, e o sistema pedirá a chave de recuperação em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for
reconhecida, isso poderá resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para
saber mais, consulte o artigo de conhecimento: Atualização do BIOS em sistemas Dell com o BitLocker ativado.
A instalação dos seguintes componentes aciona o BitLocker:
30 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
● Unidade de disco rígido ou unidade de estado sólido
● Placa de sistema
Ferramentas recomendadas
Os procedimentos descritos neste documento podem exigir as seguintes ferramentas:
● Chave de fenda Phillips nº 0
● Chave de fenda Phillips nº 1
● Chave de fenda Torx nº 5 (T5)
● Chave plástica
Lista de parafusos
NOTA: Ao remover parafusos de um componente, é recomendável anotar o tipo do parafuso e a quantidade de parafusos e, em
seguida, coloque-os em uma caixa de armazenamento de parafusos. Isto é feito para garantir que o número correto de parafusos e
tipo correto de parafuso sejam recuperados quando o componente for recolocado.
NOTA: Alguns computadores têm superfícies magnéticas. Certifique-se de que os parafusos não fiquem presos nessas superfícies ao
recolocar um componente.
NOTA: A cor do parafuso pode variar dependendo da configuração solicitada.
Tabela 26. Lista de parafusos
Componente Tipo do parafuso Quantidade Imagem do parafuso
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 M2x3.5 1
2230/M.2 2280
Gabinete da unidade de disco #6-32 2
rígido e unidade óptica
Suporte de apoio da unidade #6-32 1
óptica
Disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas #6-32 2
Módulo serial/VGA (opcional) M3 2
Módulo DP/HDMI (opcional) M3x3 2
Placa WLAN M2x3.5 1
Módulo de antena interna M3x3 2
Conjunto de ventilador e dissipador Parafuso 4
de calor do processador
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 31
Tabela 26. Lista de parafusos (continuação)
Componente Tipo do parafuso Quantidade Imagem do parafuso
Fonte de alimentação #6-32 3
Suporte de E/S frontal #6-32 1
Placa de sistema #6-32 7
M2 1
Principais componentes do OptiPlex 7020 de formato
pequeno
A imagem a seguir mostra os principais componentes do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
32 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
1. Tampa lateral 2. Conjunto do disco rígido
3. Conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador 4. Módulo de memória
5. Placa de rede sem fio 6. Unidade de estado sólido M.2
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 33
7. Placa de sistema 8. Chassi
9. Tampa frontal 10. Fonte de alimentação
11. Placa de expansão 12. Unidade óptica fina
13. Processador 14. Alto-falante
NOTA: A Dell apresenta uma lista de componentes e seus números de peça para a configuração original do sistema adquirida. Essas
peças são disponibilizadas conforme as coberturas de garantia adquiridas pelo cliente. Entre em contato com o representante de
vendas Dell para obter as opções de compra.
34 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
5
Como remover e instalar a tampa lateral
Como remover a tampa lateral
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa lateral e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 3. Como remover a tampa lateral
Etapas
1. Solte os dois parafusos prisioneiros que fixam a tampa lateral no chassi.
2. Deslize a tampa lateral em direção à parte traseira do computador.
3. Levante a tampa lateral retirando-a do chassi.
Como instalar a tampa lateral
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa lateral e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar a tampa lateral 35
Figura 4. Como instalar a tampa lateral
Etapas
1. Alinhe as abas na tampa lateral com os slots no chassi.
2. Deslize a tampa lateral em direção à parte frontal do computador.
3. Aperte os dois parafusos prisioneiros que prendem a tampa lateral ao chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
36 Como remover e instalar a tampa lateral
6
Como remover e instalar a bateria de célula
tipo moeda
Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda
ATENÇÃO: Este computador contém uma bateria de célula tipo moeda e as orientações de manuseio devem ser
fornecidas por técnicos treinados.
CUIDADO: A remoção da bateria de célula tipo moeda limpará o CMOS e redefinirá as configurações do BIOS.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da bateria de célula tipo moeda e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 5. Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Etapas
1. Empurre a alavanca de liberação da bateria de célula tipo moeda no soquete da bateria de célula tipo moeda (RTC) para soltar a bateria
de célula tipo moeda do soquete.
2. Remova a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
Como remover e instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda 37
Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda
ATENÇÃO: Este computador contém uma bateria de célula tipo moeda e requer técnicos treinados para orientar o
manuseio.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da bateria de célula tipo moeda e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 6. Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Etapas
Com o lado positivo (+) voltado para cima, insira a bateria de célula tipo moeda no soquete da bateria (RTC) na placa de sistema até
encaixar a bateria no lugar.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
38 Como remover e instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda
7
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer
Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo
cliente)
Os componentes substituíveis neste capítulo são as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis do cliente).
CUIDADO: Os clientes só podem substituir as unidades substituíveis pelo cliente (CRUs) seguindo as precauções de
segurança e os procedimentos de substituição.
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Tampa frontal
Como remover a tampa frontal
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa frontal e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 39
Figura 7. Como remover a tampa frontal
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave plástica, pressione e solte com cuidado as abas da tampa frontal em sequência a partir da parte superior.
2. Gire a tampa frontal. para fora do chassi e remova a tampa frontal.
Como instalar a tampa frontal
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa frontal e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
40 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 8. Como instalar a tampa frontal
Etapas
1. Insira as abas no lado direito da tampa nos slots correspondentes no chassi.
2. Empurre o lado esquerdo da tampa frontal em direção à tampa lateral, colocando as abas no lugar.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Como remover o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de remoção.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 41
42 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 9. Como remover o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Etapas
1. Desconecte os cabos de alimentação e de dados do disco rígido.
2. Remova os dois parafusos (#6-32) que prendem o conjunto do disco rígido ao chassi.
3. Deslize o conjunto do disco rígido para fora do chassi e remova-o do compartimento da unidade de disco.
4. Remova os dois parafusos (#6-32) que prendem o disco rígido à respectiva portadora.
5. Deslize e remova o disco rígido da portadora do disco rígido.
Como instalar o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 43
44 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 10. Como instalar o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Etapas
1. Deslize o disco rígido dentro da portadora de disco rígido.
2. Recoloque os dois parafusos (#6-32) que prendem o disco rígido à respectiva portadora.
3. Alinhe as abas na portadora de disco rígido com os slots no chassi e encaixe o conjunto do disco rígido no compartimento da unidade
de disco.
4. Recoloque os dois parafusos (#6-32) que prendem o conjunto do disco rígido ao chassi.
5. Conecte os cabos de dados e de alimentação aos conectores no disco rígido.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Gabinete da unidade de disco
Como remover o compartimento da unidade de disco
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 45
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do compartimento da unidade de disco e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
Figura 11. Como remover o compartimento da unidade de disco
46 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Etapas
1. Se a unidade óptica estiver instalada, remova os cabos de alimentação e de dados das guias de passagem no compartimento da
unidade de disco.
2. Remova o parafuso (#6-32) que prende o compartimento da unidade de disco ao chassi.
3. Levante a unidade de disco em um determinado ângulo e deslize-a para fora dos pontos de montagem no chassi.
4. Gire o compartimento da unidade de cabeça para baixo e coloque-o no chassi.
5. Se a unidade óptica estiver instalada, desconecte os cabos de dados e de alimentação dos conectores na unidade óptica.
6. Levante o compartimento da unidade de disco e retire-o do computador.
Como instalar o compartimento da unidade de disco
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do compartimento da unidade de disco e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 47
Figura 12. Como instalar o compartimento da unidade de disco
Etapas
1. Coloque o compartimento da unidade de disco no chassi.
2. Se a unidade óptica estiver instalada, conecte os cabos de dados e de alimentação aos conectores na unidade óptica.
3. Gire o compartimento do disco rígido de cabeça para baixo.
4. Deslize o compartimento da unidade de disco em um determinado ângulo para dentro do respectivo slot no chassi e alinhe os pontos
de montagem no compartimento da unidade de disco com os slots no chassi.
5. Gire o compartimento da unidade de disco para baixo até encaixá-lo no slot do chassi.
6. Alinhe o orifício do parafuso no compartimento com o orifício correspondente no chassi.
7. Recoloque o parafuso (#6-32) que prende o compartimento da unidade de disco ao chassi.
8. Se a unidade óptica estiver instalada, passe os cabos de alimentação e de dados pelas guias de roteamento no compartimento da
unidade de disco.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
2. Instale a tampa frontal.
3. Instale a tampa lateral.
4. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Unidade óptica
Como remover a unidade óptica
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
48 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: A unidade óptica está localizada dentro do compartimento da unidade de disco. Siga o procedimento mencionado abaixo on
the disk-drive cage para remover ou instalar a unidade óptica.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto da unidade óptica e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 13. Como remover a unidade óptica
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x2) para soltar a unidade óptica do compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Deslize com cuidado a unidade óptica para fora do compartimento da unidade de disco.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 49
Como instalar a unidade óptica
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: A unidade óptica está localizada dentro do compartimento da unidade de disco. Siga o procedimento mencionado abaixo on
the disk-drive cage para remover ou instalar a unidade óptica.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade óptica e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 14. Como instalar a unidade óptica
Etapas
1. Deslize a unidade óptica para dentro do compartimento da unidade de disco até encaixá-la no lugar.
50 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
2. Instale o parafuso (M2x2) para prende a unidade óptica ao compartimento da unidade de disco.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Memória
Como remover o módulo de memória
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização dos módulos de memória e oferecem uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 15. Como remover a memória
Etapas
1. Com as pontas dos dedos, afaste com cuidado os clipes de fixação em cada extremidade do slot do módulo de memória (DIMM1 ou
DIMM2, conforme aplicável).
2. Segure o módulo de memória próximo ao clipe de fixação e, em seguida, remova-o com cuidado do slot do módulo de memória.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos no módulo de memória, segure-o pelas bordas. Não toque nos componentes nem
nos contatos metálicos do módulo de memória, pois a descarga eletrostática pode causar danos graves aos
componentes. Para saber mais sobre a proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas, consulte Proteção contra
descargas eletrostáticas.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 51
NOTA: Se tiver dificuldade para remover o módulo de memória, mova-o cuidadosamente para frente e para trás até removê-lo do
slot.
NOTA: Anote o slot e a orientação do módulo de memória para recolocá-lo no slot correto.
3. Repita as etapas 1 e 2 para remover qualquer outro módulo de memória instalado no computador.
Como instalar o módulo de memória
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização dos módulos de memória e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 16. Como instalar a memória
Etapas
1. Certifique-se de que os clipes de fixação do módulo de memória estejam em uma posição aberta.
2. Alinhe o entalhe no módulo de memória com a aba no slot do módulo de memória (DIMM1 ou DIMM2, conforme aplicável).
3. Pressione para baixo o módulo de memória até ele encaixar na posição e os clipes de fixação travarem no lugar.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos no módulo de memória, segure-o pelas bordas. Não toque nos componentes nem
nos contatos metálicos do módulo de memória, pois a descarga eletrostática pode causar danos graves aos
componentes. Para saber mais sobre a proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas, consulte Proteção contra
descargas eletrostáticas.
NOTA: Se não ouvir o clique, remova o módulo de memória e reinstale-o.
4. Repita as etapas 1 a 3 para instalar os outros módulos de memória no computador, se aplicável.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
52 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Unidades de estado sólido
Como remover unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 0 e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de remoção.
Figura 17. Como remover unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 na placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e levante a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 para fora do slot 0 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-0) na placa de
sistema.
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 53
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: Se você estiver substituindo uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 por uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230, certifique-
se de que a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 seja removida primeiro.
NOTA: As etapas de 1 a 3 são aplicáveis apenas se você estiver instalando uma nova unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 pela primeira
vez no computador.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento
de instalação.
Figura 18. Como instalar as unidades de estado sólido M.2 2230
Etapas
1. Retire o filme de proteção na almofada térmica.
2. Alinhe e cole a almofada térmica no slot 1 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-0) na placa de sistema.
54 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
NOTA: A almofada térmica é reutilizável. A almofada térmica é pré-instalada em sistemas enviados com unidade de estado sólido.
Se a unidade de estado sólido for adquirida separadamente, a almofada térmica deverá ser adquirida separadamente, pois não faz
parte do kit de unidade de estado sólido.
3. Retire o Mylar de proteção na almofada térmica.
4. Remova a porca do espaçador (M2) do slot M.2 (2280) e coloque-a no slot M.2 (2230), com metade do comprimento, na placa de
sistema.
NOTA: Isto se aplica somente caso esteja substituindo a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 por uma unidade de estado sólido
M.2 2230.
5. Alinhe o entalhe na unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 com a aba no slot 0 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-0) na placa de
sistema.
6. Deslize a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 0 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-0) na placa de sistema.
7. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 55
Figura 19. Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 na placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e levante a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 para removê-la do respectivo slot (M.2 PCIe SSD-0) na placa de sistema.
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: Se você estiver substituindo uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 por uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280, certifique-
se de que a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 seja removida primeiro.
NOTA: As etapas de 1 a 3 são aplicáveis apenas se você estiver instalando uma nova unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 pela primeira
vez no computador.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
56 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 20. Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
Etapas
1. Retire o filme de proteção na almofada térmica.
2. Alinhe e cole a almofada térmica no slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 na placa de sistema.
NOTA: A almofada térmica é reutilizável. A almofada térmica vem pré-instalada em computadores enviados com unidade
de estado sólido. Se a unidade de estado sólido for adquirida separadamente, a almofada térmica deverá ser adquirida
separadamente, pois não faz parte do kit de unidade de estado sólido.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 57
3. Retire o Mylar de proteção na almofada térmica.
4. Remova a porca espaçadora (M2) do slot M.2 (2230) e coloque-a no slot M.2 (2280), com comprimento completo, na placa de
sistema.
NOTA: Isto se aplica somente caso esteja substituindo a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 por uma unidade de estado sólido
M.2 2280.
5. Alinhe o entalhe na unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 com a aba no slot da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIe SSD-0) na placa de
sistema.
6. Deslize a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 no slot da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIe SSD-0) na placa de sistema.
7. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração
Como remover a Placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de remoção.
58 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 21. Como remover a Placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 59
Figura 22. Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 da placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração
60 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 23. Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 da placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração
Etapas
1. Puxe a aba para abrir a porta PCIe.
2. Pressione a aba de liberação no slot PCIe (SLOT 2) e levante a placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração para removê-la da placa de
sistema.
3. Vire a placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração.
4. Remova o parafuso (M2x5) que prende a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 ou 2280 à placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração.
5. Vire a placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração.
6. Remova a porca espaçadora da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 ou 2280.
7. Remova a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 ou 2280 do respectivo slot na placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração.
Como instalar a placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: A placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração deve ser instalada no slot PCIe x16 (SLOT 2).
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 61
Figura 24. Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 na placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração
62 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 25. Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 na placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 63
Figura 26. Como instalar a placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração
Etapas
1. Deslize a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 ou 2280 no respectivo slot na placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração.
2. Instale a porca espaçadora da unidade de estado sólido M.2 na unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 ou 2280.
3. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos na porca do espaçador com os orifícios dos parafusos na placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração.
4. Vire a placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração.
5. Instale o parafuso (M2x5) que prende a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 ou 2280 na placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração.
6. Vire a placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração.
7. NOTA: Certifique-se de que a porta PCIe esteja aberta e a aba de liberação no slot PCIe (SLOT2) esteja voltada para baixo.
Alinhe a placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração com o slot PCIe (SLOT2) na placa de sistema.
8. Pressione com cuidado a placa Dell Ultra Speed Drive de 3ª geração até que a aba no slot PCIe (SLOT 2) trave no lugar.
9. Certifique-se de que a placa esteja encaixada corretamente.
10. Feche a porta PCIe.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
64 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Placa de rede sem fio
Como remover a placa de rede sem fio
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de rede sem fio e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 27. Como remover a placa de rede sem fio
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3.5) que prende o suporte da placa de rede sem fio à placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e remova o suporte da placa de rede sem fio da respectiva placa.
3. Desconecte os cabos da antena da placa sem fio.
4. Deslize e remova a placa de rede sem fio do respectivo slot (M.2 WLAN) na placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 65
Como instalar a placa de rede sem fio
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de rede sem fio e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 28. Como instalar a placa de rede sem fio
Etapas
1. Conecte os cabos da antena à placa de rede sem fio.
Tabela 27. Esquema de cores do cabo da antena
Conector na placa de Cor do cabo da antena Marcação de impressão serigráfica
rede sem fio
Principal Branco PRINCIPAL △ (triângulo branco)
Auxiliar Preto AUX ▲ (triângulo preto)
2. Coloque o suporte da placa de rede sem fio na respectiva placa.
3. Alinhe o entalhe na placa de rede sem fio com a aba no respectivo slot (M.2 WLAN).
4. Insira a placa de rede sem fio levemente inclinada no respectivo slot (M.2 WLAN).
5. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa o suporte da placa de rede sem fio na placa.
66 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Antena puck externa
Os computadores enviados com placa sem fio Intel Wi-Fi 6E AX211 vêm com uma antena SMA externa.
Para ver mais informações sobre o procedimento de instalação da antena SMA externa do computador, consulte o Guia de instalação da
antena OptiPlex na página de suporte à documentação do OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno.
Placa gráfica
Como remover a placa gráfica
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa gráfica e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 67
Figura 29. Como remover a placa gráfica
Etapas
1. Puxe para abrir a trava da PCIe que prende a placa gráfica ao conector da placa PCI (SLOT 2).
2. Pressione e mantenha pressionada a aba que prende a placa gráfica ao conector da placa PCIe (SLOT 2).
3. Levante com cuidado a placa gráfica para removê-la do conector da placa PCIe (SLOT 2) na placa de sistema.
Como instalar a placa gráfica
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa gráfica e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
68 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 30. Como instalar a placa gráfica
Etapas
1. NOTA: Certifique-se de que a porta PCIe esteja na posição aberta e que a aba de liberação no slot PCIe (SLOT 2) esteja voltada
para baixo.
Alinhe a placa gráfica com o conector na placa de sistema.
2. Pressione com cuidado a placa gráfica até que a aba no conector da placa PCIe (SLOT 2) trave no lugar.
3. Feche a trava da PCIe para prender a placa gráfica no conector da placa PCI (SLOT 2).
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 69
Alto-falante interno
Como remover o alto-falante interno
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do alto-falante e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 31. Como remover o alto-falante
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do alto-falante do respectivo conector (INT SPKR) na placa de sistema.
2. Pressione a aba, levante e deslize o alto-falante com o cabo para fora do slot no chassi.
Como instalar o alto-falante interno
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do alto-falante e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
70 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 32. Como instalar o alto-falante
Etapas
1. Pressione a aba do alto-falante e deslize o alto-falante no slot do chassi até encaixá-lo no lugar.
2. Conecte o cabo do alto-falante ao respectivo conector (INT SPKR) na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Sensor de violação
Como remover o sensor de violação
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do sensor de violação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 71
Figura 33. Como remover o sensor de violação
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do sensor de violação do respectivo conector (INTRUSION) na placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e levante o sensor de violação para fora do computador.
Como instalar o sensor de violação
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do sensor de violação e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
72 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 34. Como instalar o sensor de violação
Etapas
1. Deslize o sensor de violação no slot no chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do sensor de violação ao respectivo conector (INTRUSION) na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 73
8
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-
Replaceable Units)
Os componentes substituíveis neste capítulo são FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units).
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção e a instalação de FRUs se destinam apenas a técnicos de serviço
autorizados.
CUIDADO: Para evitar possíveis danos ao componente ou perda de dados, certifique-se de que um técnico de serviço
autorizado substitua as unidades substituíveis em campo (FRUs).
CUIDADO: A Dell Technologies recomenda que esse conjunto de reparos, se necessário, seja conduzido por especialistas
treinados em reparo técnico.
CUIDADO: Lembre-se de que sua garantia não cobre danos que possam ocorrer durante reparos de FRU que não sejam
autorizados pela Dell Technologies.
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Botão liga/desliga
Como remover o botão liga/desliga
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do botão liga / desliga e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
74 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 35. Como remover o botão liga/desliga
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do botão liga/desliga do conector (PWR SW) na placa de sistema.
2. Pressione e solte as abas do conjunto do botão liga/desliga e remova-o do chassi.
3. Deslize o cabo do botão liga/desliga para fora da parte frontal do chassi do computador e remova o botão liga/desliga do computador.
Como instalar o botão liga/desliga
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do botão liga/desliga e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 75
Figura 36. Como instalar o botão liga/desliga
Etapas
1. Insira o cabo do botão liga/desliga pelo slot no chassi a partir da parte frontal do computador.
2. Alinhe e coloque o conjunto do botão liga/desliga no slot do chassi até encaixá-lo no lugar.
3. Conecte o cabo do botão liga/desliga ao respectivo conector (PWR SW) na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulo da antena sem fio
Módulo da antena interna
Como remover o módulo da antena interna
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova a placa sem fio.
76 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo da antena interna e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 37. Como remover o módulo da antena interna
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 77
Figura 38. Módulo da antena interna
Etapas
1. Puxe com cuidado o cabo do módulo da antena interna para fora do slot no chassi.
2. Remova o cabo do módulo da antena interna das guias de passagem no chassi.
3. Remova os dois parafusos (M3x3) que prendem o módulo da antena interna ao chassi.
4. Remova o módulo da antena interna do chassi.
Como instalar o módulo da antena interna
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo da antena interna e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
78 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 79
Figura 39. Como instalar o módulo da antena interna
Etapas
1. Remova as películas de proteção Mylar das antenas internas, se disponíveis.
2. Insira as guias nas antenas internas nos slots do chassi.
As antenas devem ser instaladas nos slots apropriados do chassi. A tabela a seguir traz orientações sobre o método de instalação
correto.
Tabela 28. Esquema de cores do cabo da antena
ETIQUETA DO CHASSI COR DO CABO DA ANTENA
ANT-W Branco
ANT-B Preto
3. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3x3) que fixam o módulo da antena interna no chassi.
4. Passe o cabo do módulo da antena interna pelas guias de roteamento no chassi.
5. Rosqueie o cabo do módulo da antena interna através do slot no chassi.
80 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a placa de rede sem fio.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulo da antena SMA externa
Como remover o módulo da antena externa do SMA
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova a placa sem fio.
7. Remova e reinstale a placa gráfica, se aplicável.
8. Remova a antena externa.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo da antena externa do SMA e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 81
Figura 40. Como remover o módulo da antena externa do SMA
Etapas
1. Remova a porca e a arruela das cabeças da antena.
2. Solte cuidadosamente as cabeças da antena e retire-as do chassi.
3. Remova os cabos de antena das guias de passagem na placa de sistema.
4. Remova o módulo da antena externa do SMA da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o módulo da antena SMA externa
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo da antena SMA externa e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
82 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 41. Como instalar o módulo da antena SMA externa
Etapas
1. NOTA: As etapas 1, 2 e 3 são necessárias ao instalar o kit da antena SMA pela primeira vez.
Usando uma chave de fenda, empurre e remova a tampa da antena do chassi.
2. Remova a tampa da antena da chave de fenda e descarte a tampa da antena.
3. Alinhe os pinos no clipe com os orifícios na placa de sistema e pressione o clipe para prendê-lo à placa de sistema.
4. Empurre as cabeças da antena para dentro dos slots na parte traseira do chassi.
5. Instale a porca e a arruela para prender as cabeças da antena ao chassi.
6. Passe os cabos de antena pelas guias de roteamento na placa de sistema.
7. Pressione o cabo da antena no clipe na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a antena externa.
2. Instale a placa gráfica.
3. Instale a placa de rede sem fio.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 83
4. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
5. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
6. Instale a tampa frontal.
7. Instale a tampa lateral.
8. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Unidade de fonte de alimentação
Como remover a fonte de alimentação
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da fonte de alimentação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
84 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 42. Como remover a fonte de alimentação
Etapas
1. Desconecte os cabos da fonte de alimentação de seus conectores (ATX CPU1, ATX CPU2 e ATX SYS) na placa de sistema.
2. Remova os cabos da fonte de alimentação das guias de passagem no chassi.
3. Remova os três parafusos (#6-32) que fixam a fonte de alimentação ao chassi.
4. Deslize e remova a fonte de alimentação do chassi.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 85
Como instalar a fonte de alimentação
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da fonte de alimentação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
86 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 43. Como instalar a fonte de alimentação
Etapas
1. Coloque a fonte de alimentação no chassi e deslize-a em direção à parte traseira do chassi.
2. Recoloque os três parafusos (#6-32) que fixam a unidade da fonte de alimentação ao chassi.
3. Passe os cabos da fonte de alimentação pelas guias de passagem no chassi.
4. Conecte os cabos da fonte de alimentação aos respectivos conectores (ATX CPU1, ATX CPU2 e ATX SYS) na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do
processador
Como remover o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do
processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 87
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador e são uma representação visual
do procedimento de remoção.
CUIDADO: Para garantir o máximo resfriamento do processador, não toque nas áreas de transferência de dissipador de
calor. A oleosidade da pele pode reduzir a capacidade de transferência de calor da graxa térmica.
NOTA: O dissipador de calor pode esquentar durante a operação normal. Aguarde tempo suficiente para o resfriamento do dissipador
de calor antes de tocá-lo.
Figura 44. Como remover o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do ventilador do processador do respectivo conector (FAN CPU) na placa de sistema.
2. Na ordem sequencial inversa (4>3>2>1), solte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros que prendem o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de
calor do processador à placa de sistema.
3. Retire o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do
processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
88 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador e são uma representação visual
do procedimento de instalação.
NOTA: Se o processador ou o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor for substituído, use a graxa térmica enviada com o kit para
garantir que a condutividade térmica seja atingida.
Figura 45. Como instalar o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador
Etapas
1. Coloque o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador na placa de sistema e alinhe os parafusos prisioneiros aos
orifícios de parafuso na placa de sistema.
2. Na ordem sequencial (1 > 2 > 3 > 4), aperte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros que fixam o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor
do processador na placa de sistema.
3. Conecte o cabo do ventilador do processador ao seu conector (FAN CPU) na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Processador
Como remover o processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 89
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do processador e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção:
ATENÇÃO: O processador pode ainda estar quente depois que o computador for desligado. Deixe o processador esfriar
antes de removê-lo.
Figura 46. Como remover o processador
Etapas
1. Pressione a alavanca de liberação para baixo e para fora do processador a fim de liberá-la da aba de fixação.
2. Estenda completamente a alavanca de liberação e abra a tampa do processador.
CUIDADO: Ao remover o processador, não deixe cair nenhum objeto sobre os pinos no interior do soquete nem toque
neles.
3. Levante cuidadosamente o processador do respectivo soquete.
Como instalar o processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do processador e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação:
90 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 47. Como instalar o processador
Etapas
1. Certifique-se de que a alavanca de liberação no soquete do processador está totalmente estendida na posição aberta.
NOTA: O canto do pino 1 do processador tem um triângulo que se alinha ao triângulo no canto do pino 1 do soquete do
processador. Quando o processador está assentado corretamente, todos os quatro cantos ficam alinhados no mesmo nível. Se
um ou mais cantos do processador estiver(em) mais alto(s) que os outros, isso significa que o processador não está encaixado
corretamente.
2. Alinhe os entalhes no processador com as abas no soquete do processador e coloque o processador no soquete do processador.
CUIDADO: Certifique-se de que o entalhe da tampa do processador esteja posicionado sob a haste de alinhamento.
3. Quando o processador estiver totalmente encaixado no soquete, gire a alavanca de liberação para baixo e coloque-a sob a aba na
tampa do processador.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulos de entrada/saída opcionais
Módulo serial
Como remover o módulo serial
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 91
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo serial e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 48. Como remover o módulo serial
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M3) que prendem o módulo serial ao chassi.
2. Desconecte o cabo do módulo serial do respectivo conector (KB MS, SERIAL) na placa de sistema.
3. Levante o módulo serial para retirá-lo da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o módulo serial
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo serial e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
92 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 49. Como instalar o módulo serial
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave de fenda, remova a tampa do módulo serial do chassi.
NOTA: Esta etapa é aplicável somente quando o módulo serial é instalado pela primeira vez.
NOTA: Para remover a tampa do módulo opcional, insira uma chave de fenda no orifício da tampa, empurre o suporte para
soltá-lo e, em seguida, levante a tampa para fora do chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do módulo serial ao respectivo conector (KB MS, SERIAL) na placa de sistema.
3. Insira o módulo serial no respectivo slot no chassi.
4. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3) que prendem o módulo serial ao chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 93
Módulo VGA
Como remover o módulo VGA
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo VGA opcional e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 50. Como remover o módulo VGA
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M3) que fixam o módulo VGA no chassi.
2. Desconecte o cabo do módulo VGA do conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Levante o módulo VGA para retirá-lo da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o módulo VGA
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
94 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo VGA e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 51. Como instalar o módulo VGA
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave de fenda, remova a tampa do módulo VGA do chassi.
NOTA: Esta etapa é aplicável somente quando o módulo VGA estiver sendo instalado pela primeira vez.
NOTA: Para remover a tampa do módulo opcional, insira uma chave de fenda no orifício da tampa, empurre o suporte para
soltá-lo e, em seguida, levante a tampa para fora do chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do módulo VGA ao respectivo conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Insira o painel de VGA no respectivo slot no chassi.
4. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3) que prendem o módulo VGA ao chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 95
Módulo DP
Como remover o módulo DisplayPort
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo DisplayPort e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 52. Como remover o módulo DisplayPort
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M3x3) que prendem o módulo DisplayPort ao chassi.
2. Desconecte o cabo do módulo DisplayPort do respectivo conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Levante o módulo DisplayPort para removê-lo da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o módulo DisplayPort
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
96 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo DisplayPort e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 53. Como instalar o módulo DisplayPort
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave de fenda, remova a tampa do módulo DisplayPort do chassi.
NOTA: Esta etapa é aplicável somente quando o módulo DisplayPort é instalado pela primeira vez.
NOTA: Para remover a tampa do módulo opcional, insira uma chave de fenda no orifício da tampa, empurre o suporte para
soltá-lo e, em seguida, levante a tampa para fora do chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do módulo DisplayPort ao respectivo conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Insira o módulo DisplayPort no slot do chassi.
4. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3x3) que prendem o módulo DisplayPort ao chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 97
Módulo HDMI
Como remover o módulo HDMI
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo HDMI opcional e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 54. Como remover o módulo HDMI
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M3x3) que fixam o módulo HDMI no chassi.
2. Desconecte o cabo do módulo HDMI do conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Levante o módulo HDMI para retirá-lo da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o módulo HDMI
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
98 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo HDMI e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 55. Como instalar o módulo HDMI
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave de fenda, remova a tampa do módulo HDMI do chassi.
NOTA: Esta etapa é aplicável somente quando o módulo HDMI estiver sendo instalado pela primeira vez.
NOTA: Para remover a tampa do módulo opcional, insira uma chave de fenda no orifício da tampa, empurre o suporte para
soltá-lo e, em seguida, levante a tampa para fora do chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do módulo HDMI ao respectivo conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Insira o painel de HDMI no respectivo slot no chassi.
4. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3x3) que prendem o módulo HDMI ao chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 99
Placa de sistema
Como remover a placa de sistema
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova e reinstale a placa gráfica, se aplicável.
7. Remova o alto-falante interno.
8. Remova os módulos de memória.
9. Remova as unidades de estado sólido.
10. Remova a placa de rede sem fio ou a antena SMA externa, conforme aplicável.
11. Remova o sensor de violação.
12. Remova o módulo da antena SMA externa, se aplicável.
13. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
14. Remova o processador.
15. Remova os módulos de E/S opcionais, conforme aplicável.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica os conectores na placa de sistema.
Figura 56. Visão geral da placa de sistema
1. Conector do sensor de violação (VIOLAÇÃO)
2. Conector de alimentação da CPU ATX (ATX CPU1 e ATX CPU2)
3. Conector do ventilador do processador (FAN CPU)
100 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
4. Slots UDIMM
A partir da esquerda (a>b):
DIMM1
DIMM2
5. Slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230/2280 (M.2 PCIe SSD-0)
6. Conector do botão liga/desliga (PWR SW)
7. Conector de alimentação do sistema (ATX SYS)
8. Slot M.2 WLAN (M.2 WLAN)
9. Conector de dados do disco rígido (SATA-0)
10. Conector de dados da unidade óptica/disco rígido (SATA 3)
11. Conector de energia da SATA (SATA PWR)
12. Conector do alto-falante interno (INT SPKR)
13. Slot PCIe x16 (SLOT2)
14. Slot PCIe x1 (SLOT1)
15. Soquete da bateria de célula tipo moeda (RTC)
16. Soquete do Processador (CPU)
17. Conector de vídeo opcional (VIDEO)
18. Conector do módulo serial/PS2 (KB MS SERIAL)
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de sistema e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 57. Como remover a placa de sistema
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (#6-32) que fixa o suporte de E/S frontal no chassi.
2. Gire e remova o suporte frontal de E/S do chassi.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 101
Figura 58. Como remover a placa de sistema
3. Desconecte os cabos da fonte de alimentação de seus conectores (ATX CPU1, ATX CPU2 e ATX SYS) na placa de sistema.
4. Desconecte o cabo do botão liga/desliga do conector (PWR SW) na placa de sistema.
5. Desconecte o cabo do ventilador do sistema do conector (FAN SYS) na placa de sistema.
6. Desconecte o cabo de dados do disco rígido do conector (SATA 0) na placa de sistema.
7. Desconecte o cabo de dados da unidade óptica/disco rígido do conector (SATA 3) na placa de sistema.
8. Desconecte o cabo de alimentação SATA do conector (SATA PWR) na placa de sistema.
102 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 59. Como remover a placa de sistema
9. Remova os sete parafusos (#6-32) que fixam a placa de sistema ao chassi.
10. Remova a montagem do parafuso que prende a placa de sistema ao chassi, se aplicável.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 103
Figura 60. Como remover a placa de sistema
11. Solte a placa de sistema do painel de E/S traseiro deslizando-a em direção à direita e levante a placa de sistema para fora do chassi.
Como instalar a placa de sistema
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica os conectores na placa de sistema.
104 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 61. Visão geral da placa de sistema
1. Conector do sensor de violação (VIOLAÇÃO)
2. Conector de alimentação da CPU ATX (ATX CPU1 e ATX CPU2)
3. Conector do ventilador do processador (FAN CPU)
4. Slots UDIMM
A partir da esquerda (a>b):
DIMM1
DIMM2
5. Slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230/2280 (M.2 PCIe SSD-0)
6. Conector do botão liga/desliga (PWR SW)
7. Conector de alimentação do sistema (ATX SYS)
8. Slot M.2 WLAN (M.2 WLAN)
9. Conector de dados do disco rígido (SATA-0)
10. Conector de dados da unidade óptica/disco rígido (SATA 3)
11. Conector de energia da SATA (SATA PWR)
12. Conector do alto-falante interno (INT SPKR)
13. Slot PCIe x16 (SLOT2)
14. Slot PCIe x1 (SLOT1)
15. Soquete da bateria de célula tipo moeda (RTC)
16. Soquete do Processador (CPU)
17. Conector de vídeo opcional (VIDEO)
18. Conector do módulo serial/PS2 (KB MS SERIAL)
A imagem a seguir indica a localização da placa de sistema e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 105
Figura 62. Como instalar a placa de sistema
Etapas
1. Alinhe e abaixe a placa de sistema no chassi até que os espaçadores na parte traseira da placa do sistema se alinhem com aqueles do
chassi.
106 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 63. Como instalar a placa de sistema
2. Recoloque a montagem do parafuso que prende a placa de sistema ao chassi, se aplicável.
3. Recoloque os sete parafusos (#6-32) que prendem a placa de sistema no chassi.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 107
Figura 64. Como instalar a placa de sistema
4. Passe e conecte o cabo de alimentação SATA ao conector (SATA PWR) na placa de sistema.
5. Passe e conecte o cabo de dados da unidade óptica/disco rígido ao conector (SATA-3) na placa de sistema.
6. Passe e conecte o cabo de dados do disco rígido ao conector (SATA-0) na placa de sistema.
7. Passe e conecte o cabo do ventilador do sistema ao conector (FAN SYS) na placa de sistema.
8. Passe e conecte o cabo do botão liga/desliga ao conector (PWR SW) na placa de sistema.
9. Passe e conecte os cabos da fonte de alimentação aos conectores (ATX CPU1, ATX CPU2 e ATX SYS) na placa de sistema.
Figura 65. Como instalar a placa de sistema
10. Posicione e alinhe o suporte de E/S frontal ao slot de E/S no chassi.
11. Recoloque o parafuso (#6-32) que fixa o suporte frontal de E/S no chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale os módulos de E/S opcionais, conforme aplicável.
108 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
2. Instale o processador.
3. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
4. Instale o módulo da antena externa SMA, se aplicável.
5. Instale o sensor de violação.
6. Instale a placa de rede sem fio ou a antena SMA externa, conforme aplicável.
7. Instale as unidades de estado sólido.
8. Instale os módulos de memória.
9. Instale o alto-falante interno.
10. Instale a placa gráfica. se aplicável.
11. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
12. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
13. Instale a tampa frontal.
14. Instale a tampa lateral.
15. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 109
9
Software
Este capítulo apresenta em detalhes os sistemas operacionais compatíveis, além de instruções sobre como instalar os drivers.
Sistema operacional
O OptiPlex 7020 de formato pequeno suporta os seguintes sistemas operacionais:
● Windows 11 Home
● Windows 11 Pro
● Windows 11 Pro National Education
● Ubuntu Linux 22.04 LTS
Drivers e downloads
Durante a solução de problemas, o download ou a instalação de drivers, é recomendável que você leia o artigo da base de conhecimento
da Dell 000123347, Perguntas frequentes sobre drivers e downloads.
110 Software
10
Configuração do BIOS
NOTA: Dependendo do computador e dos dispositivos nele instalados, as opções listadas nesta seção poderão ser exibidas, ou não.
CUIDADO: Certas alterações podem fazer com que o computador funcione de modo incorreto. Antes de alterar as
configurações na configuração do BIOS, é recomendável anotar as configurações originais para referência futura.
Use a configuração do BIOS para os seguintes fins:
● Obter informações sobre o hardware instalado em seu computador, como a quantidade de memória RAM e a capacidade do
dispositivo de armazenamento.
● Alterar as informações de configuração do sistema.
● Definir ou alterar uma opção selecionável pelo usuário, como a senha do usuário, o tipo de dispositivo de armazenamento instalado e
ativar ou desativar os dispositivos de base.
Entrando no programa Configuração do BIOS
Sobre esta tarefa
Ligue (ou reinicie) o computador e pressione F2 imediatamente.
Teclas de navegação
NOTA: Na maioria das opções de configuração do BIOS, as alterações efetuadas são registradas, mas elas só serão aplicadas quando
o computador for reiniciado.
Tabela 29. Teclas de navegação
Teclas Navegação
Seta para cima Passa para o campo anterior.
Seta para baixo Passa para o próximo campo.
Enter Seleciona um valor no campo selecionado (se aplicável) ou segue o
link no campo.
Barra de espaço Expande ou recolhe uma lista suspensa, se aplicável.
Guia Passa para a próxima área de foco.
Esc Passa para a página anterior até que você veja a tela principal.
Pressione Esc na tela principal para exibir uma mensagem que pede
para salvar as mudanças feitas e reiniciar o computador.
Menu de inicialização única com a tecla F12
Para acessar o menu de inicialização única, ligue ou reinicie o computador e, em seguida, pressione F12 imediatamente.
NOTA: Se não for possível entrar no menu de inicialização única, repita a ação acima.
O menu de inicialização única exibe os dispositivos em que você pode fazer a inicialização, bem como as opções para iniciar o diagnóstico.
As opções do menu de inicialização são:
● Unidade removível (se disponível)
● Unidade STXXXX (se disponível)
Configuração do BIOS 111
NOTA: XXX identifica o número da unidade SATA.
● Unidade óptica (se disponível)
● Disco rígido SATA (se disponível)
● Diagnóstico
A tela do menu de inicialização única também exibe a opção de acessar a configuração do BIOS.
Opções de configuração do sistema
NOTA: Dependendo do seu computador e dos dispositivos instalados, os itens listados nesta seção podem ou não serem exibidos.
Tabela 30. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Overview
Visão geral
BIOS Version Exibe o número da versão do BIOS.
Service Tag Exibe a etiqueta de serviço do computador.
Asset Tag Exibe a etiqueta de inventário do computador.
Manufacture Date Exibe a data de fabricação do computador.
Ownership Date Exibe a data de aquisição do computador.
Express Service Code Exibe o código de serviço expresso do computador.
Ownership Tag Exibe a etiqueta de propriedade do computador.
Signed Firmware Update Exibe se a atualização de firmware assinado está habilitada no computador.
Por padrão, a opção Signed Firmware Update está ativada.
Processor Information
Processor Type Exibe o tipo de processador.
Maximum Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade máxima do relógio do processador.
Minimum Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade mínima do relógio do processador.
Current Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade atual do relógio do processador.
Core Count Exibe o número de núcleos no processador.
Processor ID Exibe o código de identificação do processador.
Processor L2 Cache Exibe o tamanho do cache L2 do processador.
Processor L3 Cache Exibe o tamanho do cache L3 do processador.
Microcode Version Exibe a versão do microcódigo.
Intel Hyper-Threading Capable Exibe se o processador é compatível com Hyper-Threading (HT).
64-Bit Technology Exibe se a tecnologia de 64 bits é usada.
Memory Information
Memory Installed Exibe o total de memória instalada no computador.
Memory Available Exibe o total de memória disponível no computador.
Memory Speed Exibe a velocidade da memória.
Memory Channel Mode Exibe o modo single ou dual channel.
Memory Technology Exibe a tecnologia utilizada para a memória.
DIMM 1 Size Exibe o tamanho da memória DIMM 1.
112 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 30. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Overview (continuação)
Visão geral
DIMM 2 Size Exibe o tamanho da memória DIMM 2.
Devices Information
Video Controller Exibe o tipo do controlador de vídeo do computador.
Video Memory Exibe informações da memória de vídeo do computador.
Wi-Fi Device Exibe informações do dispositivo de rede sem fio do computador.
Native Resolution Exibe a resolução nativa do computador.
Video BIOS Version Exibe a versão do BIOS de vídeo do computador.
Audio Controller Exibe informações do controlador de áudio do computador.
Bluetooth Device Exibe as informações do dispositivo Bluetooth do computador.
LOM MAC Address Exibe o endereço MAC da LOM do computador.
dGPU Video Controller Exibe o controlador de vídeo dGPU do computador.
Slot 1 Exibe as informações do slot 1 do computador.
Slot 2 Exibe as informações do slot 2 do computador.
Tabela 31. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Boot Configuration
Boot Configuration
Boot Sequence
Boot Mode: UEFI only Exibe o modo de inicialização do computador.
Sequência de boot Exibe a sequência de boot.
Ativar prioridade de inicialização PXE Ativa ou desativa a priorização no topo da sequência de boot de uma nova opção de
inicialização PXE.
Por padrão, a opção Enable PXE Boot Priority está desativada.
Force PXE na próxima inicialização Ativa ou desativa o Force PXE na próxima inicialização.
Por padrão, a opção Force PXE on Next Boot não está selecionada.
Secure Digital (SD) Card Boot Ativa ou desativa a inicialização de somente leitura partir do cartão Secure Digital (SD).
Por padrão, a opção Secure Digital (SD) Card Boot está ativada.
Secure Boot A inicialização segura é um método para garantir a integridade do caminho de
inicialização, realizando validação adicional do sistema operacional e das placas
adicionais PCI. O computador para de inicializar no sistema operacional quando um
componente não é autenticado durante o processo de inicialização. O Secure Boot pode
ser ativado na instalação do BIOS ou usando interfaces de gerenciamento, como o Dell
Command|Configure, mas só pode ser desativado na instalação do BIOS.
Enable Secure Boot Ativa a inicialização do computador usando somente software de inicialização validado.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Secure Boot está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Secure Boot
ativada para garantir que o firmware UEFI valide o sistema operacional durante o
processo de inicialização.
NOTA: Para que a inicialização segura seja ativada, o computador deve estar no
modo de inicialização UEFI e a opção Ativar ROMs opcionais preexistente deve
estar desativada.
Enable Microsoft UEFI CA Quando desativado, o CA UEFI é removido do banco de dados UEFI da inicialização
segura do BIOS.
Configuração do BIOS 113
Tabela 31. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Boot Configuration (continuação)
Boot Configuration
NOTA: Quando desativado, o CA UEFI da Microsoft pode tornar o computador
incapaz de inicializar, a placa gráfica do computador pode não funcionar, alguns
dispositivos podem não funcionar corretamente e o computador pode ficar
irrecuperável.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Microsoft UEFI CA está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Microsoft
UEFI CA ativada para garantir a mais ampla compatibilidade com dispositivos e sistemas
operacionais.
Secure Boot Mode Ativa ou desativa o modo de operação de inicialização segura.
Por padrão, o Deployed Mode está selecionado.
NOTA: O Deployed Mode deve ser selecionado para a operação normal da
inicialização segura.
Expert Key Management
Enable Custom Mode Ativa ou desativa as chaves nos bancos de dados de chaves de segurança PK, KEK, db
e dbx a serem modificadas.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Custom Mode está desativada.
Custom Mode Key Management Selecione os valores personalizados para o gerenciamento de chaves especializadas.
Por padrão, a opção PK está selecionada.
Tabela 32. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Integrated Devices
Integrated Devices
Date/Time
Date Define a data do computador no formato MM/DD/AAAA. Alterações de formato de
data entram em vigor imediatamente.
Time Define a hora do computador no formato de 24 horas HH/MM/SS. Você pode alternar
entre um relógio de 12 e 24 horas. As alterações de formato de hora entram em vigor
imediatamente.
Áudio
Enable Audio Ativa todo o controlador de áudio integrado.
Por padrão, todas as opções estão ativadas.
Enable Microphone Ativa o microfone.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Microphone está ativada.
NOTA: Dependendo da configuração solicitada, a opção de configuração do
microfone pode não estar disponível.
Enable Internal Speaker Ativa o alto-falante interno.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intenal Speaker está ativada.
USB Configuration
Enable Front USB Ports (Habilitar portas USB Ativa as portas USB frontais.
frontais)
Por padrão, a opção Enable Front USB Ports está ativada.
Enable Rear USB Ports (Habilitar portas USB Ativa as portas USB traseiras.
traseiras)
Por padrão, a opção Ativar portas USB traseiras está ativada.
114 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 32. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Integrated Devices (continuação)
Integrated Devices
Enable USB Boot Support Ativa a inicialização a partir de dispositivos de armazenamento em massa USB
conectados às portas USB externas.
Por padrão, a opção Enable USB Boot Support está ativada.
Front USB Configuration Permite que o usuário habilite ou desabilite as portas USB frontais.
Por padrão, todas as portas USB frontais estão ativadas.
Rear USB Configuration Permite que o usuário habilite ou desabilite as portas USB traseiras.
Por padrão, todas as portas USB traseiras estão ativadas.
Dust Filter Maintenance
Dust Filter Maintenance Ativa ou desativa mensagens do BIOS para manter o filtro de pó opcional instalado no
computador.
Por padrão, a configuração de Dust Filter Maintenance está desativada.
Tabela 33. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Storage
Armazenamento
SATA/NVMe Operation
SATA/NVMe Operation Configura o modo de operação do controlador de unidade do disco rígido SATA
integrado.
Por padrão, a opção RAID On (RAID ativado) está selecionada.
NOTA: Embora o modo de operação padrão do controlador de disco rígido SATA
integrado esteja definido como RAID Ativado, este computador não é compatível
com a funcionalidade RAID.
Storage Interface Exibe as informações de várias unidades integradas.
Port Enablement Ativa ou desativa a opção SSD M.2 PCIe.
Por padrão, a opção SATA está ativada.
Por padrão, a opção M.2 PCIe SSD está ativada.
SMART Reporting Exibe as informações de vários drives integrados.
Enable SMART Reporting Ativa ou desativa o BIOS para relatar erros de disco rígido integrado durante a
inicialização do sistema.
Por padrão, a opção Enable SMART Reporting está desativada.
Drive Information Exibe as informações de vários drives integrados.
Tabela 34. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Display
Tela
Multi-Display
Enable Multi-Display Ativa ou desativa o recurso de várias telas do sistema operacional Windows.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Multi-Display está ativada.
Primary Display
Primary Display Permite que o usuário selecione qual controlador de vídeo será utilizado para a tela
principal se houver vários controladores de vídeo no sistema.
Por padrão, a opção Auto (Automático) está selecionada.
Configuração do BIOS 115
Tabela 34. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Display (continuação)
Tela
Full Screen Logo Ativa ou desativa o computador para exibir um logotipo em tela cheia, se a imagem
corresponder à resolução da tela.
Por padrão, a opção Exibir o logotipo em tela cheia está desativada.
Tabela 35. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Connection
Connection
Network Controller Configuration
Integrated NIC Ativa ou desativa o controlador LAN integrado.
Por padrão, a opção Enabled with PXE está selecionada.
Wireless Device Enable
WLAN Ativa ou desativa o dispositivo WLAN interno.
Por padrão, a opção WLAN está ativada.
Bluetooth Ativa ou desativa o dispositivo Bluetooth interno.
Por padrão, a opção Bluetooth está ativada.
Enable UEFI Network Stack Ativa ou desativa a pilha de rede UEFI e controla o controlador LAN integrado.
Por padrão, a opção Auto Enabled está selecionada.
HTTP(s) Boot Feature
HTTP(s) Boot Ativa ou desativa o recurso de inicialização HTTP(s).
Por padrão, a opção HTTP(s) Boot está ativada.
HTTP(s) Boot Modes Configura os modos de inicialização de HTTP(s).
Por padrão, a opção Auto Mode está selecionada. A inicialização HTTP(s) extrai
automaticamente o URL do Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
NOTA: É necessário provisionar o certificado para conectar o servidor de
inicialização HTTPs.
Tabela 36. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Power
Alimentação
Thermal Management Ativa ou desativa o ventilador de resfriamento e gerencia o calor do processador para
ajustar o desempenho, o ruído e a temperatura do computador.
Por padrão, a opção Optimized está selecionada. Configuração padrão para
desempenho, ruído e temperatura balanceados.
USB Wake Support
Enable USB Wake Support Ativa ou desativa o computador para ser ativado por meio de dispositivos USB como
mouse ou teclado quando estiver no modo de espera, hibernação ou desligamento.
Por padrão, a opção Enable USB Wake Support está ativada.
AC Behavior
AC Recovery Permite que o usuário selecione o comportamento do computador quando a corrente
alternada for restaurada após uma perda inesperada da corrente alternada.
Por padrão, a opção Power Off está selecionada.
Block Sleep Ativa ou desativa o computador de entrar no modo de suspensão (S3) no sistema
operacional.
116 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 36. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Power (continuação)
Alimentação
Por padrão, a opção Block Sleep está desativada.
NOTA: Se ativado, o computador não entrará em Suspensão, o Intel Rapid Start
será desativado automaticamente e a opção de energia do sistema operacional
ficará em branco se estiver definida como Suspensa.
Deep Sleep Control
Deep Sleep Control Ativa ou desativa o computador para selecionar a extensão da economia de energia
durante o modo desligado (S5) ou em hibernação (S4).
Por padrão, a opção Enabled in S4 and S5 está selecionada.
Fan Control Override
Fan Control Override Ativa ou desativa o funcionamento do ventilador em velocidade máxima.
Por padrão, a opção Fan Control Override está desativada.
Intel Speed Shift Technology Ativa ou desativa o suporte à tecnologia Intel Speed Shift. Quando ativado, o sistema
operacional seleciona automaticamente o desempenho adequado do processador.
Por padrão, a opção Intel Speed Shift Technology está ativada.
Tabela 37. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security
Security
Trusted Platform Module (TPM) O Trusted Platform Module (TPM) oferece vários serviços de criptografia que servem
como base para muitas tecnologias de segurança de plataforma. O módulo de
plataforma confiável (TPM) é um dispositivo de segurança que armazena chaves
geradas por computador para criptografia e recursos como BitLocker, modo seguro
virtual e comprovação remota.
Por padrão, a opção Trusted Platform Module (TPM) está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter o Trusted Platform
Module (TPM) ativado para permitir que essas tecnologias de segurança funcionem
plenamente.
NOTA: As opções listadas aplicam-se a computadores com um chip discreto do
Trusted Platform Module (TPM).
TPM 2.0 Security On Permite ativar ou desativar o TPM.
Por padrão, a opção TPM 2.0 Security On está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção TPM 2.0
Security On ativada para permitir que essas tecnologias de segurança funcionem
plenamente.
Attestation Enable A opção Attestation Enable controla a hierarquia de endosso do TPM. Desativar a
opção Attestation Enable impede que o TPM seja usado para assinar certificados
digitalmente.
Por padrão, a opção Attestation Enable está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Attestation
Enable ativada.
NOTA: Quando desativado, esse recurso pode causar problemas de
compatibilidade ou perda de funcionalidade em alguns sistemas operacionais.
Key Storage Enable A opção Key Storage Enable controla a hierarquia de armazenamento do TPM,
que é usada para armazenar chaves digitais. Desativar a opção Key Storage Enable
restringe a capacidade do TPM de armazenar os dados do proprietário.
Por padrão, a opção Key Storage Enable está ativada.
Configuração do BIOS 117
Tabela 37. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security (continuação)
Security
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Key Storage
Enable ativada.
NOTA: Quando desativado, esse recurso pode causar problemas de
compatibilidade ou perda de funcionalidade em alguns sistemas operacionais.
SHA-256 Permite controlar o algoritmo de hash usado pelo TPM. Quando ativado, o TPM usa
o algoritmo de hash SHA-256. Quando desativado, o TPM usa o algoritmo de hash
SHA-1.
Por padrão, a opção SHA-256 está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção SHA-256
ativada.
Clear Quando ativada, a opção Clear exclui as informações armazenadas no TPM depois
de sair do BIOS do computador. Essa opção retorna ao estado desativado quando o
computador é reiniciado.
Por padrão, a opção Clear está desativada.
A Dell Technologies recomenda ativar a opção Clear somente quando for necessário
excluir os dados do TPM.
Physical Presence Interface (PPI) Bypass for Por padrão, a opção PPI Bypass for Clear Commands está desativada.
Clear Commands
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção PPI Bypass
for Clear Commands desativada.
SMM Security Mitigation Ativa ou desativa as proteções adicionais do SMM Security Mitigations da UEFI.
Esta opção usa a tabela de redução de segurança do Windows SMM (WSMT) para
confirmar ao sistema operacional que as práticas recomendadas de segurança foram
implementadas pelo firmware UEFI.
Por padrão, a opção SMM Security Mitigation está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção SMM
Security Mitigation ativada, a menos que você tenha um aplicativo específico que
não seja compatível.
NOTA: Esse recurso pode causar problemas de compatibilidade ou perda de
funcionalidade com algumas ferramentas e aplicativos herdados.
Data Wipe on Next Boot
Start Data Wipe A limpeza de dados é uma operação de limpeza segura que exclui informações de um
dispositivo de armazenamento.
CUIDADO: A operação de limpeza segura de dados exclui informações de
maneira que não possam ser reconstituídas.
Comandos como excluir e formatar no sistema operacional podem fazer com que
arquivos não apareçam em file system. No entanto, eles podem ser reconstruídos por
meios forenses, pois ainda estão representados na mídia física. A limpeza de dados
impede essa reconstrução e não é recuperável.
Quando ativada, a opção de limpeza de dados solicitará a limpeza de todos os
dispositivos de armazenamento conectados ao computador na próxima inicialização.
Por padrão, a opção Start Data Wipe está desativada.
Absolute
Absolute A Absolute Software oferece várias soluções de segurança cibernética, algumas
exigindo software pré-carregado em computadores Dell e integrado ao BIOS. Para
usar esses recursos, você deve ativar a configuração de BIOS da Absolute e entrar em
contato com a Absolute para configuração e ativação.
Por padrão, a opção Absolute está ativada.
118 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 37. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security (continuação)
Security
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Absolute
ativada.
NOTA: Quando os recursos Absolute são ativados, a integração Absolute não pode
ser desativada na tela de configuração do BIOS.
UEFI Boot Path Security
UEFI Boot Path Security Ativa ou desativa o computador a solicitar ao usuário a senha do administrador (se
definida) durante a inicialização de um caminho UEFI a partir do menu de inicialização
F12.
Por padrão, a opção Always Except Internal HDD está ativada.
Tabela 38. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords
Passwords
Administrator Password A senha do administrador impede o acesso não autorizado às opções de configuração do
BIOS. Depois que a senha do administrador estiver definida, as opções de configuração
do BIOS só poderão ser modificadas depois que a senha correta for inserida.
As seguintes regras e dependências se aplicam à senha do administrador:
● A senha do administrador não pode ser definida se as senhas do computador e/ou
do disco rígido interno forem definidas anteriormente.
● A senha do administrador pode ser usada no lugar das senhas do computador e/ou
do disco rígido interno.
● Quando definida, a senha do administrador deve ser informada durante uma
atualização de firmware.
● A exclusão da senha do administrador exclui a senha do computador (se definido).
A Dell Technologies recomenda o uso de uma senha do administrador para evitar
alterações não autorizadas nas opções de configuração do BIOS.
System Password A senha do sistema impede que o computador inicialize em um sistema operacional sem
que a senha correta seja digitada.
As seguintes regras e dependências se aplicam quando a senha do sistema for usada:
● O computador desliga quando ocioso por aproximadamente 10 minutos no prompt
de senha do computador.
● O computador desliga após três tentativas incorretas de digitar a senha do
computador.
● O computador desliga quando a tecla Esc é pressionada no prompt de senha do
sistema.
● A senha do computador não é solicitada quando o computador sai do modo de
espera.
A Dell Technologies recomenda o uso da senha do computador em situações em que é
provável que um computador seja perdido ou roubado.
M.2 PCIe SSD-0 Habilita o usuário a configurar, alterar ou excluir a senha da SSD-0 M.2 PCIe.
Password Configuration A página configuração da senha inclui várias opções para alterar os requisitos de senhas
do BIOS. Você pode modificar o comprimento mínimo e máximo das senhas e exigir que
elas contenham determinadas classes de caracteres (maiúsculas, minúsculas, dígitos,
caracteres especiais).
A Dell Technologies recomenda definir o comprimento mínimo da senha para pelo menos
oito caracteres.
Password Bypass A opção Password Bypass permite que o computador reinicialize a partir do sistema
operacional sem inserir a senha do computador ou do disco rígido. Se o computador já
tiver sido inicializado no sistema operacional, presume-se que o usuário já tenha inserido
a senha correta do computador ou do disco rígido.
Configuração do BIOS 119
Tabela 38. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords (continuação)
Passwords
NOTA: Essa opção não remove o requisito de inserir a senha após o desligamento.
Por padrão, a opção Password Bypass está desativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Password
Bypass ativada.
Password Changes
Allow Non-Admin Password Changes A opção Allow Non-Admin Password Changes do BIOS permite que um usuário final
defina ou altere as senhas do computador ou do disco rígido sem digitar a senha do
administrador. Isso dá ao administrador controle sobre as configurações do BIOS, mas
permite que um usuário final insira sua própria senha.
Por padrão, a opção Allow Non-Admin Password Changes está desativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter desativada a opção
Allow Non-Admin Password Changes.
Admin Setup Lockout A opção Admin Setup Lockout impede que um usuário final nem mesmo veja a
configuração da configuração do BIOS sem primeiro digitar a senha do administrador (se
definida).
Por padrão, a opção Admin Setup Lockout está desativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Admin Setup
Lockout desativada.
Master Password Lockout
Enable Master Password Lockout A configuração Enable Master Password Lockout permite desativar o recurso Senha
de recuperação. Se a senha do computador, do administrador ou do disco rígido for
esquecida, o computador se tornará inutilizável.
NOTA: Quando a senha do proprietário é definida, a opção Master Password
Lockout estará indisponível.
NOTA: Quando uma senha interna do disco rígido é definida, ela deve primeiro ser
apagada antes que o Master Password Lockout possa ser alterado.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Master Password Lockout está desativada.
A Dell não recomenda ativar a opção Master Password Lockout, a menos que você
tenha implementado seu próprio computador de recuperação de senha.
Allow Non-Admin PSID Revert
Enable Allow Non-Admin PSID Revert Controla o acesso à reversão do ID da segurança física (PSID) dos discos rígidos NVMe
do prompt do Dell Security Manager.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Allow Non-Admin PSID Revert está desativada.
Tabela 39. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Update, Recovery
Update, Recovery
UEFI Capsule Firmware Updates
Enable UEFI Capsule Firmware Updates Ativa ou desativa atualizações do BIOS por meio de pacotes de atualização de cápsulas
UEFI.
NOTA: Desativar esta opção bloqueará atualizações do BIOS por meio de serviços
como Microsoft Windows Update e Linux Vendor Firmware Service (LVFS).
Por padrão, a opção Ativar atualizações de firmware de cápsula UEFI está ativada.
BIOS Recovery from Hard Drive Ativa ou desativa o usuário para a recuperação de certas condições do BIOS corrompido
a partir de um arquivo de recuperação no disco rígido principal ou de uma chave USB
externa do usuário.
120 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 39. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Update, Recovery (continuação)
Update, Recovery
Por padrão, a opção Recuperação do BIOS com base no disco rígido está ativada.
NOTA: A recuperação do BIOS a partir do disco rígido não está disponível para
unidades com criptografia automática (SED).
NOTA: A recuperação do BIOS foi projetada para corrigir o bloco principal do
BIOS e não funciona se o Bloco de inicialização estiver danificado. Além disso, esse
recurso não pode funcionar em caso de corrupção de EC, corrupção de ME ou um
problema de hardware. A imagem de recuperação deve existir em uma partição não
criptografada na unidade.
BIOS Downgrade
Allow BIOS Downgrade Controla a atualização do firmware do computador para versões anteriores.
Por padrão, a opção Permitir fazer downgrade do BIOS está ativada.
SupportAssist OS Recovery Ativa ou desativa o fluxo de inicialização da ferramenta SupportAssist OS Recovery no
caso de certos erros do computador.
Por padrão, a opção SupportAssist OS Recovery está ativada.
BIOSConnect Ativa ou desativa a recuperação do sistema operacional de serviço em nuvem se o
sistema operacional principal não inicializar antes de atingir número de falhas igual ou
superior ao valor especificado pela opção de configuração do limite de recuperação
automática do sistema operacional e o serviço local do sistema operacional não inicializar
ou não estiver instalado.
Por padrão, a opção BIOSConnect está ativada.
Dell Auto OS Recovery Threshold Permite controlar o fluxo para inicialização automática do SupportAssist System
Resolution Console e da ferramenta de recuperação de sistema operacional da Dell.
Por padrão, o valor do Dell Auto OS Recovery Threshold é definido como 2.
Tabela 40. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu System Management
System Management
Service Tag Exibe a etiqueta de serviço do computador.
Asset Tag Cria uma etiqueta de inventário do computador que pode ser usada por um
administrador de TI para identificar exclusivamente um sistema específico.
NOTA: Uma vez definido no BIOS, a etiqueta de inventário não pode ser alterada.
Wake on LAN Ativa ou desativa o acionamento do computador por sinais especiais da LAN.
Por padrão, a opção Ativar com LAN está desativada.
Auto On Time Permite configurar o computador para ligar automaticamente todos os dias ou em uma
data e hora pré-selecionada. Esta opção só pode ser configurada se o modo Auto On
Time estiver definido como Everyday, Weekdays ou Selected Day.
Por padrão, a opção Hora de ativação automática está desativada.
Intel AMT Capability
Enable Intel AMT Capability Ativa ou desativa o MEBx no menu de pré-inicialização.
Por padrão, a opção Restrict Boot Access está selecionada.
Habilitar mensagens SERR Ativa ou desativa mensagens SERR.
Por padrão, a opção Enable SERR Messages está ativada.
First Power On Date
Set Ownership Date Permite que o usuário defina a data da compra.
Configuração do BIOS 121
Tabela 40. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu System Management (continuação)
System Management
Por padrão, a opção Set Ownership Date está desativada.
Diagnostics
OS Agent Requests Permite que o usuário defina a data de aquisição.
Por padrão, a opção OS Agent Requests está ativada.
Power-on Self-Test Attomatic Recovery
Power-on Self-Test Automatic Recovery Ativa ou desativa a resposta do computador antes de concluir o teste automático de
inicialização (POST) do BIOS.
Por padrão, a opção Power-on-Self-Test Automatic Recovery está ativada.
Tabela 41. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Keyboard
Teclado
Keyboard Errors
Enable Keyboard Error Detection Ativa ou desativa a detecção de erro do teclado.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Keyboard Error Detection está ativada.
Numlock LED
Enable Numlock LED Ativa ou desativa o LED de Numlock.
Por padrão, a opção Ativar LED do Numlock está ativada.
Device Configuration HotKey Access Permite controlar se você pode acessar as telas de configuração do dispositivo por meio
de teclas de atalho durante a inicialização do computador.
Por padrão, a opção Device Configuration HotKey Access está ativada.
NOTA: Essa configuração controla apenas as ROMs opcionais Intel RAID
(CTRL+I), MEBX (CTRL+P) e LSI RAID (CTRL+C). Outras ROMs opcionais de
pré-inicialização, que dão suporte à entrada usando uma sequência de teclas, não
são afetadas por essa configuração.
Tabela 42. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Preboot Behavior
Preboot Behavior
Warnings and Errors Ativa ou desativa a ação a ser realizada quando uma advertência ou erro for encontrada.
Por padrão, a opção Prompt on Warnings and Errors está selecionada. Interrompe,
avisa e aguarda a entrada do usuário quando avisos ou erros são detectados.
NOTA: Erros considerados críticos para a operação do hardware do computador
interrompem o funcionamento do computador.
Extend BIOS POST Time Configura o tempo de carregamento do BIOS POST (Power-On Self-Test).
Por padrão, a opção 0 segundos está selecionada.
Tabela 43. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Virtualization
Suporte à virtualização
Intel Virtualization Technology
Enable Intel Virtualization Technology (VT) Quando essa configuração estiver ativada, o computador pode executar um monitor de
máquina virtual (VMM).
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intel Virtualization Technology (VT) está ativada.
VT for Direct I/O
122 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 43. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Virtualization (continuação)
Suporte à virtualização
Enable Intel VT for Direct I/O Quando habilitado, o computador pode executar a Tecnologia de virtualização para E/S
direta (VT-d). A VT-d é um método da Intel que garante virtualização para E/S de mapa
de memória.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intel VT for Direct I/O está ativada.
DMA Protection
Enable Pre-Boot DMA Support Permite controlar a proteção DMA de pré-inicialização das portas internas e externas.
Essa opção não ativa diretamente a proteção DMA no sistema operacional.
NOTA: Essa opção não está disponível quando a configuração de virtualização do
IOMMU está desativada (VT-d/AMD Vi).
Por padrão, a opção Enable Pre-Boot DMA Support está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Enable Pre-
Boot DMA Support ativada.
NOTA: Essa opção é disponibilizada apenas para fins de compatibilidade, já que
alguns hardwares mais antigos não são compatíveis com DMA.
Enable OS Kernel DMA Support Permite que você controle a proteção do DMA do kernel das portas internas e externas.
Essa opção não ativa diretamente a proteção DMA no sistema operacional. Para
sistemas operacionais compatíveis com proteção DMA, essa configuração indica ao
sistema operacional que o BIOS é compatível com o recurso.
NOTA: Essa opção não está disponível quando a configuração de virtualização do
IOMMU está desativada (VT-d/AMD Vi).
Por padrão, a opção Enable OS Kernel DMA Support está ativada.
NOTA: Essa opção é disponibilizada apenas para fins de compatibilidade, já que
alguns hardwares mais antigos não são compatíveis com DMA.
Tabela 44. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Performance
Performance
Multi-Core Support
Multiple Atom Cores Permita alterar o número de núcleos Atom disponíveis para o sistema operacional. O
valor padrão é definido para o número máximo de núcleos.
Por padrão, a opção All Cores está selecionada.
Intel SpeedStep
Enable Intel SpeedStep Technology Permite que o computador ajuste dinamicamente a tensão do processador e a
frequência do núcleo, diminuindo o consumo médio de energia e a geração de calor.
Por padrão, a opção Ativar a tecnologia Intel SpeedStep está ativada.
C-States Control
Enable C-State Control Ativa ou desativa a capacidade da CPU de entrar e sair do estado de baixa energia.
Quando desativada, isso desativa todos os estados C. Quando ativada, isso ativa todos
os estados C permitidos pelo chipset ou plataforma.
Por padrão, a opção Ativar controle dos estados de energia está ativada.
Intel Turbo Boost Technology
Enable Intel Turbo Boost Technology Esta opção ativa ou desativa o modo Intel TurboBoost do processador. Quando ativada,
o driver Intel TurboBoost aumenta o desempenho da CPU ou do processador gráfico.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intel Turbo Boost Technology está ativada.
Intel Hyper-Threading Technology
Configuração do BIOS 123
Tabela 44. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Performance (continuação)
Performance
Enable Intel Hyper-Threading Technology Ativa ou desativa o modo Intel Hyper-Threading do processador. Quando ativada, o
Intel Hyper-Threading aumenta a eficiência dos recursos do processador quando vários
threads são executados em cada núcleo.
Por padrão, a opção Tecnologia Intel Hyper-Threading está ativada.
PCIe Resizable Base Address Register
(BAR)
PCIe Resizable Base Address Register (BAR) Ativa ou desativa o suporte para registro de endereço base redimensionável da PCIe.
Por padrão, a opção PCIe Resizable Base Address Register (BAR) está ativada.
Tabela 45. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu System Logs
System Logs
BIOS Event Log
Clear BIOS Event Log Permite selecionar a opção para manter ou excluir os registros de eventos do BIOS.
Por padrão, a opção Keep Log está selecionada.
Power Event Log
Clear Power Event Log Permite selecionar a opção para manter ou excluir registros de eventos de energia.
Por padrão, a opção Keep Log está selecionada.
Como atualizar o BIOS
Como atualizar o BIOS no Windows
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não for suspenso antes de o BIOS ser atualizado, a chave do BitLocker não será reconhecida
na próxima vez que você reiniciar o computador. A chave de recuperação precisará ser informada para que você
possa prosseguir, e o computador pedirá a chave de recuperação em cada reinicialização. Deixar de informar a chave
de recuperação pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação do sistema operacional. Para obter mais
informações, consulte o recurso da base de conhecimento: Atualização do BIOS em sistemas Dell com o BitLocker
ativado.
Etapas
1. Acesse o site do Suporte Dell.
2. Vá para Identifique seu produto ou suporte de pesquisa. Na caixa, digite o identificador do produto, modelo, chamado ou
descreva o que você está procurando e clique em Pesquisar.
NOTA: Se não tiver a etiqueta de serviço, use o SupportAssist para identificar automaticamente seu computador. Você também
pode usar o ID do produto ou procurar manualmente o modelo do computador.
3. Clique em Drivers e downloads. Expanda Localizar drivers.
4. Selecione o sistema operacional instalado no computador.
5. Na lista suspensa Categoria, selecione BIOS.
6. Selecione a versão mais recente do BIOS e clique em Download para fazer download do BIOS do sistema para seu computador.
7. Depois que o download for concluído, navegue até a pasta em que você salvou o arquivo de atualização do BIOS.
8. Clique duas vezes no ícone do arquivo de atualização do BIOS e siga as instruções na tela.
Para ver mais informações, pesquise na base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
124 Configuração do BIOS
Como atualizar o BIOS em ambientes Linux e Ubuntu
Para atualizar o BIOS do sistema em um computador que está com Linux ou Ubuntu instalado, consulte o artigo da base de conhecimento
000131486 no Site de Suporte Dell.
Como atualizar o BIOS usando a unidade USB no Windows
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não for suspenso antes de o BIOS ser atualizado, a chave do BitLocker não será reconhecida
na próxima vez que você reiniciar o computador. A chave de recuperação precisará ser informada para que você
possa prosseguir, e o computador pedirá a chave de recuperação em cada reinicialização. Deixar de informar a chave
de recuperação pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação do sistema operacional. Para obter mais
informações, consulte o recurso da base de conhecimento: Atualização do BIOS em sistemas Dell com o BitLocker
ativado.
Etapas
1. Acesse o site Suporte Dell.
2. Vá para Identifique seu produto ou suporte de pesquisa. Na caixa, digite o identificador do produto, modelo, chamado ou
descreva o que você está procurando e clique em Pesquisar.
NOTA: Se não tiver a etiqueta de serviço, use o SupportAssist para identificar automaticamente seu computador. Você também
pode usar o ID do produto ou procurar manualmente o modelo do computador.
3. Clique em Drivers e downloads. Expanda Localizar drivers.
4. Selecione o sistema operacional instalado no computador.
5. Na lista suspensa Categoria, selecione BIOS.
6. Selecione a versão mais recente do BIOS e clique em Download para fazer download do BIOS do sistema para seu computador.
7. Crie uma unidade USB inicializável. Para ver mais informações, pesquise na base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
8. Copie o arquivo do programa de instalação do BIOS para a unidade USB inicializável.
9. Conecte a unidade de USB inicializável ao computador que precisa da atualização do BIOS.
10. Reinicie o computador e pressione F12.
11. Selecione a unidade USB no Menu de inicialização a ser executada uma única vez.
12. Digite o nome do arquivo do programa de instalação do BIOS e pressione Enter.
O Utilitário de atualização do BIOS é exibido.
13. Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a atualização do BIOS.
Como atualizar o BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única
Você pode executar o arquivo de atualização do BIOS pelo Windows usando uma unidade USB inicializável ou atualizar o BIOS a partir do
menu de inicialização única no computador. Para atualizar o BIOS do computador, copie o arquivo XXXX.exe do BIOS em uma unidade
USB formatada com o file system FAT32. Em seguida, reinicie o computador e inicialize a partir da unidade USB usando o menu de
inicialização única.
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não estiver suspenso antes de atualizar o BIOS, na próxima vez em que você reinicializar o
computador, ele não reconhecerá a chave do BitLocker. Será solicitado que seja inserida a chave de recuperação para
o progresso, e o computador solicitará isso em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for reconhecida,
isso pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para ver mais
informações sobre este assunto, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Atualizações do BIOS
Para confirmar se a atualização flash do BIOS está listada como uma opção de inicialização, você pode inicializar o computador no menu
de inicialização única. Se essa opção estiver listada, o BIOS poderá ser atualizado usando este método.
Configuração do BIOS 125
Requisitos para atualizar o BIOS pelo menu de inicialização única:
● Unidade USB formatada para o file system FAT32 (a unidade não precisa ser inicializável).
● Arquivo executável do BIOS baixado do site do Suporte Dell e copiado para a raiz da unidade USB
● O adaptador de energia CA precisa estar conectado ao computador
● Uma bateria funcional do computador para atualizar o BIOS
Realize as etapas a seguir para atualizar o BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única:
CUIDADO: Não desligue o computador durante o processo de atualização do BIOS. O computador pode não inicializar se
você o desligar.
Etapas
1. Desligue o computador e insira a unidade USB que contém o arquivo de atualização flash do BIOS.
2. Ligue o computador e pressione F12 para acessar o menu de inicialização única. Selecione Atualização de BIOS usando o mouse
ou as teclas de seta e pressione Enter.
O menu Atualizar BIOS é exibido.
3. Clique em Atualizar do arquivo.
4. Selecione o dispositivo USB externo.
5. Após selecionar o arquivo, clique duas vezes no arquivo de destino para atualizar e, em seguida, clique em Enviar.
6. Clique em Atualizar BIOS. O computador será reiniciado para atualizar o BIOS.
7. O computador será reiniciado após a atualização do BIOS ser concluída.
Senhas do sistema e de configuração
CUIDADO: Os recursos das senhas proporcionam um nível básico de segurança para os dados no computador.
CUIDADO: Certifique-se de que o computador esteja bloqueado quando não estiver em uso. Qualquer pessoa pode
acessar os dados armazenados no seu computador se você se afastar dele.
Tabela 46. Senhas do sistema e de configuração
Tipo de senha Descrição
Senha do sistema Senha que você precisa digitar para fazer inicializar seu sistema
operacional.
Senha de configuração Senha que você precisa digitar para ter acesso e fazer alterações
nas configurações do BIOS do computador.
É possível criar uma senha do sistema e uma senha de configuração para proteger o computador.
NOTA: O recurso de senha do sistema e de configuração está desativado por padrão.
Como atribuir uma senha de configuração do sistema
Pré-requisitos
É possível atribuir uma nova senha de administrador ou do sistema somente quando o status está em Não definida. Para entrar na
configuração do sistema do BIOS, pressione F2 imediatamente após uma ativação ou reinicialização.
Etapas
1. Na tela BIOS de sistema ou Configuração do sistema, selecione Security e pressione Enter.
A tela Security é exibida.
2. Selecione System/Admin Password e crie uma senha no campo Enter the new password.
Use as diretrizes a seguir para criar a senha do sistema:
● Uma senha pode ter até 32 caracteres.
● Uma senha pode ter pelo menos um caractere especial: "( ! " # $ % & ' * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] ^ _ ` { | } )"
126 Configuração do BIOS
● Uma senha pode ter números de 0 a 9.
● Uma senha pode ter letras maiúsculas de A a Z.
● Uma senha pode ter letras minúsculas de a a z.
3. Digite a senha do sistema que foi digitada anteriormente no campo Confirm new password e clique em OK.
4. Pressione Y para salvar as alterações.
O computador será reinicializado.
Como apagar ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou uma senha de
configuração existente
Pré-requisitos
Certifique-se de que o Status da senha esteja desbloqueado na configuração do sistema antes de tentar excluir ou alterar a senha
do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração já existente. Não será possível excluir ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou de configuração já
existente se a opção Status da senha estiver Bloqueada. Para entrar na configuração do sistema, pressione F2 imediatamente após uma
ativação ou reinicialização.
Etapas
1. Na tela BIOS de sistema ou Configuração do sistema, selecione Segurança do sistema e pressione Enter.
A tela Segurança do sistema é mostrada.
2. Na tela Segurança do sistema, verifique se o Status da senha está como Desbloqueado.
3. Selecione Senha do sistema Atualize ou exclua a senha do sistema existente e pressione a tecla Enter ou Tab.
4. Selecione Senha de configuração. Atualize ou exclua a senha de configuração existente e pressione a tecla Enter ou Tab.
NOTA: Se você alterar a senha do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração, digite novamente a nova senha quando isso for
solicitado. Se você excluir a senha do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração, confirme a exclusão quando isso for solicitado.
5. Pressione Esc. Será exibida uma mensagem solicitando que você salve as alterações.
6. Pressione Y para salvar as alterações e saia da Configuração do sistema.
O computador será reinicializado.
Como limpar as configurações do CMOS
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Limpar as configurações do CMOS redefinirá as configurações do BIOS em seu computador.
Etapas
1. Remova a tampa lateral.
2. Remova a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
3. Aguarde um minuto.
4. Recoloque a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
5. Recoloque a tampa lateral.
Como remover senhas do sistema e de configuração
Sobre esta tarefa
Para remover as senhas do sistema ou de configuração, entre em contato com o suporte técnico da Dell, conforme descrito em Entre em
contato com o suporte.
NOTA: Para ver informações sobre como redefinir as senhas do Windows ou do aplicativo, consulte a documentação que acompanha
o Windows ou o aplicativo.
Configuração do BIOS 127
11
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
Diagnósticos de verificação do desempenho do sistema
de pré-inicialização do Dell SupportAssist
Sobre esta tarefa
O diagnóstico do SupportAssist (também chamado de diagnóstico de sistema) executa uma verificação completa de seu hardware.
O diagnóstico de verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema do Dell SupportAssist é integrado ao BIOS e inicializado
internamente pelo BIOS. O diagnóstico de sistema integrado oferece opções para determinados dispositivos ou grupos de dispositivos que
permite:
● Executar testes automaticamente ou em um modo interativo.
● Repetir os testes.
● Exibir ou salvar os resultados dos testes.
● Executar testes completos para adicionar mais opções e obter detalhes sobre todos os dispositivos com falha.
● Exibir mensagens de status que informam quando os testes foram concluídos com êxito.
● Exibir mensagens de erro que informam sobre os problemas encontrados durante a realização dos testes.
NOTA: Alguns testes para dispositivos específicos exigem interação do usuário. Não se esqueça de sempre estar presente na frente
do computador quando os testes de diagnóstico estiverem sendo executados.
Para ver mais informações, consulte o artigo da base de conhecimento 000181163.
Executar a verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema
do SupportAssist
Etapas
1. Ligue o computador.
2. Quando o computador inicializar, pressione a tecla F12.
3. Na tela do menu de inicialização, selecione a opção Diagnostics.
O teste rápido de diagnóstico é iniciado.
NOTA: Para obter mais informações sobre como executar a verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema do
SupportAssist em um dispositivo específico, consulte o site do Suporte Dell.
4. Se houver qualquer problema, códigos de erro serão exibidos.
Anote o código de erro e o número de validação e entre em contato com a Dell.
Autoteste integrado da fonte de alimentação
O autoteste integrado (BIST) ajuda a determinar se a fonte de alimentação está funcionando. Para executar um diagnóstico de autoteste
na fonte de alimentação de um desktop ou computador all in one, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
128 Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
Luzes de diagnóstico do sistema
Tabela 47. Comportamento do LED de diagnóstico
Padrão piscante
Âmbar Branco Descrição do problema
1 1 Falha na detecção do TPM
1 2 Falha irrecuperável do SPI Flash
1 5 Não é possível para a EC programar o i-
Fuse
1 6 Abrangência genérica para todos para erros
de fluxo de código da EC
1 7 Flash não RPMC no sistema Boot Guard
fundido
2 1 Falha na CPU
2 2 Placa de sistema, BIOS corrompido ou erro
de ROM
2 3 Nenhuma memória/RAM detectada
2 4 Falha na memória/RAM
2 5 Memória inválida instalada
2 6 Erro na placa de sistema/no chipset
2 7 Falha no LCD — mensagem do SBIOS
2 8 Placa de sistema - Detecção do EC de falha
no trilho de energia do LCD
3 1 Falha da bateria do CMOS
3 2 Falha de PCI da placa de vídeo ou chip
3 3 Imagem para recuperação de BIOS não
encontrada
3 4 Imagem para recuperação de BIOS
encontrada, mas não válida
3 5 EC entrou em falha de sequenciamento de
potência
3 6 Corrupção de flash detectada pelo SBIOS
3 7 Tempo de espera excedido para que o ME
responda à mensagem da HECI
4 1 Falha no trilho de energia do DIMM da
memória
4 2 Problema de conexão de cabo de
alimentação da CPU
Recuperar o sistema operacional
Quando não for possível inicializar o computador no sistema operacional mesmo após diversas tentativas, inicia-se automaticamente o Dell
SupportAssist OS Recovery.
O Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery é uma ferramenta independente e pré-instalada nos computadores Dell com o sistema operacional
Windows. Ele é composto de ferramentas para diagnosticar e solucionar problemas que podem ocorrer antes que o computador inicialize
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas 129
o sistema operacional. Ele permite que você diagnostique problemas de hardware, repare o computador, faça um backup dos arquivos e
restaure o computador para o estado de fábrica.
É possível também fazer download dele no site de suporte Dell para resolver problemas e corrigir o computador quando a inicialização do
seu sistema operacional principal falhar devido a falhas do software ou do hardware.
Para ver mais informações sobre o Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery, consulte o Guia do usuário do Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery na
seção Ferramentas de facilidade de manutenção no site do Suporte Dell. Clique em SupportAssist e, em seguida, em SupportAssist OS
Recovery.
Relógio de tempo real - Redefinição de RTC
A função de redefinição do RTC permite que você ou o técnico de serviço recuperem os modelos de sistemas lançados recentemente
Dell Latitude e Precision em situações Sem POST/Sem inicialização/Sem energia. Você pode iniciar a redefinição de RTC no sistema
de um estado desligado apenas se ele estiver conectado à energia CA. Mantenha o botão liga/desliga pressionado por 25 segundos. A
redefinição do sistema de RTC ocorre depois que você solta o botão liga/desliga.
NOTA: Se a energia CA estiver desconectada do sistema durante o processo ou se o botão liga/desliga for pressionado por mais de
40 segundos, o processo de redefinição do RTC será interrompida.
A redefinição do RTC restaurará o BIOS para Defaults (Padrão), desprovisionará o Intel vPro e redefinirá a data e hora do sistema. Os itens
a seguir não são afetados pela redefinição do RTC:
● Service Tag
● Asset Tag (Etiqueta de ativo)
● Ownership Tag (Etiqueta de propriedade)
● Admin Password (Senha do administrador)
● System Password (Senha do sistema)
● HDD Password
● Bancos de dados principais
● Registros do sistema
NOTA: A conta e a senha vPro do administrador de TI no sistema serão canceladas. O sistema precisa passar pelo processo de
instalação e configuração para reconectá-lo ao servidor vPro.
Os itens abaixo podem ou não ser redefinidos com base nas seleções de configurações personalizadas do BIOS:
● Lista de inicialização
● Enable Legacy Option ROMs (Ativar ROMs de opção preexistentes)
● Secure Boot Enable (Ativar inicialização segura)
● Allow BIOS Downgrade (Permitir Downgrade do BIOS)
Mídia de backup e opções de recuperação
É recomendável criar uma unidade de recuperação para resolver e corrigir problemas que podem ocorrer no Windows. A Dell oferece
várias opções para recuperar o sistema operacional Windows em seu computador Dell. Para ver mais informações, consulte Opções de
recuperação e suporte de cópia de segurança do Windows da Dell.
Ciclo de energia da rede
Sobre esta tarefa
Se o computador não conseguir acessar a Internet devido a problemas de conectividade de rede, siga estas etapas para restaurar os
dispositivos de rede:
Etapas
1. Desligue o computador.
2. Desligue o modem.
NOTA: Alguns Provedores de Serviços de Internet (ISPs) oferecem um dispositivo combinado de modem e roteador.
130 Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
3. Desligue o roteador sem fio.
4. Aguarde 30 segundos.
5. Ligue o roteador sem fio.
6. Ligue o modem.
7. Ligue o computador.
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas 131
12
Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a
Dell
Recursos de autoajuda
Você pode obter informações e ajuda sobre produtos e serviços Dell usando estes recursos de autoajuda:
Tabela 48. Recursos de autoajuda
Recursos de autoajuda Local do recurso
Informações sobre produtos e serviços Dell Site da Dell
Dicas
Entrar em contato com o suporte Na pesquisa do Windows, digite Contact Support e pressione
a tecla Enter.
Ajuda on-line para sistema operacional Site do suporte do Windows
Site do suporte do Linux
Acesse as principais soluções, diagnósticos, drivers e downloads Seu computador Dell é identificado exclusivamente por uma
para saber mais sobre seu computador por meio de vídeos, manuais etiqueta de serviço ou código de serviço expresso. Para ver
e documentos. recursos de suporte referentes ao seu computador Dell, digite a
etiqueta de serviço ou o código de serviço expresso no site do
Suporte Dell.
Para ver mais informações sobre como localizar a etiqueta de
serviço do computador, consulte Localizar a etiqueta de serviço
em seu computador.
Artigo da base de conhecimento Dell 1. Acesse o site do Suporte Dell.
2. Na barra de menu, na parte superior da página suporte,
selecione Suporte > Biblioteca de suporte.
3. No campo de pesquisa da página da biblioteca de suporte,
digite a palavra-chave, o assunto ou o número do modelo e, em
seguida, clique ou toque no ícone de pesquisa para visualizar os
artigos relacionados.
Como entrar em contato com a Dell
Para entrar em contato com a Dell e tratar de problemas relativos a vendas, suporte técnico ou atendimento ao cliente, acesse o site do
Suporte Dell.
NOTA: A disponibilidade dos serviços pode variar dependendo do país ou da região e do produto.
NOTA: Se não tiver uma conexão ativa à Internet, você pode encontrar as informações de contato sobre sua fatura, nota fiscal, nota
de compra ou no catálogo de produtos Dell.
132 Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a Dell
OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno
Manual do Proprietário
Modelo normativo: D17S
Tipo normativo: D17S005
Outubro 2024
Rev. A04
Notas, avisos e advertências
NOTA: Uma NOTA indica informações importantes que ajudam você a usar melhor o seu produto.
CUIDADO: Um AVISO indica possíveis danos ao hardware ou a possibilidade de perda de dados e informa como evitar o
problema.
ATENÇÃO: Uma ADVERTÊNCIA indica possíveis danos à propriedade, lesões corporais ou risco de morte.
© 2024 Dell Inc. ou suas subsidiárias. Todos os direitos reservados. Dell Technologies, Dell e outras marcas são marcas comerciais da Dell Inc. ou suas
subsidiárias. Outras marcas podem ser marcas comerciais de seus respectivos proprietários.
Índice
Capítulo 1: Vistas do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.............................................................7
Parte frontal........................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Parte traseira..........................................................................................................................................................................9
Capítulo 2: Configurar seu computador............................................................................................ 11
Capítulo 3: Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno..............................................15
Dimensões e peso................................................................................................................................................................ 15
Processador.......................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Chipset...................................................................................................................................................................................16
Sistema operacional............................................................................................................................................................. 17
Memória.................................................................................................................................................................................17
Matriz de memória..........................................................................................................................................................17
Portas e slots externos........................................................................................................................................................18
Slots internos........................................................................................................................................................................ 19
Ethernet.................................................................................................................................................................................19
Módulo sem fio.................................................................................................................................................................... 20
Audio..................................................................................................................................................................................... 20
Armazenamento.................................................................................................................................................................. 20
Matriz de armazenamento............................................................................................................................................ 21
RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks - Matriz redundante de discos independentes)...............................22
Leitor de cartão de mídia.................................................................................................................................................... 22
Especificações de alimentação.......................................................................................................................................... 23
Conector da fonte de alimentação.............................................................................................................................. 23
GPU — integrada................................................................................................................................................................23
Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU — integrada).................................................................................................... 24
Compatibilidade com monitor externo (GPU — integrada).................................................................................... 24
GPU — dedicada................................................................................................................................................................ 25
Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU - Dedicada)....................................................................................................... 25
Suporte a monitor externo (GPU – dedicada).......................................................................................................... 25
Segurança de hardware......................................................................................................................................................25
Requisitos ambientais..........................................................................................................................................................26
Conformidade com normas................................................................................................................................................26
Ambiente de operação e armazenamento....................................................................................................................... 26
Capítulo 4: Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador..............................................................28
Instruções de segurança.....................................................................................................................................................28
Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.................................................................................................28
Precauções de segurança............................................................................................................................................ 29
Proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas..................................................................................................................29
Kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas.....................................................................................30
Transporte de componentes sensíveis........................................................................................................................ 31
Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador........................................................................................................ 31
BitLocker......................................................................................................................................................................... 31
Índice 3
Ferramentas recomendadas...............................................................................................................................................32
Lista de parafusos............................................................................................................................................................... 32
Principais componentes do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno........................................................................ 33
Capítulo 5: Como remover e instalar a tampa lateral......................................................................... 36
Como remover a tampa lateral.......................................................................................................................................... 36
Como instalar a tampa lateral............................................................................................................................................ 36
Capítulo 6: Como remover e instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda................................................... 38
Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda................................................................................................................ 38
Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda.................................................................................................................. 39
Capítulo 7: Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis
pelo cliente).............................................................................................................................. 40
Tampa frontal.......................................................................................................................................................................40
Como remover a tampa frontal................................................................................................................................... 40
Como instalar a tampa frontal.......................................................................................................................................41
Disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas.............................................................................................................................................42
Como remover o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas.........................................................................................................42
Como instalar o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas........................................................................................................... 44
Gabinete da unidade de disco............................................................................................................................................ 46
Como remover o compartimento da unidade de disco.............................................................................................46
Como instalar o compartimento da unidade de disco............................................................................................... 47
Unidade óptica..................................................................................................................................................................... 49
Como remover a unidade óptica..................................................................................................................................49
Como instalar a unidade óptica....................................................................................................................................50
Memória.................................................................................................................................................................................51
Como remover o módulo de memória......................................................................................................................... 51
Como instalar o módulo de memória...........................................................................................................................52
Unidades de estado sólido..................................................................................................................................................53
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 do slot 0.............................................................................. 53
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 0................................................................................ 53
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 do slot 1...............................................................................55
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 1................................................................................. 55
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280.............................................................................................. 57
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280.................................................................................................57
Placa de rede sem fio..........................................................................................................................................................59
Como remover a placa de rede sem fio......................................................................................................................59
Como instalar a placa de rede sem fio........................................................................................................................ 60
Antena puck externa............................................................................................................................................................61
Leitor de cartão de mídia.....................................................................................................................................................61
Como remover o leitor de cartão de mídia..................................................................................................................61
Como instalar o leitor de cartão de mídia................................................................................................................... 62
Placa gráfica.........................................................................................................................................................................63
Como remover a placa gráfica..................................................................................................................................... 63
Como instalar a placa gráfica....................................................................................................................................... 64
Alto-falante interno............................................................................................................................................................. 65
Como remover o alto-falante interno......................................................................................................................... 65
Como instalar o alto-falante interno............................................................................................................................65
4 Índice
Sensor de violação.............................................................................................................................................................. 66
Como remover o sensor de violação...........................................................................................................................66
Como instalar o sensor de violação............................................................................................................................. 67
Capítulo 8: Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units).................................................69
Botão liga/desliga................................................................................................................................................................69
Como remover o botão liga/desliga............................................................................................................................ 69
Como instalar o botão liga/desliga.............................................................................................................................. 70
Ventilador do sistema...........................................................................................................................................................71
Como remover o ventilador do sistema.......................................................................................................................71
Como instalar o ventilador do sistema........................................................................................................................ 72
Módulo da antena sem fio.................................................................................................................................................. 74
Módulo da antena interna............................................................................................................................................. 74
Módulo da antena SMA externa.................................................................................................................................. 79
Unidade de fonte de alimentação......................................................................................................................................82
Como remover a fonte de alimentação...................................................................................................................... 82
Como instalar a fonte de alimentação.........................................................................................................................83
Conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador....................................................................................... 85
Como remover o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador....................................................85
Como instalar o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador......................................................86
Processador..........................................................................................................................................................................87
Como remover o processador......................................................................................................................................87
Como instalar o processador........................................................................................................................................88
Módulos de entrada/saída opcionais................................................................................................................................ 89
Módulo serial.................................................................................................................................................................. 89
Módulo DisplayPort........................................................................................................................................................ 91
Módulo HDMI................................................................................................................................................................. 93
Módulo VGA................................................................................................................................................................... 95
Módulo Type-C.............................................................................................................................................................. 97
Placa de sistema..................................................................................................................................................................99
Como remover a placa de sistema.............................................................................................................................. 99
Como instalar a placa de sistema............................................................................................................................... 104
Capítulo 9: Software.................................................................................................................... 110
Sistema operacional............................................................................................................................................................110
Drivers e downloads........................................................................................................................................................... 110
Capítulo 10: Configuração do BIOS................................................................................................. 111
Entrando no programa Configuração do BIOS................................................................................................................ 111
Teclas de navegação...........................................................................................................................................................111
Menu de inicialização única com a tecla F12.................................................................................................................... 111
Opções de configuração do sistema................................................................................................................................ 112
Como atualizar o BIOS...................................................................................................................................................... 125
Como atualizar o BIOS no Windows..........................................................................................................................125
Como atualizar o BIOS em ambientes Linux e Ubuntu............................................................................................125
Como atualizar o BIOS usando a unidade USB no Windows..................................................................................125
Como atualizar o BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única..............................................................................126
Senhas do sistema e de configuração............................................................................................................................. 127
Como atribuir uma senha de configuração do sistema............................................................................................127
Índice 5
Como apagar ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou uma senha de configuração existente................................ 127
Como limpar as configurações do CMOS.......................................................................................................................128
Como remover senhas do sistema e de configuração.................................................................................................. 128
Capítulo 11: Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas................................................................... 129
Diagnósticos de verificação do desempenho do sistema de pré-inicialização do Dell SupportAssist..................... 129
Executar a verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema do SupportAssist................................129
Autoteste integrado da fonte de alimentação................................................................................................................129
Luzes de diagnóstico do sistema..................................................................................................................................... 130
Recuperar o sistema operacional..................................................................................................................................... 130
Relógio de tempo real - Redefinição de RTC.................................................................................................................. 131
Mídia de backup e opções de recuperação..................................................................................................................... 131
Ciclo de energia da rede.....................................................................................................................................................131
Capítulo 12: Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a Dell......................................................... 133
6 Índice
1
Vistas do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato
pequeno
Parte frontal
Figura 1. Visão frontal
1. Botão liga/desliga com LED de diagnóstico
Pressione o botão para ligar o computador se ele estiver desligado, em estado de suspensão ou em estado de hibernação.
Quando o computador estiver ligado, pressione o botão liga/desliga para colocá-lo no modo de suspensão; pressione e mantenha
pressionado o botão liga/desliga por 4 segundos para forçar o desligamento do computador.
Vistas do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno 7
NOTA: É possível personalizar o comportamento do botão liga/desliga no Windows.
Indica o estado da fonte de alimentação.
2. Slot de cartão SD (opcional)
Lê e grava em cartão SD.
3. Indicador de atividade do disco rígido
O indicador de atividade acende quando o computador lê ou grava no disco rígido.
4. Porta de áudio universal
Conecte fones de ouvido ou um headset (fone de ouvido e microfone combinados).
5. Porta USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) com PowerShare
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Proporciona uma velocidade de transferência de dados de
até 480 Mbps.
NOTA: PowerShare habilita carregar seus dispositivos USB, mesmo quando o computador está desligado.
NOTA: Se um dispositivo USB for conectado à porta PowerShare antes que o computador seja desligado ou colocado em estado
de hibernação, será preciso desconectá-lo e conectá-lo novamente para habilitar o carregamento.
6. Porta USB 2.0 (480 Mbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Proporciona uma velocidade de transferência de dados de
até 480 Mbps.
7. Porta USB 3.2 Type-C com o dobro de velocidade da 2ª geração (20 Gbit/s)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de 20 Gbps.
NOTA: Essa porta não é compatível com streaming de vídeo/áudio.
8. Porta USB 3.2 de 2ª geração (10 Gbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de 10 Gbps.
9. Unidade ótica fina (opcional)
Lê e grava em CDs e DVDs.
8 Vistas do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno
Parte traseira
Figura 2. Visão traseira
1. Porta serial (opcional)
Conecte dispositivos seriais de E/S.
2. Porta opcional (HDMI 2.1/DisplayPort 1.4a (compatível com HBR3)/VGA/porta USB 3.2 Type-C de 2ª geração (10 Gbps)
com DisplayPort)
A porta disponível neste local pode variar dependendo da placa de E/S opcional instalada no computador.
● Porta HDMI 2.1
Conecte a uma TV, tela externa ou outro dispositivo com entrada HDMI. Resolução máxima compatível de 4096 x 2160 a 60 Hz.
● DisplayPort 1.4a (suporte para HBR3)
Conecte um monitor externo ou um projetor. Resolução máxima compatível de 5120 x 3200 a 60 Hz.
● porta VGA
Conecte um monitor externo ou um projetor. Resolução máxima compatível de 1920 x 1200 a 60 Hz.
● Porta USB 3.2 Type-C de 2ª geração (10 Gbps) com DisplayPort
Vistas do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno 9
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de
10 Gbps. Resolução máxima compatível com 5120 x 3200 a 60 Hz com um adaptador Type-C para DisplayPort.
3. Três portas USB 3.2 de 1ª geração (5 Gbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de 5 Gbps.
4. Encaixe do cabo de segurança (para travas Kensington)
Conecte um cabo de segurança para impedir a movimentação não autorizada do computador.
5. Slot da antena externa
Conecte uma antena externa para melhorar a conectividade.
6. Porta de rede
Conecte um cabo Ethernet (RJ45) de um roteador ou de um modem de banda larga para acesso à rede ou à Internet.
7. Luz de diagnósticos da fonte de alimentação
Indica o estado da fonte de alimentação.
8. Porta do conector do cabo de alimentação
Conecte um cabo de alimentação para proporcionar energia ao computador.
9. Dois slots da placa de expansão
Conecte uma placa PCI-Express como placa gráfica, de áudio ou de rede para aprimorar os recursos do computador.
10. Duas portas USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) com SmartPower On
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Proporciona uma velocidade de transferência de dados de
até 480 Mbps.
NOTA: Quando a inicialização USB estiver ativada no BIOS, o computador ligará ou sairá da suspensão quando um mouse ou
teclado USB conectado a essa porta for usado.
11. Porta USB 3.2 de 2ª geração (10 Gbps)
Conecte dispositivos como os de armazenamento externo e impressoras. Garante velocidades de transferência de dados de 10 Gbps.
12. Três portas DisplayPort 1.4a (compatíveis com HBR2)
Conecte um monitor externo ou um projetor.
NOTA: A resolução máxima compatível é de 4096 x 2304 a 60 Hz.
13. Porta de áudio de saída/entrada de linha reaproveitável
Conecte dispositivos de gravação ou reprodução, como um microfone ou CD player.
Conectam os alto-falantes.
10 Vistas do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno
2
Configurar seu computador
Etapas
1. Conecte o teclado e o mouse.
2. Conecte-se à rede usando um cabo ou conecte-se a uma rede sem fio.
3. Conecte a tela.
Configurar seu computador 11
4. Conecte o cabo de alimentação.
5. Pressione o botão liga/desliga.
12 Configurar seu computador
6. Conclua a configuração do sistema operacional.
Para Ubuntu:
Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a configuração. Para ver mais informações sobre como instalar e configurar o Ubuntu, pesquise
no recurso da base de conhecimento no site do Suporte Dell.
Para Windows:
Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a configuração. Quando estiver configurando, a Dell Technologies recomenda que você:
● Conecte-se a uma rede para obter as atualizações do Windows.
NOTA: Se estiver se conectando a uma rede de rede sem fio segura, digite a senha de acesso à rede de rede sem fio quando
solicitado.
● Se estiver conectado à Internet, faça log-in com a conta da Microsoft ou crie uma. Se não estiver conectado à Internet, crie uma
conta off-line.
● Na tela Suporte e proteção, insira suas informações de contato.
7. Localize e use os aplicativos da Dell no menu Iniciar do Windows (recomendado)
Tabela 1. Localizar aplicativos Dell
Recursos Descrição
SupportAssist
O SupportAssist identifica proativa e preditivamente problemas de hardware e software no computador
e automatiza o processo de engajamento com o suporte técnico da Dell. Ele aborda problemas de
desempenho e estabilização, impede ameaças à segurança, monitora e detecta falhas de hardware.
Para ver mais informações, consulte o Guia do usuário do SupportAssist for Home PCs na página do
Ferramentas de facilidade de manutenção no site da Dell. Clique em SupportAssist e, em seguida, clique
em SupportAssist for Home PCs.
NOTA: No SupportAssist, clique na data de vencimento da garantia para renovar ou atualizar sua
garantia.
Dell Update
Configurar seu computador 13
Tabela 1. Localizar aplicativos Dell (continuação)
Recursos Descrição
Atualiza seu computador com correções críticas e os drivers de dispositivos mais recentes à medida que
ficarem disponíveis. Para ver mais informações sobre como usar o Dell Update, pesquise no recurso da base
de conhecimento no site do Suporte Dell.
Dell Digital Delivery
Faça download dos aplicativos de software que são adquiridos, mas não são pré-instalados em seu
computador. Para ver mais informações sobre como usar o Dell Digital Delivery, faça uma pesquisa na
base de conhecimento no site do Suporte Dell.
14 Configurar seu computador
3
Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em
formato pequeno
Dimensões e peso
A tabela a seguir lista a altura, a largura, a profundidade e o peso do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 2. Dimensões e peso
Descrição Valores
Altura 290 mm (11,41 pol.)
Largura 92,60 mm (3,64 pol.)
Profundidade 292,80 mm (11,52 pol.)
Peso ● Mínimo: 4,28 kg (9,43 lb)
NOTA: O peso do computador depende da configuração ● Máximo: 5,62 kg (12,38 lb)
solicitada e da variabilidade na fabricação.
Processador
A tabela a seguir lista as informações sobre os processadores compatíveis com o OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno 15
Tabela 3. Processador
Descrição Opção um Opção dois Opção três Opção quatro Opção cinco
Tipo de processador Intel Core i3 14100 Intel Core i5 14500 Intel Core i5 14600 Intel Core i7 14700 Intel Core i9
vPro vPro vPro 14900 vPro
Potência do 60 W 65 W 65 W 65 W 65 W
processador
Contagem total 4 14 14 20 24
de núcleo do
processador
Núcleos de 4 6 6 8 8
desempenho
Núcleos eficientes 0 4 8 12 16
NOTA: A tecnologia Intel® Hyper-Threading só está disponível em núcleos de desempenho.
Contagens de 8 20 20 28 32
thread do
processador
Velocidade do Com 4,70 GHz Com 5 GHz Com 5,20 GHz Com 5,40 GHz Com 5,60 GHz
processador
Frequência de núcleos de desempenho
Frequência 3,50 GHz 2,60 GHz 2,70 GHz 2,10 GHz 2 GHz
básica do
processador
Frequência 4,70 GHz 5 GHz 5,20 GHz 5,30 GHz 5,40 GHz
turbo máxima
Frequência de núcleos eficientes
Frequência Não aplicável 1,90 GHz 2 GHz 1,50 GHz 1,50 GHz
básica do
processador
Frequência Não aplicável 3,70 GHz 3,90 GHz 4,20 GHz 4,30 GHz
turbo máxima
Cache do 12 MB 24 MB 24 MB 33 MB 36 MB
processador
Placa gráfica Intel UHD Graphics Intel UHD Graphics Intel UHD Graphics Intel UHD Graphics Intel UHD
integrada 730 770 770 770 Graphics 770
Chipset
A tabela a seguir mostra os detalhes do chipset compatível no OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 4. Chipset
Descrição Valores
Chipset Intel Q670
Processador Intel Core i3/i5 vPro/i7 vPro/i9 vPro
Largura do barramento de DRAM 64 bits/128 bits
Flash EPROM RPMC de 32 MB + nRPMC de 16 MB
16 Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno
Tabela 4. Chipset (continuação)
Descrição Valores
Barramento PCIe Até 4ª geração
Sistema operacional
O OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno suporta os seguintes sistemas operacionais:
● Windows 11 Home
● Windows 11 Pro
● Windows 11 Pro National Education
● Ubuntu Linux 22.04 LTS
Memória
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações de memória compatíveis com seu OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 5. Especificações da memória
Descrição Valores
Slots de memória Quatro slots UDIMM
Tipo de memória DDR5
Velocidade da memória Com 4.400 MT/s
Configuração máxima de memória 128 GB
Configuração mínima de memória 8 GB
Tamanho da memória por slot 8 GB, 16 GB ou 32 GB
Configurações de memória suportadas ● 8 GB, 1 x 8 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, UDIMM, single channel
● 16 GB, 1 x 16 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, UDIMM, single channel
● 16 GB, 2 x 8 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
● 32 GB, 1 x 32 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, UDIMM, single channel
● 32 GB, 2 x 16 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
● 32 GB, 4 x 8 GB, DDR5, 4.000 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
● 64 GB, 2 x 32 GB, DDR5, 4.400 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
● 64 GB, 4 x 16 GB, DDR5, 4.000 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
● 128 GB, 4 x 32 GB, DDR5, 3.600 MT/s, UDIMM, dual channel
Matriz de memória
A tabela a seguir lista as configurações de memória compatíveis com o OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 6. Matriz de memória
Configuraçã Slot
o
UDIMM1 UDIMM2 UDIMM3 UDIMM4
DDR5 de 8 8 GB
GB
Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno 17
Tabela 6. Matriz de memória (continuação)
Configuraçã Slot
o
DDR5 de 16 16 GB
GB
DDR5 de 16 8 GB 8 GB
GB
DDR5 de 32 32 GB
GB
DDR5 de 32 16 GB 16 GB
GB
DDR5 de 32 8 GB 8 GB 8 GB 8 GB
GB
DDR5 de 64 32 GB 32 GB
GB
DDR5 de 64 16 GB 16 GB 16 GB 16 GB
GB
DDR5 de 128 32 GB 32 GB 32 GB 32 GB
GB
Portas e slots externos
A tabela a seguir lista as portas externas e slots do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 7. Portas e slots externos
Descrição Valores
Porta de rede Uma porta RJ-45 10/100/100 Mbps
Portas USB ● Uma porta USB 2.0 (480 Mbps)
● Uma porta USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) com PowerShare
● Duas portas USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) com SmartPower On
● Três portas USB 3.2 de 1ª geração (5 Gbit/s)
● Duas portas USB 3.2 de 2ª geração (10 Gbit/s)
● Uma porta USB 3.2 Type-C com o dobro de velocidade da 2ª
geração (20 Gbit/s)
NOTA: Essa porta não é compatível com streaming de
vídeo/áudio.
Porta de áudio ● Uma porta de áudio universal
● Uma porta de áudio que redistribui a saída/entrada de linha
Porta(s) de vídeo ● Uma porta opcional (HDMI 2.1/DisplayPort 1.4a (compatível
com HBR3)/VGA/porta USB 3.2 Type-C de 2ª geração
(10 Gbps) com DisplayPort)
NOTA: A resolução máxima compatível com a porta
opcional é
○ Porta HDMI 2.1: até 4096 x 2160 a 60 Hz.
○ Porta DisplayPort 1.4a (compatível com HBR3):
até 5120 x 3200 a 60 Hz.
○ Porta VGA: até 1920 x 1200 a 60 Hz.
18 Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno
Tabela 7. Portas e slots externos (continuação)
Descrição Valores
○ Porta USB 3.2 Type-C de 2ª geração (10 Gbps)
com DisplayPort: até 5120 x 3200 a 60 Hz.
● Três portas DisplayPort 1.4a (compatíveis com HBR2)
NOTA: A resolução máxima compatível é de 4096 x 2304 a
60 Hz.
Leitor de cartão de mídia Um slot de cartão SD 4.0 (opcional)
Porta do adaptador de energia Não compatível
Slot do cabo de segurança ● Encaixe do cabo de segurança (para travas Kensington)
● Um anel de cadeado
Slots internos
A tabela a seguir lista os slots internos do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 8. Slots internos
Descrição Valores
Expansão ● Um slot de meia altura PCIe x16 de 4ª geração
● Um slot de meia altura PCIe x4 de 3ª geração de extremidade
aberta
M.2 ● Um slot M.2 2230 para cartão combinado Wi-Fi e Bluetooth
● Dois slots M.2 2230 para unidade de estado sólido
● Um slot M.2 2280 para unidade de estado sólido
NOTA: Para saber mais sobre os recursos de diferentes tipos
de placas M.2, faça uma pesquisa na base de conhecimento no
site do Suporte Dell.
Slots SATA Três slots SATA 3.0 para disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas e unidade
óptica compacta
NOTA: A instalação de uma unidade óptica compacta faz com
que a porta SATA 3.0 opere como uma porta SATA 2.0.
Ethernet
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações de rede local Ethernet com fio (LAN) da OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 9. Especificações de Ethernet
Descrição Integrada Opcionais
Número do modelo Intel WGI219LM Intel i226
Taxa de transferência 10/100/1.000 Mbps 10/100/1.000/2.500 Mbps
Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno 19
Módulo sem fio
A tabela a seguir lista os módulos de rede local sem fio (WLAN) compatíveis com o OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 10. Especificações do módulo sem fio
Descrição Opção um Opção dois
Número do modelo Intel AX211 Realtek RTL8852BE
Taxa de transferência Com 2.400 Mbps Com 1.201 Mbps
Bandas de frequência suportadas 2,4 GHz/5 GHz/6 GHz 2,4 GHz/5 GHz
Padrões sem fio ● Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g ● Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g
● Wi-Fi 4 (Wi-Fi 802.11n) ● Wi-Fi 4 (Wi-Fi 802.11n)
● Wi-Fi 5 (Wi-Fi 802.11ac) ● Wi-Fi 5 (Wi-Fi 802.11ac)
● Wi-Fi 6E (Wi-Fi 802.11ax) ● Wi-Fi 6 (Wi-Fi 802.11ax)
Criptografia ● 64 bits/WEP de 128 bits ● 64 bits/WEP de 128 bits
● AES-CCMP ● AES-CCMP
● TKIP ● TKIP
Placa de rede sem fio Bluetooth Bluetooth 5.3 Bluetooth 5.3
NOTA: A funcionalidade da placa de rede sem fio Bluetooth pode variar dependendo
do sistema operacional instalado no computador.
Audio
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações de áudio do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 11. Especificações de áudio
Descrição Valores
Tipo de áudio Áudio de alta definição
Controlador de áudio Realtek ALC3246-CG
Interface de áudio interna Áudio de alta definição (HDA)
Interface de áudio externa ● Uma porta de áudio universal
● Uma porta de áudio de entrada/saída de linha reaproveitável
Armazenamento
Esta seção lista as opções de armazenamento no OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 12. Especificações de armazenamento
Tipo de armazenamento Tipo de interface Capacidade
Disco rígido de 3,5 pol., 7.200 RPM SATA 3.0 Com 2 TB
Disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, 5.400 RPM SATA 3.0 4 TB
20 Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno
Tabela 12. Especificações de armazenamento (continuação)
Tipo de armazenamento Tipo de interface Capacidade
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 Classe PCIe NVMe, até 64 Gbit/s Com 2 TB
25
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230, classe PCIe NVMe, até 64 Gbit/s Com 1 TB
35
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 Classe PCIe NVMe, até 64 Gbit/s 256 GB
35, com criptografia automática
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280, classe PCIe NVMe, até 64 Gbit/s Com 2 TB
40
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 Classe PCIe NVMe, até 64 Gbit/s Com 1 TB
40, com criptografia automática
Matriz de armazenamento
A tabela a seguir lista as configurações de armazenamento compatíveis com a OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 13. Matriz de armazenamento
Armazenamento Slot
SSD-0 (PCIe SSD-1 SSD-2 SATA-0
M.2 principal
para função de
inicialização)
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 Sim
Duas unidades de estado sólido M.2 2230 Sim Sim
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 Sim
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 Sim Sim
+
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
Duas unidades de estado sólido M.2 2230 Sim Sim Sim
+
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 Sim Sim
+
Uma unidade de disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Duas unidades de estado sólido M.2 2230 Sim Sim Sim
+
Uma unidade de disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 Sim Sim
+
Uma unidade de disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 Sim Sim Sim
Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno 21
Tabela 13. Matriz de armazenamento (continuação)
Armazenamento Slot
SSD-0 (PCIe SSD-1 SSD-2 SATA-0
M.2 principal
para função de
inicialização)
+
Uma unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
+
Uma unidade de disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks - Matriz
redundante de discos independentes)
Para obter desempenho ideal ao configurar unidades como um volume RAID, a Dell Technologies recomenda modelos de unidade idênticos.
NOTA: O RAID não é compatível com configurações do Intel Optane.
Os volumes de RAID 0 (fracionado, de desempenho) se beneficiam de maior desempenho quando as unidades são correspondentes, pois
os dados são divididos em várias unidades: quaisquer operações de E/S com tamanhos de bloco maiores do que o tamanho da fração
dividirão a E/S e se tornarão limitados pela unidade mais lenta. Para as operações de E/S do RAID 0 em que os tamanhos de bloco são
menores do que o tamanho da fração, qualquer que seja a unidade de destino da operação de E/S, isso determina o desempenho, o que
aumenta a variabilidade e resulta em latências inconsistentes. Essa variabilidade é especialmente pronunciada para operações de gravação
e pode ser problemática para aplicativos que são sensíveis a latência. Um exemplo disso é qualquer aplicativo que execute milhares de
gravações aleatórias por segundo em tamanhos de blocos muito pequenos.
Os volumes de RAID 1 (Mirrored e Data Protection) se beneficiam de maior desempenho quando as unidades são correspondentes, pois
os dados são espelhados em diversas unidades. Todas as operações de E/S devem ser realizadas de maneira idêntica nas duas unidades;
assim, as variações no desempenho da unidade, quando os modelos são diferentes, resultam nas operações de E/S concluídas somente
de maneira tão rápida quanto a unidade mais lenta. Embora isso não sofra o problema de latência variável em operações pequenas de
E/S aleatória, como o RAID 0 em unidades heterogêneas, o impacto ainda é grande porque a unidade de maior desempenho se torna
limitada em todos os tipos de E/S. Um dos piores exemplos de desempenho limitado é quando se usa E/S sem armazenamento em buffer.
Para garantir que as gravações sejam totalmente confirmadas em regiões não voláteis do volume de RAID, a E/S sem armazenamento
em buffer ignora o cache (por exemplo, usando o bit Force Unit Access no protocolo NVMe) e a operação de E/S não será concluída
até que todas as unidades no volume RAID tenham concluído a solicitação para confirmar os dados. Esse tipo de operação de E/S nega
completamente qualquer vantagem de uma unidade de melhor desempenho no volume.
Deve-se ter cuidado para fazer a correspondência não apenas do fornecedor, da capacidade e da classe da unidade, mas também o
modelo específico. As unidades do mesmo fornecedor, com a mesma capacidade e até mesmo dentro da mesma classe, podem ter
características de desempenho muito diferentes para determinados tipos de operações de E/S. Portanto, a correspondência por modelo
garante que o volume RAID seja composto por um array homogêneo de unidades que oferecem todos os benefícios de um volume RAID
sem incorrer em penalidades adicionais quando uma ou mais unidades do volume apresentam desempenho inferior.
O OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno é compatível com RAID com mais de uma configuração de disco rígido.
Leitor de cartão de mídia
A tabela abaixo apresenta as especificações dos cartões de mídia compatíveis com o OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 14. Especificações do leitor de cartão de mídia
Descrição Valores
Tipo de slot de cartão de mídia Um slot de cartão SD 4.0 (opcional)
Cartões de mídia com suporte ● Secure Digital (SD)
● Secure Digital High Capacity (SDHC)
● Secure Digital Extended Capacity (SDXC)
22 Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno
Tabela 14. Especificações do leitor de cartão de mídia (continuação)
Descrição Valores
NOTA: A capacidade máxima permitida pelo leitor de cartão de mídia depende do padrão do cartão de mídia instalado no
computador.
Especificações de alimentação
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações de classificação de energia do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 15. Especificações de alimentação
Descrição Opção um Opção dois
Tipo Fonte de alimentação (PSU) interna de 260 Fonte de alimentação (PSU) interna de 300
W, 85% eficiente, 80 Plus Bronze W, 92% eficiente, 80 Plus Platinum
Tensão de entrada 90 VCA a 264 VCA 90 VCA a 264 VCA
Frequência de entrada 47 Hz a 63 Hz 47 Hz a 63 Hz
Corrente de entrada (máxima) 4,2 A 4,2 A
Corrente de saída (contínua) ● 12 VA/18 A ● 12 VA/18 A
● 12 VB/16 A ● 12 VB/18 A
Modo de espera: Modo de espera:
● 12 VA/1,5 A ● 12 VA/1,5 A
● 12 VB/3,3 A ● 12 VB/3,3 A
Tensão de saída nominal ● +12 VA ● +12 VA
● +12 VB ● +12 VB
Faixa de temperatura
De operação 5 °C a 45° C (41 °F a 113 °F) 5 °C a 45° C (41 °F a 113 °F)
Armazenamento -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F a 158 °F) -40 °C a 70 °C (-40 °F a 158 °F)
Conector da fonte de alimentação
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações do conector da fonte de alimentação da OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 16. conector da fonte de alimentação
Fonte de alimentação Conectores
Fonte de alimentação (PSU) interna de ● Dois conectores de 4 pinos para o processador
260 W, 85% eficiente, 80 Plus Bronze ● Um conector de 8 pinos para a placa de sistema
Fonte de alimentação (PSU) interna de ● Dois conectores de 4 pinos para o processador
300 W, 92% eficiente, 80 Plus Platinum ● Um conector de 8 pinos para a placa de sistema
GPU — integrada
A tabela a seguir mostra as especificações da unidade de processamento gráfico (GPU) integrada suportada pelo OptiPlex Plus 7020 em
formato pequeno.
Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno 23
Tabela 17. GPU — integrada
Controlador Suporte a monitor externo Tamanho da memória Processador
Intel UHD Graphics 730 ● Três portas DisplayPort 1.4a Memória do sistema Intel Core i3 14100
(compatíveis com HBR2) compartilhada
● Uma porta de vídeo
(HDMI 2.1/DisplayPort
1.4a (HBR3)/VGA/porta
USB Type-C com modo
alternativo de DisplayPort)
(opcional)
Intel UHD Graphics 770 ● Três DisplayPort 1.4a Memória do sistema Processadores Intel Core i5
● Uma porta de vídeo compartilhada 14500 vPro, i5 14600 vPro, i7
(HDMI 2.1/DisplayPort 14700 vPro, i9 14900 vPro
1.4a (HBR3)/VGA/porta
USB Type-C com modo
alternativo de DisplayPort)
(opcional)
Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU — integrada)
Tabela 18. Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU — integrada)
Placa gráfica Portas de vídeo Resolução máxima compatível
Placa gráfica Intel UHD ● Três portas DisplayPort 1.4a ● Porta DisplayPort 1.4a – 4096 x 2304 a
(compatíveis com HBR2) 60 Hz
● Uma porta de vídeo (HDMI 2.1/ ● Uma porta de vídeo (HDMI 2.1/
DisplayPort 1.4a (HBR3)/VGA/porta DisplayPort 1.4a (HBR3)/VGA/porta
USB Type-C com modo alternativo de USB Type-C com modo alternativo
DisplayPort) (opcional) de DisplayPort) (opcional); a resolução
máxima compatível com HDMI 2.1 é de
4096 x 2160 a 60 Hz, com DisplayPort
1.4a (HBR3) é de 5120 x 3200 a 60 Hz,
com VGA é de 1920 x 1200 a 60 Hz,
com a porta USB Type-C com modo
alternativo de DisplayPort é de 5120 x
3200 a 60 Hz)
Compatibilidade com monitor externo (GPU — integrada)
Compatibilidade da placa gráfica integrada com monitores
Tabela 19. Especificações de compatibilidade com monitores
Placa gráfica Telas externas compatíveis
Intel UHD Graphics 730/770 ● Com MST-4
● Sem MST-3
Placa gráfica Intel UHD 730/770 + módulo opcional 4
NOTA: MST (Multi-Stream Transport, Transporte de vários fluxos)/conexão em cadeia compatível com quatro monitores.
24 Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno
GPU — dedicada
Tabela 20. GPU — dedicada
Controlador Suporte a monitor externo Tamanho da memória Tipo de memória
AMD Radeon RX 6500 Duas portas DisplayPort 1.4a 4 GB DDR6 de 64 bits
(DP1.4a*2)
AMD Radeon RX 6300 Duas portas DisplayPort 1.4a 2 GB DDR6 de 64 bits
(DP1.4a*2)
Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU - Dedicada)
Tabela 21. Resolução da porta de vídeo (GPU - Dedicada)
Placa gráfica Porta de vídeo Resolução máxima compatível
AMD Radeon RX 6300 Duas portas DisplayPort 1.4a (DP1.4a*2) Para configuração de uma porta -
● Com DSC ativado - 8K a 60 Hz
● Sem DSC ativado - 5.120 x 2.880 a 60 Hz
AMD Radeon RX 6500 Duas portas DisplayPort 1.4a (DP1.4a*2) Para configuração de uma porta -
● Com DSC ativado - 8K a 60 Hz
● Sem DSC ativado - 5.120 x 2.880 a 60 Hz
Suporte a monitor externo (GPU – dedicada)
Tabela 22. Suporte a monitor externo (GPU – dedicada)
Placa gráfica Portas de vídeo Número de monitores externos Suporte a MST
compatíveis (Multi-Stream Transport,
transporte multi-stream)
DisplayPort
AMD Radeon RX6300 Duas DisplayPort 1.4a 4 Compatível
(DP1.4a*2)
AMD Radeon RX6500 Duas DisplayPort 1.4a 4 Compatível
(DP1.4a*2)
NOTA: O MST (Multi-Stream Transport) DisplayPort permite que você faça a conexão em cadeia de monitores que têm portas
DisplayPort 1.2 e superiores e suporte a MST. Para ver mais informações sobre como usar o DisplayPort Multi-Stream Transport,
consulte o Site de Suporte Dell.
Segurança de hardware
A tabela a seguir mostra a segurança de hardware do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 23. Segurança de hardware
Segurança de hardware
Slot do cabo de segurança Kensington
Volta de cadeado
Suporte do slot de trava de segurança do chassi
Sensor de violação do chassi
Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno 25
Tabela 23. Segurança de hardware (continuação)
Segurança de hardware
Proteção para cabos com trava
SafeID inclui módulo TPM (Trusted Platform Module) 2.0
Teclado Smart Card (FIPS)
Microsoft Windows 10 Device Guard e Credential Guard (Enterprise SKU)
Microsoft Windows BitLocker
Limpeza de dados do disco rígido local por meio do BIOS (apagamento seguro)
Unidades de armazenamento com criptografia automática (Opal, FIPS)
Trusted Platform Module TPM 2.0
China TPM
Inicialização segura da Intel
Autenticação da Intel
SafeBIOS: inclui o BIOS Verification, BIOS Resilience, BIOS Recovery e controles adicionais do BIOS fora do host da Dell
Proteção para cabos do OptiPlex SFF
Requisitos ambientais
A tabela a seguir lista as especificações ambientais do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 24. Requisitos ambientais
Recurso Valores
Embalagem reciclável Sim
Suporte para embalagem de orientação vertical Não
Embalagem Multi-pack Sim
NOTA: As embalagens de fibra à base de madeira contêm um mínimo de 35% de conteúdo reciclado, em peso total de fibra à base de
madeira. As embalagens sem fibra de madeira podem ser consideradas como não aplicáveis. Os critérios antecipados requeridos para
a EPEAT 2018.
Conformidade com normas
A tabela a seguir lista a conformidade com normas do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Tabela 25. Conformidade com normas
Conformidade com normas
Segurança do produto, EMC e especificações ambientais
Página inicial de conformidade com normas da Dell
Política da Responsible Business Alliance
Ambiente de operação e armazenamento
Esta tabela lista as especificações de operação e armazenamento do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
26 Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno
Nível de poluentes transportados: G1, conforme definido pela norma ISA-S71.04-1985
Tabela 26. Características ambientais do computador
Descrição Operação Armazenamento
Faixa de temperatura 10 °C a 35 °C (50 °F a 95 °F) -40 °C a 65 °C (-40 °F a 149 °F)
Umidade relativa (máxima) 20 a 80% (sem condensação, temperatura 5 a 95% (sem condensação, temperatura
máxima do ponto de orvalho = 26 °C) máxima do ponto de orvalho = 33 °C)
Vibração (máxima)* 0,26 GRMS aleatório, 5 Hz a 350 Hz 1,37 GRMS aleatório, 5 Hz a 350 Hz
Choque (máximo) Pulso inferior de meio seno com uma Vibração de meio seno de 105 G com
mudança de velocidade de 50,8 cm/s uma mudança de velocidade de 133 cm/s
(20 pol/s) (52,5 pol./s)
Faixa de altitude -15,2 m a 3.048 m (-49,8 pés a 10.000 pés) -15,2 m a 10.668 m (-49,8 pés a
35.000 pés)
Contaminadores do ar ISA-71 G1**:<300 A/mês de corrosão de ISA-71 G1**:<300 A/mês de corrosão de
cupom de cobre e <200 A/mês de corrosão cupom de cobre e <200 A/mês de corrosão
de cupom de prata de cupom de prata
]
CUIDADO: Os intervalos de temperatura de armazenamento e de operação podem ser diferentes entre os
componentes. Assim, operar ou armazenar o dispositivo fora desses intervalos pode afetar o desempenho de
componentes específicos.
* Medida usando um espectro de vibração aleatório que simula o ambiente do usuário.
† Medida usando um pulso de meio seno de 2 ms.
Especificações do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno 27
4
Como trabalhar na parte interna do
computador
Instruções de segurança
Use as diretrizes de segurança a seguir para proteger o computador contra possíveis danos e garantir sua segurança pessoal. A menos
que indicado de outra forma, cada procedimento neste documento pressupõe que você leu as informações de segurança enviadas com o
computador.
ATENÇÃO: Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador, leia as informações de segurança fornecidas com o
computador. Para obter mais práticas recomendadas de segurança, consulte a página inicial da Dell sobre conformidade
com normas.
ATENÇÃO: Desconecte o computador de todas as fontes de energia antes de abrir a tampa ou os painéis do computador.
Depois que terminar de trabalhar na parte interna do computador, recoloque todas as tampas, painéis e parafusos antes
de conectar o computador a uma tomada elétrica.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos ao computador, certifique-se de que a superfície de trabalho seja plana e esteja seca e
limpa.
CUIDADO: Você deve somente solucionar problemas ou realizar consertos simples conforme autorizado ou direcionado
pela equipe de suporte técnico da Dell. Danos decorrentes de mão de obra não autorizada pela Dell não serão cobertos
pela garantia. Consulte as instruções de segurança enviadas com o produto ou acesse a Página inicial de conformidade
com normas da Dell.
CUIDADO: Antes de tocar em qualquer componente na parte interna do computador, elimine a eletricidade estática de
seu corpo tocando em uma superfície metálica sem pintura, como o metal da parte posterior do computador. Enquanto
trabalha, toque periodicamente em uma superfície metálica sem pintura para dissipar a eletricidade estática, que poderia
danificar componentes internos.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos aos componentes e placas, segure-os pelas bordas e evite tocar nos pinos e contatos.
CUIDADO: Ao desconectar um cabo, puxe-o pelo conector ou pela aba de puxar, não pelo próprio cabo. Alguns cabos
possuem conectores com presilhas ou parafusos borboleta que você precisará soltar antes de desconectar o cabo. Ao
desconectar os cabos, mantenha-os alinhados para evitar entortar os pinos do conector. Ao conectar cabos, certifique-
se de que o conector no cabo esteja corretamente orientado e alinhado com a porta.
CUIDADO: Pressione e ejete os cartões instalados no leitor de cartão de mídia.
CUIDADO: Tenha cuidado ao manusear baterias de íons de lítio em notebooks. Baterias inchadas não devem ser usadas e
devem ser substituídas e descartadas adequadamente.
Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Etapas
1. Salve e feche todos os arquivos abertos e saia de todos os aplicativos abertos.
28 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
2. Desligue o computador. Para sistema operacional Windows, clique em Iniciar > Liga/desliga > Desligar.
NOTA: Se estiver usando um sistema operacional diferente, consulte a documentação de seu sistema operacional para obter
instruções de desligamento.
3. Desligue todos os periféricos conectados.
4. Desconecte o computador e todos os dispositivos conectados de suas tomadas elétricas.
5. Desconecte todos os dispositivos de rede e periféricos conectados ao computador, como o teclado, mouse, monitor e assim por
diante.
CUIDADO: Para desconectar um cabo de rede, desconecte-o do computador.
6. Remova qualquer placa de mídia e de disco óptico do computador, se aplicável.
Precauções de segurança
Esta seção detalha as principais etapas que devem ser seguidas antes de realizar qualquer processo de desmontagem.
Veja as precauções de segurança a seguir antes de executar qualquer procedimento de reparo ou instalação que envolvam desmontagem
ou remontagem:
● Desligue o computador e todos os periféricos conectados.
● Desconecte o computador da corrente alternada.
● Desconecte todos os cabos de rede e os periféricos do computador.
● Use um kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas quando for trabalhar na parte interna de um desktop para evitar
danos causados por descargas eletrostáticas.
● Depois de remover um componente do computador, coloque-o sobre um tapete antiestático.
● Use calçados com sola de borracha que não seja condutiva para reduzir a chance de ser eletrocutado.
● Desconecte, pressionando e segurando o botão liga/desliga por 15 segundos, para descarregar a energia residual na placa de sistema.
Alimentação do modo de espera
Antes de abrir a tampa traseira, é necessário desconectar os produtos Dell com alimentação em modo de espera. Os sistemas equipados
com alimentação em modo de espera são alimentados mesmo enquanto estão desligados. A energia interna permite que o computador
seja ligado (Wake-on-LAN) e colocado em modo de suspensão remotamente, além de contar com outros recursos avançados de
gerenciamento de energia.
União
A ligação é um método para conectar dois ou mais condutores de aterramento ao mesmo potencial elétrico. Isso é feito usando um kit de
descarga eletrostática (ESD) de serviço de campo. Ao conectar um fio de ligação, certifique-se de que está conectado a uma superfície
bare metal, e nunca a uma superfície pintada ou que não seja de metal. Confira se a pulseira está bem firme e em total contato com a sua
pele. Remova todas as joias, relógios, pulseiras ou anéis antes de fazer o aterramento pessoal e do equipamento.
Proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas
A ESD é uma grande preocupação quando você lida com componentes eletrônicos, especialmente componentes sensíveis, como placas
de expansão, processadores, módulos de memória e placas de sistema. Uma carga leve pode danificar os circuitos de formas que talvez
não sejam tão óbvias, causando, por exemplo, problemas intermitentes ou diminuindo a vida útil do produto. À medida que a indústria exige
menores requisitos de energia e maior densidade, a proteção contra ESD é uma preocupação crescente.
Dois tipos reconhecidos de danos por descargas eletrostáticas são falhas catastróficas e intermitentes.
● Catastrófica – falhas catastróficas representam aproximadamente 20% das falhas relacionadas a descargas eletrostáticas. Os danos
causam uma imediata e completa perda de funcionalidade do dispositivo. Um exemplo de falha catastrófica é um módulo de memória
que recebeu um choque estático e, imediatamente, gera um sintoma "Ausência de POST/vídeo" com um código de bipe emitido para
memória ausente ou não funcional.
● Intermitente – falhas intermitentes representam aproximadamente 80% das falhas relacionadas a ESD. A alta taxa de falhas
intermitentes significa que, na maioria das vezes, quando ocorre um dano, ele não é imediatamente reconhecível. O módulo
de memória recebe um choque estático, mas o traçado é apenas enfraquecido e não produz imediatamente sintomas externos
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 29
relacionados ao dano. O traçado enfraquecido pode levar semanas ou meses para derreter e pode causar degradação da integridade da
memória, erros intermitentes de memória etc.
As falhas intermitentes, também chamadas de latentes e que significam falhas em que o sistema está funcionando, porém com danos
visíveis, são difíceis de detectar e solucionar.
Execute as etapas a seguir para evitar danos ao ESD:
● Use uma pulseira contra descargas eletrostáticas com fio devidamente aterrada. As pulseiras antiestáticas sem fio não proporcionam
proteção adequada. Tocar o chassi antes de manusear peças não garante uma proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas adequada em
peças com maior sensibilidade para danos decorrentes de descargas eletrostáticas.
● Manuseie todos os componentes sensíveis à estática em uma área com proteção antiestática. Se possível, use almofadas de piso
antiestáticas e almofadas de bancada de trabalho.
● Ao desembalar um componente sensível à estática da embalagem de remessa, não remova o componente do material de embalagem
antiestático até que esteja pronto para instalar o componente. Antes de abrir a embalagem antiestática, use a pulseira antiestática
para descarregar a eletricidade estática do seu corpo. Para obter mais informações sobre a pulseira anti-ESD e o testador de pulseira
anti-ESD, consulte Componentes de um kit de serviços em campo anti-ESD.
● Antes de transportar um componente sensível a estática, coloque-o em um recipiente ou embalagem antiestático.
Kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas
O kit de serviços de campo não monitorado é o kit de serviços mais usado. Cada kit de serviços em campo inclui três componentes
principais: tapete antiestático, pulseira e fio de ligação.
CUIDADO: É essencial manter os dispositivos sensíveis à ESD longe de peças internas que são isoladas e, geralmente são
altamente carregadas, como os invólucros plásticos de dissipador de calor.
Ambiente de trabalho
Antes da implementação do kit de serviço em campo ESD, avalie a situação nas instalações do cliente. Por exemplo, a implementação
do kit para um ambiente de servidor é diferente de um ambiente de desktop ou notebook. Os servidores, geralmente, são instalados em
um rack em um data center; desktops ou notebooks são normalmente colocados em mesas de escritório ou cubículos. Sempre procure
uma grande área de trabalho plana e aberta, livre de desordem e grande o suficiente para implementar o kit ESD com espaço adicional
para acomodar o tipo de computador que está sendo reparado. O espaço de trabalho também deve estar livre de isoladores que possam
causar um evento ESD. Na área de trabalho, antes de manusear fisicamente quaisquer componentes de hardware, é necessário mover os
materiais isolantes como isopor e outros plásticos a pelo menos 30 centímetros, ou 12 polegadas, de distância de peças sensíveis.
Embalagem contra descargas eletrostáticas
Todos os dispositivos sensíveis a ESD devem ser enviados e recebidos em uma embalagem antiestática. Sacos metálicos com blindagem
estática são preferidos. No entanto, sempre é necessário devolver a peça danificada usando o mesmo saco anti-ESD e a mesma
embalagem em que a nova peça chegou. A bolsa de ESD deve ser dobrada e fechada com fita adesiva e todo o mesmo material de
embalagem de espuma deve ser usado na caixa original em que a nova peça chegou. Dispositivos sensíveis a ESD devem ser removidos da
embalagem somente em uma superfície de trabalho protegida contra ESD, e as peças nunca devem ser colocadas em cima do saco ESD,
porque somente o interior da bolsa é protegido. Sempre coloque as peças na mão, no tapete antiestático, no computador ou dentro de um
saco anti-ESD.
Componentes do kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas
Componentes de um kit de serviços em campo contra descargas eletrostáticas:
● Tapete antiestático: o tapete antiestático é dissipativo, e as peças podem ser colocadas nele durante os procedimentos de
serviço. Ao usar um tapete antiestático, a pulseira deve estar bem ajustada e o fio de ligação deve estar conectado ao tapete e a
qualquer bare metal no computador que receberá o serviço. Depois que tudo for implementado corretamente, as peças de serviço
poderão ser removidas da bolsa contra descargas eletrostáticas e colocadas diretamente no tapete antiestático. Os itens sensíveis a
descargas eletrostáticas estão seguros na sua mão, no tapete antiestático, no computador ou dentro de uma bolsa contra descargas
eletrostáticas.
● Pulseira anti-ESD e fio de aterramento: a pulseira anti-ESD e o fio de aterramento podem ser conectados diretamente entre o seu
pulso e o bare metal no hardware, caso o tapete antiestático não seja necessário, ou podem ser conectados ao tapete antiestático
para proteger o hardware temporariamente colocado no tapete. A conexão física da pulseira anti-ESD e do fio de aterramento entre a
pele, o tapete antiestático e o hardware é conhecida como aterramento. Use somente kits de serviços em campo com uma pulseira,
um tapete antiestático e um fio de ligação. Nunca use pulseiras sem fio. Fique sempre atento, pois os fios internos de uma pulseira
30 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
anti-ESD estão sempre propensos a danos devido ao desgaste normal e precisam ser verificados regularmente com um testador de
pulseira anti-ESD para evitar danos acidentais causados pelo hardware anti-ESD. É recomendável testar a pulseira e o fio de ligação
pelo menos uma vez por semana.
● ESD Wrist Strap Tester: Os fios dentro de uma pulseira contra descargas eletrostáticas estão sujeitos a danos com o passar do
tempo. Ao usar um kit não monitorado, é uma prática recomendada testar a pulseira regularmente antes de cada visita para suporte
e, no mínimo, testá-la uma vez por semana. Um testador de pulseira é o melhor método para fazer este teste. Para realizar o teste,
conecte o fio de ligação da pulseira no testador enquanto ele estiver preso ao pulso e aperte o botão para testar. Um LED verde
acende se o teste for bem-sucedido; um LED vermelho está aceso e um alarme soa se o teste falhar.
NOTA: É recomendado sempre usar as tradicionais pulseiras contra descargas eletrostáticas com aterramento e tapete antiestático
de proteção durante a manutenção dos produtos Dell. Além disso, é essencial manter as peças sensíveis separadas de todas as peças
isolantes ao fazer manutenção do computadores.
Transporte de componentes sensíveis
Quando for transportar componentes sensíveis a descargas eletrostáticas, como peças de substituição ou peças a serem devolvidas à Dell,
é essencial colocar essas peças nos invólucros antiestáticos para assegurar um transporte seguro.
Levantamento de equipamentos
Siga as diretrizes a seguir ao levantar equipamento pesado:
CUIDADO: Não levante mais do que 50 libras. Sempre obtenha recursos adicionais ou use um dispositivo de
levantamento mecânico.
1. Tenha uma base firme e equilibrada. Mantenha seus pés afastados para formar uma base estável, com os pés virados para fora.
2. Contraia a musculatura abdominal. A musculatura abdominal suporta a sua coluna quando você levanta, compensando a força da
carga.
3. Levante com as pernas, não com as costas.
4. Mantenha a carga próxima. Quanto mais próxima estiver da sua coluna, menos força exercerá sobre as suas costas.
5. Mantenha as costas eretas, seja levantando ou abaixando a carga. Não adicione o peso do seu corpo à carga. Evite torcer o corpo e as
costas.
6. Siga a mesma técnica na ordem inversa para descer a carga.
Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Deixar parafusos soltos na parte interna do computador pode danificar gravemente o computador.
Etapas
1. Recoloque todos os parafusos e verifique se nenhum parafuso foi esquecido dentro do computador.
2. Conecte todos os dispositivos externos, periféricos e cabos que removeu antes de trabalhar no computador.
3. Recoloque todas as placas de mídia, discos e quaisquer outros componentes que tenham sido removidos antes de trabalhar no
computador.
4. Conecte o computador e todos os dispositivos conectados às suas tomadas elétricas.
5. Ligue o computador.
BitLocker
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não for suspenso antes de o BIOS ser atualizado, a chave do BitLocker não será reconhecida
na próxima vez que você reiniciar o computador. A chave de recuperação precisará ser inserida para que você possa
prosseguir, e o sistema pedirá a chave de recuperação em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for
reconhecida, isso poderá resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para
saber mais, consulte o artigo de conhecimento: Atualização do BIOS em sistemas Dell com o BitLocker ativado.
A instalação dos seguintes componentes aciona o BitLocker:
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 31
● Unidade de disco rígido ou unidade de estado sólido
● Placa de sistema
Ferramentas recomendadas
Os procedimentos descritos neste documento podem exigir as seguintes ferramentas:
● Chave de fenda Phillips nº 0
● Chave de fenda Phillips nº 1
● Chave de fenda Torx nº 5 (T5)
● Chave plástica
Lista de parafusos
NOTA: Ao remover parafusos de um componente, é recomendável anotar o tipo do parafuso e a quantidade de parafusos e, em
seguida, coloque-os em uma caixa de armazenamento de parafusos. Isto é feito para garantir que o número correto de parafusos e
tipo correto de parafuso sejam recuperados quando o componente for recolocado.
NOTA: Alguns computadores têm superfícies magnéticas. Certifique-se de que os parafusos não fiquem presos nessas superfícies ao
recolocar um componente.
NOTA: A cor do parafuso pode variar dependendo da configuração solicitada.
Tabela 27. Lista de parafusos
Componente Tipo do parafuso Quantidade Imagem do parafuso
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 M2x3.5 1
2230
Unidade de estado sólido M.2 M2x3.5 1
2280
Placa WLAN M2x3.5 1
Leitor de cartão SD (opcional) M3x5 2
Módulo serial/VGA (opcional) M3 2
Módulo DP/HDMI/Type-C M3x3 2
(opcional)
Kit de antena interna M3x3 2
Conjunto de ventilador e dissipador Parafuso 4
de calor do processador
Fonte de alimentação #6-32 3
32 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
Tabela 27. Lista de parafusos (continuação)
Componente Tipo do parafuso Quantidade Imagem do parafuso
Suporte de E/S frontal #6-32 1
Suporte de apoio do #6-32 2
compartimento
Placa de sistema #6-32 4
M2 1
Principais componentes do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em
formato pequeno
A imagem a seguir mostra os principais componentes do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 33
34 Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador
1. Tampa lateral 2. Disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
3. Botão liga/desliga 4. Portadora de disco rígido
5. Gabinete da unidade de disco 6. Módulo de memória
7. Placa de rede sem fio 8. Unidade de estado sólido M.2
9. Placa de sistema 10. Chassi
11. Tampa frontal 12. Ventilador do sistema
13. Leitor de cartão de mídia (opcional) 14. Fonte de alimentação
15. Placa de expansão 16. Conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador
17. Unidade ótica fina (opcional) 18. Processador
NOTA: A Dell apresenta uma lista de componentes e seus números de peça para a configuração original do sistema adquirida. Essas
peças são disponibilizadas conforme as coberturas de garantia adquiridas pelo cliente. Entre em contato com o representante de
vendas Dell para obter as opções de compra.
Como trabalhar na parte interna do computador 35
5
Como remover e instalar a tampa lateral
Como remover a tampa lateral
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa lateral e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 3. Como remover a tampa lateral
Etapas
1. Deslize a trava de liberação até ouvir um clique e deslize tampa lateral em direção à parte traseira do computador.
2. Levante a tampa lateral retirando-a do chassi.
Como instalar a tampa lateral
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa lateral e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
36 Como remover e instalar a tampa lateral
Figura 4. Como instalar a tampa lateral
Etapas
1. Alinhe as abas na tampa lateral com os slots no chassi.
2. Deslize a tampa lateral em direção à parte frontal do computador até ouvir um clique da trava de liberação.
Próximas etapas
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar a tampa lateral 37
6
Como remover e instalar a bateria de célula
tipo moeda
Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda
ATENÇÃO: Este computador contém uma bateria de célula tipo moeda e as orientações de manuseio devem ser
fornecidas por técnicos treinados.
CUIDADO: A remoção da bateria de célula tipo moeda limpará o CMOS e redefinirá as configurações do BIOS.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da bateria de célula tipo moeda e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 5. Como remover a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Etapas
1. Empurre a alavanca de liberação da bateria de célula tipo moeda no soquete da bateria de célula tipo moeda (RTC) para soltar a bateria
de célula tipo moeda do soquete.
2. Remova a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
38 Como remover e instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda
ATENÇÃO: Este computador contém uma bateria de célula tipo moeda e requer técnicos treinados para orientar o
manuseio.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da bateria de célula tipo moeda e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 6. Como instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda
Etapas
Com o lado positivo (+) voltado para cima, insira a bateria de célula tipo moeda no soquete da bateria (RTC) na placa de sistema até
encaixar a bateria no lugar.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar a bateria de célula tipo moeda 39
7
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer
Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo
cliente)
Os componentes substituíveis neste capítulo são as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis do cliente).
CUIDADO: Os clientes só podem substituir as unidades substituíveis pelo cliente (CRUs) seguindo as precauções de
segurança e os procedimentos de substituição.
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Tampa frontal
Como remover a tampa frontal
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa frontal e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
40 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 7. Como remover a tampa frontal
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave plástica, pressione e solte com cuidado as abas da tampa frontal em sequência a partir da parte superior.
2. Gire a tampa frontal. para fora do chassi e remova a tampa frontal.
Como instalar a tampa frontal
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da tampa frontal e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 41
Figura 8. Como instalar a tampa frontal
Etapas
1. Insira as abas no lado direito da tampa nos slots correspondentes no chassi.
2. Empurre o lado esquerdo da tampa frontal em direção à tampa lateral, colocando as abas no lugar.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Como remover o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de remoção.
42 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 9. Como remover o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Etapas
1. Desconecte os cabos de alimentação e de dados do disco rígido.
2. Pressione a aba na portadora do disco rígido e levante o conjunto do disco rígido.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 43
3. Deslize o conjunto do disco rígido para fora do chassi e remova-o do compartimento da unidade de disco.
4. Solte a portadora do disco rígido para liberar os pontos de montagem na portadora dos slots no disco rígido.
5. Remova o disco rígido da respectiva portadora.
Como instalar o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
44 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 10. Como instalar o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas
Etapas
1. Alinhe os pontos de montagem na portadora com os slots no disco rígido.
2. Deslize o disco rígido dentro da portadora de disco rígido.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 45
3. Alinhe as abas na portadora de disco rígido com os slots no chassi e encaixe o conjunto do disco rígido no compartimento da unidade
de disco.
4. Conecte os cabos de dados e de alimentação aos conectores no disco rígido.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Gabinete da unidade de disco
Como remover o compartimento da unidade de disco
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do compartimento da unidade de disco e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
46 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 11. Como remover o compartimento da unidade de disco
Etapas
1. Se a unidade óptica estiver instalada, remova os cabos de alimentação e de dados das guias de passagem no compartimento da
unidade de disco.
2. Mova a alça de trava para destravar o compartimento da unidade de disco e desconectá-lo do chassi.
3. Levante a unidade de disco em um determinado ângulo e deslize-a para fora dos pontos de montagem no chassi.
4. Gire o compartimento da unidade de cabeça para baixo e coloque-o no chassi.
5. Se a unidade óptica estiver instalada, desconecte os cabos de dados e de alimentação dos conectores na unidade óptica.
6. Levante o compartimento da unidade de disco e retire-o do computador.
Como instalar o compartimento da unidade de disco
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 47
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do compartimento da unidade de disco e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
Figura 12. Como instalar o compartimento da unidade de disco
Etapas
1. Coloque o compartimento da unidade de disco no chassi.
2. Se a unidade óptica estiver instalada, conecte os cabos de dados e de alimentação aos conectores na unidade óptica.
3. Gire o compartimento do disco rígido de cabeça para baixo.
4. Deslize o compartimento da unidade de disco em um determinado ângulo para dentro do respectivo slot no chassi e alinhe os pontos
de montagem no compartimento da unidade de disco com os slots no chassi.
5. Gire o compartimento da unidade de disco para baixo até encaixá-lo no slot do chassi.
6. Mova a alça de travamento para travar o compartimento da unidade de disco no lugar.
7. Se a unidade óptica estiver instalada, passe os cabos de alimentação e de dados pelas guias de roteamento no compartimento da
unidade de disco.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
2. Instale a tampa frontal.
48 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
3. Instale a tampa lateral.
4. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Unidade óptica
Como remover a unidade óptica
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: A unidade óptica está localizada dentro do compartimento da unidade de disco. Siga o procedimento mencionado abaixo on
the disk-drive cage para remover ou instalar a unidade óptica.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto da unidade óptica e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 13. Como remover a unidade óptica
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 49
Etapas
1. Empurre a aba na unidade óptica para soltá-la do compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Deslize com cuidado a unidade óptica para fora do compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Retire o suporte da unidade óptica compacta para soltá-lo do slot na unidade óptica compacta.
4. Remova o suporte da unidade óptica compacta.
Como instalar a unidade óptica
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: A unidade óptica está localizada dentro do compartimento da unidade de disco. Siga o procedimento mencionado abaixo on
the disk-drive cage para remover ou instalar a unidade óptica.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade óptica e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 14. Como instalar a unidade óptica
Etapas
1. Insira os pinos de alinhamento no suporte da unidade óptica compacta nos slots da unidade óptica.
2. Encaixe o suporte na unidade óptica compacta.
50 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
3. Deslize a unidade óptica para dentro do compartimento da unidade de disco até encaixá-la no lugar.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Memória
Como remover o módulo de memória
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização dos módulos de memória e oferecem uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 15. Como remover a memória
Etapas
1. Com as pontas dos dedos, afaste com cuidado os clipes de fixação em cada extremidade do slot do módulo de memória (DIMM1,
DIMM2, DIMM3 ou DIMM4, conforme aplicável) .
2. Segure o módulo de memória próximo ao clipe de fixação e, em seguida, remova-o com cuidado do slot do módulo de memória.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos no módulo de memória, segure-o pelas bordas. Não toque nos componentes nem
nos contatos metálicos do módulo de memória, pois a descarga eletrostática pode causar danos graves aos
componentes. Para saber mais sobre a proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas, consulte Proteção contra
descargas eletrostáticas.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 51
NOTA: Se tiver dificuldade para remover o módulo de memória, mova-o cuidadosamente para frente e para trás até removê-lo do
slot.
NOTA: Anote o slot e a orientação do módulo de memória para recolocá-lo no slot correto.
3. Repita as etapas 1 e 2 para remover qualquer outro módulo de memória instalado no computador.
Como instalar o módulo de memória
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização dos módulos de memória e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 16. Como instalar a memória
Etapas
1. Certifique-se de que os clipes de fixação do módulo de memória estejam em uma posição aberta.
2. Alinhe o entalhe no módulo de memória com a aba no slot do módulo de memória (DIMM1, DIMM2, DIMM3 ou DIMM4, conforme
aplicável) .
3. Pressione para baixo o módulo de memória até ele encaixar na posição e os clipes de fixação travarem no lugar.
CUIDADO: Para evitar danos no módulo de memória, segure-o pelas bordas. Não toque nos componentes nem
nos contatos metálicos do módulo de memória, pois a descarga eletrostática pode causar danos graves aos
componentes. Para saber mais sobre a proteção contra descargas eletrostáticas, consulte Proteção contra
descargas eletrostáticas.
NOTA: Se não ouvir o clique, remova o módulo de memória e reinstale-o.
4. Repita as etapas 1 a 3 para instalar os outros módulos de memória no computador, se aplicável.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
52 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Unidades de estado sólido
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 do slot 0
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 0 e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de remoção.
Figura 17. Como remover unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 na placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e levante a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 para fora do slot 0 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-0) na placa de
sistema.
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 0
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: As etapas de 1 a 3 são aplicáveis apenas se você estiver instalando uma nova unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 pela primeira
vez no computador.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 53
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 0 e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de instalação.
Figura 18. Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 0
Etapas
1. Retire o filme de proteção na almofada térmica.
2. Alinhe e cole a almofada térmica no slot 0 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-0) na placa de sistema.
NOTA: A almofada térmica é reutilizável. A almofada térmica vem pré-instalada em sistemas enviados com unidade de estado
sólido. Se a unidade de estado sólido for adquirida separadamente, a almofada térmica deverá ser adquirida separadamente, pois
não faz parte do kit de unidade de estado sólido.
3. Retire o Mylar de proteção na almofada térmica.
4. Alinhe o entalhe na unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 com a aba no slot 0 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-0) na placa de
sistema.
5. Deslize a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 0 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-0) na placa de sistema.
6. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
54 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 do slot 1
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 1 e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de remoção.
Figura 19. Como remover unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 na placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e levante a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 para fora do slot 1 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIe SSD-1) na placa de
sistema.
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 1
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: As etapas de 1 a 3 são aplicáveis apenas se você estiver instalando uma nova unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 pela primeira
vez no computador.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 1 e são uma representação visual do procedimento
de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 55
Figura 20. Como instalar as unidades de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 1
Etapas
1. Retire o filme de proteção na almofada térmica.
2. Alinhe e cole a almofada térmica no slot 1 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-1) na placa de sistema.
NOTA: A almofada térmica é reutilizável. A almofada térmica vem pré-instalada em sistemas enviados com unidade de estado
sólido. Se a unidade de estado sólido for adquirida separadamente, a almofada térmica deverá ser adquirida separadamente, pois
não faz parte do kit de unidade de estado sólido.
3. Retire o Mylar de proteção na almofada térmica.
4. Alinhe o entalhe na unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 com a aba no slot 1 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-1) na placa de
sistema.
5. Deslize a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 no slot 1 da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIE SSD-1) na placa de sistema.
6. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
56 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
Figura 21. Como remover a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 na placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e levante a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 para removê-la do respectivo slot (M.2 PCIe SSD-2) na placa de sistema.
Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
NOTA: As etapas de 1 a 3 são aplicáveis apenas se você estiver instalando uma nova unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 pela primeira
vez no computador.
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 57
Figura 22. Como instalar a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280
Etapas
1. Retire o filme de proteção na almofada térmica.
2. Alinhe e cole a almofada térmica no slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 na placa de sistema.
NOTA: A almofada térmica é reutilizável. A almofada térmica vem pré-instalada em computadores enviados com unidade
de estado sólido. Se a unidade de estado sólido for adquirida separadamente, a almofada térmica deverá ser adquirida
separadamente, pois não faz parte do kit de unidade de estado sólido.
3. Retire o Mylar de proteção na almofada térmica.
4. Alinhe o entalhe na unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 com a aba no slot da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIe SSD-2) na placa de
sistema.
5. Deslize a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 no slot da unidade de estado sólido (M.2 PCIe SSD-2) na placa de sistema.
6. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa a unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
58 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Placa de rede sem fio
Como remover a placa de rede sem fio
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de rede sem fio e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 23. Como remover a placa de rede sem fio
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (M2x3.5) que prende o suporte da placa de rede sem fio à placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e remova o suporte da placa de rede sem fio da respectiva placa.
3. Desconecte os cabos da antena da placa sem fio.
4. Deslize e remova a placa de rede sem fio do respectivo slot (M.2 WLAN) na placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 59
Como instalar a placa de rede sem fio
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de rede sem fio e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 24. Como instalar a placa de rede sem fio
Etapas
1. Conecte os cabos da antena à placa de rede sem fio.
Tabela 28. Esquema de cores do cabo da antena
Conector na placa de Cor do cabo da antena Marcação de impressão serigráfica
rede sem fio
Principal Branco PRINCIPAL △ (triângulo branco)
Auxiliar Preto AUX ▲ (triângulo preto)
2. Coloque o suporte da placa de rede sem fio na respectiva placa.
3. Alinhe o entalhe na placa de rede sem fio com a aba no respectivo slot (M.2 WLAN).
4. Insira a placa de rede sem fio levemente inclinada no respectivo slot (M.2 WLAN).
5. Recoloque o parafuso (M2x3.5) que fixa o suporte da placa de rede sem fio na placa.
60 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Antena puck externa
Os computadores enviados com placa sem fio Intel Wi-Fi 6E AX211 vêm com uma antena SMA externa.
Para ver mais informações sobre o procedimento de instalação da antena SMA externa do computador, consulte o Guia de instalação da
antena OptiPlex na página da documentação de suporte do OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno.
Leitor de cartão de mídia
Como remover o leitor de cartão de mídia
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do leitor de cartão de mídia e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 25. Como remover o leitor de cartão de mídia
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 61
Etapas
1. Remova os cabos da fonte de alimentação das guias de passagem no suporte do leitor de cartão de mídia.
2. Remova os dois parafusos (M3x5) que fixam o suporte do leitor de cartão de mídia à placa de sistema e ao chassi.
3. Desconecte o leitor de cartão de mídia do respectivo conector (SD CARD) na placa de sistema.
4. Levante e remova o leitor de cartão de mídia juntamente com o suporte respectivo do sistema.
Como instalar o leitor de cartão de mídia
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do leitor de cartão de mídia e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 26. Como instalar o leitor de cartão de mídia
Etapas
1. Alinhe os orifícios dos parafusos no suporte do leitor de cartão de mídia com os orifícios correspondentes na placa de sistema e no
chassi.
2. Conecte o leitor de cartão de mídia ao respectivo conector (SD CARD) na placa de sistema.
3. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3x5) que fixam o suporte do leitor de cartão de mídia à placa de sistema e ao chassi.
4. Passe os cabos da fonte de alimentação pelas guias de roteamento no suporte do leitor de cartão de mídia.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
62 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Placa gráfica
Como remover a placa gráfica
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa gráfica e apresentam uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 27. Como remover a placa gráfica
Etapas
1. Puxe para abrir a trava da PCIe que prende a placa gráfica ao conector da placa PCI (SLOT 2).
2. Pressione e mantenha pressionada a aba que prende a placa gráfica ao conector da placa PCIe (SLOT 2).
3. Levante com cuidado a placa gráfica para removê-la do conector da placa PCIe (SLOT 2) na placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 63
Como instalar a placa gráfica
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa gráfica e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 28. Como instalar a placa gráfica
Etapas
1. NOTA: Certifique-se de que a porta PCIe esteja na posição aberta e que a aba de liberação no slot PCIe (SLOT 2) esteja voltada
para baixo.
Alinhe a placa gráfica com o conector na placa de sistema.
2. Pressione com cuidado a placa gráfica até que a aba no conector da placa PCIe (SLOT 2) trave no lugar.
3. Feche a trava da PCIe para prender a placa gráfica no conector da placa PCI (SLOT 2).
64 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Alto-falante interno
Como remover o alto-falante interno
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do alto-falante e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 29. Como remover o alto-falante
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do alto-falante do respectivo conector (INT SPKR) na placa de sistema.
2. Remova o cabo do alto-falante das guias de passagem no chassi.
3. Pressione a aba, levante e deslize o alto-falante com o cabo para fora do slot no chassi.
Como instalar o alto-falante interno
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do alto-falante e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 65
Figura 30. Como instalar o alto-falante
Etapas
1. Pressione a aba do alto-falante e deslize o alto-falante no slot do chassi até encaixá-lo no lugar.
2. Passe o cabo do alto-falante pela guia de passagem no chassi.
3. Conecte o cabo do alto-falante ao respectivo conector (INT SPKR) na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Sensor de violação
Como remover o sensor de violação
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do sensor de violação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
66 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
Figura 31. Como remover o sensor de violação
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do sensor de violação do respectivo conector (INTRUSION) na placa de sistema.
2. Deslize e levante o sensor de violação para fora do computador.
Como instalar o sensor de violação
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do sensor de violação e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente) 67
Figura 32. Como instalar o sensor de violação
Etapas
1. Deslize o sensor de violação no slot no chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do sensor de violação ao respectivo conector (INTRUSION) na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a tampa lateral.
2. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
68 Como remover e instalar as CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units, unidades substituíveis pelo cliente)
8
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-
Replaceable Units)
Os componentes substituíveis neste capítulo são FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units).
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção e a instalação de FRUs se destinam apenas a técnicos de serviço
autorizados.
CUIDADO: Para evitar possíveis danos ao componente ou perda de dados, certifique-se de que um técnico de serviço
autorizado substitua as unidades substituíveis em campo (FRUs).
CUIDADO: A Dell Technologies recomenda que esse conjunto de reparos, se necessário, seja conduzido por especialistas
treinados em reparo técnico.
CUIDADO: Lembre-se de que sua garantia não cobre danos que possam ocorrer durante reparos de FRU que não sejam
autorizados pela Dell Technologies.
NOTA: As imagens neste documento podem ser diferentes do seu computador, dependendo da configuração que você encomendou.
Botão liga/desliga
Como remover o botão liga/desliga
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do botão liga / desliga e apresenta uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 69
Figura 33. Como remover o botão liga/desliga
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do botão liga/desliga do conector (PWR SW) na placa de sistema.
2. Pressione e solte as abas do conjunto do botão liga/desliga e remova-o do chassi.
3. Deslize o cabo do botão liga/desliga para fora da parte frontal do chassi do computador e remova o botão liga/desliga do computador.
Como instalar o botão liga/desliga
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do botão liga/desliga e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
70 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 34. Como instalar o botão liga/desliga
Etapas
1. Insira o cabo do botão liga/desliga pelo slot no chassi a partir da parte frontal do computador.
2. Alinhe e coloque o conjunto do botão liga/desliga no slot do chassi até encaixá-lo no lugar.
3. Conecte o cabo do botão liga/desliga ao respectivo conector (PWR SW) na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Ventilador do sistema
Como remover o ventilador do sistema
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do ventilador do sistema e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 71
Figura 35. Como remover o ventilador do sistema
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do ventilador do sistema do conector (FAN SYS) na placa de sistema.
2. Puxe com cuidado os dois pinos de borracha superiores para soltar o ventilador do chassi.
NOTA: Os pinos de borracha devem ser reutilizados durante a substituição do ventilador do sistema.
3. Deslize e empurre os pinos de borracha inferiores para dentro do chassi pelos orifícios no chassi.
4. Remova o ventilador do sistema do chassi.
5. Puxe com cuidado os dois pinos de borracha inferiores do ventilador do sistema.
Como instalar o ventilador do sistema
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
72 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do ventilador do sistema e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 36. Como instalar o ventilador do sistema
Etapas
1. Instale os dois pinos de borracha inferiores no ventilador do sistema.
NOTA: Instale os pinos de borracha no sentido da seta impressa no ventilador do sistema.
NOTA: Verifique se o sentido do fluxo de ar vai à parte interna do chassi e se a etiqueta de identificação da peça no ventilador
está na parte superior do ventilador.
2. Coloque o ventilador do sistema no chassi e insira os pinos de borracha nos orifícios no chassi.
3. Deslize os pinos de borracha para baixo até fixá-los no chassi.
4. Insira os dois pinos de borracha restantes pelos orifícios no chassi.
5. Empurrando e segurando cuidadosamente o ventilador do sistema em direção ao chassi, puxe os dois pinos de borracha pelos orifícios
no ventilador do sistema, até que ele se encaixe no lugar, quando um clique será ouvido.
6. Conecte o cabo do ventilador do sistema ao seu conector (FAN SYS) na placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 73
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulo da antena sem fio
Módulo da antena interna
Como remover o módulo da antena interna
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova a placa sem fio.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo da antena interna e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
74 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 37. Como remover o módulo da antena interna
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 75
Figura 38. Módulo da antena interna
Etapas
1. Puxe com cuidado o cabo do módulo da antena interna para fora do slot no chassi.
2. Remova o cabo do módulo da antena interna das guias de passagem no chassi.
3. Remova os dois parafusos (M3x3) que prendem o módulo da antena interna ao chassi.
4. Remova o módulo da antena interna do chassi.
Como instalar o módulo da antena interna
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo da antena interna e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
76 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 77
Figura 39. Como instalar o módulo da antena interna
Etapas
1. Remova as películas de proteção Mylar das antenas internas, se disponíveis.
2. Insira as guias nas antenas internas nos slots do chassi.
As antenas devem ser instaladas nos slots apropriados do chassi. A tabela a seguir traz orientações sobre o método de instalação
correto.
Tabela 29. Esquema de cores do cabo da antena
ETIQUETA DO CHASSI COR DO CABO DA ANTENA
ANT-W Branco
ANT-B Preto
3. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3x3) que fixam o módulo da antena interna no chassi.
4. Passe o cabo do módulo da antena interna pelas guias de roteamento no chassi.
5. Rosqueie o cabo do módulo da antena interna através do slot no chassi.
78 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a placa de rede sem fio.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulo da antena SMA externa
Como remover o módulo da antena externa do SMA
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova a placa sem fio.
7. Remova e reinstale a placa gráfica, se aplicável.
8. Remova a antena externa.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo da antena externa do SMA e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
remoção.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 79
Figura 40. Como remover o módulo da antena externa do SMA
Etapas
1. Remova a porca e a arruela das cabeças da antena.
2. Solte cuidadosamente as cabeças da antena e retire-as do chassi.
3. Remova os cabos de antena das guias de passagem na placa de sistema.
4. Remova o módulo da antena externa do SMA da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o módulo da antena SMA externa
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo da antena SMA externa e são uma representação visual do procedimento de
instalação.
80 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 41. Como instalar o módulo da antena SMA externa
Etapas
1. NOTA: As etapas 1, 2 e 3 são necessárias ao instalar o kit da antena SMA pela primeira vez.
Usando uma chave de fenda, empurre e remova a tampa da antena do chassi.
2. Remova a tampa da antena da chave de fenda e descarte a tampa da antena.
3. Alinhe os pinos no clipe com os orifícios na placa de sistema e pressione o clipe para prendê-lo à placa de sistema.
4. Empurre as cabeças da antena para dentro dos slots na parte traseira do chassi.
5. Instale a porca e a arruela para prender as cabeças da antena ao chassi.
6. Passe os cabos de antena pelas guias de roteamento na placa de sistema.
7. Pressione o cabo da antena no clipe na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale a antena externa.
2. Instale a placa gráfica.
3. Instale a placa de rede sem fio.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 81
4. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
5. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
6. Instale a tampa frontal.
7. Instale a tampa lateral.
8. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Unidade de fonte de alimentação
Como remover a fonte de alimentação
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da fonte de alimentação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
82 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 42. Como remover a fonte de alimentação
Etapas
1. Desconecte os cabos da fonte de alimentação de seus conectores (ATX CPU1, ATX CPU2 e ATX SYS) na placa de sistema.
2. Remova os cabos da fonte de alimentação das guias de passagem no chassi.
3. Remova os três parafusos (#6-32) que fixam a fonte de alimentação ao chassi.
4. Deslize e remova a fonte de alimentação do chassi.
Como instalar a fonte de alimentação
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da fonte de alimentação e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 83
Figura 43. Como instalar a fonte de alimentação
Etapas
1. Coloque a fonte de alimentação no chassi e deslize-a em direção à parte traseira do chassi.
2. Recoloque os três parafusos (#6-32) que fixam a unidade da fonte de alimentação ao chassi.
3. Passe os cabos da fonte de alimentação pelas guias de passagem no chassi.
4. Conecte os cabos da fonte de alimentação aos respectivos conectores (ATX CPU1, ATX CPU2 e ATX SYS) na placa de sistema.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
84 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do
processador
Como remover o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do
processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador e são uma representação visual
do procedimento de remoção.
CUIDADO: Para garantir o máximo resfriamento do processador, não toque nas áreas de transferência de dissipador de
calor. A oleosidade da pele pode reduzir a capacidade de transferência de calor da graxa térmica.
NOTA: O dissipador de calor pode esquentar durante a operação normal. Aguarde tempo suficiente para o resfriamento do dissipador
de calor antes de tocá-lo.
Figura 44. Como remover o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 85
Etapas
1. Desconecte o cabo do ventilador do processador do respectivo conector (FAN CPU) na placa de sistema.
2. Na ordem sequencial inversa (4>3>2>1), solte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros que prendem o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de
calor do processador à placa de sistema.
3. Retire o conjunto de ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador da placa de sistema.
Como instalar o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do
processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador e é uma representação visual do
procedimento de instalação.
NOTA: Se o processador ou o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor for substituído, use a graxa térmica enviada com o kit para
garantir que a condutividade térmica seja atingida.
Figura 45. Como instalar o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador
Etapas
1. Coloque o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador na placa de sistema e alinhe os parafusos prisioneiros aos
orifícios de parafuso na placa de sistema.
2. Na ordem sequencial (1 > 2 > 3 > 4), aperte os quatro parafusos prisioneiros que fixam o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor
do processador na placa de sistema.
3. Conecte o cabo do ventilador do processador ao seu conector (FAN CPU) na placa de sistema.
86 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
2. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
3. Instale a tampa frontal.
4. Instale a tampa lateral.
5. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Processador
Como remover o processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do processador e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção:
ATENÇÃO: O processador pode ainda estar quente depois que o computador for desligado. Deixe o processador esfriar
antes de removê-lo.
Figura 46. Como remover o processador
Etapas
1. Pressione a alavanca de liberação para baixo e para fora do processador a fim de liberá-la da aba de fixação.
2. Estenda completamente a alavanca de liberação e abra a tampa do processador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 87
CUIDADO: Ao remover o processador, não deixe cair nenhum objeto sobre os pinos no interior do soquete nem toque
neles.
3. Levante cuidadosamente o processador do respectivo soquete.
Como instalar o processador
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do processador e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação:
Figura 47. Como instalar o processador
Etapas
1. Certifique-se de que a alavanca de liberação no soquete do processador está totalmente estendida na posição aberta.
NOTA: O canto do pino 1 do processador tem um triângulo que se alinha ao triângulo no canto do pino 1 do soquete do
processador. Quando o processador está assentado corretamente, todos os quatro cantos ficam alinhados no mesmo nível. Se
um ou mais cantos do processador estiver(em) mais alto(s) que os outros, isso significa que o processador não está encaixado
corretamente.
2. Alinhe os entalhes no processador com as abas no soquete do processador e coloque o processador no soquete do processador.
CUIDADO: Certifique-se de que o entalhe da tampa do processador esteja posicionado sob a haste de alinhamento.
3. Quando o processador estiver totalmente encaixado no soquete, gire a alavanca de liberação para baixo e coloque-a sob a aba na
tampa do processador.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
88 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulos de entrada/saída opcionais
Módulo serial
Como remover o módulo serial
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo serial e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 48. Como remover o módulo serial
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M3) que prendem o módulo serial ao chassi.
2. Desconecte o cabo do módulo serial do respectivo conector (KB MS, SERIAL) na placa de sistema.
3. Levante o módulo serial para retirá-lo da placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 89
Como instalar o módulo serial
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização do módulo serial e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 49. Como instalar o módulo serial
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave de fenda, remova a tampa do módulo serial do chassi.
NOTA: Esta etapa é aplicável somente quando o módulo serial é instalado pela primeira vez.
NOTA: Para remover a tampa do módulo opcional, insira uma chave de fenda no orifício da tampa, empurre o suporte para
soltá-lo e, em seguida, levante a tampa para fora do chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do módulo serial ao respectivo conector (KB MS, SERIAL) na placa de sistema.
3. Insira o módulo serial no respectivo slot no chassi.
4. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3) que prendem o módulo serial ao chassi.
90 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulo DisplayPort
Como remover o módulo DisplayPort
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo DisplayPort e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 50. Como remover o módulo DisplayPort
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M3x3) que prendem o módulo DisplayPort ao chassi.
2. Desconecte o cabo do módulo DisplayPort do respectivo conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Levante o módulo DisplayPort para removê-lo da placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 91
Como instalar o módulo DisplayPort
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo DisplayPort e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 51. Como instalar o módulo DisplayPort
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave de fenda, remova a tampa do módulo DisplayPort do chassi.
NOTA: Esta etapa é aplicável somente quando o módulo DisplayPort é instalado pela primeira vez.
NOTA: Para remover a tampa do módulo opcional, insira uma chave de fenda no orifício da tampa, empurre o suporte para
soltá-lo e, em seguida, levante a tampa para fora do chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do módulo DisplayPort ao respectivo conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Insira o módulo DisplayPort no slot do chassi.
4. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3x3) que prendem o módulo DisplayPort ao chassi.
92 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulo HDMI
Como remover o módulo HDMI
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo HDMI opcional e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 52. Como remover o módulo HDMI
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M3x3) que fixam o módulo HDMI no chassi.
2. Desconecte o cabo do módulo HDMI do conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Levante o módulo HDMI para retirá-lo da placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 93
Como instalar o módulo HDMI
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo HDMI e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 53. Como instalar o módulo HDMI
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave de fenda, remova a tampa do módulo HDMI do chassi.
NOTA: Esta etapa é aplicável somente quando o módulo HDMI estiver sendo instalado pela primeira vez.
NOTA: Para remover a tampa do módulo opcional, insira uma chave de fenda no orifício da tampa, empurre o suporte para
soltá-lo e, em seguida, levante a tampa para fora do chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do módulo HDMI ao respectivo conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Insira o painel de HDMI no respectivo slot no chassi.
4. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3x3) que prendem o módulo HDMI ao chassi.
94 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulo VGA
Como remover o módulo VGA
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo VGA opcional e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 54. Como remover o módulo VGA
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M3) que fixam o módulo VGA no chassi.
2. Desconecte o cabo do módulo VGA do conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Levante o módulo VGA para retirá-lo da placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 95
Como instalar o módulo VGA
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo VGA e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 55. Como instalar o módulo VGA
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave de fenda, remova a tampa do módulo VGA do chassi.
NOTA: Esta etapa é aplicável somente quando o módulo VGA estiver sendo instalado pela primeira vez.
NOTA: Para remover a tampa do módulo opcional, insira uma chave de fenda no orifício da tampa, empurre o suporte para
soltá-lo e, em seguida, levante a tampa para fora do chassi.
2. Conecte o cabo do módulo VGA ao respectivo conector (VIDEO) na placa de sistema.
3. Insira o painel de VGA no respectivo slot no chassi.
4. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3) que prendem o módulo VGA ao chassi.
96 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Módulo Type-C
Como remover o módulo Type-C
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo Type-C e é uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
Figura 56. Como remover o módulo Type-C
Etapas
1. Remova os dois parafusos (M3x3) que fixam o módulo Type-C no chassi.
2. Desconecte os cabos do módulo Type-C dos respectivos conectores (VIDEO e TYPE-C) na placa de sistema.
3. Levante o módulo Type-C e remova-o da placa de sistema.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 97
Como instalar o módulo Type-C
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica a localização do módulo Type-C e é uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 57. Como instalar o módulo Type-C
Etapas
1. Usando uma chave de fenda, remova a tampa do módulo Type-C do chassi.
NOTA: Esta etapa é aplicável somente quando o módulo Type-C está sendo instalado pela primeira vez.
NOTA: Para remover a tampa do módulo opcional, insira uma chave de fenda no orifício da tampa, empurre o suporte para
soltá-lo e, em seguida, levante a tampa para fora do chassi.
2. Conecte os cabos do módulo Type-C aos respectivos conectores (VIDEO e TYPE-C) na placa de sistema.
3. Insira o módulo Type-C no respectivo slot no chassi.
4. Recoloque os dois parafusos (M3x3) que fixam o módulo Type-C no chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
2. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
3. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
98 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
4. Instale a tampa frontal.
5. Instale a tampa lateral.
6. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Placa de sistema
Como remover a placa de sistema
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
1. Siga o procedimento descrito em Antes de trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
2. Remova a tampa lateral.
3. Remova a tampa frontal.
4. Remova o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
5. Remova o compartimento da unidade de disco.
6. Remova o leitor de cartão de mídia, se aplicável.
7. Remova e reinstale a placa gráfica, se aplicável.
8. Remova os módulos de memória.
9. Remova as unidades de estado sólido, conforme aplicável.
10. Remova a placa de rede sem fio ou a antena SMA externa, conforme aplicável.
11. Remova o sensor de violação.
12. Remova o módulo da antena SMA externa, se aplicável.
13. Remova o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
14. Remova o processador.
15. Remova os módulos de E/S opcionais, conforme aplicável.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica os conectores na placa de sistema.
Figura 58. Visão geral da placa de sistema
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 99
1. Conector do sensor de violação (VIOLAÇÃO)
2. Conector de alimentação da CPU ATX (ATX CPU1 e ATX CPU2)
3. Conector do ventilador do processador (FAN CPU)
4. Slots UDIMM
A partir da esquerda (a>b>c>d):
DIMM 3
DIMM 1
DIMM 4
DIMM 2
5. Conector de dados do disco rígido (SATA-1)
6. Slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 (M.2 PCIe SSD-1)
7. Conector do botão liga/desliga (PWR SW)
8. Slot do leitor de cartão SD (SD CARD)
9. Slot M.2 WLAN (M.2 WLAN)
10. Slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 (M.2 PCIe SSD-2)
11. Conector do ventilador do chassi (FAN SYS)
12. Conector de alimentação do sistema (ATX SYS)
13. Alto-falante interno (INT SPKR)
14. Conector de dados do disco rígido (SATA-0)
15. Conector de dados da unidade óptica/disco rígido (SATA 3)
16. Conector de energia da SATA (SATA PWR)
17. Slot PCIe x16 (SLOT 2)
18. Slot PCIe x4 (SLOT 1)
19. Slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 (M.2 PCIe SSD-0)
20. Conector Type-C opcional (TYPE-C)
21. Soquete da bateria de célula tipo moeda (RTC)
22. Conector de vídeo opcional (VIDEO)
23. Soquete do processador
24. Conector do módulo PS2 serial (KB MS, SERIAL)
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de sistema e são uma representação visual do procedimento de remoção.
100 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 59. Como remover a placa de sistema
Etapas
1. Remova o parafuso (#6-32) que fixa o suporte de E/S frontal no chassi.
2. Gire e remova o suporte frontal de E/S do chassi.
3. Desconecte o cabo de dados do disco rígido do conector (SATA 0) na placa de sistema.
4. Remova o cabo de dados do disco rígido das respectivas guias de passagem e mantenha-o afastado.
5. Remova os dois parafusos (#6–32) que prendem o suporte de apoio do compartimento ao chassi e à placa de sistema.
6. Levante e remova o suporte de apoio do compartimento do chassi.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 101
Figura 60. Como remover a placa de sistema
7. Desconecte os cabos da fonte de alimentação de seus conectores (ATX CPU1, ATX CPU2 e ATX SYS) na placa de sistema.
8. Desconecte o cabo do botão liga/desliga do conector (PWR SW) na placa de sistema.
9. Desconecte o cabo do ventilador do sistema do conector (FAN SYS) na placa de sistema.
10. Desconecte o cabo do alto-falante do respectivo conector (INT SPKR) na placa de sistema.
11. Desconecte o cabo de alimentação SATA do conector (SATA PWR) na placa de sistema.
102 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 61. Como remover a placa de sistema
12. Remova os quatro parafusos (#6-32) que fixam a placa de sistema ao chassi.
13. Remova a montagem do parafuso que prende a placa de sistema ao chassi, se aplicável.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 103
Figura 62. Como remover a placa de sistema
14. Solte a placa de sistema do painel de E/S traseiro deslizando-a em direção à direita e levante a placa de sistema para fora do chassi.
Como instalar a placa de sistema
CUIDADO: As informações nesta seção sobre a remoção destinam-se apenas a técnicos de serviço autorizados.
Pré-requisitos
Se estiver substituindo um componente, remova o componente existente antes de executar o procedimento de instalação.
Sobre esta tarefa
A imagem a seguir indica os conectores na placa de sistema.
104 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 63. Visão geral da placa de sistema
1. Conector do sensor de violação (VIOLAÇÃO)
2. Conector de alimentação da CPU ATX (ATX CPU1 e ATX CPU2)
3. Conector do ventilador do processador (FAN CPU)
4. Slots UDIMM
A partir da esquerda (a>b>c>d):
DIMM 3
DIMM 1
DIMM 4
DIMM 2
5. Conector de dados do disco rígido (SATA-1)
6. Slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 (M.2 PCIe SSD-1)
7. Conector do botão liga/desliga (PWR SW)
8. Slot do leitor de cartão SD (SD CARD)
9. Slot M.2 WLAN (M.2 WLAN)
10. Slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2280 (M.2 PCIe SSD-2)
11. Conector do ventilador do chassi (FAN SYS)
12. Conector de alimentação do sistema (ATX SYS)
13. Alto-falante interno (INT SPKR)
14. Conector de dados do disco rígido (SATA-0)
15. Conector de dados da unidade óptica/disco rígido (SATA 3)
16. Conector de energia da SATA (SATA PWR)
17. Slot PCIe x16 (SLOT 2)
18. Slot PCIe x4 (SLOT 1)
19. Slot da unidade de estado sólido M.2 2230 (M.2 PCIe SSD-0)
20. Conector Type-C opcional (TYPE-C)
21. Soquete da bateria de célula tipo moeda (RTC)
22. Conector de vídeo opcional (VIDEO)
23. Soquete do processador
24. Conector do módulo PS2 serial (KB MS, SERIAL)
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 105
As imagens a seguir indicam a localização da placa de sistema e são uma representação visual do procedimento de instalação.
Figura 64. Como instalar a placa de sistema
Etapas
1. Alinhe e abaixe a placa de sistema no sistema até que os espaçadores na parte traseira da placa de sistema se alinhem com aqueles do
chassi.
106 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 65. Como instalar a placa de sistema
2. Recoloque a montagem do parafuso que prende a placa de sistema ao chassi, se aplicável.
3. Recoloque os quatro parafusos (#6-32) que prendem a placa de sistema ao chassi.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 107
Figura 66. Como instalar a placa de sistema
4. Passe e conecte o cabo de alimentação SATA ao conector (SATA PWR) na placa de sistema.
5. Passe e conecte o cabo do alto-falante ao respectivo conector (INT SPKR) na placa de sistema.
6. Passe e conecte o cabo do ventilador do sistema ao conector (FAN SYS) na placa de sistema.
7. Passe e conecte o cabo do botão liga/desliga ao conector (PWR SW) na placa de sistema.
8. Passe e conecte os cabos da fonte de alimentação aos conectores (ATX CPU1, ATX CPU2 e ATX SYS) na placa de sistema.
108 Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units)
Figura 67. Como instalar a placa de sistema
9. Alinhe o orifício do parafuso no suporte de apoio do compartimento com o orifício correspondente no chassi.
10. Recoloque os dois parafusos (#6-32) que prendem o suporte de apoio do compartimento ao chassi.
11. Passe e conecte o cabo do disco rígido ao respectivo conector (SATA-0) na placa de sistema.
12. Posicione e alinhe o suporte de E/S frontal ao slot de E/S no chassi.
13. Recoloque o parafuso (#6-32) que fixa o suporte frontal de E/S no chassi.
Próximas etapas
1. Instale os módulos de E/S opcionais, conforme aplicável.
2. Instale o processador.
3. Instale o conjunto do ventilador e dissipador de calor do processador.
4. Instale o módulo da antena externa SMA, se aplicável.
5. Instale o sensor de violação.
6. Instale a placa de rede sem fio ou a antena SMA externa, conforme aplicável.
7. Instale as unidades de estado sólido.
8. Instale os módulos de memória.
9. Instale a placa gráfica.
10. Instale o leitor de cartão de mídia, se aplicável.
11. Instale o compartimento da unidade de disco.
12. Instale o disco rígido de 3,5 polegadas, se necessário.
13. Instale a tampa frontal.
14. Instale a tampa lateral.
15. Siga o procedimento descrito em Após trabalhar na parte interna do computador.
Como remover e instalar FRUs (Field-Replaceable Units) 109
9
Software
Este capítulo apresenta em detalhes os sistemas operacionais compatíveis, além de instruções sobre como instalar os drivers.
Sistema operacional
O OptiPlex Plus 7020 em formato pequeno suporta os seguintes sistemas operacionais:
● Windows 11 Home
● Windows 11 Pro
● Windows 11 Pro National Education
● Ubuntu Linux 22.04 LTS
Drivers e downloads
Durante a solução de problemas, o download ou a instalação de drivers, é recomendável que você leia o artigo da base de conhecimento
da Dell 000123347, Perguntas frequentes sobre drivers e downloads.
110 Software
10
Configuração do BIOS
NOTA: Dependendo do computador e dos dispositivos nele instalados, as opções listadas nesta seção poderão ser exibidas, ou não.
CUIDADO: Certas alterações podem fazer com que o computador funcione de modo incorreto. Antes de alterar as
configurações na configuração do BIOS, é recomendável anotar as configurações originais para referência futura.
Use a configuração do BIOS para os seguintes fins:
● Obter informações sobre o hardware instalado em seu computador, como a quantidade de memória RAM e a capacidade do
dispositivo de armazenamento.
● Alterar as informações de configuração do sistema.
● Definir ou alterar uma opção selecionável pelo usuário, como a senha do usuário, o tipo de dispositivo de armazenamento instalado e
ativar ou desativar os dispositivos de base.
Entrando no programa Configuração do BIOS
Sobre esta tarefa
Ligue (ou reinicie) o computador e pressione F2 imediatamente.
Teclas de navegação
NOTA: Na maioria das opções de configuração do BIOS, as alterações efetuadas são registradas, mas elas só serão aplicadas quando
o computador for reiniciado.
Tabela 30. Teclas de navegação
Teclas Navegação
Seta para cima Passa para o campo anterior.
Seta para baixo Passa para o próximo campo.
Enter Seleciona um valor no campo selecionado (se aplicável) ou segue o
link no campo.
Barra de espaço Expande ou recolhe uma lista suspensa, se aplicável.
Guia Passa para a próxima área de foco.
Esc Passa para a página anterior até que você veja a tela principal.
Pressione Esc na tela principal para exibir uma mensagem que pede
para salvar as mudanças feitas e reiniciar o computador.
Menu de inicialização única com a tecla F12
Para acessar o menu de inicialização única, ligue ou reinicie o computador e, em seguida, pressione F12 imediatamente.
NOTA: Se não for possível entrar no menu de inicialização única, repita a ação acima.
O menu de inicialização única exibe os dispositivos em que você pode fazer a inicialização, bem como as opções para iniciar o diagnóstico.
As opções do menu de inicialização são:
● Unidade removível (se disponível)
● Unidade STXXXX (se disponível)
Configuração do BIOS 111
NOTA: XXX identifica o número da unidade SATA.
● Unidade óptica (se disponível)
● Disco rígido SATA (se disponível)
● Diagnóstico
A tela do menu de inicialização única também exibe a opção de acessar a configuração do BIOS.
Opções de configuração do sistema
NOTA: Dependendo do seu computador e dos dispositivos instalados, os itens listados nesta seção podem ou não serem exibidos.
Tabela 31. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Overview
Visão geral
BIOS Version Exibe o número da versão do BIOS.
Service Tag Exibe a etiqueta de serviço do computador.
Asset Tag Exibe a etiqueta de inventário do computador.
Manufacture Date Exibe a data de fabricação do computador.
Ownership Date Exibe a data de aquisição do computador.
Express Service Code Exibe o código de serviço expresso do computador.
Ownership Tag Exibe a etiqueta de propriedade do computador.
Signed Firmware Update Exibe se a atualização de firmware assinado está habilitada no computador.
Por padrão, a opção Signed Firmware Update está ativada.
Processor Information
Processor Type Exibe o tipo de processador.
Maximum Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade máxima do relógio do processador.
Minimum Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade mínima do relógio do processador.
Current Clock Speed Exibe a velocidade atual do relógio do processador.
Core Count Exibe o número de núcleos no processador.
Processor ID Exibe o código de identificação do processador.
Processor L2 Cache Exibe o tamanho do cache L2 do processador.
Processor L3 Cache Exibe o tamanho do cache L3 do processador.
Microcode Version Exibe a versão do microcódigo.
Intel Hyper-Threading Capable Exibe se o processador é compatível com Hyper-Threading (HT).
64-Bit Technology Exibe se a tecnologia de 64 bits é usada.
Memory Information
Memory Installed Exibe o total de memória instalada no computador.
Memory Available Exibe o total de memória disponível no computador.
Memory Speed Exibe a velocidade da memória.
Memory Channel Mode Exibe o modo single ou dual channel.
Memory Technology Exibe a tecnologia utilizada para a memória.
DIMM 1 Size Exibe o tamanho da memória DIMM 1.
112 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 31. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Overview (continuação)
Visão geral
DIMM 2 Size Exibe o tamanho da memória DIMM 2.
DIMM 3 Size Exibe o tamanho da memória DIMM 3.
DIMM 4 Size Exibe o tamanho da memória DIMM 4.
Devices Information
Video Controller Exibe o tipo do controlador de vídeo do computador.
Video Memory Exibe informações da memória de vídeo do computador.
Wi-Fi Device Exibe informações do dispositivo de rede sem fio do computador.
Native Resolution Exibe a resolução nativa do computador.
Video BIOS Version Exibe a versão do BIOS de vídeo do computador.
Audio Controller Exibe informações do controlador de áudio do computador.
Bluetooth Device Exibe as informações do dispositivo Bluetooth do computador.
LOM MAC Address Exibe o endereço MAC da LOM do computador.
dGPU Video Controller Exibe o controlador de vídeo dGPU do computador.
Slot 1 Exibe as informações do slot 1 do computador.
Slot 2 Exibe as informações do slot 2 do computador.
Tabela 32. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Boot Configuration
Boot Configuration
Boot Sequence
Boot Mode: UEFI only Exibe o modo de inicialização do computador.
Boot Sequence Exibe a sequência de boot.
Ativar prioridade de inicialização PXE Ativa ou desativa a priorização no topo da sequência de boot de uma nova opção de
inicialização PXE.
Por padrão, a opção Enable PXE Boot Priority está desativada.
Force PXE na próxima inicialização Ativa ou desativa o Force PXE na próxima inicialização.
Por padrão, a opção Force PXE on Next Boot não está selecionada.
Secure Digital (SD) Card Boot Ativa ou desativa a inicialização de somente leitura partir do cartão Secure Digital (SD).
Por padrão, a opção Secure Digital (SD) Card Boot está ativada.
Secure Boot A inicialização segura é um método para garantir a integridade do caminho de
inicialização, realizando validação adicional do sistema operacional e das placas
adicionais PCI. O computador para de inicializar no sistema operacional quando um
componente não é autenticado durante o processo de inicialização. O Secure Boot pode
ser ativado na instalação do BIOS ou usando interfaces de gerenciamento, como o Dell
Command|Configure, mas só pode ser desativado na instalação do BIOS.
Enable Secure Boot Ativa a inicialização do computador usando somente software de inicialização validado.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Secure Boot está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Secure Boot
ativada para garantir que o firmware UEFI valide o sistema operacional durante o
processo de inicialização.
NOTA: Para que a inicialização segura seja ativada, o computador deve estar no
modo UEFI boot e a opção Enable Legacy Option ROMs deve estar desativada.
Configuração do BIOS 113
Tabela 32. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Boot Configuration (continuação)
Boot Configuration
Enable Microsoft UEFI CA Quando desativado, o CA UEFI é removido do banco de dados UEFI da inicialização
segura do BIOS.
NOTA: Quando desativado, o CA UEFI da Microsoft pode tornar o computador
incapaz de inicializar, a placa gráfica do computador pode não funcionar, alguns
dispositivos podem não funcionar corretamente e o computador pode ficar
irrecuperável.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Microsoft UEFI CA está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Microsoft
UEFI CA ativada para garantir a mais ampla compatibilidade com dispositivos e sistemas
operacionais.
Secure Boot Mode Ativa ou desativa o modo de operação de inicialização segura.
Por padrão, o Deployed Mode está selecionado.
NOTA: O Deployed Mode deve ser selecionado para a operação normal da
inicialização segura.
Expert Key Management
Enable Custom Mode Ativa ou desativa as chaves nos bancos de dados de chaves de segurança PK, KEK, db
e dbx a serem modificadas.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Custom Mode está desativada.
Custom Mode Key Management Selecione os valores personalizados para o gerenciamento de chaves especializadas.
Por padrão, a opção PK está selecionada.
Tabela 33. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Integrated Devices
Integrated Devices
Date/Time
Date Define a data do computador no formato MM/DD/AAAA. Alterações de formato de
data entram em vigor imediatamente.
Time Define a hora do computador no formato de 24 horas HH/MM/SS. Você pode alternar
entre um relógio de 12 e 24 horas. As alterações de formato de hora entram em vigor
imediatamente.
Áudio
Enable Audio Ativa todo o controlador de áudio integrado.
Por padrão, todas as opções estão ativadas.
Enable Microphone Ativa o microfone.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Microphone está ativada.
NOTA: Dependendo da configuração solicitada, a opção de configuração do
microfone pode não estar disponível.
Enable Internal Speaker Ativa o alto-falante interno.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intenal Speaker está ativada.
USB Configuration
Enable Front USB Ports Ativa as portas USB frontais.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Front USB Ports está ativada.
Enable Rear USB Ports Ativa as portas USB traseiras.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Rear USB Ports está ativada.
114 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 33. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Integrated Devices (continuação)
Integrated Devices
Enable USB Boot Support Ativa a inicialização a partir de dispositivos de armazenamento em massa USB
conectados às portas USB externas.
Por padrão, a opção Enable USB Boot Support está ativada.
Front USB Configuration Permite que o usuário habilite ou desabilite as portas USB frontais.
Por padrão, todas as portas USB frontais estão ativadas.
Rear USB Configuration Permite que o usuário habilite ou desabilite as portas USB traseiras.
Por padrão, todas as portas USB traseiras estão ativadas.
Dust Filter Maintenance
Dust Filter Maintenance Ativa ou desativa mensagens do BIOS para manter o filtro de pó opcional instalado no
computador.
Por padrão, a configuração de Dust Filter Maintenance está desativada.
Tabela 34. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Storage
Armazenamento
SATA/NVMe Operation
SATA/NVMe Operation Configura o modo de operação do controlador de unidade do disco rígido SATA
integrado.
Por padrão, a opção RAID On está selecionada.
Storage Interface Exibe as informações de várias unidades integradas.
Port Enablement Ativa ou desativa a opção SSD M.2 PCIe.
Por padrão, a opção SATA está ativada.
Por padrão, a opção M.2 PCIe SSD está ativada.
SMART Reporting Exibe as informações de vários drives integrados.
Enable SMART Reporting Ativa ou desativa o BIOS para relatar erros de disco rígido integrado durante a
inicialização do sistema.
Por padrão, a opção Enable SMART Reporting está desativada.
Drive Information Exibe as informações de vários drives integrados.
Enable MediaCard
Secure Digital (SD) Card Ativa ou desativa o cartão SD.
Por padrão, a opção Secure Digital (SD) Card está ativada.
Secure Digital (SD) Card Read-Only Mode Ativa ou desativa o modo somente leitura do cartão SD.
Por padrão, a opção Secure Digital (SD) Card Read-Only Mode está desativada.
Tabela 35. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Display
Tela
Multi-Display
Enable Multi-Display Ativa ou desativa o recurso de várias telas do sistema operacional Windows.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Multi-Display está ativada.
Primary Display
Configuração do BIOS 115
Tabela 35. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Display (continuação)
Tela
Primary Display Permite que o usuário selecione qual controlador de vídeo será utilizado para a tela
principal se houver vários controladores de vídeo no sistema.
Por padrão, a opção Auto está selecionada.
Full Screen Logo Ativa ou desativa o computador para exibir um logotipo em tela cheia, se a imagem
corresponder à resolução da tela.
Por padrão, a opção Full Screen Logo está desativada.
Tabela 36. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Connection
Connection
Network Controller Configuration
Integrated NIC Ativa ou desativa o controlador LAN integrado.
Por padrão, a opção Enabled with PXE está selecionada.
Wireless Device Enable
WLAN Ativa ou desativa o dispositivo WLAN interno.
Por padrão, a opção WLAN está ativada.
Bluetooth Ativa ou desativa o dispositivo Bluetooth interno.
Por padrão, a opção Bluetooth está ativada.
Enable UEFI Network Stack Ativa ou desativa a pilha de rede UEFI e controla o controlador LAN integrado.
Por padrão, a opção Auto Enabled está selecionada.
HTTP(s) Boot Feature
HTTP(s) Boot Ativa ou desativa o recurso de inicialização HTTP(s).
Por padrão, a opção HTTP(s) Boot está ativada.
HTTP(s) Boot Modes Configura os modos de inicialização de HTTP(s).
Por padrão, a opção Auto Mode está selecionada. A inicialização HTTP(s) extrai
automaticamente o URL do Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
NOTA: É necessário provisionar o certificado para conectar o servidor de
inicialização HTTPs.
Tabela 37. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Power
Alimentação
USB PowerShare
Enable USB PowerShare Permite que dispositivos externos, como telefones e reprodutores de música portáteis,
sejam alimentados ou carregados usando a energia armazenada na bateria do sistema.
Por padrão, a opção Enable USB PowerShare está desativada.
Thermal Management Ativa ou desativa o ventilador de resfriamento e gerencia o calor do processador para
ajustar o desempenho, o ruído e a temperatura do computador.
Por padrão, a opção Optimized está selecionada. Configuração padrão para
desempenho, ruído e temperatura balanceados.
USB Wake Support
Enable USB Wake Support Ativa ou desativa o computador para ser ativado por meio de dispositivos USB como
mouse ou teclado quando estiver no modo de espera, hibernação ou desligamento.
116 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 37. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Power (continuação)
Alimentação
Por padrão, a opção Enable USB Wake Support está ativada.
AC Behavior
AC Recovery Permite que o usuário selecione o comportamento do computador quando a corrente
alternada for restaurada após uma perda inesperada da corrente alternada.
Por padrão, a opção Power Off está selecionada.
Block Sleep Ativa ou desativa o computador de entrar no modo de suspensão (S3) no sistema
operacional.
Por padrão, a opção Block Sleep está desativada.
NOTA: Se ativado, o computador não entrará em Suspensão, o Intel Rapid Start
será desativado automaticamente e a opção de energia do sistema operacional
ficará em branco se estiver definida como Suspensa.
Deep Sleep Control
Deep Sleep Control Ativa ou desativa o computador para selecionar a extensão da economia de energia
durante o modo desligado (S5) ou em hibernação (S4).
Por padrão, a opção Enabled in S4 and S5 está selecionada.
Fan Control Override
Fan Control Override Ativa ou desativa o funcionamento do ventilador em velocidade máxima.
Por padrão, a opção Fan Control Override está desativada.
Intel Speed Shift Technology Ativa ou desativa o suporte à tecnologia Intel Speed Shift. Quando ativado, o sistema
operacional seleciona automaticamente o desempenho adequado do processador.
Por padrão, a opção Intel Speed Shift Technology está ativada.
Tabela 38. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security
Security
Trusted Platform Module (TPM) O Trusted Platform Module (TPM) oferece vários serviços de criptografia que servem
como base para muitas tecnologias de segurança de plataforma. O módulo de
plataforma confiável (TPM) é um dispositivo de segurança que armazena chaves
geradas por computador para criptografia e recursos como BitLocker, modo seguro
virtual e comprovação remota.
Por padrão, a opção Trusted Platform Module (TPM) está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter o Trusted Platform
Module (TPM) ativado para permitir que essas tecnologias de segurança funcionem
plenamente.
NOTA: As opções listadas aplicam-se a computadores com um chip dedicado do
Trusted Platform Module (TPM).
TPM 2.0 Security On Permite ativar ou desativar o TPM.
Por padrão, a opção TPM 2.0 Security On está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção TPM 2.0
Security On ativada para permitir que essas tecnologias de segurança funcionem
plenamente.
Attestation Enable A opção Attestation Enable controla a hierarquia de endosso do TPM. Desativar a
opção Attestation Enable impede que o TPM seja usado para assinar certificados
digitalmente.
Por padrão, a opção Attestation Enable está ativada.
Configuração do BIOS 117
Tabela 38. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security (continuação)
Security
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Attestation
Enable ativada.
NOTA: Quando desativado, esse recurso pode causar problemas de
compatibilidade ou perda de funcionalidade em alguns sistemas operacionais.
Key Storage Enable A opção Key Storage Enable controla a hierarquia de armazenamento do TPM,
que é usada para armazenar chaves digitais. Desativar a opção Key Storage Enable
restringe a capacidade do TPM de armazenar os dados do proprietário.
Por padrão, a opção Key Storage Enable está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Key Storage
Enable ativada.
NOTA: Quando desativado, esse recurso pode causar problemas de
compatibilidade ou perda de funcionalidade em alguns sistemas operacionais.
SHA-256 Permite controlar o algoritmo de hash usado pelo TPM. Quando ativado, o TPM usa
o algoritmo de hash SHA-256. Quando desativado, o TPM usa o algoritmo de hash
SHA-1.
Por padrão, a opção SHA-256 está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção SHA-256
ativada.
Clear Quando ativada, a opção Clear exclui as informações armazenadas no TPM depois
de sair do BIOS do computador. Essa opção retorna ao estado desativado quando o
computador é reiniciado.
Por padrão, a opção Clear está desativada.
A Dell Technologies recomenda ativar a opção Clear somente quando for necessário
excluir os dados do TPM.
Physical Presence Interface (PPI) Bypass for Por padrão, a opção PPI Bypass for Clear Commands está desativada.
Clear Commands
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção PPI Bypass
for Clear Commands desativada.
Intel Total Memory Encryption
Multi-Key Total Memory Encryption Ativa ou desativa o sistema operacional para proteger a memória contra ataques físicos,
inclusive spray congelante, DDR de sondagem para ler os ciclos etc.
Por padrão, a opção Multi-key Total Memory Encryption está desativada.
SMM Security Mitigation Ativa ou desativa as proteções adicionais do SMM Security Mitigations da UEFI.
Esta opção usa a tabela de redução de segurança do Windows SMM (WSMT) para
confirmar ao sistema operacional que as práticas recomendadas de segurança foram
implementadas pelo firmware UEFI.
Por padrão, a opção SMM Security Mitigation está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção SMM
Security Mitigation ativada, a menos que você tenha um aplicativo específico que
não seja compatível.
NOTA: Esse recurso pode causar problemas de compatibilidade ou perda de
funcionalidade com algumas ferramentas e aplicativos herdados.
Data Wipe on Next Boot
Start Data Wipe A limpeza de dados é uma operação de limpeza segura que exclui informações de um
dispositivo de armazenamento.
118 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 38. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Security (continuação)
Security
CUIDADO: A operação de limpeza segura de dados exclui informações de
maneira que não possam ser reconstituídas.
Comandos como excluir e formatar no sistema operacional podem fazer com que
arquivos não apareçam em file system. No entanto, eles podem ser reconstruídos por
meios forenses, pois ainda estão representados na mídia física. A limpeza de dados
impede essa reconstrução e não é recuperável.
Quando ativada, a opção de limpeza de dados solicitará a limpeza de todos os
dispositivos de armazenamento conectados ao computador na próxima inicialização.
Por padrão, a opção Start Data Wipe está desativada.
Absolute
Absolute A Absolute Software oferece várias soluções de segurança cibernética, algumas
exigindo software pré-carregado em computadores Dell e integrado ao BIOS. Para
usar esses recursos, você deve ativar a configuração de BIOS da Absolute e entrar em
contato com a Absolute para configuração e ativação.
Por padrão, a opção Absolute está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Absolute
ativada.
NOTA: Quando os recursos Absolute são ativados, a integração Absolute não pode
ser desativada na tela de configuração do BIOS.
UEFI Boot Path Security
UEFI Boot Path Security Ativa ou desativa o computador a solicitar ao usuário a senha do administrador (se
definida) durante a inicialização de um caminho UEFI a partir do menu de inicialização
F12.
Por padrão, a opção Always Except Internal HDD está ativada.
Tabela 39. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords
Passwords
Administrator Password A senha do administrador impede o acesso não autorizado às opções de configuração do
BIOS. Depois que a senha do administrador estiver definida, as opções de configuração
do BIOS só poderão ser modificadas depois que a senha correta for inserida.
As seguintes regras e dependências se aplicam à senha do administrador:
● A senha do administrador não pode ser definida se as senhas do computador e/ou
do disco rígido interno forem definidas anteriormente.
● A senha do administrador pode ser usada no lugar das senhas do computador e/ou
do disco rígido interno.
● Quando definida, a senha do administrador deve ser informada durante uma
atualização de firmware.
● A exclusão da senha do administrador exclui a senha do computador (se definido).
A Dell Technologies recomenda o uso de uma senha do administrador para evitar
alterações não autorizadas nas opções de configuração do BIOS.
System Password A senha do sistema impede que o computador inicialize em um sistema operacional sem
que a senha correta seja digitada.
As seguintes regras e dependências se aplicam quando a senha do sistema for usada:
● O computador desliga quando ocioso por aproximadamente 10 minutos no prompt
de senha do computador.
● O computador desliga após três tentativas incorretas de digitar a senha do
computador.
Configuração do BIOS 119
Tabela 39. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords (continuação)
Passwords
● O computador desliga quando a tecla Esc é pressionada no prompt de senha do
sistema.
● A senha do computador não é solicitada quando o computador sai do modo de
espera.
A Dell Technologies recomenda o uso da senha do computador em situações em que é
provável que um computador seja perdido ou roubado.
M.2 PCIe SSD-0 Habilita o usuário a configurar, alterar ou excluir a senha da SSD-0 M.2 PCIe.
M.2 PCIe SSD-1 Habilita o usuário a configurar, alterar ou excluir a senha da SSD-1 M.2 PCIe.
M.2 PCIe SSD-2 Habilita o usuário a configurar, alterar ou excluir a senha da SSD-2 M.2 PCIe.
Password Configuration A página configuração da senha inclui várias opções para alterar os requisitos de senhas
do BIOS. Você pode modificar o comprimento mínimo e máximo das senhas e exigir que
elas contenham determinadas classes de caracteres (maiúsculas, minúsculas, dígitos,
caracteres especiais).
A Dell Technologies recomenda definir o comprimento mínimo da senha para pelo menos
oito caracteres.
Password Bypass A opção Password Bypass permite que o computador reinicialize a partir do sistema
operacional sem inserir a senha do computador ou do disco rígido. Se o computador já
tiver sido inicializado no sistema operacional, presume-se que o usuário já tenha inserido
a senha correta do computador ou do disco rígido.
NOTA: Essa opção não remove o requisito de inserir a senha após o desligamento.
Por padrão, a opção Password Bypass está desativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Password
Bypass ativada.
Password Changes
Allow Non-Admin Password Changes A opção Allow Non-Admin Password Changes do BIOS permite que um usuário final
defina ou altere as senhas do computador ou do disco rígido sem digitar a senha do
administrador. Isso dá ao administrador controle sobre as configurações do BIOS, mas
permite que um usuário final insira sua própria senha.
Por padrão, a opção Allow Non-Admin Password Changes está desativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter desativada a opção
Allow Non-Admin Password Changes.
Admin Setup Lockout A opção Admin Setup Lockout impede que um usuário final nem mesmo veja a
configuração da configuração do BIOS sem primeiro digitar a senha do administrador (se
definida).
Por padrão, a opção Admin Setup Lockout está desativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Admin Setup
Lockout desativada.
Master Password Lockout
Enable Master Password Lockout A configuração Enable Master Password Lockout permite desativar o recurso Senha
de recuperação. Se a senha do computador, do administrador ou do disco rígido for
esquecida, o computador se tornará inutilizável.
NOTA: Quando a senha do proprietário é definida, a opção Master Password
Lockout estará indisponível.
NOTA: Quando uma senha interna do disco rígido é definida, ela deve primeiro ser
apagada antes que o Master Password Lockout possa ser alterado.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Master Password Lockout está desativada.
120 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 39. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Passwords (continuação)
Passwords
A Dell não recomenda ativar a opção Master Password Lockout, a menos que você
tenha implementado seu próprio computador de recuperação de senha.
Allow Non-Admin PSID Revert
Enable Allow Non-Admin PSID Revert Controla o acesso à reversão do ID da segurança física (PSID) dos discos rígidos NVMe
do prompt do Dell Security Manager.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Allow Non-Admin PSID Revert está desativada.
Tabela 40. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Update, Recovery
Update, Recovery
UEFI Capsule Firmware Updates
Enable UEFI Capsule Firmware Updates Ativa ou desativa atualizações do BIOS por meio de pacotes de atualização de cápsulas
UEFI.
NOTA: Desativar esta opção bloqueará atualizações do BIOS por meio de serviços
como Microsoft Windows Update e Linux Vendor Firmware Service (LVFS).
Por padrão, a opção Enable UEFI Capsule Firmware Updates está ativada.
BIOS Recovery from Hard Drive Ativa ou desativa o usuário para a recuperação de certas condições do BIOS corrompido
a partir de um arquivo de recuperação no disco rígido principal ou de uma chave USB
externa do usuário.
Por padrão, a opção BIOS Recovery from Hard Drive está ativada.
NOTA: A recuperação do BIOS a partir do disco rígido não está disponível para
unidades com criptografia automática (SED).
NOTA: A recuperação do BIOS foi projetada para corrigir o bloco principal do
BIOS e não funciona se o Bloco de inicialização estiver danificado. Além disso, esse
recurso não pode funcionar em caso de corrupção de EC, corrupção de ME ou um
problema de hardware. A imagem de recuperação deve existir em uma partição não
criptografada na unidade.
BIOS Downgrade
Allow BIOS Downgrade Controla a atualização do firmware do computador para versões anteriores.
Por padrão, a opção Allow BIOS Downgrade está ativada.
SupportAssist OS Recovery Ativa ou desativa o fluxo de inicialização da ferramenta SupportAssist OS Recovery no
caso de certos erros do computador.
Por padrão, a opção SupportAssist OS Recovery está ativada.
BIOSConnect Ativa ou desativa a recuperação do sistema operacional de serviço em nuvem se o
sistema operacional principal não inicializar antes de atingir número de falhas igual ou
superior ao valor especificado pela opção de configuração do limite de recuperação
automática do sistema operacional e o serviço local do sistema operacional não inicializar
ou não estiver instalado.
Por padrão, a opção BIOSConnect está ativada.
Dell Auto OS Recovery Threshold Permite controlar o fluxo para inicialização automática do SupportAssist System
Resolution Console e da ferramenta de recuperação de sistema operacional da Dell.
Por padrão, o valor do Dell Auto OS Recovery Threshold é definido como 2.
Tabela 41. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu System Management
System Management
Service Tag Exibe a etiqueta de serviço do computador.
Configuração do BIOS 121
Tabela 41. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu System Management (continuação)
System Management
Asset Tag Cria uma etiqueta de inventário do computador que pode ser usada por um
administrador de TI para identificar exclusivamente um sistema específico.
NOTA: Uma vez definido no BIOS, a etiqueta de inventário não pode ser alterada.
Wake on LAN Ativa ou desativa o acionamento do computador por sinais especiais da LAN.
Por padrão, a opção Wake on LAN está desativada.
Auto On Time Permite configurar o computador para ligar automaticamente todos os dias ou em uma
data e hora pré-selecionada. Esta opção só pode ser configurada se o modo Auto On
Time estiver definido como Everyday, Weekdays ou Selected Day.
Por padrão, a opção Auto On Time está desativada.
Intel AMT Capability
Enable Intel AMT Capability Ativa ou desativa o MEBx no menu de pré-inicialização.
Por padrão, a opção Restrict Boot Access está selecionada.
Habilitar mensagens SERR Ativa ou desativa mensagens SERR.
Por padrão, a opção Enable SERR Messages está ativada.
First Power On Date
Set Ownership Date Permite que o usuário defina a data da compra.
Por padrão, a opção Set Ownership Date está desativada.
Diagnostics
OS Agent Requests Permite que o usuário defina a data de aquisição.
Por padrão, a opção OS Agent Requests está ativada.
Power-on Self-Test Attomatic Recovery
Power-on Self-Test Automatic Recovery Ativa ou desativa a resposta do computador antes de concluir o teste automático de
inicialização (POST) do BIOS.
Por padrão, a opção Power-on-Self-Test Automatic Recovery está ativada.
Tabela 42. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu Keyboard
Teclado
Keyboard Errors
Enable Keyboard Error Detection Ativa ou desativa a detecção de erro do teclado.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Keyboard Error Detection está ativada.
Numlock LED
Enable Numlock LED Ativa ou desativa o LED de Numlock.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Numlock LED está ativada.
Device Configuration HotKey Access Permite controlar se você pode acessar as telas de configuração do dispositivo por meio
de teclas de atalho durante a inicialização do computador.
Por padrão, a opção Device Configuration HotKey Access está ativada.
NOTA: Essa configuração controla apenas as ROMs opcionais Intel RAID
(CTRL+I), MEBX (CTRL+P) e LSI RAID (CTRL+C). Outras ROMs opcionais de
pré-inicialização, que dão suporte à entrada usando uma sequência de teclas, não
são afetadas por essa configuração.
122 Configuração do BIOS
Tabela 43. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Preboot Behavior
Preboot Behavior
Warnings and Errors Ativa ou desativa a ação a ser realizada quando uma advertência ou erro for encontrada.
Por padrão, a opção Prompt on Warnings and Errors está selecionada. Interrompe,
avisa e aguarda a entrada do usuário quando avisos ou erros são detectados.
NOTA: Erros considerados críticos para a operação do hardware do computador
interrompem o funcionamento do computador.
Extend BIOS POST Time Configura o tempo de carregamento do BIOS POST (Power-On Self-Test).
Por padrão, a opção 0 seconds está selecionada.
Tabela 44. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Virtualization
Suporte à virtualização
Intel Virtualization Technology
Enable Intel Virtualization Technology (VT) Quando essa configuração estiver ativada, o computador pode executar um monitor de
máquina virtual (VMM).
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intel Virtualization Technology (VT) está ativada.
VT for Direct I/O
Enable Intel VT for Direct I/O Quando habilitado, o computador pode executar a Tecnologia de virtualização para E/S
direta (VT-d). A VT-d é um método da Intel que garante virtualização para E/S de mapa
de memória.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intel VT for Direct I/O está ativada.
Intel Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) O Intel Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) é um conjunto de extensões de hardware
para processadores e chipsets Intel. Ele oferece uma raiz de confiança baseada em
hardware para garantir que uma plataforma seja inicializada com uma boa configuração
conhecida de firmware, BIOS, monitor de máquina virtual e sistema operacional. O
seguinte deve ser ativado a fim de ativar o Intel TXT:
● Intel Virtualization Technology - X
● Intel Virtualization Technology - Direct
Por padrão, a opção Intel Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Intel Trusted
Execution Technology (TXT) ativada.
DMA Protection
Enable Pre-Boot DMA Support Permite controlar a proteção DMA de pré-inicialização das portas internas e externas.
Essa opção não ativa diretamente a proteção DMA no sistema operacional.
NOTA: Essa opção não está disponível quando a configuração de virtualização do
IOMMU está desativada (VT-d/AMD Vi).
Por padrão, a opção Enable Pre-Boot DMA Support está ativada.
Para segurança adicional, a Dell Technologies recomenda manter a opção Enable Pre-
Boot DMA Support ativada.
NOTA: Essa opção é disponibilizada apenas para fins de compatibilidade, já que
alguns hardwares mais antigos não são compatíveis com DMA.
Enable OS Kernel DMA Support Permite que você controle a proteção do DMA do kernel das portas internas e externas.
Essa opção não ativa diretamente a proteção DMA no sistema operacional. Para
sistemas operacionais compatíveis com proteção DMA, essa configuração indica ao
sistema operacional que o BIOS é compatível com o recurso.
NOTA: Essa opção não está disponível quando a configuração de virtualização do
IOMMU está desativada (VT-d/AMD Vi).
Por padrão, a opção Enable OS Kernel DMA Support está ativada.
Configuração do BIOS 123
Tabela 44. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Virtualization (continuação)
Suporte à virtualização
NOTA: Essa opção é disponibilizada apenas para fins de compatibilidade, já que
alguns hardwares mais antigos não são compatíveis com DMA.
Tabela 45. Opções de configuração do sistema - menu Performance
Performance
Multi-Core Support
Multiple Atom Cores Permita alterar o número de núcleos Atom disponíveis para o sistema operacional. O
valor padrão é definido para o número máximo de núcleos.
Por padrão, a opção All Cores está selecionada.
Intel SpeedStep
Enable Intel SpeedStep Technology Permite que o computador ajuste dinamicamente a tensão do processador e a
frequência do núcleo, diminuindo o consumo médio de energia e a geração de calor.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intel SpeedStep Technology está ativada.
C-States Control
Enable C-State Control Ativa ou desativa a capacidade da CPU de entrar e sair do estado de baixa energia.
Quando desativada, isso desativa todos os estados C. Quando ativada, isso ativa todos
os estados C permitidos pelo chipset ou plataforma.
Por padrão, a opção Enable C-State Control está ativada.
Intel Turbo Boost Technology
Enable Intel Turbo Boost Technology Esta opção ativa ou desativa o modo Intel TurboBoost do processador. Quando ativada,
o driver Intel TurboBoost aumenta o desempenho da CPU ou do processador gráfico.
Por padrão, a opção Enable Intel Turbo Boost Technology está ativada.
Intel Hyper-Threading Technology
Enable Intel Hyper-Threading Technology Ativa ou desativa o modo Intel Hyper-Threading do processador. Quando ativada, o
Intel Hyper-Threading aumenta a eficiência dos recursos do processador quando vários
threads são executados em cada núcleo.
Por padrão, a opção Tecnologia Intel Hyper-Threading está ativada.
PCIe Resizable Base Address Register
(BAR)
PCIe Resizable Base Address Register (BAR) Ativa ou desativa o suporte para registro de endereço base redimensionável da PCIe.
Por padrão, a opção PCIe Resizable Base Address Register (BAR) está ativada.
Tabela 46. Opções de configuração do sistema — menu System Logs
System Logs
BIOS Event Log
Clear BIOS Event Log Permite selecionar a opção para manter ou excluir os registros de eventos do BIOS.
Por padrão, a opção Keep Log está selecionada.
Power Event Log
Clear Power Event Log Permite selecionar a opção para manter ou excluir registros de eventos de energia.
Por padrão, a opção Keep Log está selecionada.
124 Configuração do BIOS
Como atualizar o BIOS
Como atualizar o BIOS no Windows
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não for suspenso antes de o BIOS ser atualizado, a chave do BitLocker não será reconhecida
na próxima vez que você reiniciar o computador. A chave de recuperação precisará ser informada para que você
possa prosseguir, e o computador pedirá a chave de recuperação em cada reinicialização. Deixar de informar a chave
de recuperação pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação do sistema operacional. Para obter mais
informações, consulte o recurso da base de conhecimento: Atualização do BIOS em sistemas Dell com o BitLocker
ativado.
Etapas
1. Acesse o site do Suporte Dell.
2. Vá para Identifique seu produto ou suporte de pesquisa. Na caixa, digite o identificador do produto, modelo, chamado ou
descreva o que você está procurando e clique em Pesquisar.
NOTA: Se não tiver a etiqueta de serviço, use o SupportAssist para identificar automaticamente seu computador. Você também
pode usar o ID do produto ou procurar manualmente o modelo do computador.
3. Clique em Drivers e downloads. Expanda Localizar drivers.
4. Selecione o sistema operacional instalado no computador.
5. Na lista suspensa Categoria, selecione BIOS.
6. Selecione a versão mais recente do BIOS e clique em Download para fazer download do BIOS do sistema para seu computador.
7. Depois que o download for concluído, navegue até a pasta em que você salvou o arquivo de atualização do BIOS.
8. Clique duas vezes no ícone do arquivo de atualização do BIOS e siga as instruções na tela.
Para ver mais informações, pesquise na base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Como atualizar o BIOS em ambientes Linux e Ubuntu
Para atualizar o BIOS do sistema em um computador que está com Linux ou Ubuntu instalado, consulte o artigo da base de conhecimento
000131486 no Site de Suporte Dell.
Como atualizar o BIOS usando a unidade USB no Windows
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não for suspenso antes de o BIOS ser atualizado, a chave do BitLocker não será reconhecida
na próxima vez que você reiniciar o computador. A chave de recuperação precisará ser informada para que você
possa prosseguir, e o computador pedirá a chave de recuperação em cada reinicialização. Deixar de informar a chave
de recuperação pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação do sistema operacional. Para obter mais
informações, consulte o recurso da base de conhecimento: Atualização do BIOS em sistemas Dell com o BitLocker
ativado.
Etapas
1. Acesse o site Suporte Dell.
2. Vá para Identifique seu produto ou suporte de pesquisa. Na caixa, digite o identificador do produto, modelo, chamado ou
descreva o que você está procurando e clique em Pesquisar.
NOTA: Se não tiver a etiqueta de serviço, use o SupportAssist para identificar automaticamente seu computador. Você também
pode usar o ID do produto ou procurar manualmente o modelo do computador.
3. Clique em Drivers e downloads. Expanda Localizar drivers.
Configuração do BIOS 125
4. Selecione o sistema operacional instalado no computador.
5. Na lista suspensa Categoria, selecione BIOS.
6. Selecione a versão mais recente do BIOS e clique em Download para fazer download do BIOS do sistema para seu computador.
7. Crie uma unidade USB inicializável. Para ver mais informações, pesquise na base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
8. Copie o arquivo do programa de instalação do BIOS para a unidade USB inicializável.
9. Conecte a unidade de USB inicializável ao computador que precisa da atualização do BIOS.
10. Reinicie o computador e pressione F12.
11. Selecione a unidade USB no Menu de inicialização a ser executada uma única vez.
12. Digite o nome do arquivo do programa de instalação do BIOS e pressione Enter.
O Utilitário de atualização do BIOS é exibido.
13. Siga as instruções na tela para concluir a atualização do BIOS.
Como atualizar o BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única
Você pode executar o arquivo de atualização do BIOS pelo Windows usando uma unidade USB inicializável ou atualizar o BIOS a partir do
menu de inicialização única no computador. Para atualizar o BIOS do computador, copie o arquivo XXXX.exe do BIOS em uma unidade
USB formatada com o file system FAT32. Em seguida, reinicie o computador e inicialize a partir da unidade USB usando o menu de
inicialização única.
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Se o BitLocker não estiver suspenso antes de atualizar o BIOS, na próxima vez em que você reinicializar o
computador, ele não reconhecerá a chave do BitLocker. Será solicitado que seja inserida a chave de recuperação para
o progresso, e o computador solicitará isso em cada reinicialização. Se a chave de recuperação não for reconhecida,
isso pode resultar em perda de dados ou em uma reinstalação desnecessária do sistema operacional. Para ver mais
informações sobre este assunto, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Atualizações do BIOS
Para confirmar se a atualização flash do BIOS está listada como uma opção de inicialização, você pode inicializar o computador no menu
de inicialização única. Se essa opção estiver listada, o BIOS poderá ser atualizado usando este método.
Requisitos para atualizar o BIOS pelo menu de inicialização única:
● Unidade USB formatada para o file system FAT32 (a unidade não precisa ser inicializável).
● Arquivo executável do BIOS baixado do site do Suporte Dell e copiado para a raiz da unidade USB
● O adaptador de energia CA precisa estar conectado ao computador
● Uma bateria funcional do computador para atualizar o BIOS
Realize as etapas a seguir para atualizar o BIOS a partir do menu de inicialização única:
CUIDADO: Não desligue o computador durante o processo de atualização do BIOS. O computador pode não inicializar se
você o desligar.
Etapas
1. Desligue o computador e insira a unidade USB que contém o arquivo de atualização flash do BIOS.
2. Ligue o computador e pressione F12 para acessar o menu de inicialização única. Selecione Atualização de BIOS usando o mouse
ou as teclas de seta e pressione Enter.
O menu Atualizar BIOS é exibido.
3. Clique em Atualizar do arquivo.
4. Selecione o dispositivo USB externo.
5. Após selecionar o arquivo, clique duas vezes no arquivo de destino para atualizar e, em seguida, clique em Enviar.
6. Clique em Atualizar BIOS. O computador será reiniciado para atualizar o BIOS.
7. O computador será reiniciado após a atualização do BIOS ser concluída.
126 Configuração do BIOS
Senhas do sistema e de configuração
CUIDADO: Os recursos das senhas proporcionam um nível básico de segurança para os dados no computador.
CUIDADO: Certifique-se de que o computador esteja bloqueado quando não estiver em uso. Qualquer pessoa pode
acessar os dados armazenados no seu computador se você se afastar dele.
Tabela 47. Senhas do sistema e de configuração
Tipo de senha Descrição
Senha do sistema Senha que você precisa digitar para fazer inicializar seu sistema
operacional.
Senha de configuração Senha que você precisa digitar para ter acesso e fazer alterações
nas configurações do BIOS do computador.
É possível criar uma senha do sistema e uma senha de configuração para proteger o computador.
NOTA: O recurso de senha do sistema e de configuração está desativado por padrão.
Como atribuir uma senha de configuração do sistema
Pré-requisitos
É possível atribuir uma nova senha de administrador ou do sistema somente quando o status está em Não definida. Para entrar na
configuração do sistema do BIOS, pressione F2 imediatamente após uma ativação ou reinicialização.
Etapas
1. Na tela BIOS de sistema ou Configuração do sistema, selecione Security e pressione Enter.
A tela Security é exibida.
2. Selecione System/Admin Password e crie uma senha no campo Enter the new password.
Use as diretrizes a seguir para criar a senha do sistema:
● Uma senha pode ter até 32 caracteres.
● Uma senha pode ter pelo menos um caractere especial: "( ! " # $ % & ' * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] ^ _ ` { | } )"
● Uma senha pode ter números de 0 a 9.
● Uma senha pode ter letras maiúsculas de A a Z.
● Uma senha pode ter letras minúsculas de a a z.
3. Digite a senha do sistema que foi digitada anteriormente no campo Confirm new password e clique em OK.
4. Pressione Y para salvar as alterações.
O computador será reinicializado.
Como apagar ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou uma senha de
configuração existente
Pré-requisitos
Certifique-se de que o Status da senha esteja desbloqueado na configuração do sistema antes de tentar excluir ou alterar a senha
do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração já existente. Não será possível excluir ou alterar uma senha de sistema ou de configuração já
existente se a opção Status da senha estiver Bloqueada. Para entrar na configuração do sistema, pressione F2 imediatamente após uma
ativação ou reinicialização.
Etapas
1. Na tela BIOS de sistema ou Configuração do sistema, selecione Segurança do sistema e pressione Enter.
A tela Segurança do sistema é mostrada.
2. Na tela Segurança do sistema, verifique se o Status da senha está como Desbloqueado.
Configuração do BIOS 127
3. Selecione Senha do sistema Atualize ou exclua a senha do sistema existente e pressione a tecla Enter ou Tab.
4. Selecione Senha de configuração. Atualize ou exclua a senha de configuração existente e pressione a tecla Enter ou Tab.
NOTA: Se você alterar a senha do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração, digite novamente a nova senha quando isso for
solicitado. Se você excluir a senha do sistema e/ou a senha de configuração, confirme a exclusão quando isso for solicitado.
5. Pressione Esc. Será exibida uma mensagem solicitando que você salve as alterações.
6. Pressione Y para salvar as alterações e saia da Configuração do sistema.
O computador será reinicializado.
Como limpar as configurações do CMOS
Sobre esta tarefa
CUIDADO: Limpar as configurações do CMOS redefinirá as configurações do BIOS em seu computador.
Etapas
1. Remova a tampa lateral.
2. Remova a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
3. Aguarde um minuto.
4. Recoloque a bateria de célula tipo moeda.
5. Recoloque a tampa lateral.
Como remover senhas do sistema e de configuração
Sobre esta tarefa
Para remover as senhas do sistema ou de configuração, entre em contato com o suporte técnico da Dell, conforme descrito em Entre em
contato com o suporte.
NOTA: Para ver informações sobre como redefinir as senhas do Windows ou do aplicativo, consulte a documentação que acompanha
o Windows ou o aplicativo.
128 Configuração do BIOS
11
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
Diagnósticos de verificação do desempenho do sistema
de pré-inicialização do Dell SupportAssist
Sobre esta tarefa
O diagnóstico do SupportAssist (também chamado de diagnóstico de sistema) executa uma verificação completa de seu hardware.
O diagnóstico de verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema do Dell SupportAssist é integrado ao BIOS e inicializado
internamente pelo BIOS. O diagnóstico de sistema integrado oferece opções para determinados dispositivos ou grupos de dispositivos que
permite:
● Executar testes automaticamente ou em um modo interativo.
● Repetir os testes.
● Exibir ou salvar os resultados dos testes.
● Executar testes completos para adicionar mais opções e obter detalhes sobre todos os dispositivos com falha.
● Exibir mensagens de status que informam quando os testes foram concluídos com êxito.
● Exibir mensagens de erro que informam sobre os problemas encontrados durante a realização dos testes.
NOTA: Alguns testes para dispositivos específicos exigem interação do usuário. Não se esqueça de sempre estar presente na frente
do computador quando os testes de diagnóstico estiverem sendo executados.
Para ver mais informações, consulte o artigo da base de conhecimento 000181163.
Executar a verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema
do SupportAssist
Etapas
1. Ligue o computador.
2. Quando o computador inicializar, pressione a tecla F12.
3. Na tela do menu de inicialização, selecione a opção Diagnostics.
O teste rápido de diagnóstico é iniciado.
NOTA: Para obter mais informações sobre como executar a verificação de desempenho de pré-inicialização do sistema do
SupportAssist em um dispositivo específico, consulte o site do Suporte Dell.
4. Se houver qualquer problema, códigos de erro serão exibidos.
Anote o código de erro e o número de validação e entre em contato com a Dell.
Autoteste integrado da fonte de alimentação
O autoteste integrado (BIST) ajuda a determinar se a fonte de alimentação está funcionando. Para executar um diagnóstico de autoteste
na fonte de alimentação de um desktop ou computador all in one, pesquise no recurso da base de conhecimento no Site de Suporte Dell.
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas 129
Luzes de diagnóstico do sistema
Tabela 48. Comportamento do LED de diagnóstico
Padrão piscante
Âmbar Branco Descrição do problema
1 1 Falha na detecção do TPM
1 2 Falha irrecuperável do SPI Flash
1 5 Não é possível para a EC programar o i-
Fuse
1 6 Abrangência genérica para todos para erros
de fluxo de código da EC
1 7 Flash não RPMC no sistema Boot Guard
fundido
2 1 Falha na CPU
2 2 Placa de sistema, BIOS corrompido ou erro
de ROM
2 3 Nenhuma memória/RAM detectada
2 4 Falha na memória/RAM
2 5 Memória inválida instalada
2 6 Erro na placa de sistema/no chipset
2 7 Falha no LCD — mensagem do SBIOS
2 8 Placa de sistema - Detecção do EC de falha
no trilho de energia do LCD
3 1 Falha da bateria do CMOS
3 2 Falha de PCI da placa de vídeo ou chip
3 3 Imagem para recuperação de BIOS não
encontrada
3 4 Imagem para recuperação de BIOS
encontrada, mas não válida
3 5 EC entrou em falha de sequenciamento de
potência
3 6 Corrupção de flash detectada pelo SBIOS
3 7 Tempo de espera excedido para que o ME
responda à mensagem da HECI
4 1 Falha no trilho de energia do DIMM da
memória
4 2 Problema de conexão de cabo de
alimentação da CPU
Recuperar o sistema operacional
Quando não for possível inicializar o computador no sistema operacional mesmo após diversas tentativas, inicia-se automaticamente o Dell
SupportAssist OS Recovery.
O Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery é uma ferramenta independente e pré-instalada nos computadores Dell com o sistema operacional
Windows. Ele é composto de ferramentas para diagnosticar e solucionar problemas que podem ocorrer antes que o computador inicialize
130 Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
o sistema operacional. Ele permite que você diagnostique problemas de hardware, repare o computador, faça um backup dos arquivos e
restaure o computador para o estado de fábrica.
É possível também fazer download dele no site de suporte Dell para resolver problemas e corrigir o computador quando a inicialização do
seu sistema operacional principal falhar devido a falhas do software ou do hardware.
Para ver mais informações sobre o Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery, consulte o Guia do usuário do Dell SupportAssist OS Recovery na
seção Ferramentas de facilidade de manutenção no site do Suporte Dell. Clique em SupportAssist e, em seguida, em SupportAssist OS
Recovery.
Relógio de tempo real - Redefinição de RTC
A função de redefinição do RTC permite que você ou o técnico de serviço recuperem os modelos de sistemas lançados recentemente
Dell Latitude e Precision em situações Sem POST/Sem inicialização/Sem energia. Você pode iniciar a redefinição de RTC no sistema
de um estado desligado apenas se ele estiver conectado à energia CA. Mantenha o botão liga/desliga pressionado por 25 segundos. A
redefinição do sistema de RTC ocorre depois que você solta o botão liga/desliga.
NOTA: Se a energia CA estiver desconectada do sistema durante o processo ou se o botão liga/desliga for pressionado por mais de
40 segundos, o processo de redefinição do RTC será interrompida.
A redefinição do RTC restaurará o BIOS para Defaults (Padrão), desprovisionará o Intel vPro e redefinirá a data e hora do sistema. Os itens
a seguir não são afetados pela redefinição do RTC:
● Service Tag
● Asset Tag (Etiqueta de ativo)
● Ownership Tag (Etiqueta de propriedade)
● Admin Password (Senha do administrador)
● System Password (Senha do sistema)
● HDD Password
● Bancos de dados principais
● Registros do sistema
NOTA: A conta e a senha vPro do administrador de TI no sistema serão canceladas. O sistema precisa passar pelo processo de
instalação e configuração para reconectá-lo ao servidor vPro.
Os itens abaixo podem ou não ser redefinidos com base nas seleções de configurações personalizadas do BIOS:
● Lista de inicialização
● Enable Legacy Option ROMs (Ativar ROMs de opção preexistentes)
● Secure Boot Enable (Ativar inicialização segura)
● Allow BIOS Downgrade (Permitir Downgrade do BIOS)
Mídia de backup e opções de recuperação
É recomendável criar uma unidade de recuperação para resolver e corrigir problemas que podem ocorrer no Windows. A Dell oferece
várias opções para recuperar o sistema operacional Windows em seu computador Dell. Para ver mais informações, consulte Opções de
recuperação e suporte de cópia de segurança do Windows da Dell.
Ciclo de energia da rede
Sobre esta tarefa
Se o computador não conseguir acessar a Internet devido a problemas de conectividade de rede, siga estas etapas para restaurar os
dispositivos de rede:
Etapas
1. Desligue o computador.
2. Desligue o modem.
NOTA: Alguns Provedores de Serviços de Internet (ISPs) oferecem um dispositivo combinado de modem e roteador.
Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas 131
3. Desligue o roteador sem fio.
4. Aguarde 30 segundos.
5. Ligue o roteador sem fio.
6. Ligue o modem.
7. Ligue o computador.
132 Como diagnosticar e solucionar problemas
12
Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a
Dell
Recursos de autoajuda
Você pode obter informações e ajuda sobre produtos e serviços Dell usando estes recursos de autoajuda:
Tabela 49. Recursos de autoajuda
Recursos de autoajuda Local do recurso
Informações sobre produtos e serviços Dell Site da Dell
Dicas
Entrar em contato com o suporte Na pesquisa do Windows, digite Contact Support e pressione
a tecla Enter.
Ajuda on-line para sistema operacional Site do suporte do Windows
Site do suporte do Linux
Acesse as principais soluções, diagnósticos, drivers e downloads Seu computador Dell é identificado exclusivamente por uma
para saber mais sobre seu computador por meio de vídeos, manuais etiqueta de serviço ou código de serviço expresso. Para ver
e documentos. recursos de suporte referentes ao seu computador Dell, digite a
etiqueta de serviço ou o código de serviço expresso no site do
Suporte Dell.
Para ver mais informações sobre como localizar a etiqueta de
serviço do computador, consulte Localizar a etiqueta de serviço
em seu computador.
Artigo da base de conhecimento Dell 1. Acesse o site do Suporte Dell.
2. Na barra de menu, na parte superior da página suporte,
selecione Suporte > Biblioteca de suporte.
3. No campo de pesquisa da página da biblioteca de suporte,
digite a palavra-chave, o assunto ou o número do modelo e, em
seguida, clique ou toque no ícone de pesquisa para visualizar os
artigos relacionados.
Como entrar em contato com a Dell
Para entrar em contato com a Dell e tratar de problemas relativos a vendas, suporte técnico ou atendimento ao cliente, acesse o site do
Suporte Dell.
NOTA: A disponibilidade dos serviços pode variar dependendo do país ou da região e do produto.
NOTA: Se não tiver uma conexão ativa à Internet, você pode encontrar as informações de contato sobre sua fatura, nota fiscal, nota
de compra ou no catálogo de produtos Dell.
Como obter ajuda e entrar em contato com a Dell 133
(/) Menu
Members List
DMTF Board Member
Companies
Board
Broadcom Inc. (http://www.broadcom.com)
Cisco (http://www.cisco.com)
Dell Technologies (http://www.dell.com)
(http://www.verizon.com)
Hewlett Packard Enterprise (http://www.hpe.com)
Intel Corporation (http://www.intel.com)
Lenovo (http://www.lenovo.com) See all DMTF Member Companies
» (/about/list)
Positivo Tecnologia S.A. (https://www.positivotecnologia.com.br/)
Verizon (http://www.verizon.com)
Leadership
Advanced Micro Devices (http://www.amd.com/)
Alibaba (China) Co., Ltd
Daten Tecnologia Ltda (http://www.daten.com.br)
Ericsson AB (http://www.ericsson.com )
Google LLC (http://www.google.com)
H3C (http://www.h3c.com)
HP, Inc (http://www.hp.com/)
Huawei (http://www.huawei.com/)
IBM (http://www-03.ibm.com/systems/power/)
IEIT SYSTEMS Co., Ltd (https://zh.ieisystem.com/)
Microsoft Corporation (http://www.microsoft.com)
MULTILASER INDUSTRIAL S/A (https://www.multilaser.com.br/)
NVIDIA Corporation (http://www.nvidia.com)
Supermicro (http://www.supermicro.com)
xFusion Digital Technologies Co., Ltd. (http://www.xfusion.com)
Participation
American Megatrends, Inc. (http://www.ami.com)
Ampere Computing LLC (https://amperecomputing.com/)
ARM, Inc (http://www.arm.com)
ASPEED Technology Inc (https://www.aspeedtech.com/)
Atos (https://atos.net/)
Celestica (https://www.celestica.com/)
Code Construct (https://codeconstruct.com.au)
CoreWeave (https://www.coreweave.com/)
Cornelis Networks, Inc. (http://www.cornelisnetworks.com)
DigitalOcean (https://www.digitalocean.com/)
Eaton (http://www.eaton.com/us/en-us.html)
Extreme System Design Co.
Fujitsu (http://www.fujitsu.com/)
Insyde Software (http://www.insyde.com)
Jabil (http://jabil.com)
KIOXIA Corporation (http://www.kioxia.com)
LOGIN INFORMATICA (http://www.login.com.br)
Loongson Technology Corporation Limited (http://www.loongson.cn)
Marvell Asia Pte, Ltd. (http:/www.marvell.com)
Meta (https://about.facebook.com/meta)
Microchip Technology Inc. (http://www.microchip.com/)
Micron Technology, Inc. (http://www.micron.com/)
Montage Technology Co.,Ltd (https://www.montage-tech.com/)
NetApp (http://www.netapp.com)
Oracle (http://www.oracle.com)
Phoenix Technologies (http://www.phoenix.com)
Qualcomm Inc
Quanta Computer Inc (http://www.quantatw.com/)
Rambus Inc. (https://www.rambus.com)
Realtek Semiconductor (http://www.realtek.com.tw)
Samsung (https://semiconductor.samsung.com/)
Seagate Technology (http://www.seagate.com/)
Solidigm (https://www.solidigm.com/)
Synopsys (http://www.synopsys.com)
Vertiv (http://www.avocent.com)
Western Digital Technologies, Inc. (https://www.westerndigital.com/)
ZT Systems (https://www.ztsystems.com/)
Alliance Partner
Learn more: Current Work Registers (/about/registers)
ASHRAE (https://www.ashrae.org/home)
Broadband Forum (BBF) (https://www.broadband-forum.org/)
China Communications Standards Association (http://www.ccsa.org/cn/english)
China Electronics Standardization Institute (CESI) (http://www.en.cesi.cn/)
CXL Consortium (https://www.computeexpresslink.org/)
ETSI-NFV (http://portal.etsi.org/portal/server.pt/community/NFV/367)
HDBaseT (https://hdbaset.org/)
MIPI Alliance (https://www.mipi.org/)
NVMe® (http://nvmexpress.org/)
OMG-Cloud Working Group (http://www.cloud-council.org)
Open Compute Project (OCP) (http://www.opencompute.org/)
Open Data Center Committee (ODCC) (http://www.opendatacenter.cn/)
Open Grid Forum (http://ogf.org)
OpenFabrics Alliance (OFA) (https://www.openfabrics.org/)
OpenInfra Foundation (https://openinfra.dev/)
PCI Industrial Computer Manufacturer Group (PICMG) (https://www.picmg.org/)
PCI-SIG (https://pcisig.com/)
SNIA (http://www.snia.org/)
TeleManagement Forum (http://www.tmforum.org/)
The Green Grid (http://www.thegreengrid.org)
The Open Group (http://www.opengroup.org)
Trusted Computing Group (https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/)
Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (http://www.uefi.org/)
Universal Chiplet Interconnect Express (UCIe) (https://www.uciexpress.org/)
Academic Alliance
"Gheorghe Asachi" Technical University of Iaşi (http://www.tuiasi.ro/en/)
Arizona State University (https://www.asu.edu/)
Athens University of Economics and Business (https://www.aueb.gr/en)
Dongguk University (http://www.dongguk.edu)
Federal Institute of Technology of Espirito Santo (https://www.ufes.br/)
George Mason University (http://c4i.gmu.edu )
Hungarian Academy Of Sciences Institute For Computer Science And Control
(https://sztaki.hu/en)
Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee (https://www.iitr.ac.in/)
Institute of Information Security (IISEC) (https://www2.iisec.ac.jp/english/)
Kasetsart University (https://www.ku.ac.th/th)
Logitrain (https://logitrain.edu.au)
Marshall University (http://www.marshall.edu)
National Technical University of Athens (http://www.ntua.gr/)
Paul Sabatier University (https://www.univ-tlse3.fr/)
Research Center on Scientific and Technical Information (CERIST)
(http://www.cerist.dz/index.php/en/)
Ruprecht-Karls-University Heidelberg (https://www.uni-heidelberg.de/en)
Shanghai Jiao Tong University (http://en.sjtu.edu.cn/)
Swami Rama Himalayan University (http://www.srhu.edu.in/)
Technische Universitaet Dresden (https://tu-dresden.de/)
Texas Tech University (http://www.ttu.edu/)
Universidade de Sao Paulo (https://www5.usp.br)
University of California (https://www.universityofcalifornia.edu/)
University of New Hampshire (http://unh.edu)
University of Pisa - Italy (https://www.unipi.it/)
University of Seville (https://www.us.es/)
University of Sydney (https://www.sydney.edu.au/)
University of Western Ontario (https://www.uwo.ca/)
University of Wuerzburg (https://www.uni-wuerzburg.de/startseite/)
CIM Forum Leadership
Advanced Micro Devices (http://www.amd.com/)
Broadcom Inc. (http://www.broadcom.com)
Dell Technologies (http://www.dell.com)
CIM Forum Participatory
HP, Inc (http://www.hp.com/)
Lenovo (http://www.lenovo.com)
Loongson Technology Corporation Limited (http://www.loongson.cn)
Realtek Semiconductor (http://www.realtek.com.tw)
Redfish Forum Promoter
Broadcom Inc. (http://www.broadcom.com)
Cisco (http://www.cisco.com)
Dell Technologies (http://www.dell.com)
Ericsson AB (http://www.ericsson.com )
Hewlett Packard Enterprise (http://www.hpe.com)
HP, Inc (http://www.hp.com/)
IBM (http://www-03.ibm.com/systems/power/)
IEIT SYSTEMS Co., Ltd (https://zh.ieisystem.com/)
Intel Corporation (http://www.intel.com)
Lenovo (http://www.lenovo.com)
Microsoft Corporation (http://www.microsoft.com)
Supermicro (http://www.supermicro.com)
Verizon (http://www.verizon.com)
Redfish Forum Supporter
Advanced Micro Devices (http://www.amd.com/)
Alibaba (China) Co., Ltd
American Megatrends, Inc. (http://www.ami.com)
ARM, Inc (http://www.arm.com)
CoreWeave (https://www.coreweave.com/)
DigitalOcean (https://www.digitalocean.com/)
Eaton (http://www.eaton.com/us/en-us.html)
Extreme System Design Co.
Fujitsu (http://www.fujitsu.com/)
Google LLC (http://www.google.com)
H3C (http://www.h3c.com)
Huawei (http://www.huawei.com/)
Jabil (http://jabil.com)
KIOXIA Corporation (http://www.kioxia.com)
Marvell Asia Pte, Ltd. (http:/www.marvell.com)
Meta (https://about.facebook.com/meta)
Microchip Technology Inc. (http://www.microchip.com/)
NetApp (http://www.netapp.com)
NVIDIA Corporation (http://www.nvidia.com)
Phoenix Technologies (http://www.phoenix.com)
Quanta Computer Inc (http://www.quantatw.com/)
Rambus Inc. (https://www.rambus.com)
Vertiv (http://www.avocent.com)
ZT Systems (https://www.ztsystems.com/)
Workspace (http://members.dmtf.org/kws) Members Area (http://members.dmtf.org/members)
DMTF中国 (/cn) DMTF 日本 (/jp)
Copyright © 2024 DMTF. All rights reserved.
Policies (/about/policies) | Site Map (/sitemap) | Contact Us (/contact) | Administrative Login (/user)
Newsletter Sign-Up (https://www.dmtf.org/education/newsletter) YouTube (https://www.youtube.com/c/DmtfOrg)
Follow DMTF on X (formerly Twitter) (http://twitter.com/dmtf)
LinkedIn (http://www.linkedin.com/groups?home=&gid=134290)
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
Menu
Unified Extensible Firmware
Interface Forum
Home
Membership List
The UEFI Forum community of members is represented by industry-leading
OEMs, IHVs, chip manufactures, BIOS and firmware vendors and operating
system vendors.
Promoters
AMD HP, Inc.
American Megatrends, Inc. Insyde Software
Apple Inc. Intel
ARM Limited Lenovo
Dell Microsoft
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Phoenix Technologies
Contributors
Absolute Software Corporation Ampere Computing LLC
Alibaba (China) Co., Ltd. BELMICRO TECNOLOGIA S/A
https://uefi.org/members 1/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
Broadcom Corporation Marvell Asia Pte. Ltd.
Canonical Limited Montage Technology
Carnegie Mellon University (SEI) Multilaser Industrial S/A
Cirrus Logic, Inc. Nanjing Byosoft Co., Ltd.
Cisco NVIDIA
Cloud Software Group Oracle America, Inc.
Cumulus Networks Inc. (NVIDIA) Positivo Tecnologia S.A.
Cybercom Industria E Comercio de Qualcomm Inc.
Produtos Eletronico LTDA
Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
Daten Tecnologia
Red Hat, Inc.
Douyin Vision (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Rivos Inc.
(Beijing Bytedance Network
Technology Ltd.)
SIFIVE, INC.
Dynabook Inc
SUPER MICRO Computer, Inc.
Google
SUSE LLC
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
Synaptics (DisplayLink (UK) Limited)
IBM
The Linux Foundation
ICC Intelligent Platforms GmbH
The MITRE Corporation
IEIT Systems Co., Ltd. (Inspur)
Ventana Micro Systems Inc.
Linaro Ltd.
Western Digital Technologies
Login Informatica Com. Repr. LTDA
xFusion Digital Technologies Co.,
Ltd.
Loongson Technology Corporation
Limited
Zoom Tecnologia Ltda.
Adopters
https://uefi.org/members 2/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
3MD dba Hard Drives NW AlterSciences
3MDEB Embedded Systems American Arium
Consulting
AMOI Electronics Co., Ltd.
9elements GmbH
Anna University - College of
A.D. Nieman & Associates, LLC Engineering
A.I.Corporation/BIOS Group Apricorn
A.I.Corporation/BIOS Group Arca Noae, LLC
AAEON Technology Inc. Arista Corp.
ACAS Technologies, Inc. Arquimedes Automacao E
Informatica LTDA.
Accurate Always Inc.
ASSET InterTech, Inc.
Accusys, Inc.
AssurAware, Inc.
Acer Inc.
ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC.
Adaptec, Inc.
Atlona Inc.
Ademco, Inc DBA ADI Global
Distribution ATTO Technology
ads-tech GmbH Attobotics
Advantech Co., Ltd. AuthenTrend Technology Inc.
AGN Group Suprimentos Authorizer Technologies, Inc.
AGS Sundyne Technologies Pvt. Ltd. Aver Networks Corp.
Airdesk Ltd. Avery Design Systems
Alcor Micro Corp. Avid Technology, Inc.
Allion Labs, Inc. Axiom Electronics, LLC
Alpha Tecnologia e Inovação, Axiomtek Co., Ltd.
ALTELL Ltd. Balance Software Corp.
https://uefi.org/members 3/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
Basemark Oy China Greatwall Computer Shenzhen
Co., Ltd.
Battelle Memorial Institute, Pacific
Northwest Division CHUNGHSIN INDUSTRY GROUP
BCM Advanced Research CircleSoft LLC
BedRock Systems, Inc. Circuitco
Beijing AnHeng SecoTech Cisc Systems
Information Technology Co., Ltd.
Citrix Systems, Inc.
Bergamo & Cavalcante Informática
Cix Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Ltda
Computer Task Group
BINARLY Inc.
Concordia SA
BiTMICRO Networks Inc.
Concurrent Technologies Plc
Booz Allen Hamilton
congatec A.G.
Brown's Operating System Services
Limited
conpal GmbH
BSQUARE Corporation
coresystems GmbH
CalDigit, Inc.
Courtyard Electronics Ltd.
Calxeda, Inc.
Cray, Inc.
Canon Inc.
CrossInfo Architects
Captec Ltd.
Cryptomill Technologies Ltd.
Centerm Information Co., Ltd.
CSWL, Inc.
CenterTools Software GmbH
Dawning Information Industry
(Beijing) Corp., Ltd. (Sugon)
Central South University
Def-Logix, Inc.
Check Point Software
Denali Software
Chelsio Communications, Inc.
DeviceVM, Inc.
https://uefi.org/members 4/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
Diablo Technologies, Inc. Fastwel Group Co., Ltd.
Dialogue Technology Corp. Federal University of Ceara, Brazil
Diskeeper Corporation Fermilab
Dot Hill FernUniversität in Hagen
Eclypsium, Inc FirmTek, LLC
Egis Technology Inc. Flextronics Instituto de Tecnologia
Elite Group Computer Systems Co., focian Computer
Ltd.
Founder Technology Group Corp.
EliteBytes Limited
Framework Computer LLC
Eltan B.V.
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
Embedded Now, Inc
Fujitsu Ltd.
Embedded Research Solutions
Gdai Industria Comercio &
emBoot Inc. Eletronicos (Intelligency)
Emerson Network Power, Gemalto SA
Embedded Computing
General Dynamics Canada
EMUTEX LTD.
Genesi USA Inc.
Enmotus, Inc.
Gigabyte United Inc.
EPEAK Studio Ltd.
GIGAPC
Etegro Technologies
GIT Japan Inc.
Eurosoft (UK) Ltd.
Glacier Peak Technology, LLC
EVOC
Grain Media, Inc.
ExpressLuck Industrial Ltd.
Greencroft Code
Extreme Engineering Solutions, Inc.
Guidance Software, Inc.
F5 Networks, Inc.
https://uefi.org/members 5/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
HighPoint Technologies, Inc. Japan Digital Laboratory Co., Ltd.
Hitachi, Ltd. JARI
Houter Brasil Eireli Jetway Information Security
Industry Co., Ltd.
HTC Corporation
KingTrust Systems Ltd.
Hunan New Cloudnet Technology
Co., Ltd. Kioxia Corporation
HXT Semitech Konsulko Group
IATECAM Kontron Embedded Modules GmbH
ICP Electronics, Inc. Kraftway Corporation PLC
Inforlandia, S.A. Kuhrman Technology Solutions LLC
InfoTeCS LCC Rubinteh
Infrant Technologies, Inc. LCFC
Inphi Corp. LG Electronics
Institute of Physics, Academia Sinica LI Informática e Serviços LTDA
Integrated Device Technology Inc. Lockheed Martin Corporation
Intellico, LLC Lontium Semiconductor Corporation
Intelligency Lower Crossing, Inc.
Intelligraphics, Inc. LucidLogix
Inventec Corporation Matrixed Reality Technology Co.,
Ltd.
Inventec Electronic (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.
Matrox Graphics Inc.
InvoVision Optoelectronics
(Kunshan) Co., Ltd. MBDA UK Ltd.
IRCONA MBM Tecnologia e Industria de
Informatica LTDA
ITSC Library
https://uefi.org/members 6/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
MediaTek Inc. Neusoft
MediCapture, Inc. New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.
Mensys B.V. Newport Enterprises Inc.
Mercury Computer Systems Nextiva
Micro-Star Int'l Co., Ltd Nokia
Microchip Technology NOLO Co., Ltd.
Micron Technology, Inc. NTI Corporation
Microsemi Corporation NVELO, Inc.
Mitrastar Technology Corp. NXP B.V,
MokaFive OpenMars Development LLC
Moore Threads Technology Co., Ltd. Order N Development, LLC
Mossbit Technologies Orion Technologies, LLC
Multibeam Nanofab (Carleton OSBASE, LLC
University)
Panasonic Connect Co., Ltd.
Myricom, Inc.
Parallels International GmbH
National Instruments Corporation
Pegatron Corporation
National Technical Systems
Peppercon AG
Naval Postgraduate School
PGP Corporation
NEC Personal Products Ltd.
PixelNext Inc.
Neterion, Inc.
PLX Technology, Inc.
Netlist Inc.
Portlock
Network 2000 Inc.
PQURE Technology AB
NetXen Inc.
Proformatique
https://uefi.org/members 7/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
Quanta Computer Inc. Shanghai IP3 Technology Co., Ltd.
Radisys Corporation Silicon Image, Inc.
Red Flag Software Co., Ltd. Silicon Integrated Systems Corp.
Renesas Electronics Corporation SinoSun Technology, Ltd.
RIVAI Technologies (Shenzhen) Co., SoftIron, Inc.
Ltd.
softKVM LLC
RPA RusBITech
Solarflare Communications Inc.
rubbersoft.com
Spirent Communications
Ruijie Networks
Sprezzatech
Sage-Microelectronics
SSWW
Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
ST-Ericsson SA
Sandia National Laboratories
STEC, Inc.
SanDisk Corporation
Stonewood Electronics Ltd.
Sanmina Corporation d/b/a Viking
Stream Labs
Technology
StreamView GmbH (Thomson)
SDL Eletro Eletronica Ltda - EPP
Super Future Equities, Inc.
Seagate Technology LLC
SYBERA GmbH
SecurStar GmbH
Symantec Corporation
SEMP TOSHIBA INFORMATICA LTDA
System Fabric Works
Sensics, Inc.
System Garden Ltd.
ServerEngines Corp.
System Industrie electronic GmbH
Shandong University
TCORP
Shanghai Advanced Research
Institute
Terascala, Inc.
https://uefi.org/members 8/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
Themis Computer, Inc. Validity Sensors
ThinkIT Data Solutions Venetex Corp
TimeLab Corporation Vestel Dijital Yretim Sanayi A. S.
Tokyo Electron Device Ltd. VIA Alliance Semiconductor Co., Ltd.
Top Victory Investments VIA Technologies, Inc.
Toshiba Samsung Storage VMware, Inc.
Technology Korea Corporation
VNPT Technology
Trend Micro
VT Miltope
Tsinghua Tongfang Co., Ltd.
Wacom Technology
Tuxera Inc.
Wave Systems Corp.
TYA
WinMagic Inc.
Ubiquitous AI Corporation
Winsiders Seminars & Solutions, Inc.
ULINK Technology, Inc.
WinSystems, Inc.
UNH InterOperability Laboratory
Wiwynn Corporation
Unicompute Technology Co., Ltd
Wuhan University
UniFabriX Ltd.
Wyse Technology
Uninter Informatica S/A
XGI Technology Inc.
Unisys Corporation
Xi'an Saming Technology Co., Ltd.
University of California, Davis
Xi3 Corporation
UPEK, Inc.
Xitrix Computer Corporation
US Technology Resources (M) SDN.
Xsense Connectivity Inc.
BHD.
ZD Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
V&G Information System Co., Ltd.
(Kunlun Technology (Beijing) Co.,
VAIO Corporation Ltd)
https://uefi.org/members 9/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
Zhejiang Dahua Technology Co., ZNYX Networks
Ltd.
Individual Adopters
Alex Kunovszky Jake Lehotsky
Archer Pergande James Bottomley
Barry Gian James Jason Christopher Stone
Ben Lee Hughes Jeong Kim
Benson Lin John A. Newton
Canh Kha John Blacker
Cheng-Lung Chang John David Datuin
Connor Horman John M. Hare
Connor Wood Jonathan J. Willemin
David Boyd Joseph LeGarreta
Dharmesh Tarapore Juan Pablo Black Romero
Don MacKellar Justin Loo
Ed Brundage Justin Sligh
Elika S. Kohen Karl O. Van Leuven IV
Gail B. Keown Kushal Koolwal
George Fulk Lee Fisher
Gregory Havenga Liqiang Ni
Howard Peng Lucien Pullen
Ing-chao Lin Martin Treadwell
https://uefi.org/members 10/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
Marvin Häuser Robert Johnston
Michael Johnston Rocky Wang
Michael Neaves Roger Bertoldi
Michael Zimmermann Roger Thompson
MUHAMMAD AYMAN BIN Seppe Sol
MUHAMMAD IDZMI
Shannon Lewis
Patrick J. Kennedy
Shawn M. Pedersen
Paulo Henrique L. Amorim
VALETTE Teddy
Pete Batard
Vincent du Lau
Phooen Sonpooshi
Wang Qiang
Piryanshu Pareek
William J. Biessman
Priyanshu Pareek
Xie Tianming (Persmule)
Robert Jandacek
ZongQi Li
Privacy Policy Member Login Sitemap Contact Us
UEFI Forum © 2024
Find Us On:
X / Twitter
YouTube
Youku
https://uefi.org/members 11/12
11/11/2024, 10:58 Membership List | Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Forum
https://uefi.org/members 12/12
16/05/2022 12:00 TCO Certified Product Finder
CALCULATE
YEARLY ENERGY CONSUMPTION
11.1 kWh
TOTAL WEIGHT
3.3 kg
About TCO Certified Guidance Ask a question Industry section Log in
Product Finder English
BRAND NAME DELL
SALES NAME P2222H
MODEL NAME P2222Ht
Product Finder
DISPLAY SIZE
ASPECT RATIO
21.5"
16:9
Information on all products certified WHY CREATE
MAXIMUM
1920x1080 AN ACCOUNT?
according
RESOLUTIONto TCO Certified. Start by
entering a search term or choose a
TYPE OF STAND Pivot
product category of interest. By creating
an optional free account, you also gain
SEPARATE POWER
No
access
SUPPLY to more data, custom alerts,
calculations and an export function.
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
CERTIFICATE NUMBER D921110020
CERTIFICATION DATE 2021-12-01
CERTIFICATE VALID
Displays x
UNTIL
2024-03-04
COMMENT For products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1 & A.4.2 is no
COMPARE WATCH
BRAND SALES NAME CERT
AOC Register for 22P1D
more info 2021-
Create an account to get access to all information
AOC 22P2DU 2021-
Examples of the information you will gain access to
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index/?category=Displays&pp=4&product=D921110020P2222H 1/7
16/05/2022 12:00 TCO Certified Product Finder
CALCULATE
BRAND SALES NAME CERT
AOC 22P2ES
YEARLY ENERGY CONSUMPTION
2021-
11.1 kWh
AOC 22P2Q 2021-
TOTAL WEIGHT
AOC 3.3 kg 24P1 2021-
AOC 24P1/GR 2021-
BRAND NAME DELL
AOC 24P2C 2021-
SALES NAME P2222H
AOC 24P2Q 2021-
MODEL NAME P2222Ht
AOC 27E1H 2021-
DISPLAY SIZE 21.5"
AOC 27E2QAE 2021-
ASPECT RATIO 16:9
AOC 27P1 2021-
MAXIMUM
AOC RESOLUTION 27P1/GR1920x1080 2021-
AOC TYPE OF STAND 27P2C 2021-
Pivot
AOC 27P2Q 2021-
SEPARATE POWER
No
SUPPLY
AOC CU34P2A 2021-
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
AOC CU34P2C 2021-
CERTIFICATE NUMBER D921110020
AOC I2490PXQU 2021-
AOC CERTIFICATION DATE I2490VXQ
2021-12-01 2021-
AOC CERTIFICATE VALID I2790PQU 2021-
2024-03-04
UNTIL
AOC I2790VQ 2021-
COMMENT For products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1 & A.4.2 is no
AOC Q24P2Q 2021-
AOC Q27P2CA 2021-
AOC Register for Q27P2Q
more info 2021-
AOC
Create an account to get access to all information
Q34E2A 2021-
Examples of the information you will gain access to
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index/?category=Displays&pp=4&product=D921110020P2222H 2/7
16/05/2022 12:00 TCO Certified Product Finder
CALCULATE
BRAND SALES NAME CERT
AOC U27P2
YEARLY ENERGY CONSUMPTION
2021-
11.1 kWh
AOC U27P2CA 2021-
TOTAL WEIGHT
AOC 3.3 kg U28P2A 2021-
AOC U28P2A/BS 2021-
BRAND NAME DELL
AOC U28P2A/WS 2021-
SALES NAME P2222H
AOC X24P1 2021-
MODEL NAME P2222Ht
AOC X24P1/GR 2021-
DISPLAY SIZE 21.5"
DELL C2422HE 2021-
ASPECT RATIO 16:9
DELL C2422HE WOST 2021-
MAXIMUM
DELL RESOLUTION C2423H1920x1080 2021-
DELL TYPE OF STAND C2722DE 2021-
Pivot
DELL C2723H 2021-
SEPARATE POWER
No
SUPPLY
DELL C3422WE 2021-
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
DELL C5519Q 2021-
CERTIFICATE NUMBER
DELL E1715S D921110020 2021-
DELL CERTIFICATION DATE E1920H2021-12-01 2021-
DELL CERTIFICATE VALID E2020H 2021-
2024-03-04
UNTIL
DELL E2220H 2021-
COMMENT For products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1 & A.4.2 is no
DELL E2220H 2021-
DELL E2221HN 2021-
DELL Register for E2222H
more info 2021-
DELL
Create an account to get access to all information
E2222H 2021-
Examples of the information you will gain access to
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index/?category=Displays&pp=4&product=D921110020P2222H 3/7
16/05/2022 12:00 TCO Certified Product Finder
CALCULATE
BRAND SALES NAME CERT
DELL E2222HN
YEARLY ENERGY CONSUMPTION
2021-
11.1 kWh
DELL E2222HS 2021-
TOTAL WEIGHT
DELL 3.3 kg E2223HN 2021-
DELL E2223HV 2021-
BRAND NAME DELL
DELL E2422H 2021-
SALES NAME P2222H
DELL E2422H 2021-
MODEL NAME P2222Ht
DELL E2422HN 2021-
DISPLAY SIZE 21.5"
DELL E2422HS 2021-
ASPECT RATIO 16:9
DELL E2722H 2021-
MAXIMUM
DELL 1920x1080
E2722HS 2021-
RESOLUTION
DELL TYPE OF STAND E2723HN 2021-
Pivot
DELL P1917S 2021-
SEPARATE POWER
No
SUPPLY
DELL P1917SWh 2021-
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
DELL P2222H 2021-
CERTIFICATE NUMBER
DELL P2222HD921110020 2021-
DELL CERTIFICATION DATE P2222H2021-12-01
WOST 2021-
DELL CERTIFICATE VALID P2223HC 2021-
2024-03-04
UNTIL
DELL P2223HC 2021-
COMMENT For products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1 & A.4.2 is no
DELL P2319H 2021-
DELL P2319H 2021-
DELL Register for P2418HT
more info 2021-
DELL
Create an account to get access to all information
P2421 2021-
Examples of the information you will gain access to
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index/?category=Displays&pp=4&product=D921110020P2222H 4/7
16/05/2022 12:00 TCO Certified Product Finder
CALCULATE
BRAND SALES NAME CERT
DELL P2421D
YEARLY ENERGY CONSUMPTION
2021-
11.1 kWh
DELL P2421DC 2021-
TOTAL WEIGHT
DELL 3.3 kg P2422H 2021-
DELL P2422H 2021-
BRAND NAME DELL
DELL P2422H WOST 2021-
SALES NAME P2222H
DELL P2422HA 2021-
MODEL NAME P2222Ht
DELL P2422HE 2021-
DISPLAY SIZE 21.5"
DELL P2422HE 2021-
ASPECT RATIO 16:9
DELL P2422HE WOST 2021-
MAXIMUM
DELL RESOLUTION P2423D1920x1080 2021-
DELL TYPE OF STAND P2423D 2021-
Pivot
DELL P2423DE 2021-
SEPARATE POWER
No
SUPPLY
DELL P2423DE 2021-
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
DELL P2720D 2021-
CERTIFICATE NUMBER D921110020
DELL P2720DC 2021-
DELL CERTIFICATION DATE P2721Q2021-12-01 2021-
DELL CERTIFICATE VALID P2722H 2021-
2024-03-04
UNTIL
DELL P2722H 2021-
COMMENT For products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1 & A.4.2 is no
DELL P2722HE 2021-
DELL P2723D 2021-
DELL Register for P2723D
more info 2021-
DELL
Create an account to get access to all information
P2723DE 2021-
Examples of the information you will gain access to
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index/?category=Displays&pp=4&product=D921110020P2222H 5/7
16/05/2022 12:00 TCO Certified Product Finder
CALCULATE
BRAND SALES NAME CERT
DELL P2723DE
YEARLY ENERGY CONSUMPTION
2021-
11.1 kWh
DELL P2723QE 2021-
TOTAL WEIGHT
DELL 3.3 kg P3221D 2021-
DELL P3222QE 2021-
BRAND NAME DELL
DELL P3223DE 2021-
SALES NAME P2222H
DELL P3421W 2021-
MODEL NAME P2222Ht
DELL U2421E 2021-
DISPLAY SIZE 21.5"
DELL U2422H 2021-
ASPECT RATIO 16:9
DELL U2422H WOST 2021-
MAXIMUM
DELL 1920x1080
U2422HE 2021-
RESOLUTION
TYPE OF STAND Pivot
1 … 3 4 5 … 30
SEPARATE POWER
No
SUPPLY
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
CERTIFICATE NUMBER D921110020
CERTIFICATION DATE 2021-12-01
TowardCERTIFICATE
sustainableVALID
IT About us Follow us
2024-03-04
UNTIL
products About us
COMMENT For products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1 & A.4.2 is no
TCO Certified is the world-leading
Contact us
sustainability certification for IT products. Our Newsletter
comprehensive criteria are designed to drive
Press room
social and environmental responsibility
throughout the product life cycle. Covering 11 Privacy and
Register for more
product categories including computers, info
integrity policy
mobile devices, display
Create an products
accountand data access to all information
to get
center products, compliance is independently
Examples
verified, both pre andofpost
the information you will gain access to
certification.
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index/?category=Displays&pp=4&product=D921110020P2222H 6/7
16/05/2022 12:00 TCO Certified Product Finder
CALCULATE
Join us in driving progress toward sustainable
IT products.
YEARLY ENERGY CONSUMPTION
11.1 kWh
TOTAL WEIGHT
3.3 kg
BRAND NAME DELL
© Copyright TCO Development 1992 - 2022 | All Rights Reserved
SALES NAME P2222H
MODEL NAME P2222Ht
DISPLAY SIZE 21.5"
ASPECT RATIO 16:9
MAXIMUM
1920x1080
RESOLUTION
TYPE OF STAND Pivot
SEPARATE POWER
No
SUPPLY
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
CERTIFICATE NUMBER D921110020
CERTIFICATION DATE 2021-12-01
CERTIFICATE VALID
2024-03-04
UNTIL
COMMENT For products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1 & A.4.2 is no
Register for more info
Create an account to get access to all information
Examples of the information you will gain access to
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index/?category=Displays&pp=4&product=D921110020P2222H 7/7
11/11/2024, 15:17 TCO Certified Product Finder
P2425H
DELL D923120572
About Learning Get started Ask a question For IT industry Tools and services P
SHARE
ut
ng
t
ed
sk a BRAND NAME DELL
stion
or IT
ustry SALES NAME P2425H
s
es
uct MODEL NAME P2425Hb
er
DISPLAY SIZE 23.8"
t
e
ASPECT RATIO 16:9
d
ka
tion MAXIMUM
IT 1920x1080
RESOLUTION
stry
Log
in
duct
TYPE OF STAND Pivot
der
ge
SEPARATE POWER
age
No
SUPPLY
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
CERTIFICATE NUMBER D923120572
CERTIFICATION DATE 2023-12-22
CERTIFICATE VALID
2025-12-22
UNTIL
Filter
COMMENT For products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1 & A.4.2 is not covered;
BRAN D SAL ES NA ME CERTIFIED ON VA LID UNTIL
DELL P5525QC 2024-06-19 2025-06-19
DELL P5525QC 2024-06-19 2026-06-19
Register for more info
DELL E2225H 2024-04-23 2025-04-23
Create an account to get access to all information
DELL E2225H 2024-04-23 2026-04-23
Examples of the information you will gain access to
DELL E2225HS 2024-04-23 2025-04-23
DELL • Battery cycles
E2225HS 2024-04-23 2026-04-23
• % of recycled plastic
DELL
• E2425H 2024-04-23 2025-04-23
DELL E2425H 2024-04-23 2026-04-23
DELL E2425HS 2024-04-23 2025-04-23
DELL E2425HS 2024-04-23 2026-04-23
DELL E2725H 2024-04-22 2025-04-22
DELL E2725H 2024-04-22 2026-04-22
DELL E2225H 2024-04-18 2025-04-18
DELL E2225H 2024-04-18 2026-04-18
DELL E2425H 2024-04-18 2025-04-18
DELL E2425H 2024-04-18 2026-04-18
DELL P2225H 2024-03-17 2025-03-17
DELL P2225H 2024-03-17 2026-03-17
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index?category=Displays&brand=DELL&product=D923120572P2425H 1/4
11/11/2024, 15:17 TCO Certified Product Finder
BRAN D SAL ES NA ME CERTIFIED ON VA LID UNTIL
DELL
P2425H P2225H 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL
DELL D923120572
P2225H 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL P2425 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL SHARE P2425 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL P2425E 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL P2425E 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL P2425H 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
BRAND NAME DELL
DELL P2425H 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL SALES NAME P2425H WOST
P2425H 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL P2425H WOST 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
MODEL NAME P2425Hb
DELL P2425HE 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DISPLAY SIZE
DELL P2425HE23.8" 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL ASPECT RATIO P2425HE16:9
WOST 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL P2425HE WOST 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
MAXIMUM
DELL RESOLUTION P2725H 1920x1080 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
DELL P2725H 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
TYPE OF STAND Pivot
DELL P2725HE 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
SEPARATE POWER
DELL P2725HENo 2023-12-22 2025-12-22
SUPPLY
DELL P2425H 2023-12-21 2024-12-21
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
DELL P2425H 2023-12-21 2025-12-21
DELL CERTIFICATE NUMBERP2725H D923120572 2023-12-21 2025-12-21
DELL P2725H 2023-12-21 2025-12-21
CERTIFICATION DATE 2023-12-22
DELL P2725H WOST 2023-12-21 2025-12-21
DELL CERTIFICATE VALID P2725H WOST 2023-12-21 2025-12-21
2025-12-22
UNTIL
DELL P2425HE 2023-12-19 2024-12-19
COMMENT
DELL P2425HEFor products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1 & A.4.2 is not covered;
2023-12-19 2025-12-19
DELL U4025QW 2023-10-25 2025-10-25
DELL U4025QW 2023-10-25 2025-10-25
DELL Register for U3425WE
more info 2023-10-09 2025-10-09
DELL U3425WE 2023-10-09 2025-10-09
Create an account to get access to all information
DELL U2424H 2023-06-21 2025-06-21
Examples of the information you will gain access to
DELL
• Battery cycles
U2424H 2023-06-21 2025-06-21
DELL • % of recycled plastic
U2424H WOST 2023-06-21 2025-06-21
DELL • U2424H WOST 2023-06-21 2025-06-21
DELL U2424HE 2023-06-21 2025-06-21
DELL U2424HE 2023-06-21 2025-06-21
DELL U2724D 2023-06-21 2025-06-21
DELL U2724D 2023-06-21 2025-06-21
DELL U2424H 2023-06-18 2025-06-18
DELL U2424H 2023-06-18 2025-06-18
DELL U2724D 2023-06-15 2025-06-15
DELL U2724D 2023-06-15 2025-06-15
DELL U2724DE 2023-06-09 2025-06-09
DELL U2724DE 2023-06-09 2025-06-09
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index?category=Displays&brand=DELL&product=D923120572P2425H 2/4
11/11/2024, 15:17 TCO Certified Product Finder
BRAN D SAL ES NA ME CERTIFIED ON VA LID UNTIL
DELL
P2425H S2721H 2023-05-24 2025-06-10
DELL
DELL D923120572
S2721HN 2023-05-24 2025-06-10
DELL S2721HS 2023-05-24 2025-06-10
DELL SHARE S2721HSX 2023-05-24 2025-06-10
DELL S2721NX 2023-05-24 2025-06-10
DELL S2421H 2023-05-19 2025-06-10
DELL S2421HN 2023-05-19 2025-06-10
BRAND NAME DELL
DELL S2421HS 2023-05-19 2025-06-10
DELL SALES NAME S2421HSX
P2425H 2023-05-19 2025-06-10
DELL S2421NX 2023-05-19 2025-06-10
MODEL NAME P2425Hb
DELL S2721DS 2023-05-15 2025-06-05
DISPLAY SIZE
DELL S2721QS23.8" 2023-05-15 2025-06-05
DELL ASPECT RATIO S2721QSA
16:9 2023-05-15 2025-06-05
DELL S2421HN 2023-04-19 2025-01-29
MAXIMUM
DELL RESOLUTION P2422H 1920x1080 2023-03-16 2025-02-23
DELL P5524Q 2023-02-25 2025-02-25
TYPE OF STAND Pivot
DELL P2424HT 2023-02-17 2025-02-17
SEPARATE POWER
DELL P2424HTNo 2023-02-16 2025-02-16
SUPPLY
DELL U3224KB 2023-01-03 2026-01-03
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
DELL U3224KB 2023-01-03 2026-01-03
DELL CERTIFICATE NUMBERP2424HEB
D923120572 2022-12-07 2025-12-07
DELL P2424HEB 2022-12-07 2024-12-07
CERTIFICATION DATE 2023-12-22
DELL P3424WE 2022-11-17 2025-11-17
DELL CERTIFICATE VALID P3424WE 2022-11-17 2025-11-17
2025-12-22
UNTIL
DELL P3424WE WOST 2022-11-17 2025-11-17
COMMENT
DELL P3424WEFor products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1
WOST & A.4.2 is not covered;
2022-11-17 2025-11-17
DELL P3424WEB 2022-11-11 2024-11-11
DELL P3424WEB 2022-11-11 2024-12-04
DELL Register for P2724DEB
more info 2022-11-09 2025-11-09
DELL P2724DEB 2022-11-09 2024-12-04
Create an account to get access to all information
DELL U3824DW 2022-10-10 2025-10-10
Examples of the information you will gain access to
DELL
• Battery cycles
U3824DW 2022-10-10 2025-10-10
DELL • % of recycled plastic
U4924DW 2022-10-05 2025-10-05
DELL • U4924DW 2022-10-05 2025-10-05
DELL E2424HS 2022-07-14 2025-07-14
DELL E2424HS 2022-07-14 2025-07-14
DELL E2724HS 2022-06-28 2025-06-28
DELL E2724HS 2022-06-22 2025-06-22
1 2 3
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index?category=Displays&brand=DELL&product=D923120572P2425H 3/4
11/11/2024, 15:17 TCO Certified Product Finder
P2425H
DELL D923120572
Toward sustainable IT products About us Follow us
SHARE
TCO Certified is the world-leading sustainability certification for IT About us
products. Our comprehensive criteria are designed to drive social and Contact us
environmental responsibility throughout the product life cycle. Covering
12 product categories including computers, mobile devices, display Newsletter
products, imaging equipment and data center products, compliance is Press room
independently verified, both pre and post certification.
BRAND NAME DELL For resellers
Join us in driving progress toward sustainable IT products. Privacy and integrity policy
SALES NAME P2425H
MODEL NAME P2425Hb
DISPLAY SIZE 23.8"
ASPECT RATIO 16:9
MAXIMUM1992 - 2024 | All Rights Reserved
© Copyright TCO Development
1920x1080
RESOLUTION
TYPE OF STAND Pivot
SEPARATE POWER
No
SUPPLY
TCO CERTIFIED TCO Certified Displays 9
CERTIFICATE NUMBER D923120572
CERTIFICATION DATE 2023-12-22
CERTIFICATE VALID
2025-12-22
UNTIL
COMMENT For products delivered without stand, the emission A.4.1 & A.4.2 is not covered;
Register for more info
Create an account to get access to all information
Examples of the information you will gain access to
• Battery cycles
• % of recycled plastic
•
https://tcocertified.com/product-finder/index?category=Displays&brand=DELL&product=D923120572P2425H 4/4
You might also like
- Dell Docking Station Wd15, K17a, K17a001, European Union - Ce Declaration of ConformityNo ratings yetDell Docking Station Wd15, K17a, K17a001, European Union - Ce Declaration of Conformity1 page
- Dell Pro Max Slim FCS1250 D18S D18S001 EUROPEAN UNION - Declaration of Conformity en-usNo ratings yetDell Pro Max Slim FCS1250 D18S D18S001 EUROPEAN UNION - Declaration of Conformity en-us2 pages
- Dell Inspiron 3567, p63f, p63f002, European Union - Ce Declaration of ConformityNo ratings yetDell Inspiron 3567, p63f, p63f002, European Union - Ce Declaration of Conformity1 page
- Dell Chromebook 11, p22t, p22t001, European Union - Ce Declaration of ConformityNo ratings yetDell Chromebook 11, p22t, p22t001, European Union - Ce Declaration of Conformity2 pages
- Äåêëàðàöèÿ Çà Ñúîòâåòñòâèå - Dell XPS 9500No ratings yetÄåêëàðàöèÿ Çà Ñúîòâåòñòâèå - Dell XPS 95002 pages
- Dell Latitude 5410 p98g p98g007 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Latitude 5410 p98g p98g007 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Alienware Aurora r7, d23m, d23m002, European Union - Ce Declaration of Conformity-FarolishoNo ratings yetDell Alienware Aurora r7, d23m, d23m002, European Union - Ce Declaration of Conformity-Farolisho1 page
- Dell Precision 3630 Tower d24m d24m003 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Precision 3630 Tower d24m d24m003 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Precision 3680 Tower D30M D30M001 EUROPEAN UNION - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Precision 3680 Tower D30M D30M001 EUROPEAN UNION - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Poweredge t340 E60s E60s001 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Poweredge t340 E60s E60s001 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell OptiPlex 9010 Mini-Tower, D09M, D09M003, EUROPEAN UNION - CE Declaration of ConformityNo ratings yetDell OptiPlex 9010 Mini-Tower, D09M, D09M003, EUROPEAN UNION - CE Declaration of Conformity1 page
- Dell Inspiron g3 3779, P35e, P35e003, European Union - Ce Declaration of Conformity PDFNo ratings yetDell Inspiron g3 3779, P35e, P35e003, European Union - Ce Declaration of Conformity PDF1 page
- Dell Inspiron g3 3779, P35e, P35e003, European Union - Ce Declaration of ConformityNo ratings yetDell Inspiron g3 3779, P35e, P35e003, European Union - Ce Declaration of Conformity1 page
- DECLARAÇÃO DE CONFORMIDADE - Dell SERVIDOR POWEREDGE R350No ratings yetDECLARAÇÃO DE CONFORMIDADE - Dell SERVIDOR POWEREDGE R3502 pages
- Dell Vostro 15 3510 p112f p112f003 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us0% (1)Dell Vostro 15 3510 p112f p112f003 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Xps 13-9310 p117g p117g002 United Kingdom - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Xps 13-9310 p117g p117g002 United Kingdom - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Optiplex 7400 Aio w26c w26c005 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Optiplex 7400 Aio w26c w26c005 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Optiplex 7400 Aio w26c w26c006 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Optiplex 7400 Aio w26c w26c006 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Poweredge r530, E29s, E29s001, European Union Ce Declaration of ConformityNo ratings yetDell Poweredge r530, E29s, E29s001, European Union Ce Declaration of Conformity1 page
- Dell Wyse 5070, N11D, N11D001, EUROPEAN UNION - CE Declaration of ConformityNo ratings yetDell Wyse 5070, N11D, N11D001, EUROPEAN UNION - CE Declaration of Conformity1 page
- Dell Poweredge r7515 E46s E46s003 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Poweredge r7515 E46s E46s003 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Monitor P2425H P2425Hb P2425Hb-NA EUROPEAN UNION - Declaration of Conformity en-usNo ratings yetDell Monitor P2425H P2425Hb P2425Hb-NA EUROPEAN UNION - Declaration of Conformity en-us1 page
- Dell Emc Poweredge r7515 E46s E46s003 United Kingdom - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Emc Poweredge r7515 E46s E46s003 United Kingdom - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Alienware Ryzen Edition d23m d23m004 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Alienware Ryzen Edition d23m d23m004 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Monitor E2425h E2425hf E2425hf-Na European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Monitor E2425h E2425hf E2425hf-Na European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us1 page
- Dell Emc Poweredge Mx750c E04b E04b003 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Emc Poweredge Mx750c E04b E04b003 European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Monitor p2421 p2421b p2421b European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Monitor p2421 p2421b p2421b European Union - Declaration of Conformity En-Us1 page
- Dell Inspiron 16 7620 2-In-1 p119f p119f001 United Kingdom - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Inspiron 16 7620 2-In-1 p119f p119f001 United Kingdom - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Precision 3680 Tower D30M D30M001 UNITED KINGDOM - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Precision 3680 Tower D30M D30M001 UNITED KINGDOM - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Latitude 5440 p165g p165g001 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Latitude 5440 p165g p165g001 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us14 pages
- Dell Latitude 5430 p137g p137g006 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Latitude 5430 p137g p137g006 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us14 pages
- Dell Alienware Ryzen Edition d23m d23m004 United Kingdom - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Alienware Ryzen Edition d23m d23m004 United Kingdom - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Monitor E2425h E2425ht E2425ht-Na Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Monitor E2425h E2425ht E2425ht-Na Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us10 pages
- Dell Vostro 3401 p132g p132g001 United Kingdom - Declaration of Conformity En-UsNo ratings yetDell Vostro 3401 p132g p132g001 United Kingdom - Declaration of Conformity En-Us2 pages
- Dell Monitor E2425h E2425hf E2425hf-Na Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Monitor E2425h E2425hf E2425hf-Na Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us10 pages
- Dell Latitude 5450 p165g p165g004 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Latitude 5450 p165g p165g004 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us14 pages
- Datasheet Dell EMC PowerEdge OEM R640 XLNo ratings yetDatasheet Dell EMC PowerEdge OEM R640 XL10 pages
- Dell Precision 5820 Tower Product Compliance DatasheetNo ratings yetDell Precision 5820 Tower Product Compliance Datasheet11 pages
- Dell Vostro 3478 p76g p76g002 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Vostro 3478 p76g p76g002 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us11 pages
- Dell Optiplex 7090 Tower d28m d28m005 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Optiplex 7090 Tower d28m d28m005 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us13 pages
- Dell Inspiron 16 7620 2-In-1 p119f p119f001 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Inspiron 16 7620 2-In-1 p119f p119f001 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us12 pages
- Dell Inspiron 5480, p92g, p92g001, Dell Regulatory and Environmental DatasheetNo ratings yetDell Inspiron 5480, p92g, p92g001, Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet11 pages
- Dell Alienware Ryzen Edition d23m d23m004 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Alienware Ryzen Edition d23m d23m004 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us12 pages
- Dell Emc Poweredge Poweredge r650 Xs E74s E74s001 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Emc Poweredge Poweredge r650 Xs E74s E74s001 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us10 pages
- Dell Monitor s3221qs s3221qsc Na Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Monitor s3221qs s3221qsc Na Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us8 pages
- Dell Monitor E2425h E2425ht E2425ht-Na Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (Ised) - Industry Canada Emissions Standard (Ices) En-UsNo ratings yetDell Monitor E2425h E2425ht E2425ht-Na Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (Ised) - Industry Canada Emissions Standard (Ices) En-Us1 page
- Dell Emc Powervault Me4024 E10j E10j001 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Emc Powervault Me4024 E10j E10j001 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us8 pages
- Dell Emc Poweredge mx760c E04b E04b004 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Emc Poweredge mx760c E04b E04b004 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us9 pages
- Dell Computer Input Device ms3220 ms3220p Ms3220p-Na Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Computer Input Device ms3220 ms3220p Ms3220p-Na Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us6 pages
- Dell Latitude 3410 p129g p129g001 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-UsNo ratings yetDell Latitude 3410 p129g p129g001 Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet En-Us12 pages
- Dell Wyse Chromebook 11, cb1c13, cb1c13001, Dell Regulatory and Environmental DatasheetNo ratings yetDell Wyse Chromebook 11, cb1c13, cb1c13001, Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet6 pages
- Corrections in Current Adangal - Application FormNo ratings yetCorrections in Current Adangal - Application Form2 pages
- Thomas Calculus 14th Edition Joel R Hass Christopher E Heil Maurice D Weir Instructor Test BankNo ratings yetThomas Calculus 14th Edition Joel R Hass Christopher E Heil Maurice D Weir Instructor Test Bank330 pages
- RTCReporting - Messagelog - 2025-03-01-03-53-01 2No ratings yetRTCReporting - Messagelog - 2025-03-01-03-53-01 2395 pages
- Imaging Protocol Loading Guidance - SM - DOC2113485 - 1No ratings yetImaging Protocol Loading Guidance - SM - DOC2113485 - 119 pages
- Class XII Computer Science: HOTS (High Order Thinking) QuestionsNo ratings yetClass XII Computer Science: HOTS (High Order Thinking) Questions34 pages
- Beyond 5 Gand 6 GAComprehensive Overviewof 7 GWireless Communication TechnologiesNo ratings yetBeyond 5 Gand 6 GAComprehensive Overviewof 7 GWireless Communication Technologies16 pages
- Java Program To Add Two Matrix Using Multi-Dimensional ArraysNo ratings yetJava Program To Add Two Matrix Using Multi-Dimensional Arrays3 pages
- Revealing Hidden Secret Service Menu in Tata Sky and Airtel Digital TV DTH Set Top Box - AskVG0% (2)Revealing Hidden Secret Service Menu in Tata Sky and Airtel Digital TV DTH Set Top Box - AskVG83 pages
- HUAWEI MateBook D 14 2023 User Guide - (MDF-X, Windows 11 - 01, En-Us)No ratings yetHUAWEI MateBook D 14 2023 User Guide - (MDF-X, Windows 11 - 01, En-Us)25 pages
- Approximate Multipliers Based On New Approximate CompressorsNo ratings yetApproximate Multipliers Based On New Approximate Compressors14 pages
